see
) ma
Ge
6g: yi fhe
TRANCHE
Shor betes
¥*

fi rei

ist
w +8

< ha Py. eer

Pd 8 seat Peat

eka ite oe)
‘

[Ae Beh,
np ote

dare
‘

ete ey
Paci

c bed :
6.70 ee

. > ae

mI

i
i
;
'
f
! nN
} y
isy ‘
ee)
7 a)
HA as
; y
ha
; |
o) Metib origel
ares ae. iG
TO
{
a ih
v f
if 7 H
Ase ; ir

TST Sa
Napoy ian ae bre) rw q }
ap Ae a ian j Ponte

x

AD 7
10% ys
Pe A N of,

j

1
(ie
: a re
eee
aay
iW

t*
os -

4 i t

. *,

ie 0? shale & ;
I et he he
4 43 ay e |
0 Dem Ctabsel aoe | f

oe

THE ANNALS (97%)

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED BY

PRIDEAUX JOHN SELBY, Ese., F.LS.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.B.S., F.LS., F.GS..
JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., V-P.ZS. &.,
ARTHUR HENFREY,F.RB.S.,F.L.S., Prof. Bot. King’s Coll. Lond.,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

ot

—

VOL. II.—THIRD SERIES.

~ ——— — eS

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, LONGMANS, AND ROBERTS; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,
AND CO.; PIPER AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGII :

HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1858,

*“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitiz felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINNZUSs.

“ Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir
qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent
toutes ses opérations.”—BruckNER, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

o fe We Wel elie) se ne-oy ~ op LUNE sylvanipowers
Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

ae

owes se

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

[THIRD SERIES. }

NUMBER VII.
Page

I. Observations on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinee. By
ES gs 70) EE ee ee 1

II. On some new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks. By E. J. CHap-
MAN, Prof. of Mineralogy and Geology, University College, Toronto. 9

IIT. On the Structure of Humphreyia, an anomalous Bivalve Shell,
hitherto confounded with Aspergillum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

leap aisres caveananosenssaerasncacnesesscsessansccaccaseseonne 16
IV. On the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. By H. J.
Carrer, Esq., H.C.S. Bombay. (With three Plates.) ......ss00....00 20

V. On the Winteracee. By Joun Miers, F.RS., F.L.S. &e.... 33

VI. Note on some specimens of Cyprea (Cowries) from the Sand-
wich Islands. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c. .........000ee- 49

VII. A Notice of Nature-Printing of Sea-weeds on the Rocks in
the vicinity of Stromness, Orkney. By CHartes WILLIAM Peacu. 50

New Books :—The Wonders of Geology, by Gideon Algernon Mantell,
LL.D. &e. Seventh Edition, revised and augmented by T. R.
Jones, F.G.S.—Flore de l’?Ouest de la France, by J. Lloyd.—
Flore du Centre de la France et du Bassin de la Loire. Third
Edition, by A- Boreaur «............2.cssceveceessecsesssvsessoses 54—59

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society; Geological
Society ; Royal Institution of Great Britain .........++-+ee...++ 59—80

Obituary Notice—Robert Brown, Esq.; On the Anatomy of Tere-
bratula australis, by P. Gratiolet; On the Torpidity of the Mar-
mot, by G. Valentin; Description of Aphroceras, a new genus of
Caleareous Spongiade, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On the
Hypermetamorphosis and Habits of Sifaris, by M. Fabre ... 80—84

iv CONTENTS.

NUMBER VIII.

Page
VIII. On the Structure and Position of the genus Teredina of
Tamarck. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e. .<<000---0eseeeuee 85
IX. On the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. By H. J.
Carrer, Esq., H.C.S. Bombay | ...:..0cs0sss<c0es-<ssenseeeneesteeee eee 90
X. Note on the smaller British species of Pisidium. By the Rev.
L. JEnyns, M.A., F.L.S. &c. ....-. Sec ecesseaccdensceasecanessseteeMeereetnen 104
XI. On the Nature of the Sub-basal Membrane of Adamsia palliata.
By Puitie Henry Goss, F.R.S.....0:0.0.ccd0seseeessscuananeeeeaeeeeaee 107

XII. On the Winteracee. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.. 109
XIII. Observations on the genera Camptonyx and Tanysiphon of

Benson. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R:S., V.P-Z:S. 8&0! .-<ss.ccseensueeenees 116
XIV. Gleanings in British Conchology. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYs,
aq. tS... (With a:Plate.) .2.:t00s0s Pe eaenee | uh
XV. Observations on Conchological Nomenclature. By M.
ABTA Ts MOREE cs cieponce sae nosnrencerssntas<<esteeet ee eee sears canons 133
New Book :—The Aquarian Naturalist: a Manual for the Sea-side ;
by Thomas Rymer Jones, FBS. 8c... 2555-<p-sseoae-seeepete eee 139
Proceedings of the Zoological Society .......+2s.secsesscseseecssees 144—162

Further Observations on the genus Teredina, Lamarck, by Dr. J. E.
Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On the Variation of the Form of the Upper
Mandible im a Rapacious Bird, by P. L. Sclater, Esq., M.A. ;

On the Metamorphosis of Praniza into Anceus; On the Power
of Dissolving Shells possessed by the Bernard Crab (Pagurus),
by Dr. J. E. Gray, FURS. &¢. .p00s0s:0nsecenenspecearape eeeeee 162—164

NUMBER IX.

XVI. On Praniza and Anceus, and their Affinity to each other.
By C. Spence Bate, F.L.S. &c. (With two Plates.)...............4+. 165

XVII. Remarks on Lepas anatifera, Linn. By Grorce Law-
BOM; PED D« sarseserescsveserviocerssnecnstse nats casndsgeeaenenn sntee sans 172

XVIII. Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera. By Joun Nizer-
NER, Colombo, Ceylon ..........cscscssserscvcces hoo dsikvhaudineamiben diveeveay 175

XIX. On a new species of Lardizabala, and on the Structure of
the Seed in that genus. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. ...... 183

XX. Characters and Descriptions of some new British Sea-Ane-
mones. By Puitip Henry Gosse, F.RB:S. ...20s.51..sccsenssssosesssses 192

XXI. Description of a Coleopterous Insect from the Canary Islands.
By T. VERNON WOLLASTON, M.A.,, FLAS. scssesscesessscceveersessseees 196

CONTENTS. Vv
Page

XXII. On the Habits and Reproduction of some Marine Animals.
MMi oe oe reno wannioes wennecnnesen cedapeet atwns cases seatheoas 197

XXIII. Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon Insects.
ae gE Fa inna dni pie tawaeneh=nyaraccaddeetees “CO

New Books :—Narrative of the Expedition of an American Squadron to
the China Seas and Japan. Vols. I. and II—The Angler in the
Lake District ; or Piscatory Colloquies and Fishing Excursions in
Westmoreland and Cumberland, by John Davy, M.D., F.R.S. &e.
—The Practical Naturalist’s Guide, containing Instructions for
Collecting, Preparing, and Preserving Specimens of all Depart-
ments of Zoology, by James Boyd Davies........0...ccs+eeees 210—213

Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain; Zoological
elnino dain n'a aac sosslennnwsedenudins sdacdecndscnesac7 213—233

On the Animals of Millepora, by Prof. Agassiz; On new species of
Birds from the Rio Napo, by P. L. Sclater, Esq.; On the genera
Orbulina and Globigerina of D’Orbigny, by L. F. Pourtales; On
the Anatomy and Development of the genus Myzostoma, by
eee anew aa nininndat sais sais ninewUisuinaenemedenvaeeedan= 233—236

NUMBER X.

XXIV. On Fecundation in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. By
H. J. Carter, Esq., H.C.S. Bombay. (With a Plate.) ...........0008 7577)

XXV. On the Parasitism of Osyris alba. By Dr. J. E. PhrancHon. 254

XXVI. On some Sections of the Upper Lias recently exposed at
Nailsworth, Gloucestershire. By JoHNn Lycert, Esq.........-...00000+ 255

XXVII. Description of a new species of Grass Finch from New
Caledonia. By JoHN MacGILuivray, F.R.G.S. .......ceeeeeeeeeeeee 263

XXVIII. Descriptions of some apparently unrecorded species of
Longicorn Beetles, belonging to the genera Phrissoma, Nyphona, &c.
By Apam Waite, Assist. Zool. Dept. Brit. Mus. ...........2eseseeeeeees 264

XXIX. On Sarcodictyon catenata, Forbes. By P. H. Gosse,
EE EMSC nose nonne coe. snes annie oaceonnnenponsns demmpannnrasen 276

XXX. Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon Insects.
ete areg chance nacasieesesaven nena <dunanseesenasnacue 280

New Books :—Weeds and Wild-flowers; their Uses, Legends, and
Literature, by Lady Wilkinson.—How Plants Grow: a simple
Introduction to Structural Botany, with a Popular Flora; or an
Arrangement and Description of Common Plants, both Wild and
Cultivated; by Asa Gray, M.D. 2.00... .ccccoscssesecsnsccccececs 286, 287

Proceedings of the Royal Society ; Zoological Society............ 288—307

vi CONTENTS.

On the Flowering of the American Aloe, by W. Sowerby; On a variety
of Chorda filum, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ; On the Influence
of the Moon’s Light upon Plants, by Prof. Zantedeschi; General
Examination of the Group Euphorbiacee, by M. H. Baillon; On
‘Hautlé,’ or Animal Bread, of the Mexicans, by M. Guérin-
Méneville ; New Experiments on Agilops triticoides, by Dr.
Godron; On a new species of Platyrhynchus from the Rio Napo,

Page

cafg esd bey Sally Be ool Feo Ree eer sooo sso cooneis 307—316

NUMBER XI.
XXXI. On Permian Entomostraca from the Fossiliferous Lime-
stone of Durham. By J. W. Kirxsy. (With a Plate.) .........-+0 °

XXXII. Characters of a new genus and Descriptions of three re-
cently discovered species of Araneidea. By JoHn BLACKWALL,
WMS alaes nated ustedes ddageeides ds od seas ta uecides de cleetontteas eee soties

XXXIII. Description of two new species of Chalk Starfishes. By
Hi SEBEGY ssi ) . c.cc2.,sassnencevesss tozsh «dane de> apiedesaep Saree aan

XXXIV. On a new genus of European Coleoptera. By T. Ver-
NON WOLLASTON, M.A, FLS. ...ccoccccas cos s-tscacecnguaceecensaeaaeae

XXXV. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West
Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, Edinburgh ....s.cseeeseeeee

XXXVI. On Phyliangia, a new living British Madrepore. By
PHILIP: HH. Goss, PRS: (oiikld..akewseiscds. eset nae dskiee eee Ps

XXXVII. On Arctium. By Cuartes C. Basineton, M.A,
BRS, GCs. ase sc tenssenese ations onsetcereassans epaaccas eee enn Sats

XXXVIII. Sprcrnecia Enromotocica. By ApAM WHITE,
Assistant Zool. Dept. Brit. Mus. :—

I. Description of Telocera Wollastoni, an apparently unre-

corded species of Longicorn Beetle from Australia.........csesseeee

II. Descriptions of new Curculionidous Beetles collected on

the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald. By M. Henri JEKELt, of Paris.

With Notes by ADAM WHITE .....sececsecssceceeeeseescscesensuesecees

XXXIX. On the Atlas and Axis of the Plesiosaurus. By Lucas
BARRETT, F:G.S. (With a Plate.) ........sceecscsscscosesccecesancooeses

New Books :—Uandbook of Zoology, by J. Van der Hoeven, Prof. of
Zool. in the University of Leyden. Translated from the Second
Dutch Edition, by the Rev. William Clark, M.D., F.R.S.—
Actinologia Britannica; a History of the British Sea-Anemones
and Madrepores, by Philip Henry Gosse, F.R.S. Parts L-IV.

317

331

335

337

340

349

351

353

356

361

364—369

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ..-sccseccecseseeeereneeeeees 369—386

On the Death of the common Hive-Bee, supposed to be oceasioned

CONTENTS. Vil

Page
by a Parasitic Fungus, by the Rev. H. H. Higgins, M.A.; Ona
new species of Toucan, by Mr. J. Gould......... Ra fadowsicev deat 387, 388

NUMBER XII.

XL. On the Cambium-layer of the Stem of the Phanerogamia, and
on its Relation to the Increase of Thickness. By H. von Mout ... 389

XLI. On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera. By T. VERNON

PRUNE StiSarUPeTORE ee E Ey 0s eaten coc ccccsnccaccwteteectcce=sesccersness 407
XLII. On a species of Pipe-fish (Syngnathus e@quoreus ?) lately

found at Scarborough. By J. LeckEenBy, Esq. (With a Plate.)...... 416
XLII. On the Chylaqueous Fluid of the Actinie. By G. H.

OS eee BOG Renee cern nate ete neon ous Si acvedsuaalesaaes 417
XLIV. Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera. By Joun Nrer-

RE WIG Si siocaenvsoscecncanadnoasqrqiedencv-esess ss sn sraecacnens 418
XLV. On another new species of Lardizabala. By JoHN Miers,

I ie eo ancien sen nc coc oncusepe<cccescaebdesencsausassonnkans 431
XLVI. On Permian Entomostraca from the Fossiliferous Limestone

of Durham. By J. W. Kirxsy. (With a Plate.)...........cccseeseseees 432

XLVII. ‘Investigation of the Generative Organs and Reproduction
Geeuc latasoria. By M. BALBIANT .2...0.2.0.....ccccesecsscccosspoewpers 439

XLVIII. Remarks on certain Vermiform Fossils found in the
Mountain Limestone Districts of the North of England. By ALBANY
Seen eee OC Wit erx Plates.) .. 0100.2, o0ccs.vescadebrsscversaceswens 443

XLIX. Notes on Birds. No. VII. Ona peculiar Process attached
to the Ischium in Erucivores. By T. C. Eyron, Esq., F.L.S. &e.... 457

L. On the Agency of Bees in the Fertilization of Papilionaceous
Flowers, and on the Crossing of Kidney Beans. By CHarLEs Dar-

apis anctv cues s2s0adseucscarevibedsiusvteduvdesoMbacluessssndenes 459
LI. Description of a new species of Bird from Palestine. By
PemPaPeerinny SCLATER, M.A., FiLS.. ...0¢...c..scccsccocsecchcstecdes 465
New Books :—General Report upon the Zoology of the several Pacific
Railroad Routes. Part II. Birds, by Spencer F. Baird, John
Cassin, and George N. Lawrence.—A Life of Linnzeus, by Miss
IE IINWIEN, occured case e san cao s'scwoexisexaatacetece 466—469
Proceedings of the Zoological Society .........sc0..sssssesseseeeees 469—489

Note on Dysidea papillosa, Johnston, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ;
On the Auditory Apparatus of Insects, by C. Lespés; Why does

vill CONTENTS.
Page.
the Queen Bee lay an Unfeeundated Egg in the Drone-Cells, and
a Fecundated Egg in those of the Workers and Queens? by
Dr. Kiichenmeister ; On the Development and Propagation of the
Trichocephalus dispar and Ascaris lumbricoides, by C. Davaine ;
Note on Enteromorpha cornucopia, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.;
On the Liability of Shells to Injury from the Growth of a Fungus,
by the Rev. H. H. Higgins, M.A.; Description of a new species
of Himalayan Mole (Talpa macrura), by B. H. Hodgson, Esq. ;
On Euchetes, a new genus of Birds, by P. L. Sclater, M.A. 489—494

Mndex wee ee ha a ee Os bab i as Resins Gace cee ee es 495

PLATES IN VOL. II.

Sri I. Reproduction of Nostochinez.

|W UI. Spermatology of a new species of Nais.
rv:
V. New species of British Mollusca.

Vy Ae | stages of Development of Praniza and Anceus.

VIII. Fecundation in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena.
IX. Sarcodictyon catenata.

ne
XL “} Permian Entomostraca.

XII. Syngnathus zequoreus?
XIII. Structure of Plesiosaurus.
pod

aH
XVIL
XVIII.

XIx.J

th ‘yustacean Tracks.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

SE asersevesecsccive per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes :
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphz Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Vez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”
N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eccl. 1.

No. 7. JULY 1858.

1.— Observations on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinee.

By M. G. Tuurer*.
[With a Plate. }

THE Nostochinee are among those tribes of Alge of whose
reproduction we know least. About thirteen years ago I de-
scribed the curious phenomena accompanying the reproduction
of an aquatic Nostoct. Since then, no one appears to have taken
up this subject ; and M. Fischer{, in his memoir on this family,
remarks that my observations have remained isolated up to this
time.

But the mode of reproduction which I made known is cer-
tainly not peculiar to one species. I cannot doubt that it will
be found in all, when it is sought for with a little attention and
perseverance. Already the correctness of this assertion has been

* Translated from Mém. de la Société des Sc. Nat. de Cherbourg,
Aug. 1857.—A. H.

+ Ann. des Se. Nat. 3 sér. ii. p. 319 (1844). The plant forming the object
of that paper was not the true Nostoc verrucosum, but a neighbouring
— which M. Mougeot had published under this name (Stirpes Crypt.

og. Rhen. fase. viii. no. 798), and which now bears that of Nostoc Mou-
geotii, Bréb. (Menegh. Monogr. Nostochin. Italic. p. 113; Kiitz. Sp. Alg.
p- 300.)

t Beitrage z. Kenntniss der Nostochacex, Berne, 1853, p. 13.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 1

2 M.G. Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinee.

confirmed by Dr. Montagne, in a note published by him last
year on Nostoc Boussingaultii*. For my own part I have re-
peated, some years since, on a terrestrial species common about
Cherbourg, all the observations I formerly made upon Nostoe
Mougeotu. In spite of the difference of station of the two
plants, they were reproduced exactly in the same way, and pre-
sented exactly the same phenomena. The resemblance in this
respect is so complete, that, finding no new fact demanding no-
tice, I have thought it useless to publish these researches. If
I determine to do so now, it is above all from a desire to profit
by the talent of M. Riocreux to illustrate the subject by figures
far more perfect than those which accompanied my preceding
memoir. In the second part of this note I shall make known
a mode of reproduction of another genus which offers a certain
resemblance of structure to Nostoc, but which possesses a distinct
fructification, of which the latter is destitute.

Te

Nostoc vesicarium, DC., is a small species with a globular
frond, growing on the ground among mosses and blades of
grass. It is met with abundantly around Cherbourg, on the
coping of walls covered with earth, along turfed roads, &c.
Young specimens are perfectly spherical, often combined in
great numbers under the form of little grains of a blackish-green
colour, the dimensions of which vary from microscopic minute-
ness to the size of a pea. In proportion as the plant enlarges,
its frond becomes less regular; it produces convolutions and
folds, and the largest specimens form sinuous expansions, re-
sembling small specimens of Nostoc commune.

Under the microscope the frond presents the same structure
as that of other species of Nostoc. It consists of a transparent
gelatinous mass, smooth and firm externally, sometimes having
a yellowish tinge at the borders, while within are entwined
innumerable chaplets of greenish granules. ‘These chaplets are
simple, and are composed of an indefinite series of globular
joints, formed of a slightly granular pale green substance. The
row is interrupted at intervals by a larger globule, almost colour-
less or slightly yellowish, with contents more homogeneous and
less refractive than those of the other joimts: on each side of
this globule is observed a little granulation situated at the point
of contact with the adjacent joint (PI. I. fig. 4). The chaplets
are elongated by the repeated division of the green globules.
Each of these, after having increased a little in the longitudinal
direction of the row, is cut in half, and thus gives birth to two

* Note sur deux Algues nées pendant les expériences de M. Boussin-
gault, Comptes Rendus, 1856, April 28.

M. G. Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinee. 3

new joints, which subsequently divide in the same way. As to
the large globules, they do not divide, and they end by becoming
detached from the chaplets without undergoing any change.
They have long been regarded, though without any reason, as
the reproductive bodies of Nostoc. M. Kiitzing even still con-
tinues to designate them by the name of spermatia. But this
denomination, which M. Kiitzing, by a lamentable abuse, applies
indifferently to most diverse organs, cannot be longer preserved
here, any more than in many other cases where there is nothing
to justify its employment. Among the different names that
have been given to these large joints of the Nostochinee, that
of heterocysts, employed by Dr. Allman, seems to me the most
suitable; and I shall adopt it the more willingly as it does not
prejudge the function, of whose true nature we are at present
ignorant.

It is during the months of September and October that we
observe in Nostoc vesicarium the same series of phenomena that I
have described in Nostoc Mougeotii. We at that time frequently
find individuals whose contents escape in a diffluent greenish
jelly, which spreads over surrounding bodies. This jelly pre-
sents exactly the aspect of a Palmellacean. But if a portion is
placed under the microscope, we perceive that it is filled with
fragments of chaplets intermixed with detached heterocysts.
An attentive examination of these fragments of chaplets shows,
that at this epoch they are endowed with a creeping motion,—
very slow, but easy to ascertain under a sufficient magnifying
power. Placed in a drop of water, on a slip of glass, in front
of a window, they gradually gather together at the margin of
the drop nearest to the point whence the light comes. When
one of these deliquescing Nostocs is placed in a saucer with a
little water, the chaplets soon spread round the circumference,
and form at the bottom of the saucer a greenish pellicle, as an
Oscillatoria would do*.

If the observation of the fragments of the chaplets be con-
tinued for some days, they are soon seen to become motionless,

* The independent motion possessed by the chaplets of the deliquescing
Nostoe did not escape Vaucher (Conferves d’eau douce, pp. 215, 216). It
is especially evident in the aquatic species. At least, it appeared to me
very marked in Nostoc Mougeotii, and Vaucher has made the same obser-
vation on Nostoc verrucosum. But it occurs also under the same cireum-
stances in the terrestrial species, and I was in error in my former paper in
raising some doubt upon this point. J have had particular opportunity of
ascertaining it in fine specimens of Nostoc commune, gathered in warm
damp weather in the month of June, when some portions were beginning
to deliquesce. I mention this fact, because it was under the same con-
ditions and at the same time of the year that Vaucher also observed the
movement of the chaplets in this species. a

4 M.G. Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinee.

and to acquire a transparent membrane (fig. 2). At the same
time the green globules increase in magnitude; but this time
their increase is in diameter, and no longer in the direction of
the length of the chaplet. They thus become discoid: finally,
they divide into two by a division which takes place in a direc-
tion opposite to that described above (fig. 3). Most of the glo-
bules divide once or twice in this way, and then the chaplet,
considerably enlarged, has entirely changed its aspect. It is
transformed into a transparent sac, of variable length, in which
the doubled granules are arranged in parallel superposed ranks,
often very distinctly and pretty regularly (fig. 4). But this
regularity soon vanishes; the rows become jomed together
alternately; that is, the globule placed at the border of one
rank becomes adherent to the globule placed above it, and the
globule opposite, to that below it In this way a new chaplet
is formed, wound upon itself, in the interior of the sac. At
the first instant it is difficult to distinguish this arrangement
of the globules. Crowded in the narrow sac which the mem-
brane forms, and attached together more or less obliquely, they
often exhibit only a confused heap. But their enchainment
becomes more and more evident in proportion as the young
Nostoe grows; the sac dilates, the new chaplet becomes elon-
gated, and its convolutions separate, and become more distinct
(fig. 5). For some time longer the young frond still presents
enlargements which correspond to the situation occupied by
the rows of globules: by degrees these traces are effaced, and
the frond becomes developed into a transparent rounded mass,
in the interior of which the chaplet turns and twists im all
directions. At this epoch we may already distinguish some
heterocysts among the globules. The figures comprised under
the numbers 2, 3, 4 and 5 will, I think, give a sufficient idea of
the different aspects presented in the transformation of a chaplet
of Nostoc into a new individual. This phenomenon presents
numerous variations of the details, upon which I consider it
useless to dwell here. I shall confine myself to the following
observations.

In general the terminal globules of the chaplet do not undergo
the same modifications as the rest. They lose their colour like
the heterocysts, and remain attached to the extremities of the
chaplet, without taking part in the development I have just de-
scribed. Sometimes we find them a long time after, still ad-
herent to the surface of the young frond.

Frequently, also, one of the intermediate globules becomes
transformed into a heterocyst. Sometimes even two or three
are produced at different intervals in the length of the chaplet
(fig. 4). The latter thus becomes divided mto two or more

M. G. Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochiner. 5

portions, which proceed with their development independently.
Hence it is that we not unfrequently observe under the micro-
scope, young examples of Nostoc attached together by an inter-
posed heterocyst.

If.

The other Nostochinee of which J have to speak belong to
the genus Cylindrospermum, Ralfs (Kitz. pro parte). This
genus comprehends a portion of the species which were formerly
united under the name of Anabaina, Bory, and which consist of
moniliform filaments, analogous to the chaplets of Nostoc, but
forming an indeterminate gelatinous stratum. Certain joints of
the filaments are transformed into heterocysts; others acquire
an elliptical form, more considerable dimensions, and become
the sporanges. The different positions which may be occupied
in the filament by the sporanges and heterocysts have served to
break up Anabaina into several genera. Those proposed by
M. Kiitzing are too vaguely defined to be adopted without re-
striction. Mr. Ralfs has proposed divisions founded upon more
precise conditions, which seem to me admissible*. I shall
merely remark, that it is at least superfluous to separate generi-
cally plants united by such close affinities, and that it would be
better to restrict the divisions established by Mr. Ralfs to the
rank of subgenera, preserving the name of Anabaina for the
whole group of species. As to the latter name, it should be
maintained in any case; and Mr. Ralfs is wrong in proposing
to replace it by Trichormus, Allm., supposing that the priority
belongs to the genus Anabena, established by M. Ad. de Jussieu
in the family of Euphorbiacez. The latter was only published
in 1824+, while Bory St. Vincent’s genus dates from 1822 f.

In the genus Cylindrospermum, as defined by Mr. Ralfs, the
heterocyst forms the last joint of the filament, and the sporange
occupies the next joint. The filaments are endowed with a very
slow but appreciable creeping motion. The jomts are cylin-
drical ; they contain a substance of a bluish-green colour, a little
granular, and they multiply like those of Nostoc ; that is to say,
after having elongated in the direction of the length of the fila-
ment, they become cut in two by a transverse division. The
last joint, before changing into a heterocyst, is like the rest, but
the granules it contains disappear by degrees; the joint acquires
a yellowish tinge, becomes larger, and assumes a more or less
elongated ovoid form (fig. 8). At this epoch it is almost always

* Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. v. p. 321. pl. 8 & 9 (1850).

+ De Euphorbiacearum generibus medicisque earum viribus tentamen,
p. 46.

t Dictionnaire classique d’Histoire Naturelle, 1. p. 307.

6 M.G.Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinez.

found surrounded by a few irregular mucous filaments. These
filaments (ci/s), the presence of which is very common on the
heterocysts of Anabaina, are probably nothing more than para-
sitic productions.

After the formation of the heterocyst, the sporange is very
soon developed at the expense of the next joint. This becomes
elongated, enlarged, and its contents become very granulose.
By degrees its walls become thickened, and assume a brown
colour. It is not, as Mr. Ralfs states, the substance contained
in the sporange which takes this colour; it is merely the wall of
the cell. The interior of the sporange is filled up by an elliptical
spore, which may be distinguishable through the transparency
of the sporange, and which preserves the green colour, as may
be easily ascertained by causing it to emerge from the sporange
by slight pressure. Filaments are often met with terminated at
both ends by a heterocyst. It is more rare to see one filament
bearing a sporange at each extremity, and in such cases it has
always appeared to me that the development of one of the spo-
ranges has preceded that of the other (fig. 9).

M. Fischer, in the memoir above cited, mentions an observa-
tion of M. Nageli on the germination of Cylindrospermum*.
The description which he gives, besides being very short and
incomplete, does not appear to agree with what I have seen my-
self in these plants.

The first species in which I observed the reproduction is re-
markable from the rugose surfaces of its sporanges. The fila-
ments are about =5'55 to gopath of an inch in diameter. It is
the same plant that has been published im the ‘ Fasciculi’ of
M. Rabenhorst}+ under the name of Cylindrospermum majus,
Kutz. It is possible that it may be really the species thus
named in the ‘Species Algarum ;’ but I cannot affirm anything
on that point; for M. Kiitzing does not mention the rugose
aspect of the sporanges, and the ‘Tabula Phycologice’ of the
same author are unfortunately far from supplying the deficien-
cies of his diagnoses.

I found this species, in the month of June of last year, fioat-
ing in a ditch in mucilaginous masses. The sporanges were
abundant, of a brown colour, and appeared perfectly ripe. This
circumstance induced me to place some fragments of the plant
in a drop of water upon slips of glass, keeping them under a

_** In Cylindrospermum, Prof. Nageli has actually observed the germina-
tion. After a longish stage of rest, a repeated division suddenly occurs in
the cells; the outer thick’wall is dissolved, and the young filament com-
meneces its growth by simultaneous division of all its cells.”—Fischer, J. c.
». f-

+ Die Algen Sachsens, no. 411.

—-_

a

M. G. Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochiner. 7

bell-glass to prevent evaporation. The filaments soon became
decomposed ; the heterocysts lost their colour, and were in part
detached from the sporanges. A great number of the latter
were also spoilt, and the spores which they contained vanished
without leaving a trace. But others were preserved without any
change of aspect. I continued to observe them with care, and
in the course of the month of September, I had the pleasure of
seeing the spore at last pierce the summit of the sporange, and
become developed into a new filament, in the following manner.
The spore, becoming elongated, lifted up a little piece of the
internal wall of the sporange, which it pushed before it. As
soon as it had made its way out, it began to exhibit septa, and
to change into a torulose filament, composed of three or four
joints, filled with very granular contents. The divisions of the
joints are at first rather indistinct, but become more and more
clear in proportion as new ones are formed. For rather a long
time the fragment of the wall of the sporange which has been
lifted up by the spore remains at the summit of the filament in
the form of a little cap covering the last joint (fig. 12). The
filament elongates simultaneously at both ends, but more rapidly
at first at that which is outside the sporange. The new joints
are of less diameter than those formed in the place occupied by
the spore, so that the young filament is slightly attenuated at
the extremities (fig.13). By degrees, however, these differences
are effaced ; the joints, in multiplying, acquire dimensions more
and more equal ; their granules become less apparent, and the
resemblance of the new filaments to the old ones is at last
complete.

I have subsequently discovered that this experiment succeeds
just as well, or still better, with specimens dried and preserved
for several months in the herbarium, provided the spores are quite
ripe. On placing them in the same way on slips of glass with
a drop of water, I have seen them begin to germinate in about
a fortnight. The spores of Anabaina therefore belong to that
category of reproductive bodies which M. Al. Braun* calls hypno-
spores, and which are susceptible of development after a long
period of repose, and in spite of prolonged desiccation. In
many freshwater Algz we find reproductive bodies provided with
this persistence of vitality, which seems to be a condition neces-
sary for the preservation of the plants during the alternations
of drought and humidity to which they are exposed; but none,
I think, are better endowed in this respect than the species of
Anabaina, as the following example will show.

In the month of April 1848, I gathered fine specimens, well
in fruit, of Anabaina licheniformis, Bory (Cylindrospermum

* Algarum unicell. genera nova, p. 16.

8 M.G. Thuret on the Reproduction of certain Nostochinee.

licheniforme, Kiitz.). In this species the sporanges are smooth,
and of a deep brownish red when they are perfectly ripe. In
the spring. of the present year (1857), I detached a few frag-
ments of these specimens, which I had preserved in the herba-
rium for nine years, and subjected them to the same experi-
ments as the preceding. A fortnight had scarcely elapsed when
a great number of sporanges began to open, and to emit the
summit of the young filament. I have repeated this experiment
several times with the same success ; and in those which I made
this summer, I have often seen the spores germinate at the end
of six or seven days. The germination of this species exactly
resembles that of the preceding. Only the little portion of the
wall of the sporange, lifted up by the spore like an operculum,
is not carried away at the summit of the filament, but remains
attached laterally upon the sporange (fig. 7).

I should have desired to have made the same trials with spe-
cimens of still greater age. It would be interesting to ascertain
how long a time the spores of Anabaina can preserve their
faculty of germination. But the success of these experiments
requires, as I have said before, that the spores shall be perfectly
ripe. Now, it is more rare than one would suppose, to find them
in this state in herbaria. I have assured myself of this by ex-
amining all the specimens in my collection and that of Bory
St. Vincent ; and this difficulty has prevented me from carrying
my researches any further.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
[All the figures are magnified 330 diameters. |

Fig. 1. Two of the filaments or chaplets filling the interior of Nostoc vesi-
carium, DC.

Fig. 2. Chaplet clothed by a transparent membrane.

Fig. 3. erable, of which the globules are enlarged and beginning to
divide.

Fig. 4. Chaplet with the multiplication of the globules more advanced.

Fig. 5. Course of development of the chaplets into new fronds.

Fig. 6. Two sporanges of Anabaina ( Cylindrospermum) licheniformis, Bory.
That on the left contains a spore; the other is empty. The
membrane of the latter exhibits slight punctations.

Fig. 7. Germination of the same. The spore pierces the summit of the
sporange, and elongates into a moniliform filament, which soon
becomes similar to that of the mother-plant.

Fig. 8. The filaments of A. (Cylindrospermum) major, Kiitz., in different
states. That on the left is the youngest. ‘lhe terminal joint,
rounded at the free extremity, is beginning to change into a
heterocyst. In the next the heteroeyst is already formed, and
surrounded by a few mucous threads. In the third the sporange
is beginning to develope.

Fig. 9. Filament with a sporange formed at each extremity.

Prof. E. J. Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks. 9

Fig. 10. Filament bearing an older sporange.

Fig. 11. Spore detached and quite ripe. It is still surmounted by a
heterocyst. The transparency allows the enclosed spore to be
distinguished.

Fig. 12. Germination.

Fig. 13. A young filament produced by germination of the spores.

I1.—On some new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks*. By E. J.
CuapmaNn, Professor of Mineralogy and Geology, University
College, Toronto.

I. On anew species of Asaphus from the Silurian Rocks
of Upper Canada.

$1. Introductory Notice.—In the autumn of 1856, I commu-
nicated to the ‘Canadian Journal,’ under the title of Asaphus
Canadensis, a brief notice of a supposed new Trilobite from the
Utica schist (Lower Silurian) of Whitby, in Canada West; and
im a subsequent number of that- publication, I gave a more de-
tailed description of the form. At the same time I pointed out
that Professor Hall of Albany believed it to be identical with a
species founded by him (under the name of Asaphus (?) lati-
marginatus) ou two imperfect caudal shields, figured in the first
volume of his ‘ Paleontology of New York.’ At the period in
question, I was not in a position, from the want of works of refer-
ence and other sources of information, to claim this Trilobite
as actually new; but an extended investigation having shown
it to be really a distinct form,—a view also adopted by others,
—I now publish a complete description of the species, together
with as accurate a figure as I am able to get executed in Canada
(see p.13). In this communication, also, I have attempted to
show, by a brief analysis of all the fairly-established species of
the genus Asaphus, that our Canadian species is undoubtedly
distinct. JI should state, with regard to the figures of Professor
Hall, alluded to above, that it is impossible to determine whether
our species be identical or not with these. In the words of
Barrande, in his great work on the Silurian Basin of Bohemia,
they are too incomplete to be determined with any certaintyt+.
For this reason, in the Museum of the Geological Survey of
Canada, the specific name of Canadensis, as originally bestowed
on this Trilobite by the author, has been retained. Barrande,
in the work just cited, alludes to another American Trilobite in

* Communicated by the Author.

+ “ Divers fragments d’Amérique nommés Asaphus par J. Hall, et figurés
dans la Paléontologie de New York, sont trop incomplets pour étre sfire-
ment déterminés.””—Barrande, Systeme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme,
vol. 1, p. 657.

10 Prof. E.J.Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks.

the possession of M. de Verneuil, but unnamed and unfigured,
with which our species may very possibly agree ; only the caudal
shield of this specimen would appear to possess no lateral seg-
mentation, and to have scarcely a defined axis, as M. Barrande
refers it to the platycephalus or gigas type*. His statement
respecting it is as follows :—‘ Nous avons vu récemment, dans
la belle collection de notre ami M. de Verneuil, un Asaphus des
Etats-Unis, qui, portant A Pangle génal une pointe longue et
eréle, constitue une espéce trés distincte d’ As. (Is.) gigas. Mal-
heureusement, nous ne savons quel est le nom spécifique qui lui
a été donné par les savans Américains. Ce Trilobite se rangerait
dans le groupe de A. gigas, @aprés les souvenirs qui nous restent
de sa conformation.”

§ 2. Description of Asaphus Canadensis.—This description is
based on what is probably the long or male form.

General outline a broad oval. Vertical to transverse diameter
nearly as 3:2. Relative lengths of head-shield, thorax, and
pygidium, as 1:0°88: 1-1.

Head-shield obtusely pointed anteriorly, much as in Asaphus
platycephalus. Genal angles termimating in sharply-pointed
horns of the paradoxides type, extending downwards to about
the middle of the body+. Facial suture as shown in the figure;
the branches uniting in an obtuse but clearly defined angle
above the glabella, nearly at the extreme anterior margin of the
head-shield, and terminating at the lower margin, about mid-
way between the glabella and the genal angles. Glabella feebly
raised, broad, and generally conformable at its upper part to the
outline of the facial suture. At its base there occurs a slight
but evident neck-furrow. There are no furrows on the glabella
itself. Length of glabella to length of head-shield as 0°8 : 1-0.
Eyes moderately raised and delicately reticulated, although in
most specimens they are more or less destroyed. Breadth be-
tween the eyes, to extreme breadth of head-shield across them, ©
as 5:11. Whole surface of the head-shield covered with fine
punctures, except at the striated limb.

Thorax with eight segments. Axis well defined; narrow,
somewhat broader in the middle than at the ends. Mean breadth
of axis to breadth of each side-lobe, as 5:6. Pleure termi-
nating in slight points, and curving slightly downwards; fur-

* It is perhaps the Asaphus Iowensis of Dale Owen.

+ In most specimens, as in the figure, the horns extend to the bottom
of the fourth thoracic segment; but in a small specimen obtained quite
recently from Whitby, and kindly submitted to us by Mr. J. F. Smith of
Toronto, they reach to about the middle of the sixth pair of pleurz.

{ In the horned Asaphide, and in nearly all the horned 'Trilobites, the
pleura point downwards; whilst in the forms with rounded genal angles,

Prof. E. J. Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks. 11

rowed to about half their length from the axis, and then crossed
obliquely by a curvilinear ridge. A second, but slighter, furrow
runs along the lower edge; and two short deep furrows, shaped
together like the letter V placed upon its side with the point
inwards, separate each pleura from its axis-segment. Beyond
the ridge the points are delicately striated. Fine punctures
occur upon the axis and also on the pleure. On the latter the
punctures are larger and farther apart; and, when examined
through a magnifying glass, they appear to be of a semilunar
form, with the convex side turned inwards; they are likewise
more deeply indented at the convex side.

Pygidium oval, with striated limb and well-developed taper-
ing axis. This terminates somewhat abruptly before reaching
the end of the pygidium. It contains from 12 to 14 segment-
markings, and a similar number are present on the side-lobes.
All are destitute of secondary furrows. Those on the side-lobes
bend downwards near their extremities, and merge into the
striated limb. The lower ones are nearly vertical. The whole
surface of the pygidium is covered with fine punctures, shaped
and arranged exactly like the punctures on the surface of the
thorax. <Asaphus platycephalus, as mentioned by Professor Hall,
exhibits in some specimens a delicately punctured surface ; but
in the present species the punctures appear to be much more
striking. Our other new species, A. Halli, is also very visibly
punctured, although the punctures, as shown in our figures, are
too coarse and too far apart.

The only specimens of Asaphus Canadensis hitherto obtained,
have been procured from the Utica schist (Lower Silurian) of
the townships of Whitby and Nottawasaga (localities about 80
miles apart), in Canada West. They occur in association with
Triarthrus Becki. In length they appear to vary from about
an inch and a half (= 38-1 millimetres) to about 5 inches
(=127 millimetres). Ihave not yet been able to observe the
under side, so as to make out the direction of the under sutures
and the form of the hypostoma. An isolated hypostoma, how-
ever, found near Whitby, probably belongs to this species. It
is badly preserved, but it appears to resemble very closely the
hypostoma of A. platycephalus.

$3. Specific differences.—(1.) Asaphus Canadensis differs from
A, platycephalus, Stokes (Isotelus gigas, Dekay) ; A. expansus,
Linn.; A. Barrandei, De Verneuil; A. leviceps, Dalman; A.

the pleurz have almost invariably an upward curve, as in the figure of
A. Halli, on page 13. When the side-pieces or cheeks of the head-shield
are broken off, we may generally determine the nature of the genal angles
by this character.

12 Prof. E.J. Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks.

(Is.) affinis, M‘Coy (including Js. gigas, Is. planus, and Is. Powisit
of Portlock)—in having, with other opposing characters, the
genal angles of the head-shield extended into horns.

(2.) It differs from A. tyrannus, Murchison, A. Powisiz,
Murchison, and A. ingens, Barrande—in having, with other
opposing characters, the branches of the facial suture united
above the glabella on the upper surface of the head-shield.

(3.) It differs from A. nobilis, Barrande, in wanting the
curved furrows on the axis of the pygidium, as exhibited by that
species; and also by the greater number of the segment-mark-
ings on the side-lobes of its pygidium, as well as by the general
outline of the facial suture, and other characters.

(4.) It differs from A. extenuatus, Waldheim, by the obtuse
outline of its cephalic shield, and by other marked characters.

(5.) It differs from A. (Js.) laticostatus, Green,—the genal
angles of which are unknown,—by its thorax being nearly of the
same length as its head-shield, and by the greater number of
segment-markings on the side-lobes of its pygidium, as well as
by other characters.

(6.) It differs from A. ovatus, Portlock, by the presence of
segment-markings on the side-lobes of its pygidium. Iam not
acquainted with the head-shield of A. ovatus, and I cannot here
obtain a copy of Colonel Portlock’s Report in which the species
is figured. ,

(7.) It differs from A. angustifrons, Dalman, and A. frontalis,
Dalm., by the greater development of its genal points; Dal-
man’s species being placed by him under his subdivision “ Mu-
fict,”’ comprising the forms with rounded or but slightly pointed
genal angles. Iam not sufficiently acquainted, however, with
these Swedish species to name any other distinguishing charac-
ters ; and I have no means of procuring here a copy of Dalman’s
‘ Palzeaden,’ in which the species are deseribed.

(8.) It differs from A. Jowensis, Dale Owen, by its genal
points reaching only to the middle instead of to the end of the
thorax ; by its facial suture being pointed, instead of curved,
above the glabella; and by the presence of segment-markings
on its pygidium.

The head-shields of A. grandis, Sars, A. Fournetti, De Ver-
neuil, and A. latimarginatus, Hall, are still unknown.

(9.) It differs from A. Cianus, Barr. (the genal angles of which
are unknown), by its slightly raised glabella and by its narrow
body-axis.

(10.) It differs from the imperfectly-known A. glabratus and
A, contractus of Barrande, by its feebly raised glabella, by the
greater number of segment-markings on the side-lobes of its
pygidium, and probably also by the direction of its facial suture.

Prof. E. J. Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks. 13

‘(ggg ‘ds ‘uemdeyg

If

WL) oH snydvsy

‘(geg, “ds ‘uemde

ut@)

t

") sisuappung snydosp

14 Prof. E. J. Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks.

Finally, apart from the absence of secondary furrows on the
pygidium-segments, Asaphus Canadensis differs from the gene-
rally admitted species of Ogygia by the following characters :—

(1.) From O. Buchii, Brongniart, and O. (?) Portlockii, Salter,
by the branches of the facial suture beg united on the upper
part of the head-shield.

(2.) From O. (?) Guettardi, Brongniart ; O. (?) Desmaresti,
Brong.; O. (?) Brongniarti, Rouault; and O. (?) Hdwardsi,
Rouault—by the angular junction of the branches of its facial
suture above the glabella.

(3.) From O. radians, M‘Coy, by the large number of the
segment-markings on the axis of its pygidium, O. radians ex-
hibiting only three. The head-shield of O. radians is unknown ;
but M‘Coy refers the species to Ogygia, on account of the short
segmental furrows between the larger markings on the side-
lobes of the pygidium.

Il. On a second new species of Asaphus from Canadian Rocks.

Fig. 2 represents a new species of Asaphus, from the Trenton
limestone (Lower Silurian) of Peterborough and other localities
in Upper Canada. The same form is believed to occur also in
the Utica schist.

General outline a broad oval; length to breadth as 3:2, or
thereabouts; relative lengths of head-shield, thorax, and pygi-
dium, as | : 0°87 : 0°87.

Head-shield obtusely pointed anteriorly, and much resembling
that of A. plutycephalus in its general outline. Limb striated
with concentric lmes; genal angles rounded ; facial suture as
shown in the figure. The branches unite above the glabella in
a well-defined angle, almost touching the extreme anterior mar-
gin of the head-shield; and they terminate at the lower margin,
about midway between the glabella and the genal angles. Where
they join this lower margin, they make a short curve inwards
(see the figure), somewhat as in A, eapansus,—a peculiarity not
exhibited by the facial sutures of A. platycephalus (?) or A. Cana-
densis. Glabella feebly raised, and divided into two distinct
portions ; the lower portion, of a semi-oval shape, is defined, as
it were, by a prolongation of the body-axis. Durectly above this
an undulating furrow occurs (as shown in the figure), strongly
marked in the centre, but becoming fainter where it joins the
facial suture, a little above the eyes. The anterior portion of
the glabella is altogether undefined. The eyes appear to be of
the usual Asaphus type; they are somewhat wide apart; the
breadth between their central points, to the entire breadth of
the head-shield across them, is as 5:9. Except at the striated
limb, the whole surface of the head-shield is finely punctured.

Prof. E. J. Chapman on new Trilobites from Canadian Rocks. 15

Thorax with eight segments; division-line between the axis
of each segment and its pleurz not very sharply defined. There
are no intermediate V-shaped furrows, as in A. Canadensis. The
pleure curve upwards at their slightly rounded extremities ; they
are furrowed to about half their length from the axis, and then
crossed by a curvilinear ridge, beyond which the upper portions
are delicately striated. The axis and the side-lobes (in the
transverse measurement of the Trilobite) are of equal breadth.
The middle segments of the axis are slightly broader than the
upper and lower segments. The surface is very delicately punc-
tured. The pygidium closely resembles that of A. Canadensis.
In the axis there are from twelve to fourteen segment-markings,
with a similar number on each side-lobe. There are no secondary
furrows. The striz on the limb are largely developed. Hypo-
stoma, &c., unknown.

The two nearly perfect specimens and the various fragments
of this species that I have examined, belong to individuals of
comparatively large size. Of the perfect specimens, one is
nearly 5 inches in length (= 127 millimetres), and the other
exactly 6 inches (=152°4 mill.).

Specific differences.— Asaphus Halli, on account of its rounded
genal angles, need only be compared with the following species:
A. platycephalus, Stokes (Is. gigas, Dekay, &c.) ; A. eapansus,
Linn.; A. leviceps, Dalman; A. Barrandei, De Verneul; and
A. (Is.) affinis, M‘Coy, the latter species being made to include
Portlock’s Is. gigas, Is. planus, and Is. Powisii. All the other
well-recognized species of Asaphus are horned forms.

The new species differs from A. platycephalus more especially
by its divided glabella, and by the presence of furrows on its
pygidium.

It differs from A. expansus and A. leviceps by the form of
the glabella, the angular junction of the branches of the facial
suture, and the segment-markings on the side-lobes of the
pygidium. The latter character distinguishes it also from A.
affinis.

It differs from A. laticostatus, Green,—of which species the
genal angles are unknown,—by its thorax and pygidium being
of equal or nearly equal length, and by its divided glabella.

M. de Verneuil’s species, A. Barrandei, from the south of
France, is only known to me by name. Reasoning from ana-
logy, however, it may be fairly admitted that the two species
are distinct.

Our new Canadian species somewhat approaches Barrande’s
Asaphus nobilis, by the curious transverse furrow on its glabella.
In A. nobilis, however, the genal points of the head-shield ter-
minate in horns, and the segments of the thoracic and caudal

16 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure of Humphreyia.

axis are marked by peculiar furrows,—characters not exhibited
by the present species. The transverse furrow on the head-
shield probably corresponds more or less in outline with the
underlying hypostoma; but no traces of the latter organ, as
already remarked, have yet been found.

In the preceding article on Asaphus Canadensis, it was stated
that Professor Hall had published, in the first volume of the
‘Paleontology of New York,’ two imperfect caudal shields,
under the name of Asaphus (?) latimarginatus. I would willingly
adopt this specific name for our second Canadian form, because,
so far as it is possible to determine, the two may prove eventually
to be alike; but, on due consideration, I have thought it ad-
visable to bestow upon the form in question a name altogether
distinct. My object in this is solely to avoid the chance of con-
fusion, in case the thorax and head-shield of Professor Hall’s
form should hereafter be discovered, and be found on examina-
tion, as would very likely happen, to constitute a different spe-
cies. I therefore claim the privilege of naming the Trilobite
described in this article,—a privilege to which I am justly en-
titled by the really indefinite character of the figures referred to
above. The name I adopt as the most appropriate, under the
circumstances of the case, is that of Asaphus Halli. Paleeonto-
logists, I am sure, will receive it willingly.

III.—On the Structure of Humphreyia, an anomalous Bivalve
Shell, hitherto confounded with Aspergillum. By Dr. J. E.
Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

In the preceding Number of this Journal, I gave an account of
the development of the genus Aspergillum. Shortly after it was
in print, Mr. Cuming kindly allowed me to examine the speci-
mens of that genus in his extensive collections. I was delighted
to find, mixed with the other species, a shell, which I was con-
vinced, on a very cursory glance, could not be formed in the
same manner as the Aspergil/a, and, indeed, could have but very
little relation to the other species of the genus to which it has
been referred by Mr. Arthur Adams, who described and figured
it in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1852 (p. 91.
t. 15. f.3), under the name of Aspergillum Strangei. It was
received from Sydney Bay, Australia, by the late Mr. Strange.
This animal, instead of living in a tube sunk in the sand or
mud of the sea-coast, like the Aspergilla, or in a tube more or
less immersed in the substance of shells, rocks, or other marine
bodies, like the Gastrochene and Clavagella, fixes itself by its
ventral surface to shells or rocks, so that the whole of the

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure of Humphreyia. 17

shell, including its tubular prolongation, is exposed, giving it
the appearance of a specimen of Vermetus or Serpula; and,
like the Vermeti, the tube is covered with a distinct thin peri-
ostraca.

When the shell is more carefully examined, it is clear that it
has been formed by a conchifer; for, like Aspergillum, the two
valves of the young animal are to be seen forming a kind of
umbo at the dorsal part of the base of the tubular projection.

But instead of the animal, as in Aspergillum, living free nm
the tube until it has attained its full size, and then fixing the
shell in the substance of the tube itself, and closing its base,
the animal of Aspergillum Strangei evidently attaches itself,
shortly after it is hatched, by its ventral surface, to some fixed
body; and then, as it requires room for its increased size,
produces the hinder part of its shell into a projecting tube.
For it is evident that the valves themselves are expanded
below and on the sides, and are produced behind into the
subquadrangular tube with a circular aperture; while, in the
true Aspergilla, the valves are imbedded in the substance of
the tube, and are to be seen, in all the species of the genus, of
their full size, and with a well-defined edge on the inside of
the tube; in some kinds only the umbones, and in others a
larger part of the valves, being left exposed on the outer surface
of the tube.

The valves of the newly-hatched free animal of Aspergillum
Strangei are very soon united together, by shelly matter deposited
on their inner surface, into a single shield-like shelly plate,
which is extended on the sides; and the gap between the valves
in front and below is filled up with a shelly deposit, which, with
the united valves, forms a slipper-like bag attached by its ventral
or lower side to the surface of some shell or rock; so that the
shell has changed from a free, regular-shaped bivalve shell to a
sessile, attached, slipper-like case. The shell is then gradually
extended behind into a tube, as the animal requires a larger
cavity for its protection, the periods of its enlargement being
marked by transverse concentric impressed grooves.

The part of the tube in front of the valves is irregularly pro-
minent, and scattered with shelly tubes, showing that the ani-
mal, like Aspergillum, is furnished with thread-like tentacles on
the front of its mantle, which are emitted through these tubes ;
and there is also a series of holes, often placed in pairs, and
sometimes produced into flat processes, on the edge of the ven-
tral part of the tube, just above the part which is attached to
marine bodies, doubtless for the protrusion of similar tentacles.
The cayity of the shell is quite simple, without any indication
of the shape of the two valves which are seen externally, or of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 2

18 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure of Humphreyia.

the valves which are seen in the interior of the tube in Asper-
ila.

. This shell must form a distinct genus, which I have named

Humphreyia, after George Humphrey, the shell-dealer and con-

chologist, who published the Catalogue of M. De Calonne’s

collection, in 1797; and I have no doubt it is the type of a new

family, Humphreyiade.

The two specimens in Mr. Cuming’s collection which are here
figured (figs. 1 &2), are very unlike; and this difference has
assisted me in giving the above
account of thew structure and
formation.

In the larger one (fig. 1) the
valves of the shell were consider-
ably enlargedand well developed,
approaching the form of ordi-
nary bivalve shells, before the
animal developedthe slipper-like
case by which they are attached,
and began to develope the
hinder tube. In the other spe-
cimen (fig. 2), on the contrary,
the shelly valves are scarcely
more developed than they were
on the newly-hatched animal,
which appears to have proceeded
at once, as soon as it came into
the world, to form the bag-like
cavity over the gape in front Humphreyia Strangei.
and between the ventral edge of
the valve, to attach itself to the rock, and to proceed to develope
its tube.

It may be observed, though we are not able to assert it posi-
tively (as there are only two examples known), that the difference
between the two specimens depends on the kind of place to which
the animals were attached: the larger one was attached to a
mussel-shell, and the other to a piece of rough sandstone rock.

I was glad to see, on consulting Mr. A. Adams’s description
of this shell, for the purpose of quoting his name and figure,
that he had observed this peculiarity, and agrees with me as to
the manner in which the tube is formed. He observes: ‘ The
fact of the tube being nothing more than the valves greatly
expanded and modified, is well shown in one of the specimens.”
(P.Z. 8. 1852, 91.) It does not appear whether Mr. A. Adams
considered this formation of the tube as a peculiarity of the
species, or as explaining the development of the tube of Asper-

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure of Humphreyia. 19

gillum in general ; most probably the latter, as in his work pub-
lished since the paper, he still places the species in the subgenus
Foegia of the same genus.

Some persons, to whom I have stated my idea of the struc-
ture of Humphreyia, have suggested that the tube of Aspergillum
might be developed in a similar manner, after the animal had
attained its full size in the sand, without any tube; and they
explain in this way why the tube of several species of Warnea is
nearly cylindrical; but the tubes of many species are clavate,
small at the siphonal and large at the front end. I cannot
agree to this theory, as I do not know of any mollusk that lives
sunk in the sand, and then developes a tube; while, on the
other hand, Teredo, Gastrochena, and other conchifers which
live in tubes, form them as soon as they are hatched, and the
tube may be observed increasing in length and diameter as the
animal grows,—sometimes even, as in Furcella, forming a septum
across its base, which is removed when the animal again desires
to enlarge its habitation. It is further to be observed, that
though the tube of some Gastrochene and Teredines is clavate,
yet in other Teredines it is nearly cylindrical; and in all these
the siphonal end is modified, sometimes elongated, or even
reproduced during the life of the mollusk, as in Aspergillum.
A good account of the manner in which Gastrochena enlarges
its more or less exposed, irregular clavate, or retort-like tube,
would be an interesting communication, as it is difficult to
understand how the small closed chamber of the young shell is
altered to the larger chamber of the full-grown individual, unless
the animal absorbs and re-deposits the base of the tube after it
has increased its size, as the animal of Furcella is shown to do,
in my paper on the development of that genus in the ‘ Annals’
for April 1858, p. 295; but I have not observed any specimen
which justified my coming to that conelusion.

We have been long aware that the valves of Aspergillum and
Clavagella are, when the animals reach the adult size, soldered
into the tube in which they live, which caused them to be for-
merly regarded as univalve, and arranged with the Serpule;
and the exterior appearance of Humphreyia would justify such
a position in any cabinet.

It appears to me that the anomalous structure of Mulleria
more nearly resembles that of this shell than any other I know;
for, in both, the animal is hatched with two symmetrical valves,
which become united together, and are prolonged behind into a
tube. But there the similarity ends; for in Mulleria the tube
is expanded into two laminz or valves, one of which is at-
tached to a rock, the upper lamina breaks off in an irre-
gular manner from the end of the tube, and the body of the

2

20 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

adult mollusk is enclosed between two irregular-shaped valves,
like an Etheria, with the tube and the valves of the young shell
on the produced end of the attached valve. (See Proc. Zool.
Soe.

Ty Humphreyia, on the contrary, the small united valves
are attached by their ventral edge, and they are extended be-
hind into a free, ascending, subquadrangular tube, like Ver-
metus, which continues to grow in length as the animal increases
in size.

The use of the tubules in Aspergillum and Clavagella, and of
the minute perforations in the lower part of the tube of the
genera Furcella and Foegia, has not been satisfactorily explained.
They have been supposed to admit water to the front part of the
body of the animal, and have been regarded simply as tubes
or perforations, as if they were always open; but they can only
be formed round the tentacles, and it is most probable that the
tentacles fill up the tubular cavity during the life of the animal,
though they are vacant, and the tentacles on which they have been
formed are not to be observed in the specimens of the animal
which are preserved in spirits. The admission of water to the
front of the animal does not appear to be necessary for their
ceconomy, as such tubules or pores are not to be found in the
tubes of Teredo, Gastrochena, &e. In some Clavagelle and
Aspergilla, the tentacles and the tubules which cover them are
branched and spread out, as if the mollusk wished to obtain a
knowledge of the animals and other bodies in its neighbourhood.
They may also serve to steady the tubes, as roots do trees,
and prevent their being thrown down by the usual waves of the
sea, as it is the kinds which live sunk a small depth im the sand
that appear to have the tubules most extended ; while those that
are sunk deeper, or are fixed on rock, have only perforations in
their place,—as trees which have their roots near the. surface
have them greatly extended horizontally.

It is to be observed, that when these animals have completed
their tube, if they extend any more in size, it is only posteriorly
in the length of their siphons ; and then they extend the length
of the shell by the addition of fresh portions to the siphonal end
of the tube, as shown by the ruffles in Warnea and Bryopa.

IV.—On the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.
By H. J. Carrer, Esq., H.C.S. Bombay.

[| With three Plates. |

Tue following communication contains a description of the de-
velopment of the spermatozoa in the ovisac with the ovum, in a

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 21

new species of Nais, together with other matter bearing on the
origin of the sperm-cells both of the so-called testes and ovisac ;
also on the functions of the floating-cells of the peritoneal cavity,
and that contractile body called by Dr. T. Williams the “ seg-
mental organ*;’’—to which is appended a short summary of the
changes which successively take place in the yelk during the
development of the embryo, and the product which frequently
results when the yelk fails to fissurate.

This information has been chiefly obtained from a perennial
species of Nais that, for a year past, has colonized the sediment
of a glass jar, in which Chara has been growing out of a little
saucer suspended a short distance from the bottom; but not |
having afforded me any opportunity of following the develop-
ment of the embryo, I have been obliged to take advantage of
another species for this purpose, which I found in a gelatinous
Alga (Gleocapsa), collected durmg “the rains,” for the micro-
scopic Filarig that it also contains, and which species not only
furnished me with eggs, but with other observations of a serial
nature, that serve to complete those unsupplied by the first
species.

Thus the facts contained in the following pages having been
the result of investigations carried on under an unusual com-
bination of favourable circumstances, attended with a micro-
scopical examination of upwards of two hundred individuals, it
is hoped that they will be found acceptable.

The text, however, is not the consequence of this labour more
than the illustrations, which are as true to nature as circum-
stances would permit, and have been compiled from a great
number of sketches taken from the objects themselves.

With these few remarks, let us proceed to the following de-
scriptions of the two Naides to which I have alluded, which it
is desirable to premise, that the reader may be familiarized with
their specific and general characters respectively, before he com-
mences the subsequent observations. They are, I believe, new ;
and the first that will occupy our attention is that species which
has colonized the sediment of the jar of Ciara, as it is this from
which my information has been chiefly derived.

Nais fusca, H. J.C. (nov. sp.) Pl. I. figs. 1-3.

Filiform, of a pinkish-brown colour, subsegmented, setaceous ;
anterior extremity clavate pointed, posterior extremity slightly
attenuated, obtuse ; mouth inferior, a little distance from the
anterior extremity; anus subterminal. Reproductive band
near the head, commencing with the fifth segment. Cirri

* Aon. and Mag. Nat. Ilist. vol. xix. p. 393, 1857.

22 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of anew species of Nais.

ventral, in pairs in each segment throughout the body; each
cirrus composed of 2—4 short, sigmoid, stiff hairs, suddenly
inflated in the centre and bifid at the extremity. Setee (fig. 4)
in groups in pairs in each segment after the posterior border
of the reproductive band, each group composed of 2-3 straight
hairs, of which one is much larger than the rest, and equal in
length to the breadth of the body. (sophagus narrow,
without: distinct glands, expanding gradually into the intes-
tine at the posterior limit of the reproductive band. Intes-
tine wavy at first, afterwards straight, subsegmented, of a
brown colour tinged pink by the vascular system, which con-
tains red blood. Androgynous. Testicular sacs immediately
in front of the reproductive band; eviducts and ovisacs under
and posterior to it respectively; openings of the testicular
sacs close to the anterior border of the reproductive band on
each side. Spermatozoon (fig. 6 0) linear, straight, extremely
narrow, with attenuated extremities, 1-160th of an inch in
length. Segmental organ single, existing only in those divi-
sions which are behind the reproductive band. Floating-cells
of the peritoneal cavity spherical, colourless. Length of body
when dry a little less than 1-5th of an inch.

Hab. Tanks and ponds of fresh water among soft, silky Oscil-
latorie and decomposing vegetable matter ; breeding through-
out the year.

Loc. Island of Bombay.

Obs. This worm, which belongs to the genus Blanonais
(P. Gervais), is very like the figure of Lumbricus tubifex (pl. 34.
fig. 4a, Encyclop. Méth.), while the sete of the latter more
resemble those of the following species.

Nais albida, H. J.C. (noy. sp.) Pl. IIT. figs. 47, 48.

Filiform, colourless or white, obsoletely segmented; anterior
extremity obtusely pointed, posterior extremity obtuse ; mouth
subterminal; anus terminal. Reproductive band a long di-
stance from the head, commencing about the tenth segment.
Cirrus and sete (PI. IIT. fig. 49) retractile, both composed of
minute, short, straight, thick hairs, all alike and of equal length,
three in the former and two in the latter, situated ventrally
and laterally respectively, in pairs in each segment throughout
the body. (isophagus narrow, surrounded in its first part
by four distinct glandular masses, then by hepatic cells, then
becoming naked as it passes under the reproductive band, at
the posterior border of which it expands into the intestine.
Intestine at first wavy, and then straight to the anus. Andro-
gynous. ‘Testicular sacs indistinct, situated justin front

+. oe

aa

ie ae

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 23

of the reproductive band; oviducts and ovisacs in bunches
under and posterior to it respectively ; openings of testicular
sacs undiscovered, those of the oviducts ventral, and passing
through the reproductive band. Spermatozoon (fig. 34) capi-
tate, straight, the anterior third or head uniformly enlarged,
twice or thrice the thickness of the rest, pointed ; the posterior
two-thirds gradually alternated to the extremity ; total length
1-700th of an inch. Segmental organ double in each seg-
ment, with the exception of those under the reproductive
band. Floating-cells of the peritoneal cavity colourless, oval,
fusiform. Blood colourless. Length of body when dry, a
little more than 1-5th of an inch.

Hab. Living and breeding in the portions of Gleocapsa which”
grow on the sides of gutters and old walls during the rainy
monsoon only.

Loe. Island of Bombay.

Obs.—This species also belongs to the genus Blanonais, if it
be not absolutely necessary for this, that the hairs of the cirrus
should end in hooks.

Having thus premised the specific and general characters of
these worms, the reader will be prepared to follow the other
observations on them to which I have alluded. In doing this,
however, it is desirable that he should remember that they will
be entirely confined to Nais fusca, except where, for confirmation
or to fill up /acune, it may be necessary to refer to those sup-

plied by N. albida.

Integument.

The integument of Nais fusca may be stated to consist of two
transparent, cylindrical sheaths or layers (fig. 37,s), of which
the outermost is composed of cells, and the mnermost without
apparent structure. Within the latter, again, floats the aliment-
ary canal (which may be viewed as a third cylinder) and the
other internal organs of the body.

In the cells of the outer or dermal layer, there is nothing
remarkable except the reproductive band (fig. 3¢), which espe-
cially claims our attention, because it will hereafter be seen to
be developed in proportion to the presence of spermatozoa in
the so-called “testes,” and therefore may perhaps be found to
furnish the sperm-cells of these organs.

This band seems to be merely formed by an hypertrophy or
inflation of the dermal cells of this part, which, having become
distended with vesicles filled with refractive matter (fig. 5), pre-
sent individually the following composition from without in-
wards (fig. 5 ¢): viz. a delicate cell-wall, more or less partially

24 Myr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

lined by a group of vesicles filled with refractive matter, resting
on a central sphere equally refractive. There is also a nucleus
present (fig. 5 d), which in all probability is held in position by
a thin layer of endoplasm situated between the vesicles and the
central sphere, and from which vital agent or primordial film all
the rest of the cell has been produced. For the most part these
cells are diffluent in form (5a, 6), but there are many which
are spherical (fig. 7), and the latter average 2- to 3-5600ths of
an inch in diameter. The refractive matter with which the
vesicles are filled, as well as that which composes the central
sphere, appears to be albuminous at first; but while that of the
former, in the vesicles of the floating-cells of the peritoneal
cavity, which will presently be seen to be identical to all appear-
ance with the cells of the reproductive band, may pass into oil
or spermatozoa, that of the latter disappears without further
change, or becomes granular in a way which will be better un-
derstood hereafter. Certain it is, that the centre of these cells
is composed of a solid sphere of refractive substance, which
possesses sufficient tenacity to retain its form against the solvent
action of water, even after being deprived of the cell-wall
(fig. 5 d), and which sphere, we shall find by-and-by, in the
floating-cells, affords nourishment to the spermatozoa during
their development from these cells in the ovisac. We may safely
infer, then, I think, that it contains the elements of both albu-
men and oil, which substances are developed in it at the expense
of each other, according to the requirements of the case. Dr.
Williams considers the albuminous centre of the floating-cells
to be a fibrinous compound*. Thus, then, to recapitulate, we
have the cells of the reproductive band composed of a cell-wall,
a nucleus, and a number of vesicles surrounding an albuminous
sphere, which thus occupies the centre of the cell.

Of the inner sheath or layer (fig. 3 s) nothing need be stated
further than that it forms the chief skeleton-support of the body
of the Nazs, and may be muscular or fibrous, or both. It be-
comes separated from the cellular layer under the influence of a
solution of bichloride of mercury, and thus may easily be de-
monstrated. Between it and the alimentary canal is the peri-
toneal cavity, in the “chylaqueous fluid” of which float the
floating-cells, segmental organ, organs of generation, and a good
part of the vascular system.

Alimentary Canal.

This (fig. 2 a, f, f) forms, as above stated, a third or central
cylinder, suspended inside the second by the delicate loose por-

* Phil. Trans. part 2. p. 625 e¢ seq., 1852.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 25

tions of membrane which compose the dissepiments or partitions
of the body, and thus floats freely within this space throughout
its whole course, becoming surrounded by the layer of hepatic
cells only after it emerges from behind the posterior border of
the reproductive band, that i is, where the cesophagus ends.

Floating Cells*,

Throughout the peritoneal cavity, that is, from one end of
the Nazs to the other, are a number of spherical cells (fig. 3 5,4, 4,
and fig. 7), varying in size from 2- to 3-5600ths of an inch in
diameter. Most of these are loose, hence the name of “ floating-
cells,’ while many adhere to the parietes of the peritoneal
eavity through the plasticity of their cell-wall. In composition
they are identical, as just stated, with the cells of the reproduc-
tive band; and therefore, to avoid repetition, the reader is re-
quested to refer to the latter for this part of their description.
How they are produced, I am ignorant; but they make their
appearance in the young Nais before the hepatic cells and before
the reproductive band. If they were reproduced by fissiparation,
one ought, among such numbers, to be able to see this taking
place in all its stages; but such is not the case: it is true
that two, three, or more are often seen adhering together, but
this may arise from the plasticity of their coats. As they are
seen of all sizes, however, it seems not improbable that their
vesicles may sometimes become the young litter, and thus the
supply may be kept up; or, indeed, they may be developed from
the surface of the peritoneum, which thus acting as a basement-
membrane, may have developed them from the commencement.
When these cells are subjected to the influence of a solution of
bichloride of mercury within the worm, their vesicles expand,
burst, and become undistinguishable from the albuminous centre,
while the nucleus, remaining, thus becomes distinctly visible
(fig. 7 c): when also they issue into pure water, from a rupture
of the body, the same changes take place ; but when the internal
vesicles have been formed for some time, or present a yellowish
tinge, they remain unaltered; in which case the delicate cell-
wall frequently disappears and leaves them adhering to the re-
fractive albuminous sphere, which is just as tenacious as that of
the cells of the reproductive band (fig. 7 6). Indeed, the com-
position of the whole celi, as before stated, is exactly thie same.

Hepatic Cells.
These are spherical or diffluent in form (fig. 8), and composed

* For an account of these cells generally in the Invertebrate animals,
and the * Chylaqueous Fluid”? above eee see Dr. T. Williams’s
excellent paper, Phil. Trans. 1852, p. 595. pt. 2

26 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

of a cell-wall, vesicles, nucleus and albuminous centre, like the
floating-cells, but with the following exceptions, viz.—that some
of the “vesicles,” though retaining their original shape, have
acquired a yellowish tinge; others have become of an amber-
colour, and have flowed together to form bile-globules ; while a
third set have apparently shrunk into abortive, brownish, or
colourless granules; many also of the hepatic cells have lost
their cell-wall, thus leaving nothing but the parts just men-
tioned adhering to the surface of the albuminous sphere (fig. 8 a).
The hepatic cells are so loosely attached to the intestine, that,
under the slightest pressure, many of them separate from it, and
may be observed free among the floating-cells of the peritoneal
cavity, when the only difference that can be observed between
those which are spherical and the floating-cells, is the yellow
tinge of the vesicles: neither is there any earlier stage of deve-
lopment of these cells than this in the hepatic layer; hence it
becomes a question, from whence are the hepatic cells originally
derived ?

To me, the hepatic cells appear to be merely the final stages
of development of the floating-cells, for the following reasons :
First, from there being no cells earlier in development in the
hepatic layer than those of a spherical form, in which the vesi-
cles are already tinged yellow, and in which state, but for the
presence of this colour, they would be undistinguishable from
the floating-cells. Secondly, from the hepatic cells beg en-
closed by no general membrane, but attached loosely to the
surface of the intestine. Thirdly, from the plasticity of the
cell-wall of the floating-cells enabling them to attach themselves
to the intestine, as we have seen them adhering to one another
and to the surface of the peritoneal cavity. Fourthly, from there
being floating-cells in the abdominal cavity of many Infusoria,
as well as in the stomach of Planaria and the Rotatoria, where
the sequence of development from the young cell with un-
coloured, to the older cell with coloured vesicles and bile-glo-
bules, is always present. And, lastly, from the free microscopic
Filarie that have come under my observation, both from the
salt- and fresh-water pools of the island of Bombay, having the
abdominal parietes of the peritoneal cavity covered with biliary
oil-globules as well as the intestine ; showing that, if the latter
are not derived from the former, both the abdominal as well as the
intestinal layer of the peritoneum are capable of producing them.

If, then, we admit that the hepatic cells are derived from the
floating cells of Nais, then these cells are homologous with the
floating cells of the Infusoria, e. g. Nassula, Prorodon, Oto-
stoma, &e.*

* See * Spherical Cells,” Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. p. 124, 1856.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of anew species of Nais. 27

With reference to the formation of the bile, it has already
been observed, that the vesicles of the floating-cells may form a
new generation ; and it will also be seen hereafter that they,
under other circumstances, may produce spermatozoa. Hence
it might be inferred, that where neither of these developments
take place, the endoplasm or vital part, which must be present
with the oil, perishes; and that the former beimg thus lost, their
oleaginous contents become subject to the laws of inanimate
matter, and so more or less flow together, to form the large
amber-coloured bile-globules which appear scattered over the
intestine.

Segmental Organ.
This (fig. 2 g and fig. 3) is the name proposed by Dr. T.

Williams* for a tubular organ that exists in almost all the seg-
ments, with the exception of those containmg the generative
organs, which, as this gentleman has also intimated +, are but
mere modifications of it. In some species it is single, in others
double (fig. 48 /), as will be seen by looking at the figures of
the two Naides now under consideration.

In Nais fusca the segmental organ is single. It is absent in
the segments before the reproductive band; attains its maximum
size in those immediately behind it; and diminishes gradually
towards the tail, where it almost becomes obsolete. Where best
developed, it consists of an elliptical body and tubular portion.
The former (fig. 5 p), which chiefly owes its size to a more con-
voluted state of the latter at this part, is situated on the right
side of the body close to the anterior partition or dissepiment,
through which its tubular portion is prolonged for a short di-
stance, and then terminates in an expanded, slightly constricted,
and marginated mouth (0), furnished with long cilia. From
this the tube passes back through the elliptical body, in which
it becomes exceedingly tortuous, and after issuing from its pos-
terior extremity, makes two sinuous revolutions round the seg-
ment, and then also ends on the right side (¢), midway between
the partitions of the segment, where it opens externally and
ventro-laterally. Throughout, this tubular organ floats freely in
the peritoneal cavity, except where it is fixed by passing through
the partition, and where it opens externally; and throughout,
also, it is imbedded in a fine granular substance disposed in lobes
around it (into which, on one occasion, I ¢hought I could perceive
the branching-out of a vessel from the tube). The cilia round
the internal opening are much larger than those which line the
tube, and the movement of the former sluggish compared with
that of the latter, which is very rapid ; neither is there any par-

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xix. p. 393, 1857. + Idem.

28 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

ticular direction manifested by the cilia of the internal open-
ing, while that of those in the tube is distinctly backwards, or
towards the external opening. What the direction of the con-
tents of the tube may be, I have not been able to determine,
for I have never seen anything pass through it; and the
floating-cells in contact with the internal opening mdicate no
current at all, but merely displacement, when struck by the
cilia. No current can be seen, either, at the external opening,
when carmine is added to the water for ascertaining this; but
the tube throughout becomes continually and gradually dis-
tended, and every now and then contracts suddenly, to empty
itself, after the manner of the contracting vesicle and its tubular
system in the Rotatoria and Infusoria, or perhaps, more parti-
cularly, in Lactnularia, where, according to Prof. Huxley, there
is no “ contracting vesicle*.”

Of the use of this organ I am ignorant, but undoubtedly it is
homologous with the “ contracting vesicle” and its tubular sy-
stem, both in the Rotatoria and many of the higher, if not in all
the Infusoria. In Nais fusca, no current, as just stated, appears
to pass into or out of either its internal or external orifice,
although there is a rapid ciliary movement going on throughout
the whole of the intervening tubular portion; this motion again
appears to be from within outwards, from which it might be in-
ferred that the contents of the tube take the opposite direction,
and therefore that the fluid with which it becomes filled comes
from without. If we direct our attention to the cilia which
cover the rectal part of the intestine in N. fusca, &c., this move-
inent is evidently from behind forwards, while it is equally evi-
dent that the contents of the intestine pass in the opposite
direction; and again, if we watch the cilia on the sides of a
Planaria, their motion will be observed to be towards the head,
while the current produced by them, as indicated by the neigh-
bouring particles, is distinctly backwards. This apparent con-
tradiction, however, appears to derive explanation from the
single cilium of some of the polymorphic Monads, which, undu-
lating from the base towards the extremity, draws the surround-
ing particles towards itself, and thus the motion appears one
way while the current is another+. Yet some of the larger
Rotatoria, in which the contracting vesicle is also very evident,
and opens freely into the cloaca, one would think ought to afford
us means of proving whether the fluid with which it becomes
distended really comes from within or without. I have, how-
ever, tried this, by placing carmine in the water with a large
species of Philodina, but never could detect any in the distended

* Quart. Journ. Microseop. Soe. Lond. vol. i. p- 3, 1853.
Tt Annals, vol. xx. pl. 1. fig. 10.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 29

vesicle; possibly the opening into it, though freely admitting
water, might not be large enough to admit particles of carmine.
Then, again, the facts which I have brought forward to prove
that the “ contracting vesicle” in the Infusoria is filled from the
vascular system connected with it*, are also opposed to the view
which I have assumed of the manner in which the tubular part
of the “segmental organ” in Nazis is filled; while the latter
theory, after all, only rests on the inference that the direction of
the movement in the cilia indicates the opposite in the direction
of the contents. The question, therefore, is still open for in-
quiry. It is easy enough to see the large contracting vesicle in
the rotifer Brachionus become distended and contract, and there
ean be little doubt that its contents pass outwardly; but the
slowness with which it becomes refilled affords us no informa-
tion as to where the fluid comes from; so that, before this is
determined, it is impossible to say to which system this organ
belongs, viz. whether respiratory or renal. At one time I thought,
from the intimate connexion of the “segmental organ” in Nazis
with the generative system, whose organs, as before stated, are but
mere modifications of it, and all equally contractile, that it was
the rudimentary form of the kidney in higher animals ; but sub-
sequently observing the direction of the ciliary movement in the
alimentary canal of Nais to be opposite to that of its contents,
I am now inclined rather to consider its functions respiratory ;
at the same time, it is difficult, if this be the case, to conceive
why it should have an internal opening—while, again, it is not
always that the contents of the tube pass in the opposite direc-
tion to the movement of its cilia, as we shall see hereafter, viz.
in the floating-cells of the peritoneum, which get into the ovisac
through the so-called fallopian tube, which is but a modification
of the tubular portion of the segmental organ in front of the
elliptical body, and has the motion of the cilia in the same
direction. Are the functions of this organ both excretory and
respiratory? or, in short, what are its functions? and what is
the use of the tubular part, and what that of the fine granular
matter which surrounds it, respectively? I must leave future
inquirers to determine, merely observing that the question is one
of much interest, as the organ appears to me to be traceable
through the “ contracting vesicle” in Infusoria, even into the
“vacuole” of the vegetable kingdom Tt.

* Annals, vol. xviii. p. 126, 1856.

+ Since the above was written, I have distinctly observed the motion of
the body-cilia of a species of Spirostoma, when under a slip of glass, to be
whip-like, and the neighbouring particles to follow the forward movement
of the lash, which of course is the most powerful; while the wave in the
cilia in totality was also forward, quite contrary to that which is observed

30 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

Testes.

The so-called testes (fig. 2b and 3 d) are situated immediately
in front of the reproductive band, and consist of simple con-
tractile sacs opening externally by a short duct (d) close to the
anterior border of this band. They may be empty, or contain
spermatozoa in bundles (a, a), the cause of which bundling will
appear hereafter. With the spermatozoa are generally a number
of loose, irregular, hard granules (6 a), and an albuminous mass,
which will be seen, by-and-by, to be the effete remains of the
spermatophorous elements. I have also observed cells (c) pre-
sent in the anterior part of the sac, like those of the reproduc-
tive band and peritoneal cavity, but with some brown matter in
each, which is particularly deserving of attention, because it will
be found hereafter to mark the sperm-cell throughout. Lastly,
in one instance, four small globular masses of granules (d), from
which radiated, in all directions, attenuated linear bodies re-
sembling the spermatozoa at an early stage of growth, were
forced out from the testicular sacs; but beyond this, the so-
called testes in Nais fusca have not afforded me any other stage
in the growth of the spermatozoa, with the exception of the full
development, although many scores have come under my ob-
servation. The fully-developed spermatozoon (fig. 6 4) is about
1-160th of an inch in length, linear, and so narrow that I have
never been able to see its attenuated extremities satisfactorily
with a magnifying power of 450 diameters.

It may now be asked, from whence the cells come, from which
the spermatozoa are developed,—assuming that which will be
proved hereafter, viz. that those cells which were observed in
the testes with the brown matter in them were undoubtedly
spermatic cells? In reply to which I can only state, that, much
as I have sought for a duct in the so-called testis communicating
with the peritoneal cavity (and much as, @ priori, we might expect
one to exist like that of the segmental organ (fig. 30) and the
so-called fallopian tubes (fig. 3 ec!) leading into the ovisaes, from
the testicular sac and oviduct being but mere modifications of
the segmental organ), I have not been able to find any; while
the contour of the testes being so neatly defined, and the con-
tents, on pressure, always escaping through the external orifice,
leads me to the conclusion that there is none. Again, the testes
being filled with spermatozoa only when the reproductive band
is well developed, and empty and contracted when it is absent,
leads one further to infer that the reproductive band is in some
way connected with the testes; and that the cells of which it is

in Planaria, &e. The movement of the cilium in Spirostoma was pre-
cisely that of the line in fly-fishing.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 31

composed, being to all appearance, as before stated, identical
with the floating-cells (from which we shall by-and-by find the
spermatozoa to be developed in the ovisac), have some means
perhaps of getting into the testes by a channel as yet undis-
covered, and there becoming subservient to the same purposes ;
for, as I have already observed, there are cells in the testes
sometimes which bear all the characters of the spermatic cells of
the ovisac.

Thus the so-called testis appears to be a sac for holding the
sperm-cells during the development of the spermatozoa, rather
than for providing these cells; while, should the latter be de-
rived from the reproductive band, this band would be more
appropriately termed the testis.

Although, however, I have not been able to trace the develop-
ment of the spermatozoa im the testes of Nais fusca, yet I have
been able to do so in N. albida (PI. IV. figs. 31-33) ; but as the
process is the same as that which I shall have presently to detail
in the ovisac, it is better not to go further here than barely to
mention this fact.

Oviducts ; Fallopian Tubes ; Ovisaes.

The oviduets (fig. 2c and 3 f) are elliptical, transparent, deli-
cate sacs situated under the reproductive band, on each side of
the median line ; they have wrongly been called “ uteri,” for they
are no more deserving of this name than the oviducts of a fowl.
They are endowed with a motile power which manifests itself
almost rhythmically, by sudden contraction, so that at first they
look like large “contracting vesicles.” Each has three aper-
tures, viz. one (g) inferior, which opens ventrally, and may be
termed the vaginal aperture ; another, in the anterior extremity,
which is continuous with the so-called fallopian tube (e); and
the third in the posterior extremity, which is continuous with
the ovisac (k). It is this saccular duct which probably holds the
ovum for a short time, during the addition of the horny shell.

The so-called fallopian tubes (e’) are, again, wrongly named,
because they do not convey the ova into the ovisac, but, on the
contrary, as we shall see presently, convey the floating-cells of
the peritoneal cavity into the oviduct, previous to their passing
into the ovisac, where they become sperm-cells. They are sim-
ple tubular prolongations of the oviduct, which, passing through
the partition of the preceding segment, thus become fixed in
their position, and open freely into the cavity of the peritoneum
close to the testes (e). Each tube is ciliated internally, and ter-
minates in an expanded aperture, whose inner margin is also
surrounded by a fringe of long, straight, coarse cilia. The
direction of the motion of the cilia in the tube is backwards,

32 Mr.H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

and very rapid, as in the tube of the segmental organ, while
that of the long cilia round the mouth is comparatively slow,
and indicates no more current among the floating-cells and other
particles of the peritoneal cavity in juxtaposition, than those on
the corresponding part also of the segmental organ. Nor have
I ever seen any of the floating-cells in the fallopian tube, though
frequently in the oviduct (fig. 3). It is this mstance of the
floating-cells passing into the oviduct with, instead of against,
the movement of the cilia, to which I alluded when speculating
upon the functions of the segmental organ.

The ovisacs (fig. 2d and 3h,h) are also extremely delicate,
transparent, contractile bags, which, commencing by a narrow
neck from the posterior end of each oviduct, extend backwards
to the second and third segment behind the reproductive band,
where they terminate in round extremities ; beyond this there is
nothing remarkable in them when empty, except that they are
enveloped and partly supported, as they float in the peritoneal
cavity, by long loops of the vessels termed “the branchial sy-
stem” by Dr. Williams in Nais filiformis*, but which here are
evidently of great service in affording nourishment to the ovam
and the sperm-cells when they are undergoing development in
the ovisac.

Ovary.

We must assume here, as in many similar cases that how-
ever thin and attenuated the ovisac may be, the mner sur-
face of its posterior extremity can furnish a poimt or particle
which may become an ovicell; and, for reasons which will be
better understood by-and-by, that the ovicell which it can thus
produce is composed of a cell-wall lined by a layer of endo-
plasm, in the periphery of which is the nucleus, consisting of a
nuclear cell and nucleolus; that the nuclear cell is filled with
endoplasm charged with several points or nuclei, which become
surrounded by, or develope around themselves, as many cells ;
and that finally the nucleolus perishes, and leaves these cells
alone, or rather enclosed in a delicate membranous envelope
(the nuclear cell expanded?). Thus we obtain a group of ova,
(fig. 9 e) which, whether developed in the way mentioned or not,
make their appearance under this form, free and detached from
the surface of the ovisac. In general there is only one of these
groups present; but there may be two (fig. 9 c), or even three.
Kach ovum of the group is, as usual, composed of a cell-wall
lined or filled with endoplasm, and bearing in one part the
nucleus or ‘ germinal vesicle,’ which consists of a diaphanous
cell whose cavity forms the “transparent area,” im which again

* Report of the British Association for 1851, p. 183.

Mr. J. Miers on the Winterace. 33

is the nucleolus or “germinal spot.” There is seldom more
than one ovum at a time in an appreciably advanced stage of
development (fig. 10 d), and, if there be two, one is much more
so than the other (fig. 11 d, e).

As the ovum, in process of development, increases in size
(fig. 10d), yelk-granules are developed in its endoplasm,—in
fact, the endoplasm becomes the yelk; the germinal vesicle
enlarges; it also presents an endoplasm in its interior, that is,
in the “ transparent area,” in which several distinct granules or
points appear (fig. 11 /), that become respectively the nuclei of
so many new cells (fig. 12 f), and when the latter are nearly
formed, the germinal spot or nucleolus perishes ( g). The ovum
now appears to have attained its largest dimensions (fig. 11 d);
but the next stage, viz. the disappearance of the germinal vesicle
and the liberation of its contents, I have not witnessed. It is
from the germinal vesicle undergoing these changes that I have
assumed the single ovicell to undergo similar ones, prior to the
development of the “group” of ova; that is, that those of the
germinal vesicle are but a repetition of what have occurred in
the first ovicell. How far I am right in this matter, is left for
others to decide. 1 would here also remark, that the granules
or cells of the yelk appear to be multiplied by that process of
cell-formation called “budding” (fig. 51), so beautifully seen
in the little Lemna-like Physodictyon (Kz.), and the so-called
“ferment-cells,” and that it bears a close resemblance to that
which I have described in the “ovules” of Spongilla* and
Euglenay.

[To be continued.

X.—On the Winteracee. By Joun Mrmrs, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

Tue only two genera belonging to this small group that were
known in the time of Jussieu, were placed by that celebrated

* Annals, vol. xviii. p. 231. pl. 6. fig. 39.

t Idem, vol. xx. pl. 1. fig. 16. Since my description of the “ Ultimate
Structure of Spongilla” was published in this volume, I can of course no
longer regard the germs in the spherical cells of the “ capsule” as “ ovules,”
but as the contents of these cells, which themselves are the ova,—each
spherical cell in totality producing an “ ampullaceous sac,”? which appears
to me to correspond to the polype of a polypidom. This would make the
“ germs” analogous to the “ yelk-granules” of the ovum of Nais, and hence
also the analogous budding appearance. I have also described a similar
budding in the cells of Euglena viridis (1. c.), and there is something like
this again in the production of the oleaginous and amyliferous cells (?) of
the Diatomez ; while latterly it has struck me that these may be produced
by a budding in the first instance from what I have termed the “ glair-
eell” (Annals, xviii. p. 241). :

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. ii. 3

34 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

botanist, in his ‘Genera Plantarum,’ among the Magnoliacea,—
an association which has been confirmed by most botanists since
that time. DeCandolle, in his Syst. Veg. i. p. 548, first an-
nounced the opinion of Mr. Robert Brown (in1818), that [/eium
and Drimys, together with Tasmannia, should be classed im a
separate family under the name of Winteree,—a suggestion only
partially adopted by the former botanist im his ‘ Prodromus’
(1824), when he formed them into a tribe of the Magnohacee,
under the designation of the Jiliciee, a classification that has
since been generally adopted. Dr. Lindley, however, in his
‘ Nixus’ (1833), and in his ‘ Introduction to Botany’ (18386), is
the only one who appears to have carried out the suggestion of
Mr. Brown in establishing this as a distinct family under the
title of the Winteracee; but he subsequently abandoned this
arrangement (in 1836), in his ‘ Vegetable Kingdom? (p. 417).
M. Spach (in 1839), in the ‘ Suites 4 Buffon’ (vii. 432), classed
the Winteree as a tribe of Magnoliacee, evidently with much
doubt, as he stated distinctly that he considered that group
more allied to the Dilleniacee than to Magnoliacee (I. c. p. 432).
Endlicher (in 1838), after the example of Spach, classed the
Illiciee, in his ‘ Genera Plantarum,’ as a tribe of the Magnoliacee,
but expressed his opimion that they ought rather to rank as a
distinct order, between that family and the Dilleniacee (Enchir.
p. 428). Lastly (in 1855), we have the authority of the authors
of the ‘ Flora Indica’ (p. 72), who give it as their opinion that the
Winteree form a very questionable tribe of the Magnolhacea,
and may with reason be separated from them, as soon as the
systematic characters of other collateral groups are better esta-
blished. Having already partially stated my own opinion on
this subject*, when treating on the Canellacee, I will now pro-
ceed to mention the facts on which that conclusion is founded.
Although the Winteracee have unquestionably a considerable
degree of affinity with the Magnoliacee, they are distinguished
from them by several peculiar features : the latter are invariably
signalized by very conspicuous and large vaginiform stipules,
which fall off and leave a prominent annular cicatrice, like an
articulation, round each node. In the Winteracee these stipules
are entirely wanting. The wood, in the latter family, as well as
in the Canellacee, and sometimes in the Schizandracee, contains
vessels marked, like those of the Conifere, with very distinct
dots, which are not visible in the Magnoliacee. The bark, as
also the foliage of the Winteracee and Canellacee, abounds in
an aromatic principle, and the younger leaves exhibit many pel-
lucid dots, which are less visible in an older state, on account of
the greater thickness and opacity of the parenchyma: this cha-
* Annals, 3d Series, vol. i. p. 352.

Peete ip

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 35

racter is wanting in the Magnoliacee ; or, if sometimes present,
these dots are exceedingly minute and faint. In the latter family
the several parts of the flower spring from a broad and highly
conical torus, whereas this is extremely small in the Winteracee.
In the latter group the ovaries are generally few, and always in
a single whorl, sometimes reduced to two in number, or even
solitary ; in Magnoliacee, on the contrary, they are constantly
very numerous, being arranged imbricately in many series upon
a conical or almost cylindrical torus. The structure of the fruit
in this last-mentioned family affords a very characteristic fea-
ture, generally consisting of a large cone or ball of many-seried
ageregated capsules, more or less free, but sometimes forming a
solid synearpium ; these capsules generally open by two valves,
each exhibiting one or two tolerably large seeds (covered by a
brilliant scarlet fleshy tunic), which fall out and remain sus-
pended each by a long elastic thread: in the Winteracee the
fruit is small, consisting of a few radiating carpels generally
distinct ; in I/cium, somewhat two-valvular; but in Drimys
and Tasmannia, baccate, enclosing a few small, shining, black,
cochleate seeds, of a structure different from those of Magno-
hacee, and remarkably similar to those of the Canellacee: the
hard crustaceous tunic, hitherto mistaken for the testa, so con-
spicuous in the latter family and the Winteracee, presents a
striking contrast to the scarlet soft tunic, suspended by a long
thread, in the Magnoliacee : in the latter order the raphe is found
in this external fleshy coating, while the tunic beneath it is thick,
hard, and bony; but in the Winteracee and Canellacee the outer
coating is hard, brittle, and void of vessels of any kind; the
raphe is seen in the second tunic, which is thick, soft and
spongy (analogous to the outer tunic of Magnolia), while the
coating next beneath it is thin and membranaceous. The em-
bryo, in the former order, is situated in the axis of the albumen,
at the extremity farthest removed from the hilum, and beneath
the apical chalaza: in the two last-mentioned families, the em-
bryo is excentrically placed near the rostrated summit of the
albumen, at no great distance from the hilum, and at a more con-
siderable interval from the lateral chalaza. There can be little
doubt, therefore, that the Winteracee have far less affinity with
the Magnoliacee than they have with the Canellacee; and it
appears to me that the reasons here given fully justify their
removal from the station hitherto assigned to them, and their
approximation to the last-mentioned family, in the manner I
now proceed to indicate.

The circumstances that seem to connect the Winteracee with
the Schizandracee should not be lost sight of in this investiga-
tion. There are certainly many points of affinity between them ;

3*

36 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteraceze.

but some incompatible features are seen in the moneecious cha-
racter of the latter order, and the trimerous arrangement of the
parts : we must, however, remember that in Tasmannia there is
an approximation in this respect ; for if its flowers be not mon-
cecious, they are often polygamous ; and although Drimys gene-
rally does not agree with Kadsura and Spherostemma in its parts
being always in threes or multiples of three, we find these num-
bers in Jilicium, and sometimes in Drimys ; while, on the other
hand, Schizandra differs from its congeners im having a penta-
merous disposition. There is also in the Winteracee a tendency
towards the Schizandracee ; for though Tasmannia has only one
or two, or sometimes four ovaries, and Drimys six to eight, [d/lictum
has at times as many as eighteen distinct carpels,—but then, it
must be remembered, they are always uniserial. There is also
much similarity in the structure of their ovaries, that is to say,
they are unilocular, with few ovules attached parietally to the
ventral suture. The fruit in both orders is baccate and few-
seeded, the seeds being reniform, somewhat small, with a crus-
taceous shining external tunic, and a short internal raphe along
the sinus, together with an extremely small embryo imbedded
at the extremity of the albumen near the hilum, having very
minute cotyledons in proportion to the radicle. The Schizan-
dracee, like the Winteracee, have alternate exstipulate leaves,
which are equally distinguished by numerous pellucid dots ; and
I have before alluded to the peculiar dotted vessels contained im
the wood of all these three families. In Schizandra, the stamens
are united into a dilated tube or disk, and Canella offers some
analogy with this; but the principal line of distinction that
marks the group of the Schizandracee lies in its moncecious
flowers, and in the multiserial disposition of its distinet and
numerous carpels. Notwithstanding the well-marked characters
that tend to separate these orders, enough has been shown to
prove their near affinity.

The Schizandracee by some botanists are held to be merely a
tribe of the Magnoliacee; but I have pointed out many of the
characters that keep them distinct from the latter, and that place
them in contiguity with the Winteracee. It is not possible, in
any linear arrangement, to form so perfect an approximation of
genera as by the circular system; but the nearest conformity 1s
obtained by interposing the Menispermacee and Lardizabalacee
between the Anonacee and Magnoliacee, and by the intervention
of Schizandracee between the last-mentioned family and the
Winteraceew and Canellacee ; by this disposition we form a chain
of regular gradation, the links of which sufficiently harmonize
together. Keeping thus the Winteracee m the relation best
adapted to them, after all the other families of the Polycarpice,

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 37

and placing the Canellacee at the head of the Rhwades, to which
class, from their carpellary structure, they must belong, we thus
maintain uniformity in the systematic arrangement, without
disturbing the chain of linear gradation that naturally exists
between these families.

The genera of the Winteracee have a wide geographical range.
Drimys is distributed over all equinoctial South America, Mexico,
the more temperate regions of Chile, the Strait of Magellan, and
New Zealand. Tasmannia is met with in Australasia and Borneo,
while J/licium is found in tropical Asia, Japan, and North Ame-
rica; and the coincidence may be remarked, that the Schizan-
dracee exist only in the last-mentioned three distant regions.
Canella has hitherto been met with only in the Antilles and the
northernmost point of the South American continent, while Cin-
namodendron is found on the very margin of the southern tropic
of Brazil, as well as in the West Indies. The Magnoliacee are
natives of many parts of India, of tropical South America, and
the United States; and I believe there is no instance of the
occurrence of any of the above-mentioned families in the conti-
nents of Europe and Africa. The Lardizabalacee, however, are
found in the tropical parts of Africa and Asia, and also in extra-
tropical South America, while the Menispermacee have a general
cosmopolitan distribution.

I will now proceed to offer a few remarks upon the several
genera of the Winteracee, and give an amended character of
each, as far as my own observations extend.

1. Drinys.

This genus has been described by several botanists, more
particularly by St. Hilaire, who enters into many details of its
structure*. One of its peculiar features is in its calyx, which,
in the bud, forms one entire valveless covering, and at length
bursts into two concave segments, more by a Jaceration of the
tegument than by any distinguishable commissure: it is deci-
duous. Its lanceolate petals are distinct to the base, and are
variable in number, being sometimes only five to eight, when
they are uniserial ; in other cases they vary from ten to sixteen,
when they are biserial ; and not unfrequently they are as many
as twenty-four, when they are in three whorls: they are white,
and also deciduous. The stamens likewise vary in number,
being generally very numerous, and arranged in one to seven
whorls, of five to eight in each whorl, somewhat increasing in
length, the inner series being longest : they are all short, less
than one-sixth the length of the petals, and seated, together with

* Pl. Usuelles, 5. pl. 26-28.

38 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

them and the ovaries, upon a very short stipitiform gynobase.
The ovaries, which are yariable in number, from five to eight,
are always free, uniserial, and erect ; they have no sensible style,
the short umbilicated stigma being sessile upon the ventral side
of the conical and somewhat gibbous ovary, just below its apex,
from which point a ridge extends to the base: they are always
unilocular, with a single placentiferous line upon the ventral
face, corresponding with the ridge just mentioned. Upon the
edges of this band are arranged about sixteen ovules, in eight
collateral series, extending from the stigma to the base of the
cell, each reniform ovule being suspended from its sinus by a
short funicle. The ovaries ripen into as many small pear-shaped
berries, each containing ten or fewer seeds, closely packed m a
thin pulp, which possesses a very aromatic taste and smell. The
seeds are densely black, very polished, obtusely rostellated above,
swelling below in a somewhat reniform or cochleate shape, with
a small concave hilum beneath the summit, to which the short
funicle is attached. The outer shell is thin, hard, and brittle,
formed entirely of short, transverse, crystalline cylinders, with-
out vessels of any kind : the next tunie beneath this brittle shell
is of a spongy texture, and of cellular structure, the cells being
filled with coloured aromatic oily matter ; it is covered by a thin
pellicular reticulated membrane, inside of which, and adhering
intimately to it upon its ventral side, there is seen a very
distinct thick cord of some length (a raphe), consisting of a
bundle enclosing spiral vessels, which cord extends from the
hilar poimt to a dark spot (the chalaza) situated just below the
deep sinus: again, within this coating, there are two very di-
stinct reticulated membranes, which, by the medium of a small
quantity of intervening glandular matter, become somewhat
adherent together ; these integuments are homogeneous in all
parts, except where they are thickened at the chalazal disk just
mentioned. The enclosed nucleus consists of a mass of fleshy
albumen, within which, close to the hilum, is found a yery minute
embryo, of a short cylindrical form, rounded obtusely at each
end, that directed towards the centre of the albumen having a
very short but distinct cleft, indicating two minute cotyledons.
St. Hilaire states that this embryo is entire, and that, after care-
ful examination, he could not detect in it any trace of coty-
ledons*. 1 have invariably found, on the contrary, in the seeds
of Drimys Chilensis, the very distinct cleft above mentioned,
St. Hilaire also describes the radicle as protruding beyond the
albumen: I have not found this to be the case; although there
is an appearance of such an occurrence, when the thin portion
of the albumen that covers its extremity breaks away by its
* Loc. cit. p.7.

a eS Ss 2 OO * 7

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 39

adherence to the inner integument, if the latter be not very
carefully removed. The embryo is surrounded by a small quan-
tity of glutinous juice, and from the cotyledonary cleft is seen a
narrow tubular membrane, longer than the whole embryo, ex-
tending along the axis of the albumen, and which, no doubt, is
the remnant of the embryo-sac.

We can have little hesitation in referring to their proper de-
nomination the different seminal tunics above described. On a
former occasion* I have entered into a lengthened discussion
upon the structure of the several coatings of seeds in general,
and have shown that their nature can always be determined with
certainty by the position of the raphe in regard to them; it has
been demonstrated that any integument exterior to that which
bears the raphe must be of a growth subsequent to the fertiliza-
tion of the ovule, and therefore extraneous to, and distinct in its
nature from those resulting from the growth of the proper
tunics of the nucleus; and that such coating, be it membrana-
ceous, thick, fleshy, coriaceous, horny, or osseous, must be aril-
liform in its origm. J udged by this rule, the black, hard,
brittle shell of the seed of Drimys, hitherto paveilered as its
testa, would be an arillus; and the spongy coating in which the
raphe is imbedded is that condition which I have called an aril-
linet, or growth of the primine into the state of a thick fleshy
integument.

The genus Drimys consists of evergreen trees of moderate
size, possessing a hard wood, the bark of which is extremely
aromatic in smell and taste, whence the species peculiar to Chile
bear there the name of Canelo, the bark of which is called
Canela, the Spanish word for cmnamon. The leaves are alter-
nate, generally glaucous beneath ; the inflorescence, sometimes
axillary, is usually terminal, often in aggregated one-flowered
peduncles, and frequently these peduncles bear on their summit
a number of one-flowered pedicels, aggregated in form of an
umbel, with a row of involucrated bracts at their base. With
the exception of one, peculiar to New Zealand, and another
growing in the island of Juan Fernandez, the plants of this
genus are restricted to the continent of South America, one only
extending into the northern hemisphere. D. Granatensis ap-

pears in the mountamous districts of the western tropical portion

of the continent ; a few distinct forms inhabit Brazil, while others
are extratropical, D. Winteri confining itself to the Patagonian
extremity of Chile. Sir W. Hooker, 1 many years agof, seemed
to merge D. Chilensis into the Magellanic species, on
account of the similarity of their leaves; and more recently,
* Linn. Trans. xxii. p. $1. + bid.
{ Bot. Mise. m. 134.

40 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

Dr. Hooker*, after examining the many species of Drimys col-
lected in various parts of the whole American continent, gave
his opinion that all of them, including the one from Mexico and
that from the island of Juan Fernandez, are mere varieties of
D. Winteri. To this opinion I cannot subscribe, for reasons I
will here offer ; nor can I agree with St. Hilaire, that the different
Brazilian forms which he describes+ are only varieties of D. Gra-
natensis. There is certainly a great uniformity of general ap-
pearance among the individuals throughout the genus, for, in
all, the leaves are quite smooth, thick, entire, oblong, polished,
veinless, with an inferior glaucous or whitish surface ; but there
is a certain character among them, by which, without mistake,
we may assign to each the country of its origm. There are,
however, in each of these several groups so many modifications
of form, as well in the leaves as in the inflorescence, that it is
almost impossible to offer good specific characters for them. I
think it better, therefore, to take the middle course, and regard
such individuals as so many varieties, and to consider each group
as a distinct species, for which a clear diagnosis may be esta-
blished. Under this point of view, the species will consist of the
New Zealand form, D. azillaris, the Magellanic tree, D. Wintert,
the Chilian D. Chilensis, and that from the region of the Ecuador,
D. Granatensis, in which I would include the Mexican variety ;
I would establish D. Brasiliensis for the different Brazilian forms
enumerated by St. Hilaire, with the exception of D. montana ;
to these may be added two other distinct species, here proposed,
from Southern Brazil; completing the list by D. Fernandeziana,
from the island of Juan Fernandez.

The younger Linnzeus, who received specimens of D. Grana-
tensis from Mutis, concluded it to be a variety of the Magellanic
species; but Lamarck first pointed out § the forcible distine-
tion between them, and Bonpland subsequently confirmed this
by farther observations||. These botanists showed that m D.
Wintcri the flowers are always solitary upon several simple pe-
duncles, which are aggregated at the termination of the braneh-
lets; while D. Granatensis is strongly characterized by each of
these peduncles invariably bearing upon its summit three to five
long umbellated pedicels, severally supporting a flower. D. Chi-
lensis partakes of this latter character, and is therefore equally
distinct from the Magellanic species. The general resemblance
in the shape and size of the leaves in D. Winteri and D. Gra-
nalensis is certainly great; they have also the same dark green
hue, with a more dealbated under surface, and a similar deep red
Flor. Antarct. i. 229. + Pl. Usuelles, tab. 26, 27, 28.
Linn. fil. Suppl. 269. § Dict. Eneye. Méth. ii. 330.

|| Pl. Aoquin. 1. 208,

«
+
+

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 4]

midrib and petiole—so much so, that if the character of the in-
florescence were put aside, they might be considered varieties of
tae same species: the inflorescence, however, constitutes a good
specific difference, which is constant in each. Between D. Gra-
natensis and D. Brasiliensis there is not only a dissimilarity in
the appearance of the leaves, which in the former are more
narrowly cuneated at the base, and of a much darker hue, but
the inflorescence is distinguished in the former by its very long
peduncles, its more lengthened and fewer pedicels, its larger
flowers with a greater number of petals, and, finally, the inflo-
rescence is axillary as well as terminal, which gives it a prominent
character. D. Chilensis is subject to as many varieties in the
size of its leaves, and the greater or less abundance of its in-
florescence, as D. Brasiliensis ; but there is a perceptible differ-
ence in the size and number of the pellucid dots which corre-
spond with the raised glands upon their upper surface: in D.
Brasiliensis and all its varieties they are comparatively larger
and more distant ; the leaves are far more coriaceous and opake,
so that in most instances the raised glands cease to be pellucid,
and sometimes are wholly immersed: in D. Chilensis and in D.
Winteri the punctate dots are much smaller, and more densely
approximate. It is always easy to distinguish, at a glance, the
difference between the two last-mentioned species : in the latter
the branches are angular, invariably of a dark red colour, that
gives it a peculiar character; the petiole is very much stouter,
considerably shorter and broader, rugose, and darker coloured ;
the nervures of the leaves are fewer, and are soon lost by entire
immersion in its much thicker parenchyma; while in D. Chi-
lensis the petiole is longer, proportionately narrower, the ner-
vures are closer, at least double in number, more conspicuous,
and areuately conjoined long before they reach the margin. I
have already mentioned that in D. Winteri the inflorescence con-
stantly consists of a few terminal simple peduncles, each bearing
a solitary flower; but in D. Chilensis the peduncles are as nu-
merous, are longer, broadly compressed, and always bear on their
summit six or seven umbellated pedicels, each supporting a
flower, and these are surrounded at their base by a verticil of
deciduous bracteoles ; where there are seven pedicels, this invo-
lucre consists of six bracteoles; and with six pedicels it has five
bracteoles. In D. Granatensis this umbel is formed of only three
to five pedicellated flowers, and the bracteoles are far more de-
ciduous. In D, Winteri the calyx is larger, and the petals shorter
and broader in proportion, seldom exceeding six in number ;
while in D. Chilensis I have always found ten petals: the former
has usually four ovaries, the latter generally five. These differ-
ences, added to their general aspect, and their distinct geogra-

42 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

phical distribution, appear to me sufficient to establish the
validity of these several species nearly as they are described by
DeCandolle and other botanists.

The plant from Juan Fernandez I consider to be specifically
distinct; and I find another, from extratropical Brazil, with
smaller and very narrow, almost linear leaves, and terminal
flowers on simple peduncles, which is certainly different from
D. Brasiliensis ; and likewise a third, of remarkable aspect, col-
lected by Claussen in the province of Minas Geraés, to which
Dr. Hooker* alludes, as being a singular state of D. Granatensis ;
but it ill-accords with that species, on account of its imflores-
cence, and its smaller and excessively revolute leaves. I have
referred to Tasmannia, for reasons that will be given, the species
from the island of Borneo, D. piperita, placed in this genus by
Dr. Hooker.

I may here remark, that some of the species (more especially
D. Granatensis) have a disposition to produce what gardeners
call double flowers; in the variety Meaicana of that species
there are usually twelve petals, which are sometimes increased
to twenty-four in number +t.

The anthers in Drimys are generally described as being dor-
sally attached to the broad filament, but this is not the ease; the
two cells are quite separate, and affixed by a median line to the
margins of the filament, which margins are reflected outward,
so that the anther-cells are thus approximated, and thrown into
an extrorse position. In farther proof of this, | may here men-
tion that I have sometimes met with a stamen half-transformed
into a petal, in which case the anther-cells are widely separated,
and attached to each margin of the petal, a little below the
middle,

I propose dividing the species into four sections, distinguished
by the simple or umbellate, either terminal or axillary flowers,
and suggest the following emended character from my own
observations.

Drimys, Forst. Wintera, Murr.—Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx
in alabastro clausus et indivisus, demum lacerato-partitus in
segmentis 2-3 concavis, reflexis, deciduis. Petala 6 ad 24,
oblonga vel lineari-lanceolata, 1-3-seriata, calyce 8-4-plo lon-
giora, toro subcylindrico cum staminibus insita, patentia,
decidua, zestivatione apicibus replicatis imbricata. Stamina
plurima (15 ad 40), indefinita, pluriseriata, hypogyna, brevis-
sima ; filamenta compressa, crassiuscula: anthere 2-lobee, lobis
ovatis, sejunctis, subdivaricatis, ad margines versus apicem
filamenti utrinque aflixis, vix extrorsis, linea longitudinali

* Flor. Antaret. ii. 230. +- DeC. Syst. i. 444.

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 43

2-valvatim dehiscentibus, Ovaria 5-8, distincta, summo tori
uniseriatim affixa, ovata, gibba, unilocularia: ovu/a plurima,
reniformia, e placenta solitari parietali, ventrali, medio funi-
cula brevi, biseriatim appensa. Stylus subnullus. Stigma
parvum, breve, pulvinatum, umbilicatum, infra apicem latere
ventrali situm. Bacce 4-8, distincte, oblongze, gibbe, car-
nose, summo tori elevati sessiles, 1-loculares. Semina in qua-
que 3-10, cochleato-reniformia, hilo apicali punctiformi hori-
zontaliter suspensa: tunica externa (arillus) dura, crystallino-
crustacea, subfragilis, nitida, atra, nucleum valde gibbum et
crasso-virguleformem claudens: tunica intermedia (arillina)
erassiuscula, celluloso-spongiosa (raphide conspicuo chordi-
formi sigmoideo ab apice usque ad chalazam percursa), et ad
integumentum tertium membranaceum adherens ; chalaza late-
ralis versus sinum spectans: integumentum quartum membra-
naceum, reticulatum. Embryo in verticem albuminis carnosi
copiosi minutissimus, breviter cylindricus, utrinque obtusus,
cotyledonibus brevissimis, radicula hilo proxima, supera.

Arbores sempervirentes in America, a Mexico usque ad Fretum
Magellanicum et in insulis Mari Pacifici crescentes, cortice
aromatico; folia exstipulata, alterna, integerrima, coriacea,
glaberrima, subtus sepius glauca, pellucido-punctata, petiolata ;
flores pedunculati, aggregati, e gemma acuminata foliolis con-
volutis cito deciduis orti, sepius terminales, rarius azillares,
pedunculis aut unifloris, aut apice pedicellis plurimis umbellatis
Jloriferis imo bracteolatis gerentibus, bracteolis involucratis par-
vis caducissimis.

Div. 1. Pedunculi plurimi, aggregati, axillares, 1-flori.

1. Drimys axillaris, Forst. Gen. 84. tab. 42; DC. Syst. i. 443 ;
Prodr. *. 78; Hook. Icon. 576; Hook, fil. Fl. Nov. Zeland. i.
12. D. colorata, Raoul, Pl. Nouv. Zél. 24. pl. 23.—Nova
Zelandia.

This is admitted on all hands to be a good species, concerning
which there is nothing calling for remark, except that I accord
with Dr. Hooker in considering Raoul’s plant as specifically
identical with it.

Diy. 2. Pedunculi azillares, umbelliferi, pedicellos 3, rarius 7,
bracteolatos 1-floros gerentes.

2. Drimys Granatensis, Mutis, Linn. fil. Suppl. 269; DC. Syst.
i. 444; Prodr.i.78; H.B.K.v.53. D. Mexicana, Moc. et
Sess. DC. Syst. i. 444; Prodr. i. 78. Vintera Granatensis,
Bonpl. Pl, Afquin. i. 205. tab. 58 ;—foliis oblongo-lanceo-
latis, imo cuneato-angustioribus, summo subacuminatis, co-

44. Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

riaceis, opacis, marginibus nitidis revolutis, superne lucidis,
fusco-viridibus, inferne granuloso-incanis, granulis creberrimis
porosis, nervis pluribus tenuibus sese arcuatis vix distin-
guendis, costa media rubella paullo prominenti, petiolo lon-
giusculo semitereti, angusto, canaliculato ; floribus axillaribus,
e pedunculo szpissime folii fere longitudine, ancipiti, pedi-
cellis 3-5 longissimis, umbellatis ; petalis 10-12; stamimibus
30-40; ovariis 10-12.—In Nova Grenada, Columbia et
Mexico.—v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. Santa Fe di Bogota (Mu-
tis), (Dombey); in hb. Hook. Bogota (Turner et aliis), Co-
lumbia, Mexico (Hartweg, 444).

Folia 3-44 poll. longa, 9-21 lin. lata; petiolus 5-9 lin.
longus ; pedunculus seepius 2-3 poll. longus; umbella rarius
folufera; pedicelli seepius 3, graciliores, compresso-trigoni,
1-14 poll. longi. Calyx in alabastro globosus, ruptiliter 2-
partitus; petala sepius 12, biseriata; stamina crebra, bre-
vissima, 3-serialia, gynophoro inserta; ovaria sepius 12*,

A specimen in the British Museum, collected by Dombey in
Santa Fé (de Bogota?), though only fragmentary, exhibits a
more than ordinary amount of development: it consists of two
loose leaves and one loose umbel ; the leaves are 5-54 inches
long, 2 inches broad, on a petiole 8-9 lines long; the peduncle
is compressed, a line broad, and 3} inches long, bearing on its
summit two leaflets and five pedicels; the leaflets are obtusely
obovate, cuneate, 13 inch long, including a petiole of 1 line, and
the pedicels are 13-2 inches long; the flowers expanded are
nearly 1} inch in diameter, the petals being 6 lines long, 4 lines
broad, and rounded at their summit. The total inflorescence is
nearly 7 inches in length, or 1 inch longer than its unusually
large leaves.

3. Drimys montana. D. Granatensis var. montana, St. Hil. Pl.
Us. 3. tab. 28 ;—ramis teretibus, foliis congestis, cuneato-
oblongis, apice obtusis et seepe subemarginatis ; marginibus
crassis valde revolutis, coriaceis, supra lucidis, nervis paral-
lelis omnino immersis, subtus pruinoso-albidis, nervis vix
distinguendis, costa media rubella valde prominenti, petiolo
Jongiusculo canaliculato; inflorescentia axillari et terminali ;
pedunculis subtenuibus, compressis, folii fere longitudine,
simplicibus vel interdum 2-3- fidis, et tune pedicellis ills
brevioribus.—Brasilia ; Serra Negra in Proy. San Paolo (St.
Hilaire).—v. s. in hb. Hook. (Claussen) ex Minas Geraés,

Folia 13-24 poll. longa, 6-9 lin. lata, petiolus 4 lin. longus ;

rt A drawing of this species is given in the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’
pl. 27a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracer. 45

pedunculus 14-1! poll. longus; pedicelli 6-10 lin. longi;
petala 10-15, linearia, acuta, 3 lin. longa, 1 lin. lata; stamima
circiter 40, 3-serialia; ovaria 6; baccz 3, gibboso-oblonge,
2-3 lin. longe.

This I consider to be a distinct species, evidently allied to the
following, and it differs from D. Brasiliensis, not only in the
size and form of its leaves, but in its axillary inflorescence, and
in the number of the parts of its smaller flowers.

4. Drimys retorta, n. sp.;—ramis teretibus, junioribus sub-
angulatis, transversim rugulosis; folis lanceolato-oblongis,
apice obtusis et valde emarginatis, imo cuneatis, marginibus
subito spiraliter revolutis, paginam inferiorem hinc fere celan-
tibus, crasso-corlaceis, enervlis, superne nitidis, viridibus, in
costam sulcatis, subtus subochraceo-pruinosis, costa media
prominula, petiolo sulecato, margimibus involutis; inflores-
centia axillari, umbellata; pedunculo brevissimo, crassiusculo,
aut sepe obsoleto; pedicellis 3-6, elongatis, gracillimis,
sub-3-gonis, folio subzquilongis, erectis; petalal0; stamina
30; ovaria 5, quorum sepius 2 abortiva.—Brasilia, in Prov.
San Paolo (Bowie) ; Prov. Minas Geraés (Claussen) *.

Folia 1-14 poll. longa, limbo utrinque convoluto 2-24 lin.
diametro, maceratione expansa 4—54 lin. lata; petiolus 4 lin.
longus ; pedunculus in axillis 4} lin. longus ; pedicelli fere fili-
formes, 1} poll. longi; calyx clausus, oblongus, apiculatus,
14 In. diametro, ruptiliter sub-2-valvis, segmentis concavis,
2 lin. longus, demum delapsus, et tune pertusus circa pedi-
cellum trajectus ; petala 8-10, linearia, 2-seriata, 24 lin. longa,
1 lin. lata, mox decidua; stamina circiter 30, brevissima,
3-serialia ; bacce 3, gynophoro cylindrico insite.

This is evidently allied to the former species: D. montana,
however, is readily distinguished by its leaves, which are but
little revolute on their margins, and are almost obsoletely emar-
ginated in the summit; it has very lengthened peduncles, which
are even longer than its somewhat stout pedicels, and it differs
also in the greater number of its petals (12 to 15).

Div. 3. Pedunculi plurimi, aggregati, terminales, 1-flori.

5. Drimys Winteri, Forst. Gen. 84. tab. 42; Lam. Dict. 11.331;
DC. Syst. i. 443, Prodr. i.78; Hook. Fl. Ant. ii. 229. D.
punctata, Lam. Dict. i. 330, Illust. tab. 494. fig. 1. D. aro-
matica, Desc. Ant. i. pl. 40. Winterana aromatica, Sol.

* A figure of this plant is shown in the ‘Contributions to Botany,’
plate 25 B.

46 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteraceze.

Wintera aromatica, Murr. Syst. 507; Willd. Sp. 11. 1289;
Bonpl. Pl. Aiquin. i 209 ;—ramulis subangulatis, fuseo-
rubris ; foliis oblongis, utrinque attenuatis, apice obtusius-
culis, supra nitidis, enerviis, aut nervis vix distinguendis
omnino immersis, subtus glaucis, costa mediana margineque
eartilagineo revoluto rubris, petiolo crasso, semitereti, longi-
usculo, superne subsulcato ; pedunculis terminalibus, simphi-
cibus, confertis, elongatis, angulato- suleatis, apice compressis,
imo bracteis deciduis involucratis ; calyce majori; petalis 5-6,
oblongis ; ovarus 4, rarius plura. In Patagonia et Tierra del
Fuego.

Folia subtus e punctulis granulosis albis creberrimis glauca,
3-32 poll. longa, 12-16 lin. lata; petiolus 6-10 lin. longus,
crassus, imo amplior ; pedunculus 1-1} poll. longus ; alabas-
trus 3-4 lin. diam. ; petala 6 lin. longa*.

I may here observe, that Lamarck’s drawing of this plant is
defective, and that Sir Wm. Hooker’s figure, described under the
name of D. Winteri (Bot. Mag. 4800), must be referred to
D. Chilensis, which I consider specifically distinct, for reasons
already given.

6. Drimys angustifolia, n. sp. ;—foliis elongato- vel lineari-lan-
ceolatis, apice obtusiusculis, planis, marginibus recurvulis,
opacis, superne haud rugulosis, nervis omnino immersis vix
distinguendis, subtus pallide glaucis, petiolo marginibus te-
nuibus sese involutis hine subtereti; inflorescentia terminali
pauciflora, pedunculis simplicibus. — In Brasilia Australi:
v.s. in hb. Hook. (Sello).

Folia subtus e punctulis granulosis ochraceo-albis creberri-
mis glauca, 2 poll. longa, 24-3 lin. lata, petiolus 4-5 lin. lon-
gus ; pedunculus 6 lin. longus, subvalidus ; calyx in alabastro
clausus, integer, ovatus, apiculatus, demum 2-partitus; pe-
tala 9, linearia, in estivatione imbricatim inflexa; stamina 18 ;
ovaria 5+.

This is another and still more extreme form than D. retorta,
with which it bears some analogy. I have observed a variety of
the same (which may be called lanceolata) with broader and
more oblong leaves, rather obtuse at the summit; the limb flat,
1} inch long, 3-81 lines broad, with a petiole of the length of
3 lies: it is of Sello’s collection, and is probably from the
same region as the above; but as the specimen has no flowers,
it is impossible to give its characters and proper place.

* A representation of this species is shown in the ‘ Contributions to
Botany,’ plate 25 a.

+ A figure of this plant is given in the same work, plate 26 a.

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 47

Div. 4. Pedunculi plurimi, aggregati, terminales, pedicellos plurimos
umbellatos 1-floros gerentes.

7. Drimys Chilensis, D.C. Syst. i. 444, Prodr. i. 78; Deless.
Icon. 1. 22. tab. 83; Gay, Chile. D. Winteri, Hook. (non
Murr.) Bot. Mag. tab. 4800 ;—ramulis teretibus; foliis ob-
longo-oboyatis, versus apicem obtusum gradatim angustioribus,
basi obtusiusculis et repente attenuatis, coriaceis, opacis, ner-
vis plurimis, conspicuis, arcuato-nexis, et vix prominulis,
supra crebre leviter granuloso-rugulosis, granulis sub lente
puncto nigro signatis, punctis pellucidis, subtus e punctulis
albis creberrimis glaucis, costa media prominente, margine
cartilagineo recurvulo, petiolo valido subtereti canaliculato ;
pedunculis terminalibus 4-10, pedicellis 6-8 clongatis um-
bellatis e singulo ortis; petalis 10 linearibus; ovariis seepius
5.—Chile.

Folia 33-43 poll. longa, 1-14 poll. lata, petiolus 5-6 lin.
longus ; pedunculi in apice ramulorum aggregati, 3-9 lin.
longi, crassiusculi, compressi; pedicelli tenues 9-14 lin.
longi, 4-goni; calyx 2-sectilis, laciniis zequalibus, ovalibus,
concavis, pallidis, 2 lin. longis. Petala 10, linearia, expansa,
2-serlalia, 5 lin. longa, 13 lin. lata. Stamina 35-40, exte-
riora breviora, interiora 14 lin. longa, 4-serialia. Ovaria 5,
rarius 6, gibba, 2 lin. longa. Bacce 5, pyriformes, purpu-
rascentes, 4-45 lin. longee; semina circiter 12, cochleata,
nitidissima, atra, in pulpam parcam nidulantia*.

There is a variety (/atifolia) with much broader leaves, tole-
rably well represented in Delessert’s ‘ Icones’ (i. tab. 83),—but
the petioles are too broad and flattened, the flowers much too
large, and the petals too flat,—a specimen of which I find in
Sir Wm. Hooker’s herbarium, collected by Bridges; the leaves
are 54 inches long, 25 inches broad, the petiole being 6 lines in
length.

8. Drimys Brasiliensis. D. Granatensis in partem, DC. Syst.
1.444; Prodr. i. 78; St. Hil. Pl. Us. tab. 26, 27 ;—foliis
oblongis, acutiusculis, aut obtusis, basi cuneatis, supra nitidis,
leviter granuloso-rugosis, granulis concoloribus, subtus (ex-
cepto margine revoluto et costa media prominenti) albido-
glaucis, opacis, crasso-coriaceis, obsolete nervosis, petiolo lon-
giusculo, canaliculato ; inflorescentia terminali, pedunculis an-
cipitibus, longiusculis ; pedicellis seepius 3, rarius 5, umbel-
latis, compressis, longulis; petalis 12, oblongis, acutis; ova-
riis 5—7.—Brasiliat.

* A figure of this species, with full generic details, is given in the ‘ Con-

tributions to Botany,’ plate 26 c.

+ A drawing of this species is shown in the same work, plate 25 B.

48 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteraceze.

Folia 3-43 poll. longa, 1-1} poll. lata, petiolus 6-9 lin.
longus ; puncta pellucida quam in preecedenti majora et spar-
siora ; petala biserialia; stamina crebra circiter 40 brevia;
gynophorus cylindricus longiusculus. Variat magnitudine fo-
liorum et abundantia florum.

a. var. campestris, St. Hil. loc. cit. 1. tab. 26.
8. var. sylvatica, St. Hil. loc. cit. 3. tab. 27.
y. var. axillaris, St. Hil. loc. cit. 3.

9. Drimys Fernandezianus, n. sp.;—foliis mm apice ramulo-
rum confertis, lanceolatis, utrinqne paullo acutis, acumine
obtusiusculo, superne nitidis, confertim granulosis, granulis
porosis, subtus e punctulis albis crebris minutissimis incanis,
nervis tenuibus utrinque immersis, vix prominulis, longe intra
marginem sese arcuatis, costa media crassa, prominenti, ru-
Bescente glabra, superne sulcata; petiolo brevissimo, lato,
rubello, subamplexicauli; floribus terminalibus, umbellatis,
pedunculis elongatis, plurimis, confertis, rubellis, valde anci-
pitibus; pedicellis 6, gracilibus, longiusculis; petalis 8;
ovariis 8.—In Insula Juan Fernandez.—». s. in herb. Hook.
(Bertero, n. 1453; Cuming, n. 1328).

Folia 3-32 poll. longa, 6-11 lin. lata, petiolus 1} lin, longus
et latus; pedunculi terminales plurimi, conferti, 9-12 lin.
longi, valde compressi, striati, pedicellis vix breviores, te-
nuiores ; calyx 2-partitus, imo demum circa gynophorum cir-
cumscissus, et in pedicello trajecto delapsus; petala 8, line-
aria, pellucido-punctata; stamina 40 et ultra, im seriebus 4
disposita ; antherz subextrorse ; ovaria 8*.

It is stated in the ‘ Flora Antarctica,’ p. 229, that this plant
quite conforms to that collected in the Organ Mountains of Rio
de Janeiro by Gardner (his No. 5675); this latter plant was
also found by myself in the same locality, and I made a drawing
of it on the spot; but I do not perceive the same resemblance
between them. There is a striking difference in the length of
the petiole, which, in the Brazilian plant, is three or four times
the length, and only half the breadth of the other ; it has much
stouter peduncles, and pedicels of only half the length of the
other, their number being only three in the Organ Mountains
plant, and six or seven in that from Juan Fernandez; the former
has twelve petals and six or seven ovaries; the latter usually
eight petals and eight ovaries.

[To be continued. ]

* A drawing of this species is given in the ‘Contributions to Botany,’
plate 27 b.

Dr. J. E. Gray on Cowries from the Sandwich Islands. 49

VI.—Note on some Specimens of Cyprea (Cowries) from the
Sandwich Islands. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e.

Tue British Museum has lately received, from Mr. Pease of
Honolulu in the Sandwich Islands, a small collection of marine
shells, among which there are a number of specimens of Cow-
ries (Cypreide), all more or less differing from the usual normal
condition of the species.

The peculiarities may be separated under two heads.

I. Many specimens, instead of being of their usual colour, are
much paler, nearly white, with the markings which are charac-
teristic of the species very pale and indistinct, or in some cases
entirely obliterated.

Specimens with this peculiarity occur of the following spe-
cies :—

1. Cyprea caurica. Very pale; margin pure white, very ob-
scurely spotted.

2. Cyprea cruenta. The back with three slightly marked,
broad bands, the purple spots on the margin scarcely indicated,
and the usual orange colour of the mouth only forming a pale
yellowish tint between the teeth.

3. Cyprea fimbriata? The back white, with three very obscure,
interrupted, broad, brown bands; the base white; the margin
with a few small, pale brown, round spots ; and the apices of the
aperture without any indications of the usual purple spots.

4. Cyprea Gascoini. Much paler than the specimen ori-
ginally described, being very pale dirty yellowish, with regular
circular white spots; the base white, with a few small brown
dots on the upper edge of the margin. One specimen is pale
yellowish white, with very obscure, almost imperceptible indica-
tions of the round whiter spots on the back.

II. The second series, instead of being of their usual colour,
are of a more or less deep and bright pellucid yelk-yellow colour,
with the markings that characterize the species in other locali-
ties more or less completely obliterated.

As, for example,—

1. Cyprea sulcidentata. There was only a bad specimen of
this species in the collection; but I have seen other specimens,
sent at the same time from the same locality, which are of a
very bright orange-yellow colour, almost as bright and deep as
a fine-coloured orange living Cyprea aurora.

2. Cyprea arenosa. Much yellower and more pellucid than
usual.

3. Cyprea Isabella. More pellucid than usual, with the
black marks very distinct and large.

4. Cyprea Helvola. Of a pale yellow colour, with white
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 3. Vol. ir. 4

50 Mr. C. W. Peach on Nature-Printing of Sea-weeds.

margins; the darker spot of the back very obscurely indicated.
There were only two, in a large series of specimens, in which these
marks were distinct, and in them they were paler than usual.
The base very pale yellowish, rather darker between the teeth
of the aperture.

5. Cyprea staphylea. The larger number of the specimens
of this species are bright orange-yellow, polished, and without
any of the usual white tubercles. Some of them have an irre-
gular white blotch on each side.

Some specimens have more or less distinct small white dots
on the back, in place of the tubercles; one large specimen has
these spots very slightly raised, thus approaching the normal
state of the species.

With these shells were sent—

1. Cyprea Madagascariensis, in the usual state of the species.

2. Cyprea staphylea. A small, very dark-coloured variety, of
a uniform pale brown colour on the back, with numerous minute
white dots; the base white, with yellow-edged teeth, and some
dark brown lines on the upper edge of the margin of each end
of the shell.

I have no materials to explain the cause of this absence and
alteration in the usual colour of such a number of species of
shells belonging to a single family. As far as I have observed,
the peculiarities are restricted to the species of this group;
the shells belonging to the other families that were sent with
them being of their normal colour. The specimens, I may
observe, are of the usual size and form, and are easily deter-
mined by comparison with specimens from other localities.

VII.—A Notice of Nature-Printing of Sea-weeds on the Rocks in
the vicinity of Stromness, Orkney. By Cuartes WinLiaM
PEacu*,

I sre to lay before the Society a most interesting fact of true
nature-printing of sea-weeds which I met with in August 1856,
immediately below the ruins of the ancient episcopal palace of
Stromness. I was examining on the sea-shore the charnel-house
in which he the skeletons of the ancient denizens of the waters
of the Old Red Sandstone period; my attention was engrossed
by their numbers and variety, and the beauty of the sculpture
of the black shining wings and dermal covering of the Pterichthys,
the “berry upon bone” cuirass of the Coccosteus, the fluted and
polished spears and delicately fretted mail of the Diplacanthus,

* Communicated by the author; having been read at the last meeting
of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, on the 28th April 1858,

Ene.

Mr. C. W. Peach on Nature Printing of Sea-weeds. 51

and the burnished and spotted portions of the Dipterus, Diplo-
pterus, Osteolepis, &c. &c., and then the large nail-bone of the
gigantic Asterolepis,— all unmistakeable “footprints of the
Creator,”—these, with the scaly Lepidodendron and other land-
plants, all causing me to look back on past ages. Willing
as I might be to muse and ask myself questions, I was not long
able to do so; for in my movements I came upon rocks of a
different character and hue, on which were portrayed pictures
of recent plants, well known to me. I might have drawn on
my imagination, and fancied that some one, well skilled in
drawing, and willing not to be idle, having found a stretch of
flattened rocks prepared for the purpose, had traced, with no
“prentice han’,” some of the Alge of our shores, with a light
yellowish colour on the dark ground, and had succeeded so well,
that at once I was able to name the genera and species, quite as
readily as if the plant itself had been displayed on paper and
presented to me for examination by one of the lady-algolo-
gists who reside in Pomona, and who, by their persevering and
laudable industry, have earned the best wishes of all naturalists,
by adding so largely to their knowledge of the beautiful “ sea-
flowers” which had so long blushed unseen on these rich and
interesting shores,—now, happily, many no longer unseen; of
this I had ample evidence in the splendid collections so kindly
shown to me by several of the lady collectors. I greatly regretted
that my legitimate work, the looking after the fossil land-plants,
would not permit me to examine them so carefully as I could
have desired; for amongst them I saw many species which
hitherto I had only seen on the southern shores of England.

I found that these pictures occupied large spaces; some of
the slabs were covered with them, two or three feet in length by
half as much or more in breadth; the best are from one-third to
one-half between the tide-marks. Desmarestia ligulata is the
predominant form, with Desmarestia (Dichloria) viridis, &c. 1
saw that D. ligulata was very plentiful; a great quantity of it
was lying on the rocks, in various stages of decay,—no doubt
making more pictures where it rested. The form on the slab
herewith sent, compared with the specimen spread on paper,
will show that there is no mistaking the die used for the medal.
If the slab is examined at the paper point, Dichloria viridis will
be found pretty well defined. After I had detached this slab
and one or two smaller pieces, my time was up, and I could
examine no farther.

The stone I send (such is the case with many of the printed
slabs) is coated by Ralfsia verrucosa, a leather-like Alga common
on our shores ; this coating may be likened to the chemical pre-
paration in photography, the Ra/fsia being the sensitive part to

4

52 Mr. C. W, Peach on Nature-Printing of Sea-weeds.

be eaten away by its overlying corrosive brother. The impress
is thus made, and the stone, “when washed by the next flowing
tide, is cleared of all the vegetable matter, both of the decaying
Desmarestia and dissolved Ralfsia ; the picture is then beauti-
fully shown (fixed) on the light-yellow coated slab. Not only
does the Desmarestia destroy the Ralfsia, it also dissolves some
of the rock; and thus, as well as the depression left by the
washing-out of the Alga, it is engraved in the stone; and pro-
bably this depression is added to, time after time, by the carbonic
acid in the sea-water, and thus the more indelible it becomes.

Even in rocks of a deep dark-grey colour, containing little or
no lime, and on which no growing Alga is to be seen, “the Des-
marestia imprints its form, by extracting the colour; and, al-
though not so distinct as the prepared one, it is often well
defined. I saw such on the coast; and the lady of the Rev.
Mr. Learmonth kindly showed me one, which a quarryman had
brought, some years before, as a plant of the age of the Old Red
Sandstone ; it retained all the markings fresh. These rocks dip
gently to the westward, and are exposed to the full sweep and
terrific lash of the waves of the Atlantic.

The first, and I may say, only impress must be quickly done, for
each returning tide would certainly remove the weed, and leave not
a trace of the vegetable matter behind. When we take into con-
sideration the well-known property possessed by the Sporuchnee
of destroying other Algze, we cease to wonder at the eating-away
of the Ralfsia; the extraction of the colour and the dissolving the
hard rock will, however, cause some surprise, and we naturally
ask, what can this lithographic property be? This and many
other questions must be passed, and the one uppermost attended
to; for we are looking back upon the ancient periods in the
history of our earth. I have seen, in most of our geological
formations, plant-like forms ‘ painted,” or rather, ‘ discharged,”
especially when cleaving the Devonian and Silurian rocks of
Cornwall and the Old Red Sandstones of Scotland, and have
been struck by their forms; for so much like plants have they
appeared, that again and again have I found great difficulty in
persuading myse| If that they were not so,—always pleading the
absence of organic matter; and this was a sad stumbling-block,
for not a vestige could be seen. Others have been equally per-
plexed. Our lamented friend Hugh Miller, after speaking of the
now acknowledged land-plants of the Lower Old Red Sandstone
of Caithness, at page 435 of the ‘ Testimony of the Rocks,’ says,
“YT may here mention, that curious markings, which have been
regarded as impressions made by vegetables that had themselves
disappeared, have been detected during the last twelvemonth in
a quarry of the Lower Old Red Sandstone near Huntley, by the

Mr. C. W. Peach on Nature-Printing of Sea-weeds. 53

Rev. Mr. Mackay of Rhynie. They are very curious and very
puzzling; but though some of the specimens present the ap-
pearance of a continuous midrib, that throws off, with a certain
degree of regularity, apparent leaflets, I am inclined to regard
them rather as lying within the province of the ichnologist than
the fossil botanist.” From never having seen any of my friend
Mr. Mackay’s “‘ puzzling specimens,” I am unable to give an
opinion about them ; but, from the tenor of the whole passage,
of which I have only quoted a part, I should be inclined to give
them to the botanist. The absence of organic matter, with the
midrib and hard fernhke appearance, weigh greatly with me ;—
for, as with the fossil, so with the beautiful Stromness forms,
no portion of the vegetable can now be seen. ‘There is plenty
of proof that the pictures now presented to your notice were
made by plants. I tried, on my return home, the experiment of
laying a piece of Desmarestia on a stone from the beach, and
exposed it in the hot sun, keeping it moistened with sea-water ;
and although the plant was far gone in decay, and the stone
not prepared, and also too pale and siliceous, I succeeded in
getting a faint impress,—quite distinct enough to show that,
with better materials, success would be certain. I have since
ascertained that one of the lady algologists of Pomona, long ago
aware of these markings, had succeeded fully, with the splendid
materials there, in getting them delineated in the way I tried.
One thing, however, we do know,—that land-plants, as well as
sea-plants, existed in the Lower Old Red Sandstone period: as
regards the former in Caithness and Orkney, it is only lately an
acknowledged fact. Plants, principally of the sea, also existed
in the Silurian period; and, as tides ebbed and flowed and the
sun shone in both periods as now, why might not the Algz be
cast on their exposed and ripple-marked rocks, and their like-
nesses indelibly printed, and, on the next flowing tide, the type
swept away, leaving no trace of organic matter behind? I wish
most distinctly to be understood, that I do not insist on claiming
all dendritical markings on and in rocks for the botanist, for I
know that some of these doubtful markings are caused by infiltra-
tion, and very many by the sportive arborescent forms of minerals ;
add to these, those from the crawling of Crustacea, the wriggling
of Annelides, and the tracks of the vegetable-feeding Mollusca,
all playing their part in the puzzling drama. I[ must, however,
after acknowledging all these, and striking the balance, still
think there is a probability that the printing process has thrown
off the greatest number.

I have delayed sending this to you, in the hope of finding
some notice of such a process beyond the very short one which
I forwarded, at the time of the discovery, to the British Associa-

54 Bibliographical Notices.

tion for the Advancement of Science. I have never been able
to find a word. I therefore venture now to trouble you, in the
hope that it will become more widely known, and be the means
of showing that it is going on in different parts of the globe.

I must request that the slab sent with this may be returned.
I would gladly give it to a public museum. It is the only good
one I have; and I see no hope of ever going again to the printing
house at Orkney to get more.

Wick, April 12, 1858.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Wonders of Geology. By Gipron ALGERNON MANTELL,
LL.D. &c. Seventh Edition, revised and augmented by T. R.
Jones, F.G.S8. London: H. G. Bohn. 1857-58.

Tus work forms one of the re-issues of Mr. Bohn’s scientific series,
and from the favourable reception it has met with, as indicated
by the number of editions it has passed through, may fairly be con-
sidered as a useful introduction to the study of geology. The ground-
work of these volumes was derived from a series of lectures given
more than twenty years since by Dr. Mantell, at Brighton, in an
attempt at the time to establish a county museum and scientific
institution in that town. The basis of the museum was to have been
the original geological collection, containing upwards of twenty thou-
sand specimens, from which the subjects for the illustration of the
lectures were selected. This collection, the result of the untiring
labour of many years, both in the field and in the cabinet, was not
destined to remain in the county of Sussex, from whence the larger
and more valuable portion was derived, and the physical structure
aud ancient natural history of which it was intended to illustrate.
As is well known, the Mantellian museum, containing many unique
specimens, was transferred to the British Museum, where they are
fully displayed amongst the other treasures contained in the Paleeonto-
logical department of the national collection. Dr. Mantell may be
said to have lived through some of the phases of geological science,
and was no mean contributor to its onward progress, whether we
regard the nature of his scientific writings, or the character of his
popular teachings. As a lecturer, Dr. Mantell was probably un-
equalled : abounding in information, clear and lucid in style, gifted
with a poetic temperament, he never failed to interest and instruct
the audiences he frequently addressed. 'To him intellectual exertion
was a relaxation rather than a fatigue: during the latter years of his
life, and when in au impaired state of health, we have occasionally
returned with him, after lecturing to some large assembly, and fully
felt how his intellectual energies and poetic imagination have sus-
tained him amidst much bodily suffering and mental anxiety.

Bibliographical Notices. 55

The general nature of his lectures may be inferred from the work
before us, and Dr. Mantell carefully revised every edition. The pre-
sent or seventh edition is, however, considerably improved and aug-
mented, and evinces much pains-taking and research,—the editor
having spared no time or labour in working up the discoveries
accumulated during the ten years that have elapsed since the pre-
vious publication, and which have been concisely but carefully incor-
porated in the present volumes. In fact, not only has much new
matter been added, but many portions re-written and so far modified
as to bring the work up to the present state of the science, and make
it an exposition of the philosophy of geology. Copious notes are
inserted, and numerous useful references given, so as to enable the
reader to refer to any subject in a more detailed manner.

The original form of the work is retained—the division into eight
lectures,—some of these, from their length, being again divided, and
the subjects treated successively from the newer to the older depo-
sits. The additional matter generally incorporated in each chapter
contains all the more important and useful points of the science. In
the Tertiary strata, the labours of Ed. Forbes and Prestwich as im-
proving the classification of these rocks are fully given, more espe-
cially in the Isle of Wight district, and the foreign equivalents pointed
out. Considerable improvements are effected in the part treating of
the Cretaceous rocks, both as regards the fossils and the foreign range
of these deposits. A concise account is given of the Foraminifera
and Bryozoa, the editor giving his reasons for retaining the latter term
instead of Polyzoa, used by some naturalists (p. 600). The import-
ance of the Foraminifera in a geological point ef view must not be
underrated, independently of their remarkable forms and structure,
as well as their endless varieties, which have exercised the skill and
excited the admiration of collector and author. For much critical
research on the numerous recent and fossil Microzoa we are indebted
to the labours of Dr. Carpenter, Messrs. Williamson, Jones, and
W. K. Parker.

The favourite subject of Dr. Mantell, the Wealden, is considerably
improved, modified, and enlarged, the new facts connected with the
Purbeck strata, arising from the researches of Ed. Forbes, Austen,
and Fisher, being fully given. Much yet remains to be effected
respecting the Wealden proper, both as regards the relative position
of the strata composing it’ (we allude especially to the Asburnham
beds) and also as to the physical geography of that period, whether
fluviatile or estuarine, whether the result of the action of one river or
many rivers and small streams emptying themselves into an adjacent
estuary, and their general direction,—a subject upon which the
researches of Mr. Fisher and Mr. Godwin-Austen have thrown con-
siderable light. Nor should we forget the labours of Messrs. Beckles
and Brodie, whose discoveries have added so much to the peculiar
mammalian fauna of this period.

In relation to the history of the Wealden, with which the name of
Dr. Mantell must always be intimately associated, we cannot, how-
ever, forbear to notice the researches of Dr. Fitton connected with

56 Bibliographical Notices.

the early inquiry respecting the true relations of the Wealden strata,
and which are not perhaps so fully known as they deserve. To
Dr. Fitton we are not only indebted for the term ‘“ Hastings sands,”’
but also for pointing out their geological and paleontological rela-
tions to the other beds. In 1822 these sands were described as
**Tron sands” by Dr. Mantell (Fossils of the South Downs, p. 24),
and considered in one place (p. 37) to be separated from the Weald
clay by the Tilgate limestone ; while in another this limestone was
identified with the Purbeck (p. 299), and is there presumed to have
been protruded through it, where it is also stated, “‘ whether they
(the Iron sands) are of freshwater or of marine origin, has not been
satisfactorily determined. The term ‘Iron sand”’ was also used by
Buckland, Greenough, Conybeare, and Phillips; and it was “the
sand and sandstone beneath the oak-tree clay” of Smith. Webster,
in his ‘ Letters to Sir H. Englefield,’ described them as ‘‘ ferruginous
sands,” including under this name also the Weald clay and Lower
green-sand, and considered the Purbeck beds as constituting the lowest
strata of the Isle of Wight. Dr. Fitton, in 1824, clearly pointed out
that the two sands were distinctly separated ‘‘ by a stratum of clay
precisely corresponding, both in situation aid in the fossils which it
contains, with the Weald clay of Kent and Sussex. It is the ¢nferior
of these sands alone which is the equivalent of the Hastings beds;
and these constitute the lowest formation visible in the Isle of Wight”
(Annals of Philosophy, 1824, vol. vii. p. 367); and further, that
the organized productions of the Lower greensand (Shanklin sand)
were all marine, but those of the Hastings sands, almost exclusively,
of freshwater origin (ibid. p. 379). Nor should the observations
and deductions of Sir C. Lyell at that time be overlooked, respecting
the order of the strata below the Chalk (communicated to Dr. Man-
tell, July 1822), and which are frankly acknowledged by Dr. Fitton.

Amongst the additions to the Secondary rocks, the notice of the
extension of the bone-bed is an interesting feature. Some other
points in the oolitic strata require further investigation, more. espe-
cially as regards the nature, character, and equivalents of the Lower
Oolites in the central counties of England: there are good reasons
for believing that the slates of Stonesfield and Collyweston alluded
to (pp. 510, 516) are not synchronous ; they have few organic remains
in common, and the Collyweston slates appear to be low down in the
Inferior Oolite, or at least underlie beds containig some of the
characteristic fossils of that stratum in the west of England.

The Trias and Permian are retained, as before, in one chapter, but
their geographical extension is more fully described, and the researches
of Murchison, Ramsay, King, and Howse, on these deposits noticed.
The lecture on the Carboniferous system, upon which the editor
has expended much time, labour, and thought, will be read with
considerable interest, as containing new and important matter, clearly
put and concisely arranged, so as to afford a general view of the
structure, conditions, nature, and probable mode of accumulation of
this important portion of the geological series; the student being
especially referred to numerous valuable papers treating of the nature

Bibliographical Notices. 57

and structure of coal itself, and also to the inquiries respecting the
physical geography of the old carboniferous area, as treated of by
Murchison, Elie de Beaumont, and more recently by Mr. Godwin-
Austen, the observations of the latter bearing more immediately on
the geological structure of the ground beneath London, in relation to
the probable occurrence of some portions of the upper palzeozoic
series at less depths than is generally supposed.

The eighth lecture, in two parts, treats of the Devonian, Silurian,
and Cambrian strata, as well as the nature of volcanic action and
metamorphism, &c. In this part are some useful tables illustrative
_ of the successive changes in the organic kingdom, the chronological
appearance of certain classes and orders of animals, and of the rocks
composed wholly or partly of animal remains. Much new and in-
teresting matter is introduced in this chapter, and the researches of
Sir R. I. Murchison and his early coadjutor, Prof. Sedgwick, fairly
and fully acknowledged. The second edition of ‘Siluria’ of the
former author is looked for with much interest; even in these
volumes the editor has been kindly allowed to use some of the im-
portant facts and corrected classifications contained in that forth-
coming work.

In conclusion, this edition of the ‘Wonders of Geology’ may be
recommended as a useful manual to the student and general reader.
We could have wished that some of the lignographs (41, 42) had
been replaced, and, further, that the mantle of the late author had
not fallen so heavily on the present editor, in his not curtailing the
too frequent complimentary expressions to scientific friends. Science
should be revered for its own sake; it has a reward, and the truth-
loving spirit alone should be the stimulus in our finite attempts to

vestigate the past wonders of Creative Wisdom.

Flore de [ Ouest de la France. By J.Luoyp. 12mo. Nantes, 1854.

This book, of fully 770 pages, includes the plants of Bretagne and
the coasts of the Bay of Biscay to the north of the Gironde. It has
much interest to British botanists, owing to the great similarity of
the Bretagne plants to those of our south-western counties. The
author possesses much skill in detecting the distinctive points of
plants, and has usually so marked them by typographical arrange-
ments as to render their separation from the long descriptions tole-
rably easy.

This book is very valuable and well deserving of attention. Its
author is better acquainted with the doings of the botanists of other
countries than is usual with those of France.

Flore du Centre de la France et du Bassin de la Loire. Third
Edition. By A. Boreav. 8vo. Paris, 1857.

The fact of this work having arrived at a third edition would haye
been a sufficient reason for considering it as deserving of attention,
and an examination of its contents shows that it cannot be safely

58 Bibhographical Notices.

neglected by those who are attached to the study of European
plants.

The descriptive part of the work forms a volume of more than
750 pages. It is accompanied by a smaller volume consisting of an
“Introduction,” ‘‘ Notions Elémentaires de Botanique,” including a
Glossary, a very complete ‘‘ Clef analytique de la Flore,” and “ Pro-
prictés et usages des plantes et étymologies de leurs noms.”

The descriptive volume has the peculiarities, both advantageous
and otherwise, which are usual in French Floras. The deseriptions
of both genera and species are very elaborate and most accurate ;
but the synonymy is almost wholly neglected, and the writings of
foreign botanists seem to be little known to the author: German
Floras are occasionally noticed, but those of England are searcely
recognized. There are no definite specific characters, and the reader
is put to considerable trouble in order to discover the distinctions
between the species ; for the analytical tables are far from furnishing
them, except to a very slight extent. This is a fault common to all
the best modern Floras of France : indeed, that most valuable portion
of the Linnzan system seems never to have established itself there.
This defect must tend to the disadvantage of the French botanists ;
for many persons will not take the somewhat considerable trouble of
discovering the characters upon which their species are founded, and
thus they will suffer undeserved neglect.

M. Boreau announces in his Introduction that he belongs to that
school which considers all permanent varieties as species (including,
of course, cultivated plants), and consequently he admits a multitude
of what many of our most eminent botanists call “false species.”
We incline to a middle course, believing that many of the plants
pointed out by MM. A. Jordan, Boreau, and others, are really specifi-
cally distinct ; but are nevertheless convinced that numbers of others
have not the requisite constancy of character. For instance, we
cannot believe that Draba verna, Linn., consists of nine species, with
M. A. Jordan; nor of five; as recorded in the Flora before us. It is
to be feared that in that case the Linnzean canon—that the genus or
species shows the character, not the character the species—is too
much neglected. Those who are accustomed to examine the minute
external structure of plants have much reason for guarding them-
selves against this error, into which it seems natural for them to fall.
But, on the other hand, those botanists seem to be at least equally
in error who would neglect the more inconspicuous distinctions, and
rashly, although perhaps conveniently for themselves and their be-
heving followers, declare all plants between which they cannot find a
good “paper’’ character, to be only varieties of each other. The
reviewer believes that nature has specifically separated many plants
which the acuteness of botanists has not succeeded in distinguishing
by good definitions, and that we do not advance science when we
decide authoritatively that the want of such definitions is conclusive
against the existence of the species. He protests also, in common
with our French contemporaries, against the modern doctrine, that a
series of specimens from various parts of the world, such as are found

Royal Society. 59

in the great herbaria, prove the identity of many so-called species,
Itis only the converse of a mistake often charged, rightly or wrongly,
upon the school to which M. Boreau belongs. They are stated to
describe species from single specimens ; but they may return the com-
pliment by announcing that their opponents combine them upon just
as little evidence. For in what does a “‘series”’ of individual speci-
mens—one from the Himalaya, another from Siberia, and a third
from Europe, with a few more from other countries,—differ from so
many single specimens of species? How can the writers know, in
these cases, that they are not samples of plants presenting a con-
stancy of character each in its own country? It is as rash to com-
bine as it would be to separate them upon such imperfect evidence.

But we have perhaps occupied too much space with this matter,
and run considerably away from the work proposed for consideration.
We therefore conclude by recommending all earnest students of
European, and especially British botany to obtain the ‘Flore du
Centre de la France.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.

April 29, 1858.—J. P. Gassiot, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

«On the Structure and Functions of the Hairs of the Crustacea.”
By Campbell De Morgan, Esq.

The object of this communication is to determine, by the observa-
tion of their anatomical relations, the uses of the hairs and similar
appendages to the shell of the Crustacea. The author mentions the
observations of those who have of late specially investigated this sub-
ject. M. Lavalle noticed the connexion at times of the canals of the
hairs with canals penetrating the whole thickness of the shell, and
the occasional continuity of the matter which filled the hairs with
that which exists in the corresponding canal of the shell. M. Hollard
says that the canals of the shell which correspond to the hairs, are
occupied by membranous investments, which embrace the base of the
hairs, and seem to receive an extension of the nutrient system. He
suggests that amongst other functions, the hairs may possibly be con-
nected with that of general sensibility. Dr. Hackel in a recent pub-
lication has shown that the canals of the shell and hair are lined bya
continuation of the outer layer of the soft internal integument, which
he calls the chitinogenous layer. He describes minutely the structure
of the inner integument, and his account on the whole agrees with
that given by Milne-Edwards ; but he does not recognize the presence
in the canals, of any of the elements of the inner integument except
the external cuticular or chitinogenous layer; nor the connexion of
these canals with the corium which lies beneath it, and which
receives abundantly nerves and vessels.

According to the investigations of the author, it is with this deeper,

60 Royal Society :—

vascular and nervous layer that the contents of the hair-canals and
of the corresponding canals in the shell are especially connected.
This can be readily seen in parts where the shell is thin, asin the foot-
jaws for example. In a section made in such a situation, the canals
leading to the hairs will be found to be often nearly as large as the
bases of the hairs to which they correspond. They are lined by a
thick membrane, which invests the cup-shaped cavity in which the
hairs are implanted, and becomes so closely connected with the bulb
of the hair itself, that it is often dragged out with it when the hair
is pulled out. The eells and other elements of the deeper layer
of the internal integument fill up the canal and pass on into the
hairs.

Where the shell is thick, as in the claw of a lobster, the sheaths
which are connected with the hair-bulbs and line the shell-canals can
be demonstrated in the manner adopted by Mr. Tomes to show the
existence of the dentinal fibres. If a section of a part of the shell or
the claw where the hairs are implanted, and which has been previously
softened in dilute acid, be torn through, the sheaths will usually be
dragged out, and will be seen projecting from the torn edges, their
contents often remaining in them. ‘The connexion of the imner in-
tegument with these sheaths may be seen in sections of the claw with
the integument still adhering to it, when on carefully tearing away the
latter, its prolongations into the sheaths will be dragged out. ‘That
the hairs have some especial and important connexion with the inner
vascular and nervous layer of the integument of the lobster’s claw and
elsewhere, seems probable from the observations made by the author
on the contents of the claw. The terminal moveable piece, the pollex,
and the prolongation of the metatarsus which it opposes, the index,
do not contain muscular fibre, but are filled entirely by a soft pulpy
mass of corium. ‘The nerves of the limb are large, but only some
small branches will be found to go to the muscles; the principal nerves
pass on and terminate in the pulp which fills the opposing pieces of
the claw. The author believes that it is the office of the hairs to.
establish a communication between the outer surface and this inner,
and no doubt highly sensitive pulp, and that this is rendered still
further probable by the comparison of the claws on the two sides.
In the smaller claw the edges are sharp, and have fine tubercles
along their margin; and the hairs are placed in a regular series of
short tufts on each side of the tubercles, beyond which they do not
project. But on the larger crushing claw, the tubercles are massive,
and no hairs are seen projecting above the surface. If, however, a
section be made, it will be seen that a communication is esta-
blished between the inner pulp and the surface by means of an abun-
dant series of canals which terminate in bulbous extremities, sometimes
projecting beyond the surface, sometimes lodged in depressions in the
shell. This arrangement may be found in other parts; and in the
crab’s claw, where the tubercles are deficient, these hairless pulp-
cavities almost entirely replace the hairs.

Here, then, lodged within the densest part of the shell, is a strue-
ture richly supplied with nerves, shut off from other parts of the

Sir P. de Malpas Grey Egerton on Chondrosteus. 61

body, and having communication with the surface only through the
medium of canals, which are sometimes continued into short bristles,
and sometimes terminate in mere bulbs. As a prehensile organ, the
claw needs sensibility, but no force which the animal could exercise
could make any impression on the parts within, through its dense
tuberculated edges. On the other hand, it is difficult to assign any
office to the bristles, and still more to the bulbs, mechanical or
otherwise, unless it be that which has been suggested,—that, establish-
ing, as they do, a communication between the external surface and the
nervous structure within, they communicate impressions, and are in
fact tactile organs.

The author had satisfied himself, before the appearance of Dr.
Hackel’s paper, that the hairs were connected with the inner layers
of the corium, and not with the chitinogenous membrane only; and he
had seen indications in the lobster and larger Crustacea of an arrange-
ment of the pulp corresponding to the arrangement of the hairs.
In the smaller Crustacea, especially in the shrimps, he found a re-
markable confirmation of his views. In the flabelliform processes,
and even in the claws in these animals, he found that the structures
within the shell were arranged in the form of tubes corresponding to
the hairs, through which passed from the deeper parts, fibres which
were prolonged into the hair-canals. In the claw the nerve was
traced to the inner termination of these tubes. The tubes in some
instances merged internally into the general mass of the corium; in
others they were truncated. Externally, or towards the margins, they
presented open orifices, through which the fibres passed. The fibres,
when drawn out from the hair-canals, often presented the plumose or
serrated character, according to the form of hair to which they
belonged. They could be traced for some distance down the tubes,
and at times completely through them, but their deep connexions
could not be clearly made out. Several modifications of this arrange-
ment are described and figured. The author believes that the facts
brought forward are sufficient to establish that the hairs of the Crus-
tacea are probably organs by which external impressions are com-
municated to the internal sensitive parts.

May 6, 1858.—The Lord Wrottesley, President, in the Chair.

“ On Chondrosteus, an extinct genus of Fish allied to the Sturio-
nide.’’ By Sir Philip de Malpas Grey Egerton, Bart., F.R.S.

Before the conclusion of his great work on Fossil Fishes, Pro-
fessor Agassiz recognized in some fragmentary remains found in the
lias strata at Lyme Regis, unmistakeable evidence of the existence, at
that period of the earth’s deposition, of a representative of the still
extant family of the Sturgeons. To this extinct fish he assigned
the name Chondrosteus. The author of the present memoir has
been enabled, by the examination of numerous specimens more re-
cently acquired, to describe in some detail the external features of
the fish, and the structural peculiarities of those portions of the
exo- and endo-skeleton which have been preserved. In the former

62 Zoological Society :-—

respect the fossil differs from the recent sturgeon in having a shorter
and deeper trunk, in the greater vertical expanse and wider diver-
gence of the lobes of the caudal fin, in the median position of the
dorsal fin, and in the absence of dermal plates on the back, belly,
and flanks. Before describing the cranial anatomy, the author
points out certain homologies between the head-plates of the recent
sturgeon and the epicranial bones of the teleostean fishes, more
especially with reference to the parietals, mastoids and frontals ; and
explains that these conclusions have resulted from the examination
of the inner table of the skull, where the relative position and propor-
tions of the component plates are constant, however much the outer
or dermal layer may vary.

The remainder of the memoir is devoted to detailed descriptions
of such parts as are preserved in the several specimens; and the
author concludes by stating as the result of his investigations, that
Professor Agassiz was right in referring the liassic fish to the
Sturionidee ; that in some respects it evidenced a transitional form
between the latter family and the more typical ganoids; that its
food was similar to that of the existing members of the family, but
that it was procured in a tranquil sea, rather than in the tumultuous
waters frequented by sturgeons of the present time.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 9, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

On a New Genus or MytTILip&, AND ON SOME DisTORTED
ForMS WHICH OCCUR AMONG BIVALVE SHELLS. By Dr. J.
E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

We have for several years had some specimens of large Myti-
lide in the Museum Collection which I have always regarded as the
types of a distinct genus, but have deferred from time to time their
publication, as I was informed that Dr. Dunker and others were en-
gaged on a monograph of the family. Dr. Dunker having described
the species without forming it into a group, I have therefore brought
it before the Society, and at the same time make some observations
on a peculiarity which the species presents.

STAVELIA, N. g.

Shell inequivalve, inequilateral, subtrigonal ; umbo anterior ; the
front of the ventral edge sinuous, the flatter valve with a broad ex-
panded lobe on the front of the ventral margin, the more convex one
with a deep sinuosity to fit the lobe of the other valve. Anterior
adductor sear distinct, oblong; posterior roundish ; submarginal
sear parallel to the edge of the shell, entire. Hinge toothless. Li-
gament and cartilage linear, marginal, rather short.

Periostraca laminate, with elongated flat linear or tapering pro-
cesses.

This genus differs from Mytilus in the inequality of the valve and

Dr. J. E. Gray on a new genus of Mytilide. 63

the sinuosity of the lower edge, in the entire absence of any small
teeth under the umbo, and in the paleaceous periostraca.

1. STAVELIA TORTA.

Mytilus tortus et M. horridus, Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1856 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. t. 3. f. 6 & 9.

Hab. North Australia and Philippines.

I cannot discover any permanent character between the two spe-
cimens described by Dr. Dunker.

The specimens of this genus in the Museum, and others which
have come under my observation, offer a peculiarity which I have
hitherto only observed in a very few other bivalve shells, and in none
to the extent which is presented in this species.

In my paper “On the Formation and Structure of Shells,’ in
the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1833 (reprinted by Dr. John-
ston, ‘ Letters on Conchology,’ p. 413), I observe,—

*<In some very rare instances the shells (bivalves) are also reversed ;
but the fact is not easily observed except in the unequal-valved kinds.
There were formerly in the Tankerville collection two specimens of
LIucina Childreni, in one of which the right valve was a dextral
shell, in opposition to the general structure. These specimens are
now in the British Museum Collection.”

The four specimens of this shell which I have under my eye pre-
sent the same anomaly as the two specimens of Lucina Childreni
above referred to, that is to say, two of them have the left valve the
flattest and furnished with the large lobe on the front of the ventral
margin, and in the other two it is the right valve which has this
form and development; and I cannot observe any other peculiarity
in the specimens except this indifference between the development
of the sides of the animal. So that, as in Lucina Childreni, it
is impossible to determine which is the normal form of the species.
A somewhat similar indifference as to the direction of the shell is to
be observed in some land univalve shells, as Budimus aureus, where
the shell appears to be indifferently dextral and sinistral; but in the
genus Stavelia it appears more extraordinary on account of the great
difference of the form of the two valves.

We have just received from China a large species of Mutelade,
allied to Unio Grayii of Lea, (which I do not name, as Mr. Cuming
informs me that Mr. Isaac Lea is describing and figuring it in Phila-
delphia*), which offers a curious peculiarity.

These shells have the hinder extremity twisted up on one side
‘somewhat like Arca tortuosa, but not so regularly ; and unlike that
species, the flexure is not always in the same direction: some have
the bend towards the right, and the others towards the left of the
animal.

I may observe, that, as far as I have been able to examine, the side
seems a matter of indifference, for as many of the specimens are
bent to the one side as the other.

* Triquetra lanceolata seu contorta, Lea.

64. Zoological Society :—

It is to be observed that in Arca tortuosa and A. semitorta the
hinge-line is always straight, and it is only the basal line which is
bent to one side, the valves being slightly unequal, and in fact the
shell is not distorted ; while in the Hyria under consideration the
upper edge of the shell is bent as well as the lower one, and the
shell is truly altered in form by some external circumstance.

The shells appear as if they had been softened and suddenly
twisted on one side. It has been suggested that this change in the
form may be produced by the position which the shell occupies in
the mud or under the stones near which it lives; but it is to be
observed that Uniones generally live sunk in the mud, and not lying on
one side, and that, like shells which live in an erect position, they have
equal valves, while those that live lying on their side almost always
have unequal ones ; and if the form depended on this circumstance,
as the animal must sometimes move and must be sometimes turned
over, we ought to find some specimens with the flexure partly on
one side and partly on the other, but no such specimens have
occurred to me.

I am inclined to believe that it arises from some peculiar predi-
lection of the animal itself, by which it probably more easily obtains
its food in the peculiar situation in which it resides.

These shells were sent to England from China by one of Mr. For-
tune’s collectors. They were accompanied by some specimens of
reptiles and insects, on which the Chinese collectors had been exer-
cising their ingenuity in hopes of adding to their value. Thus there
was a stuffed specimen of a Night Lizard (Geeko Reevesii) which
had a square tuft of hair from some mammal stuck on the back of
its neck.

A Snake, which had the claw of a mammal surrounded with fur
inserted on each side of its neck just behind the head, so as to make
it appear as if it had rudimentary feet armed with large claws.

Several of the Coleopterous insects, especially the larger Ceram-
byces, were painted, so as to give them quite a different appearance
from the usual and natural colour of the species.

I may add that the work was so coarsely executed as to be dis-
covered on the most cursory examination of the specimens, and could
only have been intended to deceive the most ignorant collectors.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS NERITA AND ITS OpERCULUM.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., etc.

The distinction of the species of this genus is rather difficult ;
therefore whatever assists in dividing the species into smaller groups
is of use, as limiting the number of species between which any doubt
can be entertained.

Considerable confidence has therefore been placed in the form of
the surface of the inner lip, which in some species is smooth, in
others tubercular or ridged, or both ridged and tubercular; but
in examining a large series of specimens from the same locality,
though the character is generally permanent, the tubercles or ridges

Dr. J. E. Gray on the genus Nerita. 65

vary considerably in number and size, and are sometimes almost
entirely wanting. It is to be observed that in many of the species
which have this part tubercular, the tubercles are more distinct and
crowded in the younger, and especially the youngest, than in the
older, or what is usually called the more perfectly developed state of
the species. In other genera such characters are generally more
developed in the shells formed in the most perfect state of the
animal. Mr. Adams has founded subgenera on characters furnished
by the surface of the inner lip. é‘

My studies on Mollusca have proved to me that few parts offer
more important and better characters for the separation of the
families, genera and species, than the operculum. This has been
illustrated in the family Neritide.

The family is well characterized by the form of this part, and the
possession of the internal apophysis or shelly lobe under the nucleus,
forming a kind of hinge on the sharp inner lip of the shell.

In my paper in the ‘Philosophical Transactions’ for 1833,
I stated that the structure of the operculum offered the best
character to separate the Nerite from the Neritine, and I there ob-
served, “The operculum of Nerita agrees in form with that of Ve-
ritina, but differs in having no cartilage on its edge, which is fur-
nished instead with a groove in its outer surface, being covered with
a thick, variously formed shelly deposit as in the genus Turbo, and
in its inner surface being lined with a thick, callous, polished coat.
Between the outer and inner coat there exists avery distinct concen-
trically striated horny layer, like the operculum ‘of Littorina, and
the left muscular scar is deeply grooved like that of the subannular
operculum.

“This difference in the structure of their opercula forms an ex-
cellent distinctive character between these two genera.”

In the same paper I observed, ‘The difference in the outer sur-
face of the opercula of the genus Nerita affords a good character
for the separation of the species.”

I have lately had an opportunity of examining a large number
of freshly collected Nerites, with their opercula dried in the mouth
of the shell, so that there can be no doubt that they are the real
opercula of the species, and that these opercula have not been put
into the mouths of the shells at random, as is too often the case
with shells which have passed through the hands of dealers *.

The species may be divided according to their opercula as fol-
lows :— ;

1. Operculum polished, with a broad, slightly raised, concentrically
grooved, submarginal band. Nerita.

N. polita. Costal grooves arched (fig. 1).
N. lineolata. Costal grooves straight (fig. 2).

* In Adams’s Genera of Shells, t. 42. f. 1, a, 4, a granular operculum, probably
that of N. signata, is figured as that of Nerita polita.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 5

66 Zoological Society :—

2. Operculum polished, with a broad, slightly raised, granulated,
submarginal band. Ritena.
N. plicata (fig. 3).
The specimens vary slightly in the distinctness, and especially in
the breadth, of the tubercular submarginal band.

3. Operculum with a broad, raised, convex, smooth, submarginal
band. ‘'Tenare.

* Operculum smooth.
N. Peloronta (fig. 5).
** Operculum granular.

N. ornata (fig. 4). The younger shells have the inner lip more
granular, and the adult more ridged.

4. Operculum uniform, granular, without any raised or distinct
submarginal band. Natere.

* Inner lip granulated.
N. exuvia.
N. Malaccensis.
N. albicilla (fig. 6).
N. Senegalensis.

4S
1. Nerita polita. 2. N. lineolata. 3. N. plicata.
4. N. ornata. 5. N. Peloronta. 6. N. albicilla.

** Inner lip ridged.
. variabilis. ‘
Chameleon.
. versicolor.
. tessellata.
*** Inner lip smooth.
. signata. The granules large, in lines.
atra.
. nconspicua.

tit fat at

The Puperita pupa, from the West Indian Seas, has an oper-

Dr. J. E. Gray on the genus Cuscus. 67

culum of a single coat, with a polished surface like Neritina. This
genus, in the ‘Guide to the Mollusca in the British Museum,’
is by mistake put in the same section as Nerita, instead of that of
Neritina (see p. 137).

February 23, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Nove ON THE SKELETON OF THE SHEATH-BILL (CHIONIS ALBA).
By T. C. Eyton, Esa., F.L.S.

The general appearance of this skeleton is similar to that of the
Plovers ; the fissures on the posterior part of the sternum are, how-
ever, not quite so deep in proportion to its length, nor is the keel so
broad, but its form is very similar, and distinct from that of other
grallatorial birds. It differs from Thinochorus (with which I at
first thought it might be allied) in having two fissures in the posterior
margin of the sternum, Thinochorus having but one. On comparing
the skeleton with some portion of the skeleton of Glareola pratin-
cola, the bones are almost identical in form, particularly the sternum,
head and pelvis. I should therefore be inclined to place Chionis
and Glareola in the same family.

Mr. G. R. Gray arranges this form along with the Thinochorine
in his order ‘ Galline ;’ Prince Bonaparte, in his ‘ Conspectus Sy-
stematis Ornithologie ’ (1854), places it next to the Gulls, in the
order ‘ Gavie.’

OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS CuscUSs, WITH THE DESCRIPTION
or A New Species. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.,
Pres. Env. Soc., erTc.

Mr. Wallace having sent two specimens of this genus to the British
Museum, to determine them I went over the previous observations on
the genus, and examined the numerous specimens which are in the
Museum collection, received from the French voyages of discovery,
Mr. J. Macgillivray, the Naturalist of H.M. Ship ‘ Rattlesnake,’
and those now sent from the Island of Ula; and I have come to
the belief that they are all to be referred to four species, which are
very variable in the colour of the fur ; one variable in both the sexes ;
another, in which the sexes differ greatly from each other, but
appear to be permanent in their colour; one species in which the
fur of the two sexes is alike and uniform in colour; and one, of
which the female sex only is known, which is uniform iron-grey.

The two have the ears small, hairy on both sides, and hidden in
the fur ; the other two have larger ears, exposed beyond the fur and
bald within.

M. Temminck, in the first volume of the ‘ Monographies de
Mammologie,’ published in 1827, divides the short hairy-eared kinds
into three species.

At the time he wrote he only had specimens from the northern
part of Celebes, brought home by Professor Reinhardt, and from
the islands of Banda and Amboyna.

5x

68 Zoological Society :—

The species evidently depend principally on the colour of the
far, which appears to be very variable in different individuals. It is
true that he describes and figures skulls of the different individuals ;
but the difference between those of Phalangista chrysorrhos and P.
maculata appears chiefly to depend on the age and development of
the specimens figured. M. Temminck and the writers of his school
always forget that the skull and other parts of the skeleton are
liable to quite as much variation from local circumstances, food,
and other accidental causes, as the colour of the fur or the size of
the animal.

1. In Phalangista ursina the fur is thicker and closer, and the
long hairs thicker than in the other species, blackish, with yellow
tips to the longer hairs; and the forehead of the skull is flat. Of this
he had several specimens of different ages, all brought by Professor
Reinhardt from the northern part of Celebes, the natives of which
have not observed any varieties in colouring.

2. P. chrysorrhos is described from two specimens brought home
by the same Professor, from some of the Moluceas, which have a short
cottony fur, of an ash-grey more or less black, and the rump and
upper part of the base of the tail golden-yellow.

3. Of P. maculata Temminck particularly observes, that the
fur in all ages and in both sexes is covered with irregular white or
brown spots, which are paler and less marked in the young. The
very young are sometimes entirely ashy. They come from Banda
and Amboyna.

The yellow colour of the rump and the base of the tail, as far as
the specimens in the British Museum show, is common to the ashy
specimens, which might be called P. chrysorrhos, and the variegated
specimens, which might be named P. maculata: it is very diffi-
cult to distinguish the pale-ramped ashy ones from those without
that mark; but it is easy to connect the grey or ashy spotted ones
with either the one or the other; and it is impessible to separate
the ashy-grey spotted ones from the brown or orange spotted speci-
mens. In one specimen the animal is nearly white, with some small
dark spots about an inch over; and in another the animal is white,
with red feet, and one Jarge red spot on the middle of the back.

From the examination of the specimens in the British Museum,
and of their skulls, I am inelined to believe that the P. ursina

is distinct, and that P. ehrysorrhos and P. maculata are varieties of
the same species.

1. Cuscus MACULATUS.

Ears almost hidden in the fur, clothed internally and externally
with fur ; forehead convex ; forehead of the skull convex and rounded
in front ; grinders moderate ; fur ashy-grey, or white and grey, or

reddish, varied or spotted. Rump and base of the tail yellowish-
white.

Phalanger, male, Buffon, H. N. xiii. t. 11.
Phalangista maculata, Desm, N. D. HH. N. xxv. 472; Temm.

7

Dr. J. E. Gray on the genus Cuscus. 69

Monog. i. 14. t. 3. f. 1-6; Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Uran. Zool. 59.
t.7; Waterh. Mamm. i. 274. f. .

Phalangista ursina, part., Waterh. Mamm. 267.

Phalangista chrysorrhos, Temm. Monog. i. 12; Waterh. Mamm.
i. 271.

Cuscus maculatus, Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coq. Zool. 150. t. 4.

Cuscus macrourus, Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coq. Zool. i. 156. t. 5;
Waterhouse, Mamm. i. 277.

Hab. New Guinea.

Chrysorrhos would perhaps be the better name for this species,
because all I have seen have the rump and base of the tail yellow,
whilst some are not spotted.

Of this species we have in the British Museum—

1. Adult female, from the Moluccas, from the Leyden Museum,
sent as C. chrysorrhos. Uniform ashy-grey ; face, throat, chest, and
beneath the rump and base of the tail yellowish.

2. Young female, from the south coast of New Guinea. Pre-
sented by J. B. Jukes, Esq. Dark blackish-ashy ; head, neck and
shoulders paler; rump and base of the tail reddish-yellow ; cheeks,
throat and beneath white ; feet bright red. :

The two sides of this specimen are not coloured alike. The fore-
head of the sku// is very convex.

3. Half-grown “male from Darnley Island, brought from the
south coast of New Guinea.” Presented by J. Macgillivray, Esq.
Reddish; back and thighs darker blackish-ashy ; cheeks, throat, under
side, large confluent spots on the sides, the rump and tail white;
feet bright red. Like Cuseus maculatus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy.*
Uranie, t. 7.

4. Half-grown ‘“ male from New Guinea.’ Presented by J. Mac-
gillivray, Esq. Like the former, but white, with irregular large
symmetrical pale reddish spots on body, limbs and tail.

5. Half-grown “ female from Dufaure Island, south coast of New
Guinea.” Presented by John Macgillivray, Esq. Like the former,
but white, with one very large reddish spot on the hinder part of
the back; two large spots on the hind legs, and an obscured in-
dication of a large patch on the shoulders; the feet red.

6. Half-grown, from the “island of Waygeroo.”” From M. Ver-
reaux. Ashy-grey cheeks; back with some white spots; throat,
chest, belly, rump and tail white ; sides white, with scattered, round,
nearly equal-sized spots ; feet reddish.

7. Adult male. Aru Island. Sent by Mr. Wallace. White; body
and limbs with small, roundish, rarely confluent, blackish-ashy spots ;
feet white: the skull has a very convex forehead.

Cuscus maculatus, Lesson, Voy. Coq. t. 4, is intermediate in
colour and marking between Nos. 7 and 3.

Cuscus macrourus, Lesson, Voy. Coq. t. 5, from the island of

70 Zoological Society :—

Waygeroo, bears a great similarity to No. 3; but the reddish spots
are less confluent.

The figure of C. Quoyi, m Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, t. 6,
looks like a specimen of this species intermediate between the ashy
and spotted variety, being ashy with darker obscure spots.

2. CusCUS BREVICAUDATUS.

The ears hid in the fur, woolly internally and externally ; tail
short ; the forehead -?; the front lower cutting-teeth broad.

Female uniform ashy-grey ; rump and base of tail, throat, chest
and belly yellowish dirty-white.

Phalangista nudicaudata, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1849, 110.

Hab. Cape York.

This species is only known by “a female two-thirds grown, sent
from Cape York” to the British Museum by John Macgillivray,
Esq.

li is very like the ashy. variety of C. maculatus, but the front
lower cutting-teeth are much broader, and the tail, which has the
bones still remaining on it, is considerably shorter than any of our
specimens of C. maculatus.

The specimen in the British Museum is that described by Mr.
Gould.

Mr. Gould refers this animal to the subgenus Pseudocheirus of the
genus Phalangista, and calls it P. nudicaudata, because it “ differs
from all the other Australian members of the genus in having the
apical three-fourths of its tail entirely destitute of hair.’ But Mr.
Gould overlooked the fact that it is not a Pseudocheirus, but a Cus-
cus, all the species of which have the major part of the tail naked ;

"and the species under consideration has the naked part of the tail,
and indeed the tail itself, shorter than the rest of the species ; so that
the specific name of nudicaudata is singularly inapplicable.

The light mark on the rump, which Mr. Gould compared to that
of the Koala, is also common to the species of Cuscus, and is pro-
bably produced by the habit of the animal sitting on its rump, rolled
up into a ball, on the fork of the branches of trees.

The skull shows that the animal is much younger than the label
indicates, as it appears only to have the milk teeth, and the broad
lower incisors of the younger specimens of this genus. The skull
differs both from that of C. wrsinus and C. maculatus, but it is too
young to predict what may be the normal form ‘of the adult animal.

The front half of the space between the eyes is rather convex, but
not néarly so much so as the young skull of C. maculatus ; and the
front of the forehead just behind the convexity described is rather
concave ; this concavity has no resemblance to the deep concavity

occupying nearly the whole space between the eyes in C. ursinus and
C. maculatus.

3. CUSCUS URSINUS.

Ears almost hidden in the fur, clothed with fur internally and ex-
ternally ; fur blackish-ash, with larger silvery hairs; head, throat

Dr. J. E. Gray on the genus Cuscus. 71

belly and tail rather pale brown; forehead flat, concave; forehead
of the skull flat, deeply concave ; grinders large, in a strongly-arched
series.

Phalangista (Ceonix) ursina, Temm. Monog. i. 10. t. 1. f. 1-3 ;
t. 2. f. 1-5, skull; t. 3, skeleton ; Lesson, Cent. Zool. t. 10 ; Water-
house, Mamm. i. 267, part.

Hab. Celebes.

We have in the British Museum only a single specimen of this
species with its skull, which was obtained from the Zoological Society,
and is the specimen described by Mr. Waterhouse in his Natural
History of the Mammalia, i. p. 268. The other specimen there
indicated as being in the British Museum is a young C. maculatus.

In Lesson’s figure in Cent. Zool. t. 10, it is represented as uniform
blackish-brown, with rather large white-edged ears !

The larger size of the teeth and the flatness of the forehead at
once separate this from C. maculatus.

4, Cuscus ORIENTALIS.

Ears produced beyond the fur, naked internally ; forehead con-
cave. Male white. Female pale reddish-brown, with a darker
longitudinal streak ; skull with a narrow concave forehead ; grinders
moderate.

2 3S Phalangista cavifrons, Temm. Monog. i. 17.

2 3 Cuscus orientalis, Gray, List Mamm. B.M. 84.

2 $ Phalangista (Cuscus) orientalis, Waterh. Mamm. i. 279.

3 Coescoes, Valentyn, Omst. in Amboyna, ili. 272.

Phalanger, Penn. Quadr. ii. 27.

3 Didelphis orientalis, Pallas, Mise. Zon. 9; Schreb. Saugth.
550..t. 152.

3 Cuscus Amboinensis, Lacép.

3 Phalangista alba, Geoff. Cat. Mus.

3 Cuscus albus, Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coq. Zool. i. 158. t. 6.

3 Balantia orientalis, Mliger, Prodr. 78.

2 Phalangista rufa, Geoff. Cat. Mus.; Desm. N. D. H. N. xxv.
473.
© Phalanger, female, Buffon, H. N. xiii. t. 10.
Cuscus Quoyii, Lesson, Mamm. 226.
Phalangista Quoyi, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. 58. t. 6? ?;
Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. 17.

Phalangista Papuensis, Desm. Mamm. Supp. ii. 541 ; Bull. Sci.
Nat. iii. 64.

Phalangista (Cuscus) maculata, part., Waterhouse, Mamm. 1. 275.

? Cuscus albus, Lesson, Voy. Coq. t. 6, 5?

Of this species we have in the British Museum—

1. Adult male, from New Ireland, procured from M. Verreaux of
Paris ; said to have come from one of the expeditions. Pure white ;
throat yellow ; feet nearly bald.

o
72 Zoological Society.

2. A nearly adult male, from the old collection, said to have come
from Amboyna. White.

3. Young male? Uniform pale brownish-yellow ; throat, chest and
belly whiter. From the island of Waygeroo ; procured from M. Ver-
reaux of Paris.

4, Adult female. Ashy-brown, glistened with silvery ; throat,
chest and belly pure white ; back with a narrow uniform longitudinal
streak. This is sent as Cuscus Quoyit, Lesson, Mamm. 230 ; Pk.
Papuensis of Desmarest, Supp. The figure of M. Gaimard’s animal
in the ‘ Voyage of the Uranie,’ t. 6, is more like a variety of C. ursi-
nus; but the description agrees with our animal.

5. Young female, from the island of Waygeroo; procured from
M. Verreaux.

6. Young female, from Aru Islands; procured from Mr. A. R.
Wallace. These two only differ from the adult specimen in the
silvery hairs of the back being rather more abundant, but they seem
to be deciduous.

Phalangista Papuensis of Desm. was described from a female
specimen collected’ by M. Gaimard, which was afterwards described
as Ph. Quoyt. In Quoy and Gaimard, ‘ Zoology to the Voyage of
the Uranie,’ it is described as having a darker dorsal line, which
rather widens over the loins, which at once shows that it must be the
female of P. orientalis.

Mr. Waterhouse has referred both these names without any com-
ment as a synonym of ee maculata, misled probably by Tem-
minck, who (Mon. Mamm. i. 18) states them to be the young of P.
maculata—evidently aranniae the dorsal stripe.

Lesson, in the ‘ Voyage of the Coquille,’ figures a male animal as
Cuscus albus, t. 6, from Port Praslin, New Ireland: ; it is white, with
a narrow black streak, just as in the female of this species.

Knowing the little authority that is often to be placed on M. Les-
son’s figures, I suspect it is the figure of a pale or perhaps bleached
specimen of a female P. orientalis, inwhich some fold of the pouch,
probably produced by bad stuffing, has been mistaken by the artist
for the scrotum of a male.

5. Cuscus CELEBENSIS.

Jars produced beyond the fur, naked internally. Male and female
alike, ashy-grey, grizzled with silvery hairs ; the nape and the upper
part of es middle of the back blacker, tae without any distinet
dorsal streak.

Cuscus Celebensis, Brit. Mus.
Hab. Celebes.

We have of the species

. Young animal, from the island of Macassar ; procured from
Mi. “A. R. Wallace in 1851.

Geological Society. 73

2. Adult male and female, from San Cristoval, Soloman Group
of Islands, Dec. 1855. Presented by John Macgillivray, Esq. and
F. M. Rayner, Esq. in 1856.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 10, 1858.—Prof. Phillips, President, in the Chair.

“ Notes on some Outline-drawings and Photographs of the Skull
of Zygomaturus trilobus, Macleay, from Australia.” By Prof. Owen,
EB>., E.G.S.

About a month since Prof. Owen received from Sir R. Murchison
seven photographs, three of which are stereoscopic, of perhaps the
most extraordinary Mammalian fossil yet discovered in Australia.

These photographs, with a brief printed notice of their subject by
William Sharp Macleay, Esq., F.L.S., andsome MS. notes by J. D.
Macdonald, M.D., R.N., had been transmitted to Sir R. Murchison
by His Excellency Governor Sir W. Denison, from Sydney, New
South Wales; and by desire of Sir Roderick the Professor brought
the subject under the notice of the Geological Society of London, to
whom Sir Roderick desires to present the photographs on the part
of His Excellency Sir W. Denison.

Professor Owen had some weeks previously received from George
Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., of Sydney, outlines of the same fossil skull,
made by him on the reception of the specimen by the authorities of
the Australian Museum at that town; and the Professor had penned
notes of his comparisons of these sketches before receiving the
photographs and descriptions of the fossil skull from Sir R. I, Mur-
chison.

This unique and extraordinary skull of a probably extinct Mam-
mal, together with other bones, but without its lower jaw, were
found at King’s Creek, Darling Downs,—the same locality whence
the entire skull and other remains of the Diprotodon have been ob-
tained.

Mr. Macleay has described the fossil under notice as belonging
to a marsupial animal, probably as large as au Ox, bearing a near
approach to, but differing generically from, Diprotodon. He has
named it Zygomaturus trilobus. ‘Lhe skull has transversely ridged
molars, and a long process descending from the zygomatic arch, as
in the Megatherium and Diprotodon, and exhibits an extraordinary
width of the zygomatic arches. The skull at its broadest part,
across the zygomata, is 15 inches wide, and is 18 inches long. In
Diprotodon the skull is about 3 feet long by 1 foot 8 inches broad :
so that while the latter must have had a face somewhat like that of
the Kangaroo, the Zygomaturus more resembled the Wombat in the
face and head.

Prof. Owen stated that, from the evidences afforded by the photo-
graphs, he finds the dentition of this upper jaw to consist of three
incisors and five molars on cach side, of which the first appears to be

pit. got eno i—1 4—4 ,
a premolar and the rest true molars, ¢. ¢., 4. —, ¢.—, p.—, m. ;

agreeing, in this formula, with Macrepus and Diprotodon. The mo-

74: Royal Institution :—

difications of this dentition resemble those of the latter genus in th
retention of the premolar, after the last true molar has come int.
its place, and in the superior size of the first, as compared with th
second and third incisors. He then described in detail the socket:
of the incisors, and the form and conditions of the molar teeth.
which are highly characteristic of the marsupiality of this huge anc
most strange extinct quadruped. The cranial characters, which
were next described, equally elucidate this affinity. The peculiar
facial bones were then described in detail; that portion in advance
of the orbits forming, as it were, a short pedunculate appendage to
the rest of the skull, increasing ina remarkable manner in both ver-
tical and lateral extent as it approaches the muzzle, but not offering
any evidence of having borne a nasal horn, as theught to be probable
by Mr. Macieay. The cavity of the nose is divided by a bony
septum,—a character which Prof. Owen has lately found to exist
also in a rare species of living Wombat—to a much greater extent
than in other known marsupials. Wholly concurring in Mr. Mac-
leay’s conclusions as to the marsupial nature of the fossil in ques-
tion, Prof. Owen does not think that it exhibits evidences of a
generic distinction from Diprotodon. ‘The Professor suggested,
however, that probably the lower jaw, when found, may show some
peculiarities of dentition and proportions similar to those on which
he has founded the genus Nototherium.

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN.

March 12, 1858.—The Duke of Northumberland, K.G., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

On the Lowest (Rhizopod) Type of Animal Life, considered in its
relations to Physiology, Zoology, and Geology. By WiL1aM
B. Carrenter, M.D., F.R.S.

Among the unexpected revelations which the modern improved
microscope has made to the scientific investigator, there is perhaps
none more fertile in interest than that which relates to the ver
lowest type of animal existence; from the study of which both the
Physiologist and the Zoologist may draw the most instructive lessons,
whilst the Geologist finds in it the key to the existence of various
stratified deposits of no mean importance both in extent and
thickness.

Though the doctrines of Prof. Ehrenberg, as to the complexity of
organization possessed by the minutest forms of Animalcules, have
now been rejected by the concurrent voice of the most competent
observers, working with the best instruments, yet the wonders of
animalcular life are not in the least diminished by this repudiation
of them. Indeed, as great and small are merely relative terms, it
may be questioned whether the marvel of a complex structure com-
prised within the narrowest space we can conceive, is really so great
as that of finding those operations of life which we are accustomed
to see carried on by an elaborate apparatus, performed without any

q

Dr. Carpenter on the Rhizopod Type of Animal Life. 75

instruments whatever ;—a little particle of apparently homogeneous
jelly changing itself into a greater variety of forms than the fabled
Proteus, laying hold of its food without members, swallowing it
without a mouth, digesting it without a stomach, appropriating its
nutritious material without absorbent vessels or a circulating system,
moving from place to place without muscles, feeling (if it has any
power to do so) without nerves, multiplying itself without eggs, and
not only this, but in many instances forming shelly coverings of a
symmetry and completeness not surpassed by those of any testaceous
animals.

As an example of this type of existence, the 4meba, a common
inhabitant of fresh waters, may be first selected. This may be
described as a minute mass of “‘sarcode,’’ presenting scarcely any
_ evidence of organization even of the simplest kind; for although
its superficial layer has a somewhat firmer consistency than the
semifluid interior, this differentiation does not proceed to the extent
of constituting even a body so simple as the “cell’’ of physiologists,
which consists of a definite membrane investing and limiting its
contents. Although at some times shapeless and inert, the dmeba
at others is a creature of no inconsiderable activity. Its gelatinous
body extends itself into one or more finger-like prolongations ; the
interior substance transfers itself into one or other of these, dis-
tending it until the entire mass is (as it were) carried into it; and
then, after a short time, another prolongation is put forth, either in
the same or in some different direction, and the body being again
absorbed into it, the place of the animal is again changed. When
the creature, in the course of its progress, meets with a particle
capable of affording it nutriment, its gelatinous body spreads itself
over or around this, so as to envelope it completely ; and the par-
ticle (sometimes animal, sometimes vegetable) thus taken into this
extemporized stomach, undergoes a sort of digestion there, the
nutrient material being extracted, and any indigestible part making
its way to the surface, and being finally (as it were) squeezed out.
The Ameba multiplies itself by self-division ; and portions separated
from the jelly-like mass, either by cutting or tearing, can develope
themselves into independent beings.

Nearly allied to this is another curious organism, on which the
attention of many eminent microscopists has been recently fixed.
This creature, the Actinophrys, has a body whose form is more
constantly spherical, but extends its sarcode into radiating filaments
of extreme delicacy, which are termed psevdopodia; and it is by.
the agency of these, rather than by the change of place of its whole
body (as in dmeba), that it obtains its food. For when any small
free-moving animalcule or active spore of a vegetable comes into
_ contact with one of the pseudopodia, this usually retains it by
adhesion, and forthwith begins to retract itself; as it shortens, the
surrounding filaments also apply themselves to the captive particle,
bending their points together so as gradually to enclose it, and
themselves retracting until the prey is brought close to the surface
of the body. The threads of “‘sareode”’ of which the pseudopodia

76 Royal Institution :—

are composed, not being invested (any more than the sarcode of
the body) by any limiting membrane, coalesce with each other and
with it; and thus the particle which has been entrapped becomes
actually imbedded in the gelatinous mass, and gradually passes
towards the central part of it, where its digestible portion undergoes
solution, the superficial part of the body with its pseudopodial
prolongations in the meantime recovering its previous condition.
Any indigestible portion, as the shell of an Entomostracan, or the
hard case of a Rotifer, finds its way to the surface of the body, and
is extruded from it by a process exactly the converse of that by
which it was drawn in.

If, now, it be asked, in what consists the peculiar animality of
beings thus destitute of every feature that we are accustomed to
associate with the idea of an animal,—that is, if it be inquired
what are the characters by which they are distinguished from
vegetable organisms of equal simplicity,—-the physiologist cannot
with confidence reply that sufficient evidence is afforded by the
movements of the Amceeba and Actinophrys; since among the lowest
Plants there are many, which, at least in certain stages of their
lives, are endowed with yet even greater activity. A more positive
and satisfactory distinction lies in the nature of their aliment, and
in the method of its introduction. For whilst the protophyte obtains
the materials of its nutrition from the air and moisture that surround
it, and possesses the power of detaching oxygen, hydrogen, carbon
and nitrogen from their previous binary compounds, and of uniting
them into ternary and quaternary organic compounds (chlorophyll,
starch, albumen, &c.), the simplest protozoon, in common with the
highest members of the animal kingdom, seems utterly destitute
of any such power, and depends for its support upon organic sub-
stances previously elaborated by other living beings. Further,
whilst the protophyte obtains its nutriment by simple imbibition,
the protozoon, though destitute of any proper stomach, extemporizes,
as it were, a stomach for itself in the substance of its body, into
which it ingests the solid particles that constitute its food, and
within which it subjects them to a tegular process of digestion.
Hence these simplest members of the two kingdoms, which can
scarcely be distinguished from each other by any structural cha-
racters, seem to be physiologically separable by the mode in which
they perform those actions wherein their life most essentially consists.

There are found, both in fresh and salt waters, numerous examples
of this RKhizopod type, which do not present any essential advance
upon the Amaba and Actinophrys ; and a large proportion of these
are endowed with a shelly investment which may be either caleareous
or siliceous,—the former being the characteristic of the Foraminifera,
the latter of the Polycystina. In some of these testaceous forms,
the pseudopodia are put forth only from the mouth of the shell,
whilst in other cases this is perforated with minute apertures for
their passage; but where there are no such apertures, the sarcode
body not unfrequently extends itself over the entire external surface
of the shell, and may give off pseudopodia in every direction.

Dr. Carpenter on the Rhizopod Type of Animal Life. 77

Generally speaking, the Foraminifera live attached to sea-weeds,
zoophytes, &c.; but their pseudopodia have a very extensive range,
and form a sort of animated spider’s-web, most wonderfully adapted
for the prehension of food. The absence of any membranous
investment to these threads is clearly indicated by their fusion or
coalescence when two or more happen to come into contact; and
sometimes a fresh expansion of sarcode takes place at spots remote
from the body, so as to form new centres from which a fresh radi-
ation of pseudopodia proceeds.

By far the greater number of Foraminifera are composite fabrics,
evolved, like zoophytes, by a process of continuous gemmation, each
gemma or bud remaining in connexion with that from which it was
put forth; and according to the plan on which this gemmation
takes place, will be the configuration of the composite body thereby
produced. Where the segments succeed each other in a line, that
line is very commonly bent into a spiral; and each new segment
being a little larger than the preceding, the spire gradually opens
out, so that the shell very closely resembles that of the Nautilus,
both in its form and in its chambered structure. There is, however,
this essential difference,—that whereas in the Nautilus and other
chambered cells formed by cephalopod mollusks, the animal lives
only in the outermost chamber, all the inner ones having been suc-
cessively vacated by it, each chamber in the foraminiferous shell
continues to be occupied by a segment of the composite body, com-
municating with the segments within and without by threads of
sarcode, which traverse minute passages left in the partitions between
the chambers. In the classification of these forms, an extraordinary
amount of allowance has to be made for the very wide range of vari-
ation that may present itself within the limits of one and the same
specific type. It is very easy to select from any extensive collection
of Foraminifera, recent or fossil, sets of forms having certain characters
in common, but yet so dissimilar in other respects that few naturalists
would have any doubt as to their specific or even generic distinctness ;
yet when the collection is thoroughly examined, such a series of
intermediate forms is found to exist, as connects all these by grada-
tions so insensible as to prevent the possibility of any line of demar-
cation being satisfactorily drawn between them. A remarkable ex-
ample of this kind is presented by the generic types designated as
Dendritina and Peneroplis; the former being a minute shell, re-
sembling that of the Nautilus in its general proportions, and having
a single large dendritic aperture in its successive partitions; whilst
the latter is flattened, and instead of one large aperture, has a series
of small foramina arranged in a single line. Now between these
every gradation can be found, both in the form of the shell and in
the mode of communication through the septa; the flattened shell
of Peneroplis presenting various degrees of turgidity until it attains
the proportions of Dendritina; and the linear arrangement of the
isolated apertures, in like manner, giving place to one in which they
are approximated more closely together into a sort of bundle, still,
however, retaining their distinctness; whilst in other individuals,

78 Royal Institution :—

the distinct apertures coalesce into one large jagged orifice, the
borders of which become more and more deeply cut, until they
present the ramifying extensions characteristic of Dendritina. Now,
if, in such a series, we once begin to make a distinct species for
every well-marked dissimilarity, either in the form of the shell, or
in that of the aperture, we must multiply our species almost in-
definitely, contrary to all probability; and there is no medium
between doing this, and uniting the whole series of forms included
in these two reputed genera under one specific type. This is the
more remarkable, because in one locality we may find only the
Dendritina-form, in another only the Peneroplis-form, whilst the
transitional or intermediate forms come from a third.

Another remarkable example of this wide range of specific
characters is presented in the Orditolite, a composite organism,
which, originating in a spheroidal nucleus of sarcode, increases by
the formation of new segments in concentric rings around this, so
that, each segment becoming invested with a shelly envelope, a very
beautiful disk is formed, which is enlarged by successive additions
to its margin. The segments communicate with each other by
annular canals ; and there are also passages connecting each annulus
with those within and without; whilst from the outermost annulus
there are passages opening at the margin of the shelly disk, through
which alone the pseudopodia issue that obtain the food for the
whole organism. Now there are two very distinct types of growth
presented by these Orbitolites: one, namely, in which the disk is
very thin, and the segments form (as it were) but a single floor ;
and the other in which the disk becomes comparatively thick
through the vertical elongation of the segments, which, moreover,
are themselves partially divided into at least three distinct stories ;
two, namely, which form the two surfaces of the disk, and an inter-
mediate one, which is very distinctly separated from them both.
The former type of growth may be designated as the simple, the
latter as the complex. Now some Orbitolites seem to go through
their whole lives upon the simple plan, whilst in others the complex
plan shows itself m the very first ring; and from the comparison
of such alone, it might be fairly supposed that these two plans are
characteristic of two distinct species. But when a considerable
number of these forms are examined, it appears that the simple
type may pass into the complex at any period of its growth; the
same disk presenting the simple plan in the first 5, 10, 20, 30, or
more annuli, and the complex in all those subsequently formed.
Hence there can be no question that even so marked a diversity in
plan of growth is not in that case sufficient to establish a diversity
of specific type, but that the two must be accounted varieties only.

A no less remarkable range of variation has been shown by
Professor Williamson and Mr. W. K. Parker to prevail in other
groups of Foraminifera which they have particularly studied ; so
that it would appear as if this type of animal existence were
specially characterized by its tendency to such variations. And
this will seem the more probable, when it is considered how little of

Dr. Carpenter on the Rhizopod Type of Animal Life. 79

definiteness there is in the form and structure of the sarcode body
that forms the shell; so that the wonder is, not that there should
be a wide range of variation both in the form and in the plan of growth
of the aggregate body, and in the mode of communication of the
individual segments, but that there should be any regularity or con-
stancy whatever. But it is only in the degree of this range that
this group differs from others; and the main principle which must
be taken as the basis of its systematic arrangement,—that of ascer-
taining the range of specific variation by an extensive comparison
of individual forms,—is one which finds its application in every
department of natural history, and is now recognized and acted on
by all the most eminent zoologists and botanists. There are still
too many, however, who are far too ready to establish new species
upon variations of the most trivial character, without taking the
pains to establish the value of these differences by ascertaining their
constancy through an extensive series of individuals,—thus, as was
well said by the late Prince of Canino, ‘‘ describing specimens instead
of species,’ and burdening science not only with a useless nomen-
clature, but with a mass of false assertions. It should be borne in
mind that every one who thus makes a bad species, is really doing a
serious detriment to science; whilst every one who proves the
identity of species previously accounted distinct, is contributing
towards its simplification, and is therefore one of its truest bene-
factors.

Some of the most interesting physiological and zoological con-
siderations which connect themselves with the study of this group
having thus been noticed, its geological importance has in the last
place to be alluded to. Traces, more or less abundant, of the ex-
istence of Foraminifera are to be found in calcareous rocks of nearly
all geological periods; but it is towards the end of the Secondary,
and at the beginning of the Tertiary period, that the development
of this group seems to have attained its maximum. Although there
can be no reasonable doubt that the formation of Chalk is partly
due to the disintegration of corals and larger shells, yet it cannot
be questioned that in many localities a very large proportion of
its mass has been formed by the slow accumulation of foraminiferous
shells, sometimes preserved entire, sometimes fragmentary, and some-
times almost entirely disintegrated. The most extraordinary mani-
festation of this type of life, however, presents itself in the “ num-
mulitic limestone,’ which may be traced from the region of the
Pyrenees, through that of the Alps and Apennines, into Asia Minor,
and again through Northern Africa and Egypt, into Arabia, Persia,
and Northern India, and thence (it is believed) through Thibet and
China, to the Pacific, covering very extensive areas, and attaining a
thickness in some places of many thousand feet: another extensive
tract of this nummulitic limestone is found in the United States. A
similar formation, of less extent, but of great importance, occurs in
the Paris basin ; and it is not a little remarkable that the fine-grained
and easily-worked limestone, which affords such an excellent material
for the decorated buildings of the French metropolis, is entirely formed

80 Miscellaneous.

of an accumulation of minute foraminiferous shells. Even in the
nummulitic limestone, the matrix in which the Nummulites are
imbedded is itself composed of minute Foraminifera, and of the
comminuted fragments of larger ones. The remarkable discovery
has been recently made by Prof. Ehrenberg, that the green and
ferruginous sands which present themselves in various stratified
deposits, from the Silurian to the Tertiary epoch, but which are
especially abundant in the Cretaceous peri iod, are chiefly composed
of casts of the interior of minute sheils of Foraminifera and Mollusca,
the shells themselves having entirely disappeared. The material
of these casts, which is chiefly silex, coloured by silicate of iron, has
not merely filled the chambers and their communicating passages,
but has also penetrated, even to its minutest ramifications, that
system of interseptal canals, whose existence, first discovered by
Dr. Carpenter in Nummulites, has been detected also in many recent
Foraminifera allied to these in general plan of structure. And it is
a very interesting pendent to this discovery, that a like process has
been shown by Prof. Bailey to be at present going on over various
parts of the sea-bottom of the Gulf of Mexico and the Gulf Stream ;
casts of Foraminifera in green sand being brought up in soundings
with living specimens of the same types.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Oxsrruary Notice.—Rosert Brown, Esa.

Diep at his residence, 17 Dean Street, Soho Square, formerly the
library of Sir Joseph Banks, on the 10th of June, Robert Brown,
Esq., D.C.L., F.R.S., Keeper of the Botanical Collections in the
British Museum, and formerly President of the Linnzean Society.
We translate from tlie ‘ Archives de Botanique’ for April 1833, the
following notice of this great botanist, from the pen of M. Adrien de
Jussieu :—

“The Academy of Sciences of the Institute of France reckons
among its members eight foreign associates. Whenever death effaces
one of these eight names, the name which appears most illustrious
in the world of science out of France is designated to replace it. To
read over the list of the foreign associates of the Academy from its
foundation, is consequently to pass in review all those men whose
memory is connected with the history of the great advances of the
human mind,—Newton, Leibnitz, E ler, Linnzeus, Haller, Volta, &e.
The science which we cultivate may therefore be proud of the fact
that, at this moment, of the eight elected from among the luminaries
of science, two are botanists, M. DeCandolle and Mr. Brown.

“Tt was in the sitting of the 4th of March that Mr. Brown was
elected by the Academy. Of 47 votes he obtained 29; the re-
mainder were shared among his competitors, none of whom had more
than 7 votes. They were Bessel, Von Buch, Faraday, Herschel,
Jacobi, Meckel, Mitscherlich, Girsted, and Plana. That among so

Miscellaneous. 81

many brilliant works due to these illustrious authors, those of Mr.
Brown should have particularly fixed the attention and commanded
the majority of the Academy, will not astonish our readers, accus-
tomed as they are for the most part to the study of his works. It
will be sufficient for us to recall them briefly, insisting upon results
without paying attention to titles; for Mr. Brown’s memoirs gene-
rally perform a great deal more than they promise, and it is almost
always a specialty that he takes as a starting-point to ascend from
it to the most comprehensive generalizations, by an artifice perhaps
analogous to that which is recommended by the precepts of the
poetic art.

“Mr. Brown early abandoned the practice of medicine for botany,
towards which he was attracted by a peculiar taste and aptitude.
He accompanied Capt. Flinders to Australia, and on his return to
Europe occupied himself with the publication of the Flora of New
Holland. The first volume of the ‘Prodromus’ of this Flora, un-
happily the only one that has appeared, revealed to the scientific
world a great botanist, whom France was the most prompt in recog-
nizing. It is true that the author was the first, out of our own
country, to step out of the narrow circle in which the followers of
the Linnzean system had shut themselves up, and to employ the more
capacious method which had its origin in France. But his merit
was not confined to recognizing its superiority; he treated it like a
master; and the creator of the Natural Method had the satisfaction
of knowing that he was thoroughly comprehended, by the modifica-
tions which his system underwent in its adoption.

«Unquestionably, for a skilful botanist, no study could be better
fitted to exercise and to demonstrate his sagacity than that of the
plants of New Holland,—plants so different in external form from
those of the other great continents, although the greater number of
them are allied by the more important characters of their organiza-
tion,—-plants which appear to us, to use the expression of an inge-
nious botanist, as it were under a mask. In a series of important
memoirs treating of these vegetables, and of those of Africa, of various
natural groups, Mr. Brown has continued to furnish us with a multi-
tude of new ideas on families, their limits, their relation to each
other, and their composition. And while he throws light on a mul-
titude of special points, he treats incidentally, or even in a note, on
general questions of the highest order, as, for example, on the inflo-
rescence (Memoir on Composite), on the identity of vegetable
organs (Memoir on Raffesia), on the questions which interest
botanical geography (various Memoirs); or he takes pleasure in
showing the value of characters previously neglected, such as those
of preefloration (Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl.), or of the stomata (Pro-
teaceze Nov. Holl.).

“Of late years, the question of the generation of plants appears to
have fixed Mr. Brown’s attention, and there have resulted several
memoirs, short, indeed, but full of observation (Kingia— Orchid. and
Asclepiad.), in which he makes known the double element of the
problem, the organization of the ovule on the one hand, and of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. il. 6

82 Miscellaneous.

pollen on the other; and we may hope soon to see the mystery of
this function cleared up by the valuable labours of authors of other
nations, and particularly of our own, developing and extending those
which he has published.

“To recall the principal claims of Mr. Brown to the admiration of
botanists as a classifier, a describer, an anatomist, and a physiologist,
is to enumerate those qualifications which obtained for him the suf-
frage of the Academy. Let us congratulate ourselves on having
found this fortunate opportunity of placing his éloge before our
readers ; that of other botanists is commonly only the expression of
our regret, and we occupy ourselves with their lives only when they
have ceased to exist. Since we. have now the good fortune to speak
of a life still full of faculties and of activity, let us close by expressing
a hope that it may continue to bear fruits and to multiply them, and
by reminding Mr. Brown himself that several of his labours still wait
for their completion, which ought not to be left to other hands than
his own.”

On the Anatomy of Terebratula australis. By P. GrarioLer.

M. Gratiolet’s memoir, although published two mouths after that
of Mr. Hancock on the organization of the Brachiopoda, was pre-
pared long before the publication of the latter. Without entering
into a detailed analysis of M. Gratiolet’s work, we may remark, that
the sketch of the circulation of the blood given by him does not at
all agree with that furnished by Mr. Hancock. M. Gratiolet con-
siders as the centres of the circulation the two organs which, since
the investigations of Cuvier upou Lingula anatina, have by common
consent been denominated hearts. According to Mr. Hancock, on
the contrary, these orgays have nothing to do with the circulation,
but serve probably for the emission of the eggs, the true heart being
a single organ. It is clear that so fundamental a difference cannot
be reconciled in any way; but it is as well to remark, that M. Gra-
tiolet has only had Terebratule preserved in spirit at his disposal.

Mr. Hancock denies the existence of the anus in the Brachiopoda,
in opposition to Prof. Owen, who admits the presence of an anal
orifice. It is consequently interesting to find that M. Gratiolet has
been unable to discover the anus of Terebratula australis. How-
ever, he is more cautious than Mr. Hancock, and does not deny its
existence because he has not seen it; far from this, he regards its
existence as probable, but asserts that it must be very small.

M. Gratiolet has also closely investigated the mechanism of the
muscles of the shell and peduncle of Terebratula australis. In
common with Woodward, Davidson and Hancock, he has recognized
the system of muscles which serve to open the shell; these he de-
nominates diductor muscles; they are the cardinal muscles of the
two former writers, and the divaricators of Hancock.—Journal de
Conchyliologie, Oct.1857, and Bibl. Univ. June 20, 1858, p. 176.

Miscellaneous. 83

On the Torpidity of the Marmot. By G. VaLentin.

The object of this memoir of M. Valentin is to examine the
‘influence of the winter-sleep upon the production of glucose by
the liver. During an abstinence from food of five or six months,
the sugar is persistent in the liver of the Marmot; from this it fol-
lows that there is an essential difference between the true winter-
sleep of the Marmot and the torpidity of the Batrachia, or the state
of inanition of waking animals.

When, as is sometimes the case, the death of the animal is caused
by exhaustion at the end of the winter-sleep, the liver no longer
contains sugar. The same fact is observed in Hedgehogs which
have died during their winter-sleep. On the contrary, when a
healthy Marmot, killed at the end of its torpidity, is examined, it is
found that the fresh blood of the aorta and the fresh urine will pre-
cipitate small quantities of protoxide of copper, showing that they
contain glucose.

Some authors have expressed the opinion that the liquid secreted
by the stomach is absorbed, and that after passing through the vena
porta, it produces sugar in the liver. M. Valentin opposes this view,
and cites several facts which speak against it.

The author has observed a striking difference between the sugar
of the liver of Marmots in their winter-sleep and that of other
waking animals; the former is not so readily destroyed by putrefac-
tion as the latter.

In conclusion he cites an observation made upon some frogs which
had passed four months of the winter in a dark cellar. They were
frozen by exposure to a temperature of +5° F.; the sugar of their
livers did not disappear.—Moleschott’s Untersuchungen, vol. iii.

Description of Aphroceras, a new genus of Calcareous Spongiade
brought from Hong-Kong by Dr. Harland. By Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S. &e.

APHROCERAS.

Sponge tubular, branched, without any large superficial oscules,
formed of two distinct coats, externally covered with simple fusi-
form calcareous spicula, placed side by side in the longitudinal axis
of the stem and branches, forming an even coat; inner surface of
the tube lined with a minute network of interlaced fibre placed in
all directions ; branches simple, tapering, attenuated at the tip, with
a round terminal contracted aperture.

The spicula are entirely dissolved in dilute muriatic acid, leaving the
form of the sponge marked by the internal network and the sheaths
of the spicula on the surface. When treated with caustic potash,
the internal network is destroyed, leaving only the external spicula
placed side by side. aike Oa

This genus is allied to Grantia, but it is easily distinguished by
the uniform fusiform shape and the disposition of the spicula.

6*

84. Miscellaneous.

APHROCERAS ALCICORNIS.

Hab. Hong-Kong (Dr. Harland).

This species somewhat resembles Grantia botryoides in appear-
ance and habit; but in that species the spicula are all triradiate,
which appears to be the generic character of the genus Grantia as
I propose to restrict it.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 23, 1858.

On the Hypermetamorphosis and Habits of Sitaris. By M. Fasre.

M. Fabre has been engaged in the investigation of the habits and
metamorphosis of Sitaris, a genus of Coleopterous insects nearly
allied to Meloé ; the latter, as is well known, was the subject of some
of the admirable investigations of the late George Newport. Singu-
larly enough, M. Fabre was quite ignorant of the memoir of the great
English physiologist, up to the time of his reading his own paper
before the Academy of Sciences. The principal facts in the latter
are summed up by the author in the following words :—

“<The species of Sitaris and Meloé, and apparently other Meloides,
if not all, are, in their early stages, parasitic on Anthophilous Hy-
menoptera.

“The larva of the Me/loides, before arriving at the pupa state,
passes through four forms, which the author denominates primitive
larva, second larva, pseudo-chrysalis, and third larva. The passage
from one of these forms to the other is effected by a simple change
of skin, without any alteration in the viscera.

“The primitive larva is coriaceous, and takes up its abode on the
bodies of Hymenopterous insects. Its object is to get transported
into a cell full of honey. When it reaches the cell, it devours the
ege of the Bee, and its part is performed. This is the active hexapod
larva, described by Newport and other observers as the first product
of the egg in Meloé.

“The second larva is soft, and differs entirely from the primitive
larva in its external characters. It feeds upon the honey contained
in the usurped cell.

“The pseudo-chrysalis is a body destitute of all movement, and
clothed with corneous integuments comparable to those of pupz.
On these integuments there are the design of a cephalic mask, with-
out moveable and distinct parts, six tubercles indicating the feet, and
nine pairs of stigmatic orifices. In Sitaris the pseudo-chrysalis is
enclosed in a sort of sac formed by the skin of the second larva. In
Meloé it is simply half invaginated in the cleft skin of the second larva.

“The third larva exhibits nearly the same characters as the second.
In Sitaris it is enclosed in a double vesicular envelope formed by the
skin of the second larva and that of the pseudo-chrysalis. In Meloé
it is half-enclosed in the cleft skin of the pseudo-chrysalis, which, in
its turn, is inserted in the same way into that of the second larva.

“« After this, the metamorphosis follows the usual course ; the third
larva becomes a pupa, and the latter a perfect insect.’’——- Comptes
Rendus, March 1, 1858, p. 443.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 8. AUGUST 1858.

VIII.—On the Structure and Position of the genus Teredina of
Lamarck. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., Pres. Ent.
Soe. &e.

Lamarck, in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Ver-
tébres,’ published a genus under the name of Teredina for a
Miocene fossil shell which he had before referred to Fistulana*,
a genus which he, in the work above referred to, further
separated into several others, Teredina among the rest.

Lamarck formed the genus Teredina, with Aspergillum, Cla-
vagella, Fistulana, Septaria, and Teredo, into a family, which he
called “ les Tubicoles,” because they live in tubes, and separated
them for this reason from “ les Pholadaires.”

The genus is thus defined by its author, who was evidently
forming a character to separate it from Aspergillum, Clavagella,
and Teredo :—“ Fourreau testacé tubuleux, cylindrique ; 4 l’extré-
mité postérieure fermée, montrant les deux valves de la coquille,
a Vextrémité antérieure ouverte” (vol. v. p. 438).

M. de Blainville, in his ‘ Manuel,’ united the two families of
Lamarck into one, under the name of Adesmacea, and arranges
the genus Teredina between Teredo and Pholas ; he gives the fol-
lowing improved generic character, derived from a very perfect
specimen in the collection of M. Deshayes :—

“Coquille épaisse, ovale, courte, trés baillante en arriere,
équivalve, inéquilatérale ; les sommets bien prononcés, un cuil-
leron épais sur chaque valve. Une piéce medio-dorsale, ovale,
en bouclier, sur les sommets de la coquille, et se prolongeant en

* The genus Fistulana, as first established in Ann. Mus. vii. 425, was
divided, in the work above referred to, into several genera, and, as charac-
terized in his later work above quoted, is a Teredo, which has been formed
into a genus named Xylotrya by Leach.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. i. 7

86 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure and Position of Teredina.

arriére en un tube complet & orifice terminal unique?” (Man.
Malacol. p. 579, 1825.)

The existence of the dorsal buckler or plate at once shows
the affinity of these fossils to Pholas.

James Sowerby the elder figured the shell in his ‘Mimeral
Conchology,’ and referred it to the genus Teredo, under the
name of Teredo antenautica, overlooking the character afforded
by the dorsal plate, which is always absent in Teredo, and the
absence of palettes, or terminal opercular valves, as they have
been called, and a containing shelly tube, which are always pre-
sent in that genus.

M. Deshayes, in his ‘ Coquilles fossiles de Paris,’ retains the
two families, /es Tubicoles and les Pholadaires, of Lamarck, and
gives nearly the same character for the genus as that quoted
from De Blainville’s work ; only he calls the cuilleron of De Blain-
ville palettes ; but this is evidently a slip of the pen, as the part
described is always called a cuilleron by French authors, in the
genera Pholas and Teredo, which alone, with Teredina, possess
the process under the umbo so referred to. He adds,—“ Ce
genre fait évidemment le passage aux Taret” (Teredo) (vol. 1.
p. 18).

Deshayes, more lately, in his notes to the new edition of
Lamarck, observes, “ Le genre curieux des Térédines n’a pas été
bien connu de Lamarck; sans cela il lui aurait donné des ca-
ractéres plus complets. La 7érédine est une véritable Pholade
globuleuse fixée 4 Vextrémité dun tube” (vol. vi. p. 34).

Mr. Woodward, in his ‘ Manual,’ which is specially devoted
to the determination of fossil shells, overlooking these observa- —
tions, and perhaps misled by the position of the shell in the old
work of James Sowerby the elder, regards Teredina as a sub-
genus of Teredo! He further observes, ‘ Valves with an acces-
sory plate in front of the umbo, free when young, united by the
margins of the shelly tube when adult (?). The tube is some-
times concamerated, its siphonal end is often truncated, and the
opening contracted by a lining, which makes it hour-glass shaped
or six-lobed (fig. 25 a).” (‘Mauual,’ p. 330.)

The fossil Teredina has been considered as a Teredo by
James Sowerby, a Fistulana by Lamarck, as a subgenus of
Teredo by Woodward, and as a genus intermediate between Teredo
and Pholas by Deshayes, but who still arranges it in a distinet
family from the latter ; and latterly, M. Deshayes has considered
it as a species of the genus Pholas; and in my genera of the
family Pholadide 1 placed it as a genus of that family.

A careful examination of the structure of the shell and its
tube, as it has been called, show that it is, as M. Deshayes ob-
serves, a true Pholas. Indeed, it ought to have been referred

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure and Position of Teredina. 87

to that genus by the Lamarckian conchologist, as soon as the
dorsal valves were discovered, and the genus Teredina erased
from the list, as it has all the characters of Pholas as defined by
Lamarck.

This is an instance of the careless manner in which a single
species is elevated by some authors of that school into the rank
of a genus, because its structure has been misunderstood or be-
cause it possesses some slight peculiarity of external appearance,
while at the same time they retain, in other genera, a number of
species possessing forms which offer quite as important characters
to distinguish them.

It only resembles Teredo in the shape of its valves, but is
immediately distinguished from it by the absence of the shelly
ease of the cavity in the marine body in which it resides, in
the absence of any palettes (or opercula, as they are sometimes
called) at the sides of the ends of the siphons, and in the pre-
sence of the dorsal plate over the umbo, which is never present
in this genus. It has no affinity to such genera as Aspergillum,
Clavagella, or Gastrochena, to which Lamarck, G. B. Sowerby*,
and many authors compared it, as it does not live in a tube,
the part which they described as a tube being only the sheath
of the siphons lapiditied by the process of fossilization, as 1S
proved not only by its position as regards the valves, but also
by its bulging form, which shows that it was formerly soft and
yielding.

Mr. G. B. Sowerby, in his ‘Genera of Mollusca,’ says this
genus “has an operculum, as we are informed, though we have
never seen it, which covers the double opening ;” and, further,
he says it differs from Pholas papyracea in “having an operculum
to cover the posterior aperture of the tube.” I have searched
for these opercula or palettes in a large series of specimens with-
out discovering the slightest trace of them; indeed, the siphons
are not formed as if they were present ; and the absence of the
tube covering the entire animal, siphon, and valves, with which
they are always combined, renders their presence not to be
expected.

Mr. G. B. Sowerby describes them as “ gregarious, occurring
in numbers in a bed of ferruginous sand,” “ living in cavities of
its own terebrating.”” He further observes, “That in its young
state it is destitute of a tube, and consists only of two valves
and a membranaceous envelope, we cannot doubt.” I do not
believe that there is any difference between the old and young
in this respect, as in both states I think it 1s evident the tube

* Mr. G. B. Sowerby observes that “the tube in Teredina never covers
the two valves, but appears to be soldered to them, as in Aspergillum.”

(* Genera.’)
7*

88 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure and Position of Teredina.

was soft and flexible when the animal was living. There 1s little
doubt that in the young state the large rhombie gape between
the front of the valves is open, as in Teredo, Zirfea, and the
young of Martesia, though I have never seen a specimen show-
ing this state of the animal, but always with this part closed, as
in the adult example of the latter and several other genera of
Pholadide.

Among the recent genera of Pholadina it is most nearly allied
to Martesia, but it differs from that genus in several important
particulars, which may be thus stated :—

1. The valves are small, compared with the size of the siphons,
and the gape is larger and more rhombie.

2. The siphons are much larger, compared with the valves
and shell, and swollen beyond them; in the fossil state they
are covered with a hard calcareous coat, or rather coats, for the
part which is described as the tube is formed of several concen-
tric calcareous layers. These siphons, though in the fossil state
they are hard and shelly, have all the appearance of having
been soft and flexible in the living animal, like the siphons of
Zirfea crispata, which they greatly resemble in appearance; for
they are bent in various directions, and are swollen beyond the
edge of the valves behind, so as to have all the bag-like ap-
pearance which the fleshy flexible siphons of these bivalves
present.

The surface of the stony siphons of the best-preserved speci-
mens of Teredina presents the minutely wrinkled surface which
is to be observed on the more or less coriaceous coat, similar to
the periostraca of the valves which envelope the fleshy siphons
of Pholades, Mya, and others which have large, constantly ex~-
posed siphons.

It is to be observed, that the shelly cast of the siphons of this
genus generally presents two very different appearances: the
lower portion nearest the valves 1s usually hollow, and formed of
several thin, concentric, shelly lamine, as is easily seen when it is
broken across. The upper portion is only provided with a thin,
easily deciduous, shelly coat, filled within with a brown solid nu-
cleus, pierced in the centre with two more or less distinct tubes.
This portion appears to represent the part of the two siphons
which is united together; as it is easily separated from the lower
portion, many specimens contained in collections are desti-
tute of this part, and, from Lamarck and De Blainville’s de-
scriptions, I should suspect that it was wanting in the specimens
they described. The two portions are well figured in Sowerby’s
‘Genera of Shells,’ fig. 1, and the lower portion, showing the
laminated appearance of this part, in fig. 3 of the same plate.

It is probable that the upper portion may have been mistaken

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Structure and Position of Teredina. 89

by some observers, as mentioned by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, for
opercula or palettes. ;

3. The gape in the front of the valves is filled up, as is the
case with the adult specimens of Martesia; but here it is filled
up with a single shelly plate, leaving only a small perpendicular
slit in the middle of the well-marked medial line, while in Mar-
tesia the plates fillg-up the gape in each valve are always sepa-
rate. This plate, as in Martesia, is formed by the gradual addi-
tion of shelly matter to the front margin of the gape of the
valves, until it reaches the middle, where the two plates are
united into one, leaving the central slit. The development of
this plate is shown by the concentric lines of growth which are
to be observed on its surface in well-preserved specimens.

4. The hmder part of the cardinal and ventral margins of
Teredina is destitute of any additional shelly plates, which are
generally developed in the species of the genus Martesia.

I think, after these comparisons, that we may conclude that
Teredina is a genus of Pholadina allied to Martesia, but suffi-
ciently distinct from it to be retained as a separate genus, as I
suggested in my paper “on the Arrangement of Pholadide into
Natural Groups,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 1851, p. 384.

I believe that at present only a single species of the genus is
known, which varies much in size according to the position
it holds in the colony, some obtaining
more and others less nourishment, from
local causes.

They present so much variety in the
form and state of development of the
additional dorsal valve or bouclier, that
if they were not all collected together
from the same colony on the same piece
of rock, one might be induced to con-
sider them as belonging to two or more
distinct species.

In some specimens the dorsal shield
is small, placed entirely in front of the
umbo, looking like a flattened bag, nar-
row in front, rather wider and more con-
vex behind, and slightly contracted on
the sides (fig. 2). In this state it is - .
figured by M. Deshayes (Coq. Fossiles Teredina peraonata,
de Paris, tab. 1. f. 24). Showing how the siphons

In others it is large, convex, sub- bulge over tne valves. 1. In
quadrangular, covering the umbo and ar ake ea the dor-
the upper central part of the base of 3. sane lege te eae
the siphon, which is prominent behind developed dorsal plate.

SO Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

the hinder part of the cardinal edge of the valves (fig. 3); it is
deeply notched in the middle of the front edge over the sepa-
ration of the valves, and more or less sinuous on the middle of
the side edges over the convexity of the valves, as it is figured
by Sowerby (‘ Genera,’ f. 2 & 4) *; but it is often of a much larger
size compared with the size of the valves, and more sinuated in
front and on the sides than it is here represented. In most
specimens of these fossils the dorsal valve is wanting, and there
is only a slight fracture between the front of the hmge-margin
of the valves, showing the remains of the cast of the shell by
which it was attached (fig. 1), as it is represented in fig. 3 of
Sowerby’s ‘ Genera.’

[A Postseript to this paper will be found on page 162.—Ep. ]

1X.—On the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.
By H. J. Carrer, Esq., H.C.S. Bombay.

(Concluded from page 33. |
Development of Spermatozoa in the Ovisac.

In the ovisac, pari passu with the ovum, the spermatozoa also
frequently become developed ; and this takes place in the follow-
ing way: viz. a number of cells identical to all appearance with
the floating-cells of the peritoneal cavity, that is, consisting of a
cell-wall enclosing a number of refractive vesicles supported on
an albuminous sphere or centre, fill that part of the ovisac which
is not occupied by the group of ova. These, at a very early stage,
when only a few are present (PI. II. fig. 32), may be seen loose
and under a spherical or diffluent form (7), or in agglomerated
masses of twos, threes or more (4), or attached to the surface of
the ovisac, and caudate (/), thus evincing the same plasticity of
cell-wall that we have observed in the cell-wall of the floating-
cells when adherimg together or to the parietes of the perito-
neal cavity, while most of the cells present, respectively, a few
granules of that light brown matter in their interior, to which I
have already alluded as a distinguishing mark of the sperm-cell
throughout. (For more magnified views of these figures, see
Pl. ILI. fig. 13 a—f).

After a time the vesicles enlarge, through nourishment pro-
bably derived from the “branchial” vessels, and surround,
either entirely, or partially in groups, globular masses of fine
granular matter, which vary in size from that of the sperm-cell
upwards (figs. 14, 15), most of which contain more or less of the

* In the explanation of the plate, this figure is erroneously said to re-
present the form of the aperture of the shell. s

Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 91

characteristic brown matter. It has already been stated that
the vesicles are disposed (according to their number) partially in
a group or entirely around the albuminous centre of the float-
ing-cell of the peritoneal cavity ; and it is well to bear this in
mind, for we shall see presently that when the spermatozoa
which are produced from them are half-developed, they hang
generally or partially in groups from the globular agglomera-
tions, and that this grouping may be thus accounted for (figs.
17, 18, &c.). At this period (fig. 9) the vesicles are filled with
a homogeneous refractive substance, which, upon contraction,
after haying been some time exposed to the action of the water,
shows that it is composed of a granular endoplasm, supporting
in one part of its periphery a nucleus,—in fact, that each vesicle
is a complete cell (fig. 26 a, b); while the material of which the
granular mass is composed at this time is so fine, that it has
hardly passed beyond the homogeneity of the original albumi-
nous mass (fig. 26).

The next stage in the development of the spermatozoa is that
the vesicles become elongated and conical, and that the pointed
extremity is applied to the granular mass, whose granular matter
is also now becoming progressively coarser (figs. 10 & 16).

During the fourth stage, the conical poimt becomes lengthened
into a pedicel, which thus presents the first appearance of the
spermatozoon, and the material of the granular mass has become
still coarser (figs. 11 & 17).

During the fifth stage (figs. 12 & 19), the spermatozoon grows
out to its full length, and disunites itself from the granular
mass (fig. 12 e), which, although keeping together in the ovisac
while the spermatozoa are coiled round it, no longer coheres
as before when forced out into the water, but, being effete,
becomes lost or dispersed as soon as this takes place.

The part by which the spermatozoon adheres to the granular
mass, though not distinguishable here from its linear form, is
seen to be the head in Nais albida (figs. 32 & 33): hence it is
the head which would appear to be developed first; and so
KGlliker has stated, but not however in the way thus indicated,
for he has observed that the whole of the spermatozoon becomes
developed first in a cell within the vesicle (fig. 21 a), from which
it gets into the cavity of the latter, and then forces its head out
of one part to become attached to the granular mass*; but in
all instances where the half-developed spermatozoa of this Nazis
have had the contents of the vesicle at their extremities con-
tracted from long exposure to the water or from the addition of
iodine, they have presented a granular aspect. This, however,
may be, and probably is, owing to the extremely fluid state of

* Art. “ Semen,” Cyclop. of Anat. and Physiology, p. 486.

92 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

the matter composing the spermatozoon at this early period ;
for in Nais albida always, and even in N. fusca sometimes, the
tails also project from the opposite side of the vesicle at the
same time (figs. 25, 31, 32), thus proving that the whole body
of the spermatozoon, at least in these cases, is formed at this
early period. I have, however, not been able to see this or the
daughter-cell in the sperm-vesicles of either of these Naides ;
nor have I, of course, been able to see that the spermatozoon is
formed in the nucleus, as also stated by Kolliker*,—that is, I
suppose, in the nucleus of the daughter-cell of the vesicle+,—
probably from the smallness or unsuitableness of the materials
I have had to deal with.

Among the contents of the ovisac from which the spermatozoa
are thus developed, there are some granular masses which are
surrounded by vesicles much larger than others (fig. 26), and
these vesicles, although filled apparently with homogeneous
refractive matter, like the rest, show, by the contraction of this
into a globular form after they have been some time exposed to
the action of water, that it also consists of a granular mass of
endoplasm bearing in one part a nucleus (a, 6). How such
large vesicles are to bring themselves down to the size of those
which only bear one spermatozoon each (fig. 16 a), I have not
been able to understand ; and never having observed more than
one spermatozoon developed respectively from the vesicles at-
tached to the granular masses, and these vesicles all small ones,
Iam at a loss to conceive what happens to the large vesicles, un-
less they become still larger, and then develope several cells in
their interior, each of which bears a spermatozoon, as the pre-
sence of such cells now and then in the ovisae of N. fusea would
seem to indicate (figs. 29, 30). That several spermatozoa may
be developed from one vesicle is a common occurrence, and
fig. 37 is an instance of it in Ampullaria; but whether this is
another instance of each spermatozoon being developed from a
separate cell, or the whole mass of cell-contents has split up
into the bundle of spermatozoa thus represented, I am not called
upon, or prepared even, here to discuss. Views respecting this
will be found in the admirable article on “ Semen,” to which I
have alluded. I must confine myself here to the common and
only course of development in Nais fusca that I have been able
to follow with certainty ; and that is the one above described,
wherein not only a gradual development of the spermatophorous
vesicles can be traced from their first presence in the sperm-
cell to the time when they become conical and present the
first appearance of the spermatozoon, but the presence of the

* Art. “Semen,”’ Cyclop. of Anat. and Physiology, p. 497.
t Is this a “‘ nucleus,” or the embryo of the spermatozoon?

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 93

brown matter unmistakeably marks the spermatophorous mass
throughout, from the sperm-cell to the full development of the
spermatozoa.

Let us now see what evidence we possess of connexion between
the single small sperm-cell and the large globular masses sup-
porting the vesicles, from which the spermatozoa are developed
in the ovisac. In the first place, the only cells which are pre-
sent in the ovisac, before the process leading to the development
of the spermatozoa commences, are the ova en groupe and the
sperm-cells, which at this time are identical with the floating-
cells (fig. 9 a,c). It cannot be the ova, then, which develope
the spermatozoa ; hence we have only the sperm-cells left. Next
we find several of the sperm-cells cohering together through the
plasticity of their cell-walls, and forming agglomerations of dif-
ferent sizes; hence the /arge globular masses are accounted for
(figs. 3k and 13d) ; while the presence of some cells or masses
not exceeding the diameter of the single sperm-cell, yet bearing
spermatozoa, shows that cells or masses, from the size of the
sperm-cells up to that of the largest agglomerations, may bear
spermatozoa (fig. 27). Lastly, having seen that the number of
vesicles in the sperm-cells is very variable, and that these en-
tirely surround the albuminous centre when numerous (13 4, 6),
or, when scarce, are situated on one part of it in a group (fig. 5 d),
while they may be also partially or entirely absent, we have thus,
in the early stage of the single sperm-cell, that which we have
afterwards in the agglomerated mass, viz. the vesicles covering
the mass entirely, or only attached to one part of it (figs. 17 &
18). Besides, it is very common to see the agglomerated masses
themselves, at an early period, presenting groups of vesicles
here and there upon them, indicative that the cells forming these
parts of the masses respectively, alone bear vesicles (fig. 13 d).
One point more deserves notice here, and one, too, which has
not been well accounted for by the authors of the excellent
article to which I have alluded, viz. the disappearance of the cell-
wall or mother-cell in the globular masses. But this yields
immediately to explanation when we know the cell-wall of the
sperm-cells to be plastic, and therefore easy of disappearance in
several ways; indeed, it is so evanescent, that in many of the
cells of the reproductive band, as well as of the hepatic layer,
where the vesicles have not undergone the least enlargement,
the cell-wall is almost as often absent as present. However, one
instance has occurred to me where the cell-wall seemed to have
remained ; and this was where the spermatozoa, which were more
than two-thirds developed, had grown out from single sperm-
cells —judging from their size (fig. 27). Here, then, it would
appear that the mother-cell had become persistent from harden-

94 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

ing, and that, as the vesicles under these circumstances could
not be projected from the granular mass on the caudal ends of
the spermatozoa as usual, the caudal ends had passed through
both their vesicles respectively and the mother-cell. Fig. 28
also represents another instance where the mother-cell of an
agglomerated mass appears to have remained. In some cases,
too, even where the mother-cell is not persistent, and the vesi-
cles, as usual, remain in contact with the granular mass, the
tails of the spermatozoa are thrust through their opposite side
(figs. 25 & 31-33), while not unfrequently both head and tail
may be projecting while the vesicle is in the centre, as before
mentioned (fig. 21 4). All this, however, is readily explained ;
for the vesicle in which the spermatozoon is developed is so
flexible and plastic, that although the enclosed spermatozoon
can throw it into all kinds of shapes, and half extrude itself, it
is with the greatest difficulty only that it can throw it off alto-
gether, while it is frequently so delicate in structure, and so
diaphanous, that it is also very difficult to believe that it is not
a part of the spermatozoon itself, whence the spermatozoon
occasionally appears under a variety of shapes that are apt to
mislead the observer in his determination of its true form.

Another point deserving of attention is the origin of the
“brown matter,” not only in the sperm-cells of the ovisac, but
also in those of the so-called testes. This, as regards the former,
seems easily determined ; for if the sperm-cells of the ovisae be
derived from the floating-cells of the peritoneal cavity, and the
floating-cells subsequently become the hepatic cells, there is
every reason to infer that the brown colouring matter is but the
yellow colouring matter of the bile thus altered, —an inference
which derives confirmation from the fact that the globular masses
bearing spermatozoa in Ampullaria (figs. 35, 36) frequently bear
at the same time one or two large bright bile-globules (a), to-
gether with the granules characteristic of the hepatic cell, some
of which present the brown colour and character of the brown
granules of the sperm-cell, and appear, as before stated, to be
the abortive or effete remains of the bile-vesicles; so that here
(figs. 835, 36) we have the granular mass with some of the vesi-
cles half- developed into spermatozoa; others united together,
forming bright amber-coloured bile-globules ; and a third set in
an abortive or effete state, presenting themselves under the form
of granules, some of which have the colour and appearance of
the brown granules of the sperm-cells. Thus we have not only
evidence of the sperm-cells producing bile, like the hepatie cells,
but also this fact corroborating the inference that both the sperm-
cells and hepatic cells are derived from the floating-cells of the
peritoneal cavity.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 95

We have yet, however, to account for the presence of this
colouring matter in the sperm-cells of the testes (fig. 6 e), which
cells, as before stated, appear to be derived from the dermal
cells of the reproductive band,—a point that should certainly not
be considered as a natural consequence from their apparent
identity with the floating-cells only; but it so happens that
there is a maculated Nats which dwells in the salt- as well as the
fresh-water pools here, and which latterly I have also found in
the sediment of the jar of Chara before mentioned, where the
dermal cells throughout bear amber-coloured globules (the ma-
cule), corresponding in appearance to bile, and answerig to the
common chemical tests for oily matter, that is to say, dissolving
under the influence of ether or a solution of caustic potash
respectively. Thus we have the dermal cells in this species, at
all events, secreting an oily matter like bile, if not identical with
it: and the cells of the reproductive band being but dermal
cells apparently modified by hypertrophy, and thus brought into
a state similar to the floating-cells of the peritoneal cavity, which
appear both to secrete the bile and form the spermatozoa, as the
occasion may demand, we have this sort of explanation (should
these cells of the testes be hereafter proved to come from the
reproductive band) to account for their presenting the charac-
teristic brown matter of the sperm-cell of the ovisac.

Thus I have stated all that has occurred to me in the deve-
lopment of the spermatozoa in the ovisae of Nais fusca, worthy
of mention; and although I have not been able to follow the
developmental process of the spermatozoa in the so-called testes
of this worm throughout, yet the /acune have been supplied
from the progressive development of the sperm-cells in the testes
of N. albida, which, proving to be the same as that of the ovisac
of N. fusca, thus completes the process for us in the testes of
both. Still, where the sperm-cells of the testes in these two spe-
cies of Nais come from in the first instance, remains undiscovered.

Let us now, before going to the development of the embryo,
compare with one another the changes which take place in the
development of the ovum and sperm-cell, in order that we may
see how far they correspond.

Ovum. Sperm-cell.
Composition,
Cell-wall. Cell-wall.
Endoplasm (primordial film or Endoplasm (primordial film or
cell). cell).
Yelk (composed of fine gra- Albuminous sphere (composed
nules), of crypto-granular refractive

matter).

96 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

Ovum.

Sperm-cell.

Composition.

Nucleus (or “ germinal vesicle”’).

Nuclei (or points in the endo-
plasm of the “ germinal ve-
sicle’’).

Changes.

Cell-wall continues.

Endoplasm disappears.

Yelk-granules become large
and multiplied.

Nucleolus (or “germinal spot’)
perishes.

Nuclei, or pomts in the endo-
plasm of the “ germinal ve-
sicle,”’ become surrounded
by cells respectively.

Nucleus.
Vesicles (or cellules round the
albuminous sphere).

Ist stage.

Cell-wall continues.
Endoplasm disappears.
Albumimous sphere becomes

perceptibly granular.
Nucleus perishes.

Vesicles develope spermatozoa
which attach themselves to
the albuminous sphere.

2nd stage.

Nucleus or “ germinal vesicle”
disappears (that is, bursts,
and the “ nuclei,’’? now sur-
rounded by cells, are dis-
persed in the yelk ?)*.

Yelk persistent.

3rd

Ovum receives the spermatozoa.

Yelk-granules are resolved into
a crypto-granular mass.

Yelk, having received its final
envelopes and been laid, un-
dergoes deduplicative sub-
division.

Spermatozoa fully formed and
separated from the albumi-
nous spheres or granular
masses.

Granular masses effete.

stage.

Spermatozoa enter the ovun.

Thus we see that the differences between these processes are

so great, that they cannot even be considered analogous.

The

new cells produced by the ovum and sperm-cell respectively,
that is, the cells of the nucleus and the “ vesicles,” are the only
products that we can compare with one another ; and these are
so far different, that one is produced in the germinal vesicle, and
the other out of it, while the yelk of the ovum no doubt affords
nourishment to the germinal vesicle, as does the granular mass

* have also observed some of these cells (fig. 12 4) to be again charged
with nuclei, mdicative of their undergoing a further multiplication after
having been dispersed in the yelk.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of anew species of Nais. 97

to the spermatozoa; but with the complete development of the
latter, the functions of the granular mass cease, at the time that
those of the yelk chiefly commence. There is so little analogy,
then, between these two processes, that while they are sui generis
as regards each other, that producing the spermatozoa is, I think,
different from any other processes of cell-formation with which
I am acquainted. Of course I allude here to the attachment of
the spermatozoa to the albuminous sphere, and not to those in-
stances where the whole of the cell-contents of the spermatic or
mother-cell become divided up at once into a group of spermato-
phorous vesicles, each of which encloses from the beginning its
share of nourishment, and thus has no occasion for re-attach-
ment to an albuminous centre, as m some species of microscopic
Filarie. This is common enough among the Alge.

Impregnation.

This I have not seen, and therefore there is a hiatus here
which I cannot supply. Out of all the enlarged ova that have
come under my observation, not one has presented that broken-
down appearance of the granules of the yelk which follows im-
pregnation ; and although many have been bordering upon this
stage, yet it has been impossible to witness impregnation by
keeping the individual under the microscope, for the very pres-
sure of the slip of glass which is necessary to bring the ovum
into focus kills the worm. Hence we must pass over that part
which intervenes between the development of the cells in the
germinal vesicle and the expulsion of the egg, during which
time the germinal vesicle disappears, impregnation takes place,
the yelk-granules become dissolved or altered, and the ovum,
after having received its final investments, 1s laid.

Development of the Embryo in Nais albida.

It has already been intimated that all the information which
I have been able to obtain respecting the development of the
embryo has been from the eggs of Nazs albida, which were de-
posited in portions of a gelatinous Alga (Glwocapsa) that grows
on the sides of old walls and gutters in the island of Bombay,
during the rainy monsoon. By what means, in addition to the
contractile power of the delicate oviduct, the eggs are expelled,
I am ignorant ; but having frequently observed species of this
Nais with enlarged ova, in the midst of, and dragging them-
selves through, the gelatinous substance of the Alga mentioned,
to which the eggs are thus agglutinated, it does not appear im-
probable that the resiliency of this substance may, to a certain
degree, assist the Nais during delivery.

98 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Sperinatology of anew species of Nais.

The ovum of this worm (fig. 39) is elliptical and slightly bent
upon itself. It averages about 1-55th part of an inch in length,
and consists of a transparent, coriaceous shell (a), terminated by
a thickened, irregular, papillary portion at each end, from the
inner aspect of which a kind of chalaza ( (b) is continued on to
the yelk-bag (c).

Each yelk-bag contains two yelks (d, d), which respectively
undergo more or less irregular duplicative subdivision, of which
the following is a summary: viz. during the first stage, or that
of the larger fissuration, the mass becomes triglobular (39 d),
after which only one of the divisions appears to ‘undergo minute
division, while the other two either remain passive or undergo
what may be termed crypto-division, for their substance certainly
passes into minute cells, in whatever way this may be effected
(40,41). As the fragmentation thus goes on, the trilobate mass
becomes elongated, by the two unfissurating lobes uniting more
intimately to ‘form one part, while the fissurating one forms the
other (42) ; and the two extremities of the embryo becoming
approximated like the ends of a horse-shoe, it thus lies confined
by a delicate membrane, in a somewhat compressed globular
form, with a notch in one part of the margin (43).

The notch now extends inwards towards the abdominal limit,
when the two halves of the worm thus become separated, and
the part which underwent the visible fissuration appeared to me
to be the head. The young Naides now burst through the deli-
cate cell which appears to surround them respectively, and, be-
coming free in the cavity of the shell (44), travel round it for
some time until they have gained sufficient strength to force an
opening through one end of it, when they thus make their exit.

I had not many opportunities of watching the development
of the embryo (which occupies about five days), because I only
discovered the eggs of the Nais mentioned towards the end of
“the rains,” when the Glwocapsa was dying off, and these Naides
also appeared to get weaker and perish with it; but out of
about two dozen eggs, many of which I got within twenty-four
hours after they had been deposited (for they were laid in my
room), sufficient observations were obtained to enable me to give
the above description and accompanying illustrations.

How the double yelk is produced, when only one ovum is
developed at a time, ‘Iam unable to state; but, from one ob-
servation, I am inclined to think that the-first line of fissuration
determines this, viz. from the masses becoming permanently
detached at this time, and the rest of the fissuration going on
in them separately.

On one occasion I obtained an egg which appeared to belong
to N, fusca, and contained three or four embryos; but un-

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 99

luckily the watch-glass containing it was upset, and thus the
means of proving it to be so, by their further development, lost.

Abnormal Development of the Yelk.

If the yelk become abortive, fissuration does not appear to
take place, but several sacs containing a fine granular matter are
developed in the midst of its substance (fig. 45), while gradually
this fine granular matter becomes transformed into globular
cells, each of which contains a yellowish refractive oil-globule,
if it be not a nucleus (a,a). As this is taking place, the saes,
which are now plastic and endowed with motor power, put forth
respectively a tubular prolongation, which, on reaching the shell
of the ovum, becomes suddenly diminished in calibre, and thus
passes through it in an attenuated form (a, a); or the sac may
assume nothing but a tubular form from the first, and, after
penetrating the shell, expand into a globular or conical shape,
ending in a narrow papillary eminence (d). Finally, the ex-
tremity of the tube, in both forms, yields to the pressure of the
internal contents, which now rapidly issue, one after another (4),
in the form of monociliated monads, about 1-5600th of an inch
in diameter (46a). These, after swimming about for a short
time, become fixed, and the next day may be observed to have
lost their cilium and to have put forth a short tube (4), after
the manner of the parent sac; but whether this ends in another
division of their contents into still smaller monads, or they thus
perish, I am ignorant. .

This development of the yelk, which does not occur if it be-
come putrescent, is but another instance of what I have shown
to take place in the protoplasm of the spores, &c., of Algze*,
when arrested in its progress to assume the likeness of the plant
from which the spore has been produced; that is to say, that
instead of doing this in either instance, the contents of the ovum
and the spore respectively become transformed into monads, and
finally into rhizopodous cells—that is, reduced to the lowest
form of organic life with which we are acquainted.

I have stated that the sacs in the yelk “pué forth tubular
prolongations;” and this is done in the followimg way (if I may
judge from similar sacs putting forth similar tubes under similar
circumstances in the algal cell): viz. the endoplasm or protoplasm,
whichever term is adopted, appears to be compelled to obey a
law by which its surface becomes covered with a pellicle, and
this pellicle again compelled by another law to harden soon
after it has been formed; thus circumstanced, the endoplasm
carries a pellicle with it, that corresponds in every way to its

* Annals, vol. i. 3 ser. p. 35, &e. pl. 3. figs. 13-15, and vols. xvii, & xix.
2 ser.

100 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

shape, wherever it goes, and whatever form it assumes; which
pellicle, on hardening, takes on the form given to it by the
protoplasm, and thus the tubular prolongation is produced ; it
is, in fact, only an instance of the way in which all organic forms
are developed, viz. by the moulding power of the protoplasm,
which in this case, however, has lost its specific nature.

“aria in Nais albida (fig. 50).

Among the figures illustrative of this paper will be observed
one of a Filaria, which I frequently found singly and in variable
plurality in the peritoneal cavity of Nais albida, which worm, I
have already stated, was met with accidentally in a species of
Gleocapsa that abounds with microscopic Milarie during the
rainy season. This Alga having been collected for this purpose,
I shall defer further mention of this fact than that which will be
found in the explanation of the figures, until I come to describe
these Milarie generally, which I propose to do on a future
occasion.

Bombay, 24th April, 1858.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II., HI. & IV.

N.B.—Wherever the species from which the figure has been taken is not
mentioned, it must be assumed to be Nats fusca.

For the purpose of conveying some idea of the relative size of many
of the objects, they have been drawn upon a scale of 1-12th to
1-5600th of an inch, and their measurements given in 5600ths,
with the same view.

PuateE II.
Fig. 1. Nais fusca; natural size.
‘ig. 2. Ditto, proportionally magnified, showing—a, oesophagus ; 4, testes;
c, oviducts, or so-called “uteri;” d, ovisaes; e, reproductive band ;
I. f, intestine ; g, segmental organ; h, continuation of worm.
(The central part of this figure is not filled-in, to save trouble.)
Fig. 3. Ditto, anterior part, still more magnified, showmg—a, cesophagus ;
b, b, b, floating-cells in the peritoneal cavity ; c, testes; d, orifices
of spermatie ducts; ¢@, ciliated openings of e!, the so-called “ fal-
lopian tubes ;”’ f, oviducts, or so-called “uteri ;” g, vaginai open-
ings of ditto; h,h, ovisacs; 7, floating-cells in cavity of ditto
(see the same also, fig. 12 a, e, more magnified); k, ditto, agglo-
merated (afterwards forming granular masses); /, ditto, caudate
(for a more magnified view, see fig: 13 a, f, d, e); m, intestine,
covered with hepatic cells; n, segmental organ; 0, ciliated or
internal opening of ditto; p, elliptical portion of ditto; q, exter-
nal opening of ditto; 7, external or cellular sheath; s, ternal
: or structureless sheath; ¢, reproductive band.
Fig. 4. Magnified view of cirrus and sete: a, sete; 6, bulb of ditto;
¢, cirrus.
Fig. 5. Cells of reproductive band, diffluent in form, about 2-5600ths of an
inch in diameter when spherical (drawn on a scale of 1-12th to

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais. 101

1-5600th of an inch): a, with cell-wall; 4, without cell-wall; c,
imaginary section of spherical form, more magnified, to show the
relative position of cell-wall, vesicles, and albuminous sphere; ¢,
spherical form of ditto without cell-wall, showing the vesicles
still adhering to the albuminous sphere, also the nucleus.

Fig. 6. Testes, so-called, magnified, containing bundles of spermatozoa (a)
and granules (e): a', bundle more magnified; 5, single spermato-
zoon; ¢, sperm-cells from testes containing the characteristic
brown matter (on same scale as fig. 5); d, globular masses of
granules bearing spermatozoa from ditto, of which the component
parts are proportionally magnified, each mass about 3-5600ths of
an inch in diameter (on same scale as fig. 5); e, loose granules.

Fig. 7. Floating-cells, magnified (on same scale as fig. 5): a, with cell-
wall; 6, without cell-wall; ¢, after the bursting of the vesicles,
showing nucleus (fig. 5 c,d, are also equally characteristic of the
composition of this cell).

Fig. 8. Portion of intestine magnified, to show the layer of hepatic cells
(the larger dark spots represent the bile-globules) : a, two hepatic
cells still more magnified.

Fig. 9. Ovisae with spermatozoa and groups of ova in first stage of deve-
lopment: a, sperm-cells (identical in appearance with floating-
cells), about 2-5600ths of an inch in diameter; /, granular masses
surrounded respectively by spermatophorous vesicles (see a more
magnified view of one of these masses, isolated, fig. 14); c, two
groups of ova, each about 10-5600ths of an inch in diameter, of
which the ova are about 2-5600ths of an inch in diameter each.

Fig. 10. Ovisae with ditto ditto in second stage of development: a, sper-
matic cells unaltered, or with a little brown matter in their inte-
rior, as before. (From the constant ingress of floating-cells, even
to the end of the development of the spermatozoa, there are
always some of these in their primary stages present at the mouth
of the sac, and therefore some are frequently found here in all
stages of development; but with each impregnation, the ovisac
appears to be cleared of everything except the remaining ova.)
b, granular masses surrounded by the spermatophorous vesicles,
now become conical (see fig. 16); c, single group of ova; d, single
ovum with germinal vesicle, more advanced in development than
the rest.

PuiaTE III.

Fig. 11. Ovisae with group of ova and spermatozoa in third stage of deve-
lopment: a, spermatic cells unaltered; ), granular masses sur-
rounded by vesicles now pedicelled (see fig. 17); ¢, group of ova;
d, ovum more advanced; e, another, less advanced; f, more mag-
nified view of germinal vesicle, showing nuclei or points in endo-

lasm.

Fig. 12. Bae with spermatozoa fully developed: a, sperm-cells unal-

tered; 4, spermatozoa developed and separate from the granular

masses (see fig. 19); c, group of ova; d, ovum just previous to
the disappearance of the germinal vesicle; e¢, effete granular
masses; f, germinal vesicle more magnified, showing the nuclear
points surrounded by cells, and the nucleus or germinal spot
rishing or in progress of dissolution.

Ree cells from the ovisac (on same scale as fig. 5): @, spherical

form ; ), diffluent form ; c, undergoing fissiparation in the mother-

eell (the only instances of this kind that I have observed have

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3, Vol. ii. 8

Fig. 13.

102 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of a new species of Nais.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15.

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

Fig. 21.

Fig. 22.

Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.

Fig. 25.

Fig. 26.

Fig, 47.

been in the ovisac, never in the peritoneal cavity); d, agglome-
merated, presenting the “brown matter” (represented by the
dark shades) and isolated groups of vesicles in different parts ;
e, caudate form, also containing a little of the “ brown matter ;”
f, single spherical sperm-cell presenting the “ brown matter” in
its interior.
Granular mass with vesicles, in the first stage of development,
4-5600ths of an inch in diameter (on same scale as fig. 5). This
is the smallest “granular mass” that I have met with, though
probably not the smallest that exists, as there must be some not
larger than the albuminous sphere of the floating-cell (see fig. 27).
Ditto, ditto, 15-5600ths of an inch in diameter (on the same scale).
These two figures show the relative difference in size of the
granular masses which compose the sperm portion of the contents
of the ovisac.
Granular mass (11-5600ths of an inch in diameter) with vesicles in
second stage of development, 7. e. when the latter become conical,
and the matter of the granular mass coarser: a, vesicles.
Granular mass (10-5600ths of an inch in diameter) with vesicles
in the third stage of development; granular matter still coarser.
Granular mass (5-5600ths of an inch in diameter) with sperma-
tozoa still further developed, and attached in two groups.
Granular mass with spermatozoa fully developed and separate,
though still retamimg the vesicles at their ends (and probably
over their whole bodies, for it is so delicate that the spermatozoa
can hardly ever be said to be out of the vesicle until no appear-
ance of it is left).
Granular mass contracted after long exposure to water, showing
that sometimes there is a thin pellicular cell left in contact with
the developed spermatozoa, though it probably amounts to no-
thing more than a surface-condensation, and not a real cell.
Five figures showing the progressive formation of the spermato-
zoon, from the daughter-cell in the vesicle (according to Kolliker)
to the common form under which the spermatozoon presents
itself both in the testes and ovisac: a, vesicle with daughter-cell,
according to Kolliker; 4, spermatozoon with both extremities
extruded from the vesicle, which is kept distended in the centre
by the elasticity of its coils.
Granular mass (8-5600ths of an inch in diameter) with sperma-
tozoa attached in four groups.
Granular mass with spermatozoa attached in one group.
Granular mass with spermatozoa attached all over the mass, but,
by a current of water, all drawn in one direction, showing how
they may become “ bundled” under these circumstances.
Granular mass covered with vesicles, through some of which the
caudal ends of the spermatozoa are projecting.
Granular mass (7-5600ths of an inch in diameter) covered with
vesicles of the largest size, viz. 2°5-5600ths of an inch in dia-
meter; on the same scale as fig. 5, A few only of the vesicles
are figured here, for the purpose of showing that the material of
the granular mass is always extremely fine when surrounded by
the larger vesicles. a, vesicle more magnified; b, after long ex-
posure to water, showing that when its refractive contents become

contracted, they assume a granular form, accompanied by a
nucleus.

Nais albida, natural size.

Mr. H.J. Carter on the Spermatology of anew species of Nais. 103

Fig. 48.

Fig. 49.
Fig. 51.

Fig. 27.

Fig. 28.

Fig. 29.

Fig. 30.

Fig. 31. G

Fig. 32.
Fig. 33.

Fig. 34.
Fig. 35.

Fig. 36.
Fig. 37.

Fig. 38.

Ditto, magnified: a, cesophagus surrounded by glandular masses ;
a’, ditto, covered with hepatic cells; 6, testes, so-called; c, so-
called fallopian tubes; f, oviducts; d, vaginal openings of ovi-
ducts; e, €, ovisacs, each consisting of several bunches of ova in
a string, in each of which bunches one ovum is more developed
than the rest, and the posterior in each string the largest;
g; 9, intestine; h, segmental organs, double, one on each side;
z, continuation of the worm; k, floating-cell, more magnified.
Cirrus and setz: a, cirrus; 4, sete.

Large yelk-granules (3-5600ths of an inch long), magnified, to
show apparent budding.

PLATE IV.

Group of three cells, each of the same size as the sperm-cells,
viz. 2-5600ths of an inch in diameter (on the same scale as fig. 5),
bearing spermatozoa almost fully developed, attached to their
periphery.

Granular mass (4-5600ths of an inch in diameter), bearing abunchof
spermatozoa enclosed in a common membrane ; on the same scale
as fig. 5. This membrane, which may be part of the plastic cell-
walls of the agglomerated sperm-cells forming the granular mass,
was hardly perceptible, im its natural position, from its extreme
tenuity and closeness to the spermatozoa ; it is here placed at a
distance, to show that there was one. See also in this figure the
* abortive vesicles”’ (?) which appear as granules in the hepatic
cell, and another instance of the way in which the spermatozoa
become bundled.

Nucleated cell 4-5600ths of an inch in diameter (one of the large
vesicles of fig. 26?), containing several daughter-cells, each bear-
ing a single spermatozoon (on the same scale as fig. 5).

Ditto, ditto, with the spermatozoa liberated and in the parent-
cell.

I am not quite certain of the facts which these two figures ap-
pear to substantiate, because the contents of a cell on becoming
contracted are apt to mislead. My impression, however, is, that
these cells did really contain spermatozoa in the two stages of
development represented.
ranular mass from the testes of Nais albida, surrounded by
vesicles, through which the tails of the spermatozoa are pro-
jecting.

Ditto, ditto, more advanced (the vesicles of the centre not intro-
duced, that the granular mass may be shown).

Ditto (4-5600ths of an inch in diameter), from ditto, with the
spermatozoa nearly developed, showing that it is the head which
is attached to the granular mass.

Spermatozoon of Nais albida, fully developed ; 8-5600ths of an
inch long.

Granular mass (5-5600ths of an inch in diameter) from the testicle
of Ampullaria, bearing, at the same time, spermatozoa, a bile-
lobule (a), and abortive granules (4).

Ditto (6-5600ths of an inch in diameter), from ditto, bearing two
bile-globules. ‘

Sperm-cell of Ampullaria, bearing a bundle of spermatozoa with
the tails extruded; 1°5-5600th of an inch in diameter (on the
same scale as fig. 5).

Spermatozoon of Ampullaria, 8-5600ths of an inch long.

&*

104 Rey. L. Jenyns on the smaller British species of Pisidium.

Fig. 39. Egg of Nais albida (ad nat. del.), showing—a, shell; 6, chalaza;
c, yelk-bag; d, d, two yelks, each of which is now triglobular.

Fig. 40. Ditto, ditto, with one division only fissurating, and small cells
without apparent fissuration appearing in the other two, which
have become united.

Fig. 41. Ditto, ditto, ditto, more advanced. a

Fig. 42. Ditto, ditto, ditto, with the two unfissurating lobes undistin-
guishably united, and forming one-half of the embryo, while the
other lobe forms the other half, and is still further advanced in
fissuration.

Fig. 43. Ditto, ditto, ditto, with fissuration complete, and the halves still
united, but foreshadowing the line of separation, which extends
from the notch inwards.

Fig. 44. Ditto, ditto, with the two embryos fully developed.

Fig. 45. Ditto, ditto, showing the development of sacs in the yelk, and
subsequent production of monads: a, a, sac filled with granular
matter passing into monads; 8, 4, sacs with fully developed mo-
nads leaving them; ¢, ¢, ¢, sacs from which all the monads have
escaped; d, tubular form, in which the sac appears outside the
shell of the ovum; e, e, effete contents of the yelk.

Fig. 46. Monads, more magnified (less than 1-5600th of an inch in dia-
meter): a, just after exit; 0, after loss of the cilium and com-
mencement of tubulation.

Fig. 50. Filaria frequently found simgly, or in more or less plurality, in the
peritoneal cavity of Nais albida: a, cesophagus in a sheath;
6, intestine enclosed in the hepatic sheath; c¢, anus; d, vulva;
e, e, double ovisac.

X.—WNote on the smaller British species of Pisidium.
By the Rev. L. Jenyns, M.A., F.L.S. &c.

Srvce the publication of my monograph on the British species
of Cyclas and Pisidium in 1832*, I have received at different
times, through the kindness of correspondents, many specimens
of the smaller species of the latter of these genera, from various
localities, for identification and comparison. Having lately had
occasion to re-examine some of these more closely, I am induced
to offer a few remarks respecting them for the benefit of those
naturalists who interest themselves with these little mollusks.
Pisidium Henslowianum.—F ine specimens of a shell, measuring
nearly 23 lines in length, and exactly agreeing with this species,
except in being entirely destitute of the lamelliform projection
on the umbones, have been sent me from Ackworth, near Pon-
tefract, and others from Ambleside, by Mr. J. W. Watson of the
former place. From the absence of the appendage alluded to,
I was for some time doubtful whether I was right in referring
these shells to the P. Henslowianum, or whether they ought not
more properly to be considered as large imdividuals of P. pul-
chellum. But on lately giving them a closer inspection, I per-
* Camb. Phil. Trans. vol. iv. p. 289.

_) are

Rey. L. Jenyns on the smaller British species of Pisidium. 105

ceived that one of the smaller specimens from Ambleside did
possess the appendage in question, though not quite so much
developed as in the Cambridgeshire ones in my collection. This
satisfies me that the appendage is not an essential character ;
and there being scarcely any other character, except greater size,
by which the P. Henslowianum can be distinguished from the
P. pulchellum, 1 am inclined to the opinion that these two con-
stitute but one species, the former being only one of the nume-
rous forms which this variable shell is liable to assume. There
is no difference in the animal, nor in the habits of the two kinds
respectively. If the P. Henslowianum, from any other yet to be
discovered characters, be really distinct, I conceive that the
normal form is rather the variety without appendages than the
one with them, as the former seems the more plentiful of the
two, and includes the largest specimens I have seen. Possibly
the appendages are liable to wear off with age, especially in
running water, where they are necessarily exposed to more
friction.

Pisidium pulchellum.—There are three principal varieties of
this species described by me in my monograph. For the first of
these,—under an idea expressed formerly by myself, that it
might constitute a distinct species, —Dr. Gray, in his edition of
Turton’s ‘Manual of the Land and Freshwater Shells of the
British Islands,’ did me the honour to propose the name of
Jenynsu. But I do not believe now that this variety is any
more distinct from the var. 8 of my monograph, than both these
varieties, as well as others not calling for any particular notice,
are distinct from the P. Henslowianum. And as the latter name
is of prior date to pulchellum, in respect of publication, I should
propose that it be the one in future adopted as the general name
for this species with its many varieties, more especially as it is
to Professor Henslow that we owe the original discovery of both
the species now brought together.

The variety which Dr. Gray has termed Jenynsii differs from
the more ordinary form of pulchellum by the strie bemg more
deeply cut, aud the shell being broader in proportion to its
length. But, as regards the variation of the striz, we have a
somewhat parallel case in the two varieties of P. amnicum noticed
in my monograph, and formerly considered by Dr. Leach as two
distinet species, under the respective names of Pera fluviatilis
and Pera Henslowiana. There can be no doubt that these last,
of each of which I have specimens from the identical streams
from which Dr. Leach received his, are mere varieties; nor is
there any more doubt, in my opinion, that Jenynsii and pulchel-
lum are likewise mere varieties of one species, dependent upon
water and other local circumstances.

106 Rev. L. Jenyns on the smaller British species of Pisidium.

As I have here proposed to unite Pisidium Henslowianum and
P. pulchellum of my monograph under one species, giving it the
name first mentioned,—if it be thought desirable still to retain
a name for that variety which is so peculiarly distinguished by
the umbonal appendages,—it might be called var. appendiculata,
which was the name given to it by Dr. Leach, after he had
transferred that of Henslowiana to the variety of the P. amnicum
above alluded to.

Pisidium pusillum.—My. Watson of Ackworth sent me, along
with the P. Henslowianum, specimens of a shell from that neigh-
bourhood, not to be distinguished from P. pusillum, except by
their far greater size, some of the individuals measuring 24 lines
in length. [have received others from Suffolk of the same size,
but rather more tumid, and nearly 14 line mm thickness; form
exactly similar.

Other specimens sent me from Preston Moor by Mr. Gilbert-
son agree likewise exactly in form with the P. pusi/lum of my
monograph, but have the striz deeper cut in proportion to their
larger size, which exceeds that of even the Ackworth and Suffolk
specimens, some being 23 lines in length, but they are not quite
so tumid as the latter.

Specimens from Guisborough, hkewise sent by Mr. Watson,
are nearly 2? lines in length, but are slightly more compressed
in proportion to their size than those from Preston Moor, though
in other respects similar; and some of these Guisborough ones
are scarcely to be distinguished, either in form or colour, from
the P. cinereum of Alder (judging from a series of specimens
kindly sent me, some years back, by that gentleman himself),
except that the P. cinereum is rather more compressed still.

From all the above, I am inclined to think that the P. pusil-
lum and P. cinereum are not distinct ; though never having seen
the animal, or noticed the habits of the latter, I would not wish
to be considered as speaking positively on this pomt. I observe,
too, that Forbes and Hanley, in their ‘ British Mollusca,’ men-
tion a variety of P. cinereum which is “rather more ventricose,
and produced at the umbones,” whereby the species is brought
ito close approximation with some of the varieties of P. pusil-
lum above alluded to.

Pisidium obtusale and P. nitidum.—Of these two species I
have never received specimens from any of my correspondents,
unless a few doubtful individuals, sent from Aberdeen by the
late Prof. Macgillivray, be referable to the P. obtusale. Hence
I conclude that they are much less generally distributed than
the other species of this genus. Having, however, occasionally
had shells sent me which were erroneously supposed to belong
to the species in question, I must again caution collectors against

Mr. P. H.Gosseonthe Sub-basal Membrane of Adamsia palliata. 107

deciding hastily on any of these small bivalves, without seeing
the living animal. This remark applies especially to the P. ni-
tidum, which in general form is so similar to the P. pusillum,
and in which, when the animal has been suffered to die in the
shell, a dark stain arises on the upper part of the valves near
the hinge, rendering the umbonal striz, one of the most distin-
guishing characters of this species, very difficult to perceive.

June 29th, 1858.

X1I.—On the Nature of the Sub-basal Membrane of Adamsia
pallata. By Puitie Henry Gosss, F.R.S.

Tue clear brown membrane which covers the greater part of
those shells on which the Adamsia palliata is adherent was long
ago carefully described by Dr. Coldstream*. Its chemical com-
position and its nature were, however, still left undetermined ;
and its very origin was, only as a probability, attributed to the
Adamsia. It has since been suggested,—though, so far as I
know, only conjecturally, no evidence having been adduced to
confirm the supposition,—that the membrane in question is an
incipient corallum, in which case it might be expected to show
traces of a calcareous formation.

A specimen just sent me from the Clyde has afforded me an
opportunity of setting the question at rest. The Adamsia, a
mature specimen, was attached to an old worn shell of Trochus
ziziphinus. When I obtained it, life had ceased; and though
decomposition had not set in, yet the base was beginning to
separate from the support. When this separation had proceeded
a little further, I found that the basal surface of the body was
covered with a thin film of the clear yellow membrane, where it
had been adherent to the outer lip of the Trochus. This film
was easily detached from the animal; and this I subjected first
to microscopical examination.

Under a power of 600 diameters, with transmitted light, the
membrane showed the manifest characters of an epidermic slough,
—a clear, structureless layer, with a multitude of irregular mi-
nute granules, a few oil-globules, a good many scattered Cnida,
and some Diatomacee of various species, some of which were
alive and moving actively. Exposed to a red heat, this epidermic
membrane became charred, without the slightest shrivelling, or
shrinking, or change of form or dimensions.

The film above described seems to have been a newly-forming
structure. When the decomposition of the animal had some-

* Johnston’s Brit. Zooph. ed. 2. p. 208 et seq.

108 Mr.P. H.Gosseon the Sub-basal Membrane of Adamsia palliata.

what advanced, I easily removed it from its attachment entire,
revealing the form of the shell. Of this I found that there
existed only the middle whorl, the apical whorls having been
broken off, apparently a long time since, and the whole of the
body-whorl being deficient. The portion that remained of the
shell was closely invested with the membrane, of a translucent,
dark-greenish horn-colour; and this was projected from the
broken edge of the shell, and continued alone, as a new body-
whorl, formed wholly of membrane. This adventitious whorl
had followed the general course of the shell-spire, but was looser
and more elongate, resembling the spire of a Vermetus; it was
projected for a full ich beyond the broken termination of the
shell, and ended in a wide, irregularly-rounded mouth, with the
inner lip greatly receding.

The substance of this membrane was firmer and tougher than
that of the film above described ; but under the microscope it
agreed with it in structure, except that it was denser. I then
proceeded to examine it chemically.

A large piece cut out, and laid on a plate of thin glass, I first
dried, and then exposed to a red heat : 2¢ charred, without losing its
form. Ithen cut out other portions, and tested them successively
with the following reagents :—alcohol, water, solution of potash,
acetic acid, Pettenkofer’s test, nitric acid, and hydrochloric acid.
Of these, alcohol, water (cold and boiling), solution of potash
(cold and boiling), acetic acid (cold and boiling), produced only
a negative result, the membrane remaining perfectly unaffected
by each. Pettenkofer’s test evolved no colour. Nitric acid
(boiling) at once caused the membrane to dilate and thicken,
and in a few minutes quite dissolved it, without any colour, except
the yellowish tinge produced by the liberated colouring matter
of the substance. Hydrochloric acid (boiling) reduced the mem-
brane to a yery thin film, but did not quite dissolve it: no colour
was evolved with this test.

The boiling was performed in a watch-glass over a flame.

Not the least effervescence was discernible from the immersion
of the membrane in either of the acids while cold; nor any in
the heated state, except what was due to the ebullition.

From all these tests, it is perfectly evident that the membrane
is not of a calcareous nature, and that it is composed of chitine.
Neither in its source (the epidermic layer), therefore, nor in its
composition, does it present the slightest homology with a true
corallum.

Torquay, July 21, 1858,

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracee. 109

XII.— On the Winteraceze. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.
[Continued from p. 48.]
2. TASMANNIA.

THERE appears to be little difference between this genus and
Drimys, the principal distinction being in its sometimes poly-
gamous or moncecious flowers, and in its having occasionally, by
abortion, only one or two ovaries; there is, however, a marked
difference in the form of its stigma. The calyx is at first entire,
and closed as in Drimys, and becomes divided into two equal
hemispherical valves, which soon fall away. Endlicher erro-
neously describes the calyx as consisting of two flat sepals. One
species has eight or ten petals, a second five or six, while in the
third their number is sometimes reduced to two. The stamens
are seated upon a short cylindrical gynophorus, in four rows, of
which the outer series are shortest ; the oval anther-cells, sepa-
rated by an interval, are adnately fixed and partly immersed in
the margin of the filament, and they burst by a lateral fissure.
The ovaries, sometimes solitary, often two or four, are seated in
the centre of the stamens; they are suborbicular, somewhat
gibbous, with a sessile stigma in the form of a crenated crest,
which runs from the apex down the inner side ; they are uni-
locular, with a single longitudinal parietal placenta, which in
the male flower is often sterile, but which in the female bears
several ovules arranged biserially as in Drimys. The fruit is a
berry, about the size of a large pea, with a furrow upon two
opposite sides ; it contains from fifteen to eighteen small reni-
form seeds, with a polished black exterior, and which in general
structure appear to correspond with those of Drimys.

The species hitherto assigned to this genus are natives of
Australia and Van Diemen’s Land, where they form evergreen
trees, the bark and leaves of which generally abound in an aro-
matic principle, as in Drimys. I have no hesitation in referring
hither the Drimys piperita of Dr. Hooker, from the island of
Borneo, where it is found at an altitude of 8000 feet. It agrees
with Yasmannia in its flowers sometimes having no stamens,
with a solitary carpel; and we often meet with hermaphrodite
flowers, sometimes having only one, but more generally having
four ovaries. Its fringed stigma, decurrent to the bottom of
the ovary, corresponds with 7asmannia, and is quite at variance
with that of Drimys: in like manner, the form and position of
the anthers upon more elongated filaments differ from that
genus.

The following is offered as an emendated character :—

Tasmannta, R. Br.—F/ores monoici, polygami, aut hermaphro-

110 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

diti. Calyx in alabastro clausus et indivisus, ovato-globosus,
summo apiculatus, demum lacerato-partitus in lacmus 2,
rarius 3, concavis membranaceis parallele nervosis pellucido-
punctatis reflexis, denique circumscissus, et deciduus. Petala
5-10, lineari-oblonga, 3-nervia, pellucido- -punctata, expansa,
2- serialia, estivatione parallela, apicibus quincuncialiter im-
bricatis. Stamina plurima, gynophoro subgloboso inserta,
4-seriata, quorum exteriora breviora, interiora gradatim lon-
giora ; filamenta longiuscula, lorfornane ; anthere parve, 2-lo-
culares, loculis oblongis, sejunctis, fere parallelis, margine
filamenti utrinque subextrorsim adnatis, rima longitudinali
dehiscentibus. Pollen globosum, obscurum, sulcis 3 signa-
tum. Ovaria sepe solitaria, aut imterdum dua vel quatuor,
staminibus 2-4-plo breviora et superposita, oblonga aut glo-
bosa, gibbosa, 1-locularia, in ¢ paullo minora et sterilia,
in $ pluriovulata : ovula reniformia horizontalia m placentam
parietalem longitudimalem ventralem biseriata. Stylus nullus.
Stigma sessile, e summo introrsim decurrens, undulato-crena-
tum. acca solitaria (rarius plures), carnosa, globosa aut
oblonga, l-locularis. Semina plurima, reniformi- cochleata,
angulata, apice affixa; tunica externa dura, nitida, atra, ery-
stallino-crustacea, fragilis; tunica intermedia raphigera, bul-
lata, carnosula ; raphe t immersa, simplex, e summo ad chalazam
sinu proximam ‘percurr ens; integumenta interiora bina, tenuis-
slime membranacea, distincta, sed ad chalazam crassiusculam
inter se coalita, Albumen copiosum, cylindricum, in formam
virgule curvatum, extremitate basali (chalaza tecta) hine su-
perne spectanti, apicali recta; embryo in verticem valde mi-
nutus cylindricus, radicula supera, cotyledonibus minutissimis
centripetis.

Frutices sempervirentes in Australasia, insulis Nove Zelandie et
Borneo indigent, monticol, glaberrimi, plerumque oleo aromatico
repleti; folia sparsa, integerrima, pellucido-punctata, petiolata ;
pedunculi ¢erminales aut axillares brevissimi aut obsoleti; pe-
dicelli plurimi, umbellatim aggregati, graciles, folio multo bre-
viores.

1. Tasmannia aromatica, R. Br., DC. Syst. 1.445; Prodr. i. 73 ;
Del. Icon. i. tab, 84; Bot. Reg. 2 ser. xvii. tab. 43 ; Hook. Fl.
Tasm. i. 11. Winterania lanceolata, Poir. Dict. Méth. viii.799.
—In Australasia et Insula Van Diemen.

2. Tasmanma insipida, R. Br., DC. Syst. i. 445; Prodr. i, 78;
Bot. Reg. 2 ser. xvu. tab. 43. TT. monticola, "A. Rich. Sert.
Astrol, 50. tab. 19.—In Australasia, Port Jackson.

3. Tasmannia piperita. Dyimys piperita, Hook. fil.; Hook. Icon.

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 111

896 ;—arbuscula glaberrima ; ramulis novellis, glaucis ; foliis
concoloribus, oblongo-lanceolatis, utrinque attenuatis, inte-
gerrimis, undique glaberrimis, valde reticulatim venosis, imo
in petiolum canaliculatum anguste decurrentibus; pedicellis
2-3, unifloris, e pulvino axillari ortis, floribus monoico-poly-
gamis; calyce 2-partito; petalis 8-10, lineari-oblongis, ob-
tusis ; stamina circiter 30, aut nulla; ovaria 1 ad 4.—Borneo ;
v.s. in hb. Hook.

I have already stated some of my reasons for referring this
plant to Tasmannia rather than to Drimys. The latter genus
has been found only in the western world and im the islands of
Juan Fernandez and New Zealand, the plants of which latter
country present so many curious analogies with the extratropical
flora of the South American continent. Dr. Hooker has given
an admirable figure of this species ; and in describing it he ac-
knowledges its close alliance to the genus Tasmannia, on account
of its unisexual flowers and its few carpels, which are two of the
principal characters that serve to distinguish this genus from
Drimys. I have already alluded to the shape of its stigma,
which has quite the peculiar form of that of Tasmannia, and to
its stamens, which also correspond to that genus; and to these
features may be added, that its leaves are deficient of the pecu-
liar glaucous under surface that universally marks those of Dri-
mys; they are, on the contrary, concolorous, extremely reticu-
lated, and the petiole is shghtly winged, as in 7. insipida. I
have observed, in the same specimen, female flowers with no
stamens, and only a single ovary; and hermaphrodite flowers
with thirty stamens in four rows, and one ovary: others have
four ovaries ; and in all three cases I found eight petals in two
series.

3. ILLIcIUM.

This genus is too well known, and its relation to Drimys and
Tasmannia is too well established, to require much notice; but
I will offer a few observations upon its seed, which in its struc-
ture is quite analogous to that of the genera just mentioned.
The best details of the generic features of ///icium are given in
the admirable work of Dr. Asa Gray, ‘ The Genera of the United
States,’ where, in plate 21, there is an excellent analysis of J/h-
cium Floridanum, from which we may conclude that there is no
essential difference in the structure of the American and Asiatic
species ; all that may be noticed is, that in the latter I have ob-
served that the stamens are not introrse, as there seen, but that
the anther-cells are imbedded laterally on each side of the fleshy
filament, and that the three rows of stamens are fixed upon the
outside of a very short gynophorus, in the summit of which the

112 Mr. J. Miers on the Winteraceze.

verticillated ovaries are partly sunk. Dr. Gray describes the
external brittle tunic of the seed as loosely adhering to the
“obscurely sculptured surface of the spongy membranaceous
inner integument.” According to my observations on I/icim
anisatum, the single seed, found in each of its follicles, is of an
oval form, laterally much compressed, very hard and polished,
and lies with its longest diameter horizontally and its transverse
diameter vertically within the radiating pericarp, where it is
attached to the axile placenta by its hilum, which there forms a
large hollow cavity closed by a fungous substance: along its
upper margin is a somewhat prominent ridge, which has been
described as the raphe; but this is not correct, although the
cord of the raphe exists below it, but in no way connected with
it: this ridge is formed merely by the pressure of its growth
against the corresponding sutural line of the pericarp. This
outer shell of the seed is hard, crystalline, and somewhat brittle,
consisting of a number of hexagonoid cylinders, which, under
the microscope, appear formed of radiating spicula subsequently
filled towards the external face with solid crustaceous matter ; it
is uniform in thickness and texture, except round the open
mouth of its large basal aperture, which is closed by the fungous
hilum; it is there somewhat thicker; it is lined throughout
with a thin, pellicular, loosely adherent membrane with very
distinct, large, oblong reticulations, and which 1s easily scraped
off. Between this and the next coating is a layer of very elon-
gated oil-cells or glands, in three or four adhering layers, which
do not always run parallel with one another, but often cross, so
as to form cancellated bands, thus producing the bullate and
“sculptured surface” mentioned by Dr. Gray: these oil-cells
are coloured, translucent, with a minutely dotted surface; and
they dry into a brittle furfuraceous stratum, quite free from the
surrounding integuments. The next tunic is very thick and
fleshy, and may be detached in an entire state; it appears to be
a continuation of the more solid or fungous hilar portion, near
which it becomes gradually and considerably thickened: within
the fleshy tissue of this integument is found the simple cord of
the raphe, consisting of spiral and other vessels, which, origi-
nating in the hilum, runs along the upper margin, and termi-
nates near the other extremity in the chalazal disk. The nucleus,
which completely fills this sac, is considerably smaller, of an
oval shape, somewhat less compressed, and a little rostrated
where it points towards the hilum, which has a corresponding
hollow for its reception ; this is covered by two distinct mem-
branes, of which the outermost or third integument is reticulated
with long polygonoid areoles, while the next or fourth integu-
ment, which immediately invests the albumen, is somewhat

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteraceze. 113

thicker than the former, and has very minute hexagonal reticu-
lations, the areoles of which are smaller than the cells of the
albumen: these two membranes are homogeneous throughout,
and are easily separable from one another at all points, except
at the chalaza, where, together with the second fleshy tunic, all
three are intimately confluent. The albumen is fleshy ; and im-
bedded in its substance, close to the rostrated point before men-
tioned, we find the embryo, which is extremely small and shortly
cylindrical, the radicular end pointing to the hilum, the opposite
extremity being cleft mto two very minute gaping cotyledons.
From these facts I infer that the outer testaceous shell is an
arillus, developed probably from the placenta, and that the
whole of the fleshy spongy coating (together with its included
raphe and its fungous hilum) is a growth or expansion of the
placentary sheath of the ovule, thus forming an investing entire
sac, and assuming the peculiar condition which I have called an
arilline* or fleshy development of the primine of the ovule.

The generic character, from my observations, may be thus

defined.

Inuic1um, Linn.—Filores hermaphroditi. Sepala 3 vel 6 peta-
loidea, membranacea, estivatione imbricata, caduca. Petala
9 ad 30, patentia, 3-pluri-serialia, interiora angustiora et
minora, «stivatione imbricata, decidua. Stamina indefinita
(12 ad 40), pluriserialia, hypogyna, patentia ; filamenta brevia,
carnosula; anthere adnatz, loculis segregatis margine fila-
menti semi-immersis, sublateraliter dehiscentibus. Ovaria
5-15, compressa, sessilia, libera, suberecta, serie unica gyno-
phoro brevi insidentia, 1-locularia; ovula solitaria, ex angulo
basali adscendentia, anatropa. St ylus subulatus, recurvus,
latere ventrali stigmatosus. Folliculi plurimi (5-15), coriaceo-
lignosi, compressi, rostrati, liberi, circa gynophorum centralem
stellatim adnati et horizontaliter radiantes, sub-2-valves, rima
superiore hiantes, 1-loculares, monospermi. Semen oblon-
gum, compressum, hilo majusculo excavatum et hine ad axin
centralem horizontaliter affixum; tunica externa crustacea,
dura, ore calloso incrassata, extus vitrea et nitidissima, intus
structura hexagonoidea reticulata, et crystalloidea; tunica se-
eunda crassiuscula, superficie bullata, extremitate hilari crassa,
raphigera, raphide simplici hilo orta per marginem superiorem
protensa et chalazam attingente percursa; tunica tertia hya-
lina, tenuiter membranacea, areolis elongatis reticulata, versus
angulum superiorem chalaza majuscula incrassata; tunica
quarta pellucida, paullo crassior, areolis minutissimis hexa-
gonis reticulata, ad albumen arcte adherens. Albumen co-

* Linn. Trans. xxi. 89.

114. Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez.

plosum, carnosum, hexagonoideo-cellulosum, ovale, paullo
compressum, versus hilum rostratum, hinc embryonem mini-
mum claudens, radicula cylindrica, hilum versus spectante, et
in cotyledonibus obtusis brevissimis centripetis fissa.
Arbuscule Indice, Chinenses, Japonice, et boreali- Americane
sempervirentes ; folia alterna, oblonga, integerrima, glabra, co-
riacea, pellucido-punctulata, sepe conferta ; flores axillares vel
in ramulis annotinis terminales, tandem ramuli novelli elonga-
tione laterales, pedunculis solitarivis aut ternis 1-floris, petalis
purpureis aut flavescentibus, capsulis aromaticis vel insipidis.

1. Illicitum anisatum, Linn. Sp. 664; Gaertn. Fr. 1. 338. t. 69;
Dict. Méth. 1.351; Lam. Ill. t. 498. f.2; DC. Syst. 1. 441 ;
Prodr. i. 77; De Vriese et Hoeven, Tijd. 1. 31-45. t. 2.—In
Japonia et China*.

2. Lllicium religiosum, Sieb. et Zuce. Fl. Jap. i. 5. t. 1; Bot. Mag.
t. 3965 ; Walp. Rep. 1. 74.—In Japonia.

3. Illicium Griffith, Hook. f. & Th. Fl. Ind. i. 74.—In montibus
Khasia.

4. Illicium Floridanum, Ellis, Phil. Trans. lx. 524. t.12; Dict.
Méth. i. 852; Lam. Ill. t. 493. f. 1; Gaertn. Fr. 1.8389; Bot.
Mag. t. 489; DC. Syst. i. 441; Prodr.i. 77; Gray, Gen.
Un. St. 1. 56, t. 21.—In Florida.

5. Illicium parviflorum, Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 826 ; Vent. Cels.
t.22; Hb. Am. t.3830; DC. Syst. 1. 442; Prodr. 1. 77.—In
Florida.

4, TEMUS.

Of this genus nothing is known beyond the very imperfect
description given by the Abbé Molina in his ‘ History of Chile ;’
and as no plant corresponding with it has since been found by
any of the numerous collectors who have visited that country,
the genus must be considered a very doubtful one. It was
placed by DeCandolle between J/hcium and Drimys, although
the character ascribed to it by Molina was incompatible with
them; but he considered that character to be, in all probability,
erroneous, because a dicoccous berry is hardly consistent with
the previous condition of two ovaries. It is described as a tree
with alternate, thick, polished, oval, smooth, and bright green
leaves, that emit a strong smell of nutmegs; terminal aromatic
flowers, with a 3-fid calyx, eighteen linear petals, twenty-six sta-
mens, two ovaries, and a dicoccous berry ; the petals are linear,

* Analytical details of the fruit and seed of this species are shown in
the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ plate 27 c.

Mr. J. Miers on the Winteracez. 115

flesh-coloured, two or three inches long; the filaments are seta-
ceous and above half the length of the petals, with globose an-
thers ; the seeds are arillate, with the flavour of those of coffee,
only more bitter. This kind of fruit ill accords with the features
of the Winteracee. Until further evidence of its existence, and
better characters of its structure be ascertained, it ought to be
restored to the list of the “ genera incerte sedis,” in which it was
placed by Jussieu. I cannot help thinking there must have
been some confusion in the original notes of Molina: he de-
scribes his Temus moschata as furnishing an excellent and yery
hard wood, which cannot be of rare occurrence, as he says it is
much used in Chile in various manufactures. The Luma Cruck-
shanksu, A. Gray (Eugenia Cruckshanksii, Hook.), which is abun-
dant in the midland proyinces of Chile, is known among the
natives by the name of Temu; and it possesses a wood that
answers the above description.

5. TROCHODENDRON.

This genus, established by Siebold and Zuccarini for a plant
which the former botanist brought from Japan, has been fully
described and figured in the ‘Flora Japonica.” It has been
referred to the neighbourhood of J/licitum; but its characters
seem quite irreconcileable with those of the Winteracee. The
features which appear to me incompatible are—its verticillated
leaves, which are serrated; its peculiar mode of budding; its
flowers destitute of both calyx and corolla; its single pluri-
locular ovary; and its capsular fruit, opening by five to eight
thick coriaceous valves; to which may be added, the different
sort of integument by which its seeds are invested. On the
other hand, in the habit of the plant, its serrated leaves, its
numerous stamens, its many-celled ovary, with divided style,
its capsular many-valved fruit, and the form and texture of
its seminal integument, it approaches far nearer to the Tern-
stremiacee ; and it has several features in common with Trocho-
stigma, also of Japanese origin (Actinidia, Lindl.), placed by
some botanists in Ternstremiacea, by others in Dilleniacee ; but
perhaps it comes still nearer to the Tasmannian Carpodontos
(congeneric with Eucryphia from Chiloé), a genus of doubtful
position placed between the Chlenace@ and Ternstramiacee. In
the latter genus the corolla is very deciduous, and its opercular
calyx at the period of zstivation falls off by a circumscissile line,
—a character approximating to the seemingly achlamydeous
flowers of Trochodendron.

116 Dr. J. E. Gray on the genera Camptonyx and Tanysiphon.

XIII.—Observations on the Genera Camptonyx and Tanysiphon
of Benson. By Dr. J. B. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. &e.

In a preceding Number of the ‘Annals’* I have pomted out the
affinity of the genus Camptonyx to Otina, simply from the de-
scription of the animal; but, now I have had the opportunity of
seeing the figures, I am convinced of the soundness of the com-
parison, and indeed [ am almost induced to believe that Cam-
ptonyx is only a very slight modification or subsection of that
genus, as the lateral groove is much slighter than I had expected,
and the shell is an O¢zna as well as the animal.

I may further add, that the South American genus Chilina,
which has been referred to Awriculade and Lymneade, if the
figures and description of the animal by D’Orbigny and Dr.
Gould are correct, is evidently another genus of the same family.

The figure of the teeth of Camptonyx does not justify the
assertion of their similarity to those of Ancylus, as may be
proved by comparing the figure in the ‘ Annals’ with those of
Ancylus given by Dr. Otto Goldfuss and others, or the description
of the teeth of Ancylus and Velletia given by Mr. W. Thomson
in the ¢ Annals.’

All that can be said is, that they have the normal teeth of the
Pulmonata, with certain generic or specific peculiarities.

In the same Number of the ‘ Annals,’ Mr. Benson described
an interesting genus of freshwater bivalve mollusk found living
in the slaty clay banks of the River Jumna.

I cannot understand how any conchologist could have doubted
its distinctness from Novaculina, either malacologically or con-
chologically. It appears to me equally extraordinary how a
shell with external cartilage and diverging cardinal teeth can be
placed in Myacide, unless the latter family is to have a much
more extended sense than I am willing to give toit. It appears
to agree with Mya, as far as I can discover by the description,
only in two particulars, for the number and extension or non-
extension of the gills in the siphon are not noticed :—

First, that the siphons are united; and secondly, that the
apex of the siphons near the aperture is surrounded with a
ring of tentacles, and the aperture of the branchial siphon is
bearded. The union and non-union, and the extent of the union
of the siphons, have been proved, by the examination of a number
of animals, not to be of much importance, certainly not afford-
ing a family character: indeed, very nearly allied genera of the
same family frequently vary in these particulars; several genera
besides Mya, with united siphons, have a ring of tentacles
round the base of the two apertures.

* Ann. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol. i. p. 406.

le,

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 117

So far as I can judge from the description of this genus, it
appears to be very nearly allied to Glauconome, which is found in
the rivers of Asia, and it is chiefly separated from the known
species of that genus by the siphons of the animal being united
to the end, while in the animal of the only species of Glauco-
nome which has been observed, they are only united at the base ;
but the siphons of different species of several genera vary in the
extent to which the siphons are united.

Mr. Benson observes, “the branchial siphon is ciliated in
Solecurtus.” Perhaps Mr. Benson intends by “cilia” tentacles
or beards; for I am not aware that any of the conchiferous Mol-
Jusea have the siphons destitute of cilia. But the question is,
what does Mr. Benson mean by Solecurtus? as that name has
been given to a number of different animals. Novaculina is
evidently most nearly allied to “ Tagel” of Adanson (Solen
Guinensis, Gmelin), to which I have given the name of Tugelus
in my list of genera, so long ago as 1848, when I placed Nova-
culina as a subdivision of that genus; and Mr. Benson’s figure,
now first published, justifies that position in all particulars, and
is very different from the So/ecurtus of De Blainville (1824), which
has S. strigillatus for its type.

Since the above was in type, Mr. Benson has kindly sent to
the British Museum a specimen of each of these genera. They
confirm the opinions above stated. Tanysiphon is evidently very
nearly allied to Glauconome, but is distinct in the teeth being
more conical and less compressed, the hinder one shorter and
less oblique, and especially in the cartilage and ligament being
very short, and placed obliquely close behind the cardinal teeth ;
while in Glauconome the cartilage and ligament are elongate and
parallel with the cardinal edge, which is swollen into a well-
developed fulcrum.

XIV.—Gleanings in British Conchology.
By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, Esq., F.R.S.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 48.]
[With a Plate. ]

Stnce the publication of my former paper on this subject, several
additions to the lists, both of species and localities, have occurred
to me; these I will now take this opportunity of recording.
They have been chiefly derived from the northern and southern
extremities of the British Isles; and I have to express my best
thanks to my friends Mr. Barlee and Dr. Lukis in particular, as
well as to Mr. M‘Andrew, Mr. Waller, Dr. Battersby, the Rev.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 9

118 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

A. M. Norman, and Mr. Spence Bate, for their valuable co-
operation.

Some conchologists entertain a doubt whether the Channel
Isles can be properly considered part of Great Britain for natural-
history purposes, because their geographical situation places
them nearer to the French than our own coasts; but the Sarnic
fauna and flora (although peculiar) have always ‘been considered
British by our chief naturalists ; and our continental neighbours
have never, I believe, appropriated or claimed them as their own.
Although this part of our sea-coast had been for several years
past diligently explored by Mr. Hanley, Mr. Metcalfe, Mr. Bar-
lee, and several other collectors, many species new to Great
Britain have now turned up; some of them (e. g. Triton nodi-
ferus and cutaceus, Cardium papillosum and Argiope decollata)
being not only of a conspicuous size, but meluding one of the
largest known European shells. The zeal and intelligence of
Dr. Lukis will doubtless increase our knowledge of the Testacea
in this district ; and it is to be hoped that he may be induced
to publish a special account of that branch of the Sarnic fauna.
I have never myself had the good fortune to visit the Channel
Isles; but through his kindness I have had and examined a
quantity of shell-sand which was dredged up, by his directions,
at a considerable distance from land, and at a depth of from 15
to 20 fathoms, and I have been thus enabled to form some idea
of the conchological wealth and variety which appear to abound
in this part of our seas. The shells from this district are prin-
cipally of a Mediterranean character.

Mr. Waller also kindly sent me some shell-sand which he has
lately dredged up from the Turbot Bank off the coast of County
Antrim, at a depth of about 25 fathoms; and although I have
not yet had time to examine it carefully, the contents (so far as
a superficial view enables me to judge) deserve, in my opinion,
special notice. What have been hitherto regarded as northern
and southern forms are here found to be closely associated to-
gether. Buceinum Holbélliui, Scalaria (?) Hschrichti, Natica clausa,
Margarita cinerea and Trophon scalariformis (which are decidedly
Arctic species), Crania anomala, Trichotropis borealis and Punc-
turella Noachina (according to the late Professor Edward Forbes,
“ Boreal” types), Terebratula caput-serpentis, Lima subauriculata
and Fissurella reticulata (‘ Atlantic”), Argiope cistellula, Trochus
Montagui and Pecten tigrinus (“ British”), Astarte sulcata, Buc-
cinum undatum and Venus casina (“ Celtic”), Artemis lincta, Cor-
bula nucleus aud Tirochus cinerarius (“ Kuropean”), and Rissoa
striatula (“ Lusitanian”’), all in the same fresh and apparently
recent condition, are found to be collected in the same locality, as
if on purpose to confound or perplex the theories of geographical

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 119

distributionists. As, however, few of these shells were taken ina
living state, it may be said that some of them were fossil, or had
been carried by submarine currents to the spot. Now, although
no chemical or other test has yet been discovered for distinguishing
what are called fossil from recent shells, whose cavities or tissue
are not permeated by mineral matter, the general appearance of
all the specimens in question, and their hyaline texture, instead
of the dull aspect and opacity of fossil shells from even the
newest strata of the Tertiary system, sufficiently make out a
primd facie case of their recent origin ; while it is highly impro-
bable that various currents would set in quite opposite directions
for many hundred leagues, and bring shells from the very bottom
of the sea to this particular locality. It is, on the contrary, as
I submit, a fair inference, that all the Mollusca whose remains
have been thus brought to light, lived and died within a few
miles of the place of their ultimate sepulture. How far their
continued submersion in the sea for many ages, beyond the
reach of atmospheric influence, may have prevented any change
in their composition, and given them a recent appearance, in-
stead of that of true fossils, is another question, which I am not
prepared to answer.

[Since the above was written, I have received from Mr. Waller
a very interesting paper of his on the above subject, which has
just been published in the ‘Transactions of the Royal Dublin
Society,’ and to which I beg to refer my readers for an exposi-
tion of his views. I may observe, that the fragments of a shell
which I at first supposed to belong to a Turritella allied to
T. polaris, and which Mr. Waller has provisionally named
“ Hibernica,” I have since ascertained to be the Scalaria Esch-
richti of Holboll and S. borealis of Beck. The results of this
dredging exploration are reserved for the next meeting of the
British Association for the Advancement of Science, under whose
auspices it was partly conducted; and I therefore abstain from
making any further allusion to it. ]

While mentioning shell-sand, it may not be amiss to remark
that it ought to be carefully passed through sieves of various
degrees of fineness before examining it ; for otherwise the eye
will be distracted by the unequal size of the objects submitted
to it, and some of the smaller shells may be concealed from view
by larger and coarser ones. If by chance this suggestion is
adopted by French conchologists, | hope they will not ‘be led by
an accident of mistranslation into a similar error to that which
I noticed in a recent number of the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie,’
in which I was said to recommend using the dredge to get up
sea-weed from different depths of the sea, for the purpose of
collecting minute shells !

gx

120 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

With respect to the operations of my old friend and partner,
Mr. Barlee, in the “ ultima Thule,” T regret to say that they have
not this year been so successful as heretofore. \ With a view to
greater results (the expenses being also much greater), we took
into the firm Mr. Damon, the well-known and enterprising shell-
dealer, who was to have the duplicates; but I fear his share of
the spoil will much exceed ours. Yerebratula cranium, Cerithium
metula, Mangelia nana, Aporrhais pes-carbonis, Trochus alabas-
trum, and Tellina balaustina (all of them northern treasures)
may be enumerated as the chief products of this expedition, so
far as it has hitherto proceeded. The variable, and often tem-
pestuous, state of the winds and sea, even during the height of
summer, will always render the Shetlands an uncertain and un-
satisfactor y dredging-ground; although its high northern posi-
tion, and the innumerable voes and fiords by which it is inter-
sected on every side, afford unusual prospects of rarities, as well
as shelter to the molluscous tribe. Mr. Barlee informs me that
our dredger, Angus M‘Nab, whom he took with him, has been
most indefatigable, honest, and intelligent im performing his
part of the work

A frequent inspection of the cabinet of Mr. M‘Andrew (who
has been most liberal in the use of it) has enabled me to correct
one or two mistakes which I had made im the identification of
Mediterranean and British species, his collection of the former
being perhaps unrivalled. It is impossible to define and distin-
guish with sufficient accuracy the shells of any isolated district
without regard to those of other districts in the same geographical
province ; ‘and my recent investigation of the Testacea of the
Piedmontese coast satisfied me as to the importance, if not the
necessity, of extending the area of observation for the above
purpose. Mr. M‘Andrew’s collection of shells from the coasts
of Upper Norway (which is also very rich) was likewise of great
service to me; and it confirmed my former opinion, that, in
general, the size of specimens increases in a ratio inverse to their
northern, and converse to their southern, point of latitude, of
which Tellina balaustina, Cardium minimum (Suecicum), Rissoa
pulcherrima, Trochus undulatus, and Arca raridentata may be
cited as examples. Colour appears to depend on different laws,
and is generally more vivid in southern than in northern climes ;
for instance, Cardium papillosum, Pecten furtivus, and many
others. In great depths it is indeed wanting, or nearly so, as
may be seen ‘by comparing specimens of Venus ovata and Turri-
tella communis obtained from the coralline zone, and a depth of
100 fathoms.

Iam indebted to the skilful and experienced pencil of my
friend Mr. Alder for figures to illustrate this paper, as welf as

qe

Mr. Jeffreys on British AG Thiet 121

for his assistance in determining many of the species now pro-
posed to be added to the British fauna.

Acephala Lamellibranchiata.

Teredo Norvegica, Forbes § Hanl. Brit. Mell. vol. i, p. 66.
Guernsey, in piles (Dr. Lvkis).

Pholas parva, i. 111. Guernsey, with P. dactylus, in submarine
wood and peat (Dr. Lukis).

P. candida, i. 117. Guernsey, with the last two (Dr. Luks).

Saxicava arctica, i. 141. Guernsey, with S. rugosa; but I am
not satisfied as to the distinctness of the two species.

S.? fragilis (Wyst), Wood’s Crag Moll. p. 288. tab. xxix. figs. a-e.
S. rugosa, juv.?, B. M. i. 149. pl. 6. f. 1-3, and iv. 248. In trawl-
refuse from Plymouth; and I have it also from the Hebrides and
Aberdeen. Mr. Searles Wood, who is now satisfied as to the identity
of his fossils with the recent species, has mentioned that several dead
valves were obtained from the beach on Stone Point, at Walton-on-thee
Naze; and Mr. M‘Andrew dredged it in Vigo Bay,—so that it has
an extensive range. There can be no question of its being quite
distinct from S. rugosa, if indeed it belong to the same genus.

Panopeea Aldrovandi, i. 178. A pair of this magnificeut shell
was brought to me many years ago, as having been taken in a trawl-
net off the Cornish coast; and I have no reason to doubt the possi-
bility of its being a British shell, any more than the Triton cutaceus
and nodiferus, which (as will be presently seen) are now satisfactorily
proved to be inhabitants of our southern coast.

Neera costellata, i. 199. Shetlands (Mr. Barlee).

Thracia villosiuscula, i. 224. Guernsey.

T. convexa, i. 29. Part of a valve in dredged sand from Skye.

Solecurtus candidus, i. 263. Herm and Guernsey, in sand, at half-
tide mark (Dr. Lukis).

Psammobia vespertina, i. 271. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G.J.).

P. Ferroensis, i. 274. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G.J.).

Diodonta fragilis, i. 284. Guernsey. Only part of a valve, but
sufficiently characteristic for distinction.

Tapes decussata, 1. 379. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

T. aurea, i. 392. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

Cytherea chione, i. 396. Guernsey; rare (Dr. Lvkis).

Cyprina Islandica, i. 441. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

Circe minima, i. 446. Plymouth.

Astarte arctica, i. 464. The single valve, which was dredged by
Mr. M‘Andrew in the outer haaf-grounds, Zetland, and recorded in
the ‘ British Mollusca,’ is evidently fossil ; and Mr. M‘Andrew agrees
with me as tothis. The late Professor Macgillivray’s specimen was
taken with valves of Pecten Islandicus, and has also the same Ter-
tiary origin. My specimen, which was presented to me by the late
Dr. Fleming, from St. Andrew’s Bay, is in the same condition ; and
there is no satisfactory evidence of this species haying been found on
our coasts in a fresh or recent state.

122 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

Cardium aculeatum, ii. 4. Guernsey (Dr. Ivhis).

C. rusticum, ti. 11. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis). ! :

C. punctatum, Brocchi, Foss. Subapenn. ii. 666. tav. xvi. f. 11;
Philippi, Test. Sic. ii. 38. C. nodosum (Turton), B. M. ii. 22. This
species is not uncommon at Guernsey, and individuals are sometimes
found there of a beautiful pink colour. Mr. M‘Andrew has taken a
variety of it in Vigo Bay. The punctures in the interstices of the
ribs are more apparent towards the beaks, and may be easily observed
under a moderate magnifying power. Philippi has, in his second
volume, separated it from C. papillosum, and pointed out, with his
usual discrimination, the differences which exist between the two
species. I had also erroneously considered them identical in my
paper on Piedmontese Testacea. Brocchi’s name, being prior in
point of date, must therefore be restored.

C. papillosum, Poli, Test. Sic. t. 16. f. 2-4; PAil.i.51. This
beautiful and very distinct species was first discovered in Guernsey by
Dr. Lukis, and I have since detected it in shell-sand dredged off St.
Martin’s Port. It seems to be tolerably diffused on this part of our
coast, though as yet rare. The largest specimen found, and for
which I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Lukis, measures upwards
of half an inch in length and breadth. The one figured in Pl. V.
fig. 1 a, 6, is smaller, but of a milk-white colour. Other specimens
are mottled with the same rosy hue that distinguishes those obtained
from the Mediterranean.

C. fasciatum, il. 25. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G. J.)

Lucina divaricata, ii. 53. Besides the locality mentioned for this
rare shell by Messrs. Forbes and Hanley, where I obtained by
dredging two single valves, I found another valve many years ago in
shell-sand dredged from the Cornish coast for manure.

L. flexuosa, 1. 54. Plymouth and Guernsey.

Clausina Croulinensis, Jeffreys, Aun. N. H. xx. 19. Lucina
Serruginosa, var., B. M. ii. 62. If such a thing as a species exists in
nature, there can be, I think, no question that this is distinct from
C. ferruginosa, both as regards form and texture and dentition.
Figures of it are given in Pl. V. fig. 2 a—-c. Mr. Barlee has lately
found it in the Shetlands, together with C. ferruginosa.

With great deference to Mr. Searles Wood’s opinion, I cannot
agree with him in considering his Cryptodon ferruginosum specifically
identical with the Lucina ferruginosa of Forbes and Hanley. His
specimens (which I have examined carefully and compared with ours)
appear to differ essentially in form, as well as in the hinge and mode
of dentition ; and I should be inclined to place his species generically
with LZ. flexuosa instead of with Clausina.

Diplodonta rotundata, ii. 66. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G.J.).

Montacuta ferruginosa, ii. 72. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

M. substriata, i. 77. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis). A more solid and
opake variety, in which the radiating striz or ribs are obliterated,
has been taken by Mr. Barlee, at a depth of 110 fathoms, in the
Shetlands.

M.? Donacina, var. cylindrica, Wood’s Crag. Moll. part ii. p. 131.

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 123

I found a single valve of this remarkable shell by dredging at Fal-
mouth in 1839; and it is (as Mr. Wood says) impossible to mistake
it for any other species, or even satisfactorily to allocate it generically.
In form it somewhat resembles a miniature Zetatia.

Turtonia minuta, ii. 81. In dredged sand from Guernsey I found
a shell which apparently belongs to this species or to a variety of it.
It is, however, of an oblong rather than an oval form, is more than
double the size of ordinary specimens, and has dark streaks of pur-
plish brown radiating from the hinge to the margin. The teeth also
are conspicuous, and appear to agree with Lovén’s description of
northern specimens. It may be specifically different from J. minuta;
8 “i specimens will probably be discovered, so as to clear up the

oubt.

Lepton nitidum, var.feonvexum, ii. 102 and iv. 255 (Kellia nitida).
Plymouth and Guernsey.

L. squamosum, ii. 98. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G.J.).

L. Clarkiz, iv. 255. Plymouth, Torbay, and Guernsey.

Cyclas caliculata, ii. 115. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

Pisidium pusillum, ii. 123. Guernsey and Jersey (Dr. Luwkis).
M. Bandon, in a recent and elaborate essay on the French Pisidia,
unites P. cinereum of Alder and P. pulchellum of Jenyns as varieties
of P. Casertanum (Cardium Casertanum of Poli); and he doubts the
specific distinction of P. Recluzianum (Bourguignat), which is stated
to have been found at Belfast, and which M. Moquin-Tandon regards
as a variety of P. Henslowianum.

Modiola phaseolina, ii. 186. Guernsey, rather common (Dr. Lukis
& J.G.J.). Falmouth (Mr. Webster).

Crenella rhombea, ii. 208. Not uncommon in the coralline zone,
Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G. J.); Torbay (Dr. Battersby & J. G.J.).

Nucula radiata, ii. 220. Guernsey, with N. nucleus (Dr. Iukis &
J.G.J.).

Pectunculus Glycimeris, ii. 245. A curious monstrosity has been
taken by Mr. Barlee in the Shetlands. The hinge-plate is flattened,
and wants every vestige of the usual cardinal teeth; but, as a sub-
stitute, it has a rather strong lamina on each side locking into corre-
sponding grooves in the opposite valve. This peculiarity would, in
the opinion of some systematists, warrant the formation of a new
genus. The specimen, which is young, is also distorted in form.

Pecten furtivus, (Lovén) Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 31. P. striatus,
var., ii. 284. I found a single valve of this unquestionably distinct
species in dredged sand from Guernsey ; and Mr. M‘Andrew has also
taken it on the coast of Spain. It is intermediate between P. striatus
and P. tigrinus, having the form of the first and sculpture of the last.
Southern specimens are much larger than those hitherto found in the
North.

Acephala Palliobranchiata, or Brachiopoda.
Terebratella (D’ Orbigny ; Megerlea, King) truncata. Terebratula

truncata, Lamarck, vi. 1. p. 247. Anomia truncata, Chemn. viii.t.77.
f. 70La,6. Orthis truncata, Phil. ii. 69. Having examined Dr.

124. Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

Turton’s specimen in my cabinet, which he is said to have procured
from Torbay, and which is refer red to in the foot-note at p- 362. vol. 11.
of the ‘ History of the British Mollusca,’ I am enabled to state con-
fidently that it belongs to the above species, and not to Terebratula
detruncata or decollata, as therein supposed. M. Collard-Descherres
records Terebratula truncata as having been taken on the coast of
Finisterre (Journal de Conchyliologie, tome ii. p. 393), and there is
no reason to doubt the possibility of its being a British species. It
isnot uncommon in the Mediterranean. Chemnitz cites the dnomia
truncata of Miiller’s Prodromus to the ‘ Zoologia Danica’ as a syno-
nym, but I think hastily ; for Miller separates, characteristically as
well as generically, 7" erebratula from Anomia, and his diagnosis of
Anomia truncata (‘testa suborbiculata, obsolete striata, cardine
truncato’’) may equally apply to a variety of 4. patelliformis:

Argiope decollata. Anomia decollata, Chemn. viii.t.78.f.705. A.
detruncata, Gmelin, 2347. Orthis (changed from Terebratula) de-
truncata, Phil. ii. 69. Of this fine and interesting species I found a
few perfect specimens, of different ages, and two single valves in
dredged stuff from Guernsey. The size of my largest specimen is
nearly one-third of an inch square. These have not the normal form
of the species, and resemble a horse’s hoof in shape, being longitudi-
nally oval, instead of transversely oblong (as in Mediterranean exam-
ples); and the ribs are much fainter and do not extend to the front
margin. Specimens in Mr. M‘Andrew’s collection from Madeira
(though smaller than ours) have the same form and sculpture.
These may therefore belong to a distinct and undescribed species.
A representation will be found at Pl. V. fig. 3a-e. The specific
name of decollata, given by Chemnitz, has priority over that of de-
éruncata, which Philippi adopted from Gmelin, the latter author
having erroneously cited Chemnitz as the authority for his name.
The species was first indicated by Gualtier ; but he did not designate
it by any specific name, although his description is not bad com-
pared with his drawing, which is abominable.

A. cistellula, 1. 361 (Megathyris) and iv. 257. Not uncom-
mon in the coralline zone at Guernsey, Dr. Lukis haying taken
upwards of 200 specimens from a single stone. I erroneously re-
ferred this species in my paper on Piedmontese Testacea to the
Orthis Neapolitana (seminulum, olim) of Philippi; but having since
had the opportunity of examinmg a great number of specimens, I
ain satisfied that the two species are distinct. ‘The Orthis Neapoli-
tana difiers from our species in being longitudinally instead of trans-
versely oval (although individuals vary considerably in this respect),
in the foramen being smaller, and in the hinge-plate being contracted,
and not (as in 4, cistellula) extending the whole breadth of the
shell; in the papillae which encircle the ‘interior margin of each valve
being much less numerous and more prominent; as well as in the
internal rib of the under or flat valve being strongly serrated. It

also attains to twice the size of 4. cistellula. I have little doubt
that Philippi’s species will be found in the Channel Isles or on the
south coast of England. Mr, Davidson (in his excellent monograph on

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 125

the British Tertiary Brachiopoda, p. 10) seems to question its being
an Argiope.

A very minute Brachiopodous shell (th of an inch in length,
and -3,th in breadth) has been found by Mr. Norman in shell-sand
from Plymouth, which he received from Mr. Webster; and it is so
peculiar in form as to deserve special notice. It is egg-shaped and
slightly compressed towards the sides and front margin, and is sub-
opake and rather solid for its size. Foramen rather small. Auricles
or lateral prolongations indistinct. The surface is closely punctured
and quasi-tuberculated as in A. cistellula. It is of a horn-colour.
Being so excessively small as to defy any attempt to examine the
internal structure without danger of breaking or injuring the speci-
men, it is impossible to say whether it is an Argiope; but having
carefully compared it with analogous examples ot 4. cistellula,
which, as I before mentioned, vary greatly in form, I am inclined at
present to consider it an extreme variety of that species. Nearly a
similar variation of form, dependent on growth, occurs in specimens
of A. decollata. The discovery of more and adult examples will
probably clear up the doubt. By the kind permission of Mr. Nor-
man and the assistance of my friend Mr. Alder (who concurs with me
in the allocation of this specimen), I have given a representation of
it at fig. 4 a, 6, in the plate attached to this paper.

Pteropoda.

Spirialis Flemingii, 11.384. Guernsey (Zdyar Macculloch, Esq.),
and in trawl-refuse from Plymouth.

S. Jeffreysii, ii. 386. The true locality for this species as British
is Tenby; that given by Forbes and Hanley (“shores of the British
Channel”) not being quite correct. The mistake is probably owing
to a misprint of the word “ British” for ‘“ Bristol.”

Gasteropoda Prosobranchiata.

Patella vulgata, ii. 421. The shell, in its very young state, has
an excentrie spire, which afterwards becomes absorbed, as in demea
and other genera. The importance of embryology in determining
the laws of growth and classification is now fully admitted. With
respect to the habits of the animal, Dr. Lukis informs me that in
taking up the common Limpet, while in the act of crawling, he has
noticed young ones attached to the grooves of the foot or sustenta-
culum ; and he infers that the parent carries its offspring about with

it for protection. I had heard of an oyster being ‘ crossed in love,”

but I was not prepared for this wonderful instance of molluscan
oropyn.

Trochus millegranus, ii. 502, var. conica. Guernsey and Ply-
mouth.

Margarita (Trochus) pusilla, ii. 584. Guernsey. Mr. M‘Andrew
has taken it in the Mediterranean.

M. exilis. Tvrochus ewilis, Phil. i. 156. t. xxv. f. 15. Shenea
Cutleriana, iii. 164, and (Trochus) iv. 270. In dredged sand from

126 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

Skye and Guernsey, and Mr. M‘Andrew has it from the Mediterra-
nean. A specimen, larger than usual, confirms the idea I entertaimed
from the first, that this is Philippi’s species.

Paludina vivipara, iii. 11. A young specimen occurred to me in
the Guernsey dredgings ; but how it got there isa marvel. Dr. Lukis
assures me that there is no river in any of the Channel Isles, nor
indeed any piece of water in which such a shell is likely to exist ;
and he has never found a Paludina, after many a diligent search
for freshwater shells in that district. The specimen above mentioned
may possibly have been transported by some river from the opposite
coast either of England or France ; the specific gravity of fresh water
being less than that of the sea, its motion might buoy up such
triflmg substances for a long distance.

[In a letter which I have received from Dr. Lukis since writing the
above, he offers a more probable solution of the problem, in suggesting
that the shell may have been brought in ballast; and he says that
some years ago, certain individuals, who were more adventurous and
speculating than wise, opened a vein of black oxide of manganese in
tue neighbourhood of the dredging-ground, conceiving it to be a vein
of plumbago, and that vessels came, no doubt in ballast, to remove
the supposed treasure, and possibly left the shell in question to puzzle
future speculators. I may remark, in confirmation of this idea, that
I found, with the Paludina, some Foraminifera (species of Rotalina
and Nummulina) which are evidently fossil, and may have been also
brought from Sheppey or the Isle of Wight. |

Lacuna erassior, ii. 67. In dredged sand from Guernsey.

Rissoa Beanii, ili. 84. With the last.

R. eimicoides, Forbes, Augean Invertebrata in Brit. Assoc. Rep.
for 1843, p. 189. &. seulpta, B. M. ii. 88 (not of Philippi). Guern-
sey, with #. calathus. A comparison of typical specimens of J. cz-
micoides, in Mr. M‘Andrew’s collection, with our shells and the
author’s description, induces me without any hesitation to refer the
R. sculpta of the authors of the ‘ British Mollusca’ (founded on my
specimens) to the above species. Philip)i’s species is evidently dif-
ferent, the longitudinal ribs and caneellation being more remote, and
the inner lip smooth, in his shell. On this last character he indeed
lays particular stress in comparing it with other species; and it is
very distinct in our shell,

R. punctura, iii. 89. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G.J.).

R. rufilabrum, i. 106. In dredged sand from Guernsey.

R.. inconspicua, iii. 113. With the last.

Rt. vitrea, ii. 125. Torbay and Plymouth.

R. proxima, ii. 127. With the last ; thus affording a corroborative
proof that the two species are distinct.

R. pulcherrima, ii. 129. Paignton, at the rocks of Corallina
oficinalis. 'This cannot easily be mistaken for any of the numerous
varieties of R. inconspicua (which is also found in the same locality),
being so very different in form and markings.

R. soluta, 1. 131. In dredged sand from Guernsey, not uncom-
mon; and in trawl-refuse from Plymouth.

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 127

R. Alderi, n.s. Pl. V. fig. 5 a—e.

Testa ovato-conica, solidula, nitida, lutea, strigis transversis creber-
rimis subflexuosis exilibus insculpta; anfractibus 5, convexis, sen-
sim increscentibus ; sutura profunda ; apertura subrotunda, superne
acutangulata; labio fere continuo, columelle adnato; umbilico

- parvo, angusto; long. 4, lat. 5 unc.

Only three specimens have occurred to me, in dredged sand from
Skye, which was procured by Angus M‘Nab, and in which I also
found the two species of Proteonina described and figured by Prof.
Williamson of Manchester in his elaborate and valuable monograph
on the British Foraminifera. R. A/deri differs from R. soluta of the
British Mollusca (with which it was found) in being more than twice
the size, in the conical form of the spire, and in the peristome not
being continuous.

__R. ventrosa, var. muriatica, ili. 140. Guernsey, in abundance on
Ulva lactuca (Mr. Lukis, sen.).

Jeffreysia diaphana, iii. 152. Paignton.

J. opalina, ui. 158. With the last.

Skenea nitidissima, iii. 158. With the last two.

Aporrhais pes-carbonis, iii. 186. Mr. Barlee says that the animal
of this species differs from that of 4. pes-pelecani (both of which he
has examined and compared together) in the following particulars.
The entire snout and tentacula of 4. pes-pelecani are of a dull brick-
eolour, while the snout of 4. pes-carbonis is bright scarlet, with
a snow-white opake line running all down the centre, and termi-
nating thus | ,—the tentacula being of the same colour as the rest of
the animal (viz. watery-white), with an opake snow-white line down
the centre to the very tip of each. The snout of this last species is
also flatter and narrower than that of 4. pes-pelecani ; and its foot is
long, narrow, and almost pointed when extended on the march.

Cerithium reticulatum, iii. 192. var. sine varicibus et spira bre-
viore. From deep water, Guernsey ; the ordinary form being littoral.

Cerithium Metaxa. Murex Metaxa, Delle Chiaje, Mem. (1823)
vol. iii. p. 222. t. 49. f. 29-31. Cer. Metaxva(!), Wood’s Crag
Moll. part 1. p. 71. Cer. angustissimum, Forbes, Rep. on Aig.
Inv. 190. Specimens, though rare, and in a more or less imperfect
state, have been found at Guernsey by Mr. Norman, Mr. Barlee, and
myself. Mr. M‘Andrew has taken it by dredging off Teneriffe, and
Pantellaria in Sicily ; and I also obtained it by the same mode in the
Gulf of Spezzia. Having examined Mr. Searles Wood’s specimens
of what he doubtfully considered Delle Chiaje’s species, I am satisfied
as to the specific identity of the fossil and recent shells. Delle
Chiaje notices the four transverse ribs, which is one of the charac-
teristics of this species. It is the Cerithium creperum of Mr. Wood’s
earlier Catalogue of Tertiary Fossils. The accompanying repre-
sentation (Pl. V. fig. 6 a,b) is taken from a Piedmontese specimen,
which is much more perfect than any other that I have seen.

Sealaria Turtonis, iii. 204. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

S. communis, iii. 206. In dredged sand from Guernsey.

128 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

Aclis ascaris, iii. 219. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J.G.J.). Ply-
mouth.

A. supranitida, iii. 220. With the last. Guernsey specimens
vary as to the number and disposition of the transverse strize, which
are sometimes wanting altogether, and at others are only present on
the upper whorls, although their total or partial absence has evidently
not been caused by friction.

A.(?) unica, iii. 222. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & Mr. Barlee).

Stylifer Turtoni, iii. 226. I found a specimen, with the (dead)
animal in it, among some trawl-refuse from Plymouth, which con-
tained some of the Echinus sphera; and I am informed that several
specimens have been taken in the same locality.

Eulima stenostoma, n.s. PI. V. fig. 7a, 6. #. subulata, var. ?

ii. 236.

Testa acuminata, hyalina, alba, fragilissima, glabra; anfractibus 9,
teretibus, gradatim increscentibus, ultimo reliquos zquante, supe-
rioribus duobus obtusis, fascia pellucida ultimwm prope medium,
superiores juxta suturam, cingente; sutura vix distincta ; apertura
pyriformi, contracta, subtus effusa, superne acutangulata ; peri-
stomate in columellam subreflexo; columella arcuata; long. 4,
lat. si; une.

Mr. M‘Andrew having obligingly presented me with one of his
Zetland specimens, I am enabled to offer the above description. He
has also taken specimens on the coast of Norway, which confirm the
idea of this proving to be a distinct species, as was surmised by the
authors of the ‘British Mollusca.’ It has somewhat the appearance
of a large Achatina acicula.

Chemnitzia simillima. Turbo simillimus, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl.
p- 136, and Laskey, Mem. Wern. Soc. 406. t. Villa dey a oe
pusilla, Phil. ii. 224. t. xxviii. f. 21. Odostomia lactea (3, Jeftr.
Ann. N. H. vol. ii. n.s. p. 348. Ch. elegantissima, var., B. M. iii.
243. Torbay and Guernsey. Specimens from the last-named loca-
lity are sometimes toothed, as in Odostomia proper. It is very
distinct conchologically from any of the varieties of C. elegantissima,
and also malacologically, as Mr. Clark has observed. Montagu’s
description of Turbo simillimus, that it resembles elegantissimus, but
is less slender, and has fewer and more distant ribs, that are not
slanting or oblique, but straight and more arched, as well as larger
than the interstices, seems exactly to distinguish the two species.

C. rufa, iii. 247 and iv. 276. Plymouth.

C. indistincta, iii. 255. In dredged sand from Guernsey.

C. clathrata, iti, 258. Mr. M‘Andrew obtained a single specimen
at Orotava. It has a closer affinity to Odostomia interstincta than
to O. indistincta, but is evidently distinct from any of the varieties
of either of those species.

Odostomia conoidea, iii. 260. Plymouth.

O. conspicua, ii. 263. I found a couple of fresh specimens in
dredged sand from Guernsey; and Mr. Barlee procured another
from the same source. It is by far the largest of our Odostomia.

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 129

O. acuta, ii. 269. Mr. M‘Andrew has taken this species in Nor-
way with O. insculpta.

O. plicata, ili. 271. Guernsey.

O. Eulimoides, iii. 273. A comparison of fresh specimens just
received from Mr. Barlee, of what I considered at first a distinct
species, and named O. notata, has satisfied me that the latter is only
a variety of this Protean species.

O. dubia, iii. 276. Guernsey.

O. alba, iii. 278, var. gracilior et scalariformis. Guernsey, Skye,
and Zetland (Mr. Barlee & J. G.J.). ; :

O. cylindrica, iii. 287. Torbay.

O. insculpta, ii. 289. Guernsey.

O. Warrenii, iii. 292. With the last.

O. truncatula, ii. 294. Adult specimens have a prominent and
sharp tooth on the columella ; but it is scarcely visible from the out-
side of the aperture.

O. decussata, iii. 303. With the last.

Eulimella Scillze, ii. 309. Torbay (Dr. Battersby).

E. acicula, iii. 311. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G. J.).

E. affinis, ii. 313. Torbay (Dr. Battersby). Mr. M‘Andrew
has taken it in Norway with &. acicula.

Otina otis, ii. 321. var. alba. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis). Dr. Gray
has very properly placed this genus in the family of Auriculade, to
which it has conchological as well as malacological relations.

Cerithiopsis tubercularis, iil. 365, (tuberculare) var. alba. Ply-
mouth (Mr. Barlee).

C. Clarkii, iii. 368. Another (being the second) specimen of this
remarkable shell has occurred to me in dredged sand from Guernsey
with C. tubercularis, which is not uncommon there ; and it confirms
the suggestion of the authors of the ‘ British Mollusca,’ that it might
prove to be a distinct species. Besides having only two rows of
tubercles, the volutions are scalariform, and the suture is much deeper
than in C. tubercularis.

C. pulchella, n.s. Pl. V. fig. 8 a-e.

Testa cylindrica, solidula, rufescente, costis longitudinalibus 18-20,
transversis 4, cancellata, quarum 2 medize longinque prominent et
infima carinam simulat, ad juncturam tuberculos efformantibus ;
anfractibus 7, convexis, ultimo reliquos subzquante ; sutura pro-
funda ; apertura ovata ; canali brevissimo ; operculo membranaceo ;
long. 5, lat. 3 unc.

Falmouth, Plymouth, and Guernsey; but rare. Although the
C. tubercularis is very variable in size, this species has a peculiar
aspect, which is unmistakeable for that of any variety of the last-
named species. Specimens of that species, of the same size as C.
pulchella, have no less than twelve volutions ; and the cancellations
are invariably closer, and the transverse rows of tubercles equally
prominent.

Murex rudis. Fusus rudis, Phil. ii. 180. t. xxv. f. 30. A single

130 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

specimen of this very distinct species. has been in my eabinet for the
last twenty years, and was found at Tenby by my late friend, Mrs,
Richard Smith. Mr. Hanley considered it to be the young of Fusus
rostratus ; but, as Philippi justly remarks, his F’. rudis differs from
that species in its much less slender form and far shorter spire. Its
nearest congener is Murex corallinus. To.

Buccinum Humphreysianum, iii. 410. Mr. Barlee says that the
tentacula of the animal, instead of being flat and long (as in B. un-
datum), are peculiarly round and obtuse.

Fusus, iii. 433. pl. ciii. f. 4, 5. The fragment of a Fusus, de-
scribed and figured as above, and which I examined in the cabinet of
Mr. M‘Andrew, clearly belongs to the variety carinatus of F. anti-
quus; and Mr. M‘Andrew is of the same opinion.

Trophon scalariformis. Fusus sealariformis, Gould, Inv. Mass.
p- 288. f. 203. Trophon clathratus, var.?, B. M. ii. 438 (foot-note).
The large fragment mentioned by Forbes and Hanley (and which was
presented to me by the late Professor Macgillivray) has every ap-
pearance of being recent, and it still contains the remains of a hermit-
crab. In dredged sand from Belfast Bay I found a perfect, though
younger specimen, with 7’, clathratus, which is common there. The
two species are, I think, distinct.

Triton cutaceus, iii. 446. Dr. Turton’s collection, as well as the
British Museum, contains specimens (though in the latter they are
in a worn and imperfect state) from Padstow and Guernsey; and
Mr. Lukis, sen. and Mr. Macculloch have found several from time to
time in the Channel Isles. But all doubt of the indigenousness of
this species may, I think, be considered as set at rest by mentioning
that Dr. Lukis and Mr. Barlee dredged, last autumn, off the Guernsey
coast, a half-grown and living individual. This I have seen, with
the operculum preserved ; and I am quite satisfied (as a lawyer!)
with the proof of its being a British shell. I noticed specimens in
the collection of M. d’Orbigny (pére) at La Rochelle, in 1830, from
the Gulf of Gascony; and it is rather a common Mediterranean
species.

T. nodiferus. 7". nodiferum, Lam. vii. 179. Three specimens of
this truly magnificent shell have been taken in the Channel Isles at
intervals, from 1825 to 1847; and two of them are now in the cele-
brated collection of Guernsey shells formed by Mr. Lukis, sen. I give
in his own words the following account of these captures :—

“Three specimens have been dredged off the shores of Guernsey.
In the year 1825, August 25th, the largest was brought to me by one
of our island fishermen, named Charles Ozanne, of Paradis, in the
Vale parish. He had a few days previously dredged it alive, and,
in order to extract the fish, had boiled the shell. Some years after,
a second was dredged by another fisherman, and was also alive. This
was obtained in a living state by the late Admiral Sir Thomas Man-
sell. In the year 1847, a third specimen was brought to me alive,
and I kept it in sea-water for a fortnight. It was very active, and
repeatedly was found to have crawled out of the bucket on the floor?’

The largest specimen now measures nearly 9 ‘inches in length,

Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca. 131

although the tip has been broken since it was taken. This specimen
is partly incrusted with Lepralia coccinea, which, besides the northern
habitat, first recorded by Miiller in his ‘ Zoologia Danica,’ is only
found, according to Busk, on the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland.
Through the kindness of Mr. Lukis, I have examined all the three
specimens ; and he has since most obligingly presented me with one
of them. Mr. Hanley, to whom I lately mentioned this discovery,
thought that the fisherman whom he had employed in dredging
(Jean Tussaud) might have palmed the shells as native on Mr. Lukis,
and that the specimens came from the coast of Spain; but this ap-
pears to be a mistake. There is therefore, I think, no reasonable
doubt as to the admission of this interesting species into the list of
British Mollusca. It has been found by M. Martin on the coast of
Provence, and is not uncommon in the Mediterranean.

Mangelia purpurea, var. Philberti, ii. 460. In dredged sand from
Guernsey.

M. cancellata. Fusus cancellatus, J. Sowerby, Min. Conch.
t. 525. f. 2. Clavatula cancellata, Wood’s Crag. Moll. part 1.
p- 61. pl. 7. f. 9. Fusus asperrimus, Brown, Ill. Br. Conch. p. 8.
pl. vi. f. 2. M. purpurea, var., B. M. iii. 467. With the last. This
beautiful species is quite distinct from any of the varieties of M.
purpurea, and approaches nearer in the mode of cancellation to the
Pleurotoma reticulatum of Bronn and Philippi. One of Mr. Barlee’s
specimens from the Shetlands measures 2ths of an inch in length.
The fossil shells are specifically identical with ours.
- M. scabra. Pleurotoma scabrum, Jeffr. in Ann. N. H. vol. xix.
p- 311. M. linearis, var., B. M. ii. 470. Guernsey and Plymouth,
with M. linearis, which is certainly a different species. Mr. M‘Andrew
has taken both in the Mediterranean and Norway. I have added a
representation of M. scabra at Pl. V. fig. 9 a—-c. What Forbes and
Hanley called the “purple-tipped”’ variety is this species in a worn
and scarcely distinguishable state.

Gasteropoda Opisthobranchiata.

Ovula patula, iii. 498. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G.J.). Mr.
Horace Marryat informs me that he took several of these beautiful
creatures alive, at a very low tide, off Aleyonia and Sponges from the
roof of the famous Gouliot cave in Sark,—the absence of light proba-
bly compensating for depth of water, as this species usually inhabits
the coralline zone.

Amphisphyra hyalina, iii. 521. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis & J. G. J.).

Bulla dilatata. Haminea dilatata, Leach, Brit. Moll. p. 43. I
have a specimen of this very distinct species from the collection of
Mr. J. D. Humphreys mixed with B. Hydatis in a tray labelled
* Cork Harbour ;” and I found a couple of specimens in 1830 on
the Ie de Rhé in the Gulf of Gascony. Mr. M‘Andrew has also
taken it off the Grand Canary.

Scaphander lignarius, iii. 536, var. alba. Spa: (Dr. Lukis).

Philine punctata, iii. 547. In dredged sand from Guernsey.

132 Mr. Jeffreys on British Mollusca.

Gasteropoda Pulmonifera.

Helix aperta, iv. 43. Dr. Lukis thinks the specimen recorded as
having been found in Guernsey by the late Professor Forbes was
accidentally imported ; and he adds that he has searched for the
species in vain. It is rather a common article of food in the south of
France and in Italy, and makes a dainty dish for snail-eaters.

H. aspersa, iv. 441. Mr. Barlee states, in answer to my inquiry
as to the existence of this species in the Shetlands, that he has not
been able to find it there. This common pest of our gardens does
not appear to be known in the north of Europe or in Germany.

H. Pisana, iv. 561. On the western and southern shores of Jer-
sey (Dr. Lukis).

H. ericetorum, iv. 61. Dr. Lukis says this species has been taken
in Jersey, but is not now to be found there.

H. globularis, Jef. Linn. Trans. vol. xvi. p. 507. H. sericea,
B.M. iv. 71 (not of Draparnauvd). Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

H. umbilicata, iv. 81. I found a specimen in trawled stuff from
Plymouth, which had been taken at a distance of several miles from
the shore.

Pupa alpestris. Vertigo alpestris, Alder, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe.
North. vol. u. p. 340. Pupa Shuttleworthiana, Charpentier in
Zeitschr. fiir Malak. for 1847, p. 148. P. pygmea, var., B. M. iv.
106. Mr. Norman informs me that this species has been lately
taken, rather abundantly, by Miss Sarah Bolton in the neighbourhood
of Ambleside, on slate; and he adds that the recent notices of its
rediscovery in the south of England and the neighbourhood of Dublin
(as respectively recorded in the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1850, vol. viii. p.2743,
and the Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. i. p. 94) are erroneous,— Mr. Bridgman’s
specimens from Norwich (judging from one which is in the British
Museum, labelled “Vertigo alpestris’”) belonging to P. pygmea
(which I can confirm), and an example of the Dublin shell sent to
Mr. Norman by Mr. Hogan as ‘“‘ Pupa alpestris,”” being quite a dif-
ferent species. I found specimens of P. alpestris at Zermatt and in
the valley of the Dranse, in 1855, and they were named by the late
M. Charpentier “‘ Pupa Shuttleworthiana.” Mr. Alder’s name has,
however, the precedence of publication. Specimens which I have
received from Mr. Norman agree with those I found in Switzerland,
as well as with the description of Mr. Alder, who has recognized
them as his species. It is unquestionably distinct from P. pygmea
or any of its varieties.

Planorbis lacustris, iv. 162. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

Limneus acutus, Jef. Linn. Trans. xvi. 373. L. auricularius, var.,
B.M.iv.170. Neighbourhood of Oban ( Capt. Bedford) ; Bloomfield,
Kent. Although all the species of Limneus are especially subject to
variation of form, I much doubt if this is not distinct from DL. auri-
cularivs. It is certainly not an ‘immature variety” of the last-
named species, as stated by Forbes and Hanley, for I have found
specimens of all ages agreeing in a common character.

L, glaber, iv. 178. Guernsey (Dr. Luhis).

M. O. A. L. Morch on Conchological Nomenclature. 133

Ancylus oblongus, iv. 188. Guernsey (Dr. Lukis).

Conovulus denticulatus, var. reflexa (Turton), iv. 194. Cary-
chium personatum, Michaud, Suppl. to Drap. p. 73. Guernsey
(Dr. Lukis). In crevices of rocks above high-water mark, Golding-
ham Bay, near Paignton. The colour of the animal is yellowish
white, and that of the tentacula light grey. Each whorl in young
individuals is encircled with a coronet of spines or bristles, as in the

ical form. A representation of this well-marked variety is given
at Pl. V. fig. 10 a, 6.

Cyclostoma elegans, iv. 201. Dr. Lukis informs me that this
species is found in Alderney, but not in Guernsey.

1, Montagu Square, London,
July 1858.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Cardium papillosum, var.: a, natural size; b, magnified.

Fig. 2. Clausina Croulinensis: a, natural size; b, magnified; ¢, hinge,
magnified.

Fig. 3. Argiope decollata, var.: a, natural size; b, front view, magnified ;
c, back view, magnified ; d, interior of lower valve; e, imterior of
upper valve.

Fig. 4. A. cistellula, var.?: a, natural size; 6, magnified.

Fig. 5. Rissoa Alderi: a, natural size; 6, front view, magnified; c, back
view, magnified.

Fig. 6. Cerithium Metaxa: a, natural size; 6, magnified.

Fig. 7. Eulima stenostoma: a, natural size ; 6, magnified.

Fig. 8. Cerithiopsis pulchella: a, natural size; 4, front view, magnified ;
ce, back view, magnified.

Fig. 9. Mangelia scabra : a, natural size ; b, front view, magnified; c, back
view, magnified.

Fig. 10. Conovulus denticulatus, vay. reflexa: a, natural size; 6, magnified.

XV.—Observations on Conchological Nomenclature.
By M. O. A. L. Morcu.

In the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for January 1857, there
appeared a review of the ‘ Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ by Messrs.
H. and A. Adams, which has only very recently come under my
notice, and which appears to me to call for a few observations,
both on the general principles adopted by the reviewer, and on
the individual errors indicated in the review.

The state of conchology has in many respects been for a long
time far behind that of most other departments of Biology.
The genera of the Testacea of Linnzus scarcely correspond in
value to the Orders in his classification of the higher animals ;
and the genera established by Lamarck, now commonly in use,
hardly possess the rank that should be given to families. The
want of a better systematic arrangement in this branch of natural
history has for a considerable period been felt by many naturalists ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 3, Vol. ii. 10

134 M.0O.A.L. Morch on Conchological Nomenclature.

and numerous attempts at a better elassification (chiefly mono-
graphic) have been made by writers of different countries, which,
however, have been neglected by the great majority of concho-
logists, who prefer following in the path of an antiquated cele-
brity to availing themselves of modern research and independent
investigation. Gray, Agassiz, and Herrmannsen were the first who
directed attention to the subject generally ; and to Swainson and
Gray we are indebted for the earliest attempts at forming more
reasonable divisions of the genera.

The ‘Genera’ of Messrs. Adams must be regarded as a great
advance in the same direction by all who have specially devoted
themselves to the study of Mollusca, although their work may
not prove the most useful to be consulted by pupils and students
of Conchology. By the united critical labours of different con-
chologists it will perhaps be possible, at no very distant period,
to produce a work that shall be more complete. Before, how-
ever, a standard nomenclature can be obtained, the fundamental
principles of nomenclature must be settled. The errors of Lin-
nzeus we must believe would have been corrected by the immortal
founder of the existing school of naturalists himself, had he been
acquainted with the present development and state of Biology.
It appears strange in the present day to find it deliberately
maintained, as in the review in question, that genera have no
foundation in nature, but are purely artificial, and only “ useful
in a few great collections,” or “convenient in special or elabo-
rate monographs,” and that “for ordinary purposes a much
smaller number of divisions is sufficient.” It seems not less
strange to find the reviewer expressing wonder at the number of
genera contained in the work, which must be regarded as small
in comparison with those in entomology or ornithology, or even
possibly with what may be found to exist when the Mollusca
now known are more closely examined. Such considerations as
the number of genera, and the ability to retain their names in
the memory, are foreign to real science, and can only find a
place in treatises of a popular character.

Some names, it is objected, “are taken from works published
before the time of Linnzus.””? The claim to be the first to esta-
blish genera was never made by Linneus, neither did he request
his successors to ignore the works of his predecessors, which
would have been contrary to the practice he himself pursued.
“Nomina generica, quamdiu synonyma digna in promptu sunt,
nova non eflingenda*.” ‘ Nomen genericum antiquum antiquo
generi convenitt.”

Let us inquire what is meant by ante-Linnean? The Com-

* Phil. Botan. 247. p. 190, and Fund. Botan. 1736.
+ Linn. Fund. Botan.

M. QO. A. L. Morch on Conchological Nomenclature. 185

mittee of the British Association has advanced the doctrine that
no name older than the twelfth edition of the ‘ Systema Nature’
can be recognized ; but it is evident that Linnzeus fully established
his binomial nomenclature in the tenth edition,—a work which
would have been sufficient for the introduction of that system even
if the twelfth edition had never appeared. In 1756, species were
for the first time distinguished by a word instead of a phrase.
The specific names of Linnzus could not, however, have existed
without genera to which they could be referred, “ uti campana
sine pistillo ;” and generic divisions and names had in fact been
in use long before. In 1735 appeared the first edition of the
‘Systema Nature,’ in which all organic nature was divided into
Classes, Orders, and genera, in accordance with the laws pub-
lished by the author in the following year, 1736, in his ‘ Funda-
menta Botanica,’ the soundness of which has since been gene-
rally acknowledged. The Linnean zra commences therefore
with that year, and not with the date of his last work, because
it is the spirit of his system that we adopt, and not his nomen-
clature, which is now entirely changed. His method was im-
mediately followed by several naturalists (Hill, Patrick Browne,
Adanson, &c.) long before the twelfth edition of the Systema
Nature’ appeared. Ray and Willughby were the first who in-
troduced good genera, as Linnzeus himself acknowledges. In
the works of these authors names were introduced, such as Felis,
Leo, Tigris; but these names are not truly generic, but verna-
cular; and for that reason also the names of Aristotle, Pliny,
Gesner, Buonanni, &c., cannot be adopted.

Again, it is objected that some genera “were never charac-
terized.” If a generic character is required as a sine gud non,
it is necessary that such a character should be a true one; but
this character will always be changing according to the different
views of authors at different periods. The generic character is
a good guide, but not a necessity, for the professional zoologist,
who must be able to judge among the specific characters which
are of generic and which of specific value. The first process in
establishing a genus is to select those speeies which possess
characteristics not found in other genera ; and from these, again,
to choose the most characteristic as the type. No definition at
all is better than one that is inaccurate. The genera Ranella
and Triton are established upon the position of the varices of
their shells; and although many species have since been dis-
covered without any varices, the genera must nevertheless be
considered as established. The genus Cylindrella now contains
many species differing from the original definition.

What is the type of a genus ?—The Committee of the British
Association maintains that the species first mentioned must be

10*

136 M.0O,A.L. Morch on Conchological Nomenclature.

regarded as the type; and this view appears generally to be the
most natural. Linneeus directs that, if a genus must be divided,
the most common species shall preserve the old name. This course
can scarcely, in the present day, be considered as very scientific.
The author who establishes a genus alone has the right to decide
which species he wishes to be regarded as the type, and to in-
terpret the meaning of his generic name. In such authors as
Klein and Hill, who illustrated their genera by figures, it is
most natural to regard the species selected for illustration as
the type. In Adanson, the species which bears the same name
as the genus must be regarded as the type. It is thus erroneous
for an author to consider ossar to be the type of the genus
Natica, because it is the first in order and the only one of which
the animal is described. On the contrary, the second species,
la Natice, must be regarded as the type. Thus of Halotis,
P? Ormier is the type; of Yetus, Yet; of Porcellana, Porcellame ;
of Cerithium, Cerite; of Vermetus, Vermet. If no species is
named in the genus, it 1s because none is found in Senegal.

What is required for a generic name ?—Linneus gives many
rules for the correct application of names, but the only condition
he imposes is that the name shall be a single word of Latinized
form, and not composed of two distinet terms, as Radix Bryonie,
Solen anguinus. Barbaric words are admitted as generic names,
as Coffea, Thea, Chara, Pothos, Jambolifera; and why not also
retain hybrid names, of which the Lat language itself affords
many examples? It is then unnecessary to change Cvrroteuthis
to Bostrychoteuthis or Sciadephorus. Nearly all the genera
adopted by Linnzeus are in opposition to his own rules, as Conus,
Mactra, Venus, Trochus, Turbo, Arca, Buccinum, Patella, &c.,
because Linnzeus considered the historical right of a name to be
of greater importance than the correctness of its formation,—
not, however, in justice to the author, but to history, for Linnzeus
never added the author’s name.

On the Genera of Klein.—Wang was the first (1722) who pro-
duced a systematic Manual of Conchology, divided into genera
which approach nearly to those of Linnzeus at present in use ;
but, unfortunately, most of his names were composed of two
words, and cannot therefore be recognized by naturalists of the
Linnean school. Fischer of Kénigsberg, in 1732, published a
revised system with an improved nomenclature ; and a list of the
names appeared in Klein’s ‘ Echinodermata, in 1733. The
descriptions were first published by Klein im 1752, who must,
however, be regarded only as the editor and commentator, as
appears by the introduction. If we take into consideration that
Klein’s ‘Tentamen Methodi Ostracologicee’ was published at
the time when Linneus divided all univalve shells into five

M. O. A. Li. Morch on Conchological Nomenclature. 137

genera only, and all bivalves into one Class (Concha), we must
regard Klein’s as a classical work. Many of his genera were not
inferior to those now in use; and those in which there exists the
greatest intermixture of species are certainly not worse than the
Linnean, which are now generally adopted: for instance, Bulla
of Linneus includes Ovula and Physa; Turbo includes Clausilia;
Littorina, Turb. marmoreus ; and Naulilus, Planorbis and Fora-
minifera. In the republic of science all are equal, and have the
same claims upon the justice of posterity. As conchologists,
Klein and Fischer were perhaps superior to Linneus, although
in their nomenclature they were inferior to him; and with re-
gard to Klein, we possess this advantage,—that in most cases
there can be no doubt as to the type, of which a figure is always
given. Shuttleworth, for instance, will not adopt the genus
Pseudotrochus (a name as good as Pseudachatine, Albers) because,
in addition to the figured type (Bulla virginea, Linn.), it includes
Cerithium telescopium, although these forms do not differ more
than the species in the genus Helix, Linn., adopted by the same
author. The genus Chersina, Humphrey, is preferred to Liguus,
Montfort, although the former is composed of the heterogeneous
species, Bulla virginea, Bulla achatina, Linn., and a Tornatella.
It must be a matter of indifference how much the species referred
to a genus differ from the type, if they are not congeneric
with it.

I will now offer a few observations on the assumed errors
indicated by the reviewer.

Nerita, Klein, cannot be used, because Lister’s name adopted
by Linnzus, but more accurately defined than by the original
author, has priority.

Garagoi, a name as good as Muscari, Tournef., or Gari, Schu-
macher, is a generic name borrowed from Buonanni, who used
it as a vernacular name for Spaniard. It is very likely a mis-
spelling of Caracol. I am not able to identify the figure ; per-
haps it is Littorina ziczac.

Cophinosalpine (compounded from xogwos, corbis, and cad~
mye, tuba) does not contain any Pleurotoma, but aMangelia, seve-
ral Nass@, and Phos senticosus ; but;the type belongs to Ricinula !

Buccinum, Klein, is the name of a Class, and not of a genus,
Buecinum, Browne, is Triton, Montfort.

Saccus, Klein, is Turbo of Cuvier, which contains many dif-
ferent species. The type selected for illustration is Turbo mar-
moreus.

Ficus, Klein (1752), Bolten, Humphrey, Rousseau, is pre-
occupied by Linnzus for a plant. Gray has introduced Browne’s
name Sycotypus, but, I believe now, erroneously, because Browne
mentions a hairy epidermis, which is not found in any species
of that genus. Perhaps it may be a young Triton. It is also

138 M.O.A.L. Morea on Conchological Nomenclature.

strange that Browne has not quoted any figure of Lister, who
gives several of this genus, of which only one species was known,
from the West Indies. Lamarck’s name Pyrula (1799 and 1801)
must be retained for Ficus and Ficula, Swainson.

Argobuccinum is a name as good as Pholadomya, Volutomitra,
&e. The type is Ranella Argus.

Auris, Klein, 1753, was already used by Linnzeus in the first
edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ 1735.

Haliotis was first described by Lister, and named by him
Auris marina.

Auris Mide, Klein, is composed of two words, and therefore
cannot be used.

Cavolina was established by Gioeni, 1783, in his ‘ Deseriz. di
una nuova famiglia, &c., and Abildgaard re-described the genus
in 1791, one year before Bruguiére published the name Cavolina,
without description, in the plates of the ‘ Ene. Méth.’

Clio, Browne (1756), was adopted by Linneus, although he
had never actually seen it. ‘Clionis genus mihi non visum e
Cl. Brownio mutuatus sum.” Linnzeus has only added specific
names to Browne’s descriptions. Linnzeus here affords an ex-
ample of founding species upon figures and descriptions,—a
practice for which Gmelin has been often censured. Browne
mentions in his specific description “vagina triquetra,” which
proves clearly that he meant a Cleodora, of which a species is
figured. The name given by Peron and Lesueur was therefore
unnecessary, and cannot be acknowledged.

Cassidea, Brug. (1792), is a synonym of Cassis, and cannot be
used for Oniscia, which is the sixteenth species in the list of
twenty-one enumerated as belonging to that genus.

Cassidula, Humphrey (not Cassidulus), is distinet from Cassi-
dula, Lam. (= Echinanthus, Breyn).

Bursa of Petiver and Buonanni is a vernacular name, and
cannot be used generically.

Thais of Bolten is not a synonym of Monoceros, as the only
species of the latter genus is the last in order among the eight
species mentioned.

Cylindrus is only mentioned by Breyn as an example of mono-
thalamous shells.

Operculatum, Linn. The binomial nomenclature was first
employed by Linnzeus in the ‘ Mus. Tessinianum,’ 1753, where
the shells are described in the same manner as in the tenth and
twelfth editions of the ‘Systema Nature’ :—

lingulata......... 1. Pinna linguiformis subfaleata.—
MACETH isiinais sce obs 2. Arca striis membranaceis laceris.
lave ............ 3. Operculatum, tab. vi. f. 5. Testa fere lapidea,

orbiculata a latere, superne magis gibba, ab in-
feriore plana, punctis elevatis. Jgnoti generis.

Bibliographical Notice. 139

It seems clear to me that Linnzus regarded it as a new genus
like Arca and Pinna. None of the shells here described are
mentioned in any of his later works.

Tectura, Aud. and M.-Edw., is named and described in the
‘Compt. Rend.’ for 1824. In the ‘ Hist. Nat. du littoral de la
France,’ it is characterized by the gills as a new genus, but not
named.

I will conclude with a few bibliographical observations.

The name of the person who writes a work is a matter of
perfect indifference to science, and is only necessary for the pur-
pose of distinguishing the work. ‘To the public, each work or
edition is as it were a different person.

The ‘Museum Boltenianum’ was originally written by the
possessor of the collection, a pupil of Linnzus, with additions
and corrections by P. F. Roding and Dr. Schultze, as appears
from the preface furnished by Ant. Aug. Hy. Lichtenstein.
I. C. Fabricius mentions, in the ‘ Mem. of the Nat. Soc. of Copen-
hagen,’ 1793, vol. ii. p. 153, that the most important work of
Schultze was the arrangement of Bolten’s collection, but which
he would probably never be able to complete. Bolten’s work
was subsequently much used by Link, Lichtenstein in the Du-
plicate Catalogue, and Schumacher. The work, of which there
are two editions, is far from rare.

Link’s ‘ Verzeichniss’ was burnt either by accident, as Herr-
mannsen (on the authority of Beck) states, or by the author ;
but a copy was preserved at the University of Rostock, which
copy has been recently brought to light by the researches of
conchologists. The author would not, according to Troschel,
acknowledge his work; but no author has a right to repudiate
that which has been once published.

Copenhagen, June 3, 1858.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Aquarian Naturalist : a Manual for the Sea-side. By Tuomas
Rymer Jones, F.R.S. &e. London, Van Voorst, 1858, 12mo,
pp. 924.

ConsipERING the number of guides who have within the last few
years endeavoured to lead our sea-side pleasure-seekers to find a purer
and more intellectual enjoyment than that presented by the ordinary
course of existence at watering-places, in the investigation of the
wonders which Nature has lavished with a prodigal hand on every
shore, it must be confessed that the apparent effect produced is very

140 Bibliographical Notice.

small indeed. Books ofall qualities and all prices,—from the beautiful
but rather eostly volumes of Gosse down to the little work in which
the “‘Common Objects of the Sea-shore”’ are reduced to the level of
the lowest capacity at the correspondingly low price of one shilling,—
books, good, bad, and indifferent, meet one’s eye at every turn; and
if all visitors to the sea-side do not acquire some knowledge of marine
zoology, it certainly is not the fault of our natural-history writers.
In fact, we are almost surfeited with works published with this ob-
ject. Mr. Thackeray, when enjoying the hospitality of the amiable
Ponto family, found that there was a sameness about a continued
pork diet, and considered their beginning upon a sheep an incident
worthy of record ; and when we look back upon the numerous books
that have appeared since 1850 on the Aquarium and kindred sub-
jects, we are quite ready to sympathize with the illustrious snob-
ographer.

Surely in this, if in any similar case, we might entertain a reason-
able dread of the production of the effect proverbially attributed to
the cooperation of too many cooks. Nevertheless there was one of
the chefs of the natural-history euisine, if we may be allowed to
make use of such a term, a very Soyer in his line, who had not yet
contributed any production of his art to the entertaimment,—one
whose scientific attainments and literary power render his popular
writings the most attractive of any that have appeared in our lan-
guage. Tis long-promised work on the Aquarium has at length made
its appearance ; and although it comes, let us hope, in the very last
course of the aquarian banquet, it is so savoury in its nature, so deli-
cately seasoned, and so admirably concocted, that, surfeited as we
were already, we fall-to upon it with renewed relish, and devour its
charming pages with avidity.

Indeed, considering the inspiration under which it was written, it
would be astonishing were Professor Rymer Jones’s book otherwise
than charming ; he tells us in his preface, that in its composition he
has endeavoured to comply, as far as possible, with the requisi-
tions of his lady-friends, to whose very efficient protection he seems
to confide it; sparkling eyes and fairy fingers appear to have been
his constant assistants in his investigations of the wonders of the
shore; and in his treatment of the subject we trace much of the
brilliancy of the eyes and much of the delicacy of the fingers.

But independently of all charms of style, and of the accessories,
such as descriptions of scenery and anecdotes, scattered here and
there in its pages, the ‘Aquarian Naturalist’ is undoubtedly the best
of all the sea-side books which have come under our notice. Com-
mencing, as in duty bound, with directions to the intending “ aqua-
riist’? upon the establishment and management of his vivaria,—
directions which, although occupying only twenty-six pages of the
work, contain all the necessary information, — Professor Rymer
Jones proceeds to the consideration of the various forms of marine
animals, with especial reference to those which may be conveniently
introduced into the aquarium. Starting from the lowest animals,

Bibliographical Notice. 141

the Sponges and Rhizopods, he works his way upwards through
the different classes and orders, describing a few of the most striking
species in each, in such a way as to furnish his readers not merely
with a desultory sketch of a few animal forms, but with a very
finished picture of the zoology of the sea. Thus we not only find
in his pages striking and elegant descriptions of the various species
of marine animals which are adapted for the purposes of the aqua-
riist, but exceedingly graphic accounts of their habits, mode of life,
and especially of their development; and what renders the work
of particular value in this respect is the introduction of a feature
which we have long thought to be a desideratum in books of the
same nature, namely that in addition to information as to what is
known upon the creatures referred to, the author has also furnished
his readers with an indication of the point at which our present
knowledge stops, and of the direction in which further observations
should be pursued, so that the keeper of aquaria, who may have the
opportunity of observing some animal the history of which is still
imperfect, may learn at once from its pages to what to direct his
attention.

Of the numerous passages which we had marked for extraction, our
space will only allow us to furnish one or two. Here is a specimen
of the mode in which our author elevates one of the commonest ob-
jects of the shore :—

«The naturalist who confines his attention to the larger and more
conspicuous forms of marine productions, neglecting those which,
from their minuteness, require the aid of a microscope for their ex-
amination, would be but little able to appreciate the scene exhibited
upon the exterior of many ordinary shells, when, freshly imported
from their home beneath the waves, they are perused attentively with
a magnifying-glass. The wonderful variety of animal life that crowds
every portion of the surface of some of them, affords a spectacle well
calculated to astonish any observer who for the first time contem-
plates such a scene ; and when, upon closer inspection, we perceive
how actively employed they all appear, how all find room for life and
for enjoyment on the little stage that forms their world, unknowing
all beyond, as if creation was confined to them, a reflection by no
means unnatural will sometimes steal across the mind, that we our-
selves are imaged in their condition, and in their ignorance of what
is passing in surrounding nature beyond the sphere of their immediate
neighbourhood.

** Six thousand years have passed since man was placed upon tbis
sublunary scene—ages untold have rolled away since these little zoo-
phytes began to live, and toil, and die, and leave behind inscribed in
every stone the record of their industry ; and yet two centuries have
not elapsed since man for the first time suspected their existence—
since man first became aware that such things ave, much less that
such things had been, and had perished. Surely the sage was not
far wrong who said, that science was a little boy employed in picking
up pebbles upon the shore, as specimens of the vast wealth concealed
beneath the limitless expanse of ocean.”

142 Bibliographical Notice.

The interesting history of the discovery of the animality of Zoo-

phytes is enlarged upon in a most lively and interesting manner at

. 135 :—

Pa Little more than a century has elapsed,” says Professor Rymer
Jones, “since . .. . zoophytes were considered the undoubted sub-
jects of the vegetable kingdom. .... The zoologist claimed none of
them, if we except the Actinie, for his province and study, but left
them, without dispute, to botanical writers ; and if any of these, in
reference to a very few zoophytes of less arborescent character than
the rest, hazarded a whispered conjecture that they were wrongly
classed, it died away in the utterance, and raised no echo to awaken
further inquiry.

‘««The only opposition to the botanical theory came from the mine-
ralogists, who, some of them, questioned the vegetability of such of
these productions as were of a hard and stony nature, contending
that they were rather rocks or stones formed by the sediment or ag-
glutination of a submarine general compost of calcareous and argilla-
ceous materials, moulded into the figure of trees and mosses by the
action of the waves, by crystallization, by the incrustation of real fuci,
ov by some imagined vegetative power in brute matter.

“Tt was only somewhere about the year 1730 that Peyssonnel, a
physician residing at Marseilles, whose opportunities of observing
these organisms entitled him to give an opinion upon the subject, first
ventured to maintain, that what had previously been described as the
‘blossoms’ of the coral, were true animals (‘insects,’ he thought
proper to call them), analogous to the Actinize or Sea-Anemones ;
that the coral was secreted in a fluid form by the inhabitant Actinie,
and became afterwards fixed, hard, and changed to stone; and that
all other stony plants, and even sponges, are the work of different
‘insects’ peculiar to each species of these marine productions, which
labour uniformly according to their nature, and as the Supreme Being
has ordered and determined.

“* Jussieu, whose eyes had been opened to the real nature of the
zoophytic races by the arguments of Peyssonnel, although, truth to
say, he seems to have been convinced sorely against his will, at last
declared his complete faith in the animality of these creatures, and
his conviction that a numerous list of productions, hitherto unex-
amined, would be found to be of the same nature: in fact, he seems
to have revelled in the enjoyment of the prospect thus revealed before
him. ‘All that we have said,’ he thus concludes, ‘of the polyps
of the sea is merely a sort of advertisement, which, however, cannot
fail to produce the effect which we promise ourselves from it ; it will
doubtless direct the curiosity of naturalists who reside by the sea to
animals so worthy of being better known. They will seek out dif-
ferent species ; they will delight to describe to us the varieties pre-
sented in their forms, which are never but remarkable ; they will
study the figure and disposition of the cells of various species, their
manner of growth and reproduction, and wherewithal they are nou-
rished ; they will place in a clear light everything that has reference
to the different polypidoms and their formation, so that a department

Bibliographical Notice. 143

of uatural history so interesting, so new, and as yet only sketched in
outline, may be rendered as perfect as it merits to be.’ They will ;—
but here we must fancy the enthusiastic old gentleman, in the exu-
berance of his delightful anticipations, flinging his hat and spectacles
into the air; and could he but have added, ‘they will have aquaria
wherein to keep them alive,’ his well-powdered peruke would, as we
may imagine, have speedily followed them in his frantic exultation.”

Where ail the descriptions are equally admirable, it is difficult to
select any example of the descriptive powers displayed by our author ;
but the following account of the appearance and manners of Cydippe
pomiformis will furnish the reader with a fair specimen of the style
in which this department of the work is executed :—

«* Amongst all the elegant forms of the Medusze none can compete
with the Beroé (Cydippe) pomiformis, or emulate the wonderful
machinery whereby it frolics in the glassy water. In the bright sun-
shine, on the level sand, just where the gentle ripples ‘kiss the
shore, then sleep in silence,’ the observant eye may sometimes see a
pearl—for such it looks to be—worthy of being a pendent to the
one dissolved by Cleopatra,—but so frail, so delicate, so evanescent,
that it must be taken up with tenderest care by those who would
survey its beauties, and at once transferred into a vessel filled with
its own element. Its body is then seen to be a little globe of clearest
erystal, tinted with the hues of Iris, and, moreover, fringed from
pole to pole with eight transparent bands of active cilia rapidly at
work, by the aid of which it glides along, advancing like a meteor
through the water.

‘It is, however, when the Beroés have just been taken from the
sea that they exhibit in the highest perfection their locomotive
powers, and display in the bright sunshine the splendid iridescence
of colouring caused by the action of their cilia to the greatest ad-
vantage. As they wheel onwards, rising and falling at pleasure, and
ereating in their course the glory by which they are encircled, they
seem indeed

“en erry. ‘ gay creatures of the element,
That in the colours of the rainbow live.’

“The variety of their evolutions constitutes one of their principal
charms. Sometimes they will ascend from the bottom of the jar to
the surface of the water with a slow and regular moyement resembling
that of a balloon, and descend at the same rate of progression. Again,
they will rise more rapidly, and turning their mouth downwards,
descend with equal rapidity. At other times, without rising or fall-
ing, they will revolve on the transverse axis of their body—then,
abandoning all these modes of progression, they will revolve on their
longitudinal axis, holding the body vertical, and in this position
twirl round and round the glass like graceful waltzers. When the
movements of the animal are thus varied, how great must be the
variety of motion in the cilia by which the body is propelled! Never
for more than a second or two do the cilia cease to vibrate. Even
then it is not a total suspension, but a slower and alternant action,
that is exhibited; the cilia on one or two contiguous bands remain

144 Zoological Society :—

stationary, while the adjacent ones on either side are in motion—
then those which have been still begin to play, and those that were
previously moving remain still: no regular succession of procedure
is observable; but some portion of the bands of cilia are kept
constantly in action, all seeming to perform their duties quite irre-
spective of the rest.

“The tentacula of these beautiful animals are, next to their cilia,
the most interesting portions of their structure. These organs are
not always apparent, but remain enclosed in the creature’s body.
They are seldom displayed immediately after the Beroés have been
captured, nor when the glass vessel in which they are kept is too
much crowded. When, however, not more than five or six are
placed together, the tentacula may be seen developed to their fullest
extent, frequently extending above six times the length of the body
of the animal. The tentacula are often projected from their tubes to
their full extent by one impulse, and the slow uncoiling of the slen-
der serpentine filaments from their margin is then very beautiful.
Indeed it is scarcely possible to convey by any description an idea of
the elegance and diversity of their forms. They seem endowed with
exquisite sensibility, which, however, is not always equally delicate.
At times, the slightest touch will cause a tentaculum to be drawn
back into its sheath with a sudden jerk ; at other times it is apparently
unfelt. The Beroés never seem to be poised or supported in the
water by the assistance of these remarkable organs ; but sometimes,
when they are extended to the bottom of the vessel, they seem to act
as suckers, aud to form fixed points whence the animal rises and
falls at pleasure, appearing as if moored by these delicate and novel
cables.”

But our space warns us of the necessity of bringing this notice toa
conclusion, which we do in the hope that the samples of the quality
of Professor Rymer Jones’s work which we have here given, will in-
duce our readers to gratify themselves by a perusal of the whole. We
may add, that it is illustrated by eight plates, well executed in chromo-
lithography by Mr. Tuffen West, and containing excellent represen-
tations of nearly all the objects referred to in the book.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
January 26, 1858.—P. L. Sclater, Esq., F.L.S., in the Chair.

On new Species or Brrps rrom THE Rio Napo, In THE Re-
puBLic or Ecuapor. By Puariiie Lutiey Scuarer, M.A.,
F178; ETc:

ANABATES MELANOPEZUS.

Supra saturate umbrino-brunneus, uropygio rufescente, cauda
pure rufa: subtus pallide cinerascenti-brunneus, medialiter

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds. 145

dilutior ; gula albicantiore sed rufo lavata; crisso rufescente ;
tectricibus subalaribus cum remigum intus nigricantium parte
vicina lete rufis: rostro nigro, gonyde pallescente; pedibus
nigricanti-plumbeis.

Long. tota 7°0, alee 3-2, caude 3:0.

This species is very closely allied to Tschudi’s 4. ochrolemus,
with which it has been identified by M. de Lafresnaye. But as I
have in my collection one of Tschudi’s original specimens (of 4.
ochrolemus), | am enabled to affirm that the two birds, though much
resembling one another, cannot be considered as of the same species.
Their upper surfaces are much alike; but beneath, the present bird is
of a very pale ashy-brown, while 4. ochrolemus is nearly as dark
below as above. In 4. melanopezus the bill is shorter, stouter, and
nearly all black, and the feet are blackish lead-colour ; in 4. ochro-
lemus the bill is thinner and more elongated, yellowish, with the
culmen horn-colour, and the feet are pale brown.

ANABATES PULVERICOLOR.—Synallazis pulvericolor, Lafr. MS.

Terricolori-brunneus, interscapulio saturatiore, subtus dilutior ;
alis extus et cauda omnino rufis: rostro brevi, paulum incurvo,
albo ; pedibus robustis, plumbeis.

Long. tota 6°2, alee 2°6, caudse 2°8; tarsi 0°8; rostri a fronte 0°5.

A single bad specimen of this species belonging to M. de Lafres-
naye, and kindly lent to me by him along with other specimens
selected from this collection, bears the MS. name Synallazis pulveri-
color. It appears, however, to me to be better placed with Ana-
bates, and more nearly resembles the figure given in Buffon’s Pl.
Enl. of Anabates guianensis, which is the type of the genus, than
anything I have yet seen. Had it been from Guiana instead of the
Rio Napo, I should have thought it was probably referable to that
long-lost species.

It certainly is not a typical Anadbates, speaking of the set of birds
commonly so called, the bill being shorter, straighter, and smaller
than in these birds generally, though not very different from that of
Anabates erythrophthalmus, but it is more nearly allied to Anabates
than to any species of Synallaxis with which I am acquainted.

SYNALLAXIS BRUNNEICAUDALIS. — Synallazis brunneicauda,

Lafr. MS.

Supra olivaceo-brunnea, alis extus et pileo castaneis, subtus
obscure cinerascens, lateribus olivaceo indutis: caude rectri-
cibus decem, colore saturate purpurascenti-brunneis, plumarum
seapis nigris: tectricibus subalaribus ochraceo-flavis: rostro
nigro, gonydis basi albicante: pedibus brunneis.

Long. tota 6°5, alee 2°4, caude 2°7, rostri a fronte °6, tarsi ‘95.

A fine large Synallazis, for which I have employed M. de Lafres-

naye’s MS. name. The only adult specimen is in bad condition.
Both the examples belong to M. de Lafresnaye’s collection.

146 Zoological Society :—

SyNALLAXIS ALBIGULARIS.—Synallawis albigula, Lafr. MS.

Supra murino-brunnea ; cauda concolore ; pileo postico et tectri-
cibus alarum extus rufis: lateribus capitis et corpore subtus
cinereis : loris albidis : gula et ventre medio pure albis, lateri-
bus et crisso brunnescenti-cinereis : rostri nigricantis gonyde
albicante : pedibus clare brunneis.

Long. tota 5:5, ale 2°3.

A short-tailed species of Synallaxis, as I should judge from the
only specimen under observation, in which, however, the medial ree-
trices are absent. It is very nearly allied to Temminck’s S. albescens,
but differs sufficiently in its white throat and belly, as far as I can
judge from the unique specimen.

MaLacocicHLA MACULATA.
Catharus maculatus, J. Verreaux, MS.

Supra nigricanti-schistacea, pileo toto cum capitis lateribus niger-
rimis: subtus ochracescenti-albida, lateraliter schistacea: gula
et pectore summo triangulariter nigro maculatis, maculis quoque
in ventris lateribus rotundis, obsolete schistaceis: tectricibus
subalaribus nigro-schistaceis: rostro et pedibus flavis.

Long. tota 7-0, alee 3°6, caud 2°8, rostri a fronte ‘6, a rictu ‘85,

tarsi 1°4.

This interesting bird is a close ally of Gould’s Malacocichla Dryas
from Guatemala, and I have therefore placed it in the same genus.
It may be distinguished from that species by the dark slaty colour
of the back, which in M. Dryas is greenish olive. Whether these
birds will be ultimately separable from the genus Catharus is, I
think, questionable; and M. Jules Verreaux is therefore quite as
likely to be correct in his appellation of this species as I am in mine.
Besides M. Dryas from Guatemala (P. Z. S. 1854, p. 285, pl. 75),
Prince Bonaparte has described a Mexican species—M. mexicana
(Compt. Rend. Aug. 2, 1856). The Prince also informed me (after
a visit to M. de Lafresnaye’s collection, which he made shortly before
his decease) that Myioturdus fuscater, Lafr. R. Z. 1845, p. 341,
belongs to this same genus—so that this is probably the fourth
species known.

THAMNOPHILUS ZTHIOPS.

3. Ater unicolor ; campterio et tectricibus subalaribus albo
variegatis: rostro et pedibus nigerrimis.

2. Castaneo-brunneus unicolor, alis intus obscurioribus, maculis
quibusdam tectricum superiorum majorum apicalibus cum camp-
terii margine et tectricibus subalaribus flavicanti-rufis : cauda
nigra: rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 6-0, alee 2°8, caudee 2°5, rostri a rictu *85, tarsi *9.

This species is in colour like 7’. immaculatus, of a uniform black ;

but, whilst that has only a very insignificant white patch on the
bend of the wing, the 7’. e¢hiops has the under wing-coverts as well

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds. 147

as the upper coverts close to the bend varied with white. Besides,
the bill is much shorter and stouter, and the whole bird is smaller
in its dimensions. Of 7. immaculatus I make the corresponding
measurements :—Long. tota 7°0, alee 3°3, caudze 3:0, rostri a rictu
1-0, tarsi 1°3.

THAMNOPHILUS CAPITALIS.

do. Cinereus, alis intus obscurioribus ; pileo nigro: subtus dilu-
tior, tectricibus subalaribus et marginibus remigum interioribus
ochracescenti-albidis : cauda nigricante : rostro et pedibus
plumbeo-nigris.

2. Umbrino-brunneus ; pileo rufo ; subtus dilutior, gula albican-
tiore: rostro pedibusque plumbeis, illius mandibula inferiore
pallidiore.

Long. tota 5*7, alz 2°5, caudee 2-0, tarsi *75.

This Thamnophilus belongs to the typical division of the group
which contains 7’. nevivs and its allies. It is easily distinguishable
by its uniform cinereous plumage and black head, and by the absence
of all markings on the wings and tail. M. Verreaux’s collection
contains a male not quite adult and two females of this species.

DysiTHAMNUS LEUCOSTICTUS.

Supra umbrino-brunneus, pileo rufescentiore, pennis omnibus in-
terne cinereis: subtus cinereus, capitis lateribus cum gula et
pectore guttis elongatis albis, pennas medias occupantibus, ma-
culatis: ventris lateribus et crisso olivaceo tinctis: cauda ob-
secure nigra, extus brunneo marginata: rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 5°2, alee 2°75, caudee 2:0, tarsi 1°85.

This species is noticeable on account of the clear white elongated
shaft-spots on the throat and breast, which distinguish it from other
birds of the group. In two younger specimens in MM. Verreaux’s
collection these spots are hardly yet apparent, and the rich brown
edging of the upper plumage is only partly assumed, leaving these
parts of a brownish cinereous.

PyRIGLENA SERVA.

3. Nigra, subtus magis ardesiaca : macula magna interscapula-
rium interna et tectricum alarium superiorum marginibus apica-
libus cum campterio albis ; rostro et pedibus nigris.

2. Olivascenti-cinerea, macula interscapularium interna alba:
subtus saturate ferruginea ; alis caudaque fuscis, tectricum
alarium superiorum marginibus et tectricibus subalaribus rufes-
centibus ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavido: pedibus

cis.

tine, tota 5°3, alee 2°5, caudze 2°3, rostri a rictu 0°8, tarsi 0°9.

Distinguished from Pyriglena domicella and P. atra by its smaller

size. Sir William Jardine recently lent me some specimens of For-
micariide from Quixos, among which were examples of both sexes of
this same species. I do not know Lanius funebris, Licht. (Doubl.
p- 47), from Cayenne, but as far as 1 can judge from his short cha-
racters, it can hardly be identical with the present bird.

148 Zoological Society :—

HETEROCNEMIS ALBIGULARIS.

Brunnescenti-olivaceus, plumis omnibus nigro obsolete marginatis,
alis caudaque nigricantibus ; fascia alarum duplici alba: sub-
tus pallide cinerascens, gutture albo, ventre nigricante trans-
versim lineato : rostro nigro, mandibule inferioris basi albido :
pedibus fuscis.

Long. tota 4°2, alee 2°35, caude 0:9, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 1-0.

Obs.—Affinis H. Bamble ex Cayenna, sed crassitie paulo majore,

rostro longiore et gula alba dignoscenda.

CoNOPOPHAGA TORRIDA.

Clare brunnescenti-olivacea, dorsi plumis nigro partim variegatis ;
capite supra, alis et cauda ferruginescenti-brunneis : tectricibus
alarum et secundariis extus macula apicali fulvo-flavida orna-
tis: plumarum fasciculo postoculart albo: subtus clare ferru-
ginea, gula et ventre medio albicantibus, hypochondris et ventre
imo magis fulvis : mandibula superiore nigra, inferiore cornea :
pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 4°6, alze 2°8, caudee 1:2, tarsi 1°0.

M. Verreaux’s collection contained a single specimen of this ap-
parently new Conopophaga, not in very good plumage. A more
perfect example in the British Museum, which is from Chamicurros
in Eastern Peru, has furnished my specific characters.

This is a typical species of the genus somewhat allied to C. lineata
of South-eastern Brazil.

GRALLARIA FLAVIROSTRIS.

Brunnescenti-olivacea, loris et capitis lateribus rufescentibus :
subtus alba, pectoris medi et lateralis plumis pallide rujis,
utrinque nigro late limbatis, quasi squamatis; gule laterum
plumis rufo tinctis, fascia nigricante intus marginatis; tec-
tricibus subalaribus pallide rufis ; rostro flavo ; pedibus clare
brunneis.

Long. tota 4°2, alee 2°7, caudze 1°1, tarsi 0°9, rostri a rictu 0°7.

This diminutive Grallaria is very like the Venezuelan bird which

I described in the Proceedings for last year (P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 129)
under the name of G. loricata. Like that, it has a pectoral band
formed by the black margins of the pale rufous feathers ; but in the
present species the band is much narrower, and the head is not

chestnut.

GRALLARIA FULVIVENTRIS.

Olivaceo-brunnea, pileo obscuriore, alis extus magis rufescentibus,
loris albidis: subtus gula et abdomine medio albis, pectore,
ventris lateribus et crisso cum tectricibus alarum inferioribus
saturate fulvis, pectore lineis quibusdam migris variegato :
rostro superiore nigro, inferiore, nisi apice, flavo: pedibus
pallide brunneis.

Long. tota 5°5, alee 3:2, caudee 1°4, tarsi 1°5, rostri a rictu 0°95.

This Grallaria seems to belong to a species distinet from anything

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds. 149

yet described. The bird most resembling it of those I have met
with, is G. macularia, of which there are specimens in the Leyden
Museum; but that is rather a peculiar species, remarkable for its
denuded orbits and short, strong hind-nail, while this bird has the
hind-nail slender and rather long, and is in every respect a typical
member of the genus.

Genus novum AGATHOPUS.

Rostrum modice longitudinis, brevius quam caput, subulatum,
culmine recto, ad apicem paulum incurvo, gonyde ascendente,
mandibula superiore ad apicem dentata, naribus, prout in om-
nibus hujus familie generibus, coopertis: ale brevissime, ro-
tundate, remige septima sextam et quintam paulo excedente et
longissima, tertia secundarias equante: pedes validi, tarsis
longis, antice scutellis novem regularibus, postice scutellis mi-
nutis, tectis ; unguibus curvatis, acutis ; cauda modice longi-
tudinis, multum rotundata, rectricibus duodecim, extimis di-
midio brevioribus, ceteris gradatim longioribus ; tectricibus
supra-caudalibus densissimis.

AGATHOPUS MICROPTERUS.

Obscure nigricanti-schistaceus, dorso postico cum ventre imo, late-
ribus et crisso saturate brunneis, radiis transversis nigris, in
tergo vir apparentibus, subobsolete variegatis : vostro nigro,
pedibus clare brunneis.

Juvenis.—Radiis transversis nigris omnino obtectus, gula magis
cinerascente, et colore toto magis brunneo.

Long. tota 3°3, alee 2°3, caudz 1°9, rostri a rictu *7, tarsi 1:0.

This curious bird, of which the collection contains two examples,

seems intermediate in form, as in size, between Meru/azis atra and the
Scytalopodes. From the former it differs in the shape of the bill,
which is shorter, has the gonys curved upwards, and wauts the ele-
vated feather-tufts on the front; from Scytalopus it is distinguished
by its thicker, stronger and larger bill, longer tail, and longer tarsi.
These genera, along with Pteroptochus and its allies, appear to me to
constitute a well-distinguished group, for which I propose to use the
term Pteroptochide, deduced from the oldest and best-known genus
(instead of Lafresnaye’s name Rhinomydee) according to the orthodox
rule for forming the names of families. The distinctions of these
birds as a group are well pointed out in the Ornithology of D’Orbigny’s
Voyage (p. 192), and their most essential character, as is there stated,
consists in the covered nostril, only a narrow longitudinal aperture
being left, which occurs in every species. They must certainly be
arranged next to the Formicariida, within the limits of which they
have been placed by Cabanis and other writers; and I am not myself
certain that it may not be possible to consider them only as a sub-
family belonging to that series.

TopIROSTRUM PICATUM.

Supra nigrum, loris et secundariarum trium ultimarum pogonits

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. ii. ll

150 Zoological Society :—

externis cum macula rectricis une utrinque extime apicali
albis, his flavicante tinctis ; subtus album, tectricibus sub-
alaribus et margine campterii flavicanti-albis : rostro superiore
nigro, inferiore albo ; pedibus pallide fuscis.
Long. tota 3°5, alee 2°1, caudee 1-3, rostri a fronte 6-0, tarsi 6°5.
This peculiar Todirostrum is quite unlike any other known mem-
ber of the genus in colouring. In structure it is generally typical,
but with the bill not quite so broad towards the apex as in some
others.

CYCLORHYNCHUS ZQUINOCTIALIS.

Clare olivaceus, remigibus alarum nigricantibus flavicanti-viridt
late limbatis ; cauda fusca, rectricum marginibus dorso con-
coloribus: subtus flavicans, gula grisescente ; pectore et late-
ribus cum crisso olivaceo perfusis ; tectricibus subalaribus sul-
phureis ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore albo; pedibus carneis.

Long. tota 6:0, alee 2°6, eaudee 2°3, rostri a rictu 0°8, tarsi 0°7.

This bird is a close ally of the Brazilian Cyclorhynchus olivaceus,

but may be distinguished by its shorter wings and tail, and by the
pure yellow of the middle cf the abdomen.

March 9, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

A MonoGRAPH OF THE GENUS MINIOPTERIS.
By Rosert F. Tomes.

Perhaps there is no order of Mammalia in which there is so great
a diversity in the forms of the different species as in the Cheiroptera.
On examining the genus Vespertilio in the extended form in which
it is given by M. Temminck, and more recently by M. Wagner, the
naturalist will find an assemblage of creatures which he will have
great difficulty in making out to his satisfaction. But in endeavour-
ing to separate them into groups or genera for the purpose of de-
scription, he will be equally puzzled. An examination of the British
species merely, will illustrate the nature of the difficulty to which I
refer. Take, in the first place, the common Noctule Bat, and the
equally common Whiskered Bat, the one exhibiting a heavy mus-
cular body, and strong wings capable of vigorous and sustained
flight, and with jaws and teeth of sufficient size and power to masti-
cate a Cockchafer whilst on the wing with perfect ease; and the
other species having a slight and feeble body, with very slender
wing-bones supporting a membrane of equal delicacy, suited only for
flight in sheltered spots, and with a muzzle and teeth of such small
size as to be fitted only for taking minute food in such situations.

The difference between the two is quite sufficient to justify generic
separation, and the work is easy so far as these two species are con-
cerned ; but unfortunately a whole host of species come in between
them, and bring such a series of small modifications as to reduce
the distinction to one of degree only ; so that in attempting to separate

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Miniopteris. 151

them the results are anything but satisfactory. And it is scarcely
necessary to go beyond the European list to meet with an unbroken
series from the one to the other. Under these circumstances, any
character which could be found sufficiently marked to show a differ-
ence apart from that of degree, however small it might be, would
be valuable as a means of classification.

In default of any single character which might be considered suf-
ficient for this purpose, a certain combination of characters, not in
themselves sufficiently distinctive taken separately, might neverthe-
less, if taken collectively, answer the desired end; and further, the
decision would be strengthened if we were to find that these cha-
racters were so precisely uniform in degree, as to afford no specific
differences beyond those of the size of the animal and the quality and
colour of the fur.

Such is literally the case with the group which I have now to
consider. Although inhabiting widely separated localities—Europe,
Asia, Africa and Australia, —its several members scarcely exhibit any
greater differences than those above noted, viz. colour and size.

The genus Miniopteris was first proposed by Prince C. L. Bona-
parte in his fine work on the Fauna of Italy, for a species which was
there described as Miniopteris Ursinii, being regarded as new. It has
however been subsequently shown by MM. Keyserling and Blasius,
that this species is identical with the one described a long time pre-
viously by Naiterer, in Kuhl’s ‘Memoir on the Bats of Germany,’
under the name of Vespertilio Schreibersii. The specific name
given by Natterer is the one now generally admitted, whilst the ge-
neric one given by Prince C. L. Bonaparte is refused or adopted
according to the opinion respecting the generic distinctions.

In the following monograph the generic peculiarities will first be
pointed out; and this will be followed by a detailed description of
the earliest-described and best-known species—the European one,
after which the points of dissimilarity in the other species will be
adverted to *,

Genus Miniopreris, Bonap.—Trilatitius, Gray (in part).

Top of the head much elevated; face very short, concave in its
longitudinal direction ; muzzle obtuse, not much depressed ; nostrils
near together, with their upper and inner margins slightly project-
ing, the space between these projecting parts being slightly emar-
ginate. This notch between the nostrils does not, however, pass
downward through the upper lip, which is entire and rather pro-
minent. The nostrils themselves are crescent-shaped and open sub-
laterally. From the outer side of each is a vertical notch or groove
passing through the lip, but leaving its central portion entire and

* I am aware that some zoologists regard the Asiatic and African representa-
tives of the genus as referable to the European one, an opinion in which I par-
tially concur. The African one, Vespertilio dasythrix of Temminck, is I believe
identical with Miniopteris Schreibersii; but the Asiatic ones occurring in the
islands of the Indian Archipelago and in Australia, 1 believe to be perfectly
distinct species.

Lis

152 Zoological Society :—

slightly projecting*. Lateral parts of the lip thick and overhang-
ing.

re lip with a distinct and clearly defined reflex central portion,
as in Natalus, but of much less extent.

Ears angular-round, very short ; tragus short, of uniform breadth,
round at the end, and curved inwards. ‘Tail as long as the head
and body. Wing-membranes extending to the extremity of the
tibie. Os calcis short. Cutaneous system ample; middle pha-
lange of the second and third finger very short. Fur very thick
and soft.

Skull with the bony palate extending backwards as far as the
molar series only. Intermaxillary bones nearly meeting in front,
so as to allow space for a considerable interval on each side between
the outer incisors and the canines, and leaving only a small interspace
between the two inner incisors. Incisors placed across the opening
between the canines.

1. MInIoprERIS SCHREIBERSII.

Vespertilio Schreibersii, Natt.in Kuhl, Wetter. Ann. iv. 41,1817 ;
Desm. Mamm. p. 138, 1820; Fisch. Synop. Mamm. p. 104, 1829 ;
Temm. Mon. Mamm. il. p. 174, 1835-41; De Selys-Longch. Etude
Micro-mamm. p. 138, 1839; Wagn. Supp. Schreb. Saugth. 1. 508,
1841.

Miniopteris Schreibersii, Keys. et Blas. Wiegm. Arch. v. 323,
1839; Die Wirbelthiere Europ. p. xiii. et 44, 1840; Less. Nouv.
Tab. Régne Anim. p. 27, 1842.

Miniopteris Ursinii, Bonap. Faun. Ital. fase. 21. fol. 106, 1832-
42 ; Gray, Mag. Zool. & Bot. 1. 497, 1838 ; De Selys-Longch. Etude
Micro-mamm. p. 139, 1839; Less. Nouv. Tab. Régne Anim. p. 27,
1842.

Vespertilio Ursinii, Temm. Mon. Mamm. ii. p. 179, 1835-1841.

Vespertilio dasythriz, Temm. Mon. Mamm. ii. p. 268.

Vespertilio Natalensis, Smith, South African Quart. Journ. new
ser. Vell 1832:

Miniopteris dasythrix, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Africa, no. 27. pl. 52,
1848 ; Schinz, Synop. Mamm. i. p. 166, 1844.

The crown of the head is very much elevated, and the face so
much depressed as to give the appearance of a deep hollow across
its middle. The muzzle is very short and round, but it is not itself
much depressed, as in the flat-headed species such as the Noctule.
From the great concavity of the middle part of the face, the muzzle
appears to have an upward direction. The nostrils are small, near
together, and in the specimens preserved in spirit are directed nearly

* This projecting part of the upper lip is somewhat singular. Separated by
the two vertical grooves above mentioned, it is well and clearly defined, and has
somewhat the appearance of the cartilaginous fore part of the palate of some Ru-
minants, as that of the Sheep. Its surface is conspicuously granular, and in size
it exactly corresponds with the naked reflex portion of the lower lip, so that
when the mouth is closed the two parts fit closely together.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Miniopteris. 153

straight forward ; but in dried specimens they have a sublateral di-
rection,

The ears are very short, somewhat quadrangular in form, with
the angles rounded, and have their outer margin brought forward
along the face in the form of a very narrow strip of membrane to
near the corners of the mouth. The inner margin rises from the
side of the head in a perpendicular direction for a very short distance,
and then making an angle, which if not rounded off would be a right
angle, proceeds outwards in nearly a straight line, and forms another
similar rounded angle with the outer margin. About the middle of
the outer margin is a slight hollow.

The tragus reaches fully halfway up the ear, and in actual mea-
surement nearly equals it in length, both being viewed as simple
projections and measured along their central lines. Its form is
somewhat similar to that of the tragus of the common Pipistrelle ;
but it is relatively longer and narrower, of absolutely uniform breadth,
and with the tip more regularly rounded. It curves inwards for
the whole of its length, but most strikingly so about oné-fourth of
the distance from the end.

The wings are long in relation to the size of the animal, and the
longest finger is fully twice the length of the fore-arm. The middle
phalanges of the two longest fingers in the wing are very short, but
the relative lengths of the same parts in the other fingers are not
remarkable. In the relative proportions of these bones to each other,
they closely resemble the same parts in Furipterus, but in no other
group that I have had the opportunity of examining. Thumb of
medium length and size, with the terminal phalange a little longer
than the basal one ; its claw rather strongly hooked.

The wing-membranes are attached as far as to the extremity of
the tibiee.

The hinder limbs are of medium proportion ; but the feet are rather
large, and have the toes of about one-half of their entire length. The
claws, although of moderate size, are strongly hooked.

The tail is long, and is composed of nine vertebra, and is fully
equal in length to the head and body. It is wholly enclosed by the
interfemoral membrane, which has about thirteen transverse dotted
lines, which are very near together on its basal portion. All the
membranes are somewhat diaphanous, but present no great pecu-
liarities of reticulated or other markings.

The fur is soft and thick, of medium length, and rather faintly
bicoloured, both above and below. That of the upper parts is dark
brownish grey at the base, its terminal half paler and strongly
tinged with brown. Beneath it has similarly coloured roots, with
palish grey-brown tips. Such is the colour of the European ex-
amples. Those from Algeria are characterized by a strong ashy
tinge over the whole of the fur, and in some specimens the pubal
region is wholly ash-coloured. Examples from Lake Ngami have all
the upper parts of the body of a deep brownish grey (similar in co-
lour to the roots of the hair in the European specimens), with the
extreme tips of the hairs slightly paler, but not browner. Beneath,

154 Zoological Society :—

the fur is nearly black at its base, and tipped with ash colour; and
the latter colour prevails around the region of the pubes. The
specimens from this locality represent the Vesp. dasythriz of M.
Temminck, and correspond pretty accurately with his description ;
but specimens from the Cape are described by Dr. A. Smith as having
the upper par ts “‘ intermediate between chestnut-brown and yellowish
brown,” and the under parts “dull pale brownish red, tinged with
wood-brown and yellowish brown, in places strongly tinted with
pale reddish orange.” I have seen no African example of this
colour.

The cerebral region of the skull is very much elevated, almost as
much so as in Furipterus, the evenness of its convexity being interfered
with only by a narrow transverse depression occupying the position
of the suture uniting the occipital with the parietal bones, by a
moderately developed sagittal ridge, most conspicuous on the frontal
region, and by an occipital crest of similar degree of development.

The facial part of the cranium is very much depressed, and it is
also considerably compressed. The intermaxillary bones are, as in
Furtpterus, more developed than is usually the case among the
Vespertilionidae, affording sufficient space for the incisors to be in-
serted in a nearly perpendicular position, and at the same time to
leave a considerable interval between them and the canines. It is
worthy of remark, that in this, as in the crania of the other species
of the genus, the antorbital foramina are placed more forward than
usual, only just behind the canines. The nasal opening is rather
small, and the corresponding notch in the front of the palate pro-
portional to it in size. The orbit is small, and the zygomatic arches
have a very moderate lateral curvature. As in other species having
a dome-shaped cranium, the condyloid fosse are in aline high above
that of the teeth, and the zygoma in consequence starts at an angle
from the line of the dental series and passes upwards and backwards
to the condyle. In those species which, like the common Noctule,
have a flat cranium, with both the facial and cerebral surfaces in
one continuous line, the dental series and the zygoma are in nearly
a continuous line also.

The bony palate presents one peculiarity, viz. that it scarcely ex-
tends posteriorly beyond the last molar, whereas in the generality
of the Vespertilionide it reaches as far backwards as halfway be-
tween the last molar and the condyles, and in some instances reaches
even so far back as to the latter.

The lower jaw does not present any great peculiarities of structure.
It has a rounded posterior angle, to adapt itself to the elevated po-
sition of the cranial condyles, and a distinct and well-marked poste-
rior process, about halfway between the angle and the condyloid
process. The coronoid process is of ordinary form and on a level
with the condyle.

Viewed in front, the upper incisors are seen to be in two pairs,
which are separated by a moderately wide opening in the centre, and
by another of less extent on each side, between them and the canines;
but the teeth in each of these pairs are placed close together. In

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Miniopteris. 155

direction, their tips point a little inwards. Seen laterally they are
nearly vertical.

In form they present no remarkable deviation from what is com-
mon in the genera Vespertilio and Scotophilus: they are of nearly
equal length, the two nearest the canines simple in form and some-
what blunt, the inner ones more pointed and with a kind of basal
cusp or point near to the outer ones. The canines are of medium
size, and conical, with but little angularity, and possessed of a mode-
rately developed cingulum. ‘The first pre-molar is small, and has a
central pointed cusp, surrounded by a flattish space, from the centre
of which it projects. Its general appearance is that of a diminutive
canine having an exceedingly broad cingulum. Succeeding to this,
and contiguous to the first true molar, is a tooth which may be re-
garded as taking the place of the sectorial tooth of the Carnivora ;
it is rather long and pointed, with an imer basal ring, which is con-
siderably developed in the direction of the palate.

The true molars have nothing remarkable either in number or
form.

In the lower jaw the incisors exhibit a slight deviation from the
usual type. The four central ones are small and trilobed; but the
two outer ones are conspicuously larger, and instead of having a thin
lobated edge, have a roundish flattened crown with a transverse cleft
through its centre, for the reception of the point of the outer upper
incisor when the jaws are closed.

The lower canines are of the ordinary form ; but it is worthy of
remark, that the basal ring or collar is considerably developed,
running off into a flat basal space in the direction of the first pre-
molar, but rising up into a kind of blunt accessory cusp near to
the large incisor already mentioned.

This form of canine cannot, however, be instanced as peculiar to
the genus, since I find that the additional cusp occurs more conspi-
cuously in some other species, as the common Noctule Bat, and the
equally common Long-eared Bat; whilst in some others, as the
Kerivoula picta and the Barbastelle, it appears as a mere ring of
enamel around the base of the tooth.

The three following teeth are of a very simple form, conical and
pointed, surrounded by a cingulum which is rather more developed
on the inside of the teeth than on the outer. They increase in size
evenly and rapidly, so that the one contiguous to the molars is the
highest tooth in the jaw, excepting the canine, and even to that it
is not greatly inferior.

The only peculiarity I am able to note respecting the true molars
is, that the first has its anterior inner cusp so much produced as to
be nearly even with the outer anterior one, usually much the highest.

The numeration of the teeth may be thus stated :—

In. =; Can. —; Prem. -—; Mol. ———

The dimensions in column 1 of the following table are those of a
specimen from the Bannat; 2, those of one from Sicily: both pre-
served in spirit. Column 3 contains the dimensions of the mutilated

156 Zoological. Society :—

skeleton, which is all that remains of the type of Prince Bonaparte’s
Miniopteris Ursinii ; whilst column 4 refers to a specimen collected
in Algeria in 1856 by the Rev. H. B. Tristram, and very kindly pre-
sented to me; and columns 5 and 6 refer to specimens from Lake
Ngami, collected by Mr. Anderson. The three last-mentioned spe-
cimens are all preserved in skin, and their dimensions are therefore
less to be depended on than those of the specimens in spirit.

ie 2: ieaas 4, 5. 6.

in. lin.jin. lin.in. lin.jin. lin.jin. lin.jin. lin.

Length of the head and body.... 2 3 | 2 3 |... 2" an a nes
Olsthertail ee sce .ceroner: 22S 2 eh Oe

Of the head!......20sssee- \O> 85)00) Sz) nJcccke: 0 83! 0 82/0 8

—— of the ears ......seecceeee |) Oi Bice Os orb lecpeene ee 0 3/0 310 3

— of the tragus ............ 0 2 |.0- 23) nsuvs--- 0, 2 n0y 2 FOr

— of the fore-arm ......... 19°) 1 9.) 0 Selly “Seis oe les

——— of the longest finger... 3 6/3 5/3 3/3 4/3 5/3 3

——— of the fourth finger 2° 2°) 2-0) 2) 0) 20S a 22 eee

— of the thumb ............ |}0 4;0 3/0 32/0 34) 0 33)0 33

of the tibia ....c0s<0+ss.- /0 9|0 83/0 730 83 0 83/0 82

of the foot and claws.... 0 5315 0/0 490 5/0 43/0 43%

Expanse Of Wings ............00 }14 0 [13 0 [13 6 {12 9 {13 0/12 6

2. M. BLEPOTIS.

Vesp. blepotis, Temm. Mon. ii. p. 212, 1835-41; Miller, Over.
Zoog. d. Ind. Archiv, p. 23, and table; Schinz, Synop. Mamm. i.
p- 172, 1845.

Miniopteris blepotis, Blasius, Wiegm. Arch. Bd. 6. p. 4, 1840.

Pipistrellus blepotis, Less. Nouv. Tab. Régn. Anim. p. 30, 1842.

Trilatitius blepotis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. v. 10. p. 258, 1842;
Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 26, 1843; Zool. Voy. Samar. p. 8, 1849.

Scotophilus Morio, Gray, App. Greg’s Narrat. p. 405, 1841 ; Cat.
Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 29, 1843 ; Wiegm. Arch. Bd. 8. p. 339, 1842;
Schinz, Synop. Mamm. i. p. 192, 1844.

Vesp. Eschscholtzii, Waterh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, p. 4.

Noctulinia ? Eschscholtzii, Gray, Zool. Voy. Samar. p. 9, 1849.

The following comparison of this species with the last has been
made between a great number of examples of both, most of those of
M. blepotis being preserved skins, whilst the greater part of those
of M. Schreibersii have been preserved in spirit. It is necessary to
make this statement before proceeding further, as the foregoing de-
scription of the latter species was drawn up from the specimen in
spirit, whereas the stuffed specimens of both species have been re-
sorted to in the following comparative description. Unfortunately
I have not yet obtained a sufficient number of M. dlepotis in spirit
to be able to give as many details as I could desire.

Compared with M. Schreibersii, the tace of the present species
appears more elongated, although still very short; and it is rather
more pointed, and has the nostrils more prominent. ‘The ears, too,
are relatively somewhat longer.

In quality the fur is pretty similar, from whatever locality the
animal may have been obtained. That of the upper parts is uni-

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Miniopteris. 157

coloured, sometimes having the tips of the hairs a little paler. In
M. Schreibersii it is bicoloured. The general colour is very dark
brown, varying slightly in its hue according to the locality from
which the examples have been obtained. Beneath it is bicoloured
in both species. In the present one it is dark brown at the base,
tipped with a paler tint of the same colour, which latter occupies the
whole length of the hairs on the pubal region.

Examples from Japan have for the most part a rich umber tinge
in the colour of the fur; in others from Amboyna a black-brown is
the prevailing colour, still however with a reddish tinge, whilst the
majority of those from Australia have the fur of a very deep brown
colour without such tinge. There is, however, a remarkable variety
sometimes met with in the latter country, which may be.thus men-
tioned :—The fur of the head and fore part of the back is of the
ordinary sombre colour, but that of the loins and rump is on the
contrary of a bright chestnut-brown, very silky and shining, and the
change from one colour to the other is not effected by a regular gra-
dation, but takes place almost abruptly, a wavy irregular line across
the loins marking the confines of the two. But in one or two spe-
cimens which I have seen, the chestnut colour extends up the middle
of the back in a narrowish line, almost to the shoulders, and pro-
duces a very marked and beautiful variety *. In these specimens
the region of the pubes also is lighter in colour than in the ordi-
narily coloured individuals.

I have not been able to examine examples of this species taken at
different periods of the year, so as to follow out the notes given by
M. Temminck of the seasonal changes in the colour of the fur.

Some differences are observable in the crania of this and the last
species, which deserve mention. From the greater length of the
muzzle, as already noticed, it might be expected that the cranium
also would exhibit some corresponding elongation of its anterior
part, and accordingly that is seen to be the case. On comparing
the two skulls, that of M. Schreibersii, besides being altogether the
smaller one, has the facial portion more compressed immediately in
front of the orbits, and is less depressed. The posterior part of the
palate also is narrower, so that the zygomatic arches spring at once
outwards from the maxillary bones; whilst in 4/epotis, where this
part of the skull is relatively broader, the zygoma passes off in a
backward direction, scarcely making an angle with the outer surface
of the maxillary bones.

Another very apparent difference consists in the much greater

* Somewhat the same style of colouring occurs in the Scotophilus Gouldii, also
from Australia, and in some examples there is a slight tendency towards the same
peculiar division of the two colours. Scotophilus tuberculatus also, from New Zea-
Jand, is very similarly coloured ; but the gradation from the dark fore parts to the
more rufous hinder parts is very slight and uniform. .

Mr. Blyth has remarked of many of the Indian Bats, that they are subject to
what he calls a rufous phase: perhaps this remark may be extended to the Au-
stralian examples of the present species, although why this should not equally
take place with those inhabiting the islands of the Indian Archipelago, is rather
difficult to decide.

158 Zoological Society :—

length and substance of the teeth, especially the canines in M, 6le-
potis. Inthis species the upper canines are so long as to pass, when
the jaws are closed, almost to the lower margins of the lower jaw,
whilst in M. Schreibersii their points reach only to about the middle
of the ramus. It is also deserving of notice, that the singularly
formed outer incisors of the lower jaw exhibit the peculiarity already
alluded to in a much greater degree in this species than in M. Schrev-
bersii, or indeed than im any other species appertaining to the genus.

Columns 1, 2 and 3 in the following table of dimensions refer to
specimens from Japan, 4 and 5 to specimens from Amboyna, and 6
to the specimen in the collection of the British Museum, from which
Mr. Waterhouse took his deseription of V. Hschscholtzit.

oo
~
On
lor)

igs |e ; : ; :
in. lin.|in. cals lin.jin. lin.jin. lin.jin. lin.

Length of the head and body... 2 6|2 9/2 6/2 5|]2 6|2 1
of the tail ...ssesseeeeees 2 0 2-2 lniens 1 91s 9) em
Ofsbhe-head..2.. ceca ss0s 0 8.0 9) 0 9.1.0 TS) cOmon ROmese
ot UL CTE AUS oecicaseccnes aes 0 .3.)|-0.3 | 0 3380 Sor tOioe ners
— of the tragus ............ 0 2/0 23/0 23)0 23/0 23)0 22
of the fore-arm ......... 1 9) 19) 1 (9) bea ee eee
—— of the longest finger ...|3 6|3 6|3 7/3 3|)3 8|)3 7
——— of the fourth finger ...}2 0/2 1/2 2}2 0|)2 2/)2 4
——— of the thumb ............ 0 4/0 4/0 4/0 330 33,0 33
of the tibia ............... 09/0 8310 910 8/0 9/0 8z

of the foot and claws | 0 4/060 43)/0 4310 4/0 43/0 4
Expanse of WingS..........0....... \l4 0 4 0 Ind 0 {12 6 {14 0]13 6

The specimens, the dimensions of which are given in the next
table, formed part of Mr. Gould’s Australian collection, and were
obtained at several localities. They have been selected from a con-
siderable number as fair representatives of the so-called Scotophilus
Morio.

if 2. 3.
in. lin. in. lin. in. lin.
Length of the head and body.. 2 8 2 9 2 8%
Of: the tals sy. 1. ohio. vata Pile 2 3
——— of the head.......... 0 9 0 9 0 8?
of the ears... win aea” | ees 0 32 0 31
of the tragus +. <5... .« 0 21 0 2 0 gi
of the fore-arm ...... 1 10 1 94 ro
of the longest finger 3 6 3 6 3 6
of the fourth finger.... 2 2 2 3 ce
of the thumb ........ 0 34 0 4 0 4
Obthe COIN 2... <6 bos 2 0 9 0 9 0 832
of the foot and claws... O 5 Oh ye 0 42
Expanse of wings............ 13 10 14 0 13 6

3. M. TRISTIS.

Vespertilio tristis, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. pt. xiii. p. 3,
1845; Gray, Zool. Voy. Samar. p- 31, 1849.

The muzzle of this species is relatively broader and more obtuse
than in any other species of the genus ; and this peculiarity, together

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Miniopteris. 159

with its superior size, is sufficient at once to distinguish it from the
last species, which it otherwise resembles. The peculiarity pointed
out by Mr. Waterhouse of having the nostrils directed sublaterally,
whilst in the allied species M. b/epotis they open almost in front,
does not, I think, furnish a very valuable character in any of the
species which have the glands of the upper lips much developed.
When these glands are large, they often advance so far forward as to
thrust the outer margins of the nostrils forward also, or at any rate
to close up the vertical notch already mentioned as separating the
lips from the nostrils. This gives the latter the appearance of open-
ing directly in front, whereas in the same species when examined in a
dry state, when the lips have shrunk and produced a more pointed
muzzle and prominent nostrils, the latter are found to open more or
less laterally. And as it is not uncommon to meet with different
individuals of the same species (in this genus) having these glands
developed in a slightly different degree, so it is common to observe
a corresponding difference in the nostrils. A good number of
examples will alone supply the necessary materials by which to
distinguish truthfully the characters of allied species. It remains
therefore, as I think, to be proved by the examination of a greater
number of examples, that this species differs essentially in what
may be called a generic peculiarity from the so-called Vesp. Esch-
scholtzii, or that the latter differs from the Vesp. blepotis of M.
Temminck.

I can detect no difference in the distribution or quality of the fur
from the species last described. It is unicoloured, and the general
colour is very deep brown, as in the Australian specimens of M.
blepotis. When seen in spirit, it appears to be sooty black.

As far as is at present known, this species is confined to the Phi-
lippine Islands.

in. lin.
Length of the head and body ........ 2 6
eet NIE UHI. 5. te ee ee os 2 5
— ofthe head ................ 0 10}
———— of the ears........... ...... 0 4
BUGME TAPHS.. 2. se os oe ee 0 22
—w— of the fore-arm.........-..... 2 1
of the longest finger.......... 4 3
— of the fourth finger .......... 2 35
—— of the thumb................ 0 3}
ah te v0 10
—— of the foot and claws ........ 0 5}
Expanse of wings ............---+0- 15 6 or 16in.*

* It will be observed, that the dimensions I have given differ a little from those
given by Mr. Waterhouse, both taken from the same specimen. But the differ-
ence is very trifling in all respects save in the expanse of the wings, and here a
good deal depends upon the measurer. I have usually taken this dimension by
means of a thread extended along the bones of the wings to the shoulders, and
then taken the breadth between them with a pair of compasses.

If the expanse be taken in a straight line between the tips of the open wings,

160 Zoological Society :—

4, M. AUSTRALIS, n. 8.

This species differs from M. dlepotis in having the face more
hairy, the ears relatively smaller, and the thumb much smaller, and
in being itself much smaller. The fur too of the under parts en-
croaches somewhat on the membranes, whilst in M. dlepotis the
latter are quite free from fur.

M. Temmincek, speaking of the latter species, says, “ La femelle
n’a guére plus de 3 pouces 4 lignes (of length) ; envergure a-peu-
prés 10 pouces ; antibrachium 1 pouce 6 lignes ;”’ which statement
of dimensions appears to apply with moderate accuracy to the pre-
sent species. It is not, however, the female of M. dlepotis, as I
have examined specimens of both sexes, adult and immature ; and
if neither age nor sex will explain the great difference in size, it must
be regarded as a very remarkable variety or as a distinct species.
The fact of its occurrence over a very considerable range of country
—the Indian islands and Australia, inhabiting alike island and con-
tinent without manifesting any difference im appearance, is very
strong evidence against its being a mere variety, and in my opinion
fully establishes it as a distinct : species.

The general colour of the fur is very similar to that of M. blepotis;
but the generality of specimens have a more decided rufous tinge,
which is given by the tips of the hairs being paler and redder than
the base. But this is not perceivable in some individuals, and thus
they are of the ordinary sombre colour of the Australian examples
of M. blepotis.

In the following Table of Dimensions, columns 1 and 2 refer to
adult males, 3 to an adult female in young, 4 to a youngish male
with the wing-joints imperfectly ossified, all of them being preserved
in spirit inthe British Museum ; and column 5 to a specimen in skin
in the same collection,—the whole of them having been collected in
Australia by Sir G. Grey, K.C.B., and presented to the National

[i de Ue eee) aamres 4. 5. 6.
in. lin. in. lin. in. lin.|in. lin.jin. lin./in. lin.
Length of the head and body...|} 1 11|1 9/1 8)/1 8/1 7/2 0
Otstheltail’ Me scacereone sr: 1°90) D8) 2 98 Gal een oes ea
of the head's. 250). nets. 0 8;0 73/0 73,0 73/0 740 7
—~— of the ears .......00....8- eeu Betaracio: 0 33/0 340-370 3
—— of the tragus ............ GO), 2hlsewecsere | Ov 2):cO) 22 OR 2 IOs 2
—— of the fore-arm ......... 1.7 |.1 .63)57 25) iGe) DiS eee
—_ of the longest finger ...| 3 0 |......... 2° 8 | 2) 085) 209s eee
——w— of the fourth finger ...| 1 10 |......... 118 | Pe eee
——— of the tibia ............... | OMFS alscannceee O70 78 tO Gr tO rae
- of the foot and claws...) 0 4#)......... 0 3% 0 33/0 4)0 3%
Expanse of Wings .........sc0ee 11 8 |11 0|10 6/10 7 ]11 0 (10 6

Collection. The dimensions in column 6 have been taken from the
specimen of M. dblepotis mentioned in Dr. Gray’s ‘Catalogue of

it must be evident that the length of this line will depend on their complete or
partial expansion, and in dried specimens it is almost impossible to have them all
with the wings in an exactly similar position. It is on this account that I have
adopted the method just stated.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Miniopteris. 161

the Mammalia of the British Museum,’ as having been received from
the Leyden Museum, its country being Timor. It is probable,
therefore, that this may have been mistaken by M. Temminck for
the female of that species. Be this as it may, the specimen in
question is certainly a male, and the perfectly ossified condition of
the wing-joints indicates that it is adult.

The name under which I have described this species was given
under the impression that it was exclusively a native of Australia.
It was not until after I had arranged and named the specimens in
the British Museum and in some other collections, that I found it
to be an inhabitant of Timor (and probably of other islands of the
Indian Archipelago) as well as of Australia, and that the name of
australis was not strictly appropriate. But to avoid the confusion
which might possibly arise from a change of name, I have thought
it desirable that it should remain unaltered.

Of the two following species I am unable to give as complete an
account as I could wish.

The first is exhibited in the Leyden Museum with the name of Vesp.
tibialis affixed, but I am not aware that any description of it has
appeared. In that collection there are four specimens, all from
Amboyna. A single specimen in my own collection, received also
from Amboyna by MM. Verreaux, although in a somewhat muti-
lated conditicn, will nevertheless furnish a sufficiently complete de-
scription by which to recognize the species, if species it really is.

In general appearance it closely resembles M. b/eoptis, but is a
trifle smaller, and moreover appears to differ remarkably in all the
specimens, in having the extremity of the tibia perfectly free for
nearly a third of its length. The wing-membranes do not extend
beyond two-thirds of the length of the tibia, and the os calcis ad-
heres closely to it up to the same point, and then starts from it at
nearly a right angle, so that the extremity of the limb is completely
unencumbered, and appears like a slender shank.

If this peculiarity is persistent, and not due to the state of pre-
servation, it would mark out a very distinct and good species ; but
it is very desirable that other specimens be examined that have been
preserved in spirit, in which state they show these parts in a more
natural condition. It is worthy of note, however, that all the speci-
mens present precisely the same appearance ; that is, the leg is free
for the same length, and this would hardly be the case were it due
to the state of the preservation merely. On the other hand, the
species so closely resembles in all other respects the M. blepotis,
that one may well hesitate and view with suspicion a species having
only a single point of difference.

The following are the dimensions of the specimen in my own col-
lection :—

in. lin.
Length of the head and body, about .... 2 6
emer the head : 00...) S Lae 0.7
Gees OF Pe Cars... ais Sed eet OW BY

162 Miscellaneous.

a oling

Length of the traguse« sce}. sya eres) oes 44 2
of the fore-arm -......... 63 or 7 lin.
of the longest finger .. 11

in

0

1

eS Cos. ae

of the fourtly finger’; <0. .<sace a) GELS

0

0

0

of the tibia... .ntm oc de See ens 7

of the tibia, free part.......... 7

of the foot and claws .......... 34
Eixpanse .Of WANS. 6. Gren wjerra akey eR ekyee)s 11, (6

The other species to which I have alluded bears considerable re-
semblance to the one I have called M. australis. A single specimen
in the British Museum, received from the Stockholm Museum with
the name of Vesp. scotinus affixed, furnishes all the information I
possess respecting it, excepting that it is also labelled “ Port Natal.”
I am not aware that any description has been published.

The fur of the upper parts is fuliginous-brown, with the tips a
little paler and greyer in hue. Beneath similar, but with the tips
of the fur paler, especially about the pubes. The general colour
more nearly resembles the darker examples of M. Schreibersii, which
have been described as V’. dasythrix, than any other species; and
possibly it may prove to be a small example of that species.

The examination of a single specimen does not, amongst allied
species, afford sufficient evidence for a satisfactory decision ; and I
prefer therefore to leave undecided the claims of the present so-
called species, until further information afford more ample means
of deciding.

The following are the dimensions :—

in. lin
Length of the head and body, about .... 1 10
of-the head! 2+... 3, ae ee OF ie
of thevearss 220008, (Se ee ee os
of ‘the ‘frapmsye 35) 0. 20 ees Om tz
of the -fore-ariiy 2) 4 SS ea ee
of the longest finger............ 2 4
of the fourth finger ... 2 ./°).02" 1 11, nearly.
of the titwimb:. 2. |) ee eee
uf the tibia). 0/2) ee 0 si
of the foot and claws .......... Ons
Expanse of wings, about ............. . 12S
MISCELLANEOUS.

Further Observations on the Genus Teredina, Lamarck.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Wuen I sent my paper on Teredina (p. 85), I was not aware that
M. Deshayes had written a long article on this genus, illustrated with
several most instructive figures, in the new edition of his ‘ Coquilles
Fossiles de Paris,’ p. 122. t. 3 & 4.

Miscellaneous. 163

He sums up his conclusions thus :—

** Nous connaissons actuellement tous les caractéres extérieurs des
Térédines. Une coquille de Taret, portant l’écusson d’une Pholade,
est constamment soudée & l’extrémité d’un tube analogue & celui du
Taret, mais dont l’extrémité est plus semblable A celle des Gastro-
chénes,” p. 122.

After reading M. Deshayes’s observations with care, I am still of
opinion that the real explanation of the genus is, that the tube
of the Teredina has no affinity with the tubular sheath of the Teredo,
as M. Deshayes continues to believe, and that it is only the fleshy
siphons of the animal which have been lined with shelly matter by
the process of fossilization ; and I think this fact is further proved
by the manner in which the cavity of the shell is lined with calca-
reous laminz like the siphons, as figured in M. Deshayes’s plate,
tab. 4. f. 8, 9, and also by the form of the end of the tube figured
in the same work, tab. 3. f. 17, 18.

On the Variation of the Form of the Upper Mandible in a Rapacious
Bird. By Puirie Lurvey Scuarer, M.A.

Mr. J. H. Gurney has called my attention to the great variation
in the form of the upper mandible of Urubitinga unicincta, as ob-
servable in some specimens which form part of his collection. I
have seen the same sort of thing in the case of other Accipitres,
but never carried to such an extent as in the present instance. In
one of these birds (fig. 1) the lateral margins of the upper man-
dible are strongly festooned, and project far down over the edges
of the lower. In a second specimen (fig. 2)—apparently of about

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

the same age, both being in immature plumage—the commissure is
very nearly straight. In other examples there is merely a slight
festoon. As the formation of the edges of the upper mandible is
much in use as a generic character—rightly enough, I believe, and
not generally liable to lead to error—the present abnormal variation
seems worthy of notice.—Proc. Zool. Soc. March 23, 1858.

164 Miscellaneous.

On the Metamorphosis of Praniza into Anceus.

In a recent Number (No. 6 of the present Series) we gave a very
brief notice of the reported discovery by M. Hesse of Brest, that the
Pranize are the larval forms of dnceus. At the meeting of the
Academy of Sciences on the 28th of June, 1858, M. Milne-Edwards
presented a report upon the memoir of M. Hesse, containing some
further information as to the extent of the observations made by the
latter. From this it appears that M. Hesse found some Pranize
upon the fins of Gurnards and some other fishes, and kept them alive
in sea-water. After they had passed a few days in captivity, he saw
them become transformed into Ancei. In another series of observa-
tions M. Hesse followed the development of the ova deposited by
Ancei, and saw Pranize hatched from them. ‘‘The fact of the
specific identity of the Pranize and Ancei,” says M. Miine-Edwards,
‘appears to us therefore completely established. The Pranize are
Ancei in the state of larvee, just as the tadpole is the young of the
Frog, and the silkworm the first state of the Bombyz.’ This memoir
of M. Hesse, with another by the same author upon the Caligide and
Lerneade, will be printed tn extenso in the ‘ Mémoires des Savants
Etrangers. —Comptes Rendus, June 28, 1858, p. 1258.

On the Power of Dissolving Shells possessed by the Bernard Crab
(Pagurus). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

In a note to my paper ‘‘On the Formation and Structure of
Shells,’’ in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1833, I stated it is
probable that some Bernard Crabs have also the faculty of dissol-
ving shells, for it is not unusual to find the long fusiform shells
(such as Fusus fasciolanus and turbinella) which are inhabited b
these animals, with the inner lip and great part of the pillar on the
inside of the mouth destroyed, so as to render the aperture much
larger than usual.

Having continued my observations on these shells, I am convinced
that certain species of Bernard Crab (Pagurus) have this power, some
possessing it to a much greater degree than others.

Lieut. Burnaby lately brought a number of Crustacea to the
British Museum from the South Seas, amongst which there were
several specimens of Paguri in shells, and these shells were more
destroyed than any I had before observed. One, a specimen of
Persona tuberosa, not only had the whole of the thickened rounded
inner lip, but the whole of the septa between the whorls up to the
apex of the shell also destroyed, so as to convert the shell into
a simple conical cavity ; andthe greater part of the substance of the
outer lip was also removed from the inner surface, so as to render
the outer part of the shell very thin—indeed so much was removed,
that the series of pits on the outer surface, just above the marginal
varix of the outer lip, was entirely destroyed, converting the pits
into a series of apertures. The other shells inhabited by these
Crustacea were similarly destroyed. The internal surface of the
shell has the appearance of being ground away by a file or other
rough surface.—-Proc. Zool. Soc. March 9, 1858.

————

es

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1858.

XVI.—On Praniza and Anceus, and their Affinity to each other.
By C. Srence Barz, F.L.S. &c.

[With two Plates. }

Tue small Crustacea known by the names of Anceus and Praniza
have long been objects of interest to naturalists. The peculiarity
of their form and our ignorance of their habits have not only in-
duced carcinologists to consider them as forming distinct genera,
but even to group them in separate families.

Colonel Montagu described the first specimens in the seventh
and eleventh volumes of the Linnzan Transactions, among other
marine animals taken on the coast of South Devon. Dr. Leach
believed that they might ultimately be found to be but different
sexes of the same species, and this has been the opinion of many
other naturalists.

There has been a mystery attendant upon their habits also.
Praniza has frequently been taken associated with parasitic Crus-
tacea: not so Anceus. Hence Colonel Montagu, Mr. Westwood,
and M. Otto have considered Praniza to be a parasite upon certain
animals. It has been taken, by Colonel Montagu, attached to the
Father Lasher (Cottus Scorpius). On the other hand, it has been
found quite as frequently, along with Anceus and other non-
parasitic Crustacea, in the crevices of rocks and in shore-pools,
as well as in deeper water. In the first of these positions it
has been taken on the clayey shores of Strangford Loch by
Mr. Haliday, who, I believe, is among those who hold most
strongly the opinion that it is a separate species of animal from
Anceus, his conclusion being based upon the structure of the
oral organs. Here hypotheses have rested, until facts of greater
or less importance should assist us in arriving at a correct con-
clusion.

On the 26th of November, 1856, a paper by M. Hesse of
Brest was read by M. Coste before the Academy of Paris, in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 12

166 Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Affinity of Praniza with Anceus.

which it is stated that Praniza and Anceus are but two ages of
one and the same animal; that, after having lived during a cer-
tain time under the form of Praniza, it assumes that of Anceus,
and in this latter stage gives birth to young Pranize. The
reverse of this appears to have been the idea of Mr. A. White,
when he prophesied, in his recent ‘ Manual of the British Crus-
tacea,’ “that there is some likelihood that Anceus may prove to
be one of the stages of Praniza.”

M. Hesse’s statements rest upon no hypothesis. They are the
result of facts that he himself has witnessed, drawings of which
accompany his memoir. The whole are now being submitted
to a commission composed of MM. Duméri, Milne-Edwards,
and Coste*.

In studying the smaller forms of Crustacea, I have obtained
many specimens of each of the animals in question ; and though
I have hitherto confined myself to the study of the Amphipoda,
L am induced not to allow the data I possess upon the question
to remain any longer concealed.

Before entering upon a discussion of the subject, it will be
desirable to have a clear idea and just appreciation of the forms
of the separate parts as well as of the general structure of both
animals. I shall therefore commence by an examination of the
adult Praniza.

The cephalon is quadrate. The eyes, sessile and prominent,
are situated upon each side of the head. The antenne are four,
nearly equal. Posterior to the cephalon are two distinct segments,
each supporting a pair of legs directed anteriorly. Then follow
three membranous segments fused into one large oval division.
This, together with the two preceding segments, and one, too
insignificant to be observed by unassisted vision, form the pereion.
It consists of six segments only. So also the pleon, which is
much narrower than the pereion, and laterally carries two pairs
of foliaceous appendages upon each of the six segments.

The general outline of the head appears to converge to a
point anteriorly. This has universally been the accepted form
of the animal,—a form that is due, not to the shape of the
cephalon, which is, as I before observed, square, but to the shape
and position of the /abium and organs of the mouth.

The labium (PI. VI. fig. 7 d") in Praniza is an important organ.
It is large, and projects horizontally forwards. The anterior
margin is concave, and considerably narrower than the posterior.
From the centre of the anterior edge, after having traversed the
inferior surface of the organ, projects a small siphon.

* Since this paper has been in the press, the report confirming M. Hesse’s
views has been presented to the Academy by M. Milne-Edwards. See
Annals, 3rd series, No. 8. p. 164.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Affinity of Praniza with Anceus. 167

The mandibles (d) originate from the inferior base of the
labium and project horizontally forwards, lying immediately
beneath and parallel with that organ; the tips of the former ex-
tend beyond the extremity of the siphon. The anterior half of
the inner margin of each mandible is strongly denticulated.

The mazille (e, f) originate posteriorly to the mandibles, are
lanceolate in form, slightly curved, and serrated upon the inner
margin.

The mazillipedes (g) consist of four or five articulations, from
the anterior inner margin of each of which a long lanceolate
process is produced.

There is but a single pair of gnathopoda (h); these consist of
six articulations,—the core probably being fused, as is the case
with all the other limbs, into the body of the animal. The dac-
tylos of the gnathopoda is developed into a powerfully formed
hook, both the limbs being directed horizontally forwards. This
pair originates apparently from the ventral surface of the poste-
rior part of the cephalon; but close observation, particularly in
a lateral aspect, discloses a small segment behind, and distinct
from the cephalon (P1.VI. fig. 8H). It is from this segment that
the pair of gnathopoda originates.

The two next pairs of legs are homologous with the two anterior
pairs of perciopoda in Amphipoda. ach is laterally attached to
a distinct segment, and directed forwards. It is chiefly upon
this fact that Professor Dana has constituted his group Aniso-
poda. In this respect Anceus agrees with Praniza.

The three posterior pairs of legs are the three posterior pereio-
poda, and are attached to one inflated membranous segment, the
result of a fusion of the three posterior segments of the pereion.

The pleon is much narrower than the pereion. It consists of
six distinct segments, each of which is furnished on each side
with a pair of ciliated foliaceous appendages attached to a uni-
articulate peduncle. The posterior segment terminates in a
point.

This description is taken from Praniza caruleata. It is to be
regretted that the name should have been adopted from the
colour of the animal. I have received them of a bright grass-
green from Mr. Loughrin of Polperro; blue, from the crevices in
the slate in Plymouth Sound ; and dredged them of an ash-grey,
as well as transparent and a dirty-white, in five or six fathoms of
water in the same locality. There can be no doubt, moreover,
as stated by M.-Edwards, that P. fuscata of Johnston, which is
described to be of a reddish-brown colour, is the same animal.

That we have more than one species is certain. Besides
ceruleata, two specimens of a different species have been sent to

me by Mr. Edwards of Banff. This species, to the eye, differs in
12*

168 Mr.C. Spence Bate on the Affinity of Praniza with Anceus,

the more continuous and less graceful outline from the anterior
part of the head to the posterior part of the pereion, the short-
ness of the pleon, and the smallness and more equal size of the
pereiopoda ; and in the less easy to be detected, but not less im-
portant facts, that the mandibles do not extend beyond the labium,
and the gnathopoda have but four articulations and terminate
in a rudimentary form. The powerful hook is wanting. One
of this latter species, which I shall name Edwardsii, after its
finder, who has been a valued correspondent during my researches
in this class of animals, was charged with young. Itisa remark-
able fact, that in the young the organs eenerally bear a closer
resemblance to those of P. eeruleata than to those of their own
parent species.

In the young the mandibles project beyond the labium. The
gnathopoda are furnished at the extremity with powerful hooks.
The siphon is prominent and well formed. The five conspicuous
segments of the pereion correspond in their relation to each
other, the centre one being the largest, and the posterior and
anterior being equal and the smallest: no fusion exists between
any of them. On the ventral surface of the four posterior seg-
ments is pendent a membranous sac. It is the monstrous enlarge-
ment of this sac in the development of the animal, fusing into one
segment and separating widely apart the three posterior pereio-
poda, that gives to this animal its most remarkable and peculiar
feature.

In an examination of Anceus we find some points that assi-
milate and others that are widely distinct from the structure of
Praniza. The eyes are sessile and placed anteriorly upon each
side of the head. The cephalon is quadrate, depressed from the
centre to the anterior margin; the lateral edges are raised like
walls on each side.

The antenne (PI. VII. fig. 3 b,c) are subequal, placed, as in
Praniza, at the anterior lateral angles of the cephalon, and one
immediately above the other.

The Jabium is absent or rudimentary.

The mandibles (d) ave prominent and powerful ; they originate
at the anterior extremity of the cephalon, and extend horizon-
tally in advance of the head.

The mavillipedes (g) consist of five articulations, a projecting
process arising from the basal one.

The gnathopoda (h) consist of two articulations, one large and
the other very small. The large one is straight on the exterior
and convex on the interior margin ; the latter is ciliated and laps
over the corresponding margin of the opposite gnathopod. The
whole forms a squamiform and efficient operculum to the organs
of the mouth.

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Affinity of Praniza with Anceus. 169

The succeeding segments are as broad as the cephalon.

The three posterior segments of the pereion are slightly nar-
rower, and imperfectly fused together.

The pereiopoda bear a close general resemblance to those of
Praniza, though somewhat more tuberculated.

The pleon is much narrower than the pereion, and consists of
six segments, each of which is furnished on each side with a pair
of ciliated foliaceous appendages attached to a uni-articulate
peduncle. The posterior segment terminates in a point.

Upon comparison, therefore, of Praniza with Anceus, we find
differences as important as those which usually exist between
genera or even families. Hence their classification by naturalists
into separate genera, as Anceus and Praniza, each of which has
been taken as the type of a particular group or family.

Other observers, knowing the frequent distinction that exists
between the forms of the different sexes of the same species,
have assumed that the distinction between Anceus and Praniza
is one of sexonly. To this idea I had a considerable inclination.

Examination of the details of both animals shows us no di-
stinction that is not reconcilable with this idea. The mandibles
resemble each other in form and position, and differ only in size
and strength. The /abium is absent in Anceus, and developed
into a siphon in Praniza,—a distinction, I am informed by Pro-
fessor Kinahan, that was first pointed out by Mr, Haliday. But
that this may be only a sexual distinction, we may infer from
the fact that the males of parasitic Isopods differ in a similar
respect from their sedentary females.

I have hitherto been inclined to believe that all Pranize were
females ;—that the great membranous enlargement which is
separated into four divisions upon the ventral surface was a
pouch for the development of the ova, and the homologue of the
poueh that is carried upon the ventral surface of the pereion in
all the Edriophthalmous Crustacea.

There is certainly nothing in the young of Praniza from
which we could assume that an Anceus might not be deve-
loped. This appears still more correct when the larva has grown
a little, as may be seen in fig. 3. Pl. VI., where the form is
intermediate between Praniza and Anceus.

Recently M. Hesse has astonished us by the statement that
Anceus is the adult animal, and that Praniza is the young ;—
that he has, if I understand correctly from the short notice in
the ‘Comptes Rendus*,’ witnessed not only the change of the
former into the latter, but, moreover, the reproduction of the
latter from Anceus.

* March 22, 1858, p. 568.

170 Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Affinity of Praniza with Anceus.

The experience of M. Hesse is quite at variance with my own
observations. The larva which I have figured in PI. VI. fig. 2 is
one of about twenty that I obtained from the Praniza I have
given in fig. 1. It appears therefore that some fallacy must
have crept into the researches of M. Hesse, since Praniza is
evidently an adult animal. The mysterious law governing repro-
duction under the phase of alternation of generations can scarcely
account for the discrepancy, since the young of Praniza bear to
the parent as close a resemblance as is found usually to exist
between the old and young. They differ only in the relative
proportion of certain parts; and others, which are not required
until the age of puberty, are necessarily in abeyance.

M. Hesse says that Anceus bears young. This fact being dis-
covered by him, proves that there are female Ancet. This, to-
gether with the fact that I have stated relative to Praniza,
demonstrates the error of M. Hesse’s hypothesis, “ that Praniza
is the early stage of Anceus,” and goes far to establish the fore-
gone conclusions of previous naturalists, that the two animals
belong to distinct genera.

M. Hesse says not only that Anceus bears young, but that
these young are Pranize. We know, from experience in obser-
vation, that the larvee of any given tribe of Crustacea are gene-
rically similar: as [ have previously shown, there is a considerable
resemblance between the young of Praniza and the adult Anceus ;
so therefore we may infer that the general resemblance of the
larva of Anceus to the larva of Praniza is considerable,—a cir-
cumstance that may account for M. Hesse’s assumption that
the former are Pranize.

I thmk we may, from what is known, deduce the following
conclusions :—

That (upon M. Hesse’s observation) Anceus is an adult animal.

That (upon our own observation) Praniza is an adult animal.

That Praniza consequently cannot be developed into Anceus.

That Anceus is a distinct genus from Praniza.

That the males of both genera have yet to be discovered.

The males of both Anceus and Praniza have to be made out ;
but it is not rash to infer that they may so nearly resemble the
females, as to make it a test of considerable difficulty.

I have recorded that in Praniza Edwardsii the gnathopoda
have an immature character, while in P. ceruleata they possess
the appearance of an efficient organ. It 1s not improbable that
this may be a sexual distinction in every species of Praniza: to
this inference I am led by the fact that all the larve of Pra-
mza Edwardsii possess the powerful hook seen in P. ceruleata,
while it is absent in the parent. I have elsewhere expressed
a conviction that the -larvee of Crustacea possess at an early

Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Affinity of Praniza with Anceus. 171

stage the rudiments of both sexes,—a circumstance which, if
correct, would account for the gnathopoda being different in the
larva from the same organs in the adult female. I hope to be
enabled to set this point at rest before it is embodied in the
work I have in hand.

With regard to Anceus, I have as yet no experience to lead
me to any conclusion.

There is a mystery in the production of the ova of Praniza that
would well repay the embryologist for studying. I have before
observed that they are occasionally taken transparent, white,
ash-grey, green, blue, and red-brown. These varieties of colour
appear to be dependent upon the progress made in the advance-
ment towards spawning, or in some way connected with the
development of the ova.

When the animal is blue, I have observed a double line of ova
traversing the length of the enlarged segment, as seen in fig. 4
Pl. VI., and figs. 7, 7", Pl. VII. This I presume to be the ovary
or the oviduct previous to the escape of the ova into the incuba-
tory pouch, which they ultimately fill, to the apparent annihila-
tion of the other contents of this part of the animal.

I have watched specimens in a glass, and perceived, after a few
days, that the blue mass, which at first appeared to fill and distend
the large segment of the pereion, gradually diminished, apparently
deteriorating. It recedes first from the margin. Tn 80 doing,
it displayed a series of layers, placed one before the other, lying
across the animal. There were indications also of these layers
being divided by cross-sections. It is from one so depauperized
that fig. 4 in each plate is taken. The ova ultimately fill the
pouch, first as seen at fig. 6. Pl. VII., and ultimately as shown
in fig. 8, where the embryo has considerably advanced towards
completion.

The blue appearance is now changed to a brown,—a circum-
stance that is due to the reddish pigment-cells which mark the
pereion of the young animal.

The nervous system is similar to that of other Isopoda. The
ganglia of the three posterior fused segments are distinct, and an
intermediate branch is given off on each side from the nervous
cord, between each ganglion. One cord only appears to be given
off on each side of every ganglion except the one preceding the
last three of the pereion; this appears to give off three upon
each side. Those within the cephalon I could not distinctly
make out; but, without being fused, two ganglia appeared to be
brought close together. Possibly the ganglion belonging to the
suppressed gnathopoda may be present.

The animal is small, but the nervous system is readily detect-
able along the ventral surface of the undissected creature.

172 Dr. G. Lawson on Lepas anatifera.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puare VI.

Fig. 1. Praniza Edwards: 1g, maxilliped; 1h, gnathopod.

Fig. 2. Larva of ditto.

Fig. 3. Ditto, older, of ceruleata?

Fig. 4. Praniza ceruleata: 4 6, upper antenna; 4 c, lower ditto;
4 f, maxilla; 4g, maxilliped; 4, gnathopod.

Fig. 5. Cephalon and appendages (dorsal surface): 5, superior antenna ;

c, inferior ditto; d”, labium; 4, gnathopod; 5 a, part of the eye
enlarged.
Fig. 6. Labium enlarged (from below): d", siphon; d, mandible; 4, an-
tenna (inferior).
. Cephalon and appendages (ventral aspect): a, eye; d, mandible
(turned back); d”, labium and siphon; e, f, maxille; g, maxilli-
ed; h, gnathopod.
Fig. 7 d". Ditto, lateral view.
Fig. 8. Lateral view of head and anterior part of perecon.
Fig. 9. Ditto of pleon and posterior part of pereion.
Fig. 10. Nervous system.

~T

Fig.

PLATE VII.

|The four lines at the top of Plate VII. represent the natural sizes of
the larva at the time of bemg hatched, and a little later, of Anceus
maxillaris and Praniza ceruleata respectively. |

Fig. 1. Anceus mawillaris.

Fig. 2. Cephalon, lateral view.

Fig. 3. Ditto, seen from below: 6, upper antenna; c, lower ditto; d, d,
mandibles; h, gnathopod; 3 g, maxilliped; 3 h, gnathopod ;
h", cilia enlarged.

Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of body of Praniza.

Fig. 5. Ditto of Anceus.

Fig. 6. Ova of Praniza (early stage).

Fig. 7. Pereion of Praniza with ova: 7", ova of same.

‘ig. 8. Pereion of Praniza with ova; 8", ova of same.

Plymouth, July 20, 1858.

XVIL.— Remarks on Lepas anatifera, Linn.
By Greorce Lawson, Ph.D.

On the 9th July, 1858, while the steam-ship ‘ Dundalk’ was
passing through Banff Bay, on her passage from Inverness to
Granton, the attention of the crew and passengers was attracted
by aremarkable object floating in the water, which was at first
supposed to be a huge fish. A closer examination proved it to
be a squared log of fir-timber, somewhere about thirty feet in
length, comp/etely covered throughout its entire lower surface with
a dense crop of barnacles.

The log was brought to Granton Pier, whence I obtained a
supply of specimens for examination. The species is Lepas

Dr. G. Lawson on Lepas anatifera. 173

anatifera, Linu.*, a species which appears to have been much
confounded with the equally common L. Hi/lii of Leach, but
which is readily known from its allies by the right-hand scutum
being furnished internally with a prominent umbonal tooth,
while the left one is without any trace of this appendage.

The specimens were densely crowded together over the whole
lower surface of the log, and are of variable size, from two to
seven or eight inches in total length. The valves are of a pearly
white, with a bluish-grey tinge from the underlying corium,
their surface marked with faint radiating strie. The edges of the
scuta, &c., are of an orange-colour. The carina is slightly, but
obtusely, “barbed.” The peduncle is smooth, with encircling
wrinkles, and of a white, yellowish, or pale brick-red hue, ac-
cording to age and size of specimens,—becoming dark, almost
black, towards the apical or neck portion, where it unites with
the capitulum. The remarkable “filamentary appendages” de-
scribed in books as occurring at the bases of the first pair of
cirri in this genus, without any very special functional office
being assigned to them, were found to be present in all the
specimens I examined, and their number was constant,—two on
each side. Mr. Darwin quotes the following synonyms for this
species :—Anatifa engonata, Conrad ; A. dentata, var., Bruguiére ;
Pentalasmis dentatus, var., Brown.

During the few days that the log remained on Granton Pier,
large quantities of the barnacle were carried away for the purpose
of being cooked and used as an article of food. Some foreign
sailors, I was told, recognized them as forming a delicacy on
which they had feasted on former occasions. Mr. Darwin does
not notice the use of any species of Lepas for food, but enume-
rates two species of Pollicipes and one of Balanus that are so
used. 1am informed (he says) by Mr. L. Reeve, that Pollicipes
nitella is eaten on the coast of China; and Ellis states+ that
this is the case with P. cornucopia on the shores of Brittany. It
is well known that the gigantic Balanus psittacus, on the Chilian
coast, is sought after as a delicacy.

The exhibition of the Lepas log on Granton Pier soon gave
opportunity for observing that the old tradition of the origin of
barnacle geese is by no means extinct.

The occurrence of this species in such quantity in a living
state on a drift-log in Banff Bay is not without interest; and I
have thought a record of the fact might be useful to some readers
of the ‘ Annals.’

Mr. Peach records two instances in which, after gales of wind,
this species, of nearly full size, adhering to apparently freshly
broken-off Laminaria, has been cast upon the coasts of England

* Darwin, Cirripedia, vol. i. p. 67. tab. 1. fig. 1. ¥ Phil. Trans. 1758.

174 Dr. G. Lawson on Lepas anatifera.

and Scotland. There is certainly a belief among mariners that
it occurs on the shores of the north of Scotland.

Now that attention is being devoted to the phenomena of
ocean currents, to an extent commensurate in some measure
with the scientific interest and importance of the subject, it is
desirable that observers on different parts of our coasts, as well
as the captains of ships, should record any facts of interest rela-
tive to drift-timber, seeds, and other land productions from a
distance, as well as floating Cirripedia, &c., which may be thrown
ashore or picked up,—the careful observation of all which, in
connexion with concurrent meteorological conditions, is likely
to afford useful facts for interpreting many phenomena that are
as yet very imperfectly understood.

I could not ascertain any circumstances that served to indi-
cate the original source of the fir log above referred to. Judging
from the perfectly fresh appearance of the timber, even close to
the surface, and the strong resinous odour which that part exhi-
bited when scraped with a knife, I conclude that the log could
not have been long exposed to the action of the sea-water. In
fact, the log presented on the surface a cleaner and fresher
appearance than the ordinary new timber which we see floated
down our rivers. In some parts, however, there were burrows
of apparently a small mollusk, of which I could not obtain
specimens.

The above circumstances are easily explained if we keep in
view the fact, that the Pedunculate Cirripedia develope them-
selves very rapidly.

Mr. Darwin observes that “all Cirripedia grow rapidly: the
yawl of H.M.S. ‘ Beagle’ was lowered into the water, at the
Galapagos archipelago, on the 15th September, and, after an
interval of exactly thirty-three days, was hauled m. I found on
her bottom a specimen of Conchoderma virgata, with the capitu-
lum and peduncle each half an inch in length, and the former
zoths in width. This is half the size of the largest specimen I
have seen of this species: several other individuals, not half the
size of the above, contained numerous ova in their lamelle,
ready to burst forth,”

The floating habits of many of the Pedunculated Cirripedes
necessarily prevent any very definite limits being placed to the
geographical range of species. ‘The Pedunculated Cirripedes
extend over the whole world, and most of the individual species
have large ranges, more especially, as might have been expected,
those attached to floating objects....... Of all the Lepadide,
nearly half are attached to floating objects, or to animals which
are able to change their positions.” Of those attached to fixed

* Darwin, Cirripedia, vol. i. p. 63.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 175

objects, by far the greater number are limited to tropical seas.
A notion seems to prevail that the floating species are also
almost entirely natives of the warmer-temperate and tropical
regions of the ocean, and that specimens picked up in northern
regions are wanderers that have been carried beyond their
proper range. It is desirable to ascertain to what extent this is
the case.
Edinburgh, July 17, 1858.

XVIII.— Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera.
By Joun Niztner, Colombo, Ceylon.

[Continued from vol. xx. Ser. 2. p. 375.]
Family CARABIDA.

Tribe TRIGONOTOMIDA.

Tue Trigonotomide with an elliptic terminal joint of the palpi
are abundantly represented amongst the Ceylon Carabidae, thus
making amends for the want of other tribes of the section to
which they belong. I have now before me a great many indi-
viduals of different species which I have endeavoured to distri-
bute mto genera, after the works of Lacordaire, Dejean, and
others of less importance. A single glance almost convinced me
that they must belong either to Abacetus, Distrigus, or Drimo-
stoma,—genera closely allied, and whose principal, in fact only
essential, distinction would appear to consist in the shape of the
mentum-tooth. If it is a well-established fact, as cannot be
doubted from the above authors, that this tooth is pointed in
Drimostoma,—large, rounded, equalling the lateral lobes in Aba-
cetus, and large and truncated in Distrigus, the species described
below could not, as to their genera, be distributed otherwise than
I have done,—namely five to Distrigus and one to Drimostoma,
The species which I have drawn to the former genus have a
large, more or less square tooth, slightly rounded at the anterior
angles. It is impossible to call this tooth pointed in any of the
five species; they cannot therefore belong to the genus Drimo-
stoma; nor can any of them be drawn to Abacetus, which genus
is, moreover, apparently exclusively African. As to the insect
which I have placed in the genus Drimostoma, its mentum-tooth
is not exactly pointed, but it is altogether narrower than in
Distrigus, and might well be called “assez aigue,” as Dejean
describes it. This insect differs, moreover, very materially in
general appearance, as well as in its details, from my Distrigi ;
and I feel sure that it belongs to the genus in which I have
placed it, although it does not quite agree with Lacordaire’s

176 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

description, the labrum being emarginated in front, the second
joint of the maxillary palpi exhibiting nothing unusual, &e. As
to the species which I have established, I feel very certam that
they are new and good ones, as it would appear, from the quo-
tations in Lacordaire, ‘Gen. des Col.,’ that, since Dejean’s de-
scriptions, no new ones of Indian species have been published.

These insects live in the manner of the European Feronide,
but appear to affect rather damp localities; some of them take
freely to their wings, and fly commonly into houses in the even-
ings during the rainy weather.

58. Distrigus costatus, N.

D. nigerrimus, nitidus, subtilissime parce punctulatus, ore pedibus-
que piceis, tarsis antennisque castaneis, palpis brunneo-testaceis.
Long. corp. 43 lin.

Capite, clypeo fronteque leviter excavatis, hac impressionibus 2 la-
teralibus semilunaribus profundissimis rugulisque nonnullis trans-
versis ; mandibulis fortiter sulcatis; menti dente magno excavato ;
thorace longitudine parum latiore, breviter obcordato, lateribus ro-
tundato, basin versus angustato, basi truncato medio leviter emar-
ginato, antice lateribus fortiter deflexo, dorso posticeque plano, basi
longitudinaliter profunde 2-impresso, inter impressionibus leviter
transversim rugoso, ad marginem ant. et post. obsolete sulculato, dorso
rugulis nonnullis transversis subtilibus, linea med. longitud. subtili
extremis profundis diviso; elytris profunde striatis, interstitiis fere
planis, puncto ad striam 2™ medio obsoleto; ¢arsis dorso fortiter
3-costatis ; prosterno plano.

Sub quisquiliis in ripis lacus Colombensis communis.

Apparently closely allied to D. impr essicollis, Dej. However,
if the description given in the ‘Spee, Gen.’ embraces all the
characteristics of this latter species, mine is undoubtedly dif-
ferent from it. Dejean says nothing about the cost on the
back of the tarsi, which are the principal characteristic In my
species ; nor are such cost of general occurrence or of so little
importance that it could be supposed they had been left un-
noticed by Dejean for these reasons. I cannot possibly call the
thorax of my D. costatus ‘“ subquadrate ;” it is rounded at the
sides, narrowed behind, and cut away at the base. The striz of
the elytra of my species are not punctured in the bottom, as
those of the D. impressicollis ave stated to be. In mentioning
the inter-antennal impressions, Dejean would certainly not have
overlooked the depression in the centre of the forehead, nor that
of the elypeus, which distinguish my insect, had they existed in
the one he described. The former is round, the latter trans-
verse. I further fail to discover in my species the “reflet un
peu changeant” of the elytra, and that the base of the thorax is

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 177

“assez fortement ponctuée et que les points se confondent sou-
vent ensemble ;” nor do I consider the interstices of the elytra
“relevés, presque arrondis,” or the head “un peu rétrécie pos-
térieurement ;” the head is of the same breadth from the an-
tennze to the occiput.

59. Distrigus submetallicus, N.

D. supra niger zneo-micans, nitidus; subtus piceus, pedibus, ore
antennisque obscure castaneis, tarsis brunneo-testaceis. Long.
corp. 3 lin.

Capite preecedentis, sed fronte haud excavato; mandibulis stri-
gosis ; menti dente mediocri; thorace breviter rotundato-obcordato,
precedente lateribus magis rotundato, antice magis deflexo, postice
fortius quadrato, hic 3-impresso, impressione media lateralibus minus
profunda ad apicem prolongata, inter impressionibus punctato longi-
tudinaliterque ruguloso ; scutello excavato ; elytris striatis, ad striam
2™ ante medium utrinque puncto impresso, interstitiis deplanatis ;
tarsis leevibus ; prosterno profunde canaliculato.

Ubi preecedentem specimen singulum m. cepi.

60. Distrigus rufo-piceus, N.

D. rufo-piceus, nitidus; pedibus, thoracis elytrorumque margine
testaceis, antennis brunneo-testaceis, mandibulis brunneis. Long.
corp. 3 lin.

Capite inter antennas profunde longitud. 2-impresso, fronte medio
leviter depresso, labro quadrato-rotundato, mandibulis infra medium
sulcatis, menti dente mediocri, excavato, apice subrotundato ; thorace
D. costati, sed parum brevior, basi 2-impresso, linea media longitud.
fere obsoleta, rugulis nonnullis transversis subtilibus ; scutello, ely-
tris pedibusque przecedentis, sed elytris puncto ad striam 2™ infra
medium obsoleto ; prosterno leviter canaliculato.

In ripis lacus Colombensis specimen singulum legi.

61. Distrigus eneus, N.

D. supra zeneus, subtus piceus, pedibus dilutioribus, antennis palpis-
que rufo-piceis. Long. corp. 23-3 lin.

Capite ante oculos profunde oblique 2-suleato, rugulisque nonnullis
transversis, clypeo fronteque szepius leviter depressis, mandibulis
leviter sulcatis, menti dente mediocri; thorace rotundato-obcordato,
basi quadrate truncato, 3-impresso, impressione media minus pro-
funda in lineam subtilem ad apicem prolongata, inter impressionibus
profunde punctato, antice leviter strigoso, dorso subtiliter trans-
versim ruguloso; elytris striatis, ad striam 2™ medio distinctius
puncto impresso ; prosterno sat fortiter canaliculato.

Prope Colombo in arenis subhumidis et nocte ad lumen commu-
nissimus.

178 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.
62. Distrigus Dejeani, N.

D. piceo-niger, subtus szepius rufo-piceus, nitidus, capite seneo-
micante, pedibus, elytrorum margine antennisque rufo-piceis, pal-
pis testaceis. Long. corp. vix 23 lin.

Capite inter antennas 2-impresso, fronte leviter excavato, mandi-
bulis subtiliter sulculatis, mento preecedentis ; thorace robustiore,
ut in precedente sculpto et signato, sed antice non strigoso ; elytris
pedibusque preecedentis, illorum tamen puncto minus distincto ;
prosterno fere plano,

Cum preecedente communissime occurrit.

63. Drimostoma Ceylanicum, N.

D. nigro-piceum, nitidum, pedibus piceis, tarsis, antennis oreque
dilutioribus, palpis testaceis. Long. corp. 22-3 lin.

Capite ante oculos profunde 2-impresso, labro antice leviter emar-
ginato, mandibulis elongatis, rectis, acutis, leevibus, menti dente sat
acuminato, antennis art. 2-4 gradatim longioribus* ; thorace obcor-
dato, postice fortius angustato, quadrato, leevi, basi 2-impresso, linea
longitud. med. diviso, antice impressione semilunari (impressionibus
his omnibus profundioribus) ; elytris striatis, interstitiis parum ele-
vatis ; prosterno sat fortiter longitud. impresso.

In proy. occid. non frequenter occurrit.

64. Casnonia punctata, N.

C. supra subtusque (occipite abdomineque exceptis) dense profunde-
que punctata, brunneo-picea, elytrorum margine maculisque 2
apicalibus longitudinalibus cum margine contiaeuniont brunneo-
testaceis, pedibus flavis, trochanteribus, geniculis tarsisque obscu-
rioribus, ore dilute brunneo, antennarum art. 1° palporumque art.
2° basalibus flavis. Long. corp. 3 lin.

Specimina nonnulla mens. Decemb. prope Colombo nocte ad lumen
cepi.

Smaller than the Ophionia cyanocephala. The head is robust,
with two impressions between the antenne, and a third just
above them, somewhat of the shape of an inverted V. Oc-
ciput less narrowed than in O. eyanocephala, smooth. The
anterior part of the head deeply punctured. The labrum is
slightly produced in the middle. Thorax much plumper than
in O. cyanocephala, hardly as long as the head, not much
narrower, conic, considerably narrowed and cylindric at the
base, densely and deeply punctured, especially at the base.
Elytra with the shoulders straighter than in O. cyanocephala,
impressed with rows of deep punctures growing smaller and
shallower towards the apex, with a few small hairs near the

* In the Distrigi just described, joints 3 and 4 are subequal.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 179

latter part; in the 3rd and 5th interstices three setigerous
punctures, in the 3rd and 4th interstices a longitudinal apical
macula, of yellowish colour, coalescent with the margin, which
is of the same colour; two shallow impressions on either
side, one below the shoulders, the other near the apex. Legs
shorter than in O. cyanocephala.

65. Casnonia pilifera, N.

C. glaberrima, nitidissima (quasi lacca obducta), pilis longis sparsis
vestita, nigra, ore (labro excepto) antennisque brunneis, his apicem
versus dilutioribus, elytris maculis 2 subapicalibus argenteis, pedi-
bus piceis, femoribus basi albis, trochanteribus obscurioribus, tibiis
tarsisque brunnescentibus. Long. corp. 32 lin.

Specimina nonnulla cum preecedente cepi.

This elegant species is of the same size as the O. eyanocephala,
but, with the exception of the elytra and abdomen, which are
shorter and plumper, still more slender and graceful. Head
large, very narrow and prolonged behind, much more so than in
O. cyanocephala, with two large shallow impressions between the
antennz, and another small one just above them. Occiput
slightly transversely rugose. Thorax very slender, half as broad
as the head, of hardly the same length, obconic, constricted
below the apex, then gradually increasing in size to below the
middle; the base abruptly narrowed, cylindric, and impressed
with three deep annuliform wrinkles. Elytra about as long as
thorax and occiput together, increasing very sensibly in breadth
to below the middle. The apex is much more obliquely cut
away than in O. cyanocephala or the preceding species. The
shoulders are full, and hide the margi; just below them the
elytra are deeply excavated, showing, moreover, three deep lon-
gitudinal impressions in the bottom of either excavation, and a
slight yellowish spot, hardly to be distinguished, at the outer
part of it. A round spot of silvery appearance adorns the hind
part of either elytron. There are two rows of long thin hairs,
placed at considerable distances from each other, on the back of
either elytron, and a third just within the margin; the same
thin hairs are scattered about the thorax, femora, and elsewhere.
The legs are longer and more slender than in O. cyanocephala.

The Ophionia cyanocephala is not scarce in this part of the
island; it affects rather damp, grassy localities, where it mounts
upon the stalks of the plants; this agrees with what Helfer has
observed of some species in Bengal, but is quite different from
the observations Lacordaire has made with regard to the American
species of the genus. However, it is much more frequently
taken about the light at night. The two species just described

180 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

are much scarcer. M.C.A. Dohrn of Stettin writes to me that
he has received another species from me (C. Cypris, D.), which,
however, I do not recollect ; it would appear to be smaller than
either of the former, black, with white tips to the antenne.

Tribe FERONID2.
Symphyus, un. g., N.

Corpus robustum, oblongo-ovatum, subdepressum. Caput mediocre
postice haud angustatum, oculis mediocribus, sat prominulis, globosis.
Mentum semicirculare, profunde emarginatum, dente forti spiniformi,
lobis haud breviore, ligulee connato (hine n. g. Symphyus), profunde
excavato. Ligula subcoriacea, inverte trigona, dorso elevato, para-
glossis magnis connatis, eam sat longe superantibus, apice cylindricis.
Palpi art. 4° ovato, apice truncato; maxillares art. 3° elongato. La-
brum parvum, profunde angulate emarginatum. Mandibulee validis-
simee, subtrigonze, porrectee, una 1-, altera 2-dentata. Antennee fili-
formes, humeros parum superante, art. 1° mediocri, 2° parvo, 3° se-
quenti paulo minore, 4—11° subeequalibus, 5-11° depressis. Thorax
subquadrato-cordatus, lateribus rotundatus, basi angustatus, quadra-
tus, angulis posticis leviter oblique truncatis. Elytra ovata, parallela,
apice rotundata et leviter utrinque sinuata. Pedes mediocres, tibiis
ant. leviter dilatatis, profunde emarginatis ; intermed. fortiter spi-
nosis; tarsi art. 1° cylindrico-trigono, 2° et 3° trigonis, 4° obcordato,
unguiculis simplicibus. (Mas latet.)

66. Syinphyus unicolor, N.

S. niger, nitidus, glaber, pedibus oreque piceis. Long. corp. 8+ lin. ;
lat. 3 lin.

Capite inter antennas 2-foveolato, mandibulis sulcatis; thorace
antice haud, postice vix emarginato, hic 2-impresso, linea longitud.
media diviso, ad marginem posteriorem longitud., dorso subtiliter
transversim ruguloso; scutello leviter excavato ; elytris striatis, in strus
punctatis, interstitiis vix elevatis, cum thorace anguste marginatis.

Specimen singulum f. prope Colombo mens. Decembr. nocte ad
lumen cepi.

This description is made after a single female individual; but
I have little doubt that the insect belongs to the numerous tribe
to which I have referred it, in which it ought perhaps to he
placed near Hecoptogenius, Chaud. I am, however, not sure
whether the shape of its ligula does not entitle it to a place
amongst the Anchonoderide. 1 may add to the above deserip-
tion, that the accessory stria of the elytra is present, but that
the puncture usually found upon the 3rd interstice 1s wanting.
The general appearance of the insect presents nothing whatever
particular ; however, upon further inspection, the deeply notched
labrum and the strong, porrected mandibles are very striking.
The labium appears to me of extraordinary construction: the

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 181

mentum is large and of a semicircular shape, deeply emarginated,
which renders the lobes heavy, rounded outside, and pointed at
the tip. In the bottom of this emargination stands a pointed,
spine-like tooth, as long as the lobes. This tooth is deeply
excavated or grooved, and is clearly seen to be to its full length
soldered together with the basal part of the ligula; probably
the entire mentum is in this manner connected with the adjoin-
ing part of the ligula, but in the other parts it is not so clearly
observable as in the tooth, and I have not dissected the labium.
The ligula itself is of a leathery consistence, of the shape of an
elongated inverted triangle with an elevated back ; the anterior
margin is straight, and somewhat prolonged beyond what would
be the sides of the triangle. The paraglosse are of membrana-
ceous texture, very broad, adhering to the sides of the ligula to
its full length, taking then a slender cylindric form, and reach-
ing considerably beyond it, being at the same time slightly bent
inwards.

Tribe Harparip2.
Calodromus, n. g., N.

Corpus robustum, ovatum, subconvexum. Caput mediocre, sub-
quadratum, postice haud angustatum ; oculis minoribus sat promi-
nulis. Mentum profundius sublunate emarginatum, edentatum, lobis
obtusis. Ligula oblonge quadrata, apicem versus dilatata, apice
medio leviter producta, libera, paraglossis robustis eam parum super-
antibus, apice obtusis. Palpi art. 4° elliptico, apice leviter truncato.
Labrum subtransversum, autice emarginatum, angulis rotundatis.
Mandibulz validze, una 1-, altera 2-dentata. Antenne robustz,
thoracis basin attingentes, art. 1°, 3°, 11° et 4—10° inter se subzequa-
libus, 1-2° cylindricis, 3° basi angustato, 4—11° ovatis, leviter de-
pressis. Thorax transversus, lateribus leviter rotundatus, basi parum
angustatus, quadratus, antice leviter emarginatus. Elytra thorace
parum latiora, apice rotundata. Pedes robusti, ant. tibiis apice leviter
dilatatis, profunde emarginatis, tarsis art. 1—4° gradatim minoribus,
1° subtrigono, 2~4° transversim trigonis, unguiculis validis, simplici-
bus, mas art. 14° leviter dilatatis, subtus squamulis 2-seriatim mu-
nitis ; pedes intermed. et post. tibiis fortiter spinosis, tarsis simpli-
cibus.

67. Calodromus exornatus, N.

C. glaber, nitidus, supra lte viridis, thoracis margine lato elytro-
rumque fascia inframarginali testaccis, capite viridi-brunneo, an-
tice brunneo, scutello cum sutura brunneis ; subtus brunneus,
pedibus testaceis. Long. corp. 44-42 lin.

Capite inter antennas 2-impresso, thorace capitis quarta parte
longitudine, duplo latiore, basi 2-impresso, leviter rugoso-punctato,
3

Ami. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. ii,

182 My. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

linea longitud. media diviso, cum elytris anguste marginatis ; his
profunde striatis.

Specimina nonnulla mens. Nov. et Decemb. prope Colombo nocte
ad lumen cepi.

Very pretty insects, apparently closely allied to the African
genus Bradybenus, Dej., from which, however, they differ in the
structure of the ligula and in other minor points. They are
quite of the shape of a Harpalus, and I have no doubt that their
habits are those of the latter. Joints 4-11 of the antenne have
very much the appearance of grains of rice strung together.
The metallic green colour with which the insect is adorned on the
back is very rich ; on the elytra it forms a pattern of two triangles
with their tips downwards, that of the upper one being immersed
sn the base of the lower one, and the apex of the latter being
divided ; these triangles are flanked on either side by a broad
longitudinal belt of yellowish colour. The margin is again
green, with the exception of the apex, which is occupied by the
yellowish belt. The thorax is green in the centre and yellowish
along the sides. The head is more or less brownish green,
lighter in the middle; the mouth is brown.

68. Zophium pubescens, N.

Z. rufo-testaceum, oculis nigris, occipite nigrescente, elytris pubes-
centibus fuscis maculis 2 subhumeralibus, et 1 apicali communi
testaceis ornatis. Long. corp. 33 lin.

Antennis art. 1° capitis vix longitudine ; labro integro ; palpis art.
ultimo trigono; menti dente magno, obtuso, profunde canaliculato ;
thorace elongato-cordato, capitis latitudine, duplo longiore, medio
leviter longitudinaliter depresso; elytris subtilissime dense pubes-
centibus, obsolete striato-impressis, humeris obsoletis.

Specimina nonnulla in prov. occid. nocte ad lumen cepi.

This description does not quite agree with Lacordaire’s
diagnosis of the genus Zophium; the labrum and the tooth of the
mentum are not what they ought to be according to this author.
However, Schmidt-Goebel, in his ‘ Col. Birm.,’ has already de-
parted from Lacordaire’s formula by describing six species of
Zophium with an entire mentum-tooth, which, according to the
former author, would make them Polystichi rather. The fact
is, that this part of the labium appears to be variable. In all
other respects the insect agrees with Lacordaire’s description of
the genus.

The labrum is entire; the first antennal jomt is hardly as
long as the head, slightly curved, and increasing in thickness
towards the tip; the second joint is very small and rounded,
the rest are subequal, filiform ; the tooth of the mentum is very

Mr. J. Miers on a new species of Lardizabala. 183

large, almost equalling the lobes, entire, and deeply grooved at
the apex; the maxillary palpi are porrected ; the second joint is
as long as the two following together; the fourth, in both the
maxillary and labial ones, is triangular or slightly securiform,
being obliquely truncated at the tip; the thorax is elongated
cordiform, truncated at the base; the back is elevated, divided
down the middle by an impression ; the commencement of the
elevation forms two knobs at the base; the first tarsal joint is
as long as the three following together.

[To be continued. ]
ose ee ee ee, ee

XIX.—On a new species of Lardizabala, and on the Structure of
the Seed in that genus. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

Tue structure and affinities of the genera of the Lardizabalacee
were scarcely known before the publication of the excellent
monograph of M. Decaisne above twenty years ago, when the
family was first established. Since that time little has been
added to our knowledge of the order, except the interesting
remarks of the authors of the ‘ Flora Indica,’ who have described
the Asiatic species, and have added a new and remarkable genus,
which they have gracefully dedicated to the very eminent bota-
nist before mentioned, the type being the Decaisnea insignis, a
native of the Himalayas. M. Decaisne considered the family to
be intermediate between Schizandracee and Berberidacee 3 and
Prof. Lindley indicated its nearer affinity with the Menispermacee,
at the head of which order it had long previously been placed as
a distinct tribe by DeCandolle (Lardizabalea, Prodr. i. 95). in
my memoir upon the Winteracee I have pointed out the inti-
mate relationship existing between those two families.

It has been generally understood that the numerous ovules
in the ovaries of the Lardizabalacee are scattered indiscriminately
over the whole internal surface of the cell; but Drs. Hooker
and Thomson show that in Decaisnea the ovules are confined to
two regular lines of placentation, which they notice as an excep-
tional case, contrary to the condition which has been considered
the chief characteristic of the order. In Lardizabala, a genus
belonging exclusively to Chile, I have found that the ovules, in
a similar manner, originate in six distinct parallel parietal pla-
centz, running from the base to the apex; and in the fruit, the
seeds are likewise arranged in as many parietal lines. The
distinguished botanists just mentioned also state that in Decaisnea
the ripe fruit is filled with a cellular pulp, which is developed
from the whole surface of the growing wall of the pericarp, thus
forming a complete homogeneous mass, without leaving any

13*

184 Mr. J. Miers on a new species of Lardizabala,

cavity; and although this pulp firmly embraces the seeds, they
observed no real adhesion except at the hilum, where there is a
broad organic attachment between it and the external tunic:
vessels originating from all parts of the surface of the pericarp
ramify through the pulp, but do not meet in the axis of the
fruit. A very similar development exists in Lardizabala, where
the internal space of the fruit is filled with an edible gelatinous
pulp: as the fruit dries, this pulp contracts imto a pellicular
covering that closely invests the black external tunic of the seeds,
and within the substance of which numerous spiral vessels are
distributed. It appears to me that this pulp is a secretion
originating from the funicular point of attachment of each seed
to the placenta, rather than an emanation from the entire
surface of the cell; for round the hilar foramen in the seed of
Lardizabala there exists a light-coloured annular cicatrix, which
probably indicates the organic point of connexion of the puipy
envelope with that part of the external tunic, as described in
the manner above-mentioned in Decaisnea, and which also forms
the point of its junction with the placenta; for it will be shown
that within a cavity of the external tunic there exists an expan-
sion of the funicular mass, which evidently maintains that con-
nexion through the hilar foramen before alluded to.

There are some peculiarities in the structure of the seed in
Lardizabala that are worthy of attention. The seeds are ovoid,
unequally gibbous, always more or less compressed, somewhat
angular by the force of mutual pressure, and straighter upon
the face next to the pericarp. The hilum, situated below the
middle upon this face, consists of a rather small and somewhat
oval aperture, which is filled with a fungous substance that be-
comes fleshy when moistened, and which is continuous with
a mass of similar substance fillmg a large cavity within the
tunic. This outer tunic, usually considered as the testa, 1s
dark-coloured, thin, and somewhat chartaceous; and within it
is found an inner coating consisting of two distinet adherent
integuments. The albumen forming the enclosed nucleus is
somewhat corneous, with a large hollow chamber on the side
next the hilum; the two integuments last mentioned closely
invest the inner surface of this chamber, as well as the ex-
ternal face of the albumen, but the outer shell is im no way
inflected into the cavity. If we cut through a seed longitu-
dinally across the line of the hilum, the albumen in this sec-
tion appears of a gibbously hippocrepical form, with a large
ovoid hollow space towards the centre; the two extremities of
this horse-shoe are widely apart, the space in the form of a broad
plate being filled with the fungous mass before mentioned. If
we now cut through another seed in a transverse direction across

and on the Structure of the Seed in that genus. 185

the hilum, we find the hollow space deep and narrow, the albu-
men appearing in the shape of a more compressed horse-shoe,
of which the crura are parallel; and in the vacuity is seen the
same fungous substance in the form of a flattened plate, between
which and the integuments lining the cavity there exists a very
narrow space, showing that it is quite free from them in all
parts, except at the periphery of the flattened plate, where it is
attached to them by means of a very distinct cord or raphe filled
with numerous spiral vessels. This raphe is observed both in
the vertical and transverse sections, where it forms a broad
hollow tube partaking of the nearly circular shape of the cavity,
the inner surface of the tube being lined with a close web of
white spiral vessels ; it is seen to originate at one of its extremi-
ties in the hilar foramen of the outer tunic, and after making
nearly an entire circuit, it returns close to its starting-point,
where it disappears in the chalaza of the ner integument, over
the nidular place of the embryo. The embryo is very small, and
is best seen in the longitudinal section, where it is found im-
bedded in the albumen in the extremity of the lower leg of the
horse-shoe, or that nearest the hilar foramen of the outer tunic:
it lies somewhat obliquely, with its radicle pointing outwards to
a small external prominence of the albumen, and with the coty-
ledons directed towards the centre of the seed: the radicle is
terete, short, obtuse, and of the length and breadth of the coty-
ledons, which are pointed and much compressed, its whole length
being twice its own diameter, and about 5th of the total length
of the seed.

On examining this evidence, we readily discern the nature of
these several parts: the inference that the outer tunic, which
has hitherto been denominated the testa, is of extraneous origin,
and therefore of the nature of an arillus, is supported by four
reasons :—1. Because it is not likely that the fungous plate, or
large funicular expansion found within the cavity of the seed,
could have found its way from the exterior into the hollow space
through the small hilar foramen of the outer coating; on the
contrary, it is more reasonable to conclude that this outer tunic
must have been a subsequent formation after the ovule had
become convoluted round that excentrically expanded support.
2. Because, had this tunic been the testa, that is to say, a simple
development of the primine of the ovule, it would have exhibited
some trace of its organic connexion with the other integuments,
especially about the region of the chalaza, and would have par-
taken of the same form, and have been drawn along with them into
the cavity. 3. Because this outer tunic is not only completely
free from all contact with the raphe, but is far remote from and
exterior to it, and therefore it must necessarily have been of a

186 Mr. J. Miers on a new species of Vardizabala,

growth posterior to the curvature of the ovule. 4. Because the
integument resulting from the growth of the primine is indicated
beyond all doubt by the presence of the cord of the raphe within
its substance: it is the more fleshy and exterior of the two
integuments which immediately invest the albumen, follow-
ing it in its excentric curvature, and adhering along the
Ime of the raphe to the peripherical margin of the funicular
plate. It would certainly be very incorrect to call this fleshy
coating a ¢esta: indeed it was for a similar reason that I pro-
posed for the analogous coating in Clusia and Magnolia the
term “arilline,” in order to distinguish it from another more
internal testaceous tunic, which is destitute of vessels of any kind.
In fine, any one who will take the trouble to reflect on the con-
secutive changes that must take place in the development of the
seed, and will k keep his attention fixed upon the continuity and
movement of the coats of the ovule during their excentrice deve-
lopment and subsequent growth, must perceive how absolutely
impossible it is that the external shell, cireumstanced as we find
it in this instance, can have derived its origin from the mere
imcrement of the primine.

If we examine this external shell, we find it to be a thin,
black, chartaceous or coriaceous entire crust, easily separable
from the rest of the seed, owing to the deposition between it
and the proper seminal integuments of a quantity of loose cel-
lular tissue, mixed with coloured glands, which adhere to one
as well as the other, and give to both a furfuraceous appearance.
The coating which immediately invests the entire surface of the
albumen in all its curvatures is composed of two distinct tunics,
which, though adhering together, are separable. The outer one
is soft, opake, and somewhat fleshy, containing numerous di-
stinct cells, apparently filled with oily matter ; it is much thicker
around the region of the large hollow raphe: the imner mntegu-
ment is thin and membranaceous, and closely invests the albu-
men: both are also thickened around the chalazal point, which
is situated in the lower part of the cavity near the site of the
embryo.

It is said that in some of the Lardizabalacee (Akebia and
Allbellia) the ovules and seeds are partly imbedded in the fleshy
walls of the pericarp ; but in Lardizabala the reverse of this takes
place; for here there is a protrusion of a part of the placenta, form-
ing an expanded funicular support, about which the ovule bends
itself, and becomes peltately convex around it,—the whole, as I
have above shown, becoming subsequently enveloped by a com-
plete arillus emanating probably from a growth of the placenta,
or of its funicular extension. A metamorphosis of an analogous
kind, that is to say, an excentrie replicature of the ovule round

and on the Structure of the Seed in that genus. 187

its funicular support, occurs in the seeds of the tribes Hetero-
cliniee and Anomospermee of the Menispermacee, only that in
these cases there is no extraneous growth of any enveloping aril-
leeform tunic, such as we find in Lardizabala : in the former cases,
where the carpels are always unilocular and uniovular, and where
the growth of the pericarp is constantly upon its dorsal face,
while that of the ventral face is more or less stationary, it is
easy to conceive how the ovule in its growth partakes of a similar
kind of increment, and becomes moulded round the stationary
fulcrum of its placentary attachment. But in Lardizabala, where
the ovaries are multiovular, the partial protrusion of the placenta
is not accompanied by an expansion of the walls of the pericarp.
Something more analogous, however, occurs in the Myrsinacee,
where the ovules often become moulded round the globular free
placenta, and an arillus, im the shape of an inflated entire
membranaceous sac, generated from the root of the placenta,
encloses the seed together with its support *.

There is, however, a close analogy in the structure of the
seed of Lardizabala with that of the Winteracee and Canellacea,
if we except the circumstance of the deep cavity in the albumen,
which does not occur in the two latter families. We find in all
these cases a correlative, peculiar outer crustaceous shell; in the
next place we see the same corresponding intervening layers of
loosely aggregated oleiferous cells; then a similar fleshy tunic
enclosing the cord of the raphe, and a still inner integument
investing the albumen,—all bearing a striking analogy to the
structure I have described in J/licium+. This structure shows
the very close affinity that exists between the families last men-
tioned and the Lardizabalacee ; and in discussing the question
of these affinities with other orders of the Polycarpice, I have
already suggested the place that the Lardizabalacee should
occupy, relatively to them, in the systemf.

Ruiz and Pavon, who founded the genus Lardizabala, men-
tion (Syst. i. 286) two species, both natives of Chile, the one
with biternate oblong leaflets unequal at their base, the other
with triternate ovate leaflets. DeCandolle (Syst. i. 512) am-
plified these brief characters by fuller details founded on his
observation of dried specimens, adding at the same time the
feature of the peculiar petiolar leaflets, which he termed bracts,
and which he described as being round and cordate in the former
case, and oblong in the other: he observed respecting the latter,
that he found the leaves always biternate, as in the other species,
not triternate, as mentioned by Ruiz and Pavon. L. 3-ternata

* | will at some future time describe the observations I have made on

this singular structure.
T Ante, p. 112. t Ante, p. 36.

188 Mr. J. Miers on a new species of Lardizabala,

was subsequently figured in Delessert’s ‘ Icones,’ i. 24. tab. 91,
where the leaves are all divided biternately, and the leaflets are
represented sometimes inequilateral at base, or partially lobed
and mucronate, more or less regularly oblong or ovate, and sub-
obtuse or acute. We find, moreover, in the same specimen the
petiolar leaflets either cordate or rounded at base, orbicular or
ovate, entire or denticulated. I cannot, therefore, perceive any
permanent characters corresponding with the two species above-
mentioned, and certainly all the specimens I have seen are
referable to one species. From the marked manner in which
some of the leaflets in L. biternata are lobed, it is not unreasonable
to suppose that the leaflets may sometimes become further sub-
divided; but that must be considered as a very exceptional fea-
ture. The specimens grown in this country, from which Sir
Wm. Hooker made his drawing in Bot. Mag. tab. 4500, bear a
rather different aspect, with the leaves somewhat modified in
form and texture, from those of native specimens ; but that pro-
bably is the result of garden cultivation. The plant there
described was brought from Concepcion, where it is stated to
grow abundantly, and is no doubt identical with the specimens
in our herbaria collected in the same neighbourhood.

The small leaflets at the base of the petiole have always been
considered as bracts, but they appear to me to partake more of
the character of stipulary leaves, for the followimg reasons :—
The peduncle, both of the male and female inflorescence, springs
out of the middle of a bud-like verticil of small, erect, squama-
ceous, hairy bracts, similar in size and shape to those found at
the base of the pedicels; this cluster of bracts grows out of the
middle of a conspicuous gland-like prominence, seated on the
stem, a little above the petiole; and it is from the margin of
this prominence that these leaflets emanate: this difference in
the place of their origin shows that they should be considered
as stipules rather than bracts. They occur both in the floriferous
and barren axils, and therefore appear to have nothing to do
with the inflorescence; the real bracts are always hairy, while
these leaflets are smooth and veined, with a texture exactly re-
sembling that of the leaves. I have occasionally seen a verticil
of three of these leaflets at the base of a petiole.

During my residence at Concon, about twenty miles from
Valparaiso, now thirty-five years ago, I found growing in its
neighbourhood a species of Lardizabala in flower and in fruit,
specimens of which I still possess. Concluding it to be a plant
well known and described, I did not then bestow any particular
attention upon it; and it was only by comparison with other
specimens in different herbaria, after my return to England
above twenty years afterwards, that I found it to differ essen-

and on the Structure of the Seed in that genus. 189

tially from L. diternata. I do not remember to have seen the
male flower, at least I have no fragment or note of it: the
flowers in my specimen are female, with sterile stamens, and
they appear to me larger than in the other species. In the
ordinary species the leaves, as before stated, are always biter-
nate, or ternarily divided into nine leaflets, the lateral ones
being mequilateral and sessile, generally very glabrous and
polished ; all the leaflets are more or less acuminated at base,
and often at their summit, are at least twice as long as broad,
triplerved, the lateral nervures springing at some distance
from the petiole, are thicker in texture, opake and somewhat
coriaceous, while the primary and secondary petioles are longer
in proportion. On the other hand, in my plant the leaves are
simply trifoliate or divided into only three leaflets, as in Boquila ;
the leaflets are much larger im size, nearly as broad as long,
conspicuously cordate and broadly truncated at base and obtuse
at their summit, with a terminal mucro; they are all equila-
teral, quintuplinerved, the nervures originating at the base ; they
are very reticulated, much thinner in texture, more transparent,
aud are deeply sinuated on the margin, the nervures in each
salient angle (of which there are six or eight on each side) ter-
minating in a long cuspidate excurrent point: the lateral leaflets
are both petiolulated ; the main petiole and three petiolets are
comparatively shorter, and they, as well as the nerves and veins
beneath, are all pubescent. In another specimen gathered at
the same spot, and accompanying the fruit, the leaves are much
smaller, also simply 3-foliate, the leaflets being more regularly
obovate, slightly cordate, very opake, coriaceous, quite smooth,
with thickened mar gins, which are almost entire or finely crenu-
lated ; in other respects it corresponds with the above-mentioned
specimen, and is evidently taken from the end of a branch, as
its stem is thin and very twining.

In L. biternata the stipulary leaves are large, orbicular, and
sessile; in my plant only one remains, which is very small,
linear, and attenuated at its base. The fruit is similar in size
and shape to that of L. diternata, as figured in the Prodromus
of the ‘ Flora Peruviana.’ The plant I have described is known
at Concon as the Coguil, being the same name as that given in
Concepcion and the southern provinces of Chile to the plant of
Ruiz and Pavon. ‘Coguil’ is properly the name of its edible
fruit, ‘Coguil-boqui’ that of the plant, the word ‘ boqui’ being
applied alike to all scandent shrubs: the names attributed to it
of ‘ Aguilboquil’ and ‘ Guilboquil’? by Dombey and La Perouse
are certainly typical errors. In most botanical works, L. tri-
ternata is said to be a native of Peru, at Arauco; but this is a
mistake common to most of the specimens collected in Chile by

190 Mr. J. Miers on a new species of Lardizabala,

Dombey. Arauco is a province bordering on that of Concepcion,
and separated from it by the river Biobio.

The following is offered as an amended character of the
genus :—

LarpizaBALa, R. & P.—Flores polygamo-dioici. Mase. Se-
pala 6, alternatim biseriata, carnosula, exteriora ovata, zsti-
vatione valvata, interiora angustiora, spathulata, acuminata.
Petala 6, biseriata, oblongo- vel lmeari-lanceolata, acutiuscula,
exteriora paullo latiora. Stamina 6; filamenta in tubum
monadelphum coalita ; anthere extrorse, adnate, 2-loculares,
connectivo breviter apiculate. Ovaria 3, rudimentaria, plus
minusyve attenuata. Fem. Sepala 6, biseriata, crassiuscula,
campanulatim expansa, exteriora oblonga, versus basin at-
tenuata, concava, interiora alternantia angustiora, imo spathu-
lata. Petala 6, sepalis triplo breviora, biseriatim alterna,
lineari-lanceolata, utrimque attenuata. Stamina 6, libera,
hypogyna, eynophoro brevi inserta, petalis dimidio breviora ;
filamenta teretiuscula; anthere eorundem longitudine ob-
longee, 2-loculares, connectivo apiculate, effeetee. Ovaria 3*,
teretia, ¢c cylindrica, medio extus gibbosa, unilocularia: ovula
numerosissima, ad placentas 6 longitudinaliter, parietales pro-
minentes horizontaliter affixa, campylotropa. Stylus brevis,
obtusus, ovario continuus. Stigma sessile, glandulosum.
Bacce 3, majuscule, cylindric, torulose, stylo apiculate,
polysperme. Semina subovata, gibba, compressa, fusca, im
pulpam mucilagineam nidulantia, Ai/o mfra medium margi-
nali, parvulo, foramine pertuso: tunica externa testacea, fra-
erilis ; integumenta propria dupla, subadherentia (exteriori
subcarnoso raphigeri, interiori submembranaceo), albumen
profundissime excavatum arcte vestientia, et circum podo-
spermium magnum internum fungosum compresso-ovatum
raphide tubuloso annulari Giultdaa configurata: albumen
huic modo hippocrepice et profunde excavatum, acetabuli-
forme, magnum, carnosum: embryo marginem versus infe-
riorem acetabuli oblique inclusus, parvus, subteres, radicula
cylindrica, infera, cotyledonibus compressis centripetis zqui-
longa et eequilata.

Frutiees Chilenses scandentes, foliis alternis, ternatis vel biter-
natis, petiolatis, foliolis integris, vel sinuato- dentatis, coriaceis,
nitidis, ¢ glabris, vel parce pubescentibus, petiolo refracto, imo
stipulis foliaceis, sepe rotundatis et majusculis donato ; pedun-
culo glabro e gemma squamiformi axillart orto, in masculis
plurifloro, floribus breviter pedicellatis, racemosis, bracteolatis,

* Interdum 6 secundum DeCandolle, Syst. 1. 512, sed dubia.

and on the Structure of the Seed in that genus. 19]

bracteolis acutis, ciliolatis ; in femineis unifloro, flore majort
ebracteato ; floribus omnibus purpureis.

1. Lardizabala biternata, R. & P. LL. triternata, R. & P. Prodr.
Fil. Peruv. 143. tab. 37 ; Syst. i. 286; DC. Syst. 1.512; Prodr.
1.95 ; Delessert, Icones, i. tab. 91 ; Decaisne, Archiv. Mus.i. 187.
tab. 11; Hooker, Bot. Mag. tab. 4501.—Chile (Concepcion et
Quillota).

2. Lardizabala sylvicola, nov. sp. 2 ;—ramulis volubilibus, striatis,
glabris ; foliis 3-foliolatis, foliolis basi zequalibus, ample ovatis,
late truncatis et subcordatis, obtusis, submembranaceis, mar-
gine cartilagineo, hinc inzequaliter sinuatis, angulis cuspidatis,
5-nervus, valde reticulatis, omnibus petiolulatis, petiolulis
lateralibus petiolo subzquilongis, intermedio 2-plo longiori,
omnibus summo et imo incrassatis nervisque pilosulis, petiolo
e basi subito refracto; stipulis axillaribus parvis, lineari-
spathulatis, glabris, venosis, mucronato - denticulatis ; foliis
terminalibus multo minoribus, glaberrimis, coriaceis, fere in-
tegris, margine cartilagineo crenulatis; floribus speciosis,
violaceis, axillaribus, solitariis, pedunculo elongato, summo
incrassato, e fasciculo bractearum orto, et paullo supra basin
bractea unica donato, bracteis parvulis, acutis, margine ciliatis ;
sepalis amplis in campanulam dispositis; fructibus magnis,
toruloso-cylindricis, edulibus.—Chile (apud Concon).

I found this plant at Concon, midway between Valparaiso and
Quillota, in a wood that surrounds a small valley well sheltered
by hills, called “ Potrero del Peral.””? The short portion of the
stem of the branchlet in my specimen is of the thickness of a
goose-quill, somewhat flattened, and probably of a first year’s
growth, as it has a pithy medulla; the petiole, suddenly re-
fracted backwards, is about 9 lines long, and much thickened
at its base; the two lateral petiolets are 7 lines long, while the
intermediate one measures 18 lines ; the terminal leaflet is
3 inches long, and 3 inches wide at its broadest part, whence it
is somewhat narrower towards the summit, which is round and
emarginated, with a mucronate point; the lateral leaflets are
2% inches long and 2} inches broad; the stipules are minute,
compared with those of the other species, and instead of beng
orbicular, cordate, and sessile, are linear and tapering to a small
point at base ; they are 3 lines long, barely a line broad, strongly
reticulated, with a mucronately dentate border. The peduncle
is 1} inch long, somewhat slender below, and thickened towards
its summit ; about half an inch above its base it has a small,
single, acute bract, which has ciliated margins, and it bears at
its base a fascicle of similar bracts which rises out of a warty

192 Mr. P.H. Gosse on some new British Sea-Anemones.

prominence situated just above the petiole, and it is upon the
margin of this prominence that the stipules originate. The
flower is expanded into a broad bell, with a reflected margin,
which is 1 to 14 inch in diameter; the three outer sepals are
10 lines long and 5 lines broad, somewhat obtuse at their sum-
mit, and narrower toward the base; the three inner sepals are
9 lines long, 3 lines broad, more acute at the summit, and still
narrower at base. The six petals are shorter, almost linear,
obtusely acuminate at the summit, attenuated at the base, and
nearly equal in size, 5 lines long and | line broad in the widest
part; the stamens are 3 lines long, the filaments being slender
below, swelling above into a thick, fleshy, fusiform connective,
in which the two sterile anther-cells are extrorsely imbedded,
the connective terminating in a curved excurrent pomt. The
three ovaries are 7 lines long, 14 line in diameter, 1-locular,
with six projecting parietal parallel placentz, each bearing a
number of minute, almost peltate ovules, supported upon a short
prominent funicle, with a horizontal or sub-ascending direction.
The fruit is cylindrical, torulose, six-grooved, apiculated by the
persistent style, 12 inch long, | inch in diameter; the peri-
carp is thin and coriaceous, extremely friable and of granular
texture when dry ; it is unilocular, and filled with a mucilaginous
pulp, of a pleasant, sweet, and subacid taste, which dries into a
thin epidermis that invests the seeds, and leaves a vacuity nm the
centre, without the vestige of any division. This is contrary to
the statement of Ruiz and Pavon and other authors, who de-
scribe the fruit of L. biternata as bemg 6- or 8-locular. The
seeds are very numerous, ovate, somewhat compressed, often
subangular by mutual pressure, and are attached to the wall of
the pericarp in a somewhat horizontal position by a small hilum ;
they are arranged in six very distinct series; they are about
5 lines long, 4 lines broad from the hilum to the more convex
side, and 3 lines broad in the other transverse direction. Their
structure has been already fully described*.

XX.—Characters and Descriptions of some new British Sea-

Anemones. By Puture H. Gossn, F.R.S.

Fam. Sagartiade.
Genus Puevuia (mihi).

Column pillar-like in expansion ; margin tentaculate, without
parapet or fosse. Surface smooth, pierced with loop-holes, partly

* A drawing of this species, with full details of the structure of its
flower and seeds, is given in the ‘ Contributions to Botany,’ plate 28.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on some new British Sea- Anemones. 193

clothed with a tough epidermis, rough externally, firmly adherent
to the skin. Name from ¢eAXos, the cork-tree ; also its bark.

Sp. 1. Phellia murocincta (mihi). Epidermis free and tube-
like at the upper part; its surface not warted.

General Description.—F orm. Base adherent to rocks, slightly
exceeding column.

Column cylindrical, pillar-like when expanded, slightly grooved
longitudinally, smooth, but partly clothed with a dense, rough,
membranous skin, which is firmly adherent from the base about
halfway up, but there becomes free, forming a loose firm sheath
or tube, from which the animal protrudes its fore parts in exten-
sion, and into which it retires, at will, more or less completely.
Surface of epidermis rough, but not warted. Height, in full
extension, double the diameter.

Disk a deep cup, bounded by the thick feet of the inner
tentacles.

Tentacles twenty-four, in two rows, twelve in each; those of
the first row twice as large as the others, with which they alter-
nate: variable in form, sometimes strongly conical, stout at the
foot, and pointed; at other times nearly cylindrical and obtuse :
they have a tendency to assume a knotted appearance : they are
generally carried hanging over the margin with a double curve,
hike the branches of a chandelier; but sometimes those of the
inner row stand erect.

Mouth not raised on a cone.

Acontia (not observed).

Corour. Column: exposed portion having a mealy appear-
ance produced by a number of whitish longitudinal lines and
dashes, more or less speckled and interrupted by the ground-
colour, which is pellucid yellowish grey. Of these lines, twelve
are broader, and between these are about four slender lines in
each interspace. The margin becomes deep buff, producing a
depression of that hue, when in the button-state.

Epidermis pale buff, studded with dirty foreign matters.

Disk dull buff, marked with a white star, which is formed by
a forked line proceeding from the front of each primary tentacle
towards the mouth. A broad white gonidial band on each side.

Tentacles dark brown, pellucid, crossed by three narrow remote
rings of white. Where the foot of the tentacle unites with the
disk, its radius has a white patch, succeeded by two parallel,
longitudinal, black dashes.

Mouth rich buff.

Size. Diameter of column one-eighth of an inch; height
one-sixth ; expanse of flower one-sixth.

Locauity. Overhanging rocks and sides of caverns near low-
water mark, around Torquay.

194 Mr. P. H. Gosse on some new British Sea- Anemones.

Specrric NAME. From the manner in which the edge of the
epidermis encircles the summit of the animal when contracted,
as if protected by a wall.

Sp. 2. Phellia gausapata (mihi). Epidermis firmly adherent
throughout ; warted.

General Description.—F¥orm. (My observations on this spe-
cies are as yet very imperfect, and insufficient for a proper dia-
gnosis ; my specimen having never expanded since it came into
my possession, I have never seen its disk or tentacles.) Surface
of column smooth, but by contraction becoming coarsely corru-
gated, so as to present large irregularly rounded knobs or warts.
To this the epidermis is firmly adherent throughout, having no
free margin ; and being modelled on it, it is covered with coarse
warts or bosses.

Acontia protruded from basal region of column, on irritation.

Cotour. Yellowish brown.

Size. Diameter of column half an inch; height three-fourths.

Locatiry. A rock on the coast of Caithness, whence it was
obtained and sent to me by Mr. C. W. Peach.

SPECIFIC NAME. From the gausape, or rough frieze coat, which
the Roman soldiers wore in cold weather.

Fam. Bunodide.
Genus BuNODEs.

Sp. 3. Bunodes coronata (mihi). Warts in lines, and irregu-
larly scattered, subequal, small: body scarlet.

General Description.—Form. Base adherent to shells, scarcely
exceeding column: its outline often irregularly lobulate.

Column cylindrical in expansion, much higher than wide:
covered on the upper two-thirds with moderately numerous small
warts, neither perforate nor excavate ; they are arranged in twelve
longitudinal rows, with irregularly scattered ones between. Skin
between the warts smooth, and when distended having a satiny
lustre. Whole column invested with a thin drab epidermis,
deciduous in ragged shreds, but adhering pretty firmly. A
distinct parapet, with a smooth sharp edge, but no appreciable
fosse.

Disk circular, flat, but often protruded so as to be convex, or
to form a low cone; radii distinct.

Tentacles in four rows, of which the first contains 12; the
second, 12; the third, 24; the fourth, 48; =96. They are
submarginal, the first row springing at about three-quarter
radius; they are shorter than radius, diminishing outwardly,
conical, subacute.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on some new British Sea-Anemones. 195

Mouth large, protrusile: lip sharp: throat evertile, coarsely
furrowed.

Cotovr. Column a rich orange, or orange-scarlet, with the
warts either paler or darker than the ground-colour. Edge of
parapet cream-white, immediately below which the margin is
marked alternately with square patches of dark purplish choco-
late, and narrower spaces of whitish (twelve marks of each
colour in adults, six of each in young); these, from the fine
contrasts of colour, when the button is not quite closed, have
a very striking and characteristic effect, as if the animal were
surmounted by an elegant coronet. Hence I have selected the
nomen triviale.

Disk red, varying from pellucid scarlet to a reddish chocolate ;
each radius bearing a longitudinal central streak of white, which
does not reach either tentacle or lip, and bounded by a very fine
white line on each side; thus is produced a pattern of fine
radiating lines of white on red. Sometimes the lines are irre-
gularly blotched and dilated, with ragged edges.

Tentacles pellucid, nearly colourless, crossed by three dim
subopake white bars, of which the middle one is most distinct ;
near the base are two chocolate bars, generally divided by a
central longitudinal line of pellucid white, giving the appearance
of four dark spots set in square. Sometimes one bar is nearly
or quite obliterated.

Lip whitish. Throat rich orange-scarlet ; the furrows darker
than the ridges.

Sizz. Diameter of column in button, one and a quarter inch ;
height two inches; expanse of flower one inch.

Locatiry. Off Berry Head, Devon; im twenty fathoms.
Several specimens dredged, adhering to the shells of living
Turritella terebra.

A very fine and showy species.

Fam. Tlyanthide.
Genus HAaLcAamPA.

Sp. 4. Haleampa microps (mihi). Tentacles papillary, without
markings.

General Description—Form. Column cylindrical ; 8-invected,
the tegumental imsertions of the septa being the boundaries of
the swellings; hinder extremity inflatable, protrusile, adhesive :
skin minutely granular, enveloped in a thin mucus which entan-
gles foreign matters; ordinarily covered with minute, close-set,
transverse wrinkles. ;

Disk the rounded anterior extremity of the column, around

196 Mr. T.V. Wollaston on a Coleopterous Insect from the Canaries.

which the tentacles are planted in two contiguous circles (though
those of each row are remote inter se). Sometimes this rounded
form is not observed, and then the disk is flat.

Tentacles in two rows; the first of eight, about ‘014 inch
long, and ‘0045 inch in medium diameter; the second also of
eight, marginal, remote, alternate with the former, papilliform,
their length not exceeding their diameter, or ‘005 inch. When
expanded, those of the first row either stand erect, or arch
slightly outward: their movements are rather sudden; their
form quite cylindrical, with round ends; their walls thick, appa-
rently imperforate ; a few cnidz scattered in their substance.

Mouth elevated on a small abrupt papilla.

Coxour. Pellucid yellowish white, positive in the ratio of
opacity of the parts; without markings.

Size. Column when moderately extended about ‘025 inch in
diameter, to a point about halfway down its length; diameter of
posterior inflation at the same time, ‘065 inch. Total length
in this condition *8 inch. The smallest Anemone known.

Locauity and Hasrrs. I found it in much eroded limestone
from a cavern at Oddicombe, Devon, associated with Edwardsia
carnea, i June 1858. Having chiselled off many fragments of
the rock, I put them into glass jars of sea-water; and in a day
or two found Halcampa microps crawling up the side of the jar,
adhering by its inflated skin. In the course of a day or two
more, another and another appeared, until five or six had come
under my notice, most of them adhering to the glass. They
were active and locomotive, moving along the surface with ease
and comparative quickness (at least ten times their length in a
night), adhering by any part of the hinder moiety of the column.
Very frequently they threw the anterior portion suddenly round,
like an irritated caterpillar ; and almost continually constrictions
were passing down in succession from head to tail.

SPECIFIC NAME. From xpos, small, and dy, the face.

XXI.—Description of a Coleopterous Insect from the Canary
Islands. By T. Vernon Wo xtaston, M.A., F.L.S.
Fam. ELATERIDA.

Genus Corrosretuus ?, Woll.

Coptostethus ? canariensis.

C. elongato-oblongus nigro-brunneus dense cinereo-villosus, pro-
thorace magno valde convexo subtilissime et densissime punctu-
lato, in medio lato necnon ad latera rotundato, elytris profunde

M. Coste on the Habits of some Marine Animals. 197

crenato-striatis, plus minus (preesertim circa humeros) dilutioribus,
antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis.

Variat immaturus colore fere testaceo.

Long. corp. lin. 2}~32,

Habitat in insulis Canariensibus sub pedibus truncisque arborum
prolapsis, hine inde haud infrequens.

C. elongate-oblong, blackish brown (when immature, pale),
and more or less densely clothed with a cinereous pile. Pro-
thorax most closely and minutely punctulated all over; very
large ; exceedingly convex on the disk ; widest about the middle,
and with the sides regularly rounded; with the hinder angles
produced and acuminated ; and with the extreme front margin
more or less rufescent. Hlytra more or less diluted in colouring,
—especially about the shoulders, which are sometimes almost
rufescent ; rounded at the sides (being widest about the middle) ;
and regularly and deeply crenate-striated. Antenne, palpi and
legs testaceous.

The present beetle I conceive to be identical generically with
the Porto-Santan Coptostethus femoratus (Ins. Mad. 240. tab. iy.
f. 8); and it is the only member of the Elateride which I have
been able to detect during a six months’ research in the Canary
Islands. It differs slightly, however, even in its structural cha-
racters, from that insect, and it is just possible therefore that
it may prove eventually to be the type of a separate, though
closely allied, genus; but I defer the consideration of its affini-
ties until a future opportunity (when I shall have had leisure
for dissecting the parts of its mouth), contenting myself now
with simply securing the species, which I believe to be unques-
tionably new. Should it prove to be a true Coptostethus, it will
be of the greatest interest geographically, as establishing a
powerful connecting link (like many others hereafter to be no-
ticed) between the Madeiran and Canarian groups; for whilst
the C. femoratus is the only representative of the Elateride
which I have hitherto observed in the former, the present insect
(which has precisely similar habits) would seem, singularly
enough, to be the sole exponent of that immense family in the
seven large islands of the latter.

XXII.—On the Habits and Reproduction of some Marine Animals.
By M. Costr*,

By the generosity of the Emperor, and the kindness of the
Minister of Public Works, I have been enabled to place the
pilot Guillou in a position to organize, in the shed which covers
* Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ July 12, 1858, p. 45.
Ann. & Mag, N, Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 14

198 M. Coste on the Habits of some Marine Animals.

his lobster reservoirs on the Quay of Concarneau, an observa-
tory, if I may be allowed to use the expression, for the investi-
gation of the living products of the sea,—an observatory i
which each species may be enclosed in a distinct cell, like the
domestic animals nourished in the stalls of our stables.

A pump raises sea-water to the roof of this establishment, and
accumulates it in a basin of supply, from which it falls in a con-
tinuous cascade in artificial channels, of 50 centimetres in width,
arranged in gradations upon four stages, resembling, on a large
scale, the hatching apparatus of the College of France. They
are applied against the surrounding wall of the shed, and sup-
ported upon it by frameworks, occupying altogether a length of
about 80 metres, over the lobster vivaria.

These artificial brooks, constructed of strong planks coated
internally with a layer of Roman cement, are divided into ninety-
five cells by partitions furnished with evatings, which afford a
free passage to the current, without allowing the imprisoned
species to communicate with each other. The greater part of
the species thus separated in these compartments receive their
nourishment like the terrestrial animals in our gardens of
acclimatation, and thrive under this treatment as well as if
they were in full liberty. They propagate there, and exhibit
all the marvels of their instincts. We may watch their copu-
lation, the deposition of their eggs, the development of their
embryos, and all their metamorphoses, with as much facility as
in the case of domestic animals ; so that in a laboratory of this
kind most of the animals inhabiting the sea might pass by turns
under the eyes of the naturalist who is engaged in studying the
laws of their organization, and reveal its mysteries to him.

Natural history, as understood by Réaumur, Huber, and
Buffon, will find in this investigation, made in the midst of new
conditions, inexhaustible subjects for pictures; and comparative
embryogeny will extend its domain into regions from which it
appeared to be interdicted.

Whilst waiting until my assistant, M. Gerbe, has executed
the numerous plates belonging to our first investigations, and
until I can present in his name a great work, completed under
my directions, upon the metamorphoses of the Crustacea, the
Academy will allow me to inform it of some of the results of our
observations. I shall refer, in the first place, to the habits and
the domestication of a dozen species of marine fishes, the imves-
tigation of which has enabled us to prove the accuracy of the

acts related by the historians of antiquity.

Amongst the species isolated and fed in the cells of the esta-
blishment, some, such as the Old Wife (Labrus bergylta, Asc.),
the Fifteen-spined Stickleback (Gasterosteus Spinachia, Linn.),

M. Coste on the Habits of some Marine Animals. 199

the Spotted Gunnell (Gunnellus vulgaris, Cuy. & Val.), the Grey
Mullet (Mugil Cephalus, Linn.), and the Five-bearded Rock-Ling
(Gadus Mustela, Linn.), come up to the surface of the water
when we approach to give them something to eat, follow the
movements which we make around them, allow themselves to
be conducted towards any points to which it is desired to attract
them, solicit their prey in the same way as tamed birds, and even
come to seek it in the hand. The Rock-Lings are so familiar,
that they may actually be captured, taken out of the water, re-
placed and recaptured, without attempting to make their escape.
~ The Gobies (Gobius niger, Linn., and Gobius minutus, Penn.)
and the Sea-Scorpion (Cottus Scorpius, Cuv. & Val.), although not
so familiar as those just mentioned, are nevertheless very atten-
tive to all that takes place around them, and also come to take.
their food from the hand when it is presented to them.

The Turbot (Rhombus mazimus, Cuv.), which from its phy-
siognomy would be supposed destitute of expression, becomes
animated nevertheless at the sight of the bait which is held out
to him, and comes, agitating his broad fins, to take it from the
hand; and when he is pressed by hunger, he will even float on
the surface until his desires are satisfied, if he be made to wait.
He swims with ease, and changes colour when he is irritated.
The spots which are scattered over his body become paler and
browner under the influence of the impression to which he is
subjected. But the most striking point about him, is to see
him, with apparently a narrow mouth, swallow, at once, fishes
proportionally of enormous size. We have seen a young indi-
vidual, not more than 25 centimetres in length, swallow sardines
of the largest size without any difficulty.

The Pipe-fishes (Syngnathus Typhle, Linn.) present two curious
peculiarities in their habits. They group themselves by inter-
lacing their tails in such a way as to form tufts, and remain
immovyeable in a vertical position with the head upwards. When
food is given to them, they move towards the prey as it is fall-
ing, follow it in its descent, and, as they approach it, perform a
movement of rotation upon their axis, so as to turn the back
downwards and the belly upwards. In this reversed position
they precipitate themselves upon the prey, and do not resume
their normal attitude until after they have seized it. This strange
maneeuvre is imposed upon them by the peculiar position of
their mouth, which is cleft vertically at the extremity of a turned-
up beak. The young animals, in which the buecal aperture has
not this arrangement at the moment when they issue from the
ineubatory pouch, are not under the necessity of performing
any such evolution. They seize their food in the same way as.
other fishes.

14*

200 M. Coste on the Habits of some Marine Animsis.

The results of these first observations are sufficient to prove
the veracity of the historians of antiquity as regards the marvel-
lous stories which they have transmitted to us of the spectacles
furnished by the nomenclators in the marine piscine of Lucullus,
Pollio, and the orator Hortensius. They prove that these state-
ments, far from being fables, as people have been disposed to
think, are really the simple expression of the truth.

The Crustacea enclosed in the compartments of the vivarium
have also furnished us with interesting observations upon their
mode of copulation, their oviposition, and their metamorphoses.
In all the Brachyurous Decapods which we have been able to
observe, such as the common Shore Crab (Cancer Menas, Linn.),
the Xantho floridus of Leach, the Arched-fronted Swimming-Crab
(Portunus Rondeleti, Risso), the Marbled Swimming-Crab (Por-
tunus marmoreus, Leach), the hairy Porcelain Crab (Porcellana
platycheles, Penn.), the Spider-Crab (Maia Squinado, Herbst), the
common edible Crab (Cancer Pagurus, Linn.), the minute Porcelain
Crab (Porcellana longicornis, Lat.), &e., we have seen the male,
by the agency of his copulatory styles, and through the sternal
apertures, deposit the semen in a dilatation of the oviduct, a
dilatation situated at the lower extremity of that canal.

In the Shore Crab (C. Menas) the semen accumulated
in this place of deposit becomes solidified and moulded there,
acquiring the consistence of coagulated wax. It remains in this
state for about a fortnight, after which it slowly becomes lique-
fied, in order that the spermatozoids, which are then disaggre-
gated and suspended in the fluid resulting from this liquefac-
tion, may ascend to the ovaries,—a phenomenon which lasts not
less than two months. ‘The ovarian eggs, which at the moment
of copulation were still in the microscopic state, Increase in pro-
portion, but do not arrive at complete maturity until long after
the complete disappearance of the seminal fluid. We are ob-
serving, in closed cases, specimens which copulated three months
since, and which have not yet deposited their eggs. The dis-
section of some of these has shown us that the eggs are far from
having attained the degree of development required for their
expulsion. This fact proves two things:—1l. That im these
species the fecundation is ovarian; and 2. that when submitted
to the influence of the male element, the ova are far more distant
from the period of their maturity than is the case in any of those
observed in other classes.

In the Long-tailed Decapods (Macrura) the semen is not in-
troduced into an internal pouch, but it is poured out upon the
sternum in the vicinity of the orifices which lead to the oviducts.
In some, such as the Lobsters and Spiny Lobsters, it is spread

M. Coste on the Habits of some Marine Animals. 201

out in irregular plates upon a surface of considerable extent 3h
others, such as the Prawns and Shrimps, the semen is emitted
in the form of spermatophora, which are attached to the plas-
tron or to the base of the feet of the females. In these species,
therefore, the spermatozoids must become disaggregated exter-
nally to reach the oviducts, without their being introduced there
by the males. But the fecundation is not less ovarian than in
the preceding, although it approaches more nearly to the period
of oviposition. There are even species in which it only precedes
the expulsion of the eggs by a few hours. Thus, for example,
we have seen a Prawn (Palemon serratus, Leach) copulate on one
day and deposit its eggs on the next.

As all the Crustacea carry their eggs under the tail, or upon
some other part of the body where the incubation takes place,
and as this incubation is generally very slow (it does not last
less than five or six months in the Lobsters and Palinuri), it
follows that the animals of this class, in casting their shells,
would have been liable to lose their progeny, unless, by an ad-
mirable combination, the periods of the oviposition had not been
calculated in relation to those of the moults to which these spe-
cies are annually subjected until they have acquired their defi-
nitive size. Thus, to obtain all the time necessary for incubation,
nature has chosen that fecundation should take place immediately
after the mothers have thrown off their old skins, in order that
the new ones may be a sufficiently lasting protection.

We have seen a striking proof of this fact in the common
Shore Crab and the Prawn of our coasts. he male of the
former species selects a female, holds her tightly with the right
foot of the second pair, carries her with him, whether he walks
or swims, and seizes her again if they be separated. Some days
after this union, the female, still held by the male, throws off
her old covering; and immediately after this moult is effected,
she turns to receive the Semen,—an operation which lasts one,
two, or three days.

In the Prawn (Palemon serratus, Leach), the male does not
take possession of the female before the moult, as in the com-
mon Shore Crab; but as soon as she has moulted, he pursues
her, darts upon her back, clings there, and allows himself to be
carried about without making any attempt at copulation as long
as the female swims; when she stops, he glides under her by
inverting the right side, deposits a double spermatophore upon
her plastron in a few seconds, and then resumes his former posi-
tion, to recommence the same manceuvre a moment afterwards.

There are some species which have two broods between
each moult, and in which the copulation fecundating the first
generation appears also to fecundate the second; of this w

202 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

believe we have a proof in twelve females of Maia Squinado, iso-
lated in a basin, all of which have produced eggs a second time
without another copulation, at the very moment when the last
eges of the preceding gestation had been hatched.

Such, amongst the numerous facts which we have observed,
are those which I have thought it advisable to communicate at
present to the Academy. At a subsequent meeting we shall
present the general results of our observations upon the first
metamorphoses of the Crustacea. From these observations it
results that all the known Zoéas described by various authors
are the larvee of Brachyurous Decapods, and that it is not de-
monstrated that the typical Zoéa of Bosc is, as usually supposed,
an embryo of the Edible Crab of our coasts, and still less of the
Lobster.

In order that the mvestigations which have furnished us with
these facts may not be interrupted durimg our absence, the pilot
Guillou keeps a register, in which, in conformity with instruc-
tions drawn up beforehand, and which he follows with sagacity,
he inscribes, at the number corresponding to each cell, whatever
bears upon the experiments carried on therem. As soon as an
interesting fact is exhibited, he mforms us of it; and if the fact
be of a nature capable of verification in Paris, he sends us the
animals presenting it; in the contrary case, one of us goes to
Concarneau to study the phenomenon on the spot.

XXIII.—Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon In-
sects. By F. Watxmr.

Order COLEOPTERA.
Fam. Cicindelide.

CICINDELA DISCREPANS. Atra, elytris guttis duabus humeralibus
vittisque duabus postice macularibus flavis, femoribus cupreis.
Long. 63-8 lin.

TRICONDYLA FEMORATA. Nigra, transverse rugulosa, prothorace
sublineari antice coarctato, femoribus piceis, tibiis tarsisque cya-
neis. Long. 10 lin.

Kam. Carabide.

CyMINDIS RUFIVENTRIS. ter, nitidus, antennis piceis, thorace
sulcato, abdomine subtus rufo, elytrorum sulcis parallelis punctatis
bene determinatis, pedibus piceis, femoribus crassis. Long. 4 lin.

Dromius MARGINIFER. Niger, mitidus, subtus piceus, palpis an-
tennisque fulvescentibus, thoracis lateribus rufescentibus, elytro-
rum maculis duabus magnis humeralibus duabusque minoribus
posticis discalibus rufescentibus. Long. 2% lin.

is

Mr. F, Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 203

Lesra srpars. Rufa, thorace subsulcato sat angusto, elytris atris
sat latis tenuiter sulcatis. Long. 3 lin.

Carascorus REDucTUS. Viridi-niger, capite magno sulcis duobus
lateralibus, thoracis sulco dorsali distincto, sulco brevi transverso
antico arcuato, elytrorum sulcis punctatis bene determiatis.

“gr:
Long. 4} lin.

ScaRITEs OBLITERANS. Niger, nitens, thorace subcordato, sulco
tenui antice abbreviato, elytris subconvexis marginatis, sulcis pau-
cis vix conspicuis, tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis. Long. 6 lia.

ScariITEs supsiGNans. Niger, nitidus, capite bisuleato, thorace
subquadrato subsulcato, elytris subconvexis marginatis, sulcis sex
distinctis, tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis. Long. 63 lin.

ScARITES DESIGNANS. Niger, nitidus, capite bisulcato foveis dua-
bus transversis, thorace quadrato sulcato, elytris convexis, sulcis
quinque distinctissimis, pedibus anticis incrassatis, tibiis fortiter
tridentatis. Long. 7-8 lin.

Curvina REcTA. Nigro-picea, linearis, antennis pedibusque piceis,
thorace sulcato, elytrorum sulcis distinctis. Long. 35 lin.

Morio rrocosiroipes. Niger, depressus, vix nitidus, capite bi-
suleato, thorace subcordato sulcato postice bifoveolato, elytrorum
sulcis distinctissimis, tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis. Long.
63 lin.

Mortio cucusorpes. Niger, depressus, nitidus, corpore subtus
pedibusque rufis, capite bisulcato, thorace subcordato sulcato pos-
tice bifoveolato, elytrorum sulcis distinctissimis, tibiis anticis for-
titer bidentatis. Long. 5} lin.

Leistus? tinearis. Niger, nitidus, capite antico, corporis disco
subtus, antennis pedibusque testaceis, thorace subcordato bifoveo-
lato, elytris sulcatis. Long. 3 lin.

CarpIADERUs scitus. Niger, nitidus, antennis ferrugineis, thorace
suleato transverse foveolato, elytris subnitidis, sulcis scitis approxi-
matis, pedibus testaceis. Long. 23 lin.

ANCHOMENUS ILLocatus. Niger, nitidus, thorace suleato, ely-
trorum sulcis distinctis, pedibus rufescentibus. Long. 23 lin.

Aconum pPLAcipuLuM. Nigrum, nitidum, thorace foveis duabus
posticis, elytrorum sulcis distinctis, pedibus piceis. Long. 2} Jin.

PanaG&us RETRACTUS. Niger, subtus fulvus, thorace subcordato
suleato postice contracto, elytris luteo quadriplagiatis, pedibus
testaceis. Long. 3 lin.

Genus MARAGA.

Caput transversum, subleeve, planum. Oculi magni. Palpi breves,
subsecuriformes. Antenne capite thoraceque paullo longiores,
articulis longiusculis. Thorax transyersus, postice latus angulatus,
antice rotundatus, lateribus subconvexis. Elytra marginata, apice

204 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

truncata, thorace latiora, sulcis optime determinatis. Pedes validi,
breviusculi, femoribus crassis, posticis bidentatis, tibiis subsetosis.

MaraGa PLANIGERA. Niger, capite antico corporeque subtus ful-
vis, antennis, pedibus necnon thoracis et elytrorum margimibus

piceis, coxis et femoribus testaceis, femoribus posterioribus nigro
vittatis. Long. 4 lin.

ARGUTOR DEGENER. Niger, nitidus, thorace subcordato sulcato,
elytris tenuiter sulcatis, pedibus ferrugineis. Long. 25 lin.

ARGUTOR RELINQUENS. Niger, nitidus, thorace subrotundato,
elytris sulcatis, pedibus ferrugineis. Long. 2 lin.

Harpauus strotipus. Niger, nitidus, thorace subpunctato, elytris
sulcatis nigro-viridibus, pedibus ferrugineis. Long. 23-3 lin.

Curronotus compositus. Niger, nitidus, antennis piceis, thorace

subsuleato, elytris sulcatis subobscuris, pedibus rufescentibus.
Long. 3} lin.

SELENOPHORUS INFIxuS. Niger, nitidus, thorace utrinque apud

marginem posticum impresso, elytris nigro-eeneis sulcatis, pedibus
piceis. Long. 2 lin.

AcuPALPuS DEROGATUS. Niger, nitidus, elytris sulcatis, pedibus
rufescentibus. Long. 14 lin.

AcupALrus ExTREMUS. Niger, nitidus, thorace subrotundato,
elytris non sulcatis, pedibus piceis.. Long. 3 lin.

BEMBIDIUM FINITIMUM. Niger, nitidus, thorace subrotundato,
elytris postice fulvo bimaculatis. Long. 1 lin.

Fam. Dytiscide.

DyTiscus EXTENUANS, mas. ter, nitidus, capitis margine antico
et thoracis lateribus luteis, elytris vitta submarginali postice attenu-
ata et apices non attingente. Long. 8 lin.

Hypaticus piscinpEns, mas. Ater, nitidus, capite antico thoracis-
que lateribus latissime luteo marginatis, elytris linea submarginali
apud medium dislocata, fascia antica utrinque flexuosa, lineolis

exterioribus postmediis guttaque utrinque postica luteis. Long.
6 lin.

Hypaticus rRACTIFER, mas. ter, nitidus, capite antico thoracis-
que lateribus latissime luteo marginatis, elytrorum fascia guttulari
antica lineolisque marginalibus luteis. Long. 52 lin.

CoLYMBETES INTERCLUsUs. Ater, capite antico, thoracis lateribus

latis, elytrorum fascia lata basali et vitta marginali postice attenu-
ata luteo-ferrugineis. Long. 5} Jin.

HyDROPORUS INTERPULSUS. Niger, crassus, capite, thoracis fascia
latissima et elytrorum margine tenui luteo-ferrugineis. Long. 14 lin,
Hyproporvus INTERMIXTUS. Niger, latus, thoracis lateribus, ely-

trorum fascia lata basali et margine tenui postice dilatata luteo-
ferrugineis. Long. 15 lin,

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 205

Hyprororus Ltatasitis. Luteus, elytris nigris, fasciis duabus
abbreyiatis luteis, 1* lata interrupta, 2* integra. Long. 1 lin.

Fam. Gyrinide.

Drnevtes rnpicans. Chalybeus, subtus ferrugineus, capitis lateribus
subcupreis, elytris extus impressis, apice truncatis et angulatis,
tibiis anticis spinosis. Long. 7 lin.

GyRINUS OBLIQUUS. neo-chalybeus, elytrorum carinis sulcisque
alternis bene determinatis, pedibus ferrugineis. Long. 3 lin.

Fam. Staphylinide.

OcyPuUs LONGIPENNIS. Niger, punctatissimus, subtus piceus, an-
tennis pedibusque piceis, thorace carinato, elytris longiusculis.
Long. 4 lin.

Ocypus coneruvus. Cyaneo-niger, subpunctatus, subtus piceus,
antennis, pedibus elytrisque piceis, thorace e punctis: bilineato,

abdomine nigro, segmentorum marginibus posticis piceis. Long.
5 lin.

Ocyrus puncTILINEA. Nigro-eeneus, capite et thorace glabris ni-
tentibus, capite punctis lateralibus, antennis pedibusque piceis,

thorace e punctis bilineato, elytris punctatissimis, abdomine nigro,
Long. 43 lin.

XANTHOLINUs cCINCTUs. Niger, capite thoraceque nitentibus, an-
tennis piceis, pedibus piceo-ferrugineis, elytris lividis basi nigris.
Long. 23 lin.

P#DERUS ALTERNANS. Ater, thorace et abdominis bis triente basali
rufis, elytris nigro-cyaneis. Long. 3 lin.

PRoGNATHA bDeEcisA. Atra, plana, capite thoraceque nitentibus,

capite lato, thorace obcordato, elytris testaceis, apud marginem
interiorem apice excepto nigris. Long. 2 lin.

OxyTeLus rupis. Niger, sat latus, antennis pedibusque ferrugineis,

thorace elytrisque punctatissimis, thorace unisuleato subcordato.
Long. 23 lin.

OxyTELus Propuctus. Niger, longiusculus, sat angustus, ore

pedibusque ferrugineis, thorace elytrisque punctatissimis, thorace
unisuleato subcordato. Long. 2 lin.

OMALIUM FILIFoRME. Nigrum, nitens, longum, planum, per-
angustum, antennis validis, pedibus fulvis. Long. 14 lin.

Axrocuara postica. Nigra, nitida, 4. fuscipedi <a thias pedi-
bus ferrugineis, abdominis apice piceo-ferruginea. Long. 24-3 lin.
Fam. Scydmenide.
Genus ERtnevs.

Corpus convexum, rude punctatum, dense pubescens. Caput postice
maximum, subdilatatum. Palpi clavati. Antenne subclavate,

206 Myr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

geniculate, pilosze ; articulus 1"5 longus, 2"S et sequentes oblongi,
subeequales. Thorax subquadratus.. Elytra oblonga. Pedes
validi, pilosi.

Ertneus Monstrosus. Piceus, subtus nigricans, capite antico
femoribusque nigricantibus. Long. 3 lin.

Fam. Phalacrida.
PHALACRUS CONJICIENS. Piceus, nitens, subelliptieus, thorace
leevi, elytris striatis. Long. 4 lin.
PuHaLacrus conrectus. Testaceus, suborbicularis, nitens, thorace
levi, elytris subtilissime striatis. Long. 3 lin.

Fam. Nitidulide.

NITIDULA CONTEGENS. Nigra, elytris basi (margine excepto) et
apud suturam (triente apicali excepta) testaceis. Long. 19 hn.
NiriDULA INTENDENS. Parva, testacea, elytris subtomentosis

truncatis. Long. 2 lin.

NITIDULA SIGNIFICANS. Parva, testacea, nitens, elytris nigro
quadrimaculatis. Var. elytrorum maculis subobsoletis. Long.
Ee
3 jin.

NiripuLA? TOMENTIFERA. Fusca, capite thoraceque cinereo-pu-
bescentibus, elytrorum fasciis interruptis cano-tomentosis. Long.
ft
12 lin.

Genus NrTipULopsis.
Nitidule valde affinis, Anthobio simillima. Abdomen elytris duplo

longius.

NirrpULOPSIS QUALIS. Picea, depressa, subtus ferrugineo-picea,
elytris testaceis, pedibus pallide testaceis. Long. 14 lin.

RuyYZOPHAGUS PARALLELUS. Niger, linearis, capite sulcis duabus
lateralibus, thorace nitente postice retracto et bisulcato, elytris
striatis et carinatis, carinis apud latera magis determinatis. Long.
2-24 lin.

Fam. Colydiade.

Lycrus pispuTANS. Ferrugineo-piceus, thorace suleato oblongo

subquadrato, elytris scite subsulcatis. Long. 23 lin.

Lycrus reTrActus. Ferrugineus, subtus rufescens, thoracis late-
ribus flexis angulatis, elytris subtilissime punctatis et sulcatis.
Long. 2-23 lin.

Diroma ruGicouuis. Picea, thorace sulcis quatuor rugosis, elytris
quinque-carinatis, carinis serratis bene determinatis. Long. 1 lin.
Fam. Trogositide.

TROGOSITA INSINUANS. Picea, subtus rufescens, capite thoraceque
subsuleatis scite punctatis, elytris punctato-suleatis. Long. 3 lin.

Mr, F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.. 207°

Fam. Cucujide.

SILVANUS RETRAHENS. Ferrugineus, capite piceo, elytris subtilis-
sime suleatis. Long. 1} lin.

Fam. Lathridiade.

LATHRIDIUS PERPUSILLUS. Piceus, minimus, thorace subrotundato,
elytris rude tricarinatis. - Long. 4 lin.

MonoToMA CONCINNULA. Testacea, elytris apud medium nigro
_ bimaculatis. Long. | lin.

Fam. Dermestide.

ATTAGENUS!? perectus. Niger, pubescens, elytris subtilissime
punctatis apice ferrugineis. Long. 1 lin.

TRINODES HIRTELLUS. Ater, minutus, elytris apices versus sub-
hispidis. Long.-} lin.

Fam. Histeride.

PLATYSOMA DESINENS. Atrum, elytrorum suleis tribus exterioribus
completis, 4* 5*-que valde abbreviatis, 5* paullo longiore. Long.
13 hin,

PLATYSOMA RESTORATUM. Rufescenti-piceum, elytrorum sulcis
quingue bene determinatis, tribus exterioribus completis, 4? 5*-
que abbreviatis eequalibus. Long. 13 lin.

Fam. Aphodiade.

APHoDIUS RoBUsTUS. Piceo-ferrugineus, capite utrinque impresso,
thorace vage punctato, elytris conferte punctato-sulcatis, femoribus
crassis. Long. 23 lin.

APHODIUS DYNASTOIDES. After, antennis piceis, capite subglabro,
thorace conferte punctato, elytrorum sulcis subpunctatis bene
determinatis. Long. 23 lin.

APHODIUS PALLIDICORNIS. Niger, capitis margine antico piceo,
antennis testaceis, thorace vage subpunctato, elytrorum sulcis
punctatis bene determinatis, pedibus ferrugineis. Leng. 2 lin.

ArHopius MuTANS. Niger, subtus luridus, thorace vage punc-
tato, lateribus late margineque postico tenuiter luridis, elytrorum
margine lato lurido, vittis discalibus luridis plus minusve distinctis
aut obsoletis, pedibus testaceis. Long. 24-24 lin.

ApnHopius sEquens. Niger, capite maculis duabus luridis, tho-
racis margine late lurido, elytris luridis, disco fuscescente, pedibus
testaceis. Var. capite lurido. Long. 14-14 lin.

PsamMopius rnscirus. Niger, capite rugoso apud marginem
piceo, antennis ferrugineis, thorace rugis quinque transversis non
parallelis, elytrorum sulcis plurimis bene determinatis, carinis
subtuberculatis. Long. 1+ lin.

208 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

Fam. Trogide.

Trox 1ncLusus. Niger, capite subtuberculato, antennis testaceis,
thorace trisulcato, lateribus impressis, marginibus subangulatis,
elytris tuberculoso-tricarinatis, pustulis intermediis minoribus.
Long. 4—5 lin.

Fam. Copride.

GYMNOPLEURUS SMARAGDIFER. Smaragdino-viridis, subtus ob-
scurior, capite exciso, thorace quadri-i -impresso, sulco antice obso-
leto, elytrorum lineis vix conspicuis. Long. 7 lin.

StsypHUs sETOosuLus. Niger, capite dentato, thorace elytrisque
setosis, thorace scaberrimo, elytrorum carinis plurimis tuberculosis
indeterminatis, tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis. Long. 3 lin.

SISYPHUS SUBSIDENS. Niger, capite dentato, thorace elytrisque
subsetosis, thorace sublzevi, eee carinis paucis indecisis,
tibiis anticis subtridentatis. Long. 2 lin.

Copris CRIBRICOLLIS. Ater, capite thoraceque confertissime verru-
cosis, thorace sulco tenui dorsali antice obsoleto, elytris glabris,
lineis octo impressis bene determinatis. Mas. Capitis cornu recto
thoracem paullo superante, thorace carinis duabus dorsalibus ab-
breviatis, spatio posteriore glabro. Fam. Capitis carma trans-
versa subconica. Long. 7 lin.

Copris REPERTUS. Ater, capite verrucoso, thorace subleevi, sulco
dorsali antice obsoleto, elytris glabris, lineis octo impressis bene
determinatis. Mas. Capitis cornu subarcuato thoracem non su-
perante, thorace ruga transversa quadridentata. em. Capitis
carina transversa brevi elevata bidentata, thoracis carina transversa
non dentata. Long. 8 lin.

Corris sopALis, mas. Ater, capite thoraceque conferte punctatis,
capite inter oculos tuberculo transverso, thorace carina transversa
subobsoleta, sulco dorsali antice obsoleto, elytris glabris, lineis
octo impressis bene determinatis. Long. 53 lin.

Corris s1GNatus, fem. Ater, capite, thorace elytrisque confer-
tissime punctatis, capite inter oculos tuberculo transverso, thorace
carina nulla transversa, sulco dorsali vix conspicuo, elytrorum
lineis octo impressis bene determinatis. Long. 43-5 lin.

Copris DIMINUTIVUS, mas. Ater, pubescens, conferte punctatus,
capite cornubus duobus posticis brevissimis, thorace plano, elytro-
rum lineis impressis indistinctis. Long. 14 lin.

ONTHOPHAGUS PROLIXUS. Cupreus aut eneo-aiiiiee punctatus,
thorace antice utrinque excavato, sulco dorsali, elytris luridis
lineatis, fascia media lata angulata maculaque antica nigris. Long.
23-3 lin.

ONTHOPHAGUS GRAVIS, fem. Niger, parum nitens, capite thorace-
: exact 5 Silda se hse sa
que planis punctatissimis, elytrorum linels impressis planis non
bene determinatis. Long. 3} lin.

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 209

OnTHOPHAGUS DIFFICILIS. Ater aut nigro-viridis, capite antice
rude punctato, thorace nitidissimo vage punctato, Jateribus macu-
lisque duabus posticis nonnunquam obsoletis testaceis, elytris testa-
ceis, lineis impressis punctatis bene determinatis, fasciis sex abbre-
viatis nonnunquam connexis nigris. Long. 24-3 lin.

ONTHOPHAGUS LUCENS. Viridis, capite antice rude punctato, tho-
race elytrisque confertissime punctatis, elytris testaceis, lineis im-
pressis sat determinatis, fascia media maculari maculisque duabus
anticis duabusque posticis nigris. Long. 14 lin.

ONTHOPHAGUS NEGLIGENS. Viridi- aut cupreo-niger, capite antico
rude punctato, thorace punctatissimo, elytris punctatis, lineis im-
pressis non distinctis, maculis duabus apicalibus testaceis. Var.
Elytris testaceo plus minusve marginatis, pedibus testaceo variis.
Long. 13-23 lin.

ONTHOPHAGUS M@RENS, mas. Ater, subpunctatus, capite carina
media transversa arcuata, cornubus duobus posticis erectis vix
arcuatis, thorace antice utrinque impresso, elytrorum lineis impressis
punctatis bene determinatis. Long. 3 lin.

OntuopHacus TuRrBATUs. Nigro-viridis, punctatissimus, capite
carina media transversa arcuata, thorace sulco dorsali subobsoleto,
elytrorum lineis impressis sat determinatis. Mas. Capite cornu
lanceolato postice subobliquo, thorace antice excavato. Fam. Ca-
pite carina transversa postica, thorace carina transversa antica
brevissima. Long. 3 lin.

Fam. Spheridiade.

SpHZRIDIUM TRICGLOR. Nigrum, nitens, thorace elytrisque testa-
ceo marginatis, elytris antice rufo bimaculatis, spatio apicali testaceo
maculas duas nigras subincludente. Long. 1# lin.

Fam. Hydrophilide.

PHILHYDRUS ESURIENS. Lividus, subtus niger, capite nigro, tho-
racis macula transyersa discali fuscescente. Long. # lin.

Hyprosivs struttrus. Niger, subtilissime et confertissime punc-
tatus, subtus vix nitens, pedibus piceo-nigris. Long. 12 lin.

Genus Dastarcus.

Corpus longiusculum. Prothorax sulcatus, punctatus, angulis anticis
porrectis acutis, pectoris foveis duabus obliquis. Metascutellum
subtus maximum, vix sulcatum. Elytra sulcata, punctata. Pedes
crassi, breves.

Dasrarcus rorosus. Niger, subtus nitens, rude punctatus, pro-
thorace elytrisque rude punctatis carinis ferrugineo-tomentosis,
prothoracis carinis duabus undulatis. Long. 4 lin.

[To be continued, |

21D « Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Narrative of the Expedition of an American Squadron to the China
Seas and Japan, performed in the years 1852, 1853 and 1854,
under the command of Commodore M. C. Perry, United States
Navy. By order of the Government of the United States. Vols.
I. and II., with Illustrations. Washington, 1856. London,
Triibner & Co.

Tue second volume of Commodore Perry’s Narrative of the cele-
brated ‘“ Japanese Expedition” contains, amongst a number of com-
munications in relation to other topics from different members of
the Expedition, several articles on natural history, which those who
are interested in the zoology, botany, or geology of the Western
Pacific should not neglect to consult. The smallest contributions
towards a knowledge of the natural productions of ground so seldom
trodden by Europeans as Japan, Formosa, or the Loo Choo Islands,
is acceptable. It would be well if our own Government would take
the hint, and insist upon the members of our numerous expeditions
making their discoveries immediately available to the student.

The first part of the second volume of the present book is occupied
by several articles upon the botany, agriculture, and geology of the
Loo Choo archipelago. This is followed by Reports upon the agri-
culture of Japan and China and the coal-formation of Formosa, and
an interesting account of the small settlement upon Peel Island, one
of the Bonin group, with a copy of the short ‘‘ Articles of Agree-
ment”? which constitute the laws of this primitive republic. Next
come the papers on natural history, with which we are more imme-
diately concerned. ‘Two articles by Mr. Cassin upon the birds col-
lected (principally by Mr. William Heine, the artist of the Expedi-
tion) are worthy of much attention, though they contain few novelties
in the way of undescribed species. The first of these relates to the
birds collected in Japan, most of which have been already noticed
in Temminck and Schlegel’s volume of the magnificent ‘Fauna
Japonica’ devoted to the “Aves.” But as Nangasaki in the southern
island of Kiusiu is the only place to which the Dutch naturalists
have had access, and the present collections were formed in Niphon
and Jesso (the two northern and principal islands), the collection is
still one of high interest. We may call particular attention to the
details given of Mr. Heine’s pheasant-shooting expeditions. He is
certainly the first ‘‘of any cultivated nation’? who has had the good
fortune to beat up the native haunts of Phasianus versicolor and
Phasianus Soemmeringii. We are not at all surprised at his missing
the latter bird, or ‘‘at least only shooting off his two long tail-
feathers ;”” for even an ordinary cock pheasant (Phasianus colchi-
cus 3) rising near (with a tail only one-third as long) is sufficient
to agitate one not a little. But let us give Mr. Heine due credit for
having preserved examples of these fine birds, and thus fixed their
real locality. Our countryman Mr. Atkinson, in the steppes of Tartary
—a region still more inaccessible—seems to haye shot and eaten

Bibliographical Notices. 211

many brace of the still rarer Phasianus mongolicus without the
slightest compunction.

Mr. Cassin’s second article upon the ‘birds collected in China,
the Loo Choo Islands, Singapore, Ceylon, and California,” is accept-
able, as giving exact localities to many species of the correct habitat
of which we were not hitherto very certain. There are also nice
figures of Garrulax perspicillatus, Heterornis sericea, and the true
Ivos hemorrhous of China. Only four birds are noticed from the
Loo Choo Islands, which, curiously enough, are, with one exception,
identified with European species : Ardea cinerea, Alcedo bengalensis,
Fulica chloropus, and Sterna minuta. Mr. Brevoort’s notice of
Japanese fish, or rather, of the drawings of them made by members
of the Expedition (for it appears that no specimens were brought
home), accompanies a series of plates made from these drawings..
We decidedly object to the practice of describing new species of
fishes (or, in fact, of any animals) from drawings, particularly when
made, as these are confessed to have been, without a “ close attention
to the specifie characters.” But the discovery that Ditrema Tem-
mincki probably belongs to the singular viviparous family Hmbzoto-
cide, recently discovered in California, is certainly of great interest.

Mr. Jay has contributed a report upon the “ Shells”’ collected by
the Expedition, and Professor Asa Gray and others an essay on the
dried plants.

There is also a very interesting account of the “Gulf-stream” and
cyclones of the Western Pacific; and the volume closes with a fac-
simile of the Japanese version of the celebrated treaty of Kan-a-ga-wa,
the ‘‘first formal instrument of the kind ever negotiated by the
empire of Japan with any Christian nation.”

The Angler in the Lake District ; or Piscatory Colloquies and Fishing
Excursions in Westmoreland and Cumberland. By Joun Davy,
M.D., F.R.S. &. Longmans.

Sir Humphry Davy was the author of two delightfully desultory
works, one, the ‘Salmonia,’ and the other, ‘Consolations in Travel,
or the Last Days of a Philosopher.’ Dr. Davy, the brother of the
ereat chemist, is also an accomplished man, who has been engaged
in the army medical service from his early manhood. Dr. Davy
resided long in Ceylon and the West Indies, traversed many parts of
the world, and in mature age has retired to the Lake country. He
lives not far from another distinguished medical officer, well known to
our readers as the friend and companion of Sir John Franklin, who did
what he could, -brave man! to find that arctic hero on the dreary
North American coast. He is the author of the ‘Fauna Boreali-
Americana,’ and many a goodly memoir and work on Exotic Fishes ;
while his new edition of Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes,’ expected this year,
will have a scientific exactness which the worthy Waltonian disciple,
who wrote ‘British Birds’ and ‘British Fishes,’ never affected to
possess, to say nothing of its many additions. Dr. John Davy and
Sir John Richardson are resting (not on their oars) amid the calm

212 Bibliographical Notices.

scenery of the Lakes of Cumberland and Westmoreland, and still
think and work and publish. Here is a book by Dr. Davy, full to
the brim of natural-history notes, in the wide—the Linnzean—sense
of the term. The ichthyologist may derive much valuable informa-
tion on the breeding and embryology of fish of the family Salmo-
nide ; see pages 165-183, where the author shows himself to be a
keen observer and an accurate as well as pleasing writer. Turn to
page 209, where he shows how the smo/¢ loses in great measure the
transverse markings of the parr,—the very silvery scales of the smolé
having much lustrous matter deposited on their inner surface, and
thus hiding the markings in the true skin.

But, besides Fish, Dr. Davy enlightens his readers on many other
points of natural history.

Sir Emerson Tennant might derive an excellent anecdote for the
inimitable monograph, Biography of the Elephant, still unpublished,
but eagerly expected in his great work on Ceylon, were he to turn to
p- 23, where Dr. Davy gives a striking proof that the Elephant can
submit, without flinching, to a painful operation as well as many a man.

Dr. Davy introduces anecdotes of dogs ;—of poultry in the West
Indies, see p. 26;—the swan’s nest, and how and by whom con-
structed, at p. 281. Ulpha Kirk and the beautiful lines of Words-
worth lead him to the wilds of Ceylon, and the pleasure he experienced,
after a long journey, on coming in sight of a cocoa-nut palm,—as he
remarks that it is never met with in the wild woods, but, by its pre-
sence, always marks out human dwellings (p. 245).

Meteorology and geology are treated most interestingly, in cer-
tain aspects that come before “ Piscator’’ and “Amicus” as they
wander amidst the scenery where William Wordsworth lived, ob-
served, and wrote. What naturalist loves not to read and quote
Wordsworth, particularly if wild flowers and gentle birds be his sub-
jects? This pleasant book contains much to interest him, and indeed
every reader of that great poet who sung the praises of the March
Celandine, and in one line fixed, for ever, the Swan, that ‘‘ queen of
our lakes” and calmly flowing rivers. At this autumn season, the
hills have a quiet soothing melancholy pleasure in their contempla-
tion; and should any of our readers visit the hills and lakes of
Westmoreland, they would thank us for recommending them to take,
in addition to their guide-book, be it Adam Black’s or Miss Marti-
neau’s, this prettily got-uwp green cloth pocket volume, full of facts
and records of the wanderings and observations of an accomplished
physician. The book is pervaded by a quiet religious and poetic tone,
and is also full of kindly views of man and every lower creature.

The Practical Naturalist’s Guide, containing Instructions for Col-
lecting, Preparing, and Preserving Specimens of all Departments
of Zoology. By JaAmMrs Boyp Davies, Assistant Conservator in
the Natural History Museum, Edinburgh. Maclachlan and
Stewart, Edinburgh. 1858, 12mo.

In this little book of about 80 pages Mr. Davies has furnished
the student of Zoology with an excellent manual of directions for

Royal Institution. 213

collecting and preserving specimens of the various sections of the
Animal Kingdom. The instructions given are most sensible, and we
think Mr. Davies has exercised a sound judgment in excluding all
descriptions of the mode of stuffing the Mammalia and Birds, as
this, which usually occupies a considerable space in similar manuals,
can scarcely be taught by any written instructions. We think,
however, that he should have found some means of indicating
this upon his title-page,—the setting-up of such specimens is un-
doubtedly one branch of “ preparing” animals; and the country
naturalist who might buy this book in the hope of getting informa-
tion upon the subject, would feel justly aggrieved at finding no in-
structions in stuffing in its pages.

In recommending the ‘ Practical Naturalist’s Guide’ to our readers,
we must not omit to notice one section of it, which, although occu-
pying only three or four pages, will render it a handy book even to
the experienced naturalist. We allude to the “‘ Recipes”’ for arsenical
soaps, preservative fluids, &c.,—details which are very liable to slip
out of the memory, whilst manuscript memoranda are frequently
mislaid.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN.

May 21, 1858.—The Duke of Northumberland, K.G., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

“On the Phenomena of Gemmation.” By Thomas H. Huxley,
F.R.S., Fullerian Professor of Physiology, Royal Institution, and
Professor of Natural History, Government School of Mines, Jermyn
Street.

The speaker commenced by stating that a learned French natu-
ralist, M. Duvau, proposed, many years ago, to term the middle of
the eighteenth century “‘l’époque des Pucerons,’”’ and that the im-
portance of the phznomena which were at first brought to light by
the study of these remarkable insects renders the phrase “ epoch of
Plant-lice,” as applied to this period, far less whimsically inappro-
priate than it might at first sight seem to be.

After a brief sketch of the mode of life of these Plant-lice, or
Aphides, as they are technically termed,—of the structure of their
singular piercing and sucking mouths, and of their relation to
what are called “ blights,’ the cireumstances which have more par-
ticularly drawn the attention of naturalists to these insects were fully
detailed.

It was between the years 1740 and 1750, in fact, that Bonnet,
acting upon the suggestions of the illustrious Réaumur, isolated an
Aphis immediately after its birth, and proved to demonstration, that
not only was it capable of spontaneously bringing forth numerous

15

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii.

214 Royal Institution :—

living young, but that these and their descendants, to the ninth
generation, preserved a similar faculty.

Observations so remarkable were not likely to pass unheeded ; but
notwithstanding the careful sifting which they have received, Bon-
net’s results have never been questioned. On the contrary, not only
have Lyonnet, Degeer, Kyber, Duvau, and others, borne ample testi-
mony to their accuracy, but it has been shown that, under favourable
conditions of temperature and food, there is practically no limit to
this power of asexual multiplication, or, as it has been conveniently
termed, “ agamogenesis.”

Thus Kyber bred the viviparous d4phis Dianthi and Aphis Rose
for three years in uninterrupted succession ; and the males and true
oviparous females of the 4. Dianthi have never yet been met with.
The current notion that there is a fixed number of broods, “ nine or
eleven,’ is based on a mistake.

As, under moderately favourable conditions, an Aphis comes to
maturity in about a fortnight, and as each Aphis is known to be
capable of producing a hundred young, the number of the progeny
which may eventually result even from a single 4phis during the six
or seven warm mouths of the year is easily calculated. M.'Tougard’s
estimate, adopted (and acknowledged) by Morren, and copied from
him by others, gives the number of the tenth brood as one quintillion.
Supposing the weight of each Aphis to be no more than ;755th of a
grain, the mass of living matter in this brood would exceed that in
the most thickly populated countries in the world.

The agamogenetic broods are either winged or wingless. The
winged forms at times rise into the air, and are carried away by the
wind in clouds; and these migrating hordes have been supposed to
be males and females, swarming like the ants and bees! During the
summer months it is unusual to meet other than viviparous Aphides,
whether winged or wingless ; but ordinarily, on the approach of cold
weather, or even during warm weather, if the supplies of food fall
short, the viviparous dphides produce forms which are no longer
viviparous, but are males and oviparous females. The former are
sometimes winged, sometimes wingless. The latter, with a single
doubtful exception, are always wingless.

The oviparous females lay their eggs, and then, like the males, die.
It commonly happens also that the viviparous Aphides die, and then
the eggs are left as the sole representatives of the species; but, in
mild winters, many of the viviparous Aphides merely fall into a state
of stupor, and hybernate, to re-awake with the returning warmth of
spring. At the same time, the eggs are hatched, aud give rise to
viviparous Aphides, which run through the same course as before.
The species Aphis, therefore, is fully manifested, not in any one being
or animated form, but by a cycle of such, consisting of—lIst, the
egg; 2nd, an indefinite succession of viviparous Aphides ; 3rd, males
and females eventually produced by these, and giving rise to the egg
again.

If, armed with the microscope and scalpel, we examine into the
minute nature of these processes (without which inquiry all specu-

Prof. Huxley on the Phenomena of Gemmation. 215

lation upon their nature is vain), we find that the viviparous Aphis
contains an organ similar to the ovarium of the oviparous female in
some respects, but differing from it, as Von Siebold was the first to
show, in the absence of what are termed the colleterial glands and
the spermatheca,—organs of essential importance to the oviparous
form.

In the terminal chambers of this “ pseudovarium,” ovum-like
bodies, thence called “pseudova,” are found. These bodies pass
one by one into the pseudovarian tubes, and there gradually become
developed into young, living 4phides. As Morren has well said,
therefore, the young Aphides are produced by “ the individualization
of a previously organized tissue.”

The only organic operation with which this mode of development
can be compared is the process of budding or gemmation, as it takes
place in the vegetable kingdom, in the lower forms of animal life,
and in the process of formation of the limbs and other organs of the
higher animals. And the parallel is complete if such a plant as the
bulbiferous Lily or the Marchantia, or such an animal as the Hydra,
is made the term of comparison.

Thus agamogenesis in Aphis is a kind of internal budding or gem-
mation. If we inquire how this process differs from multiplication
by true ova, or “ gamogenesis,” we find that the young ovum in the
ovarium is also, to all intents and purposes, a bud, indistinguishable
from the germ in the pseudovarium of the agamogenetic Aphis.
Histologically, there is no difference between the two; but there is
an immense qualitative or physiological difference, which cannot be
detected by the eye, but becomes at once obvious in the behaviour of
the two germs after a certain period of their growth. Dating from
this period, the pseudovum spontaneously passes into the form of an
embryo, becoming larger and larger as it does so; but the ovum
simply enlarges, accumulates nutritive matter, acquires its outer in-
vestments, and then falls into a state of apparent rest, from which it
will never emerge, unless the influence of the spermatozoon have
been brought to bear upon it.

That the vast physiological difference between the ovum and the
pseudoyum should reveal itself in the young state by no external
sign, is no more wonderful than that primarily the tissue of the brain
should be undistinguishable from that of the heart.

The phzenomena which have been described were long supposed
to be isolated ; but numerous cases of a like kind, some even more
remarkable, are now known.

Among the latter, the speaker cited the wonderful circumstances
attending the production of the drones among bees, as described by
Von Siebold; and he drew attention to the plant upon the table,
Ceelobogyne ilicifolia, a female Euphorbiaceous shrub, the male
flowers of which have never yet been seen, and which, nevertheless,
for the last twenty years, has produced its annual crop of fertile seeds
in Kew Gardens.

Not only can we find numerous cases of agamogenesis similar to
that exhibited by Ap/is, in the animal and vegetable worlds, but if

15*

216 Zoological Society :—

we look closely into the matter, agamogenesis is found to pass by
insensible gradations into the commonest phzenomena of life. All
life, in fact, is accompanied by incessant growth and metamorphosis ;
and every animal and plant above the very lowest attains its adult
form by the development of a succession of buds. When these buds
remain connected together, we do not distinguish the process as any-
thing remarkable ; when, on the other hand, they become detached,
and live independently, we have agamogenesis. Why some buds
assume one form and some another, why some remain attached and
some become detached, we know not. Such phzenomena are for the
present the ultimate facts of biological science; and, as we cannot
understand the simplest among them, it would seem useless, as yet,
to seek for an explanation of the more complex.

Nevertheless, an explanation of agamogenesis in the Aphis and in
like cases has been offered. It has been supposed to depend upon
“the retention unchanged of some part of the primitive germ-mass,”’
this germ-mass being imagined to be the seat of a peculiar force, by
virtue of which it gives rise to independent organisms.

There are, however, two objections to this hypothesis: in the first
place, it is at direct variance with the results of observation; in the
second, even if it were true, it does not help us to understand the
phenomena. With regard to the former point, the hypothesis pro-
fesses to be based upon only two direct observations, one upon Aphis,
the other upon Hydra; and both these observations are erroneous,
for in neither of these animals is any portion of the primitive germ-
mass retained, as it is said to be, in that part which is the seat of
agamogenesis.

But suppose the fact to be as the hypothesis requires; imagine
that the terminal chamber of the pseudovarium is full of nothing
but “unaltered germ-cells,’’ how does this explain the pheenomena?
Structures having quite as great a claim to the title of “unaltered
germ-cells’’ lie in the extremities of the acini of the secreting
glands, in the sub-epidermal tissues and elsewhere; why do not
they give rise to young? Cells, less changed than those of the
pseudovarium of Aphis, and more directly derived from the primi-
tive germ-mass, underlie the epidermis of one’s hand ; nevertheless,
no one feels any alarm lest a nascent wart should turn out to be an heir.

On the whole, it would seem better, when one is ignorant, to say
so, and not to retard the progress of sound inquiry by inventing
hypotheses involving the assumption of structures which have no
existence, and of ‘forces’? which, their laws being undetermined,
are merely verbal entities.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 23, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

List oF Species oF MAMMALIA SENT FROM THE ARU ISLANDS
BY Mr. A. R. Wauuace to THE Britiso Museum. By
Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Pres. Ent. Soc., etc.

Mr. A. R. Wallace has lately sent to Mr. Samuel Stevens a col-

Dr. J. E. Gray on species of Mammalia from the Aru Islands. 217

lection of Mammalia and Birds from the Aru Islands, referred to in
his paper on the Natural History of those islands in the ‘ Annals and
Mag. Nat. Hist.’ vol. xx. p. 473, 1857, which has been transferred
to the British Museum, and forms a most important addition to the
collection of that establishment.

His list does not contain a single Bat.

In the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang’ I gave alist
of the Mammalia which had up to that period been found in New
Guinea (p. 31); and in Dr. Miiller’s ‘ Verhandlingen’ is a similar
list.

Besides the animals sent home by Mr. Wallace from the Aru
Islands, there are recorded in these lists—

1. DENDROLAGUS URSINUS.

Dendrolagus ursinus, S. Miller, Verh. 131, 141. t. 19. f. 22, 23.
Hypsiprymnus ursinus, Temm. Faun. Japon.

2. DENDROLAGUS INUSTUS.
Dendrolagus inustus, 8. Miller, Verh. 131, 143. t. 20, 22, 23,

3. Dorcoprsis ASIATICUS.

Dorcopsis Brunii, Miller, Verhand. 131.

Dorcopsis Asiaticus, Gray, Voy. Sam. 32.

Filander or Kangaroo, Le Brun’s Voyage, i. 347. t. 213, 1714.

Didelphis Asiaticus, Pallas, N. A. Petrop. 1777, 228. t. 9.

D. Brunii, Gmelin.

Halmaturus Bruni, Wliger, Prod.

Hypsiprymnus Bruni, Miller, Verh. 63. t. 21-23.

Island of Aru.

It is curious that this animal, described as specially inhabiting
the island visited by Mr. Wallace, was not sent home by him. It
is to be hoped that he did not neglect it, thinking it a common Kan-
garoo, as it is a desideratum in most museums in Europe.

The specimen of this animal in the Leyden Museum is said to be
from the continent of New Guinea, where the two species of Den-
drolagus and the Antechinus melas were also found.

4. PHascoGaLe (ANTECHINUS) MELAS.

Phascogale (Antechinus) melas, Miller, Verhand. t. 25. f. 1-3.

From New Guinea.

Differs, according to the figure, in having the hair of the tail rather
more elongated and spreading than the Australian species of the
genus ; the dentition is more nearly allied to the Antechinus than
to the new genus Myoictis sent home by Mr. Wallace.

5. Haxticore AUSTRALIS.

Halicore Australis, Owen in Jukes’s Voyage of the Fly, ii. 323.
f. 135, 1847; Gray, Voy. Samarang, 33.
Hab. Timor Straits.

218 Zoological Society :-—

6. Sus PaArpuEnsIs.

Sus Papuensis, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, t. ; Miller, Verh. t.
Hab. New Guinea. Called ‘ Bene.’
A species which has not yet reached England.

The following animals sent home by Mr. Wallace do not occur in
the list ; indeed it does not contain a single Bat: viz.—

1. Hipposideros Aruensis.

2. Pteropus argentatus.

3. Dactylopsila trivirgata.

4. Myoictis Wallaci.

VESPERTILIONID.

1. Preropus ARGENTATUS.

Back white, with scattered black hairs ; beneath yellowish ; face
grey, nakedish ; head deeper yellow-grey, with black interspersed
hairs ; collar broad, bright red-chestnut, darker brown at the sides
and under side, where the hair is longer, forming a kind of ruff ;
ears and membranes (when dry) black.

Hab. Aru Island. Female.

«Back of a silky or silvery shining white, very beautiful in the
freshly killed animals.” — Wallace.

HiprosiIDEROs.

As M. Bonaparte has given the name of Phyllorhina to the Euro-
pean Horse-shoe Bats, I am inclined to restrict the genus Hipposi-
deros to those species of the larger genus which have a large cavity
opening with an expanding pore on the forehead behind the trans-
verse hinder part of the nose-leaf; they have distinct pubal teats ;
thus restricting Phyllorhina to those which have a simple forehead
without any pore.

2. HiprostpEROS ARUENSIS.

Sooty-brown ; the lower half of the hairs of the back paler; the
hairs of the under side more uniform, or with rather paler tips ; the
ears large, broad, rounded at the ends, with two hairy lines on the
inner side of the front edge; face and chin rather bristly, without
any membranaceous ridges on the sides outside of the nose-leaf.

Hab. Aru Islands. ‘‘ Male.”—Wallace.

Length of head and body 2"; tail 2; expanse of wings 51;
length of upper arm bone 13; length of shin bone 2 inch.

The ears sooty-black ; the front margin of the ears is broad, with
a rounded lobe on the basal part near the forehead ; wings broad,
thin, sooty-black, bald; thumb slender, of two subequal joints; the
interfemoral membrane broad, truncate at the end; the hind legs
slender, rather elongate ; feet slender, enveloped in the membrane
to the base of the slender equal compressed toes; the heel-bones
elongate, longer than the foot; tail elongate, slender, attached and

Dr. J. E. Gray on species of Mammalia from the Aru Islands. 219.

extending a little beyond the end of the truncated interfemoral mem-
brane.

Cutting teeth —— ; upper large, chisel-shaped, separated by a
small space from each other and from the canines ; the lower small,
crowded, three-lobed ; canines conical ; grinders

The specimen is unfortunately rather injured about the face ; but
it appears quite distinct in form from any of the Horse-shoe Bats I
have hitherto observed.

This species appears to be quite distinct from Hipposideros
speoris of Timor, which is described as being a little larger than the
larger English Horse-shoe Bat, Phyllorhina bifer ; it has the follow-
ing synunyma :—

Vespertilio speoris, Schneid. in Schreb. Saugth. t. 59 B.; Shaw,
Zool. i. 147.

Rhinolophus marsupialis, Geoff. Cour. 1805.

Rhinolophus speoris, Geoff. Ann. Mus. xx. 261. t. 5. 266; Desm.
N. D. H. N. xl. 368; Mam. 126; Fischer, Mam. 139.

Rhinolophe cruménifere, Péron & Lesueur, Voy. aux Terres Aust.
Atlas. 4. 62.35.

Hab. Timor (Péron and Lesueur).

It is certainly distinct from Hipposideros insignis, Gray, Mag.
Zool. & Bot. ii. 492, the Rhinolophus insignis, Horst. Java, Vesp.
cyclope, Deschamps, MSS., from Java, which Fischer confounded
with the former, and which has acute ears on the sides of the face,
numerous lamelle under the front part of the nose-leaf, and is
133 inches in expanse of wings.

Fam. Macropopip.
3. CuscUs MACULATUS.

Phalanger, male, Buffon, H. N. xiii. t. 11.

Phalangista maculata, Desm. N. D. H. N. xxv. 473; Quoy &
Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 7.

Cuscus maculatus, Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coq. Zool.

Cuscus macrourus, Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coq. Zool. 150. t. 4.

Grey or black and white, variegated, without any dorsal streak.

Haé. Aru Island.

Two skulls, male.

The specimen sent is white, with scattered black spots, more
abundant on the middle of the back and sides.

4. Cuscus ORIENTALIS.

Cuseus Quoyii, Lesson, Mam. 220.

2 Phalangista Quoyii, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, Zool. 38
t. 62 72).
( P. maculata, part., Waterhouse, Mamm. i. 274.

P. Papuensis, Desm. Supp. 341.

Brown, grizzled, with a few white-tipped hairs, with a narrow black
dorsal streak.

Hab. Aru Island. ‘‘ Female,” young.

220 Zoological Society :—

5. Bevipeus ARIEL.

Belidea Ariel, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, x. 11.
Petaurus sciureus, Miller, Verhand. tabl.

Hab. Aru Island.

Female adult, with one young in the pouch.

DACTYLOPSILA.

Tail elongate, slender, depressed, densely clothed with fur, with
the exception of the under side near the tip, which is bald and cal-
lous, the end rather bushy. Ears elongate, rounded, bald, except
at the outer sides of the base. Pupil round? The fore-feet elon-
gate; toes very slender, compressed, very unequal in length, quite
free; the outer and third or middle toe nearly equal, the second
much the longest, the fourth and fifth short, the fifth or innermost
the shortest. The hind-feet slender, toes compressed, the two outer
toes elongate, nearly equal, the two inner about half the length and
united.

Skull (figs. 1, 2,3) depressed, very broad, with very large expanded
zygomatic arches ; the face narrow, compressed and nearly erect on
the sides, tapering in front ; the palate narrow, concave. The cutting

teeth pet ; the upper front elongate, projecting in front, rather taper-
ing and truncated at the tip ; the second and third compressed, chisel-
shaped, close together and to the front; the second small, the third

larger ; the fourth separated from the others by a small space and

placed on the intermaxillary suture, compressed, curved rather like
a canine; the lower front very long, projecting in front, curved,
rather tapering at the tip; the second, third and fourth small, trun-
cated, separated from each other ; the second largest, close to the base
of the front tooth ; the third small, separated from the second by a
small space; the fourth very small, far from the other; and at the
base of the front edge of the first grinder; in the space between the

Dr. J. E. Gray on species of Mammalia from the Aru Islands. 221

third and fourth on the right side of the jaw, is a cavity which
appears to have been filled with a tooth like the third one, but
there is no appearance of the tooth or cavity on the other side.
Canines? (—, upper small, compressed, conical, tapering like, but

smaller than, what I have called the hinder cutting teeth (fig. 3).
Grinders =, small, in two nearly straight lines parallel to each
other, and the hinder ones in each jaw rather smaller than the
front ones ; the front upper small, triangular ; the others four-sided
and square, with four tubercles, the outer front tubercle of the
second tooth being rather larger than the rest, which are nearly
equal among themselves, and the front lower grinder has only one
larger tubercle in the place of the two in the others (figs. 4, 5),

This genus is very distinct from the other genera of Phalangistina,
in the elongated and depressed form of the tail, the formation of the
fore-feet, and especially in the disposition and form of the teeth, as
well as in the broad depressed skull.

The following observations may assist in showing the value of
these characters.

In Cuseus the fingers are rather longer than in Hepoona, and the
third or middle finger is the longest, the others becoming gradually
shorter on each side.

In Phalangista proper (that is Trichosurus of Mr. Waterhouse) the
fingers are moderatelylong, the second and third are the longest and
equal, the fourth longer than the first, and the fifth or inner one
the shortest.

The hand of the Hepoona is very like that of Phalangista, both in
the proportion and form of the fingers; but the two inner fingers are
rather separated and opposable to the other three.

The tail, though covered with hair, is very unlike those of the
genera Hepoona and Phalangista, and is more like that of a squirrel,
but not so bushy; in Hepoona it is tapering and covered with
shortish hair, and has a slender tip ; in the more perfect specimen

222 Zoological Society :—

of Phalangista it is cylindrical and equally covered with hair on all
sides.

In Hepoona and Phalangista the grinders are placed in arched
series, and they are much larger compared with the size of the skull
than in this genus, and the hinder grinders are larger than the front
ones; the front grinder in the upper jaw is larger, more elongate,
and compressed.

6. DACTYLOPSILA TRIVIRGATA.

White; three broad black stripes on the back, the outer ones
commencing on the side of the nose, enclosing the eyes, and con-
tinued along the side of the back ; the central one commencing on
the crown and continued to the end of the tail, bemg narrower at
the base of the tail: a large black square spot on each side of the
chin, separated by a narrow central line ; a large spot on the upper
surface of each leg; the sides of the throat greyish, and the sides
of the body rather greyish from the dark colour of the base of
the fur on that part of the body; the tip of the tail whitish,
and the under part of the upper surface near the tip, with a nar-
row streak ending some way down the middle of the under side
of the tail, black; the under side of the tip of the tail is bald,
put scarcely callous ; the feet flesh-coloured, with few scattered short
whitish hairs; the ears nakedish, black when dry.

Hab. Aru Island.

A female : lives on fruit. ‘“ Teeth = (Wallace.)

Myoictis.

Head tapering; nose acute; whiskers strong. Tail depressed,
tapering, clothed with rather elongated hairs above and on the sides ;
the under side flat, nakedish. Feet moderate; soles bald to the
heel ; toes 5°5, free, compressed ; claws acute ; first and fifth front
toes equal ; second, third and fourth toes equal, longer ; hinder toes
free, weak, distinct, clawless ; thumb of hind-foot larger. Ears
roundish, nakedish. Scrotum pendulous.

Cutting teeth =; the upper with a central space in front between
them, in a close series on each side, and with a small interspace be-
tween them and the canines ; the first tooth very small, hidden in the
gums, the others all equal, lancet-shaped, rather crowded; the lower
forming a continued series, shelving forward, all lancet-shaped, sub-
equal; the front rather the longest and narrowest ; the hinder rather
broader.

Canines =) conical ; the upper not quite developed, only slightly
produced above the level of the other teeth ; the lower small, conical,
scarcely raised above the other teeth (figs. 8, 9).

False grinders, —, conical, compressed ; the lower with a very
obscure, the upper with a rather more distinct, conical tubercle on
the front and hinder edge (figs. 8, 9).

True grinders = the upper large, triangular, acutely lobed ;

Dr. J. E. Gray on species of Mammalia from the Aru Islands. 228

the lower compressed, very acutely lobed; the middle one in each
jaw the largest.

The angle of the lower jaw is produced, elongate and strongly in-
flexed, as is usual in Marsupialia.

Skull: length, 1 inch 3 lines ; width, all the zygomatic arch, 9 lines;
length of the tooth-line 9 lines. Length of the lower jaw 114, of
symphysis 41, of tooth-line 73 lines (figs. 6-9).

This genus is peculiar, because, as far as the dentition is concerned,
there is no character by which we should have determined that it
was a Marsupial animal; but the form of the angle of the lower
jaw at once shows its true affinity to that group. It was not until a
most careful examination of the space between the front upper cut-
ting teeth, that I could find any indication of the front pair of cut-
ting teeth found in the allied genus Antechinus.

This genus is evidently allied to the genus Antechinus of Australia;
but it is known at once by its external form, which is just that of a
small Indian Herpestes or Ichnewmon, having like that genus a de-
pressed tail with long spreading hair, broad and depressed at the
base, tapering to an acute tip which bears a pencil of hairs.

7. Myorctis WaLLACIt.

Rusty-brown, with interspersed black longer hairs; head redder ;
throat, chest and belly pale reddish ; side of the neck at the base of
the ears bright reddish ; ears, and the greater part of the tail bright
red-brown ; tip of the tail black.

Hab. Aru Island.

Male.

“In houses as destructive as rats to every thing eatable.
“Teeth 34:—Inc. 2; C. =; Prem. ==; M. =.” Wallace.

1 2—2? 3—3

8. Perame.tes (EcatmiperA) DoreyAnus.

Perameles Doreyanus, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrol. Zool. i. 100.
t. 16. f. 1-5; Waterhouse, Mamm. i. 386.
Echymipera Kalulu, Lesson, Régne Anim. 192.

Tail naked, rugose, squamose, wrinkled below. Toes 3:5: the

224 Zoological Society :—

two inner front large, equal; the outer small; the inner hind toe
short, clawless; the two index fingers small, united, clawed.

Hab. Aru Island.

Female.

«‘The skin is very thin and friable.

8 Ny 3—3 4—4
“Teeth 46:—Inc. 5; C. 4; Prem. 3-3; M. —.’— Wallace.

This enumeration agrees with that given by MM. Quoy and Gai-
mard, being two cutting teeth in the upper jaw less than are found in
the other species of the genus ; hence Lesson considered it as forming
a distinct genus.

The outer and inner toes of the fore-feet are very small, rudi-
mentary and clawless.

9, PARADOXURUS HERMAPHRODITA.

Hab. Ké Islands.
Is in the collection: it only appears to be a variety of the very vari-
able and extensively distributed Paradoxurus hermaphrodita.

On Apnrocatustes, A New Genus or SPONGIADZ FROM
Matacca. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., VEPCES:

In 1842 we received from Captain Sir Edward Belcher a Sponge
which he obtained in Malacca, which evidently forms a new genus
nearly allied to the Huplectella of Professor Owen. I therefore have
ereat pleasure in bringing a description of it before the Society.

APHROCALLISTES.

The sponge cylindrical, tubular, branched ; the end of the main
tube closed with an open network formed of spicula ; branches
cylindrical, simple, rarely bifid, rounded and closed at the end; the
simer surface of the tube with large unequal-sized concavities placed
in longitudinal series, having a large roundish oscule near its lower
edge.

The sponge hard, calcareous, with uniform, close, equal, regular
hexangular pores on the surface, and larger round ostioles in series
on the sides of the main tube. The outer surface formed of inter-
tangled transparent spines, which inosculate and unite with each
other at their intersections, forming a hard, rather brittle crust. The
inner surface lined with a coat of fusiform transparent spicula, which
are placed in bundles parallel to each other in the spaces between
the roundish internal apertures of the crowded small superficial

ores.
i This genus is very like Huplectella of Professor Owen in its ex-
ternal form, and especially in the upper part of the tube being closed
with network.

It differs from that genus in being more irregularly formed and
branched, and in the structure and calcareous composition of the
sponge itself.

In that genus the basis of the tube is formed of ropes of elongated
spicula placed at right angles longitudinally and transversely to the

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds. 225

axis of the tube, and covered with a more or less thick coat of smaller
spicula. In this genus the mass of the sponge is formed of small
spicula, which inosculate and are united together, forming a rather
hard mass pierced with numerous closed, small, uniform hexangular
pores, lined internally with a thin layer formed of elongate fusiform
spicula placed parallel in bundles in a more or less longitudinal
direction round the inner mouth of the pores.

The main tube is smaller at the base, gradually enlarges upward,
and is then subcylindrical and irregular on the surface.

When examined externally, eight or ten longitudinal ridges are
observed, between which are placed a more or less regular series of
unequal-sized squarish concavities ; at the lower edge of each is to
re observed a large round oscule, commencing with the outer sur-
ace.

APHROCALLISTES BEATRIX.
Hab. Malacca.

We have in the British Museum an imperfect specimen of Euplec-
tella, which was brought home by Capt. Sir Edward Belcher at the
same time as the above.

March 9, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

On some NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF ACCIPITRES,
IN THE COLLECTION OF THE NorwicH Museum. By
Puaitie Lutuey Scuater, M.A.

At the request of Mr. J. H. Gurney, I exhibit to the meeting
some interesting birds belonging to the fine series of specimens of
the order Accipitres, which that gentleman has collected for the
Norwich Museum. Among them appear to be several new or little-
known species, concerning which I beg to offer the following
remarks :—

1. URUBITINGA SCHISTACEA.

Asturina schistacea, Sund. Ofv. Af. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. 1849,
p- 132.

Faico ardesiacus, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

Morphnus schistaceus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 261.

3g adultus. Totus nigro-cinerascens : cauda nigra, fascia media
angusta margineque apicali albis: orbitis subnudis: rostri
apice nigra, huyjus basi cum pedibus fiavis.
Long. tota 16:0, alze 11°0, caudee 7:0, rostri a rictu 1°4, tarsi 3°3.
Sundeval has given an excellent description of this bird, which
does not appear to have been recognized by any other writers except
Prince Bonaparte. By this author it is alluded to in an article en-
titled ‘‘Revue générale de la classe des Oiseaux,’’ in the ‘ Revue et
Mag. de Zool.’ for 1850, p. 474, and again in the ‘ Comptes Rendus ’
for 1855, under the specific name ardesiacus, the synonym “ Falco
ardesiacus, Licht. in Mus. Berol.’’ being said to refer to it.

226 Zoological Society :—

Of the two examples of this species belonging to the Norwich
Museum, one was procured by Mr. H. W. Bates* on the Rio Ja-
varri—a branch of the Upper Amazon; and the other, I have no
doubt, from the ticket with which it is labelled, is from the interior
of Bolivia. So we may conclude that the interior wood-region of
Peru and Bolivia is the natural habitat of this species.

There are at least three birds of this group which are in their
adult plumage slaty-black or blackish, with a white bar across the
tail. The first of these and largest in size is the Falco urubitinga
of the older authors. Lesson in 1839 proposed to convert the term
Urubitinga into a generic name, and it was so adopted by Lafres-
naye in 1842, before the creation of Cabanis’s genus Hypomorphnus
for the same type. See M. de Lafresnaye’s remarks on this subject
in the ‘ Revue Zoologique’ for 1848, p. 240. With regard to the
specific name to be employed for this bird, we cannot use Brisson’s
** brasiliensis,” as is done in Strickland’s ‘Ornithological Synonyms,’
because Brisson’s+ names are not to be employed in a binominal
system of nomenclature. Nor is it proper to adopt Illiger’s MS.
term ‘‘ longipes,”’ as proposed in Prince Bonaparte’s ‘ Conspectus,’
while there are many other names for this bird already published.
So the earliest specific name available seems to be Shaw’s zonurus
(Falco zonurus, Shaw’s Zool. vii. p. 62), and this species should
stand as Urubitinga zonura. It appears to have an extensive range,
extending from Paraguay, all over Bolivia, Peru, Brazil, Guiana and
New Granada into Southern Mexico, where specimens were obtained
by M. Salle.

The second allied species of Uruditinga is the * Falco anthra-
cinus, Licht. in Mus. Berol.,”’ under which name it is described by
Nitzsch in a note to his ‘ Pterylographie’ (p. 83). This is the
same as Du Bus’s Morphnus mezicanus (Bull. Ac. Brux. 1847).
See M. de Lafresnaye’s observations in the ‘ Revue Zoologique’ for
1848 (p. 240), where he clearly points out the differences between
this bird and the Urubitinga zonura. The Urubitinga anthracina
inhabits the northern portion of South America, Guianat and New
Granada§, Guatemala and Southern Mexico||, where MM. Botteri
and Sallé both procured it, and M. Du Bus’s types were collected.
The third species is Urubitinga schistacea as characterized above,
which is distinguishable at once from the preceding by its inferior
size and narrower tail-band. The following diagnoses are sufficient
to point out the differences between these three species 4] :—

1. U. zonura. Major, caude dimidio basali et margine apicali
albis.

* See P..Z..S:,1857, p..261.

t See British Association’s Report on Zoological Nomenclature, rule 2, p. 5.

~ Schomburgk, Reisen in Brittisch Guiana, iii. p. 740.

§ MM. Verreaux have received examples from Santa Martha.

| See P. Z. S. 1857, pp. 211 & 227.

“| A fourth black Urubitinga, allied to U. anthracina, has lately been described
by Cabanis from Cuba under the name Hypomorphnus Gundlachii. See Cab.
Journ. f. Orn. 1854, Erinnerungs-heft, p. Ixxx.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds. 227

2. U.anthracina. Media, caude fascia lata et margine apicali
albis.

3. U.schistacea. Minor, caude fascia angusta et margine apicali
albis.

Such are these birds in their adult plumage: in their immaturity
they are quite different. I have not yet seen the young of U. schis-
tacea, as I now think the specimen in one of Sallé’s Mexican col-
lections called Morphnus schistaceus, juv. (P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 227)
does not really belong here; but the other two species in their im-
mature state are both irregularly flammulated on the lower surface
and back, and have numerous buffy-white cross-bars on the tail and
under tail-coverts. Specimens of U. zonura in this state are in the
British Museum, and we have a fine example of a similar bird now
alive in our Gardens.

I have hitherto used for these birds the generic term Morphaus,
following Mr. G. R. Gray and other writers ; but on considering that
the true type of Morphnus is the Falco guianensis of Daudin—a bird
of different structure and more nearly allied to Thrasaétus—I think
they stand better disconnected. But the Falco unicinctus of Tem-
minck and Falco meridionalis of Latham—two allied species—for
which Kaup’s term Spizigeranus may be employed subgenerically—
ought, as M. de Lafresnaye* has observed, to come close to the true
Urubitinge ; and Buteogallus with its two species (equinoctialis and
nigricollis) follows next. <A bird more closely corresponding to the
Urubitinge in its changes of colouring is Urubitornis solitaria, of
which M. Jules Verreaux has described the several stages of plu-
mage in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings+;’ but it is distinguishable by its
shorter and much more robust tarsi.

2. BuTEO ZONOCERCUS, Sp. nov.

Schistacescenti-niger unicolor, alis extus brunnescente tinctis:
remiguin pogoniis interioribus albo obsolete transfasciatis :
cauda nigra; vitta inferiore lata, et alteris duabus superiori-
bus angustioribus et imperfectis cum margine apicali albis :
rostro nigro, cera aurantia, pedibus flavis.

Long. tota 17:0, ale 14°7, caudz 7°5, rostri a rictu 1°3, tarsi 2-9.

Hab. Guatemala.

In plumage this bird is very much like the typical Urubitinga,
being of a nearly uniform ashy-black, tinged with brown on the sea-
pularies and secondaries, and with a broad white band across the
tail. Above this are two other bands, much narrower and not quite
complete, and the tail is likewise tipped with white. The colour of
these bands is pure white on the under surface; on the upper sur-
face it is cinereous on the outer webs of the intecal rectrices, and on
both webs of the medial pair, but pure white on the inner webs of
the lateral tail-feathers. The lowest band is about 13 inch in
breadth, the second not half an inch, and the highest is quite nar-
row. ‘There are distinct traces of white cross-bands on the inner

* Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 240. + See P. Z. S. 1856, p. 145.

228 Zoological Society :-—

webs of the wing-feathers. The wings are, however, much more
elongated than in the Urubitinge, the third primary (which is
longest) extending 4 inches beyond the secondaries. The fourth
and fifth primaries are only slightly shorter than the third, the first
being nearly of the same length as the longest secondary. The
general form seems to be that of the Buteones appertaining to the
subgenus called Tachytriorchis, and the nearest ally of the present
species among the specimens of the British Museum appears, as has
been pointed out to me by Mr. G. R. Gray, to be his Buteo albono-
tatus (Cat. Accipitres [1848], p. 36). This latter bird does not
appear to me to differ from Cabanis’s Buteo abbreviatus, described
in Schomburgk’s ‘ Reisen in Brittisch Guiana,’ vol. ii. p. 739, and I
should be inclined to consider the two names as synonymous.

3. SYRNIUM ALBITARSE, Sp. Nov.
Syrnium albotarse, G. R. Gray in Mus. Brit.

Supra brunnescenti-nigrum, plumis omnibus pallido rufo semel
aut pluries late transfasciatis; pileo unicolore nigricante,
plumis subtus pallide rufis : alis caudaque nigricantibus ; remi-
gum pogonits exterioribus quinque sive sex maculis quadratis
pallide rufis marginatis; rectricibus vittis quinque et altera ter-
minali latiore supra pallide rufis, subtus magis albidis apparen-
tibus transfasciatis : facie, loris, mento et plumis supra-ocula-
ribus albis : subtus pure album, rufescente mixtum, plumarum
terminationibus latis interdum etiam scapis saturate brunneis ;
tibiis et tarsorum parte superiore rufis, horum parte inferiore
albis : rostri plumbet apice flava, pedibus fuscis.

Long. tota 15:0, alee 11°0, caudze 6°5, tarsi 1°9.

The name of this Owl was imserted in the list of specimens of Ac-
cipitres in the collection of the British Museum published in 1848 ;
but no description of it has yet appeared. The type in the British
Museum is immature, and nearly agrees with one in my own collec-
tion. Mr. Gurney’s specimen, from which my description is taken,
appears to be nearly adult. All these three examples were received
in collections from Bogota, and they are the only individuals of this
species that I have yet met with. The face of this bird is white ;
the head above brownish-black outside, with the bases of the fea-
thers bright rufous. The whole upper surface is brownish-black
varied with this rufous colouring, every feather being crossed with a
broad subterminal band of rufous, sometimes with a second, and
these bands being occasionally incomplete in the middle across the
shaft. The primaries and secundaries are marked externally with
rather square-shaped rufous spots, four or five in number. The tail
has five cross-bands besides the terminal one formed in the same
way, which bands appear whitish on the lower surface. Below,
the colouring is creamy-white tinged with pale rufous, the breast-
feathers, particularly on the sides, having broad terminations of
black-brown, the belly-feathers narrower terminations and also
lateral margins of the same colour. The tarsi are creamy-white with

Mr. W. Thompson on the British Actiniade. 229

a yellowish tinge in both my specimens, more nearly pure white in
that in the British Museum. They are thickly feathered down to
the fissure of the toes. The form is that of other South American
Syrnia, the fourth and fifth wing-feathers being equal and longest,
only slightly exceeding the third. The specimen which I take for
the younger bird only differs in having the head varied like the back,
and being generally more rufous.

4. Scops usTA, sp. nov.

Supra saturate castaneo-brunnea, plumis omnibus nigro subtilis-
sime vermiculatis: facie et gula pure castaneo-brunneis, hac
pallidiore: linea post regionem auricularem, cornuum capitis
extantium marginibus latis et pileo supero nigris : alarum
pennis pallide castaneo-brunneis nigro punctulatis, intus autem
ochracescenti-albidis, quinque aut sex fasciis latis in pogonio
externo, maculas quadratas efficientibus, nigris transvittatis ;
cauda ex eodem coiore sed fasciis nigris pene obsoletis : subtus
clarius brunnea, lineis angustis longitudinalibus, scapas pluma-
rum occupantibus, nigris parce notata: tectricibus alarum in-
ferioribus sordide albis: tarsis pallide fulvis: rostro et pedi-
bus flavis.

Long. tota 8°5, alee 7:0, caudee 4:0, tarsi 1:2.

Hab. Ega on the Upper Amazon (H. W. Bates).

This species is distinguishable from every other South American
member of the genus, as far as J am acquainted with them, by its
rich brown colouring above and below, and by the longitudinal lines
below not being crossed as in Scops choliba and S. atricapilla.

REMARKS ON THE Britisu ACTINIADA, AND RE-ARRANGEMENT
Or THE GENERA. By W. Tuompson.

Observations extending over many years, on the characters and the
habits of the British species, clearly proved to me that the genera of
British Actinie required great alterations ; and I submit the present
classification as an improvement on those hitherto adopted.

It is well understood that the principal generic characters are de-
rived from modifications and differences existing in the tegumentary
system and in the tentacula. Dr. Johnston, in his ‘ History of
British Zoophytes,’ published in 1847, made but one British genus,
Actinia of Linnzeus, and in this he included all known British spe-
cies; but he divided it into two sections or subgenera, the one cha-
racterized by having the skin smooth, the other by having the skin
covered with porous warts. Mr. Gosse, in a paper read before the
Linnean Society in the early part of 1855, divided the family into
three genera; namely, SaGarriA, destitute of warts, and emitting
filaments from pores; Bunopes, studded with warts, and without
pores and filaments; and ActrntA, having a perfectly smooth skin,
and destitute of warts, pores or filaments. The character arising
from the presence or absence of filaments is not of very great weight,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 16

230 Zoological Society :—

inasmuch as the presence of filaments depends entirely on the pre-
sence of pores in the skin, and through which they are extruded ;
consequently, when there are no pores ; there are no filaments.

These genera comprised species possessing characters so different
from each other, and so well established, that I found they must not
remain united. For instance, the genus Sagartia included, amongst
others, 4. dianthus, A. bellis and A. parasitica; but although the
characters were useless as generic distinctives, yet they appear to
me to be of sufficient importance to be used as characters for the
division of the Actiniade, and I have accordingly used them for that
purpose.

On examining Milne-Edwards’s ‘ Histoire des Coralliéres,’ I was
pleased to find that my views on this point were in accordance with
those of that naturalist, he having divided the family into three sec-
tions, which he calls respectively Smooth Actinia, Warty Actinia, and
Perforated Actinia, or with pores, each being equal to one of Mr.
Gosse’s genera and my subdivisions. The true generic characters
of the Actiniade are to be found (as I have already mentioned) in
the integuments and in the tentacula; these latter, although varying
with age, are yet constant in form and number in adults of the same
species. From these characters amongst others, I had divided the
family into eight genera (exclusive of Anthea and Adamsia), of
which the types were Actinia equina, A. gemmacea, A. clavata, A.
bellis, A. viduata, A. dianthus, A. parasitica and A. coriacea ; and
these I named respectively Actinia, Bunodes, Cyrtactis, Heliactis,
Sagartia, Actiniloba, Aster, and Cribrina. My divisions and genera
were formed from examinations of British species only, and I was
not a little surprised to find that they so closely accorded with
Milne-Edwards’s labours, founded as they are on an examination of
all described species. The only genus containing a British species
that I have not verified is his genus Dysactis, m which he includes
A. biserialis. This species, however, was described by the late
Professor Forbes as occurring plentifully on the shores of the island
of Herm; I have therefore admitted it as a genus on the authority
of Milne-Edwards. The British species are distributed amongst six
of his genera, namely, Metridium, Actinia, Paractis, Dysactis, Oerena.
and Adamsia ; of these, Actinia is the same as mine, Paractis I have
used in lieu of Sagartia, and Dysactis I also admit unaltered—they
are represented by detinia equina, Actinia viduata, and Actinia bise-
rialis. My genus Actinilobais the same as his genus Metridium, and
includes oti dianthus. Tretain Actiniloba, as being the most cha-
racteristie name. His genus Cereus includes A. coriacea, A. gemmacea,
A. clavataand A. bellis ; these species, it was quite evident, could not
be included in one genus; indeed M.-Edwards divides his genus Cereus
into several sections, 4. coriacea being in one section, 4. gemmacea
and 4. clavata in a second, and A. éel/is in the third. Restricting,
therefore, his genus Cereus to 4. gemmacea, instead of retaining Mr.
Gosse’s name Bunodes, I retain my division of the remainder of the
species under the generic names of Cribrina, Cyrtactis and Heliactis.
His genus ddamsia includes Actinia parasitica and Adamsia pallhata,

Mr. W. Thompson on the British Actiniade. 231

two very dissimilar species. No one, I am sure, who has ever seen
these Polypes would imagine for an instant that they can possibly
belong to the same genus; and indeed the fact that ddamsia palliata
secretes a horny base, an incipient polypidom, induces me to suggest
the necessity of forming on its characters a distinct family. I have
therefore constituted a genus for the reception of Actinia parasitica,
and withdrawing the suggested name Sagartia from the genus that
will now stand as Paractis, I have transferred it to this genus. The
genus Adamsia I at present retain under the family Actiniade ; and
without entering into the question in this paper as to its proper
position, 1 would suggest that it will eventually be placed between
the Polypes that secrete a polypidom and those without a poly-
pidom.

Of late years ddamsia palliata has so decreased in this locality,
that I have seen but one since the severe winter some three or four
years ago; this was given me in September last by my friend Mr.
Busk, and is still alive and well in one of my tanks, but too valuable
to submit to the dissecting knife. I trust this summer to obtain
other specimens, when I hope to settle its proper position amongst
the Anthozoa.

As regards species, I refrain from touching on that point in the pre-
sent paper, but purpose doing so at an early period, when a careful
examination of a larger number of individuals shall enable me to
speak with authority as to which are bond fide species and also those
that are merely varieties. The rage for marine vivaria has thrown
many useless workers into the field; and I much fear that what
may possibly tend to a love of nature does not always as a matter
of course advance science. The improper multiplication of species
is a serious injury to the well-being of Natural History ; and, I must
admit, I should like to see a council formed of five, ten, fifty, or any
number of the most celebrated naturalists, and that no new species
or arrangement should be published without their consent being first
obtained. This would effectually prevent varieties and deformities
creeping in as species, and objects already described and known
being reproduced as new species, or, may be, even as new genera.

Proposed rearrangement of British Actiniade, with a revision of
the genera :—

ANTHOZOA, Owen.

Body soft, contractile, in every part symmetrical. Tentacles
hollow, possessing thread-cells, and in most with pectinated margins,
in uninterrupted circles or groups. Stomach suspended by radiating
mesogastric folds in an abdominal cavity. No intestine ; mouth and
vent generally one, placed in the centre of the upper disk, very dila-
table. With or without polypary ; when present usually internal.

Without polypary.
ACTINIADE.

Free and solitary, or gregarious. Tentacles simple, rarely branched
16%

232 Zoological Society.

or clavate, more than twelve, often in more than one row in wnin-
terrupted circles. Body single, fleshy, elongate or conical, fixed
by its base, and generally with the power of locomotion. Base
broad and adherent.

A. Body without warts or pores ; skin smooth.

ANTHEA, Johnston.

Body adherent, cylindrical, smooth, without tubercles on the
edge of disk. Tentacles numerous, elongated, taper, flaccid, scarcely
retractile, longer than diameter of disk.

Type, Anthea cereus.

ActintiA, Linneus.

Body smooth, conoid or cylindrical. Tentacles numerous, in one
or more uninterrupted circles, conical, undivided, subequal and en-
tirely retractile, shorter than diameter of disk; margin of upper
disk furnished with a row of tubercles.

Actinia mesembryanthemum.

Paractis, M.-Edw.

Body smooth, conoid or cylindrical. Tentacles few in number,
in one or more uninterrupted circles, conical, undivided, subequal,
filiform, very long. No tubercles on the edge of the upper disk.

Actinia viduata.

Dysactis, M.-Edw.

Tentacles forming two distinct circles, continuous at their base,
those of the inner row three times as long as the outer row, nume-
rous, short and subequal. Margin of disk without tubercles.

Actinia biserialis.

B. Body studded more or less with verruciform tubercles or
sucking-glands.

Crisprina, Ehrenb.

Body studded with glandular warts irregularly placed, suctorial,
distributed over the whole surface of the body. ‘Tentacles short,
thick, obtuse, subequal, very numerous.

Actinia coriacea.

Cereus, M.-Edw.

Body with glandular warts placed in vertical lines and unequal.
Tentacles not numerous, chiefly marginal, much spread and bent,
conical, rather stout ; length about equal to diameter of disk.

Actinia gemmacea.

CyrtTactis, mihi.

Body rough, with sucking-glands in close-set perpendicular ridges
or vertical rows, and all equal, the whole height of the body. Centre

Miscellaneous. 233

of disk much more raised than the edges. Disk greater in diameter
than the pillar of the body. Tentacles long, moderately slender,
generally horizontal to the disk, mostly marginal, their tips con-
stantly curled back.
Actinia clavata.
HEttiactTrts, mihi.

The glandular warts placed only on the upper portion of the body.
Tentacles very numerous, short, varying in length, crowded towards
the edge of the disk, and of moderate thickness ; oral disk much
expanded.

Actinia bellis.

C. Body without glandular warts, and with pores for the
passage of thread-cells.

AcCTINILOBA, Blainv.

Skin soft; disk very large. Tentacles very numerous, short, vary-
ing but little in length, and forming a thick filamentous fringe ;
margin of disk lobed.

Actinia dianthus.

SAGARTIA, Gosse.

Skin coriaceous, occasionally wrinkled, firm to the touch. Ten-
tacles numerous, not particularly long, retractile, having great power
of elongation. Base broad and circular. Body cylindrical. Pores
situated near the base, and varying in size. Parasitic.

Actinia parasitica.

ApamsiA, Forbes.

Skin soft. Tentacles scarcely retractile, short. Base when young
circular, afterwards expanding laterally until the extreme points
meet, and form a circle. Disk circular or oblong according to
the form of the base. Base secreting a horny membrane. Body
much depressed, not cylindrical.

Adamsia palliata.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Animals of Millepora are Hydroid Acalephs, and not Polyps.
By Prof. Acassiz (from recent letters to J. D. Dana).

“‘T HAVE seen in the Tortugas something very unexpected. Mille-
pora is not an Actinoid polyp, but a genuine Hydroid, closely allied
to Hydractinia. This seems to carry the whole group of Favositidee
over to the Acalephs, and displays a beautiful array of this class
from the Silurian to this day.”

The drawings of Professor Agassiz which have been sent us for
examination are so obviously Hydractini@ in most of their characters,
that no one can question the relation. With regard to the reference
of all the Favositidz (a group including Favosites, Favistella, Pocil-

234 Miscellaneous.

lopora, &c., as well as the minuter Millepora, Chetetes, &c.) to the
Acaleph class, direct evidence is not yet complete, as the animal of
the Pocillopora has not been figured by any author on Zoophytes*.
On this point Professor Agassiz states in a subsequent letter, after
observing that the Sideropore obviously are polyps :— :
“There are two types of radiating lamellee, which are not homo-
logous. In true Polyps (excluding Favositidee as Hydroids) the
lamellee extend from the outer body-wall inward, along the whole
height of that wall, and the transverse partitions reach only from
one lamella to the other, so that there is no continuity between them,
while the radiating lamelle are continuous from top to bottom in
each cell. In Milleporidz the partitions are transverse and con-
tinuous across the cells, and so are they in Pocillopora and in all
Tabulata and Rugosa ; while the radiating lamelle, where they exist,
as in Pocillopora and many other Favositidee, rise from these hori-
zontal floors, and do not extend through the transverse partitions ;
indeed they are limited within the spaces of two successive floors, or
to the upper surface of the last. A careful comparison of the coral-
lum of Millepora and Pocillopora with that of Hydractinia has
satisfied me that these radiating partitions of the Favositidee, far
from being productions of the body-wall, are foot-secretions, to be
compared to the axis of the Gorgonia, Corallium, &e., and their
seeming radiating lamelle to the vertical grooves or keels upon the
surface of the latter, which, reduced to a horizontal projection, would
also make the impression of radiating lamelle in the foot of the
polyp. If this be so, you see at once that the apparent radiating
lamellee of the Favositidee no longer indicate an affinity with the
true Polyps, but simply a peculiar mode of growth of the corallum ;
and of these we have already several types,—that of Actinoids, that of
Halcyonoids, that of Bryozoa, that of Millepora and other Corallines,
to which we now add that of the Hydroids. Considering the sub-
ject in this light, is there any further objection to uniting all the
Favositidee with the Hydroids,—Sideropora and Alveopora being of
course removed from the Favositide? It is of great importance
in a geological point of view, and for years I have been antici-
pating some such result, as you may see by comparing my remarks
in the ‘ American Journal,’ May 1854, p. 315. If all the Tabulata
and Rugosa are Hydroids, as I believe them to be, the class of Aca-
lephs is no longer an exception to the simultaneous appearance of all
the types of Radiata in the lowest fossiliferous formations, and the
peculiar characters which these old Hydroid corals present appear in
a new and very instructive aspect.”’—Stliman’s Journal, July 1858.

* From the specimens of the species of this genus which I procured in
the Pacific, I never obtained a clear view of the polyps, and hence made
no figure. The brief description on page 523 of my Report may be rea-
sonably doubted until confirmed by new researches. The much larger size
of the cells in Pocillopora, Favosites, and Favistella than in Millepora,
and the frequently distinct rays in these cells, are the characters I had
mentioned to Prof. Agassiz as suggesting a doubt as to their being Aca-
lephs, and to this what follows above relates.—J. D. D.

Miscellaneous. 205

On new species of Birds from the Rio Napo, in the Republic of
Ecuador. By Pitre Luriey Suarer, M.A.

ELZNIA LUTEIVENTRIS.

Supra fusca unicolor, alis caudaque paulo saturatioribus ; gut-
ture griseo, abdomine medio et crisso cum tectricibus alarum
inferioribus sulphureo-flavis, pectore et lateribus oleagineis ;
rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 5:3, alee 2°8, caudee 2-3, tarsi 0°6.

A typical El/enia of the same form as E. pagana, the type of the

genus, but of smaller size, and differing in colouring from all mem-
bers of the group with which I am acquainted.

CreurGops*, genus novum, Lanioni et Trichothraupidi affine, sed
rostro diverso. Rostrum breve, crassum, culmine versus apicem
incurvo, gonyde vix ascendente, commissura modice arcuata,
mandibula superiore dente mediali distincto et altero finali
instructo ; vibrissis rictalibus nonnullis: ale modice, caude
tertiam partem attingentes, remigibus secunda, quarta et quinta
e@qualibus et longissimis, prima his paulo breviore: cauda
longa, apice quadrata.

CREURGOPS VERTICALIS, J. Verreaux, MS.

Supra fuscescenti-schistacea, pileo semicristato saturate ferru-
gineo, hujus lateribus cum fronte nigricantibus: alis caudaque
Jusco-nigris ; subtus ferruginescenti-ochracea : rostro nigri-
cante, gonydis basi albida, pedibus fuscis.

Long. tota 6-2, alee 3-2, caudex 2°5, rostri a rictu 0-7, tarsi 0°85.

This peculiar Tanager seems to belong to the neighbourhood of

Lanio, Tachyphonus and their allies, and, like the former, has a very
sharply defined notch about two-thirds of the distance along the edge
of the upper mandible. But the bill is otherwise very different from
that of Lanio, being much shorter, broader, thicker, and more swollen,
with the culmen much arched towards the tip. The single specimen
which I have examined is not in very good condition, but its perfect
distinctness from every known species of Tanager is obyious at first
sight.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Jan. 26, 1858.

On the Genera Orbulina and Globigerina of D’ Orbigny.
By L. F. Pourra.es.

Hitherto the two genera of Foraminifera established under the
names of Orbulina and Globigerina by D’Orbigny had been widely
separated in the classification; he had even put them in different
orders, although he had remarked the similarity in the structure of
the shell. Ehrenberg also places them in different families (the
former under the name of Mi/iola), but marks the two genera of
Miliola and Gromia as doubtful, and appends to the characteristics

* kpeoupyos lanius, et OW facies.

236 Miscellaneous. :

of the family of Miliolina the query, “ An status juvenilis reliquo-
rum?” M.S. Schultze makes of Orbulina a family among his
Monothalamia, whilst Globigerina is included in a subfamily of the
family of Turbinoida among the Polythalamia.

I think I am now able % show, by numerous preparations, that
these two supposed genera are only different stages in the cyclical
or alternate generation of the same species. Having had an oppor-
tunity of examining large numbers of well-preserved specimens ob-
tained from the bottom beneath the Gulf Stream by the U.S. Coast
Survey, and entrusted to me for examination by Prof. Bache, Super-
intendent, I have found in nearly one-half of the Orduling examined,
young Globigerine more or less developed, and attached to the inside
of the Orbulina by numerous very slender spicules. Only one Glodz-
gerina is developed in an Orbulina, whose cavity it gradually fills
up, and whose shell it finally bursts to make its escape. At that
time the Globigerina has already nearly attained its full size, and I
have counted as many as sixteen cells in a specimen having yet room
for several more before filling up the parent Ordulina.

How the Orbulina-form is reproduced I have not yet traced out.
None were noticed of very small size among those examined. Large
individuals are frequently found containing a smaller one filling the
cavity exactly ; the old shell is finally cast “off, and appears to remain
attached in fragments to the young one for some time. I am un-
able to say as yet whether this is to be considered as an act of re-
production, or merely as a renewing of the shell. It is not rare to
find Orbuline with this double shell containing already a young
Globigerina.

I hope to be able to follow out the whole chain of development of
these beings; but the above facts have appeared to me interesting
enough to be at once communicated.—Silliman’s Journal, July 1858.

On the Anatomy and Development of the genus Myzostoma, Leuckart.
By C. SEMPER.

The discovery of a new species of Myzostoma, living, like the three
others already known, parasitically upon Comatule, has afforded
M. Semper opportunity for renewed studies on the affinities of this
singular genus. The systematic position of the Myzostome remains
as problematical as before. ‘These parasites remind us, by their
suckers, of the Entozoa, Annelida, and Crustacea; their feet are
formed like the rudimentary extremities of the setigerous Amnelida ;
their digestive apparatus allies them either to the Entozoa and the
Annelida, or to the Arachnida; and their hermaphroditism has its
analogue among the Entozoa, Annelida, Arachnida (Tardigrada),
and Crustacea. As to their nervous system, it is unlike that of any
other animals. The form of very young individuals has some simi-
larity to that of the Tardigrada.—Zeitschr. fur wiss. Zoologie, ix.
p- 48, 1857.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES.]

No. 10. OCTOBER 1858.

XXIV.—On Fecundation in Kudorina elegans and Cryptoglena.

By H. J. Carter, Esq., H.C.S. Bombay.
[| With a Plate. |

For the last four years, just about the end of May and beginning
of June, when the water in the tanks becomes very low, and.is
reduced to two or three pools, or a shower of rain makes such
pools in those which are already dry, and when, in both instances,
a development of Euglena has taken place, I have seized these
opportunities, which are but of short duration, as the develop-
ment soon becomes expended, to study, not only the Euglene,
but Eudorina, Gonium, and Chlamydococcus, which all make
their appearance at the same time, more or less together, and in
such numbers as to give a deep-green tint to the water in which
they are generated.

This year my attention has been more particularly directed to
Eudorina ; for in one pool I found it undergoing fecundation,
which bemg similar to that described by Dr. F. Cohn in Volvox
globator*, an account of it will serve not only to confirm what
that eminent Infusorialist has stated, but also to furnish a fresh
instance of this process in another and closely allied organism.

Before, however, going to the fecundation, it is desirable that
we should trace the development of Hudorina up to this point ;
but not having been able to recognize this organism in its sim-
plest form, that is, as a solitary single cell, nor any stage of its
segmentation prior to the third degree of duplicative subdivision
(that is, into 16 cells, when the mother-coverings have dropped
off), I must begin from this period.

At this time, which we will call the first stage, the Hudorina

* Comptes Rendus, t. xlii. p. 1054, Nov, 24, 1856.
Ann. & Mag, N. Hist, Ser.3, Vol. ii. 17

238 Mr. H. J. Carter on Feeundation

consists of an ovoid green body, partially divided into the num-
ber of cells just mentioned, each of which is provided with a
pair of cilia which project through a thin gelatinous envelope that
surrounds the whole mass. It is now in its smallest size, about
5-5400ths of an inch long, that is, not more than the diameter
of the Chlamydococcus-cell, fig. 9. Pl. VIIL., and swims by means
of its cilia, with the small end foremost, and with a rotatory
motion on its longitudinal axis, as often from right to left as
from left to right. An eye-spot is also present in each of the
four anterior cells, but seldom visible in the rest at this period.

As the development progresses and the Hudorina increases in
size, the division becomes complete, and each cell, in addition to
the granular mucus and chlorophyll which line its interior, may
now be seen to be provided internally with a spherical trans-
lucent utricle (which is the nucleus), an eye-spot situated peri-
pherically and midway between the cilia and the opposite end of
the cell, a contracting vesicle* at the base of the cilia, and the
pair of cilia themselves. Each pair of cilia passes out through a
single channel in the gelatinous cell or envelope, which has now
become much thickened—and thus their movements are limited
up to this point,—while a defined line internally marks the
boundary of the original cell-wall, through which, of course, the
cilia also pass (Pl. VIII. figs. 1, 2).

During the second stage, each of the cells again undergoes
duplicative division (the nuclei having been doubled previously),
and the whole organism becoming larger, they are separated
from each other, and, being no longer subject to the compression
which, with the lines of fissiparation tending towards the
centre of the ellipse (see section, fig. 2), and their confined posi-
tion, induced a more or less conical and polygonal shape, now
become spherical and enclosed respectively within distinct trans-
parent capsules (fig. 3). The Hudorina is now 80-5400ths of
an inch long, and contains thirty-two green cells, which are
evidently situated between two large, ovoid, colourless, trans-
parent cells, one of which bounds a similarly-shaped cavity in
the centre of the Hudorina (fig. 2c), and the other is the original
cell-wall (a), round which again is the newly secreted envelope
(4),—while the green cells are further fixed in their respective
positions by the passage of their cilia through the two latter,
both original cell-wall and envelope (fig. 2 2 and fig. 8 e). Thus
we see that the Hudorina is derived from a simple (daughter-)
cell, and that its green cells have resulted from a duplicative
subdivision of the green matter which lined the cavity of this

* Gonium has two “ contracting vesicles,’ unless, as in Huglena, one is
a reservoir to the other.

ott =

=

tn Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 239

eell*. Arrived at this state, which we shall presently sce is that
of maturity, we also observe that the posterior part of the enve-
lope becomes crenulated, apparently from flaccidity (fig. 3 9).

After this, however, it again presents another phase, which
may be called the third or last stage of development. Here
each cell again undergoes a rapid duplicative subdivision into
sixteen or thirty-two cells, which, in the group, assume a more
or less oblong figure respectively ; and thus the Hudorina’s length
is increased to 50-5400ths of an inch. The internal structure
now gradually breaks down before the external envelope, when
for a short time the groups may be seen swimming about the
cavity thus formed, till at last the envelope bursts and they
become liberated. What becomes of them afterwards, I can-
not state from observation; but the green cells having been
greatly reduced in size by the latter subdivisions, it is probable
that many of the groups, if they do not form new individuals,
sooner or later become disintegrated, and the Hudorina thus
eventually perishes +.

When, however, the process of impregnation takes place, the
division stops at the second stage, that is, when the Hudorina
consists of thirty-two cells of the largest kind, each of which is
about 1-1866th of an inch in diameter within its capsule, which
is therefore a little larger. The process is as follows :—

At a certain period after the second stage has become fully
developed, the contents of the four anterior cells respectively
present lines of duplicative subdivision which radiate from a
point in the posterior part of the cell (and this distinguishes
this subdivision from that (fig. 1) which took place in the ori-
ginal cell from which the Hudorina was derived, and that which
takes place in the third or last stage of development just de-
scribed, where the lines of fissiparation tend towards the centre
of the ellipse or ovoid cell). These lines, which ultimately
divide the green contents of the cell into sixty-four portions,
where the division stops, necessarily entail (from their radiating
from a point and terminating a little beyond the centre of the
cell) a pyriform shape on the segments, from whose extremities
a mass of cilia may be observed waving in the anterior part of
the cell of the parent, while yet her own pair of cilia are in
active motion, and her eye-spot still exists in sifu on one side of
her progeny,—thus showing that the latter may be almost fully

* It is assumed that the green contents get their cell-wall through in a
lag state, before the segmentation commences, as will be seen here-
after.

+ For good illustrations of this stage, see Prof. Henfrey’s description
and plate of Pandorina Morum, Quart. Jown. Microscop. Soe. vol. iv.
p. 49, 1856.

17%

240 Mr. H.J. Carter on Fecundation

formed before the parent perishes (fig.4a). At length, how-
ever, this takes place, and the progeny, which we shall henceforth
call ‘spermatozoids,’ separate from each other, and finding an
exit, probably by rupture, through the effete parent-cell and her
capsule, soon become dispersed throughout the space between
the two large ovoid cells mentioned, where they thus freely come
into contact with the capsules of the twenty-eight remaining or
female cells (Pl. VIII. fig. 5).

The form of the spermatozoid now varies at every instant,
from the activity of its movements and the almost semifluid
state of its plasma; and therefore, if we had not seen it in the
parent-cell (fig. 6), it would be very difficult to define what
this form really is. Its changes in shape, however, are confined
to elongation and contraction, like those of Huglena viridis (fig.7),
and not polymorphie, like those of Ameba ; hence it is sometimes
linear-fusiform or iunular, at others pyriform, short, or elon-
gate. The centre of the body is tinged green by the presence of
a little chlorophyll, while the extremities are colourless (fig. 7) ;
the anterior one bears a pair of cilia, and there is an eye-spot a
little in front of the middle of the body, also probably a nucleus.
Thus we have a product widely different from the common cell
of Hudorina. It is about 1-2700th of an inch long, and
1-10,800th of an inch broad.

Once in the space mentioned, the spermatozoids soon find their
way among the female cells, to the capsules of which they apply
themselves most vigorously and pertinaciously, flattening, elon-
gating, and changing themselves into various forms as they glide
over their surfaces, until they find a point of ingress, when they
appear to slip in, and, coming in contact with the female cell, to
sink into her substance as by amalgamation (fig. 5¢,c). I say
“ appear,” because, the female cells as well as the spermatozoids
being so small, so numerous, and so nearly grouped together, and
there being no point like a micropyle that I could discover, and
the Ludorina continually undergoing more or less rotation, I do
not feel so certain of having seen the act of union take place as
if there had been only a female cell present with a fixed point
for the entrance of the spermatozoids, as in the resting-spore of
(idogonium. But the act itself does not require to be seen; for
the constancy of this form of Hudorina, the way in which these
little bodies are produced, their plastic nature, and their beha-
viour towards the female cells are quite sufficient to convince
those who have given their attention practically to such subjects
that they are spermatozoids, and that there can be no other ob-
ject in their congregating about the female cells than impregna-
tion. If this be not sufficient, their number may frequently be
seen to diminish as they pass backward among the female cells,

zn Eudorina elegans aad Cryptoglena. 241

when their disappearance can only be accounted for by their
having become incorporated with the green cells. Eudorina in
this stage also may frequently be seen with all the four anterior
cells absent, and only a few spermatozoids left, most of which are
motionless and adherent to the capsules,—indicating that the rest
have disappeared in the way mentioned. Lastly, many Eudorine
in this stage may be observed with not only the four anterior
cells absent, but with hardly a single spermatozoid left,—indi-
cating that the whole had passed into the female cells, or had
become expended in the process of impregnation. T have never
Seen any spermatozoids in the central or axial cavity (fig. 2 ¢),
nor do I think that there is a means of their escaping externally
without rupture; so that their being confined to the space be-
tween the two ovoid cells of the Hudorina, where the green cells
are situated, is another reason, if any more be needed, for con-
sidering them fecundating agents.

What changes take place in the Eudorina after this, I have
not been able to discover. At the time, the female cells appear
to become more opake by the incorporation of the spermatozoids,
and the crenulated state of the posterior part of the envelope in
this stage seems also to indicate an approach to disintegration.
I have also observed that those Hudorine which are undergoing,
or apparently have undergone impregnation, are less active than
the rest,—that is, those in which the spermatozoids are scattered
throughout the interspace mentioned and applying themselves
to the capsules of the green cells, and those in which there are
only a few spermatozoids left. But even if they did become dis-
integrated, the latter, when free, would so closely resemble those of
Chlamydococcus (fig. 9), which was also abundantly present, that
unless the Hudorina could be found undergoing impregnation
by itself, or apart from this organism, there appears to me no
chance of distinguishing the two, and therefore no other means
of completing this part of its history. It is true that the im-
pregnated cells may undergo some change in form similar to
those of Volvox globator after impregnation*; but I think I
should have seen this among the numbers which came under
my observation, if it had been the case.

While undergoing impregnation, the female cells always con-

tain from two to four nuclei, as if preparatory to the third stage of

development (Pl. VIII. figs. 34 and 4.6), into which they are
sometimes actually seen passing, with the spermatozoids present
and scattered among them; but the effect of impregnation ge-
nerally seems to arrest this stage, and thus save the species from

* See Ehrenberg, tab. 4. figs. 2&3; also Busk, Quart. Journ, Microe
scop. Soc, vol. i. p. 38 and pl.; and Cohn, J. c,

242 Mr. H. J. Carter on Fecundation

that minute division which leads to the destructive termination
of Kudorina already noticed.

Sometimes all the cells together undergo the spermatoid
fissuration, when the Hudorina passes into Pandorina Morum,
Ehr.; but in this case the development does not stop at the
pyriform spermatozoids, but goes on to the development of
thirty-two larger globular cells in each group, similar to those
produced in the third stage of Hudorina above described, when
they assume respectively a dome-shaped form, held together by
a membrane which is fixed to the point in the posterior extremity
of the cell from which the lines of fissiparation first radiated
(fig.8). As the groups, however, progress in development, this
dome appears to become flatter, and, the Mudorina breaking up,
as in the third stage, these groups, when liberated, finally appear
to pass into the form of Goniwm, when I think they perish, like
the corresponding groups of the third stage. I did not observe
this development (in which may be included some abnormal
states, where one or two of the spermatic cells fail, and one or
more of the female cells take on this mode of fissiparation
irregularly) until the normal one of impregnation ceased to ap-
pear. Ehrenberg was wrong in giving the cells of Pandorina
and Hudorina single cilia, as has before been stated ; and partly
wrong in leaving out the eye-spot ; both of which, though dis-
appearing ultimately, indicate the continued life of the parent-
cell, as in the development of the spermatozoids, long after the
formation of her progeny.

Thus the process of impregnation in Hudorina agrees closely
with that described by Dr. F. Cohn in Volvox globator, in which
organism I had seen some of the cells of the interior undergoing
a spermatoid development exactly like that above described, and
also that previously figured by Mr. Busk*, and alluded to by
him as one of “ microgonidia + ;”’ and therefore the moment I
perceived it in Ludorina, in connexion with Dr. Cohn’s announce-
ment, I felt convinced that the latter was right, and that I had
before me Eudorina also undergoing a similar process of fecun-
dation.

So much for the spermatoid development; let us now return
to that of the Hudorima in totality, concerning which there is
still an interesting question for our consideration, bearing on the
early development of this organism, which I have already stated
my inability to supply, viz. how does the sixteen-division of the
cell in the third stage of development take place, so as to allow
the cilia to become external? It will be remembered that this
cell in the second stage, before it passes into the sixteen-division
of the third stage, consists of its capsule or cell-wall and the

* Loc, cit, pl. 5. fig. 14. + Id. p. 45.

in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 243

green contents ; and it should also be remembered that, although
these contents have now no other covering distinct from the
protoplasm but the capsule, yet in all algal cells, whenever
the green contents take on a new form, such as that of a spore
or group of cells, a second more delicate covering is separated
from them, for which I have heretofore used the term “ proto-
plasmic sac*”; these two coverings, then, are the parental divi-
sion of the mass, and become caducous as the rest takes on its
new form and developes on iés surface a cell-wall. Thus we get
the sixteen cells separated from their capsule, &c., and sur-
rounded by their proper cell-wall and the external envelope,
which may be a still further thickening of the former, or a new
secretion ; but, be this as it may, the cilia are seen outside it.
And at first it might be thought that they were formed before
either the cell-wall or envelope, so as never to have been enclosed
by either ; but if this were the case, the cilia of the sixteen cells,
which are added by duplicative division to the first stage of
Eudorina to form the second stage, should be inside these
coverings, or protrude through the original sixteen channels
with the other sixteen pairs of cilia. However, neither is the
case ; for these sixteen cells have their channels respectively as
well as the other sixteen cells, in which case they must have
been made by the sixteen new cells themselves, unless the thirty-
two diyision is formed before the pellicle, which subsequently
forms the cell-wall, is supplied; and our first stage does not
pass into the second stage, but both forms are produced at once
and separately from the beginning,—a point which can only be
determined by following the development of the Hudorina from
the spore itself, and that, too, alone, since it is impossible to say
whether the sixteen-division groups, when previously mixed up
with all the other forms of Eudorina, are or are not derived direct
from the spore, or from the third stage of development of this
organism. That the sixteen-division or second stage may pass
direct into a similar form to the third, that is, into a form of
Hudorina consisting of sixteen groups of sixteen cells each, I
have occasionally seen; but then this form has been globular
(only 30-5400ths of an inch in diameter), and not ovoid, although
the groups have possessed the latter form: perhaps this is the
spore, and the sixteen groups the young Eudorine, if not a dif-
ferent species. Again, the robust individuals of the sixteen-
division one would think to be direct from the spore, and to pass
into the robust individuals of the second stage or thirty-two
division,—while the puny, meagre individuals one would think
to come from the third stage, and, as before conjectured, end in
disintegration and death. But all this, as I have just stated,
* Annals, vol. i, 1858, p. 31, &c.

244. Mr. H. J. Carter on Fecundation

can only be determined by following the development of the
spore from the commencement. One fact I might add, how-
ever, viz. that the robust forms about the size given in fig. 1
have the power of withdrawing their cilia and protruding them
again; this happens when they are transferred, from the vessel
in which they may be contained, to the slide for examination :
many may just at this time be seen to be motionless, with the
channels for the cilia empty; but gradually the cilia are _pro-
truded through them, and as gradually the EHudorina evinces
increasing power of motion, until they are fully protruded, and
it swims away.

Chlamydococcus undergoes the same kind of changes in deve-
lopment as Hudorina, from which it only differs in structure in
being smaller, and globular stead of ovoid, in the absence of an
external envelope, and in the cilia of the daughter-cells being
included within the parent-cell; hence it also differs in being
motionless, though the compartments of the daughter-cells are
sufficiently large for them to turn round and move their alia
freely therein, which they are continually doing (figs. 9, 15).
The primary cell of Chlamydococcus, like that of Eudorina, di-
vides up into two, four, eight, or sixteen cells, and those of the
eight- and sixteen-divisions again into groups of sixteen or
thirty- two each (fig. 14), so as to resemble the third stage of
Hudorina. Wence we may perhaps infer that its fecundating
process is similar to that of Hudorina; but this remaims to be
discovered. Chlamydococcus has also a great tendency to stop
at the two- and four-division, from which it may pass into the
“ still” or Protococcus-form, and, floating on the water in a kind
of crust, present cells of all kinds of sizes undergoing “ still”
division. In all its multiplications, partial and entire, however,
it generally maintains its primary or spherical form, and does
not become ovoid or oblong, like the groups of Hudorina, the only
exceptions being in the two- and four-division, where the green
cells are sometimes ovate (probably from want of room in the
parent capsule, fig. 11), as represented by Ehrenberg in C. Pul-
visculus*,—to which I should refer it, had he not also given an
ovate form to the type-cell of this species}; nor can I refer it
to C. pluvialis, for im all the changes I have yet seen it un-
dergo, the red colour has not increased beyond the minute eye-
spot, while this also disappears, and the cilia too, when this spe-
cies passes into the “still” form (fig. 15). Here it undergoes
the same kind of division that it does in the active state ; but the
parent-cell, instead of becoming distended by imbibition, remains
closely attached to the daughter-cells, so as to give the group a

* Tab. 3. fig. 10.

T There is an ovate species, common in Bombay; but this has four cilia.

an Kudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 245

mulberry shape (figs.16,17). How long it remains in the “ still”
form I am ignorant; but having only seen it in the active state
during the months of May, June and August, and throughout the
rest of the year in the “still” one, I am inclined to think that it
only comes into the active state during the summer months,
and then for the purpose of fecundation.

Does not the disappearance of the eye-spot in the “still”
form thus seem to point out its analogy with the bright colours,
especially the red, presented by plants in their flowers durmg
the season of fecundation, rather than with the eye of animals ?

In several instances, also, where I have found this Chlamydo-
coceus with Hudorina, they have been accompanied by long
Closteriform cells. It was the case in that above mentioned,
where the latter was undergoing impregnation. Some of these
have an eye-spot, which, with the nature, arrangement, and
general aspect of their internal contents, show that they belong
to the class of organisms with which they are associated. Their
cell-wall also is more or less plastic, or was so when they were
assuming this spicular form; for many have one or more diver-
dicula extending from them, some are bifid, and a few irregularly
stellate. What they are, I know not; but Dr. Cohn has figured
the same kind of cells, in company with Spheroplea annulina,
under impregnation *.

Trachelomonas, Ehy., also appears to me to undergo multi-
plication in a similar way to Hudorina and Chlamydococcus ; for
I have often seen the largest Trachelomonad of a pool divided
up into a group of apparently sixteen cells within the lorica;
and this may account for the myriads of three to four smaller
sizes that are frequently found together in this way. The latter
certainly appear in a green form first, that is, without the lorica,
which gradually becomes supplied afterwards. Thus, impreg-
nation also in the Trachelomonads may take place like that
already mentioned in Eudorina, after the parent-cell has under-
gone division within the lorica. At first I thought that the first
form of Eudorina arose in this way, and that when the division
of the Trachelomonad arrived at sixteen, the lorica burst, and
thus liberated a Eudorina; also that the cells into which the
Eudorina ultimately divides formed the small Trachelomonads ;
but im the pools where I found the Huwdorina undergoing im-
pregnation there was not a single Trachelomonad, so that this
theory does not hold good.

How Euglena viridis and the Euglene generally become im-
pregnated, I have no conception. There is no doubt that EZ. vi-
ridis becomes distended with the cells which I have heretofore

* Ann, des Se. Nat. t. v. pl. 12. fig. 3. Bot. 1856,

246 Mr. H.J. Carter on Fecundation

described, and thought to be ovules or embryonic cells *, and
that during this time the chlorophyll passes into red grains and
subsequently disappears, while the organism is secreting a cap-
sule round itself, and its original cell-wall passes into a tough
spherical ovisac, so to speak, But what becomes of this if it
be the result of impregnation, or what the process of impregna-
tion is like, or when it takes place, is for future discovery to
determine. #H. viridis does not become capsuled in this way,
and is found floating on the water aggregated into layers one
cell deep, or buried singly in the mud of tanks, after the capsu-
lation has thus taken place.

It now only remains for me to state that my observations on
Euudorina this year have been chiefly confined to two pools with
two hundred yards of each other, one of which, viz. No. 1, is in
a clean quarried excavation in the trap-rock, and the other, viz.
No. 2, in an excavation in the soil. In both, which were pre-
viously dry, the rain fell on the 31st of May, so as to form small
pools of water about two feet deep; and in both, on the 3rd of
June, the water was tinged green with Hudorina, &c.

In No. 1, Eudorina elegans, Chlamydococcus, Euglena viridis,
and an elliptical unicellular Alga abounded, to the exclusion of
almost every other organism of the kind. The Huderima was
undergoing the process of fecundation, and the Chlamydococcus
the transformations above described, respectively. On the 8th,
the specimens of Hudorina ander fecundation began to get scarce ;
and on the 18th the Pandorina-form made its appearance. By
the 14th all organisms of the kind except the Hudorina and
Chlamydococcus had disappeared, and the Pandorina-form was
also rarely seen. The Chlamydococcus then began to float on the
surface in the Prodococcus-form above mentioned, and at length
this sunk to the bottom, when, by the 19th of June, the remains
of Hudorina and Chlamydococcus were but sparsely scattered
through the water, which had now lost its green tint; indeed,
it was evident that the development of all the green organisms
had become exhausted. Up to this time there had been only a
few more drops of rain; but the next morning the storms of the
monsoon commenced,

In No. 2, Hudorina elegans, Euglena viridis, and Trachelomonas
abounded, to the exclusion almost of every other organism of the
kind; thus it contained no Chlamydococcus, while No. 1 con-
tained no Trachelomonas. Corresponding changes took place in
the Hudorina to those above described, with the exception of the
impregnatory one.

Out of a dozen instances in which I haye watched the deve-

* Annals, vol. xx. p. 36, pl. 1. fig. 16, 1857.

in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 247

lopment of Hudorina during the past four years, I have thus
only once met with it under fecundation.

As regards the effect of iodine (both by itself and assisted
by sulphuric acid) upon Eudorina, I could never obtain a blue
colour in the cells at any time; but it was distinctly visible in
the transparent structures between them, perhaps in their cap-
sules and the cellulose material which supported the rest of the
organism. The contents of the cells always assumed a brown
colour. The same was the case with the Chlamydococcus, though
I see by my sketches that the solitary dividing still-cell, in the
autumn of 1855, became blue throughout under the action of
iodine and sulphuric acid.

Since the above was written, I have had the good fortune to
meet with a Cryptoglena undergoing fecundation, of which the
following is a description, both of the organism and the pro-
cess :—

Cryptoglena lenticularis, nov. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 18, 19.

Lorica lenticular, compressed, emarginate, uniformly and mi-
nutely granulated, transparent, colourless by transmitted,
brownish by reflected light; margin of a deeper colour than
the rest, probably from the proximity of the sides ; presenting
on the edge a notch anteriorly, one lip of which projects be-
yond and slightly overlaps the other, from which it is sepa-
rated by an oblique fissure. Internal cell lenticular, com-
pressed, one-fourth less in diameter than the lorica, lined
with green chlorophyll and granular protoplasm, provided
with a pair of cilia which pass out at the notch in the margin
of the lorica, a single contracting vesicle at their base, a red
eye-spot median and peripheral, and a nucleus. Lorica split-
ting into halves during fissiparation. Long diameter 1-13850th
of an inch.

Found in most of the tanks and many of the wells in the island
of Bombay. Active throughout the year.

Obs. This is the little Thecamonadina to which I have before
alluded, as being associated with a species of Uidogonium, and
which I wrongly conjectured to be a spore of this Alga*. It
resembles Cryptomonas lenticularis, Ehy., in the compressed form
and thickness of the lorica, while the bilabiate notch and oblique
fissure in the margin ally it to Huglena, but not to Trachelo-
monas or Lagenella, which have a round aperture respectively for
the exsertion of their cilium. It approaches Chlamydococcus in
having two cilia, aud in its mode of fissiparation, whilst it re-
sembles Schizochlamys, Braun, in the splitting of the lorica.

* Annals, vol, i. 1858, p. 35.

248 Mr. Hi. J. Carter on Fecundation

Perhaps Ehrenberg’s Cryptomonas lenticularis, being without
eye-spot or cilia, is a “still” form of it; but it approaches
nearest of all to his genus Cryptoglena.

I found this little Alga (for such in the end it must be con-
sidered) on the 2nd of July, in company with another heart-
shaped Cryptoglena, which will be described presently, in great
numbers in a little portion of shallow water connected by the
rain with a pit into which the drainings of a buffalo-shed were
received. With them were also Huglena Acus, Eudorina elegans
(undergoing the process of fecundation above described), Uvella
Bodo, Ehr,, and here and there Huglena viridis; but the bulk of
the organisms present consisted of the two first-mentioned ; the
rest, with the exception of Huglena Acus, were only now and
then seen.

While examining some of this water, I was struck with the
number of deciduous loricee present, some of which were split
into halves which were separated, while others only adhered
together anteriorly, and presented a pair of cilia attached to their
point of union (figs. 25-27); and on looking round for their
origin, it was soon found that they belonged to the Cryptoglena
above described, for the internal cell of that organism was in
several instances seen escaping from them, not only singly, but
after having undergone duplicative subdivision into two, four,
eight, sixteen, thirty-two, or sixty-four gonidia (figs. 20-24).
Moreover, it was observed that cach of these groups came forth
in a delicate cell (the protoplasmic sac*), which, by imbibition
of water, became distended, in some instances, to two or three
times the diameter of the lorica, and, thus assuming a globular
form in the four-, eight- and sixteen- divisions, were undistinguish-
able from Chlamydococcus under similar forms (figs. 22, 23),—a
point which still more nearly allies these organisms.

Still seeking for more of these varieties, it was observed that
the first division, viz. that in which the internal cell came forth
with only two gonidia, was mvariably surrounded by a swarm of
from ten to twenty much smaller gonidia (figs. 26, 27), which,
on turning to the sixty-four division, were found to be identical,
to all appearance, with the gonidia of this degree, of which there
were numerous instances present, not only where the lorica was
as yet unruptured, but where the internal cell had been liberated
and the group were swarming within it, and where this cell had
also become ruptured, and the gonidia were issuing one after
another through the opening (fig. 25).

Now, the only organism present which was undergoing this sub-
division being this Cryptoglena, and this, therefore, bemg the only

* See “Feeundation of Gidogonium,” Annals, 3 ser, vol. i. p. 31, note.

in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 249

one which could furnish the double spore-cell and smaller gonidia
in large numbers, while in most instances the split lorica still
adhered to the internal cell as a mark of identification, no doubt
could be entertained that both the large and the small gonidia
belonged to the same organism, that their coming together
under such circumstances could only be for the purpose of
fecundation, and that they therefore were the female cells and
spermatozoids of this species.

I therefore watched the motions of the spermatozoids so situ-
ated, in two or three instances for more than half an hour to-
gether, during which time they dashed themselves against the
cell, adhered to it, retreated from and advanced upon it, with
unabated rapidity, but without penetrating it,—when, having
little time left, comparatively, for such observations, I sought
out group after group quickly, without watching it long at a
time, until I had the good fortune to find one in which, after a
moment’s watching, one of the spermatozoids appeared within
the cell, and, fixing itself to one of the spores or female cells,
gradually became incorporated with it (fig. 26). This was suf-
ficient to convince me of the fact I had anticipated ; but it would
have been more satisfactory to have seen it repeated, and pro-
bably I might have done so had the fecundating process in the
colony been prolonged: but it only lasted three days after I
first discovered it, and during that time I had little leisure
to devote to the subject; for to be successful in researches of
this kind requires uninterrupted observation for long periods
together. However, had I not even seen the incorporation, no
other interpretation could be given to the facts mentioned than
that they were connected with the process of fecundation.

I have stated that the cell containing the two gonidia was the
one invariably surrounded by the spermatozoids ; but it was not
the only one, for in two or three instances a few were found
around and adhering to the inner cell of the four- division (fig. 21)
after liberation, indicating that the gonidia of this division were
also sought after by the spermatozoids, if even in the end they
did not become reproductive. It was also observed that the two-
division did not always come forth in one cell, but that some-
times this was also divided, so that each gonidium had its proper
cell (fig. 27).

The form of the macrogonidia or female cells did not differ
from the internal cell of the parent, except in being a little
smaller,—while the microgonidium, which was not more than
1-7th of the diameter of the macrogonidium, and therefore very
small, appeared, though equally green and provided with an
eye-spot, to have only one cilium. I cannot help thinking,
however, that, with a higher power, I might haye seen two.

250 Mr. H. J. Carter on Fecundation

What changes took place in, and what became of, the macro-
gonidia after impregnation, | am unable to say; but it will be
remembered that the only other organism present in equal num-
ber with the Cryptoglena above described, and to the exclusion
almost of all other organisms, was one with a heart-shaped lorica.
In this, however, no fissiparative changes like those above men-
tioned took place ; but on the third day after the water contain-
ing them and the other Cryptoglena had been placed in basins,
all other organisms disappeared but this, which had taken on
the form of a resting-spore ; that is to say, the cilia had shrunk
up or had dropped off, the internal cell had become encapsuled
within a thick cell externally and a thin one internally, within
which, again, the chlorophyll had passed from a green into a
light brick-red colour, and the granular protoplasm into a
number of larger granules presenting a more or less uniform
size and oleaginous refractive aspect (fig. 29). Whether these
were the impregnated spores of Cryptoglena lenticularis or not,
I have now no means of determining; for instead of collecting
a few of them immediately and drying them for future experi-
ment, this was deferred for a day or two, during which time
some other organism (probably Coleps, the usual aggressor under
these circumstances) ate them all up. All therefore that remains
favourable to the inference is, that this spore, in its active state,
was almost exclusively associated with C. lenticularis, and in
equal number, and that it did not undergo fissiparation like this,
but, on the contrary, passed into the form of a resting-spore.
Against this, again, is the form of the lorica, and its having
four cilia instead of two; hence, in ease it should be a different
species, it is desirable to give it a name and description, which
may stand as follows :—

Cryptoglena cordiformis, noy. sp. Pl. VIII. fig. 28.

Lorica heart-shaped, round, transparent, emarginate anteriorly,
round posteriorly. Internal cell globular, lined with chloro-
phyll and granular protoplasm, provided with four cilia, which
issue through the notch in the lorica, an eye-spot median
and peripheral, and one to three nuclei or utricles of a circular
form. Swimming with its cilia forwards, and a rotating mo-
tion on its longitudinal axis. Length of lorica 1-933rd of an
inch; diameter of internal cell 1-1350th of an inch.

Found only in one instance, in company with Cryptoglena lentt-

cularis, when undergoing the process of fecundation above
described.

Having thus established another mode of fecundation in an
organism closely allied to the simplest of all vegetable forms,

in Kudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 251

viz. the unicellular Algze, it becomes interesting to inquire how far
the same process is likely to occur in the other families to which
it is allied. I have stated above, that, from Chlamydococcus un-
dergoing a similar duplicative subdivision to Hudorina, it is not
improbable that it undergoes a similar mode of impregnation
also; but in the fissiparation of Cryptoglena lenticularis we find
such a resemblance to the compound groups of Chlamydococcus,
that it now seems more likely that it should resemble that of
Cryptoglena lenticularis. Again, I have stated that Trachelo-
monas, which is also a Thecamonadina, presents an appearance
of fissiparation in its internal cell, which might enable it to
undergo a fecundating process like Hudorina; but Trachelo-
monas, being loricated, is closely allied to Cryptoglena lenticularis,
and therefore might rather be expected to undergo a fecundating
process like the latter. The notch and oblique fissure also ally
Cryptoglena lenticularis to the Euglene: but then the spiral-
fibre coat of this family could not give way for the elimination
of an internal cell with gonidia, like the lorica of the former ;
hence this fecundating process seems to throw no light on that
of Euglena, which has yet to be discovered, and no doubt will
be, sooner or later. But it is necessary to find out the time of
the year when these processes are likely to take place, and where
the organisms which are likely to be undergoing them make
their appearance annually,—after which the water should be
examined daily, immediately after the rain-falls ; otherwise those
which are required will be very likely to appear and go through
the fecundating process (just as fast as some plants flower and
seed) before their presence is even noticed. Hence, a place where
there is rain occurring regularly only once a year is best fitted
for these researches ; and I feel convinced that, had I had better
health and more leisure at the beginning of this “rains,” I
should have been able to have done much more in this subject
than is above communicated.

August 7th.
P.$.—I have to-day seen the incorporation of the spermato-
zoid with the macrogonidium of Cryptoglena lenticularis take
place several times, and once so satisfactorily that I am able to
assert the fact without reservation. The former, after having
fixed itself upon the latter, assumes a conical or peg-top shape,
and thus gradually appears to squeeze itself into the macro-
gonidium. I have also ascertained that this spermatozoid has
two cilia, as I had before supposed.
I would also notice here, that, in rating my micrometer, I
have just found out that the 5600th and 1900th divisions should
be 5400th and 1880th of an inch respectively. The reader is

252 Mr. H. J. Carter on Fecundation

therefore requested to make this correction in all my previous
measurements where these divisions are mentioned, and to allow
for this generally, indeed, in all my measurements.

[The necessary alterations have been made in the present paper.—EbD. ]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

N.B. All the figures in this Plate have been delineated as nearly after
nature as the circumstances of the case would allow; and in order that
their relative size may be seen, all, with the exception of figs. 6, 7 and 8,
have been drawn on a scale of 1-12th to 1-5400th of an inch.

Fig. 1. Eudorina elegans, in its first stage of development, 9-5400ths of
an inch long, composed of sixteen cells, surrounded by a gelati-
nous envelope, through which their cilia project : a, four anterior
cells in which the eye-spot is visible; 6, gelatinous envelope.

Fig. 2. Section of ditto, showing—a, gelatinous envelope; 6, original cell-
wall; c, internal cell enclosing axial cavity ; d, interspace between
original and internal cell-walls, in which the green cells are situ-
ated; e, nucleus; f, eye-spot; g, cilia; /, canals through gela-
tinous envelope for the passage of the cilia.

Fig. 3. Eudorina elegans in second stage of development, 30-5400ths of
an inch long; composed of thirty-two green cells, each of which
is 3-5400ths of an ich in diameter, exclusive of the capsule in
which it is enclosed: a, a, a, a, spermatic cells, now undistin-
guishable from J, 5, b, the female cells; ¢, shaded cell; d, nucleus;
e, eye-spot; f, contracting vesicle; g, crenulated form of poste-~
rior extremity; h, nuclei in plurality.

In this, as well as in many other of these figures, the principal
part of the cells and detail connected with them, as well as the
shading, has been omitted, to save trouble, one or two complete
ones being sufficient to show what the rest would be if all were
properly filled in.

Fig. 4. Ditto, ditto, ditto, with the contents of the four anterior or sper-
matic cells transformed into tufts of spermatozoids respectively,
—the presence of the eye-spot and movements of the cilia of the
parent-cell indicating that she is still alive, though the cilia of
her progeny are already waving in her interior: ¢, c, shaded
female cells.

Fig. 5. Ditto, with three of the spermatic cells burst, and their spermato-
zoids scattered throughout the interspace between the outer and
inner cell-walls, where they are vigorously applying themselves
to the capsules of the green cells: a, spermatozoids apparently
within the capsule; 6, unruptured spermatic cell.

In this and in the foregomg figure, several of the green-cells
are omitted, to avoid confusion.

Fig. 6. Single spermatic cell with tuft of spermatozoids more magnified,
showing—a, capsule; b, mother-cell; c, eye-spot.

Fig. 7. Spermatozoids more magnified, to show the power they have of
elongating themselves.

Fig. 8. A single cell of Eudorina in the second stage of development, but
under the Pandorina-form, that is, where the contents of all the
cells have undergone the spermatic mode of duplicative subdivi-
sion, but stop at sixteen or thirty-two, and pass into small cells
of the ordinary form arranged in a tabular manner, like Goniwm ;

in Eudorina elegans and Cryptoglena. 2538

a, cells; 6, gelatinous envelope; ¢, canal through the latter for
the passage of the cilia.

The third stage, in which Eudorina is 50-5400ths of an inch
long, has not been represented, as the reader can supply this for
himself by increasing the second stage to the length mentioned,
and substituting for each of the cells in this stage a group like
that of fig. 1, but a little smaller; the cells smaller, and the
shape of the group more or less oblong.

Fig. 9. Chlamydococcus ? in the “active” state ; largest size 5-5400ths
of an inch in diameter: a, nucleus; 5, eye-spot; e, contracting
vesicle.

Fig. 10. Ditto, in the two-division. 11. The same with the cells ovate
and the cilia of the mother-cell remaining. This resembles
Ehrenberg’s figure of Ch. Pulvisculus.

Figs. 12, 13. Ditto, in four- and eight-division respectively.

Fig. 14. Ditto, in eight-division, with the cells undergoing further divi-
sion successively up to the sixteen-division.

Fig. 15. Ditto, “ still’? form, largest size 5-5400ths of an inch in diameter,
without eye-spot or cilia: a, cell-wail.

Figs. 16, 17. Ditto, ditto, in four- and sixteen-division respectively. Ob-
serve that the mother-cell here is not distended into a spherical
shape, as in the active form, but contracted round the cells, so
as to give the whole a mulberry character: a, a, mother-cell-
wall.

All the varieties of division which take place in the “active ”
also take place in the “still” form, and vice versd.

Fig. 18. Cryptoglena lenticularis, noy. sp., vertical view, 4-5400ths of an
inch in diameter: a, lorica; 4, internal cell; c, nucleus; d, eye-
spot; e, contracting vesicle.

Fig. i9. Ditto, horizontal view.

Figs. 20, 21. Ditto, in two- and four-division within the lorica.

Fig. 22. Ditto, in four-division, with the split lorica still adhering to the
internal cell, which is 8-5400ths of an inch in diameter.

Fig. 23. Ditto, in eight-division; internal cell 6-5400ths of an mch in
diameter.

Both these figures are undistinguishable from the correspond-
ing forms of Chlamydococcus in the “active” state.

Fig. 24. Ditto, in the sixty-two- or spermatic division, 4-5400ths of an
inch in diameter.

Fig. 25. Ditto, with the lorica effete, and adhering to the internal cell,
which contains a number of active spermatozoids, some of which
are issuing from a ruptured opening in the cell-wall.

Fig. 26. Ditto, ditto, with the inner cell containing two macrogonidia or
female cells, and surrounded by active spermatozoids, one of
which has passed into it and is adhering to one of the macro-
gonidia. Macrogonidium about 3-5400ths of an inch, and micro-
gonidium or spermatozoid about half 1-5400th of an inch in
diameter.

Fig. 27. Ditto, ditto, ditto, with the internal cell divided into two, and
thus affording a separate cell for each gonidium.

Fig. 28. Cryptoglena cordiformis, nov. sp., in the “active’’ state. Sup-
posed impregnated spore of C. lenticularis.

Fig. 29. Ditto, after transformation into a resting-spore.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 18

254 Dr. J. E. Planchon on the Parasitism of Osyris alba.

XXV.—On the Parasitism of Osyris alba,
By Dr. J. E. Phancuon*.

In 1847, an English botanist, Mr. Mitten, detected that the
roots of Thesium adhere by means of suckers to the roots of
various plants. A fact like this was very surprising in plants
with green leaves; for M. Decaisne had not then made known the
similar parasitism of the Rhinanthacez. The species of Thestum
belonging, as is well known, to the family Santalacee, analogy
would lead to the supposition of a similarly parasitic life im
Osyris alba, which represents in the south of Europe the most
highly developed type of this order. Urged by M. Decaisne,
Dr. Planchon sought to verify this presumption; but, for
two years, his attempts were vain. The fragile roots of Osyris
alba \eave attached to the nourishing roots the organs of suction
which alone could reveal their parasitic character. This year,
more fortunate, he has been able to make numerous observations
on this subject, the most striking results of which he communi-
cates to the Academy.

Osyris alba lives parasitically upon numerous herbaceous or
woody plants (all perennial) belonging to different families of
the class Dicotyledons. It implants its suckers upon the roots
or the rhizomes which it meets with, not sparing even its own
species. Ailanthus, Rhus Coriaria, Ulmus campestris, Jasminum
fruticans, Pinus halepensis, Rosa canina, Silene italica, Lychnis
dioica, Rubia peregrina, all the inhabitants of hedges or copses,
are subject to its attacks.

The roots of Osyris arise scattered upon the long rhizomes
which creep in the soil at a small depth. They consist of slightly
branched fibres, the diameter of which does not exceed 2 milli-
metres. Their organs of suction are a kind of hemispherical or
conical cup, the dimensions of which vary from the size of a
pin’s head to that of an acorn cup. The same radical fibre may
furnish one, two, three, or a whole series of cups. These em-
brace closely with their circumference the nourishing root.
They implant themselves there, moreover, by means of a fleshy
process or papilla, of cylindrical or discoid form, which penetrates
the foreign root, sometimes stopping’ short in the thickness of
the cortical parenchyma, sometimes insinuating itself between
the bark and the wood, sometimes, but more rarely, penetrating
as far as the ligneous tissue.

The papilla of suction is formed in all cases by a cellular
tissue, which is separated into two zones by a sheath of monili-
form pitted vessels. The interior is a medullary zone, the exte-
rior the cortical parenchyma. The contact of the papilla with

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus, July 26, 1858.

Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire, 255

the tissue of the nourishing root is established by a simple layer
of cells forming the inferior surface of the papilla.

Osyris presents, both in its adult rhizomes and its stems, a
pith, medullary rays, and bundles of liber-fibres, which are
absent from the roots. There is not, however, that difference
between the rhizomes and the stems which M. Chatin supposed
he found, doubtless because he examined only rhizomes of the
year at the commencement of their evolution. The author could
find no true trachee in these organs. All the wood-cells, as
well as those of the medullary parenchyma, are riddled with
pits.

The intimate affinity connecting all the Santalacez would lead
to the supposition that most, if not all, the types of this
group, are parasites. The same may be said of the true
Olacineze (Olax, Ximenia, Heisteria, Liriosma, Opilia, &c.),
which scarcely differ from the Santalaceee. The black colour
assumed by most of these plants on drying, and their absence _
from gardens, plead in favour of this idea.

Dr. Planchon regrets that he has hitherto been unable to trace
the phenomena of germination either in Osyris or Santalum.
This study, which he proposes to make at the proper season,
will enable him to settle beyond doubt in what degree these
plants are parasitical. Do they take part of their nourishment
from the soil? Do all their radical fibres produce suckers ?
What is the duration of the suckers? <A prolonged study is
required for the solution of all these questions. It may be stated
meanwhile, that the subjects attacked by Osyris do not appear
to suffer much from its presence, and fulfil as usual the vegeta-
tive and reproductive functions.

XXVI.—On some Sections of the Upper Lias recently exposed at
Nailsworth, Gloucestershire. By Joun Lycerr*.

So few opportunities are afforded for examining the Upper Lias
of the Cotteswolds, so small are the artificial exposures of the
stage occasionally made, so limited their extent and depth, that
its fossils are almost unknown, and even the thickness of the
stage has been very variously estimated. During the author’s
experience of more than twenty years, the Upper Lias has only
been known to him by small sections in clay-beds used for brick-
making, and these are usually quite destitute of fossils; some
cuttings, therefore, recently made, which exposed the entire
thickness of the stage and many of its fossils, have induced him
to prepare the present brief notice.

* Presented to the Cotteswolds Naturalists’ Club, July 21, 1858.
18*

256 . Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire.

The only authorities for the Upper Lias of the district are—
‘Outlines of the Geology of England’ by Conybeare and Phillips,
1822; ‘Outline of the Geology of the Neighbourhood of Chel-
tenham,’ by Sir R. I. Murchison, 1834; the enlarged edition of
the latter work by J. Buckman and H. E. Strickland, 1845 ;
‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain ;’ ‘The
Geology of the Country around Cheltenham,’ by E. Hull, Esq.,
1857. In the first of these works the Upper Lias is only dis-
tinguished from the other members of the same formation by a
useful section given at page 252, exhibiting the succession in the
beds upon the western slope of the Cotteswolds at Painswick
Hill, by the late Mr. Halifax of Standish ; but their thickness 1s
not given. The following is the section, to which figures are
here added to mark the superior divisions :—

[Inferic? Oolite’)......4...: 000 1
/ a
/ Very micaceous sand, «<;...%+ .- 5. «6 see: eee 2
/; Sand, with beds of unctuous, slaty, bluish clay ...... 3
AS OB ae
/
/ Blue clay with septaria.\..<i (54 - +4 01s) ei 4
/Thin beds of grey Lias-like marlstone.........-...... 5

Lenticular balls of indurated marl with Ammonites and
parts of Fishes»... ..-. ../.i+.0..0 «eee oe 6

Marly sandstone, a yellowish-brown sandstone, spangled with
mica, blue at the heart, abounding with large Belemnites,
Pectems,) 860. .)0,s:«.0s « o/s: :0 jo) swle ietalfoye, «/o7 ayes eh nero nee 7

/Clay, with veins of foxy earth containing ferrugmous nodules
concentrically formed round a nucleus of Lias................ y

coarse, calcareous, shelly gritstone, more or less tinged with
oxide of iron.

2. The sands of the Cynocephala-stage, with a shelly band at
the top, some flaggy argillaceous sandstones in the middle, and
a shelly band at the bottom.

Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire. 257

3, 4, 5, 6. Upper Lias; no fossils visible in this section.
7. Marlstone or Middle Lias.
8, 9, 10. Lower Lias; but little exposed.

In Sir R. I. Murchison’s little sketch of the ‘ Geology of Chel-
tenham,’ the thickness of the Upper Lias is estimated at 60 or
70 feet ; and the following fossils were collected by him from a
road-side cutting near Sandywell Park :—Ammonites bifrons,
A. undulatus, A. annulatus, Belemnites acutus, B. tubularis, B.
penicillatus, Inoceramus dubius, Plicatula spinosa, Trochus bisectus,
Arca, Gervillia, Lucina, ? Modiola, Nucula, Nautilus, Pholadomya.
In the second and enlarged edition of the same work, the authors
estimate the general thickness of the Upper Lias at 100 feet ;
to the fossils given in the former edition are added the follow-
ing:—Ammonites falcifer, A. Strangwaysii, Belemnites Bru-
guierianus, Trochus bisertus, Nucula rostralis, Aischna Brodiei,
Astacus, Hippolita, Cidaris minuta. In the memoir by Mr. Hull,
the Upper Lias is stated to be upwards of 230 feet thick at
Leckhampton Hill; it is estimated to be 300 feet at Cleeve
Cloud ; in the hills further northwards, at from 80 to 100 feet ;
it constantly declines in thickness towards the Oxfordshire
boundary of the county, so that at Burford its thickness is only
6 feet. In the southern portion of the Cotteswolds it is stated
to be only 10 feet thick at Wootton-under-Edge, and about
30 feet at Stroud; but I shall have to show that at Nailsworth,
a spot situated between the two latter places, the thickness
of the Upper Lias is upwards of 105 feet. The only additional
fossils mentioned by Mr. Hull are Nautilus inornatus and Belem-
nites abbreviatus.

The sections upon which the present remarks are founded
were made in forming several deep drains and a cutting for a
carriage-drive upon a steep hill-side preparatory to building a
villa and laying out the surrounding ground for ornamental
purposes, upon the western side of the valley, and immediately
adjoiming the village of Nailsworth; it also happened about the
same time that a cutting was made along the whole course of
the turnpike road in the same valley, towards Stroud, for the
purpose of laying down gas-pipes ; another small section was
also afforded by some alterations made in the mill-stream at
Holcomb Mills, about half a mile higher up the valley. The
deep-drain sections afforded a view of the higher beds of the
stage, even to their junction with the micaceous marly sands of
the Cynocephala-stage ; the other cuttings exposed the lower
beds, but less perfectly than the upper ones, and also some por-
tion of the Marlstone series. But although a portion of nearly
the whole of the beds was uncovered, the entire area from which

258 Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire.

fossils could be procured was very inconsiderable. In descend-
ing order occurred—

Several feet of blue clay, with intercalated thin layers of dark-
coloured shale.

A thin stratum of grey, finely laminated shale, with clusters
of valves of Poszdonia Bronnii.

Brown and blue clays and marly bands containing some irre-
gular layers of hard shale, and of thin bands of blue argil-
laceous limestone.

Fossils were moderately abundant in the bands of limestone.
Ammonites bifrons was the most conspicuous ; A. communis was
in much smaller numbers; the few other Ammonites obtained
consisted of A. falcifer, A. heterophyllus, A. cornucopia, A. cras-
sus, A. Lythensis, A. Jurensis, and a new species near to A.
Humphriesianus ; a few fragments occurred apparently of Nau-
tilus sinuatus, and a single specimen of N. fatidorsatus. Belem-
nites were comparatively few, as were also Gasteropoda and Con-
chifera; the latter included two undescribed species, one of
Tancredia and one of Placunopsis.

In the lower beds bluish-grey clays predominated; but the
sections were insufficient to expose an unbroken sequence of the
lower beds, although the entire thickness of the stage was ascer-
tained with a near approach to accuracy ; the measurement gave
a thickness of 105 feet, the beds bemg free from disturbance.
Some few layers of limestone nodules occurred, but their amount
was not comparable with those obtained from the Upper Lias of
Somersetshire. To the same general deficiency of lime, as
exemplified in the paucity and thinness of the limestone bands,
may probably be attributed the general scarcity of fossils when
compared with the Upper Lias of Somerset ; here the chief mass
of the deposit consisted of brown and blue clays which were
quite destitute of fossils; no remaims of Saurians or of Fishes
were observed. These conditions present a remarkable contrast
to the same stage at Ilminster, with its pale yellow limestone
charged with Saurians, Fishes, and a multitude of Mollusca of
all classes, numbermg probably more than 150 species, notwith-
standing that the entire thickness of the stage is only a few feet
at that place. To study these, the extensive collection of Mr.
Moore, in the Bath Museum, should be visited.

The occurrence at Nailsworth of finely laminated shales with
the little Postdonia Bronnu in the upper portion is interesting,
as identifying the stratum with the continental representative of
the same shale: this fragile bivalve appears to be limited to the
single stratum indicated,

The large Tancredia is the first recorded example in the Lias

Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire. 259

of England, although upwards of eleven species are distributed
throughout our Lower and Upper Oolites; in France and Ger-
many, on the other hand, nearly all the recorded species are
Liassic. It is probable, however, that some, or even all of the
shells referred to Tellina in the “ Ktage Bathonien” of D’Orbigny
belong to the genus Tancredia, excluding the two species in his
“‘ Ktage Bajocien,” which belong to the genus Quenstedtia.

The following is the limited list of Upper Lias Testacea pro-
cured at Nailsworth :—

Cephalopoda. Gasteropoda.
Pleurotomaria.

Ammonites bifrons, Brug. Turbo eapitaneus, Uiinst.

faleifer, Sow.

—— communis, Sow. Conchifera.

— heterophyllus, Sow. Astarte lurida, Sow.
cornucopie, Y. & B. Lucina?

— Jurensis, D’Orb. Tancredia leviuscula, n. sp.

— Lythensis, Y. & B. Posidonia Bronnii, Miinst.
crassus, Phil. Placunopsis sparsicostatus, n. sp.
annulatus, Sow. Nucula Hausmanni, Rem.

—— Ilminstrensis, n. sp. Pecten.

Belemnites compressus, Voltz. Gresslya gregaria, Rem. sp. (G. An-
tripartitus. glica, Ag.)

Nautilus latidorsatus, D’ Orb. Lima gigantea, Sow.

sinuatus, Sow. bellula, Mor. & Lye.

Notes on the Testacea.

Ammonites bifrons. A variety with compressed sides, in which
the falciform ribs are but little prominent. A few examples
occurred of the ultimate condition of growth, in which state it
may readily be mistaken for a distinct species, and probably
constitutes the A. Hildensis of Simpson. The costz have dis-
appeared upon the whole of the last volution, which presents
only densely arranged fine falciform lines which pass over the
back and the keel; the lateral sulcation has become indistinct
through the flattening of the sides of the volution ; the back has
lost its rectangular figure and become rounded, sloping obliquely
upon each side from the keel, and the two dorsal grooves have
disappeared ; the keel itself has become more elevated and con-
spicuous. The inner or smooth portion of each volution over-
wraps and conceals the costated portion of the preceding volu-
tion, so that the entire aspect of the shell is smooth, and it is
only by breaking away a portion of the last volution near to the
suture that the ribs of the next volution can be exposed and
the identity of the species proved. It occurred abundantly.

A. communis. Specimens were indifferently preserved, but
exhibited some of those varicties in the arrangement of the dor-
sal ribs, and in the general figure, which perplex collectors who

260 Mr.J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire.

desire to separate them into the forms named A. commums,
A. Hollandrei, and A. Braunianus,—a perplexity which is in ne
degree lessened by the study of numerous specimens. Further
investigations into these forms are desirable.

A. heterophyllus. Badly preserved examples, and few.

A. cornucopie (A. fimbriatus, Sow.). A single fine example
in one of the higher beds. Some casts of young forms, appa-
rently of this species, have been procured m the lower zone of
the Cynocephala-stage at Nailsworth.

A. Jurensis. Fragments only in the higher beds.

A. crassus (A. Raquinianus, D’Orb.). Evidently the same
shell as in the lower zone of the Cynocephala-stage at Nails-
worth and in the Upper Lias of Yorkshire.

Ammonites Ilminstrensts, n. sp.

In its general figure it is scarcely to be distinguished from
Ammonites Humphriesianus; the style of its ornamentation is
also very similar to that of the latter species; there are, how-
ever, some well-marked differences. In 4. Humphriesianus the
lateral costee form, with the dorsal, a curvature more or less
marked ; in the Lias shell, the mbs pass from the suture straight
over the sides and back. Usually two, but sometimes three,
dorsal ribs unite with one lateral mb. In 4. Humphriesianus the
number of dorsal ribs is somewhat greater; but the most con-
spicuous distinction consists in the form of the dorsal ribs, which
in the Lias shell are much more narrow, elevated, and acute, so
that there is a wide space left between each rib. In the young
shell the lateral ribs are likewise much elevated and acute, so
that they are little larger than the dorsal ribs; there is also
some little distinction in the figure of the volutions, and conse-
quently of the aperture, the portion near to the suture over-
hanging the preceding volution more than in the Inferior Oolite
shell.

The septa consist of three large principal lobes, much pro-
duced, and of two small accessory lobes. The dorsal lobe is
much lengthened, with a single, terminal, very elongated and
pointed digitation upon each side of the mesial line; there are
two smaller iateral digitations ; all the digitations are indented.
The superior lateral lobe has its termination trifurcate, the me-
sial digitation being pointed, and of immense length ; but the lobe
altogether is less lengthened than the dorsal lobe. The inferior
lateral lobe is similar in figure to the superior lobe, but is much
smaller and shorter. The two accessory lobes are very small and
simple, the second being nearly concealed by the convexity near
to the suture. The dorsal saddle is of great width, consisting
of two principal divisions, of which the outer is much the larger ;

Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire. 261

each division has two principal branches with numerous inden-
tures. The lateral saddle has two principal portions, of which
the outer is the smaller; the indentures are smaller and less
conspicuous than in the dorsal saddle. The accessory saddles
are small and simple, almost without indentures.

Ill-preserved specimens occurred rather abundantly at Hol-
comb, associated with A. bifrons and Astarte lurida. My
friend Mr. Moore has favoured me with fine specimens from
the pale-yellow bed of the Upper Lias at Ilminster, and smaller
forms of the same species occur in the lower shelly zone of the
Cynocephala-stage at Nailsworth. The largest specimen in my
possession has a diameter of 2} inches; the height of the aper-
ture is 6 Imes, the opposite diameter 10 lines.

A. falcifer. A few specimens. At Stroud, when the railway
was being constructed, a thin band of pale grey limestone was
crowded with fine specimens, to the exclusion of all other species.

A. annulatus, Sow. Few, and ill-preserved.

A. Lythensis, Y. & B. Smaller forms than occur at Whitby.
It is not the A. Lythensis of Quenstedt ; the latter is a very
different Ammonite.

Belemnites compressus, Voltz. Large specimens in the upper
bed, associated with B. tripartitus.

B. tripartitus, Schl., agrees with specimens in the Cynocephala-
stage at Nailsworth and at Frocester Hill.

Nautilus latidorsatus, D’Orb. (N. Toarcensis, D’?Orb.; N. Ju-
rensis, Quenst.). A single fine specimen.

N. sinuatus, Sow. Fragments only.

Pleurotomaria. Species undetermined, with elevated spire,
narrow convex volutions, mesial siphonal rib, and fine, densely
arranged, equal encircling lines.

Turbo capitaneus, Miinst. Its aspect agrees with specimens
from the Cynocephala-stage in the neatness of the ornamen-
tation.

Gresslya gregaria, Reem. A large tumid species, well sepa-
rated from congeneric forms. A single specimen.

Tancredia leviuscula, n. sp.

A large elongated species, with an oblique dorsal angle and
the posterior border nearly closed. Compared with allied forms,
it is more lengthened and less convex than 7. donaciformis ; the
anterior extremity is more rounded; the umbo is but little
elevated, the posterior side being much extended and its extre-
mity pointed ; the height being only equal to ;°,ths of the length.
It is distinguished by the same features from 7. Deshayesea and
T. compressa. A single fine specimen.

262 Mr. J. Lycett on the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire.

Lima gigantea, Sow. This well-known shell oceurs both in
the Lower and Upper Lias of Gloucestershire. D’Orbigny has
separated the older form under the name of L. edulis. 1 do not
perceive that the latter possesses any sufficient specific distinction.

Lima bellula, Mor. & Lye. Delicately preserved, and exhi-
biting the finely ornamented surface, which is rarely seen m
Inferior Oolite specimens. Some of the latter attain larger
dimensions and have a somewhat shorter figure, but do not
possess any other distinguishing feature.

Placunopsis sparsicostatus, n. sp.

Shell flattened, suborbicular, oblique ; umbo raised, submar-
ginal, the surface with numerous irregular, unequal, concentric
plications, and a few raised, equal, linear, distant, undulating
and radiating ribs, sometimes slightly knotted where they pass
over the plications. Diameter 12 lines. A single good specimen.

Nucula Hausmanni, Roem. Nearly allied to Nucula Erato,
D’Orbigny, an Inferior Oolite shell both of Yorkshire and
Gloucestershire; but the latter species is less angular, less pomted
at the extremities, or more ovate and smaller. A single fine
specimen.

Posidonia Bronnii, Mist. A delicate papyraceous and some-
what irregular shell, usually indifferently preserved, but occurring
throughout a thickness of about two inches in tender, thinly
laminated shale. Impressions are abundant, but the test is

rarely preserved.

Astarte lurida, Sow. So numerous are the Jurassic species
of Astarte, and in many instances so nearly allied are they to
each other, that the utmost care and precision is necessary, both
in descriptions and figures, to convey clear and correct ideas of
them in the absence of the fossils; nor under any circumstances
can the varieties of aspect which they assume, and the bounda-
ries between species, be in every instance sufficiently defined.
The figure of Astarte lurida in the ‘ Min. Conch.’ accurately re-
presents a short specimen in the young state, before the arrests of
erowth had produced irregularity and inequality in the encircling
ribs, the verbal description appended being very concise. The
following description is the result of an examination of a multi-
tude of specimens in every stage of growth :—

Shell oblique, ovate, moderately convex; umbones anterior,
pointed, and incurved ; anterior side very short ; lunule large,
striated, elliptical, excavated, its margin slightly rounded ; liga-
mental margin lengthened, its outline somewhat curved, forming
with the other valve a lengthened, smooth, but not deeply exca-

Mr. J. MacGillivray on a new species of Grass Finch. 263

vated area with acute borders ; lower margin elliptically curved,
internally crenulated. Surface with elliptical cost, regular in
the young shell, subsequently degenerating into irregular and
unequal elevations, more especially when the surface exhibits
arrests of growth; the coste are not much raised, rounded, and
fully equal in breadth to the interstitial spaces (about thirty-two
in a full-grown specimen) ; the entire surface has fine striations,
which follow the direction of the coste.

Specimens vary much in their length and obliquity ; but none
are comparable to the Oxford Clay shell figured in the ‘ Illus-
trations of the Geology of Yorkshire’ under the name of Astarte
lurida: the large anterior side and the small lunule mark the
latter as a distinct species.

Several examples of Astarte /urida were obtained in the upper
portion of the Upper Lias in a mill-stream cutting at Holcomb;
it has also occurred very abundantly a little higher in the geo-
logical scale, in the lower zone of the Cynocephala-stage at
Nailsworth. ’Orbigny (‘ Prodrome’) places it in his “ Etage
Bajocien,” which is probably an error; the English localities
cited by him (Fox Hill and Taunton) are not Inferior Oolite ;
nor does it appear that the latter formation, although so rich in
the genus Astarte, has ever produced A. lurida.

XXVII.—Description of a new species of Grass Finch from New
Caledonia. By Joun MacGittrvray, F.R.G.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
GENTLEMEN, Port de France, New Caledonia, May 18, 1858,

During my short residence at this portion of New Caledonia,
I have had the opportunity of collecting and preparing a few
specimens of birds, one of which is of sufficient interest to induce
me again to become a contributor to the ‘ Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,’ by sending you a brief notice of a new
Finch, which I propose to name Poéphila Paddoni, in honour of
Capt. James Paddon,—not because he has done so much in pro-
moting civilization among the islands of the S.W. Pacific, but be-
cause he has at all times cordially assisted Botanists and other
Naturalists who, like myself, have visited his stations at Aneiteum ;
Tana, the Isle of Pines, and New Caledonia. This Poéphila
interests me especially as being a member of a genus hitherto
considered as exclusively Australian as Hopsaltria, Tropidorhyn-
chus, Ptilotis, Acanthiza, and Zosterops, now for the first time
recorded as being found in New Caledonia. The Finch in ques-
tion more resembles the Australian P. mirabilis (of Hombr. and

264: Mr. A. White on some apparently unrecorded

Jacq. in ‘Voy. of Astrolabe and Zélée’), which also I believe
to be specifically identical with P. Gouldiz, than any other
described species, especially in the scarlet and green of its beau-
tiful plumage.

Poéphila Paddoni, J. M°G. Rostro nigro; fronte, sincipite, gula,
pectoreque pheeniceis; uropygio pennisque duobus centralibus
eaudse supra rnbro-pheeniceis; loris czeruleo-viridibus ; caeteris
partibus corporis metallico-viridibus ; tarsis, digitis et unguibus
atro-fuscis.

Mas. Rostro 0°3, ala 2°25, cauda 2:0; toto corpore 4’1 in long.
uncize Anglice.

Hab. in Nova Caledonia, preesertim apud insulam “ Nu”’ dictam.

By publishing the above contribution, you will oblige,
Gentlemen, your most obedient Servant,
JoHn MacGi.iivray.

XXVIII.—Descriptions of some apparently unrecorded species of
Longicorn Beetles, belonging to the genera Phrissoma, Nyphona,
&c. By Apvam Wuire, Assistant, Zool. Dept. Brit. Mus.

Phrissoma amycterowdes, n. s.

Ph. glabrum, nigrum; thorace- medio tuberculo magno postice fur-
cato; elytris singulis lineis tribus spinarum crassarum ; tibiis apice
brunneo-pilosis.

Smooth, black, shining; last eight joints of antenne with
short brownish pile; lateral spines of thorax sharp, placed for-
ward; between them, in the middle, is a high tubercle, rounded
in front and on the top, forked behind; elytra slightly scabrous,
each with three longitudinal lines of sharp spine-like tubercles,
those of the outer row the smallest; elytra at the widest part
not much broader than between the tips of the thoracic spines ;
tibiee at the end covered with short light-brown hairs.

Length 8 lines.

Hab. Port Natal. (Coll. Gueinzius, in Mus. Brit.)

This longicorn beetle has much resemblance, at first sight, to

some of the spined species of the Australian Curculionidous
genus Amycterus.

Phrissoma Hipporhinus, nu. s.

Ph. pilosum, fuseum, nigro variegatum; thorace medio tuberculo
magno postice emarginato; elytris thorace multo crassioribus,
tuberculatis, singulis lineis tribus tuberculorum czeteris paulo ma-
jorum.

Pale brown, not very thickly pilose, with small scattered black

spectes of Longicorn Beetles. 265

patches devoid of hairs; body large and wide in proportion to
the head and thorax ; first jomt of antennz rugose; thorax in
the middle with a highly elevated tubercle, which is deeply
emarginate, almost forked behind; elytra very convex, with the
surface more or less thickly covered with small tubercles, with
three longitudinal lines of slightly larger tubercles, which do
not reach the apex; abdomen beneath blackish, segments inter-
ruptedly margined with pale brown; legs thickly clothed with
pale brown hairs, of a rich yellowish brown at the tips of the
tibize.

Length 12+ lines.

Hab. Port Natal. (Coll. Gueinzius, in Mus. Brit.)

This species is allied to the Ph. denticulatum, De}., according
to M. Chevrolat. Its specific name is in allusion to a fanciful
resemblance it has to a species of Hipporhinus.

Phrissoma umbrinum, nu. s.

Ph. pilosum ; thoracis spinis lateralibus basi latis ; elytris, spatio sutu-
rali levi, singulis carinis tribus cristatis, interna mediana breviore,
externa longissima.

Of a deep umber-brown, densely pilose; head in front
smoothish and punctured ; thorax wide, the lateral spines broad
at the base; in the middle there is a tubercled elevation con-
sisting of four short rays; elytra somewhat emarginate at the
end, the sutural space smoothest ; each elytron has three ser-
rated ridges; the shortest has a rather high spine at the base,
and reaches only to the middle; the central keel is a little
longer than the inner one, while the outer is the longest of all ;
the antenne and the legs have some scattered bristly grey
hairs.

Length 8 lines.

Hab. Port Natal. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Phrissoma terrenum, n. s.

Ph. pilosum, pallide fuscum ; thorace supra quadri-tuberculato, tuber-
culis fossis profundis separatis; elytris profunde et scaberrime
punctatis, singulis tricarinatis.

Densely covered with a pale brown sponge-like clothing of
short hairs; head with the brow swollen and deeply grooved
down the middle; thorax above with four tubercles, separated
from each other by a transverse and a longitudinal groove, two
on the fore margin, two in the middle; the back part is irre-
gularly and deeply pitted ; the surface of the elytra is irregularly
and very deeply punctured, each elytron having three keels,
slightly crenated on the ridge, the innermost the shortest ;

266 Mr. A. White on some apparently unrecorded

abdomen on each side with two rows of paler-coloured spots ;
antennee with the second, third, and fourth joints thickened.
Length 10 lines.
Hab. 8. Africa (Dr. Andrew Smith). In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Leprodera morimotdes, n. 8.

LZ. scabra et subtuberculata, fusco-brunnea ; oculis angustis; cervice
nigro transversim quadrimaculato ; elytris singulis basi quadratis,
plagis duabus nigris ochraceo marginatis, una ad basin, altera ma-
jore ad latus postice emarginata.

Rough, subtuberculated, and of an earthy-brown; eyes nar-
row; head with the surface irregularly pitted; the back part
with four small black spots arranged transversely, a yellow spot
between the outer and the inner; thorax scabrous, and deeply
punctured and wrinkled, with a transverse impressed line a little
behind the fore margin; elytra tuberculated, tubercles small,
posterior part smoothish, the shoulder squarely angled; each
elytron has two black, smooth, velvet-like spots slightly margined
with ochreous, one a little behind the base, neither touching the
side nor the suture; a larger black spot behind the middle,
notched behind, its outer side on the margin of the elytron ;
elytra when closed having a notch between them.

Length 10-12 lines.

Hab. Silhet. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Nyphona theracica, n. s.

N. latiuscula, griseo-subfuscula; capite antice emarginato; mandibulis
antice planis et politis; thoracis dorso tuberculis duobus magnis,
supra apicibus tribus, inter tubercula linea brevi profunde impressa ;
scutello lateribus albis ; elytris singulis medio basi pilorum crista
elongata, medio late sed obscure pallido fasciato, maculis punctis-
que paucis fuscis ; elytris apice et lateribus postice ciliatis ; pedi-
bus et corpore infra subrubidis ; abdominis segmentis medio basi
obscuris ; tibiis apice late fuscis ; omnibus rectis et simplicibus.

Rather broad, of a griseous brownish hue, very densely covered
with hairs; the mandibles in front flattened, black, polished ;
the head between the antennee widely notched ; thorax narrower
than the elytra; back of the thorax with two large tubercles
occupying most of the upper part of the thorax, each with three
smaller tubercles ; between the tubercles is a short deeply im-
pressed line; the scutellum has the sides white; each of the
elytra has near the base a longitudinal crest of longish hairs,
with one or two other small obscure tufts, and the shoulders as
well as base are rather deeply punctured; across the middle
there is a very wide but indistinct palish band, traversed by
three or four reddish longitudinal lines; the end of the elytra

species of Longicorn Beetles. 267

and the hind part of the margin are ciliated; the legs and the
under parts have a kind of pinkish hue; the tibiz at the end
are widely tipped with brown; the abdomen has the segments
brown in the middle at the base.

Length 94 lines.

Hab. N. India. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

A more obscure specimen from Silhet, seemingly of the same
species, is 2 lines shorter.

Nyphona plagiata, n. s.

N. grisea, punctata ; elytris macula magna subtriangulari fusca antice
albido cincta ; elytris singulis medio lineis duabus brevibus nigro-
fuscis, apice truncatis confertim ciliatis ; thoracis lateribus leevibus.

Griseous, punctured; antenne with the third and fourth
joints punctulated with white; greater part of the thorax above
rugose and deeply punctured, front margin smooth, lateral mar-
gin without tubercles ; elytra in the middle at the base with an
elongated tubercle, covered above with short hairs; about the
middle of the elytra and on the suture there is a largish brown
mark, triangularly pointed in front and margined with whitish ;
the side of it, about the middle of each elytron, with two short
deep brown lineolets, the outer one the widest; the tip of each
truncated, thickly covered with cilia; under side cinereous, sides
ochraceous ; inside of the legs greyish, outside ochraceous.

Length 7} lines.

Hab. E. Indies. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Nyphona parallela, n. s.

N. grisea ; elytris fuscis, sutura late et margine anguste griseis ; ely-
tris fusco punctatis ; thoracis lateribus subtuberculatis.

Griseous, elongated, somewhat parallel; head with a narrow
line down the middle devoid of hairs; thorax rugose, deeply
punctured ; down the middle is a slightly raised keel, which has
an impressed line down it behind; the sides of the thorax are
somewhat tubercular ; the elytra are punctured and deep brown,
the suture is widely margined with griseous, the sides are nar-
rowly bordered with the same; down the middle of each are
three slight keels ; the apex of each is bimucronate and hairy ;
under side and legs griseous, and somewhat dotted with brown.

Length 6 lines.

Hab. N. India. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Nyphona laterals, un. s.

N. rubido-grisea, punctata; elytris singulis ad marginem ante me-

268 Mr. A. White on some apparently unrecorded

diam partem macula rotundata alba; thorace medio fossis duabus
profundis postice subdivergentibus, lateribus simplicibus.

Griseous, with a pinkish hue, rather roughly punctured, some
of the punctures brown; antenne with the jomts at the base
cinereous, at the tip brown; thorax in the middle with two deep
longitudinal fossee not reaching the fore margin, and slightly di-
verging behind ; sides of thorax simple ; elytra punctured, covered
with pinkish-grey short hairs ; on the side margin, just before the
middle of each elytron, is a large roundish white spot ; elytra at
the tip truncated, suture and margin mucronate; middle of
abdomen and inside of legs grey; under side of thorax, margin
of abdomen, and outside of legs tinged with pinkish.

Length 8 lines.

Hab. Silhet. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Nyphona delicatula, n.s.

N. leviuscula, punctata ; thorace subtuberculato; elytris basi obscuris,
punctatis, medio tuberculatis brevi piligeris; elytris fuseo subma-
culatis, apice rubido subreticulatis ; antennis pedibusque subrubidis
fusco annulatis.

Smoothish, the upper surface grey, mottled with different
shades and markings of brown and pink; sides of the head and
two spots on the crown pinkish; antennz with the first joint
brown at the base and pinkish at the tip, the other jomts pinkish
at the base and brown at the tip; the thorax punctured, slightly
tuberculated, with three indistinct brownish bands down the
middle; elytra each with a brown band at the base, with four
short pinkish lines behind it, and a pinkish spot near the scu-
tellum ; the base in the middle 1s somewhat tubercled, with
shortish hairs; the general surface is greyish, spotted here and
there with brown; the apex of each elytron is somewhat reticu-
lated with pinkish; the tip and hind part of the margin are
ciliated; the legs are pinkish, and ringed with deep brown; the
abdomen beneath down the middle is spotted with black.

Length 84-9} lines.

Hab. Silhet. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Nyphona cylindracea, n. s.

N. angustata, cylindracea, canescens; antennarum articulis fusco
punctatis, articulo tertio subarcuato; thorace lato, supra, medio
excepto, tuberculato, lateribus singulis bidentatis; medio linea
brevi impressa ; scutello fere leevigato, apice medio impresso ; ely-
tris singulis humero fusco foveolato, medio basi fasciculato ; elytris
apice trimucronato ; femoribus anticis inerassatis, supra subcris-
tatis ; tibiis anticis curvatis et infra ad apicem uni-spinosis.

Narrow, cylindrical, hoary ; thorax nearly as wide as the ely-

species of Longicorn Beetles. 269

tra ; upper surface, except in the middle, irregular and tubercled ;
each side with two teeth, the anterior the larger; down the
middle is an abbreviated impressed line; the scutellum is
smoothish, and with an impressed point at the apex and a line
at the base; the elytra at the shoulder are brown and somewhat
foveolated, and have a widish tuft of hairs, with two or three
smaller tufts; the general surface is indistinctly foveolated, and
there are two indistinct paler bands across each ; the tip of each
is somewhat trimucronated and rather thickly ciliated; the an-
tenn are punctured with brownish, the third joint is somewhat
arcuated ; the femora of fore-legs are considerably thickened,
somewhat crested above; the tibia are incurved, and have a
spine on the lower side near the tip; the sides of the body be-
neath are somewhat ochraceous.

Length 83 lines.

Hab. K. Indies. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Sympheletes subtuberculatus, n. s.

S. griseo-cinereus ; thorace medio supra subtuberculato ; elytris basi
tuberculis paucis parvis nudis ; antennis postice subciliatis.

Covered with ashen-grey hairs; the margin of the elytra with
a palish mark behind the shoulder and an obscure irregular band
behind the middle, and with a few small tubercles arranged in
two lines; thorax in the middle above with a few slight tubercles
covered with hairs.

Length 7} lines.

Hab. Australia. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

There is a variety of this, tinged with an ochreous hue, in which
the transverse band of the elytra is quite invisible ; the tubercles
of the elytra also are nearly concealed among the hair.

Sympheletes humeralis, n. s.

S. griseus, ochraceo punctatus; elytris subtuberculatis, tuberculis
nudis, humeris nigro-fusco plagiatis, apice truncatis ; capite tho-
raceque punctatis.

Rather thickly covered with greyish hairs, and varied with
small ochreous spots; head rather deeply punctured; antennze
cinereous, joints behind rather thickly bordered with blackish
hairs ; thorax punctured ; elytra with the base more thinly fur-
nished with grey hairs, and a deep brown naked patch below the
shoulder ; the surface of each elytron with several small scattered
brown tubercles, the apex truncated; under side rather thickly
covered with yellowish-grey hairs, the posterior margins of ab-
dominal segments being thickly ciliated.

Length 71-83 lines.

Hab. Australia (Port Essington). (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 19

270 Mr. A. White on some apparently unrecorded

Nyphona asperata, n.s.
Lamia asperata, Burchell, MSS.

N. obseure grisea; thorace medio subsulcato; elytris fasciculis
plurimis parvis lineatim ordinatis ; corpore subtus cinerascente.
Of a dull griseous ; thorax with two distant tubercles on each

side; they are greyish above ; the middle of the thorax is irre-

eular, and down the middle is a slight longitudinal groove ; the
elytra are punctured, and have many small tufts of brown hairs
arranged in interrupted lines; the under surface is paler than
the upper part, and is of a cinereous colour; the antennee are of
a dirty brown, minutely speckled with greyish dots.
Length 94 lines.
Hab. S. Africa (Dr. Burchell).

Phryneta buphthalmus, n. s.

P. thorace supra quadri-tuberculato; elytris vage villosis, fusco-
ochraceis, plagis variis fuscis, apice rubris; antennarum articulo
basali rubro, articulis czeteris nigro-fuscis, articulis secundo ad
quintum postice ciliatis; abdomine subtus miniaceo-rubro, medio
nigro-plagiato, latere nigro-maculato.

Eyes very large; head covered with vermilion-red pile; an-
tenn with the basal joint covered with short vermilion-coloured
down, the joints from the second to the fifth behind ciliated ;
thorax above with four depressed tubercles, two above each spine ;
elytra with long scattered black villous hairs, ochreous-brown,
with large patches of brown; across the middle these constitute a
nearly continuous band; the apex is vermilion-red ; the shoulder
and the sides of the elytra at the base punctured ; tibize brown ;
femora covered with vermilion-coloured pubescence ; a pointed
tubercle between the fore-legs; under side of abdomen vermi-
lion; each joint in the middle at the base with a large black
mark, the side with a smaller black spot.

Length 11-124 lines.

Hab. Sierra Leone. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

This species, in markings and general appearance, has a con-
siderable resemblance, at first sight, to the Lamia molator, Fabr.
I am not certaim that my description of this curious insect has
not been anticipated by Mr. Thomson, in a number of the ‘ Ar-
chives’ which I have not seen, as he once pointed it out to me
as an insect he was about to publish. I described it some years
ago. Perhaps this ought to be referred to anew genus; but as
Mr. Thomson may have formed a name for its reception, I ab-
stain from describing it as such. Mr. Thomson’s descriptions
seem sometimes to be drawn from very imperfect specimens ;
and this species may be distinct from his.

species of Longicorn Beetles. 271
Phryneta fortificata, n. s.

P. pallide fusca; vertice lineis duabus pallidis cruciatis ; thorace
medio tuberculis mediis; elytris basi et in latere usque ad me-
diam partem fossulato-punctatis, medio ochraceo oblique bili-
neatis, apice subrotundatis; abdominis apice subtus linea longi-
tudinali impressa.

Pale brown ; head darker ; crown with two pale lines crossing
each other between the eyes; the palpi ferruginous; antenne
brown, with cinereous reflexions; thorax in the middle with
three rounded tubercles, two of them transverse, and one behind
the other two, variegated with ochreous and brown; scutellum
with a pale V-shaped mark in the middle; elytra with the base
and the side for half the length of each elytron covered with deep
fossulated punctures ; a short ridge in the middle, with a tubercle
at the base; about the middle two short oblique ochreous lines,
the innermost with a sudden hook at the end furthest from the
suture; elytra somewhat rounded at the tip; legs and under
side varied with brown; a pale mark on the thorax below the
shoulder of the elytra; the apical segment of the abdomen
beneath with a longitudinal impressed line; basal segments of
abdomen with a pale spot on each side.

Length 10 lines.

Hab. W. Africa. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Phryneta cinereola, nu. s.

P. pallide cinerea, fusco variegata ; oculis parvis; thorace medio sex-
tuberculato, tuberculis quinque in arcu ordinatis ; elytris basi sca-
briusculis, maculis variis fuscis, maculis basi maculisque ad mediam
partem fascias fere formantibus; corpore subtus, pedibus et an-
tennis cinereis.

Pale ash-coloured ; eyes small; thorax in the middle with six
tubercles, five of them arranged in an arcuated line, the other
one triangular and notched behind; elytra at the base and with
the space about the shoulder deeply punctured and somewhat
tuberculated, with brown spots almost forming a band behind
the shoulder; the spots about the middle almost form a band;
before the tip of each elytron is a brown spot ; the apex of each
elytron is somewhat rounded; the body beneath, the legs, and

the antenne are ash-coloured, and obscurely marked with ferru-
ginous.

Length 9 lines.

Hab. Port Natal. (Gueinzius, in Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Phryneta? velutina, n.s.

| ig Se brannes, sericeo-velutina ; antennis fusco-brunneis ; thoracis
tubereulis lateralibus supra carinatis ; elytris fasciis quinque un-

Ws

272 Mr. A. White on some apparently unrecorded

datis nigro-fuscis alternatim latioribus, apice singulis subrotun-

datts ; corporis lateribus singulis lineis tribus punctorum canorum ;

pedibus nigro-fuscis ; sterno gibbo.

Of a deep brown, with a golden hue and a velvety lustre ;
antennee of a dark brown; thorax with the lateral tuberculated
angle keeled above, the keel extending over the back of the
thorax; elytra at the base excised, each with five transverse
deep brown undulating bands, the second and fourth the widest,
the first and fifth interrupted, each elytron at the tip somewhat
rounded ; the under side of the body spotted with cinereous, the
spots on the abdomen arranged on each side in three rows; legs
of a deep blackish brown; sternum very prominent.

Length 7} lines.

Hab, Congo. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

This, with other African species, may form a new genus. The
genera of Longicorns are very difficult to define.

Phryneta lugens, un. s.

P. nigra, cinereo variegata; antennarum articulis tribus basalibus
nigris, 8 ultimis flavis ; thorace supra medio gibbo; elytris cine-
rascentibus, nigro creberrime punctato et plagiato, singulis apice
sinuato-emarginatis ; tiblis postice apice ferrugineo ciliatis, tarsis
subtus ferrugineis ; sterno gibbo,.

Black and cinereous; antennze with the three basal joints
black, the other eight yellow; face with short dark cinereous
hairs; thorax above gibbous in the middle, the lateral spines
blunt; elytra with the ground dark cinereous, very thickly
marked and spotted with black, a greyish band across the mid-
dle; each elytron somewhat notched at the apex; tibize behind
ciliated with ferruginous hairs on the apical half; tarsi beneath
ferruginous; sternum prominent; under side dirty cinereous,
thickly spotted with black.

Length 7} lines.

Hab. Congo. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Coptops leucostictica, n. s.

C. cinereo-fuscula, maculis plurimis vagis albidis ; antennarum arti-
culis apice nigris ; tibiis apice nigris, femoribus posticis extus medio
nigro maculatis ; abdomine subtus medio nigro fasciato, fascia den-
tata.

Covered with a brownish cinereous pile, which, when rubbed,
leaves the surface beneath blackish; it is sprinkled with many
small, scattered, whitish spots; the tips of the joints of the
antennze are black ; the tibie are black at the tip, and the femora
of the hind-legs have a blackish spot on the outside in the middle ;

species of Longicorn Beetles. 273

the abdomen beneath has a black band down the middle, which
is dentated on each side.

Length 10-103 lines.

Hab, Assam. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Coptops abdominalis, n. s.

C. griseo-fusca, rubido variegata; abdominis segmento basali flavo
distincte marginato, segmentis sequentibus ochraceo submarginatis.

This is a small species, of a griseous brown, varied with small
reddish-ochreous patches of hairs; the basal segment of the abdo-
men is very clearly margined with yellow, the other segments
are slightly margined with ochraceous.

Length 5} lines.

Hab. Port Essington.

Agelasta bifasciana, n. s.

A. ochraceo et griseo variegata et nigro punctulata; elytris singulis
basi unituberculatis et fasciis duabus nigris undatis, antice et pos-
tice ochraceo-cinctis ; antennis articulis basi cinereis, apice nigris,
articulo primo nigro punctato.

Variegated with greyish and ochreous hues, and dotted over
with black ; each of the elytra at the base with a black tubercle,
and two black waved bands, one before, the other behind the
middle, and margined in front and behind with ochraceous ;
two or three black marks between the last band and the tip; on
the suture, in some specimens, are a few black spots; antennz
with the joints cinereous at the base, black at the tip, the first
joint ash-coloured, spotted with black; under side of body
ochreous, spotted and dotted irregularly with black.

Length 8-10 lines.

Hab. Silhet.

Crossotus Natalensis, n. s.

C. griseus, ochraceo subpunctatus; elytris singulis basi fasciculis
tribus fuscis, uno humerali, post medium fasciculo altero, et ante
apicem subfasciculatis ; antennis articulis tribus basalibus postice
a basi ad apicem nigro longe ciliatis, articulis quarto quintoque a
medio ad apicem longe ciliatis; pedibus, tibiis preesertim, fusco
subpunctatis.

Griseous, somewhat pointed with ochraceous; each of the
elytra has three fascicles of dark brown hairs, one on each shoul-
der, another fascicle behind the middle, and before the tip there
are two or three indistinct fascicles; antennz cinereous, joints
darker at the tips, the three basal joints with long darkish cilia
behind from the base to the tip, the fourth and fifth joints are
ciliated with long blackish hairs from the middle to the tip ;

274 Mr. A. White on some apparently unrecorded

legs, but especially the tibiee, punctulated with brown ; front of
head and under side of body ochraceous.

Length 6-7 lines.

Hab. Port Natal. (Gueinzius, in Coll. Mus. Brit.)

Pelargoderus Guerinii, n. s.

P. capite cinereo, vittis quatuor nigris ; thorace nigro, vittis quinque
albis, transversim strigoso; elytris singulis apice subemarginatis
cinereo-pulverosis maculis plurimis nigris ; abdomine subtus medio
nigro, lateribus cinereis nigro maculatis.

Head cinereous ; a trefoil-shaped black spot above the mouth ;
four black vitte, two behind each eye; thorax black, rather
closely transversely striated, with five longitudinal white bands,
—a wide one down the middle, a narrow white one on each
side of it, and a wide white band on the thorax above the base
of the first pair of legs; scutellum white; elytra cinereous, with
the ferrugimous base shining through, with many scattered black
spots, the apex somewhat emarginated; under side of meso-
thorax whitish cinereous, with two or three black spots on each
side ; abdomen beneath in the middle black, the sides cinereous
and spotted with black; antenne blackish brown; legs black,
with a cinereous hue,

Length 9-134 lines.

Near P. tessellatus, Guér.

Hah. Silhet. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Cerosterna Indiator, n. s.

C. nigra, capite vittis duabus albis ; thorace supra vittis duabus latis
albis; elytris singulis dorso subplano leevi, lateribus punctatis, ma-
culis magnis variis irregularibus ornatis ; corpore subtus pilis albidis
tecto.

Black ; head slightly grooved down the middle, slightly pune-
tured; antennze with the joints cinereous at the base, black at
the tip; back part of the head with two oblique white vittee ;
thorax above with two wide white bands, the central yitta smooth,
black, its sides slightly punctured; the scutellum with some
whitish hairs; the elytra have the back somewhat flattened,
smooth, with scattered, nearly obsolete punctures, except where
they bend over the sides, the punctures there being deep and
more frequent; the tip is white, and there are various large
spots or interrupted bands over the general surface ; the under
side is covered with whitish adpressed hairs.

Length 12 lines.

Hab. India (Maj.-Gen. Hardwicke). (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

The specimen is somewhat rubbed.

iy

species of Longicorn Beetles. 275

Hammoderus albiplagiatus, n. s.

H. elytris apice subacutis (non spinosis) ; thoracis dorso, lateribus
singulis, vittula nivea pone spinam, et puncto parvo ; elytris cinereo-
fuscis, punctatis, ad basin subtuberculatis, singulis macula nivea
basali; plaga laterali irregulari ante mediam partem, plaga altera
nivea post mediam, et macula nivea ante apicem, punctulisque
paucis niveis, preesertim ad marginem posticam; mesothoracis
latere albo unimaculato ; abdominis segmento primo lateribus uni-
maculato.

Of a cinereous brown ; the back of the thorax with three small
transverse tubercles; on each side behind the spine there is a
short snow-white vitta, and a white dot behind the middle tu-
bercle; the elytra are punctured, and at the base are slightly
tubercled ; they are without punctures on the white spots; the
base of each elytron has a largish snow-white spot, neither touch-
ing the scutellum nor the shoulder; before the middle and near
the lateral margin is a large white mark, the edge of which is
somewhat lobed; behind the middle, and with the sides about
equally distant from the margin and the suture, is another
irregular white mark, and before the apex there isa smaller one;
there are a few small white dots, especially on the hind part of
the margin of the elytra; when any of the spots are dotted,
around the dot there are no hairs; the under side of the meso-
thorax has a white spot, and there is also a small white spot on
each side of the basal segment of the abdomen; the front tibize
are somewhat sinuated on the inside.

Length 94 lines.

Hab. Mexico. (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Hammoderus thoracicus, n. s.

H. fuliginoso-fuseus ; vertice suleato lineis duabus albis antice con-
vergentibus ; thoracis dorso scabriusculo lineis tribus albis, mediana
subobsoleta, alteris supra spinas laterales, margines anticas nec
posticas tangentibus ; elytris ad basin subtuberculatis, apice singulis
unispinosis ; maculis variis irregularibus niveis, abdominis lateri-
bus albido submaculatis.

Of a fuliginous brown; the crown of the head grooved, and
with a whitish line on each side of the groove, the two lines
converging in front ; the back of the thorax somewhat scabrous,
with three longitudinal snow-white lines, the middle one nearly
obsolete, the side ones thicker, one above each lateral spine,
neither reaching to the front nor the hind margin; elytra with
the shoulder and the base somewhat tubercled, the tip of each
spined ; there are some scattered, snow-white, irregular marks,
three of them larger than the rest; one of these is before the
middle, the second is behind the middle, and the third is before

276 Mr. P. H. Gosse on Sarcodictyon catenata.

the tip; each segment of the abdomen below has on the sides
a small obscure whitish spot.

Length 11 lines.

Hab. 8. America ? (H. G. Harrington, Esq.) (Coll. Brit. Mus.)

XXIX.—On Sarcodictyon catenata (Forbes).
By P. H. Goss, F.R.S.

[With a Plate. |

THE possession of a specimen of Sarcodictyon catenata in the
highest health and vigour enables me to add a few particulars
to what is known of its economy, and to give a figure of its
appearance. I should premise that I have not by me the original
account of the animal as published by the late Kdward Forbes,
but only the poaon of it by Dr. Johnston im his ‘ British Zoo-
phytes, ed. 2. p. 179, and the figures in plate 33. figs. 4-7,
which, he Btntee, were copied from “Forbes’s drawings.

My specimen was obtained on the 8th instant, at Ilsam, in
this neighbourhood. Having chiselled off several pieces of the
perpendicular sides of a sub-cavernous rock at extreme low-
water, spring-tide, and plunged them, when brought home, into
sea-water, my little son found, while examiming them the next
morning, several expanded polypes on one of the fragments,
which seemed to him new, and to which he called my attention.
On examination, I found that they belonged to this interesting
species.

The creeping band is about half an inch in length and half a
line in diameter, running in an irregularly smuated direction.
Within this space are five polypes, and there are three or four
more scattered on the stone, close to the band, but whose con-
nexion with it I cannot trace, nor with each other: they appear
isolated. The colour of the band, which has a fibrous texture,
is pellucid red; and that of the polypes, when contracted, is
opake pale red. Not one of Forbes’s figures (in Johnston)
bears more than the most remote and rude resemblance to what
I see, with the exception of the right-hand polype im fig. 5 (op.
cit.), which is a tolerable representation of the contracted con-
dition; too conical, however.

The individual polypes, when in this state, bear a very close
resemblance to a minute Sagartia: they are invested with a
pellucid epidermis, which is thrown by contraction into annular
folds. These folds are seen encircling the lower part of the
column alone when the animal is fully extended (see PI. 1X. fig. a).
Expansion takes place in the ordinary mode, the animal gradu-
ally taking a columnar form, and at length attainmg a height

Mr. P. H. Gosse on Sarcodictyon catenata. 277

of rather more than one-fourth of an inch, with a thickness of
about one-sixteenth (see fig. 0).

The disk is surrounded by eight marginal tentacles, which
often extend to one-fifth of an inch in length: their bases are
thick and contiguous; their figure that of a cone much pro-
duced, and terminating in an exceedingly attenuate point. Each
tentacle is fringed along each of its two lateral faces with a row
of pinne, about fourteen in number in each row. These are
conico-cylindrical processes, of extreme delicacy, longer in the
middle of the row, and diminishing to each extremity.

The pine are holiow throughout, with very thin parietes:
their cavities communicate freely with that of the tentacle, of
which they may be considered as cecal appendages. They are
composed, like the tentacles, of contractile tissue, doubtless
muscular, and are capable of great elongation, or, at pleasure,
of reduction to mere warts. The exterior surface of the pinne
is studded with oblong tubercles, which are set on in a spiral of
about five whorls, the extreme tip being invariably crowned by
one of globose shape (see fig.c). Under the pressure of the
compressorium, with a magnifying power of 600 diameters,
these tubercles were seen to be composed of granular tissue,
enclosing moderately few cnide, pointing outwards, and bearing
on minute eminences of their surface the fine appendages which
my friend Dr. T. Strethill Wright has named palpocils* (see
fig. 2). The enide are ovate, arcuate, and very minute, averaging
‘0004 inch in length and ‘0001 inch in thickness. The tubercles
have a decidedly spiral arrangement on the pinna, though the
pinnee are strictly bifarious on the tentacle.

Interiorly the pinne are richly ciliated ; and corpuscles in the
peritoneal fluid are seen forcibly driven to and fro by the con-
flicting currents. The epithelial liming of the tentacles is simi-
larly clothed with cilia; but the currents here are chiefly mani-
fest in the basal region, and their course 1s regularly downward
into the interseptal cavities.

The disk presents nothing remarkable ; it is smooth and trans-
lucent. The mouth is encircled by a thin lip, which is capable
of protrusion in the form of a low circular wall. A good micro-
scopic observation, obliquely down into the stomach, showed me
that (on that side, at least ; I can say nothing of the other) there
is one gonidial groove, of which the edges were sometimes brought
temporarily into mutual contact for a portion of their length,
forming thus a tube, and at other times were widely separated—
forming a broad and shallow channel. I could see no appear-
ance of gonidial tubercles. The groove thus seen coincides with
one of the extremities of the line which a transverse section

* Edinb. New Phil. Journ. for April 1857.

278 Mr. P. H. Gosse on Sarcodictyon catenata.

would present; for the form of the stomach here, as in Aleyo-
nium and the Actinioids, is that of a flattened sac, or that which
a pillow-case would take, supposing it to be suspended longitu-
dinally, and both ends to be unsewed. The inferior extremity
of this long sac, which hangs down in the centre of the column,
sustained in place by the eight septa, which connect it through-
out its length with the column-wall, is entirely open, without
the slightest constriction or appearance of a sphincter. It is
in fact a little dilated, and runs off into eight produced points,
coinciding with the septa, which pass off thence downward to-
ward (and probably to) the bottom of the visceral cavity. The
free edges of the septa, below the termination of the stomach,
are thickened and much convoluted, each forming doubtless a
craspedum ; but the distinct sight of their structure is speedily
lost in the swollen masses, of an opake pale-red hue, into which
they merge, and which nearly fill the cavity,—doubtless the
ovaries.

It is remarkable that the most careful scrutiny failed to detect
even a single spiculum in the texture. In Aleyonium these depo-
sits are found by hundreds around the neck of the polype and
running up into the tentacles, as well as in the skin of the co-
lumn. But in my expanded Sarcodictyons none could be detected
in the tissues of the living animal ; and examination of the
dead proved equally fruitless: for I separated one, pressed it to
actual flatness between the plates of the compressorium, and
allowed it to dry; then I treated it with a solution of caustic
potash (Brandish’s) ; finally I boiled the remains in the potash
over a flame for some minutes ; but with the most careful search,
under a magnifying power of 600, and subsequently of 800 dia-
meters, not a single spiculum appeared. I may observe, by the
way, that after these processes the form of the pressed animal,
and particularly of the tentacles with their pinne, remained
perfect, whence I infer that the integument is of a chitinous
nature.

On the other hand, the spicula were conspicuous enough in
a dried specimen of Sarcodictyon similarly treated. Dr. Battersby
had kindly given me a fine specimen of this species in the
dry state, which he had dredged this summer on the coast of
Galway. From this I cut off a small portion of the band in-
cluding a single polype; and having macerated it in water and
subjected it to boiling potash, I found the spicula conspicuous,
though not very numerous. They were, in fact, distinctly iden-
tifiable with a power of 65 diameters, being on an average ‘003
inch in length, and some attainmg to ‘0055. These spicula
were of a transparent light-red hue, and of that pattern (though
varying indefinitely m detail) which I have represented, in my

Mr. P. H. Gosse on Sarcodictyon catenata. 279

‘Devonshire Coast,’ pl. 3. figs. 3 and 4, as possessed by the
spicula of Alcyonium, resembling “ very gnarled branches of oak,
with the branchlets broken off, leavmg ragged ends.” The
figure given by Johnston, after Forbes—that of a four-rayed
star, with minutely serrated margins—must surely have been a
fancy portrait.

The whole of the expanded polype is transparent and colour-
less **, except the stomach, the craspeda of the septa, and the
ovaries, which are opake and light red. When the animal is
contracted, these parts give their hue to the whole then visible,
with the exception of the whitish, pellucid epidermis.

My specimens were (and are; for they still survive, after nearly
three weeks’ captivity) by no means “sluggish and shy.” They
expand very freely in pure water, and remain in full blossom
almost the whole of their time. If touched rudely, they withdraw,
but do not at all regard the movement of the vessel in which they
are kept, nor the pushing hither and thither of the fragment of
rock to which they are attached, nor a shock or jar given to the
table, nor even a slight touch,—all of which would induce our
more coy Anemones to veil their beauties from public gaze. And
when they have retired, a very short time—perhaps a quarter of an
hour, or less—sees them blossoming again as jauntily as ever.
Their manners during expansion are sprightly, as almost every
instant one or other of the tentacles, which move quite inde-
pendently of each other, is bent mward toward the mouth, or
jerked hither or thither, or suddenly shortened, or more slowly
lengthened. These organs are usually carried arching outward
and upward in sigmoid curves, like the branches of a candela-
brum (see fig. a), imparting a most elegant appearance to this
beautiful Zoophyte. The pinne, too, are continually changing
their position and figure by their independent contractions;
ordinarily they bend downward and outward from the plane of
the tentacle.

After one or two attempts I succeeded in feeding the polypes.
The difficulty was in presenting the food in sufficiently mmute
morsels. I selected the flesh of the earthworm, having found
that this is generally agreeable to zoophytic taste, and cut a
piece of the integument into very minute atoms. One of these

I then passed down on the point of a needle to the Sarcodictyon,

watching it at the same time through a pocket lens. As soon —
as contact occurred, the tentacle grasped it, took it from the
needle-point, and bending inward, passed it to the disk. Here
one and another of the tentacles bent in towards it, all of them

* This is, however, due to distension ; for when partially contracted, the

septa, and even the skin of the column and tentacles, are seen to have a
slight tinge of the same carneous hue.

280 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

by turns touching it, and as it were testing it. In the course
of a few minutes the lips had closed upon the atom, and it was
seen dilating the stomach as it slowly made its way downwards.

Sarcodictyon appears to me to approach very closely to the
Helianthoid type. This genus on the one hand, and Zoanthus
on the other, are probably the links by which the two suborders
Alcyoniaria and Actiniaria are united. I have never had an
opportunity of examining Zoanthus, but think it probable that
isolated calcareous spicula will be found scattered in its tissues.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. a. Sarcodictyon catenata: a single polype expanded. Magnified
12 diameters.

Fig. b. The same, of the natural size.

Fig. c. A tentacular pina. Magnified 85 diameters.

Fig. d. A pinna contracted and crushed flat between the plates of the
compressorium. Magnified 250 diameters.

Sandhurst, Torquay, Sept. 27th, 1858.

XXX.—Characters of some apparently undescribed Ceylon In-
sects. By F. WaLxkeEr.

{Continued from p. 209.]

Fam. Buprestidae.

CHRYSOBOTHRYS SUTURALIS. Cupreo-purpurascens, subtus cyaneo-
viridis aureo nitens, frontis lateribus thoracisque margine antico
auratis, elytris basi auratis, sutura cyaneo-viridi. Long. 4 lin.

AGRILUS suULCICOLLIS. Nigro-zeneus, thorace transverse suleato,
elytris punctatis foveolatis, lateribus antice emarginatis. Long.
12 lin.

Fam. Elateride.

CaRDIOPHORUS HUMERIFER. Niger, capite, thorace et elytris basi
rufis, elytris punctato-lineatis, luteo bifasciatis. Long. 3 lin.

CoRYMBITES DIvIDENS. Rufa, capite, antennis, thoracis vitta pos-
tice abbreviata, elytrorum triente apicali abdominisque apice nigris.
Long. 3} lin.

CoryMBITES pivisA. Rufa, pubescens, capite, antennis, elytrorum
dimidio fere apicali abdomineque nigris. Long. 43 lin.

Aruovus punctosus. Niger, dense pubescens, capite thoraceque
confertissime punctatis, antennis pedibusque piceis, elytris punctato-
lineatis, Long. 6 lin.

Arnovus 1napertus. Niger, ferrugineo sordido dense tomentosus,
capite thoraceque subtilissime punctatis, elytris punctato-lineatis,
pedibus rufescentibus. Long. 4 lin.

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 281

ArHous pecretus. Niger, capite thoraceque subtilissime punc-
tatis, antennis piceis, thorace latiusculo, angulis posticis peracutis,
elytris scitissime punctato-lineatis postice attenuatis, abdomine
pedibusque rufescentibus. Long. 43 lin.

ATHOUS INEFFICIENS. Ferrugineus, pubescens, capite thoraceque
piceis subtilissime punctatis, antennis nigris serratis, elytris scite
lineatis vix punctatis. Long. 33-4 lin.

Genus Leena.

Caput antice excavatum. Labrum extensum. Palpi breves, clavati.
Antennze ramis septem sat longis ; articulus penultimus intus pro-
ductus; ultimus breviusculus. Elytra subparallela, postice vix
angustiora. Tibize subclavatee, subsulcatz, vix dilatatze.

Leena 1poneA. Rufo-ferruginea, nitens, antennis, tibiis tarsisque
nigris, capite thoraceque fere glabris, elytris rufis, scite sulcatis,
sulcis subtilissime punctatis. Long. 9 lin.

Genus HaRMATELIA.
Colophotie affinis. Antenne maris ramis longis verticillatis.

HarMArTELIA Discauis. Testacea, antennis, capite thoraceque ni-
gris, thoracis margine testaceo, elytris nigro quadrivittatis. Long.
23 lin.

HARMATELIA BILINEA. Testacea, antennis pedibusque nigricanti-

bus, thorace rufescente sulcato subdilatato, elytris nigro bivittatis.
Long. 3 lin.

Fam. Lampyride.

Lycus Geminvus. Ater, thoracis marginibus dilatatis incisis elytris-
que apud medium dilatatis sanguineis, antennis dilatatis serratis.
Long. 5-6 lin.

Lycus astutus. Ater, thorace elytrisque sanguineis, thorace cari-
nis tribus dorsalibus (duabus postice) carimaque transversa undu-
lata, elytris inter costas punctatis, triente apicali atra. Long.
43-5} lin.

Lycus MELANopTERUvs. Ater, thorace elytrisque sanguineis, antennis
latissime serratis, elytris pubescentibus linearibus inter costas punc-
tatis, triente apicali atra, alis nigris. Long. 4 lin.

Lycus FALLAx. Ater, thorace elytrisque sanguineis, antennis latis
non serratis, elytris postice latioribus vix costatis, fascia lata sub-
apicali atra. Long. 4 lin.

Lycus pusicornis. Ater, thorace, scutello elytrisque sanguincis,
antennis pubescentibus latissime pectinatis, elytris linearibus pu-
bescentibus inter costas punctatis, triente apicali atra, costis plu-
rimis. Long. 33 lin.

Lycus pupLtex. Ater, thorace, scutello elytrisque sanguineis, an-
tennis latis serratis, elytris linearibus pubescentibus inter costas
punctatis, triente apicali atra, costis paucis. Long. 33 lin.

282 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

Lycus cosTiFER. Ater, capite piceo, thorace elytrisque pallide
sanguineis, thorace carinis tribus postice duabus, elytris linearibus
reticulatis, costis paucis. Long. 3 lin.

Lycus Revocans. Ater, thorace, scutello elytrisque pallide sangui-
neis, antennis pubescentibus latissime pectinatis, elytris lmearibus
pubescentibus inter costas punctatis apices versus atris. L. pubt-
corni affinis at distinctus. Long. 33 lin.

Lycus pIspELLENS. Ater, antennis latiusculis, elytris testaceis
angustis linearibus inter costas punctatis apices versus atris. Long.
3 lin.

Lycus ExpANsicornis. Ater, capite, thorace elytrisque sanguineis,
antennis dilatissimis valde serratis corpore multo longioribus, di-
midio basali sanguineo, thorace marginato antice angusto, elytris
linearibus inter costas punctatis, costis paucis. Long. 3} lin.

Lycus prvisus. Luteo-testaceus, antennis nigris latis breviusculis
basi testaceis, thorace latiusculo utrinque impresso, tibiis nigris,
elytris cribratis quadricostatis extus subarcuatis apud apices ob-
lique atris. Long, 4 lin.

Lycus PLANICORNIS. Coccineus, antennis nigris compressis basi
testaceis, thorace carinato bisulcato lateribus subdilatatis, elytris
vix dilatatis apice nigris, tibiis tarsisque nigris. Long. 5 lin.

DicryorprERA INTERNEXA, mas. Atra, thorace abdomineque san-
guineis, antennis subserratis, thorace postice latiore, elytris sub-
linearibus cribratis quadricostatis apice atris. Foem. Lutescens,
antennis breviusculis, thorace angustiore, elytris extus subarcuatis.
Long. 4-5 lin.

LAMPYRIS TENEBROSA. Fulvescens, subtus ferruginea, oculis maxi-
mis nigris, thoracis disco nigro, elytris subtilissime cribratis. Long.
7+ lin.

LaMpyris pDIFFinis. Testacea, oculis maximis nigris, thoracis disco
nigro, elytris nigris subtilissime cribratis basi apiceque testaceis.
Long. 6 lin.

LAMPYRIS LUTESCENS. Lutescens, oculis maximis atris, thorace
fascia antica vitrea, antennis, tibiis, tarsis abdomineque (apice ex-
cepto) nigris. Long. 7 lin.

CoLoPHoOTIA HUMERALIS. Fulvo-lutescens, capite ferrugineo, ocu-
lis atris, antennis tarsisque nigricantibus, elytris basi apiceque
piceis. Long. 4—4} lin.

CoLOPHOTIA PERPLEXA. ‘Testacea, capite, oculis elytrisque apice
atris, abdominis apice pallido, antennis tarsisque nigricantibus.
Long. 4-43 lin.

CoLopnHotia tnTRIcATA. Testacea, abdominis apice pallidiore,
capite ferrugineo, oculis atris, elytris apice piceis, antennis tarsis-
que nigricantibus. Long. 3 lin.

CoLornoria ExTRICANS. Testacea, capite, antennis, thoracis plaga
subquadrata, seutello, elytrorum triente apicali, pectore postico,

oe

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 288

abdomine pedibusque posterioribus nigris, abdominis apice albido.
Long. 3-3 lin.

Fam. Telephoride.

TELEPHORUS DIMIDIATUS, Fabr.? Testaceus, elytris dimidio apicali
nigro-cyaneo, antennis tibiisque posticis nigris basi testaceis, abdo-
mine tarsisque nigris. Long. 4—4} lin.

TELEPHORUS MALTHINOIDES. Ater, nitens, antennis subserratis,
thorace luteo. Fam. Elytris non nitidis. Long. 2 lin.

Fam. Melyride.

Mauacuius? ptaciatus. Ater, elytris rufis cribratis, basi, apice
plagisque duabus cyaneo-atris. Long. 1} lin.

MALTHINUS PROFICIENS. Niger, capite, antennis basi, thorace
pedibusque testaceis, thorace nonnunquam nigricante. Long.
1 lin.

Enicorus? rusirormis. Ater, nitens, subfusiformis, dense pubes-

cens, elytris punctato-lineatis. Long. 13 lin.

Fam. Cleride.

NecRoBIA ASPERA. Purpureo-cyanea, dense pubescens, antennis
rufis apice nigris, pedibus rufis, elytris rude punctato-costatis.
Long. 2 lin.

Fam. Ptinide.

Prinus LeMorpes. Fulvus, subpubescens, antennis nigricantibus,
dimidio basali testaceo, thorace piceo. Long. 1} lin.

Fam. Diaperide.

Diaperis veLtutTina. Nigra, velutina, ore fulvescente, antennis
piceis basi ferrugineis, corpore subtus pedibusque piceis aut ferru-
gineis. Long. 23-3 lin.

Fam, Tenebrionide.

ZopHoBAS CLAvirEs. Ater, capite linea transversa arcuata impressa,
thorace subtilissime et confertissime punctato, elytrorum lineis
impressis bene determinatis, rugulis transversis. Mas. Thorace
vix nitente, tibiis anterioribus apice dilatatis et angulatis, posticis
arcuatis. «em. Thorace opaco. Long. 7-8 lin.

Zoruopas? sotipus. Ater, oblongus, capite subtilissime punctato,
thorace conferte punctato, elytris tuberculato-lineatis. Long.
3% lin.

Upts impressa. Atra, nitens, capite punctato, thorace subobsolete
unisulcato, elytris e punctis sat magnis octo-lineatis, femoribus
clayatis. Long. 8 lin.

TENEBRIO RETENTA. Atra, thorace subnitente subtilissime punc-
tato, elytrorum lineis impressis bene determinatis. Long. 5 lin.

284 Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects.

Fam. Opatride.

OPATRUM CONTRAHENS. Nigrum, supra subtilissime punctulatum
et fusco tomentosum, elytrorum lineis impressis sat bene determi-
natis. Long. 4 lin.

OpaTRUM BILINEATUM. Nigrum, precedente angustius, supra
subtilissime punctulatum et fusco tomentosum, thorace foveis dua-
bus parallelis, elytrorum lineis impressis sat bene determinatis.
Long. 33-4 lin.

OpaTRUM PLANATUM. Nigrum, precedente angustius, supra sub-
tilissime punctulatum et fusco tomentosum, elytrorum lineis im-
pressis sat bene determinatis. Long. 3 lin.

OPATRUM SERRICOLLE. Piceo-nigrum, thorace scabro, lateribus
denticulatis, elytris subpunctatis, costis quatuor bene determinatis.
Long. 23 lin.

ASIDA HORRIDA. Ferrugineo-fusca, subtus nigra, thorace elytrisque
cribratis tuberculatis et cristatis, marginibus serratis, thorace
utrinque profunde inciso. Long. 23 lin.

CrypTicus DETERSUS. Niger, subopacus, ore tarsisque subtus
ferrugineis, thorace levi postice utrinque subimpresso, elytris
distincte punctato-lmeatis. Long. 33 ln.

CrypTicus LONGIPENNIS. Niger, nitens, thorace subtilissime
. . . 5° ? . . .
punctato, elytris subopacis, lineis punctato-lineatis postice bene
determinatis. Long. 3 lin.

PHALERIA RUFIPES. Nigra, nitens, ore antennisque piceis, thorace
subtilissime punctato, elytris apice piceis, lineis bene determinatis,
pedibus rufis. Long. 23 lin.

Toxicum oppuGNans. Atrum, subopacum, thorace subleevi, ely-
tris distincte punctato-lineatis. Mas. Capite cornubus duobus
porrectis longis aut breviusculis. Fam. Capite bituberculato.
Long. 33-4 lin. ;

Toxicum BILuNA. Mas. Atrum, cribratum, tuberculoso-scabrum,
thorace cornubus duobus porrectis arcuatis scabris. Long. 3 lin.

Uxoma scrta. Badia, nitens, thorace subtilissime punctato, ely-
trorum lineis punctatis scitissime determinatis. Long. 33 lin.
Mas. 'Thorace antice impresso.

ALPHITOPHAGUS suUBFASCIA. Ater, nitens, antennis ferrugineis,
elytris impresso-lineatis, fasciis duabus angulatis luteis, 1* antica
interrupta, 2* apicali. Long. 1} lin.

Fam. Helopide.

Genus OspDARA.

Spheroto similis. Corpus subovatum, crassum, convexum. Caput
transverse impressum. Palpi securiformes. Antennze subcla-
vatee, corporis dimidio breviores, articulis apices versus breviori-

Mr. F. Walker on some undescribed Ceylon Insects. 285

bus. Thorax subrotundatus, lateribus incisis. Elytra latiora,
scabra. Pedes longiusculi.

Ospara Picipes. Nigra, thorace subnitido subtilissime punctato,
pedibus piceis, elytris rufo-ferrugineis, tuberculis plurimis et variis
nigris. Long. 4 lin.

STRONGYLIUM VARIABILE. Rubro-cupreum, aut cyaneo-viride, aut
zeneum, thorace conferte punctato, elytrorum lineis bene determi-
natis rude punctatis apices versus scitissime punctatis. Long.
6-9 lin.

STRONGYLIUM PARABGLICUM. Eneum, thorace scitissime punc-
tato, fovea dorsali, elytrorum lineis impressis distinctis rude punc-
tatis apices versus vix punctatis. Long. 6 lin.

STRONGYLIUM L&vIUSCULUM. Nigro-zneum, subtus lete zeneum,
capite thoraceque subtiliter punctatis, elytrorum lineis tenuissimis
subtilissime punctatis. Long. 6 lin.

HELOPS EBENINUS. Ater, opacus, capite trisulcato, ore ferrugineo,
thorace subsericeo, elytrorum lineis impressis optime determinatis
strenue punctatis. Long. 3-33 lin.

AMARYGMUS CHRYSOMELOIDES. /Eneus, levis, subtus niger, pe-
dibus nigro-piceis, elytris eeneo-viridibus, lineis octo e punctis bene
determinatis. Long. 33-4} lin.

Fam. Lyttide.

EPICAUSTA NIGRIFINIS. J. testacee F. affinis. Testacea, sub-
levis, capite, antennis, elytris apice pedibusque nigris, femoribus
testaceis apice nigris. Long. 5} lin.

MyLasris HUMERALIS. Atra, elytrorum strigis duabus humerali-
bus, maculis duabus basalibus fasciisque duabus angulosis luteis.
Long. 9-11 lin.

MYLasris ALTERNA. Atra, elytris luteis, macula basali, fascia
media, puncto apud suturam fasciaque apicali extus producta ni-
gris. Long. 33-5 lin.

ATRACTOCERUS DEBILIS. ‘Testaceus, capite thoraceque nigro uni-
vittatis, antennis nigris, abdomine ferrugineo, alarum venis testa-
ceis. Long. 10-14 lin.

ATRACTOCERUS REVERSUS. Niger, thoracis vitta lutea, tarsis tes-
taceis, tibiis posticis testaceo fasciatis, alarum venis nigris. Long.
11 lin.

Fam. Edemeridz.

ALLECULA FusirormMis. Nigro-picea, longi-fusiformis, capite fer-
rugineo, elytrorum lineis impressis punctatis, antennis pedibusque
fulvis, femoribus apice nigris. Long. 5 lin.

ALLECULA ELEGANS. Fulva, subfusiformis, thorace subtilissime
seabro subtus nigro, vitta dorsali nigra, elytris cribratis et costatis,
vittis duabus indistinctis nigricantibus. Long. 3} lin.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. u. 20

286 Bibliographical Notices.

CisrELA ConGRUA. Testaceo-flava, laevis, elytrorum lineis impressis
scitis tenuissime punctatis. Long, 43 lin.

Fam. Mordellide.

ACOSMIUS LANGUIDUS. Piceus, cinereo-tomentosus, autennis basi
fulvis, thoracis plagis et elytrorum fasciis duabus non tomentosis,
Long. 5 lin.

Morpetta composita. Atra, tomento albo varia, thoracis mar-
gine lineolisque duabus transversis angulatis, elytrorum maculis
decem et abdominis segmentis ventralibus basi albo-tomentosis.
Long. 35 lin.

Fam. Cisside.

Cis CONTENDENS. Niger, subpubescens, latiusculus, subtilissime
punctatus, elytris vix lineatis, pedibus rufis. Long. 1-1; In.

Fam. Tomicide.

Apatr supmepraA. Atra, scabrosa, subtus picea, capite ferrugineo
piloso, elytrorum costis tribus subobsoletis apice bene determinatis.
Long. 63-8 lin.

Bosrricuus mMuTitatus. Ater, capite ferrugineo piloso, thorace
scabro, elytris punctatis apice bituberculatis et oblique truncatis,
antennis piceis, femoribus rufis. Long. 3 lin.

PLATYPUS MINAX. Piceus, cylindricus, subleevis, subtus ferrugi-
neus, capite obliquo, elytris subtilissime punctatis et lneatis, apice
truncatis et dentatis, pectore maximo, abdomime brevi, femoribus
latissimis. Long. 24 lin.

PLAtypus soLipus. Ater, nitens, angustus, thorace vix sulcato,

elytris lineis impressis tenuissimis, apice subacuminato. Long.
13—2 lin.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Weeds and Wild-flowers ; their Uses, Legends, and Literature. By
Lady Witxinson. London, Van Voorst, 1898.

Any one seeking an elegant gift-book, especially for a young lady
friend, will be happy to alight upon the volume whose title we give
above. Printing, binding, &c., in the fashion of the ‘ Annuals’ of
former days, adorn matter far more suited to excite or sustain a
healthy appetite for reading than the namby-pamby sentiment which
used to shine in the beauties of crimson and gold. At the same
time, Lady Wilkinson’s book is strictly a readable book ; it does not
deal with the “’ologies” in the ew cathedrd style. The abundance

Sit

es:

Bibliographical Notices. 287

of interesting information about common plants is given in the un-
affected manner of a lady, too sensible to be a pedant, contributing
the results of a more than usually extensive reading to a circle of
educated friends.

Poets, of various temper and of various countries, are made to confess
their worship of Flora; antiquarianism from most diverse sources,
with home and outlandish folk-lore, lend a curious interest to these
pages,—while ‘useful information’ finds a due place in the polished
piece of ‘inlaid-work’ which a refined taste and good sense have
united to produce. Quotation with a view to give a specimen of
such a work is out of the question, since everything depends upon
the skilful and harmonious blending of the subject-matter, drawn
from an infinity of sources.

The work is illustrated by twelve very pretty and faithful coloured
drawings of British wild-flowers and twenty-four good woodcuts.
It is a volume we gladly see added to Mr. Van Voorst’s list, as an
addition to the rather small number of meritorious productions which
stand between special scientific works and the science-made-easy trash
of the cheap-book manufacturers.

How Plants Grow: a simple Introduction to Structural Botany,
with a Popular Flora; or an Arrangement and Description of
Common Plants, both Wild and Cultivated. By Asa Gray, M.D.
New York, Ivison and Finney, 1858.

If Botany is to be taught to the million, there need be no long
search for suitable means. Three of our English Professors have
written A-B-C books on the subject ; and here Prof. Asa Gray per-
forms a corresponding service for our American brethren. This
work differs somewhat, and for its purpose favourably, from any of
our native books,—being as it were a combination of the plans of
Henslow’s or Henfrey’s rudimentary books and Lindley’s School
Botany, worked-out, however, in a perfectly original manner. The
first Part, treating of structural, and, to some extent, of physiological
botany, is very skilfully written, and we think must prove an excel-
lent teaching book. The second Part relates of course to the fami-
liar forms of the North American Flora. Here, as in his other works,
Prof. Gray uses the Natural System, with an analytical Key, and is
quite independent of the Linnzan System. In some of the more
important Orders, such as Cruciferee and Umbellifere, only the
genera are given; and in Composite, Grasses, and Sedges, not even
these,—as being too difficult for beginners. On the other hand, the
common plants of the gardens of the United States are described with
the native species, being distinguished by proper marks.

20*

288 Royal Society :—

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.
March 11, 1858.—Dr. Hooker, Vice-President, in the Chair.

_“ Description of the Skull and Teeth of the Placodus laticeps, Ow.,
with indications of other new species of Placodus, and evidence of the
Saurian nature of that extinct genus.” By Prof. Richard Owen,
F.R.S. &c.

The author premises a brief sketch of the history of the discovery of
the fossils referred by Count Minster, and Professors Agassiz, Bronn,
and Meyer to the Pyenodont family of Ganoid Fishes, under the
generic name of Placodus; and then enters upon the anatomical
grounds on which he concludes that the P/acodus is a Saurian reptile.
These are stated to be, principally,—-1, distinet external bony nostrils,
divided by an ascending process of the premaxillary, and bounded by
that bone, the maxillaries and nasals; 2, orbits circumscribed below
by the superior maxillary and malar bones; 3, temporal fosse of
great size and width, bounded externally by two zygomatic arches,
the upper formed by the postfrontal and mastoid, the lower formed
by the malar and squamosal ; 4, the tympanic bone formed by one
bony piece, with a trochlear lower articular surface ; the limitation of
the teeth to the premaxillary, maxillary, palatine, and pterygoid
bones, in the upper jaw, with a demonstrated absence of a median _
vomerine series, such as exists in the true Pyenodonts. With these
proofs of the reptilian nature of the Placodus, Prof. Owen combines
others exemplifying its affinities to the Lacertian order, and more
especially with that modification of Lacertia exemplified by the
extinct genus Simosaurus, from the Muschelkalk.

The author then describes the dentition of the upper jaw of the
specimen of Placodus, demonstrating the foregoing characters. It
includes two premaxillary and three maxillary teeth, forming an
outer or marginal series, and two teeth of larger size, forming an inner
or palatal series, the last of which is described as the largest grinding
tooth in proportion to the size of the head, hitherto known in the
animal kingdom.

From the cranial and dental characters the author deduces the
specific distinction of his specimen from previously described Placodt,
and proposes for it the name of Placodus laticeps, im reference to the
great breadth of the skull, which equals the entire length, each
measuring about 8 inches. All the teeth are implanted in distinct
sockets, according to the thecodont type of the Lacertian order. The
relation of the large temporal fossze and of the wide span of the
zygomatic arches, to the enormous muscular force required to work
the crushing machinery of the jaws, is pointed out.

The structure of the bony nostrils, the orbits, the palate, with other
particulars of the cranial anatomy of the Placodus, is next described
in detail, and compared with the same characters in Nothosaurus,
Simosaurus, Pistosaurus, and other Muschelkalk reptiles. The
dentition of these Saurians, although, like P/acodus, thecodont in

Prof. Owen on the Saurian nature of Placodus. 289

respect of implantation, is of the ordinary crocodilian type in
respect of form, adapted to the prehension of fishes; and there are
no palatal teeth. But the author remarks that such teeth exist in
the triassic Labyrinthodonts, with a disproportionate magnitude of
certain teeth which offers a certain analogy with the dentition of
Placodus. An account of the microscopic structure of the dentine,
enamel, and osseous tissue of the Placodus is then given.

The extreme and peculiar modification of the teeth, in respect to
form and size, adapting them to the crushing and pounding of hard
substances, and the association of the Placodus with conchiferous
mollusks in such abundance as to have suggested the terms ‘ Muschel-
kalk,’ ‘ Terebratuliten-kalk,’ and the like, for the strata containing
them, concur in evincing the class whence the Placodi derived their
chief subsistence ; and the author points out the relation of a con-
stant disposition of the teeth, in all the known species, to the readier
eracking of shelly substance. A single row of teeth in the lower
jaw is always opposed to a double row in the upper one, playing,
with its strongest line of force, upon their interspace. Thus the
crushing force below presses upon a part between the two points of
resistance above, on the same principle on which a stick is broken
across the knee; only here the fulcrum is at the intermediate point,
the moving powers at the two parts grasped by the hands. It is
obvious that a shell pressed between two opposite flat surfaces might
resist the strongest bite ; but, subjected to alternate points of press-
ure, its fracture is facilitated.

Certain Australian lizards present teeth with large rounded obtuse
crowns, like those of certain Placodi, and have on that account
received the name of Cyclodus, for their genus.

The author next proceeds to describe certain specimens of the
mandible or under jaw of the genus Placodus. The first of these he
refers to a species for which he proposes the name of Placodus
pachygnathus. The second may probably be the lower jaw of the
Placodus Andriani, Ag. ; but should it prove to belong to a different
species, the term Jombidens would best express the specific pecu-
liarity in the shape of the grinding surface of the teeth. A third
species is named Placodus bathygnathus, in reference to the great
vertical extent of the mandibular ramus.

All the above-described fossils are from the Muschelkalk member
of the triassie series, near Bayreuth, Germany, and have been
recently acquired for the Palzontological Series in the British
Museum.

June 17, 1858.—The Lord Wrottesley, President, in the Chair.

“ Description of some Remains of a Gigantic Land-Lizard (Mega-
lania prisca, Ow.) from Australia.” By Prof. Richard Owen, F.R.S.

The subject of this communication forms part of a collection of
fossil remains from Australia, recently acquired by the British Mu-

290 Royal Society :—

seum, and demonstrates the former existence in that continent of a
land-lizard considerably surpassing in bulk the largest species now
known. The characters are chiefly derived from vertebree, partially
fossilized, equalling in size those of the largest existing Crocodiles ;
they are of the ‘proccelian’ type, but present lacertian modifica-
tions, and closely agree with those in the great existing ‘ Lace-lizard
of Australia (Hydrosaurus giganteus, Gray), of which individuals
upwards of six feet long have been taken. A generic or sub-
generic distinction is indicated by the comparatively contracted area
of the neural canal, and by the inferior development of the neural
spine, of the fossil vertebrae, which have belonged to an indivi-
dual not less than twenty feet in length, calculated from the vertebree
and proportions of the body of the existing Hydrosauri. For this,
probably extinct lizard, the name of Megalania prisca is proposed.
The results of an extended series of comparisons of its vertebrae _
with those of recent and extinct Sauria are also given.

** Researches on the Foraminifera. — Part III. On the Genera
Peneroplis, Operculina, and Amphistegina.” By W. B. Carpenter,
M.D., F.R.S. &c.

In his preceding memoirs, the author has shown that two very
dissimilar types of structure present themselves among Foraminifera,
one characterized by its simplicity, the other by its complexity. In
the former, of which Orditolites, Orbiculina, and Alveolina are typi-
cal examples, the calcareous skeleton does not present any definite
indications of organization, but seems to have been formed by the
simple calcification of a portion of the homogeneous sarcode-body
of the animal; that sarcode-body is but very imperfectly divided
into segments, the communications between the cavities occupied
by these segments being very free and irregular; the form of the
segments themselves, and the mode of their connexion, are alike in-
constant ; and even the plan of growth, on which the character of
the organism as a whole depends, though preserving a general uni-
formity, is by uo means invariably maintained. In the latter, to
which Cycloclypeus and Heterostegina belong, the calcareous skele-
ton is found to present a very definite and elaborate organization.
The several segments of the body are so completely separated from
each other, that they remain connected only by delicate threads of
sarcode. Each segment thus isolated has its own proper caleareous
envelope, which seems to be moulded (as it were) upon it; and this
envelope or shell is perforated with minute parallel tubuli closely
resembling those of dentine, except in the absence of bifurcation ;
the partition-walls between adjacent segments are consequently
double, and are strengthened by an intermediate calcareous deposit,
which is traversed by a system of inosculating passages that seems
properly to belong to it. The form of the segments, their mode of
communication, and consequently the general plan of growth, have
a very considerable degree of constancy; and altogether the ten-
dency is strongly manifested in this type to the greater individuali-

Dr. Carpenter on Peneroplis, Operculina, and Amphistegina. 291

zation of the parts of the composite body, which in the preceding
must be looked upon rather as constituting one aggregate whole.

In the present memoir this contrast is fully carried out by a de-
tailed comparison of two characteristic examples from these types
respectively, each of them having its own features of peculiar in-
terest.

In Peneroplis we find, both as to the simplicity of the structure
of the shell, and the general disposition of the segments of the
animal, a close resemblance to the spiral forms of Orbiculina; the
only difference being the absence of the transverse or secondary
divisions of the chambers. In what is considered its typical form,
the shell is a flattened spire, opening out widely in its last whorl ;
and the chambers communicate with each other (as does the last
chamber with the exterior) by single rows of isolated pores disposed
at regular intervals along the septa. But the spire is occasionally
found to be more turgid, and the rows of apertures to become
doubled ; and instead of opening out in the last whorl, it is fre-
quently prolonged in a rectilineal direction. In tropical seas there
are found minute shells resembling those of Peneroplis in their
very characteristic external markings, but having a very turgid
spire, and having the row of pores in each septum replaced by a
single large orifice with irregularly radiating prolongations. This
type of structure has been characterized by M.d’Orbigny as a
separate genus, under the name of Dendritina; and when its spire,
as in many forms of Peneroplis, is continued rectilineally, it has
been distinguished as a third genus under the name of Spirolina. The
author shows, by an extensive comparison of individuals, that the
single dendritic orifice is to be regarded as formed by the coalescence
of separate pores; and that the extension of these into a single
line, or their aggregation into a cluster, is related to the form of
the septal plane, as determined by the degree of flattening or of
turgescence of the spire. Consequently in his view Dendritina and
Spirolina are but varieties of Peneroplis; the former, which are by
far the largest and the most highly developed, being of tropical
growth, whilst the most flattened forms of the latter are the com-
paratively stunted inhabitants of the Mediterranean and other seas
of less elevated temperature.

In Operculina, on the other hand, we find the shell presenting
the minutely tubular structure which was first shown by the author
to exist in Nummulites; to which genus Operculina is so closely
allied in structure, that the only positive difference between them
seems to lie in the tendeney of Operculina to open out widely in the
last whorl, whilst Nwmamulites (according to MM. d’Archiae and
Haime) tends to close in. The author minutely deseribes the struc-
ture of Opereulina, which presents a very remarkable development
of the canaliferous system; he also enters into a detailed inquiry
into the relation of the numerous strongly-marked varieties of form
which it presents,—a question of much importance in regard to the
value of the characters of the reputed species among Nummulites ;
and shows that the range of individual variation in form and surface-

292 Zoological Society :—

markings is so wide (as is proved by the gradational transitions
which present themselves between what at first sight appear to be
widely-separated types), that only where some very decided and con-
stant difference of internal conformation presents itself, will it be safe
to assume a specific diversity. In one case, in which he had thought
that a certain series of specimens was sufficiently distinguished
by its peculiar physiognomy from the rest, residual forms presented
themselves which could not be with certainty assigned to either
type, so completely do they link together the two by the softening
down of the peculiarities of each. And a yet more remarkable link
of connexion is established by examples collected on the coast of
Japan by the American expedition to that country, in which the
most distinctive characters of each type are curiously combined.

Closely related to Operculina is another genus, Amphistegina,
which bears an equally near resemblance to Nummulites, though it
has been completely separated from both in the classification of
M. d’Orbigny, who has placed it in a distinct order, Entomostegues,
on account of the unsymmetrical form of its shell and the alternating
disposition of its chambers. But the author has found, from an
extensive comparison of individuals, that this want of symmetry is so
little constant, as to be altogether valueless in a systematic point of
view, many specimens being perfectly symmetrical, whilst others
are very far from being so, and every gradation presenting itself
between these two extremes. The most common among existing
species is the dmphistegina gibbosa, which is very extensively dif-
fused through the tropical ocean, and which, though generally of
small size, acquires in the Philippine region dimensions nearly equal
to those of the fossil Amphistegina of the Vienna and other tertiary
deposits. But Mr. Cuming’s Philippine collection contains another
and far larger species, which is distinguished by the extraordinary
thinning-out of the last whorl; and it is remarkable that. in this
species the canal-system is highly developed, although completely
absent in A. gibbosa,—a difference of structure, which, being asso-
ciated with a very close resemblance in external aspect and general
conformation, seems only to be accounted for on the supposition that
the difference in size requires a difference in the arrangement of the
nutrient apparatus.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 9, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

PROPOSAL TO SEPARATE THE FaMILY OF SALAMANDRIDA,
GRAY, INTO THREE FAMILIES, ACCORDING TO THE FORM OF
THE SkuLL. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Pres.
Ent. Soc., ETC.

In the Catalogue of Amphibia in the British Museum I placed
all the Salamanders which have teeth on the inner side of the hinder

edge of the palatal bone together in a single family, under the name
of Salamandride.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Salamanders. 293

Having lately procured the skulls of several of the genera so
united, and also examined M. Gervais’ and M. Dugés’ papers in the
* Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ in which the skulls of several other
genera and species are figured, I am now induced to propose to di-
vide the genera into three sections or families as follows.

In a group which offers so few permanent characters for the
separation of the genera and species, and which presents such differ-
ent varieties in the form of the dermal appendages, and in the colour
of the body at different seasons of the year, one is very glad to

seize on any part which appears to offer a permanent and tangible
character.

Fam. I. SEIRANOTIDZ.

Seiranotina, Gray, Cat. B. M. 1850, 29.

Skull very depressed, broad ; the fronto-temporal arch distinct
and united to the bones of the skull (figure 1). Tongue large,
hinder half free. Body granular. Palatine bones with a longitu-
dinal series of teeth forming two diverging series, angular in front.
Ribs well developed. Vertebree crested above. Limbs and feet well
ossified. Toes 4°4.

1. SEIRANOTA.

Lateral line none. Skin closely and equally granular, granules
oblong.

SEIRANOTA PERSPICILLATA (skull, fig. 1). B.M.

Fig. 1. Fig. 3.

Seiranota Spelerpes Calotriton
perspicillata. rubra. punciulatus.

Fam. Il. PLEURODELID&.

Skull depressed, broad, with a distinct fronto-temporal arch,
formed by the union of a process of the frontal and temporal bone
(fig. 2). Tongue moderate, attached ; hinder and side edges scarcely
free. Body granular. Palatine bone, with a longitudinal series of teeth
forming two diverging series, angular in front. Ribs well developed.
Vertebree crested above. Limbs and feet well ossified. Toes 4°5.

294: Zoological Society :—

a. Fronto-temporal arch complete. Lateral lines of pores distinct,
low down between the axilla and groin.

1. PLEURODELES.

Ribs exserted, forming a series of spines along the sides. Head
and skull depressed, broad. Paratoids distinct.

1. P. Warts.

Skull, Erp. Gén. t. 101. f. 2.

* Bradybates ventricosus, Tschudi, t. 2. f. 1, is perhaps the
young.” —Duméril. It only differs in the tail being short, perhaps
injured.

2. GLOSSOLIGA.

Ribs enclosed. Head and skull very depressed. ‘‘ Fronto-tem-
. Pa ae .
poral arch with a separate central bone.”’"—Gervais. Paratoid none ;
lateral pores small, single, in a continuous line.

1. GLossoLiGaA Porrett. B.M.
Erp. Gén. t. 107. f. 1. Skull, Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1853, xx.
t. 15. f. 9, & Erp, Gén. t. 102.f. 5, 6.

Forehead flat, with small scattered brown-tipped tubercles. Eye-
lids distinet, valvular.

N. Africa.

3. NOTOPHTHALMA.

Ribs enclosed. Head and skull rhombic. Forehead with two lon-
gitudinal ridges. Tongue oblong. Paratoids none. Cheek with
three pits. Hind feet flattened. Tail compressed, keeled, often
slightly finned above and below in breeding season.

N. America.

1. N. MINIATA. B.M.
Skull, Erp. Gén. ix. t. 107. f. 2,

2. N. VIRIDESCENS. B.M.

Vent in summer produced, truncated, with a rounded series of
fringed filaments.

4. Cynops.

Tubercular. Head and skull very depressed, broad. Paratoid
large, compressed ; pores of lateral line small, distant, more distinct
near the limbs. Fronto-temporal arch broad, distinct. Ribs
enclosed.

1. C. PYRRHOGASTER. B.M.

Skull, Tschudi, t. 2. f. 5, cop. Schlegel, Fauna Japon. t. 5.f, 7,8;
Cat. Batrach. B.M.t. 3. f. 13.

Japan.
La ry’
5. TARICHA.

Tubereular, Head and skull depressed, broad. Paratoid large,

Dr. J. H. Gray on the Salamanders. 295

compressed. Pores of the lateral line small, indistinct, far apart.
Vent small. Fronto-temporal arch broad. Skin with conical tu-
bercles. Ribs enclosed.

1. TARICHA TOROSA. B.M.

Skull, Esch. Zool. Atlas, t. 21. f. 15.
California.

b. Fronto-temporal arch complete. Lateral line indistinct,
marked with a vessel ; ribs enclosed.

6. CALOTRITON.
Hemitriton, part., A. Dugés.
Head and skull rhombic. Eyelids distinct. Skin smooth, with

small black-topped conical warts. Tongue oblong. Paratoids none.
Toes free ; tips black, rather claw-like. Vent conical,

1. CaLorRiTon PUNCTULATUS (skull, fig. 2). B.M.

Hemitriton punctulatus, A. Dugés, Ann. Sci. Nat. xvii. 265. t.113.
f.1,2; skull, Dugés, J. c. f. 3 & 18.

Triton puncticulatus, Erp. Gén. ix. 152. t. 106. f.3; skull, t. 102.
f. 4.

7. Euproctus.
Hemitriton, part., A. Dugés.

Head and skull rhombic, depressed. Tongue oblong. Paratoids
none. Skin smooth, with scattered small rounded black conical warts.
Cloaca produced, conic. Lateral lines of pores none.

1. Euvreroctrus Rusconit. B.M.

Hemitriton asper, skull, A. Dugés, Ann. Sci. Nat. xvii. t. 113.
fet D2:

HI. cinereus, skull, Dugés, J. c. f. 14, 15; H. rugosus, skull, U. c.
t. 1. f. 16, 17, and H. Bibronii, skull, t. 1. f. 19, 20, are evidently
very nearly allied, if not all the same species.

8. LopaInus.

Body smooth. Palatine teeth in two separate series. Orbit in
palate small. Fore toes slender, very unequal ; the hind toes broad,
webbed on each side, the two inner conic. Back three-ridged.
Crest of male continued. Lateral lines with distant single pores.
Tail of male suddenly truncated before the apex, ending in a fila-
ment.

1. LopHinus PALMATUS. B.M.

Selys-Longch. Faun. Belg. t. 5. f. 1, 2, good ; skull, Dugés, J. e.
Peli? /, 20;

Triton, Wooley ; Baker & Deby, Zoologist, 1848, 2149, &e.

Triton minor, Higginbottom, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1853, xii. 382.
til6rk: 8,9.

Lissotriton palmatus, Bell, British Reptiles, second edit. 1849,
p. 154 (not of first edition).

296 Zoological Society :—

“In the season of reproduction the tail of the male is suddenly
truncated before the apex and terminated ina slender filament 3 lines
in length. The hind feet perfectly palmated, all the toes united by
a membrane (t. 16. f. 8). When the breeding season is over, the
slender filament is absorbed, and the truncated portion of the tail
becomes obtusely rounded off with a slight indurated dark tip at the
end, and the web of the hind feet is wholly absorbed, leaving the
toes free (t. 16. f. 9).” —Higginbottom.

Mr. Bell admits and figures this species in the second edition of
his ‘ British Reptiles,’ 1849, p. 154. The figure is not characteristic,
as the crest of the male is not sufficiently high, and the coloration
is differently disposed from any specimen which has come under my
observation.

9, OMMATOTRITON.

Body smooth. Palatine teeth in a crowded series. Orbits in
palate large, convex. Crest of male interrupted over the loins. Legs
with a membrane on the inner edge. Hands with a subulate tu-
bercle. The hind toes free, very slightly fringed with membranes.
Lateral line of pores distinct, single.

1. OMMATOTRITON VITTATUS. B.M.

Triton vittatus, skull, Dugés, /. ce. t. 1. f. 29, 30.
England ; North of France; Belgium.

Mr. Bell, in his ‘ British Reptiles,’ gives a good figure of one of my
specimens of this species, which he is convinced ‘‘is to be considered
as avariety only of Lissotriton palmipes.” The osteological cha-
racter, as well as the form of the dorsal crest and the disposition
of the colours, show that this is not the case, and that it is not
only a distinct species but a very distinct genus, as is further proved
by M. Dugées’ figure of the skull.

c. Fronto-temporal arch incomplete, ligamentous behind.
10. PyRonicia.

Hemisalamandra, Hemitriton, et Triton, part., Dugés.

Body slightly tubercular. Hinder toes fringed with a membrane.
Back smoothish. Males with a crest. The skull with only a frontal
process directed backwards and outwards, the temporal apophysis
in the other genera being replaced by a tendinous cord.

1. PyRONICIA MARMORATA. B.M.

Skull, Erp. Gén. t. 106. f. 1.

Hemisalamandra marmorata, Dugés, Ann. Sci. Nat. xvii. t. 1.
Lol0; BL:

Back marbled, vertebral line pale. Pores of the lateral line di-
stinct, in pairs. Skin smooth, punctulate, subtuberculous.

Oporto.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Salamanders. 297

2. PyRONICIA PUNCTATA.

Triton punctatus, Dugés, l.c. t.1. f. 25, 26; Bell, Brit. Rept. ed. 2.

Triton levis, Higginbottom, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. 380. t. 16.
f. 6, 7.

Iassotriton punctatus and L. palmatus, Bell, Brit. Rept. ed. 1,
1839 (not Latr.).

Pupils circular, rather larger than those of 7’. cristatus.

The figures of the Smooth Newts (Lissotriton) in Mr. Bell’s
‘ British Reptiles’ (1839) are so destitute of character, that it is
impossible to refer them to the known species with certainty. The
figures of L. punctatus at pp. 132 and 135, appear to be that species
in its winter state; and the figures of L. palmipes at p. 139 appear
to be intended for the same species in summer, if we regard the dis-
position of the spots, and the height of the dorsal fin: but the fin
is not dentated, as it always is in that species, and the toes are
not proper for it in its crested state ; at the same time it bears no
resemblance to the true 7. palmatus, which has an entire crest ;
nor has it the filament at the end of the tail, which is always found
in the crested form of that species.

In the second edition (1849), Mr. Bell has referred all these
figures to Lissotriton punctatus, and places the figure which he for-
merly called L. palmatus at the head of the species, p. 143; but
it is not characteristic of it, as wanting the dentation on the crest
and the broad rounded end fringe of the toes, which are so charac-
teristic of the crested state of the species.

Mr. Bell, believing that the form of the upper lip afforded a good
character for the distinction of the species of these animals, divides
them into two species, thus—‘‘1. Lissotriton punctatus, upper lip
straight, not overhanging the lower (p. 132, 138, fig. 2). Lissotriton
palmipes, upper lip pendulous at the sides, overhanging the under
in a distinct festoon as far as the base of the lower jaw. Toes of
hinder feet fringed with a short membrane at all seasons.” I may
observe that the latter is not the T. palmipes of Latreille, which
has the hind feet of the male in the breeding-season webbed ; and
that I believe it only differs from the former by being in the fully-
developed state at the season of reproduction ; and I am borne out
in this idea by the observations of Messrs. Higginbottom, Hogg,
and many others.

The former observes: ‘“ Some 7’ritons have been distinguished by
the upper lip overhanging the lower. I have observed that in the
first year of Triton asper the upper lip overhangs the under consider-
ably at the sides ; in the second it overhangs less ; between the se-
cond and third year it becomes straighter, and in the fourth it over-
hangs again as much as in the first year. This is also very evident
in the Triton levis, in which the same changes take place.”—dAnn.
§ Mag. N. H. 1853, xii. 375.

‘Neither kind of Triton is found in the water during the winter
months; but they (the brick-makers) discovered great numbers of
them in holes in the clay, and sometimes ten or twelve coiled to-

298 Zoological Society :—

gether. I have observed that either a very wet or very dry situa-
tion is fatal to the Triton during its state of hibernation, and that
a moderately damp one is always chosen for that state of existence ;,
and further, that the Triton can live in a solid mass of ice without
injury.

About the last week in March the perfect Triton leaves the land
and becomes aquatic. It has then acquired all those appearances
which exist only during the breeding-season. They are absorbed
rather rapidly, and the animal leaves ‘the water in August.

“The Tritons of the third and fourth year are found during the
cold season in the earth under stones, in clusters of the magnitude
of a cricket-ball ; those of an earlier period are often found singly
at a greater depth under the earth, as before stated.” —p. 381.

11. HemiIrrRirTon.

Body tubercular. Males with a slightly-produced vent. Lateral
line none.

1. HemMITRITON ALPESTRIS. B.M.
Hemitriton alpestris, Dugés, J. e.t. 1. f. 23, 24; Fauna Ital. t. 8.
ea
Fam. II]. SALAMANDRID.

The skull narrow, without any dilatation of the frontal or temporal
bone to form a fronto-temporal arch. Palate with a longitudinal
series of teeth, arched in front. Tongue moderate, attached, hinder
and side edges scarcely free. Body granular. Vertebree rounded.
Ribs and bones of limbs and feet imperfectly ossified. Paratoids
large, glandular.

* Lateral lines of pores high up the back, elevated, wart-hke.

1. SALAMANDRA.

Palatine teeth extending before the internal nostrils. Tail round-
ish. Back not crested.

1. SALAMANDRA ATRA. B.M.
Skull; Dugés, /.c. t. 1. f. 8, 9.

2, SALAMANDRA MACULOSA. B.M.
Skull, Dugés, /. c. t. 1. f. 6, 7.

3. SALAMANDRA CORSICA.
Mouth, Bonap. Fauna Ital. ii. t. 53 (cop. Dugés, /c.t.. 1. f. Ayo

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Salamanders. 299

** Lateral line of pores on lower part of side between axilla
and grown.

2. TRITON.

Granular. Tail compressed. Back of male crested. Toes free,
simple.

1. TRITON CRISTATUS. B.M.

Hemisalamandra cristata, skull, Dugés, J. c. t. 1. f. 12, 13 (Erp.
Geén. ix. t. 102. f. 2, 3, not sufficiently broad for our specimens).

Triton marmoratus, Bibron, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1838, 23 (not Latr.).

Triton cristatus & T. Bibronii, Bell, Brit. Rept. pp. 129, 131, figs.

Pupil small, circular. Tail with a broad pale-bluish longitudinal
streak rather below the centre.

M. Bibron, when in London, on observing a specimen of the
Warty Newt with straight lips, in the Collection of the Zoological
Society, named it Triton marmoratus, probably thinking that it was
Triton marmoratus of Latreille, a species of the South of Europe.

Mr. Bell, in his work on British Reptiles, figures the specimen,
and gives it the name of Triton Bibroni (pp. 129 & 131, figs.), ob-
serving, “nt as the same as Tr. cristatus, excepting that tlie upper
lip is perfectly straight.”

After examining various specimens in different states, I am con-
vinced that the form of the lip depends on the season, the male in
the breeding-season having the most overlapping lip.

The same change in the form of the lip in the different seasons is
to be observed in Lissotriton punctatus.

Mr. J. Higginbottom observes : “‘ The two species of Triton (found
in the Midland Counties) present such varied appearances during
the three years of their slow but progressive growth, and during the
changes they experience preparatory to their return from being in-
habitants of the land, breathing atmospheric air, active in the sum-
mer and hibernant in the winter, to being denizens of the water,
reproducing their kind in the months of March, April, May, June and
July, that I think they have been regarded by naturalists as present-
ing too great a number of distinct species.”— Ann. §& Mag. N. H.
1853, xu. 370.

The skulls and skeletons of all the genera of Molgide, Pletho-
dontide, Protonopside and Amphiumide I have been able to exa-
mine, or which are figured in any works that have occurred to me,
resemble those of the family Salamandride.

Considering the very important characters which the examination
of the skulls has shown them to possess for the distinction of the
European and Japanese species, it is very desirable that the American
species should be carefully examined for the same purpose. Up to this
time even the description of the palatine teeth of the American spe-
cies is involved in great uncertainty, the descriptions of Harlan,
Holbrook and Baird: being often at issue on this important point.
It is but just to observe, that when I have had the opportunity of

300 Zoological Society :—

comparison, I have generally found the descriptions of Dr. Baird the
most accurate and trustworthy.

To facilitate this object, I have added a list of the species the
skulls of which have been figured.

Fam. Moieip2.

Motce striata, Gray, Cat. Batr. p. 31. t. 3. f. 111; Schlegel,
Fauna Japon. t. 5. f. 9, 10.

Fam. PLETHODONTID.
ONYCHODACTYLUS JAPONICUS, Gray, Cat. Batr. p. 33. t. 3. f. 1;
Fauna Japon. t. 3. f. 6.
AmByosToMA opacum, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. ix. t. 10. f. 6.
PLETHODON GLUTINOSUM, Tschudi, Batr. t. 2. f. 4.

DESMOGNATHUS FUSCUS.
Plethodon fuscum, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. t. 101. f. 3. B.M.

SPELERPES RUBRA (skull, fig. 3, p. 293).
** Bolitoglossa rubra, Cab. B.M.” from Paris.

GEOTRITON Fuscus, sp., Dum. et Bibr. E. G. ix. 112. t. 102. f.1.

CEDIPUS VARIEGATUS.
Bolitoglossa mexicana, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. ix. p. 3. t.101. f. 4.

Ensatina Escuscuoutzil, Esch. Zool. Atlas, t. 22.

March 23, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

DeEscrRIPTION OF A NEw GeEnvs or Boip& From Op Ca-
LABAR. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., etc.

Mr. Logan has kindly sent to me for examination a number of
Snakes and other reptiles which had been collected by the mission-
aries in Old Calabar.

Among several very interesting species I observed a new genus of
the family Botde, which I have great pleasure in laying before the
Society, more especially as it appears to be the indication of a new
tribe in that curious family.

This animal belongs to the second section of the family, which is
thus characterized :—

il. Tail very short, not, or only very slightly, prehensile. Head
indistinct, short.

It is entirely distinct from the tribes Cylindrophina, Carinina,
and Tortricina, and therefore I propose to form for it a tribe (Cala-
barvina) by itself, having the same characters as the genus.

Dr. J. Kaup on Nemophis. 301

CALABARIA.

Head small, short, rounded in front, the same size as the body.

Muzzle depressed, rounded; labial shields flat, 53 the hinder

small, front moderate ; rostral shield high, large, triangular ; frontal
shields three pairs, band-like, subsimilar, followed by a band-like
shield continued from side to side, which has behind it a small sub-
trigonal shield on each side, with a central large triangular shield
between them on the crown. Eyes surrounded by scales on the
upper edges of the upper labial shields and the outer edges of
the fourth and fifth frontal plates, and with one ocular shield in front
and two smaller behind the eyes; loreal shield single, small. Pupil
circular. Nostril lateral, between two small nasal shields. Body
cylindrical. Scales broad, triangular, polished, rather sunken and
subrugose in the centre. Ventral shields very numerous, band-like,
transverse, about half as wide as the diameter of the body. Vent
small, with a single preanal shield. Spurs large, distinct. Tail short,
as thick as the body, blunt and rounded at the end. Subcaudal
shields broad, band-like, one-rowed like the ventral shields.

I think it is probable, when some other specimens have been exa-
mined, that the band-like shield extending across from the upper
edge of each eye wiil be found to be composed of three shields, lke
the band behind it, which are here united into one band ; and then
the head-shields will lie thus :—three pairs of band-like frontal, two
smaller triangular superciliary shields over each eye, having in the
middle between them two triangular parietal shields.

CALABARIA FUSCA.

Dark brown, some of the scales yellowish, scattered singly or in
groups on the back and sides ; ventral shields greyish; sides of the
belly with a few unequal yellow spots.

Length 36 inches, diameter | inch.
Hab. Old Calabar, W. Africa (W. Logan, Esq.).

Since this paper was read, I have discovered a young specimen of
this Boa among the specimens obtained from the Zoological Society,
which they had received from Fernando Po. It is about half the
length and diameter of the specimen from Old Calabar. It has the
head-shields more uniform, and as I supposed they might be when
I described that specimen.

It has three pairs of band-like frontal shields over the forehead,
a rather large parietal shield behind them on the crown of the head,
and two small subequal superciliary shields between the outer edge
_ of the parietal and the eye, on each side a narrow transverse band-
like central shield behind, and rather broader than, the parietal
shield, with a small scale-like shield, like those on the neck, behind
and on the sides of it.

On Nemopuis, A New Genus or RiBAND-SHAPED FiIsuHeEs.
By Dr. J. Kaur.

In the collection at the Museum of Natural History in Paris I

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 21

302 Zoological Society :—

found, some years ago, when I was describing the order of Hels, this
interesting genus, in which the form and function of the canine teeth
are extremely remarkable.

Two specimens of this rare fish were received at the Museum, from
MM. Lesson and Garnot, without any note: as they were obtained
in the expedition of M. Duperrey, I presume they were captured in
the South Sea.

One of the specimens being in a half-spoiled condition, I was en-
abled, but in this specimen only, to observe the paradoxical arrange-
ment and formation of the canine teeth.

From the smallness of the mouth, no one would have expected to
find at the end of the small incisors such large sightly-curved canine
teeth in the lower jaw. These canine teeth pass through a canal in
the flesh round the eye, and have an opening near the eye. These
teeth, which caunot be used as true canine teeth on account of the
smallness of the mouth, have certainly only the function of fixing
and giving the lower jaw a certain direction,

I call this paradoxical form

NEMOPHIs.

Without ventral fins. Mouth small; upper and lower jaw with
minute incisors. Small canine teeth in the upper jaw, longer and
curved ones in the lower jaw, which are placed, when the mouth is
closed, in acanal going round the eyes and opened on the surface near
the eyes. Eyes large. Cavity of the gills with a small round opening
placed very high. The dorsal fin commences near the eyes, and is
connected with the caudal and anal as in the Eels. Pectoral fin de-
veloped. Anus at the end of the first cighth of the total length.

Nemopuis Lesson, Kp.

It has a length of 255 mm. or 9 Par. inches. Colour silver-white,
with black points on the head and end of the tail. Dorsal and anal
fins blackish,

Diameter of the eye 5, length of the head to the gill-opening 15,
from the muzzle to the anus 32 millimetres.

M. W. Meves on the Humming of the Snipe. 303

This genus forms a distinct group among the Riband-shaped
Fishes, and is perhaps the type of a different family, which we may
call Nemophide.

April 13, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

On THE SNIPE’S “‘NEIGHING’’? OR HUMMING NOISE, AND ON
irs TAIL-FEATHERS SYSTEMATIC VALUE. By W. MEvEs,
oF StTockHoLM. TRANSLATED AND COMMUNICATED BY
JOHN WOLLEY, JuN., Esa., F.Z.S.

On the origin of the neighing sound which accompanies the Common
Snipe’s (Scolopax gallinago, L.) play—flight during pairing time—
opinions are various. Bechstem thought that it was produced by
means of the beak ; Naumann and others, again, that it originated
in powerful strokes of the wing: but since Pralle * in Hanover ob-
served that the bird makes heard its well-known song or cry, which
he expresses with the words “ gick jack, gick jack!,” at the same
time with the neighing sound, it seemed to be settled that the latter is
not produced through the throat. In the meantime I have remarked
with surprise, that the humming sound could never be observed
whilst the bird was flying upwards, at which time the tail is closed ;
but only when it was casting itself downwards in a slanting direction,
with the tail strongly spread out.

The peculiar form of the tail-feathers in some foreign species
nearly allied to our Snipe (for example, S. avensis) encouraged the
notion, that the tail, if not alone, at all events in a considerable de-
gree, conduced to the production of the sound. On a closer exa-
mination of the tail-feathers of our common species, I found the
first (outer) feather, especially, very peculiarly constructed; the shaft,
uncommonly stiff, sabre-shaped ; the rays of the web strongly bound
together and very long, the longest reaching nearly three-fourths of
the whole length of the web, these rays lying along (or spanning from
end to end of the curve of) the shaft, like the strings of a musical
instrument (fig. 1). On blowing from the outer side upon the
broad web it comes into vibration, and a sound is heard, which, though
fainter, very closely resembles the well-known neighing.

But to prove clearly that it is the first feather which produces
the peculiar sound, it is only necessary carefully to pluck out
such a one, to fasten its shaft with fine thread to a piece of steel
wire a tenth of an inch in diameter and a foot long, and then to fix
this at the end of a4-foot stick. If now the feather be drawn, with
its outer side forward, sharply through the air, at the same time
making some short movements or shakings of the arm so as to re-
present the shivering motion of the wings during flight, the neighing
sound is produced with the most astonishing exactness.

If we wish to hear the humming of both feathers at once, as
must be the case from the flying bird, this also can be managed by
a simple contrivance. Taking a small stick, and fastening at the

* Naumaunia.
21*

304 Zoological Society :—

side of the smaller end a piece of annealed steel wire in the form of
a fork, a side tail-feather is bound to each point, and the wire is bent
so that the feathers receive the same direction which they do in the
spreading of the tail as the bird sinks itself in flight ; with this ap-
paratus the feathers are drawn through the air, as before.

Such a sound, but in another tone, is produced when we experi-
ment with the tail-feathers of other kinds of Snipe. But in 8. major,
capensis, and frenata four humming-feathers (surr pennor) are found
on each side, which are considerably shorter than in the species we
have been speaking of. Scolopax javensis has eight on each side,
which are extremely narrow and very stiff.

Since in both sexes these feathers have the same form, it is clear
that both can produce the humming noise ; and by means of experi-
ment I have convinced myself that it is so. But as the feathers of
the hen are generally less than those of the cock bird, the noise also
made by them is not so deep as inthe other case. Professor Nilsson
announces, that in the female of the Single Snipe a neighing noise
has been already observed.

It would be interesting if travelling ornithologists would in future
make observations on the foreign species in a state of nature. It

ought to be found that these also have aneighing or humming noise,
but differing considerably from that of our species.

Besides the significance which these tail-feathers have as a kind of
musical instrument, their form may give a very weighty character
in the determination of species standing very near one another, which
have been looked upon as varieties.

To call attention to this subject, I have caused to be drawn the
tail-feathers of several species. They are the following :—

Fig. 1. Scolopax (Telmatias, Boie) gallinago, L.

M. W. Meves on the Humming of the Snipe. 305

Fig. 4. Seolopax (Telmatias) javensis.

Fig.

oe

The structure of the tail-feathers in the last-named species differs
considerably from that of the others; it gives upon experiment no
humming sound ; and all the feathers of the tail are, as in Scolopax
rusticola, formed pretty much like one another.

If it be considered desirable to divide the Linnzean genus Scolopax
into subgenera, I should propose to class those together which have
musical feathers in the tail, under the name Odura.

The interesting discovery recorded in the above paper was first an-
nounced by M. Meves in an account of the birds observed by him-
self during a visit to the island of Gottland in the summer of the
year 1856, which account appeared in a publication of the Vetens-
kaps Akademi at Stockholm the following winter.

In the succeeding summer M. Meves kindly showed me his expe-
riments. The mysterious noise of the wilderness was reproduced in
a little room in the middle of Stockholm. First the deep bleat now
shown to proceed from the male Snipe, and then the fainter bleat
of the female, both most strikingly true to nature, neither producible
with any other feathers than the outer ones of the tail.

I could not resist asking M. Meves the impertinent question, how,
issuing forth from the town for a summer ramble, he came to dis-
cover what all the field-naturalists and sportsmen of England and
other countries had, for the last century at least, been in vain trying
to make out, straining their eyes, and puzzling their wits? He freely
explained to me how, in a number of ‘ Naumannia,’ an accidental
misprint of the word representing tail-feathers instead of wing-fea-

306 Zoological Society.

thers—a mistake which another author took seriously, and ridiculed
—first led him to think on the subject. He subsequently examined
in the Museum the tail-feathers of various species of Snipe, re-
marked their structure, and reasoned upon it. Then he blew upon
them, and fixed them on levers that he might wave them with
greater force through the air; and at the same time he made
more careful observations than he had before done of the living
birds in the breeding season. In short, in him the obscure hint was
thrown upon fruitful ground, whilst in a hundred other minds it had
failed to come to life. At my invitation, M. Meves wrote for the
Zoological Society of London the paper which I have here trans-
lated.—Joun Wo.tey, April 1858.

Description oF Two New Species or ENTOZOA.
By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S., etc.

In 1821 Nitzsch established a new genus of Nematoid Worms in
Ersch and Gruber’s Encyclopedia. This genus he named Hedruris,
from the two Greek words édpa, seat, and ovpa, tail,—a name by
which he intended to indicate the peculiar manner in which the
female is attached to the stomach of the animal in which it was
found. As yet there has been only one species described, Hedruris
androphora, which was first discovered in the stomach of the fresh-
water Newts, Triton cristatus and Lissotriton punctatus. The fe-
male is distinguished by having the caudal extremity swollen and
terminated by a suctorial apparatus, by means of which, and with
the assistance of a horny claw like the claw of a cat, it adheres
firmly to the coat of the stomach of its host. The tail of the male
terminates in a sharp curved point, provided with five or six papillee
disposed in a longitudinal series along the under surface. It is
always found spirally twisted round the body of the female, and
it is no doubt by means of these suctorial papillee that it keeps it-
self attached to the female. Dujardin, in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Hel-
minthes,’ hesitates where to place this genus, and arranges it in an
Appendix along with several others, the true position of which he had
not satisfactorily ascertained. Diesing, in his ‘Systema Helmin-
thum,’ places it in the same section with, and immediately following,
the genus Ascaris, and considers, like Nitzsch, that the species
androphora is identical with the Ascaris leptocephala of Rudolphi.
In the Collection of Entozoa in the British Museum are several spe-
cimens of a small Nematoid Worm, sent under the name of Ascaris
leptocephala to the National Collection by M. Siebold. If these are
correctly named by this last-mentioned naturalist, the species Ase.
leptocephalais a true Ascaris, and quite distinct from the species from
which Nitzsch formed the genus Hedruris, a very good figure of
which may be seen in the ‘ Allgemeine Encyclopédie’ of Ersch and
Gruber, vol. vi. p. 48.

A short time ago I received, through the kind attention of Sir W.
Jardine, a specimen of an Entozoon which he took from the abdo-
minal cavity of an Amphibian which has rarely found its way to
this country, the Siredon mexicanus. Upon examination I ascertained

Miscellaneous. 307

it to be a female of a new species of this rare genus Hedruris. In
size it is about four times longer than the androphora; it has a
larger head, and the body more distinctly striated across. This
species I have named Hedruris Siredonis; but as only the female
has been as yet discovered, I am unable to give a very detailed de-
scription of it.

HEpDRURIS SIREDONIS.

Female. Body 13 millimetres long, $ millimetre broad, strongly
striated across, narrower at the anterior than the posterior extre-
mity, this latter terminating in an obtuse point furnished with what
Diesing calls a suctorial papilla, by which it adhered to the coat of
the stomach of the Siredon. Male ?

Hab. Stomach of the Siredon mexicanus from Mexico. British
Museum Collection.

Along with this interesting species, and in the abdominal cavity
of the same animal, were three specimens of another Nematoid Worm
of a very different form. I consider it to belong to the family
Strongylide, and to a genus which Dujardin established under the
name of Leptodera, so called from the long narrow neck (Xemros,
narrow, dépn, neck) which distinguishes the species upon which the
genus was founded. Only one species of this genus has as yet been
described,—the Leptodera flexilis of Dujardin, which was found
parasitic in the vas deferens of one of the Common Slugs (Limax
cinereus). This species is only from 24 millimetres (male) to 4 mill.
(female) im length, whilst the new species from the Siredon mea-
sures from 16 to 25 mill.

LEPTODERA ELONGATA.

Female. 25 millimetres long. Body filiform, neck long and
slender ; tail terminating in a long sharp point. Vulva situated
about the middle of the length of the body.

Male. 16 millimetres long. Body filiform, neck long and slen-
der, tail sharp-pointed. Spicula double, proceeding from a swelling
near the commencement of the tail, and accompanied by two short
membranous expansions like wings.

Hab. Abdominal cavity of Siredon mexicanus. B.M. Collection.

MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Flowering of the American Aloe. By W. Sowersy.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Botanic Gardens, Regent’s Park, Sept. 20, 1858.

As the American Aloe (Agave Americana), although a very com-
mon plant, is seldom seen in flower, at least in England, perhaps a
few notes on the growth, &c., of the one now in bloom in these
Gardens may interest some of the readers of the ‘ Annals.’

308 Miscellaneous.

The familiar fable of the “plant that only flowers once in a hun-
dred years’’ has originated, no doubt, from the fact that some of the
specimens that have produced flowers in England may have seen the
years of a century, while many die without flowering before they
attain that age; but this is quite the exception to the natural habit
of the plant, which in its native country (South America) sometimes
flowers at the age of eight, or even five years, the average being
about ten. Loudon mentions a specimen that flowered in Devonshire
at the age of twenty years, and another in Cornwall fifty-six years
old: both of these were grown in the open air; and he thinks that
the Agave, if grown under the same treatment as a Pine-apple, would
no doubt flower as soon, or in about four or five years. I have known
some plants of American Aloe, when well cultivated, increase more
in two years than other neglected or starved individuals in ten. Not
only Aloes, but many other plants, especially succulents, when ex-
posed to cold and allowed very little nourishment, remain for years
in an almost stationary position with regard to growth, although
alive. The Chinese take advantage of this fact in producing their
pigmy trees.

In Mexico, Spain, Sicily, and various parts of India, the Agave is
largely cultivated, not so much as an ornament as for its valuable
commercial products. ‘ Pulque,’ the national beverage of the uative
Mexicans, is prepared from the sap, which flows in great abundance
from the flower-stem, which is cut off for this purpose as soon as it
appears, from among the leaves, the supply being about seven or
eight quarts per day. The ligneous fibre called ‘ Pita’-thread is also
very valuable, especially for ropes and cordage, and exceedingly
strong. Roofs of houses are often covered with the leaves, in place
of tiles or thatch. The plants set in rows make excellent and im-
penetrable fences ; and in Jamaica the expressed juice of the leaves,
when evaporated, has served as a substitute for soap.

In the year 1839, a specimen of Agave Americana flowered in
these Gardens, being one of three plants the property of a gentleman
at Highgate, who stated that they had been in the possession of his
family for seventy-five years, and also that the plants were twenty or
twenty-five years old when they first obtained them. In 1841 the
Society purchased the two remaining plants, they being about the
same size as the one that flowered: one of these threw up a flower-
spike in June 1845, in a greenhouse; and now, thirteen years later,
the last remaining of these old friends is finishing its long and dreary
life, at the age of 115 or 120 years. It has scarcely increased in size
for the last ten years, and has probably been waiting since 1848 for
some slight alteration in its treatment to induce it to flower. Early
in May the plant was removed from the conservatory to a sheltered
nook in the open garden, and permitted to enjoy the influence of sun-
shine and genial showers; on the 12th of June the flower-spike first
made its appearance, the average growth for a few weeks being about
3 inches in 24 hours, the daily register varying from 1 to 10 inches,
according to the temperature and state of the weather; the rate of
increase gradually became less till the 28th of August, when the up-

Miscellaneous. 309

ward growth of the spike terminated, it having reached exactly 24 feet.
Some time before this, the scape began to throw out its lateral
branches ; these extend 6 inches to 2 feet from the main stem, to
the number of forty-six, aiid branch out from all sides in graceful
curves in the form of a candelabrum, which, indeed, the whole plant
much resembles; at the extremities of these laterals are seated three
to seven bunches of from twelve to fifty flowers, the total number of
flowers being about 3500. The first bud expanded on the 8th of
September, since which a great number have rapidly opened. It is
searcely correct to make use of the term opened; for the corolla does
not expand. The stamens and style being protruded from among the
upper points of the petals, and having a bright yellow colour, give a
somewhat gay and light appearance to the plant, the petals them-
selves being of a yellowish-green hue. Some few months before the
seape made its appearance, the leaves began to wither ; and as the
flower-spike rapidly increased, in the same ratio the leaves decayed
and shrivelled, the juices they contained having evidently been stored
up for the express purpose of supplying the nourishment required
by the flower; and only by this means could the large amount of
vegetable matter contained in the flower-scape have been collected in
so short a time, as the roots of the plant are very inconsiderable.
The whole plant dies immediately it has perfected its flowers, so that
it can only flower “once”’ in its lifetime, be this ten or a hundred
years.
Believe me, Gentlemen,
Yours sincerely,
W. Sowersy.

On a variety of Chorda filum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

The base and apex of Chorda filum (Sea-traces) are usually attenu-
ated and acute. Mrs. Gray observed, in the specimens growing in
Swanage Bay, that some individual fronds of a group from the same
root had the apex largely dilated into a broad, ovate, hollow club,
with a few minute, compressed, transparent spines near the more or
less blunt top of the club. This club, which is often 4 or 5 inches
long and an inch in diameter, is formed by a dilatation of the frond ;
and, like the usual state of the frond, it easily divides across and
separates into a spiral band, as the common form of the frond is
represented as becoming unrolled in fig. 3 of pl. 107 of Dr. Harvey’s
‘Phycologia Britannica,’ and as described and figured by Dr. Gre-

ville, ‘ Algze Britannicz,’ p. 48. t. 7. f. 2.

I do not recollect having observed this variety noticed in any
work on British Algze, which is the more remarkable, as the club,
bobbing up and down on the surface of the sea like an angler’s
float, makes a very conspicuous object in the smooth water of that
beautiful bay. I find it is noticed in Lyngbye’s work on the Alge
of Denmark as “ Chorda filum [3. inflata fronde simplicissima majori
apice inflata,” p.73 (1810), found in the ‘Sinu Otheniensi ;”’ and
he states that it is also described as a Ceramium by Roth, 1797; see
Cat. Bot. i. 174.

310 Miscellaneous.

This variety is not noticed by Agardh in his ‘Synopsis Algarum
Scandinaviee,’ p. 13, where he describes the frond as “e fibris spi-
raliter tortis constructee,”’ nor in his ‘Species Algarum,’ p. 161, nor
in any other work I have at hand.

Swanage, Sept. 1858.

On the Influence of the Moon's Light upon Plants.
By Prof. ZANTEDESCHI.

The Abbé Tessier having made a great number of experiments
upon etiolated plants, which had become white or yellow from bemg
kept in the dark, observed that those exposed to the light of the
moon, and kept in the dark during the day, were evidently less
yellow or white than those kept in the dark day and night. (Acad.
des Se. de Paris, 1781; Bertholin, 1783; Giuseppe Toaldo, Vin-
cento Padova, 1797.)

The Abbé Antonio-Maria Vassalli, Professor of Physies at Turin,
relates that the Sensitive-plant is susceptible of the influence of
moonlight. ‘‘ Having,”’ he says, ‘‘ procured some sprouted seeds of the
Sensitive-plant, twelve days after their germination I transplanted
them into earth contained in glass bottles, and into other vessels
filled with earth.

“I observed that their sleep had a regular periodicity. Exposed to
the east two hours before sunrise, their leaves, which were perfectly
closed at 1 a.m., began to open at dawn, and unfolded completely
some little time after sunrise, more or less quickly according to the
state of the air. If they are carried during the day into a dark
place, or covered with an opake vessel, the leaves close, but not so
exactly as during the night. Exposed afresh to the light, they open
again slowly. In making these observations i was careful to shake
all the pots equally, without covering them, in carrying them, in
order that the variations might not be attributed to these shocks.
After repeating the various observations, for greater certainty, I
exposed the pots to the light of the moon.

“*T did not remark any variation in the leaves when the exposure,
commencing at 1 a.m., had lasted one hour; but after three hours
the leaves were less closed, though still not open.

“Having one evening exposed the pots to the rays of the moon
until midnight, when the leaves were not completely closed, I found
them very well opened about 1 a.m.

“1 attempted to arrange a lens so that its focus should fall on a
closed leaf’; but I could not detect any variation in the short space
of time during which the light of the moon was condensed.’’ (Opus-
coli scelti di Milano, 1794.)

These observations have been renewed in our own time on vetches,
by Prof. G. Giulj: he caused vetches to germinate and spring up in a
cellar entirely shut up from the light both of the sun and moon; and
the little plants were very white. Some of them were exposed for
several nights to the action of the moon’s rays, while others, also in
full growth, were kept in complete darkness: the former acquired a

Miscellaneous. 31]

green colour like that of the same plants exposed in the open air,
and even to the sunlight; those, on the contrary, kept constantly
protected from the light of the sun and moon were not at all coloured,
and ultimately rotted. More than this: Prof. Giulj ascertained by
direct experiment that the light of the moon falling upon certain
plants, or certain leaves, has the property of causing the liberation
of oxygen (Dei Lavori della Reale Accadem. delle Scienze, 1844).

I have successfully repeated the experiments of Tessier and Giulj
on the power possessed by the rays of the moon in developing the
colours of the leaves of plants, and I took the greatest precautions to
maintain the pots in all the conditions which were necessary to avoid
the objections which might be founded upon the influence of hu-
midity or any other atmospheric variation. They were kept in the
dark during the whole day ; when the days preceding the full moon
arrived, they were carried, after 3 a.m., always to the same place to
be exposed to its rays: but two of the pots were uncovered, and two
protected from the rays by an opake body; the others were freely
exposed to the open air and all its influence.

After six nights’ exposure, the difference in the coloration was
very marked: the little plants constantly protected from the influence
of light were white; and those exposed to the lunar rays had a yel-
lowish tint, which appeared to be changing to the green colour,

I desired to repeat also the experiment of Vassalli. I have only
made observations upon leaves perfectly closed, and little shoots, of
no vigour, drooping over the edges of the pots wherein they had ger-
minated. After that, I tried exposing various specimens of Mimosa
pudica to the action of the moon’s rays for an hour during full moon.
I was delighted to see the little shoots rise after a quarter of an hour’s
exposure ; the plants were at the distance of a few millimetres from
the edge of the pot; in half an hour the stems were still straighter,
and in an hour and a half they had attained the height of more than
2 inches; but I could not detect any sensible opening of the leaves.
This experiment appeared necessary in order to confirm what has
been said of the influence of the rays of the moon upon the growth
of the Mimosa, because this fact, more or less established by Vassalli,
has not been received with entire confidence by other authors; and
in this last experiment I took the precaution of placing near the
Mimosa exposed to the lunar rays another of the same plants covered
with an opake body, which shielded it from the light: in this no
movement was produced. The experiment was repeated six times
with constant results. We may therefore believe that the growth of
the little stems of the Mimosa is to be attributed solely to the influ-
ence of the moon’s rays.

I made these experiments in the summer of 1847; and I have
thought it necessary to enter into details, because I was able to make
certain, by a great number of observations, frequently repeated, that
‘the difference of temperature, of the movement of the air, and ex-
posures to different degrees of light, had an influence upon the more
or less prompt and more or less perfect manner in which the leaves
of the Mimosa open and close.

312 Miscellaneous.

One morning in the month of July, about 5 o'clock, in the Botanic
Garden of Venice, two plants of Mimosa pudica, kept in 4 conserva-
tory (perfectly expanded), presented an aspect of luxuriant vegeta-
tion. Another, exposed in the open air, had its leaves entirely closed
and the stems bent. A fourth, placed in another part of the garden,
was half-closed ; and another, in a separate place, was quite closed.
On the day preceding, the gardener had, at my orders, shut up the
last in a dark place three hours before sunrise.

I took care also to verify the influence exerted upon the Mimosa
by the artificial light of a lamp, and I found the growth was from
3 to 5 centimetres.—La Lumiere, July 17, 1858.

General Examination of the Group Kuphorbiaceze.
By M. H. Barttion.

The great number of facts met with in the study of about fifteen
hundred species, cultivated at Paris or preserved in the collections,
have compelled the author to divide into two series his ‘ Etude géné-
rale du groupe des Euphorbiacées.’ In the first part he combines
the matters relating to the search for types, the natural affinities,
classification, descriptions of genera, and organography, based as far
as possible upon organogenic studies.

It is only in the adult state that the existence of compound leaves
can be regarded as exceptional in this order. Very frequently they
are compound at their first appearance ; but the terminal lobe only
becomes developed, the lateral being abortive. They then become
lamellee of variable form, and very often true glands, which occupy
the base of the blade. It is simply by such an arrest of development
that a Cremophyllum differs from a Dalechampia ; but the two genera
cannot be otherwise separated. There are also often lobes of abortive
leaves, destitute of parenchyma, and reduced to their nervures ter-
minating in a glandular thickening, which have been regarded as
branched hairs.

The structure of the male flower presents every possible modifica-
tion, from the diplostemonous type of the andreecium to the indefinite
arrangement of a variable number of naked stamens. Consequently,
the only fixed characters that can be resorted to in the Euphorbiacese
lie in the female flower, and, in this, in the gyneecium.

Hence the extent of the researches relating to this organ. Its
development has been followed in all the plants cultivated in the
Paris gardens and hot-houses, from the appearance of the carpellary
leaves upon a common, central, isolated axis, up to the time when
the ovules developed higher up on the same axis have acquired their
double integuments. ,

It is the outer integument that forms the caruncle of the Euphor-
biaceze, by a thickening of the exostome, and this in a constant
manner. Its origin can no longer be attributed to the cellular cap
which arises from the placenta and advances to meet the ovule.
There is always a period when these two structures are completely
independent, and their perfect contact takes place at the time when

Miscellaneous. 313

the flower expands. If this cap is not at that time in perfect contact
with the nucleus by means of a prolongation which it inserts into the
exostome, the nucleus itself acquires a sudden and excessive develop-
ment, and sends out to the cap a long slender process, varying much
in form in different genera.

As the direction and structure of the ovule and seed alone consti-
tute fixed characters in the Euphorbiacez, the limitation of this
order must be modified, both by the addition of new genera hitherto
regarded as distinct, and by the exclusion of several others. The
species of Buawus, and with them Tricera, Sarcococca, and Pa-
chysandra, are in the latter category. The development of their
placentation is centripetal ; their ovules are anatropous in the direc-
tion opposite to those of the Euphorbiacez, with the raphe exterior,
the micropyle superior and interior. The fleshy production which
crowns their seeds is not a micropylar caruncle, but proceeds from
the funiculus. On the same grounds, the Stylocerez, separated
from the Euphorbiaceze, form a small separate group near the
Buxeze.

The Antidesmeze, on the contrary, and the Scepaceze reduced to
the genus Aporosa, cannot be separated from the Euphorbiacee, for
they all have the gynzecium of this order at a certain epoch. Their
fruit is unilocular and monospermous only through consecutive abor-
tions. The number of loculi, of the seeds, the direction and struc-
ture of the latter, present no difference at the outset.

The study of the organogeny has demonstrated the same fact in
Callitriche, the ovary of which is bilocular and the cells bi-ovulate at
first. This arrangement is merely disguised, subsequently, by the
appearance of a false septum comparable to that of Linum, which
produces an ovary with four half-cells, each with one seed.

The order Euphorbiaceze, as sketched by the author, is therefore
enriched by the Scepaceze, Antidesmez, and Callitrichaceze, while
it loses the Buxaceze proper.—Comptes Rendus, July 26, 1858.

On ‘Hautlé, or Animal Bread, of the Mexicans.
By M. Gurerin-MENEVILLE.

In the ‘Bulletin de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’ Acclimatation,’
M. Guérin-Méneville has published a very interesting paper on a
sort of bread which the Mexicans call ‘ Hautlé,’ and which is made
of the eggs of three species of Hemipterous insects belonging to the
group of Water-bugs.

According to M. Craveri, by whom some of the Mexican bread,
and of the insects yielding it, were brought to Europe, these insects
and their eggs are very common in the fresh waters of the lagunes of
Mexico. ‘The natives cultivate in the lagune of Chalco a sort of
Carez called ‘ Toulé,’ on which the insects readily deposit their eggs.
Numerous bundles of these plants are made, which are taken to a
lagune (the Tezeuco), where they float in great numbers in the water.
The insects soon come and deposit their eggs on the plants; and in

314: Miscellaneous.

about a month the bundles are removed from the water, dried, and
then beaten over a large cloth, to separate the myriads of eggs with
which the insects had covered them. These eggs are then cleaned
and sifted, put into sacks like flour, and sold to the people for making
a sort of cake or biscuit, called ‘ Hautlé,’ which forms a tolerably good
food, but has a fishy taste, and is slightly acid. The bundles of
Carex are replaced in the lake, and afford a fresh supply of eggs,
which process may be repeated for an indefinite number of times.

Moreover, says M. Craveri, the Mexicans collect quantities of these
insects from the surface of the water by means of hooped nets, and
these are dried and sold as food for birds. In Mexico these dried
insects are sold in the streets and markets, the dealers crying ‘‘ Mos-
chitos, Moschitos,’’ just as in Europe they ery “Food for your
singing birds.”

It appears that these inseets have been used from an early period ;
for Thomas Gage, who sailed to Mexico in 1625, says, in speaking
of articles sold in the markets, that they had cakes made of a sort
of scum collected from the lakes of Mexico, and that this was also
sold in other towns.

Brantz Mayer, in his work on Mexico (‘ Mexico as it was and as
it is,’ 1844), says, “On the lake of Tezcuco, I saw men occupied in
collecting the eggs of flies from the surface of plants, and cloths
arranged in long rows as places of resort for the insects. These
eggs, called ‘Agayacath,’ formed a favourite food of the Indians long
before the conquest, and, when made into cakes, resemble the roe of
fish, having a similar taste and appearance. After the use of frogs
in France, and birds’-nests in China, I think these eggs may be con-
sidered a delicacy ; and I found that they are not rejected from the
tables of the fashionable inhabitants of the capital.”

The more recent observations of Messrs. Saussure, Sallé, Virlet
d’ Aoust*, &e., have confirmed the facts already stated, at least in the
most essential particulars.

The insects which principally produce this animal farina of Mexico
are two species of the genus Corixa of Geoffroy, Hemipterous insects
of the family of Water-bugs. One of these species has been described
by M. Guérin-Méneville as new, and has been named by him Coriva
Jemorata. "The other, identified in 1831 by Thomas Say as one of
those sold in the markets of Mexico, bears the name of Corixa mer-
cenaria.

The eggs of these two species are attached in innumerable quanti-
ties to the triangular leaves of the Carex forming the bundles which
are deposited in the water. They are of an oval form, with a protu-
berance at one end and a pedicel at the other extremity, by means
of which they are fixed to a small round disk, which the mother
cements to the leaf.

Among these eggs, which are grouped closely together, and some-
times fixed one over another, there are found others, which are larger,
of a long and cylindrical form, and which are fixed to the same leaves.

‘

* Ann, Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol. i. p. 79.

Miscellaneous. 315

These belong to another, larger insect, a species of Notonecta, which
M. Guérm-Meéneville has named Notonecta unifasciata.—Pharma-
ceutical Journal, Sept. 1, 1858.

New Experiments on Zgilops triticoides. By Dr. Gopron.

Observations made at Montpellier on the awned and awaless forms
of Zgilops triticoides, which are met with there in a wild state, led
the author to regard this plant as a hybrid of Zygilops ovata ferti-
lized by the pollen of wheat (‘‘ Quelques Notes sur la Flore de Mont-
pellier,” Besancon). Desirous of confirming or negativing this sup-
position by direct experiment, Dr. Godron tried, in 1853, to repro-
duce this vegetable form by artificial fecundation, and in 1854 he
obtained plants of 4yilops triticoides (‘‘ De la Fécondation des Aigi-
lops par des Triticum,” Ann. des Sc. nat. sér. 4. Botanique, ii. p. 218.
See also Comptes Rendus, 17 July 1854, and Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd
ser. xiv. p. 394). These facts were confirmed, in 1856 and 1857,
by the experiments of MM. Regel in Germany, Vilmorin and
Greenland at Paris, and Planchon at Montpellier. gilops triti-
coides is therefore a hybrid plant. The author considers that no
doubt can remain on this question. (See Journal of the R. Agric.
Soc. of England, xix. part 1. p. 103, 1858.)

Aiigilops triticoides is most frequently sterile; but sometimes,
though rarely, it affords fertile seeds ; and it is these seeds which, in
the hands of M. Fabre of Agde, have produced Aigilops spelteformis.
As Dr. Godron could not doubt the exactitude of the facts reported
by this skilful and conscientious observer, and was on that account
quite convinced that Ayilops spelteformis arose from Ayilops triti-
coides, he at first sought to explain this transformation on the foun-
dation of a law accepted by almost all the authors who have studied
the physiological phenomenon of hybridity, namely that fertilehybrids
return to one of their original types after a certain number of genera-
tions. Aigilops triticoides seemed to present a new confirmation of this
law; Aigilops spelteformis is, in fact, more nearly approximate to
wheat than 4yilops triticoides ; and, supposing the law in question
to be true, the natural conclusion was, that dyilops spelteformis
reverted insensibly to Triticum vulgare. The author now doubts
much whether that law is solidly established. On the one hand,
this return of 4gilops triticoides to its male type, through Ayilops
spelteformis, is so long in coming to pass, that it may be despaired
of. On the other hand, the experiments he has made upon hybrids
in general, and especially hybrids of Verbascum and Digitalis, have
led him to think that fertile hybrids are ordinarily only produced
when they are fecundated anew by one of the two specific types
which have given birth to them. All the hybrid plants he has
hitherto obtained by artificial fecundation have been sterile, with the
exception of flowers which he has fecundated with the pollen either
of the male or female parent; he has then mostly obtained fertile
seeds, and the product of this new fecundation then approached
nearer to the male type.

316 Miscellaneous.

Might it not be the same with Agilops triticoides when it is fer-
tile? Dr. Godron was desirous of making certain of this by the
experimental method ; and for this purpose it was necessary to pro-
duce this Agilops anew at Nancy, as*he had previously done at
Montpellier. He obtained several plants of it, some of which were
fecundated with wheat in the summer of 1857. This new fecunda-
tion by the male type afforded nine seeds, which germinated per-
fectly. They were sown in autumn, and protected from excessive
cold in a frame. These plants flowered, and produced Agilops spel-
teformis, resembling that which Dr. Godron had eultivated for four
years, and which was derived from seed from the Paris Garden.
Dr. Godron compared the two plants in a fresh state: they were
sown at the same time, but separately ; they flowered in the same
week, and he could not detect any difference between them. Finally,
he adds that the ovaries of this 4yilops spelteformis obtained arti-
ficially have already (June 29th) acquired their normal size, and
appear well developed: he has reason to think that they will furnish
fertile seeds, like the 4gilops spelteformis cultivated by M. Fabre.

Aigilops spelteformis is, then, a new hybrid plant resulting from
the fecundation of 4igilops triticoides by Triticum vulgare; it is a
true guadroon, if we may use here a term by which is designated
one of the degrees of crossing between the Negro and the Caucasian
race.

The author anxiously invites botanists interested in this question
to repeat his new experiments; and they will be convinced. This
same year, however, experiments similar to the above, the results of
which are as yet unknown to him, will serve to check the author’s.
They have been made by MM. Vilmorin and Greenland. Lastly,
M. J. Gay brought from Beziers last year a seed of the wild Zgilops
triticoides, which has germinated. This learned botanist will doubt-
less make known the result which it will produce.—Comptes Rendus,
July 19, 1858.

On a new species of Platyrhynchus from the Rio Napo, in the
Republic of Ecuador. By Puttre Lutiey Scrater, M.A.

PLATYRHYNCHUS CORONATUS, Verreaux, MS.
Brunnescenti-olivaceus, alis caudaque fuscis, piler cristati parte
mediali flavissima laterali utrinque castanea ; linea superciliari
et altera a rictu descendente nigris ; loris et corpore subtus
cum tectricibus subalaribus sordide flavicantibus ; rostro supe-
riore nigro, mferiore albicante ; pedibus pallide fuscis.
Long. tota 3:8, alee 2°4, caudze 1°2, rostri a.rictu *55, tarsi °55.
This is a typical species of the genus Platyrhynchus with the
bill nearly of the same breadth and shape as in P. eaneroma, and
of the general size and form of that species; but it is easily re-
cognizable by its bright yellow crest bemg broadly margined with
deep chestnut, and by the shorter and more slender tarsi. These
two birds and Platyrhynchus rostvatus ave the only members of the
group with which I am aequainted.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Jan. 26, 1858,

4

Pit ACN N A LS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(THIRD SERIES. }

No. 11. NOVEMBER 1858.

XXXI.—On Permian Entomostraca from the Fossiliferous Lime-
stone of Durham. By J. W. Kirxsy.

[With a Plate. ]

Mr. Rurert Jones first noticed the occurrence of Entomostraca
in the Permian System of England. In Prof. King’s Monograph
of the Permian Fossils of England, he (Mr. Jones) describes
several species, which were principally obtained from the upper
beds of the Durham Permians*. With the exception of the
notice of a single species by Prof. King, from a Permian deposit
near Tullyconnel in the county of Tyrone, Ireland 7, no additional
observations have been published on Permian Entomostraca in
Britain.

In 1851-53 Dr. Reuss described ten species from the Perm-
ians of Germany, which were found in the Unter Zechstein of
Bleichenbach and Selters, in the Wetteraut. Some of the species
he considered to be new, others to be identical with forms found
in the upper beds of Durham.

From the Permian rocks of Russia, six new species were de-
scribed by Alex. Graf Keyserling, in 1854§.

In 1855, M. Richter noticed the occurrence of eight species
in the Unter Zechstein of Saalfeld. Among them was one new
form ; the rest were referred to species that had been previously
described by Jones and Reuss).

* Monograph of Perm. Foss. of England, pp. 58-66.

+ Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin, vol. vii. p. 78.

{ Jahresbericht der Wetterauer Gesellschaft, 1851-1853, pp. 65-70.

§ Reise durch dieTundren der Samojeden, Dorpat, 1854, pp. 111-113. pl.4.
Permian Entomostraca were observed in Russia previous to this date ; but
the notices of them merely mention the fact of their occurrence, without
specific details. See Table of Formations of the Government of Simbirsk
of Jaaykow, 1844, Petersb. Miner. Gesellsch.

|| Zeitschr. der Deutsch. Geol. Gesells. vol. vii. pp. 526-533.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 22

318 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

These, I believe, comprise all the Permian Entomostraca which
have been noticed up to the present time.

The following remarks refer to the Entomostraca belonging
to the fossiliferous or shell-limestone of the Permian System of
Durham. This deposit lies below the beds whence the species
described by Mr. Jones were procured. It occupies a central
position in the calcareous beds of the system, being situated
between the lower or compact limestone and the various beds of
the upper members. Consequently the Entomostraca of this
deposit belong to a period antecedent to that of the previously
described Durham species. In Britain they have not yet been
observed in Permian rocks of an earlier date; but in Germany
they occur, as before stated, in the Lower Zechstein, which is
equivalent to our compact limestone. This proves their exist-
ence during the deposition of the first calcareous beds of the
Permian series of Western Europe, and gives them a place in
the fauna of each of the three members into which this series of
rocks has been divided. Although they appear to have existed
throughout the period during which the whole of the calcareous
beds were accumulated, it is evident that their distribution was
not at all general: otherwise their absence in the compact lime-
stone of Durham, in the Zechstein Dolomit, Stinkstein, and
Rauchwacke of Germany, would not have been observed; nor
would they have been so rare, in respect to localities, in those
members in which they do occur. In the upper beds of Durham
they are only found in one locality (Byers’ Quarry)*. In the
fossiliferous limestone they are only found at Tunstall, with the
exception of a stray example occasionally met with at Humbleton
Hill. At Tunstall Hill they are not generally dispersed through-
out the locality ; it is only at one particular spot that they occur
in any abundance,—or rather, in which they have occurred, for
the spot seems already exhausted. In this place they were very
plentiful, some hundreds of specimens having been obtained
from a few cubic feet of matrix.

In the limestone of Tunstall Hill, there oceur cavities which
are filled with brown or yellow calcareous dust. Sometimes they
contain yellow or brown dust, and nothing more; at others,
groups of very finely preserved fossils are mixed with the dust.
These cavities have already been noticed by Mr. Howse, who
long ago detected the richness of their contents}. It was in one
of these that I found the various forms of Entomostraca to be
noticed in this paper. It is questionable whether a better matrix

* See Jones in Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 60.

t Catalogue of Fossils of Perm. Syst. of Northumb. and Durham, p. 9.
Mr. Howse has also observed similar cavities in the fossiliferous limestone ‘
of Silksworth.

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 319

for the preservation, and subsequent extraction, of microscopic
organisms, than this in which these Entomostraca occurred, can
be conceived. It has preserved the specimens which it encloses
so perfectly, that they almost rival the productions of recent
zoology. In some instances a brush will remove the investing
matrix, without the use of other tools. Occasionally the dust
occurs in a state of semi-coherency, with nodules or fragments
of limestone intermixed. In this state the imbedded fossils are
also easily extracted without much assistance from palzonto-
logical instruments. Some of the finest specimens ever taken
from the Durham Permians have been got from these cavities ;
and they have also yielded some of the rarest species. An ana-
lytical examination of the contents of some show very curious
results. For instance, in one I found about one hundred and
fifty perfect and imperfect spines of Archzocidaris Verneuiliana,
King, and with them but one or two fragments of the plates of
the same species. In another I got more than four hundred
dorsal valves of young individuals of Strophalosia Goldfussi,
Minst., which were accompanied by only fifteen ventral valves.
Of course, in both cases other species were associated ; but those
mentioned were the most prevalent, and by their abundance and
peculiar mode of occurrence formed the characteristic feature of
the contents of each cavity. Such facts are very puzzling, and
would almost seem indicative of a drifting of specimens prior to
fossilization,—an idea which is scarcely tenable when the general
evidence of the whole fauna is considered.

The majority of the specimens of Entomostraca which were
found belong to species of Bairdia, with scarce, but good, exam-
ples of a Leperditia-like species, previously noticed in the upper
members by Jones, and provisionally referred by him to the
genus Dithyrocaris of Scouler*. The Bairdie generally occurred
with united valves, though single valves were not uncommon.
Specimens of the latter species were nearly always in a detached
state, only three or four per cent. occurring with valves connected.
The valves of Bairdia possess a stronger hinge than the latter,
one valve overlapping the other along the dorsal margin, while
the valves of the other appear to have been merely united by
membrane. This difference in the mode of hingement seems to
explain their manner of occurrence. None of the specimens are
worn, nor show indications of drifting. The acute extremities
of several of the species, and the delicate margins of the detached
Valves, never present traces of attrition; so that it may be in-
ferred that these Entomostraca were original residents in the
area where they have become imbedded and fossilized.

* Mon. Perm. Foss. of England, p. 64, and the remarks on this species
in the present paper.
22*

320 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

In the calcareous dust which contained the Entomostraca were
also a number of specimens of a curious Foraminifer, apparently a
species of Miliolina*. Several species of Mollusca also occurred,
as Productus horridus, Spiriferina multiplicata, Camarophoria
Schlotheumi, Crania Kirkby, Monoiis speluncaria, Pleurotomaria
nodulosa, &c. The convex valve of the conchifer appears to
have been a popular place of resort with the Bairdie. Out of
one I procured some dozens of individuals.

It is also worthy of remark, that in close vicinity to the Ento-
mostraca there occurred some of the rarest Permian fossils, and
others that were previously unknown; also an abundance of
specimens belonging to species hitherto rare in the limestone of
Tunstall: so that the evidence deducible from the fossils asso-
ciated with the Entomostraca, and from those in their immediate
neighbourhood, may imply some peculiarity of conditions per-
taining to this ‘particular area during the deposition of the fos-
siliferous limestone.

During the Permian period, the prevailing forms of Ento-
mostraca seem to have belonged to two groups,—to Bairdia, and
to an undetermined genus, of which Dithyrocaris? Permiana,
Jones}, and Cythere? Roessler, Reuss{, are members. Bairdia
is the most characteristic of the Permians of Western Europe ;
in fact, it is unknown as yet in the Permian rocks of Russia.
In Germany it is represented by several species, and by a greater
number in Durham; a singie species occurs in the Yorkshire
Permians ; and Prof. King has observed another(?) in the Permian
deposit of Tullyconnel. In the fossiliferous limestone of Durham
the Entomostraca almost exclusively consist of species of this
genus, from which it may be inferred that the conditions prevail-
ing during the accumulation of that deposit were highly suitable
for their development. Bairdia seems to represent the Mesozoic
element in this section of the Permian fauna, it bemmg more pro-
perly a Mesozoic group, although it is first met with in Palzeozoie
beds. As a connecting link with the older rocks, the generic form
typified by the above species, D. Permiana and C. Roessleri, may
be noticed as a representative of its more ancient prototypes, the
Beyrichia and Leperditia of the early Paleeozoics. This form
predominates in Russia; three species occur there§. Another is
found in Germany, and two in Durham. According to our pre-
sent knowledge, these species are all that belong to this genus,
no similar forms having, as yet, been found in other rocks ; con-

>

* It is the same fossil as Geinitz’s Serpula pusilla and the Spirillina
pusilla of Jones.

+ Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 66.

{ Jahres. Wetter. Gesell. 1851-1853, p. 70.

§ Reise durch die Tundren der Samojeden, 1854, p. 112.

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 321

sequently it is pre-eminently characteristic of Permian deposits.
Associated with the species belonging to the above groups are a
few forms which have been referred to Cythere, Cythereis, and
Cytherella, all of which, with one exception, are found in the
upper Permian beds of Byers’ Quarry, and some of which also
occur in the Lower Zechstein of Germany. In the former beds
these forms are in the ascendant, being seven in a list of twelve
species found therein. The difference in generic affinity observed
in the species of these beds from those found in the fossiliferous
limestone, which almost occupies the same area of distribution,
may be indicative of peculiar conditions. It is generally assumed
by geologists of Permian repute, that the upper beds of Durham
originated in comparatively shallow water; nor is it an unwar-
rantable assumption, as some of the beds are ripple-marked*,
and in others there are found occasionally the remains of Alget,
—facts which certainly do not imply any great depth of water.
So, supposing littoral conditions to have prevailed during their
period of deposition, the differences observed in the generic
relations of the species may, in some measure, be due to them;
and the Byers’ Quarry group of Entomostraca may represent
some of those species which loved a habitat of shallow depths in
this Permian age; while in those found in the fossiliferous
limestone, which belong so exclusively to Bairdia, we may possess
a group of pelagic species which dwelt in the waters of a Permian
ocean. Although this is advanced as a mere suggestion, so far
as evidence is derivable from the species in question, yet it is an
idea which is supported by many collateral facts that may be
deduced from the general fauna of this deposit.

The list of Permian Entomostraca is now rather extensive.
Twelve species were described by Jones in 1850. In this paper
six new forms will be noticed, besides three previously dis-
covered in Germany, but new to Durham; so that, in all, the
Permians of Durham will possess a list of twenty-one species,
thirteen of which are peculiar to them. LEight species appear
to be common to the deposits of Germany and Durham, some of
which have existed from the deposition of the Lower Zechstein,
the equivalent of our compact limestone, until the last of the
Permian beds were accumulating. Five species are peculiar
to Germany; and six have been found in Russia, which are as
yet unknown in the West. These, with the British species,
make thirty-two species of Entomostraca belonging to the
Permian strata of Europe.

* Prof. King observed ripple-marks in the upper yellow limestone on the
site of the South Docks, Sunderland; and I have also seen slabs marked
with them in the Fulwell Quarries.

+ From the upper limestone beds between Hawthorne Hive and Black
Hall Rocks on the Durham coast.

522 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

For the convenience of those who may find fossil Entomos-
traca, or other small organisms, in a similar matrix to that m
which the Tunstall specimens occurred, it may be well to add a
word or two as to the mode I adopted for extracting the Permian
specimens from the calcareous dust. I first sifted the dust of
all the coarser particles—of everything larger than the tenth of
an inch; and from what was left I took all the very fine dust
with another sieve, leaving a residue among which everything
organic could easily be distinguished. In picking out the or-
ganisms, a piece of polished slate—a common school slate, for
instance—is a good area on which to strew a portion of the
residue for examination. It is much better to adopt this method
than to pick the specimens out of a mass of material; for by
sprinkling a small portion over the slab, every individual particle
can be recognized, and the organic forms separated from the
inorganic with very little trouble. A pair of blunt forceps with
broad points are exceedingly useful for picking up the specimens.
Some care is necessary, or injury may result to the specimens ;
but, with caution and a little skill, the forceps can be used with
a great delicacy of touch, and with less risk than the fingers.
Dr. Carpenter recommends the use of the moistened tip of a
camel’s-hair pencil in similar cases; and in instances where the
objects sought are extremely delicate, it will be the more prefer-
able instrument: but when the specimens, like the Permian
Entomostraca, possess a moderate degree of firmness, they may
be extracted with greater ease and celerity as above indicated ;
and when an extensive series of examples is needed, expedition
is of some value. With the assistance of a common lens and a
pair of moderately good eyes, nothing more is required. It is
perhaps best to pick out a quantity of specimens “in rough,”
and separate the specific forms afterwards.

Genus Cythere, Miiller.

Subgenus Barrpra [M‘Coy], Jones, Entomostraca of the Cre-
taceous Formation of England.

Syn. Genus Bairdia, M‘Coy, 1844, Syn. Char. Carb. Foss. of Ireland.
This group was instituted by Prof. M‘Coy in 1844 for the

reception of two species of Entomostraca from the carboniferous
rocks of Ireland, which he considered to differ generically from
any existing genus*,

Mr. Rupert Jones, in his Monograph of the Entomostraca of
the Cretaceous Formation of England, 1848, proposed its adop-
tion as a subgenus of Cythere, giving a good definition of its

* Synopsis of the Characters of the Carboniferous Fossils of Ireland,
page 164,

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 323

subgeneric characters, which had scarcely been done by M‘Coy*.
I attach to it a similar value in these remarks.

Dr. Baird has placed it, as modified by Jones, among his
synonyms of Cythere. He states that no anatomical difference
exists in the animal of those recent species referred to it by
Jones, from the animal of Cythere proper+. This is certainly a
strong point in support of its near affinity with Cythere; but
still, with its marked peculiarity of carapace, I think it may be
fairly entitled to a distinctive term to distinguish it from the
typical forms of Cythere. At least, whether it really be a natural
subgenus or not—supposing such to exist—it is a very convenient
group in paleontology, as it serves to mark a number of fossil
Entomostraca of peculiar character, which have repeatedly held
no unimportant position in the economy of ancient faunas.

The subgeneric characters of Bairdia have already been given
by Mr. Jones. The Permian species add little that is new to
them, though I will recapitulate the generic features of these
forms. They are all smooth. The general form of the majority
is somewhat triangular or subpentagonal, though species of a
different contour occur. The posterior extremity of all is more
poimted than the anterior, and it is generally rostrated. The
anterior extremity is usually rounded, but in one or two instances
it is subangulated ; it is also much wider than the former. The
ventral margin is always the straightest, though often somewhat
sinuated. The dorsal margin is more or less convex centrally,
and generally sinuated towards the posterior extremity. In lateral
contour { they are lenticular, variously modified, being sometimes
almost exactly lenticular, at others, by the extreme position of
greatest diameter, subcuneiform. Perhaps the most important
generic character of Bairdia is its hingement, which is a lapping
of the left valve over the right along the dorsal margin, and
which was first noticed by Mr. Jones. In some Permian species
the folding of the valves is great (B. plebeia and B. ventricosa
may be cited as examples) ; and in most cases the folding is much
greater in the centre than near the extremities. In general this
character does not vary much in Permian species. A central
third of the ventral margin of the left valve overlaps an equiva-
lent portion of the right, giving the contact-line of the ventral
margins a sinuated appearance. The mode of its overlapping is
this :—from each extremity, until approaching the central por-

* Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formation of England, p. 22.

+ Natural History of the British Entomostraca, p. 163.

{ The term “lateral contour”’ is used for the outline which is seen by
viewing the carapace ventrally. ‘‘ Ventral aspect’ is used in similar in-
stances by others; but as it is chiefly the contour of the sides of each valve
of the carapace that is referred to when using the term, I think the former
better expresses the meaning attached to it.

324 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

tion of the ventral margin, the extreme edges of each valve are
somewhat produced, and lie against each other in close juxta-
position, like the valves of a conchifer ; towards the centre, how-
ever, the edges become flattened and bent inwards, formmg
slight horizontal ledges or flanges, that of the right valve being
rather smaller than the other which overlaps it. In no instance
does the whole margin of one valve overlap that of the other ; m
no species is more than a third overlapped, sometimes less. The
length of margin overlapped, and its width, are of use as specific
characters, as is also its position, which is not constant, being
sometimes nearer one extremity than the other.

Although nearly all the species of Bairdia possess a contour
more or less resembling those species which may be considered
typical of the group, such as B. curta (Carboniferous), B. plebeia
(Permian), and B. subdeltoidea (Cretaceous), there are others which
show a great aberration in outline from these types, and, so far
as their general form is concerned, have a much nearer resem-
blance to Cythere than to Bairdia; their hingement, however,
being that of Bairdia, leaves no doubt of their true affinity.
Among the Permian species, B. reniformis, B. Berniciensis, and
B. Jonesiana are the most aberrant in this respect.

1. Bairdia plebeia, Reuss. PI. X. figs. 1, 2, & 2a.

B. plebeia, Reuss, Jahresbericht der Wetterau. Gesell. 1851-1853, p. 67.
Pras B curta, M‘Coy, Jones, Mon. Perm. Foss. of England, p. 61. tab. 18.

g. 3.

Length ;'; inch; height 54, inch.

Carapace subtrigonal, somewhat inflated centrally, surface
smooth. Dorsal margin prominently convex, sometimes rather
flatly convex ; posterior slope abrupt, slightly concave; anterior
slope \ess abrupt, straight, or slightly concave. Ventral margin
straight centrally, more or less convex towards each extremity.
Anterior extremity rounded, and rather produced. Posterior
extremity acute, rostrated. Lateral contour regularly lenticular ;
greatest diameter (of lateral contour, or width of carapace) two-
thirds of the height. The flange, or overlapping portion of the
ventral margin of left valve, short, subcentral. Hinge with the
left dorsal margin overlapping the right extensively.

Mr. R. Jones has identified a very similar form, found in the
upper members of the Durham Permians at Byers’ Quarry and
in the fossiliferous limestone of Humbleton Hill, with the B.
curta of M‘Coy. I think it very probable that the former is
identical with the present species, although the figure and de-
scription of Jones are somewhat different,—a difference, how-
ever, which is most likely due to the state of preservation in which
his specimens occurred, being casts. His figure represents the

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 325

posterior extremity much shorter, and not so acute as the same
member in perfect examples of B. plebeia; the anterior extremity
is also angulate dorsally,—a character unknown to the latter
species, whose anterior extremity, though sometimes a little
produced, is always more or less rounded. These characters,
with a slight sinuosity in the ventral margin, are the only points
in which it differs from the present species; and as the speci-
mens from which they were obtained were, as above stated, casts,
I think they may be assumed to be accidental, and of little spe-
cific value. This being the case, the identification with B. curta
is probably erroneous; for, according to M‘Coy’s description
and figure of that species, its general form is more elongate, and
its extremities are more acutely rostrated, especially the anterior,
than those of plebeia ; it also possesses a deep sinus in its ventral
margin, and shows a marked difference in lateral contour, being
subcuneiform, while the other is lenticular. It has other pecu-
hiarities ; but those mentioned appear sufficient to demonstrate
its being specifically distinct from B. plebeia.

B. plebeia occurred very plentifully along with the other En-
tomostraca found in the fossiliferous limestone at Tunstall Hill,
also rarely at Humbleton Hill, and not unfrequently in the
upper beds at Byers’ Quarry.

It is found in the Lower Zechstein at Bleichenbach, Selters,
and probably at Saalfeld in Germany.

Var. elongata. Plate X. figs. 4 & 4a.

Length inch; height 5. inch.

This is a more elongate form than the preceding. Its pos-
terior and anterior slopes are more gradual, and its anterior ex-
tremity is more produced and more compressed laterally than
in that form.

Var. compressa. PI. X. figs. 7 & 7 a.

Convexity of dorsal margin regular; sinus of posterior slope
nearly obsolete ; posterior extremity less acute than the typical
form. Valves compressed laterally, the greatest diameter being
only a little more than half the height; position of greatest
diameter in posterior half.

Var. Neptuni. Pl. X. figs. 5 & 5a.

The form to which I have attached the name Neptuni shows
several peculiarities, which might almost be considered of specific
importance had they been constant; but when a series of spe-
cimens is examined, it is seen to approach, by gradations, the °
typical forms of B. plebeia, so that it seems necessary to include
it along with other varieties of that species.

326 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

It differs in having the greatest convexity of the dorsal margin
posteriorly situate, consequently in possessing an abrupt poste-
rior slope and a very gentle anterior depression; in the blunt
but beaked posterior extremity, and in its more compressed
lateral contour.

2. Bairdia ventricosa, nu. sp. Plate X. figs. 8 & 3a.

Length 1, inch; height 7, inch.

Carapace subrhomboidal, ventricose, smooth, rather protu-
berant ventrally im anterior half. Dorsal margin flatly convex ;
posterior slope abrupt, descendig three-fourths of the height,
deeply sinuate close to posterior extremity ; anterior slope steep.
Ventral margin slightly sin ious, rising rapidly anteriorly. Ante-
rior extremity rather acute, the dorsal and ventral margins almost
forming a right angle at their juncture. Posterior extremity
prolonged into a narrow bluntish point. Lateral contour almost
lenticular, ventricose, sinuated anteriorly. Dorsal margin of
left valve strongly overlapping that of the right, especially m the
centre. The flange of left ventral margin short, situate a little
beyond the centre and in posterior half.

The principal characteristics of this species are its ventricosity,
its blunt produced posterior extremity, its angulated anterior
extremity, and its slightly sinuous ventral margin.

It frequently occurred in the fossiliferous limestone of Tun-

stall Hill.
3. Bairdia Reussiana, n. sp. Pl. X. figs. 6 & 6a.

Length 1, inch; height ;5 inch.

Car apace ae reniform, flatly convex, smooth. Dorsal
margin flatly convex ; posterior slope abrupt, deeply sinuate near
its juncture with the ventral margin; anterior slope gentle.
Ventral margin with a deep sinus near the centre, becoming
rapidly convex posteriorly ; towards posterior extremity margins
of valves produced. Anterior extremity rounded. Posterior
extremity beaked. Lateral contour sublenticular, with a flat cen-
tral region, slightly concave and produced posteriorly ; greatest
diameter one-fourth of length. Flange of left ventral margim
anteriorly situate. Hinge with the left dorsal margin overlappmg
the right, more so centrally than towards extremities.

B. Reussiana rather resembles some of the forms of B. plebeia.

I have been induced to separate it from that species on account

of its having a sinuate ventral margin, a comparatively blunt

‘and high beak, a less prominent dorsal margin, consequently a

greater length compared with its height, and a compressed len-
ticular lateral contour.

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 327

It is dedicated to Dr. Reuss, who has contributed a valuable
paper on the Entomostraca of the Permians of Germany.
Found rarely in the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall Hill.

4. Bairdia Kingit, Reuss. Pl. X. figs. 8 & 8 a.
B. Kingii, Reuss, Jahresbericht der Wetterau. Gesell. 1851-1853, p. 67.

Length 4 inch; height 4; inch.

Carapace subpentagonal, smooth. Dorsal margin arched.
Ventral margin sinuate, becoming rapidly convex at each extre-
mity. Anterior and posterior extremities almost alike, subangu-
late, the posterior a little less pointed than the anterior. Lateral
contour lenticular, slightly concave posteriorly ; greatest diameter
one-fourth the length, centrally situate.

Although I have identified the form just described with B.
Kingii, Reuss, there exists a little difference in the general out-
lime. MReuss’s figure represents the anterior extremity more
pointed, and the posterior wider and rounder, than the same
features in the Durham form. In other respects they agree ; so
that it is perhaps better to consider those slight variations to be
of little importance, than to risk creating a synonym.

B, Kingii was first observed by Dr. Reuss in the Lower Zech-
stein of Bleichenbach. It is a rare species in the fossiliferous
limestone of Tunstall Hill.

5. Bairdia mucronata, Reuss. Pl. X. figs. 9, 10, & 11?
B. mucronata, Reuss, Jahresbericht der Wetterau. Gesell. 1851-53, p. 67.

Length 5 inch; height 4, inch.

Carapace subcuneiform, smooth, ventricose centrally, com-
pressed towards extremities. Dorsal margin convex centrally ;
anterior slope slight, only one-fourth of height, somewhat con-
cave, joining the ventral margin almost at a right angle ; poste-
rior slope deeply sinuate, falling three-fourths of height, more
or less abruptly. Ventral margin almost straight, or slightly
sinuate. Anterior extremity wide, subangular, sometimes angu-
lar. Posterior extremity acutely rostrated, very much produced,
and occasionally curved upwards. Lateral contour nearly lenti-
cular, slightly concave at each extremity ; greatest diameter rather
more than one-fourth of length, centrally situate. Flange of
left ventral margin long, but narrow, posteriorly situate. Hinge
with left dorsal margin rather largely overlapping the night.

This fine species is subject to modifications of outline. Figs.
9, 10, and 11? represent the most common forms. Its sharp,
produced posterior extremity, which is the characteristic fea-
ture of the species, varies in length; fig. 10 gives the most pro-
duced form. Some individuals have the anterior extremity

3828 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

angulated ; others more rounded, though of a subangulated out-
line. The sinus of the ventral margin is scarcely indicated in
some specimens. The contour of the dorsal margin undergoes
shght variations.

In identifymg this species with B. mucronata of Dr. Reuss, I
have allowed a little for probable imperfection in his material,
or for slight modification of form which may have been induced
by some unknown causes. It is the first reason, however, that
has influenced me most; for all the specimens of Entomostraca
which I have seen from the locality whence Dr. Reuss procured
this species are in a very unsatisfactory state, and not at all to be
relied on for exactness of original form ; so that it is not unlikely
that the specimen or specimens from which he described, and
which he figured, were in some measure imperfect. Should this
not be the case, and should his figure represent a perfect indi-
vidual, then our Durham form, with which I have identified it,
must be made a distinct species.

Found rather commonly in the fossiliferous limestone of
Tunstall Hill. It is rare in the Lower Zechstein of Bleichen-
bach, and occurs in the same deposit at Saalfeld, Germany.

6. Bairdia ———? PI. X. figs. 12 & 12a.

Length #4, inch; height ;4, ich.

Carapace subrhomboidal, attenuate, smooth. Dorsal margin
arched ; anterior slope moderately steep, descending one-third of
height ; posterior slope gradual, descending two-thirds of height.
Ventral margin with a central sinus, convex near extremities.
Anterior extremity angulate at the juncture of dorsal and ven-
tral margins, which almost form aright angle ; ventral curve of
extremity rather convex. Posterior extremity pointed, convex
ventrally, somewhat concave dorsally. Lateral contour very at-
tenuate; greatest diameter central, less than one-fifth of the length.

I have only found a single example of this form, and it is
scarcely so well preserved as I could wish: and there exist some
doubts in my mind as to the propriety of describing it as a spe-
cies ; for it may be but a variety of B. mucronata, and the some-
what imperfect condition of the specimen rather invalidates the
authenticity of the specific characters which appear to distin-
guish it. Of this, however, there can be no certainty until other
and better specimens are procured. The evidence deducible
from this single example seems to favour the idea of its beimg a
species. Its attenuate form, and other peculiarities already
noticed, seem to point to specific distinction; and, relymg in
some measure on these characters, I have thought it advisable
to keep it separate from any of the preceding species, and to

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 329

describe it provisionally as one that is new, to which, however,
I forbear adding a name, which may be attached when its spe-
cific identity is more firmly established.

7. Bairdia reniformis, n. sp. Pl. X. figs. 13 & 13 a.

Length =. inch; height +4 inch.

Carapace subreniform, flatly convex, obtuse marginally, smooth.
Dorsal margin almost straight centrally, but slightly inclined
towards the anterior extremity; anterior slope short, convex;
posterior slope abrupt, convex, falling two-thirds of height. Ven-
tral margin sinuous, convex towards extremities, with a rather
deep sinus anteriorly situate. Anterior extremity rounded. Pos-
terior extremity obtusely pointed. Lateral contour sublenticular,
compressed, convex towards extremities, more so posteriorly than
anteriorly ; greatest diameter central, rather more than one-fourth
of length. Hinge with left dorsal margin moderately and regu-
larly overlapping the right.

B. reniformis has some resemblance to B. Reussiana, and also
to B. Schaurothiana. It may be distinguished from the former
by its more Cythere-like form, by its more depressed dorsal
margin, its convex posterior slope, its unrostrated posterior, and
the greater width of the anterior extremity; it also differs in
lateral contour, its extremities being convex and comparatively
blunt. B. Schaurothiana has straighter dorsal and ventral mar-
gins than the present species; it is more produced anteriorly,
and its posterior extremity is angulate; in lateral contour it
differs in the acuteness of its extremities and in the position of
its greatest diameter.

At first I was inclined to refer this species to Cythere*, its
general resemblance to that genus causing me to consider it to
belong to it rather than to Bairdia; but I found its mode of
hingement like that of Bairdia, so that there can be little doubt
of its belonging to the same group.

Bairdia Schaurothiana, n. sp. Pl. X. figs. 14 & 14a.

Length 4; inch; height 4, inch.

Carapace subhexagonal ; dorsal half convex, ventral less so,
protuberant about one-third from posterior extremity. Dor-
sal margin straight centrally ; anterior slope convex, gradually
descending rather more than one-third of height ; posterior slope
very abrupt, descending two-thirds of height in a right line.
Ventral margin straight, rising abruptly to meet dorsal margin
posteriorly, and very convex anteriorly. Anterior extremity
regularly rounded, prominent. Posterior extremity angulate,

* To the recent forms C. reniformis and C. albo-maculata, for instance.

330 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca.

the dorsal and ventral margins forming a right angle. Lateral
contour irregularly lenticular; greatest diameter one-fourth of
height, posteriorly situate. Hinge strong. Flange of left ven-
tral margin small, subcentral.

It is with great pleasure that I name this species after Baron
von Schauroth of Coburg, to whose assiduous researches in the
Permian rocks of Germany paleontologists are greatly indebted.

Found rarely in the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall Hill.

Bardia? Berniciensis,n.sp. Pl. X. figs. 15 & 15 a.

Length 1; inch; height => inch.

Carapace subrhomboidal, moderately convex, smooth. Dor-
sal margin convex ; anterior slope descending rather more than
one-third of height; posterior slope rather abrupt, descending
about half of height, very convex. Ventral margin convex.
Anterior extremity obliquely truncate. Posterior extremity
rounded or bluntly pointed. Lateral contour sublenticular ;
greatest diameter posteriorly placed, more than two-sevenths of
length.

This scarce form rather resembles the recent Cythere acuta in
marginal outline.

Not being able to make out the hingement of this species,
some doubts may exist as to its really belonging to Bairdia; but
I place it in that group provisionally, until its true affinities be
determined.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

ig. 1. Bairdia plebeia, Reuss: right valve; magnified 23 times.
Fig. 2. Ditto: left valve of another variety ; magnified 23 times : 2a, lateral
contour, with contact-line of ventral margins.

Figs. 4 & 4a. Ditto, var. elongata: left valve; magnified 23 times.

Figs. 5 & 5a. Ditto, var. Neptuni: left valve; magnified 30 times.

Figs. 7 & 7 a. Ditto, var. compressa: right valve; magnified 25 times.
Figs. 3 & 3a. Bairdia ventricosa, n.sp.: right valve; magnified 28 times.
Figs. 6 & 6a. Bairdia Reussiana, n.sp.: right valve ; magnified 26 times.
Figs. 8 & 8a. Bairdia Kingii, Reuss: right valve; magnified 34 times.
Figs. 9, 10, & 9a. Bairdia mucronata, Reuss: right valves; magnified

28 times.
Figs. 11 & 11a, Bairdia mucronata? : left valve; magnified 28 times.
Figs. 12 & 12a. Bairdia ,n. sp. ?: right valve ; magnified 29 times.
Figs. 13 & 13a. Bairdia reniformis, n.sp.: right valve; magnified 40

times.

Figs. 14 & 14a. Bairdia Schaurothiana, n. sp.: left valve; magnified 28
times.

Figs. 15 & 15 a. Bairdia Berniciensis, n. sp.: right valve; magnified 33
times.

[The whole of these are from the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall Hill.]

['To be continued. |

Mr. J. Blackwall on new species of Araneidea. 331

XXXII.— Characters of a new genus and Descriptions of three re-
cently discovered species of Araneidea. By JouHN BuackWaALL,
F.LS.

Tribe Octonoculina.
Family CInIFLONID.

Genus OrituytA, Blackw.

Eyes disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax in two
transverse, slightly curved, parallel rows whose convexity
is directed forwards; the intermediate eyes of the anterior
row are seated on a tubercle, and, with those of the posterior
row, form a trapezoid whose shortest side is in front; the
anterior eye of each lateral pair is placed on a minute tu-
bercle, and is the smallest of the eight.

Mazille short, straight, powerful, gradually increasing in breadth
from the base to the extremity, which is truncated and
somewhat produced and rounded on the inner surface.

Lip small, triangular, and pointed at the apex.

Legs long and robust, with the exception of the metatarsi and
tarsi, which are disproportionally slender; the first pair is
much the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair is the
shortest ; each metatarsus of the posterior pair is provided
with a calamistrum situated on its upper surface, in a slight
curve of the joint.

Spinners eight ; those constituting the inferior pair are united
throughout their entire length.

Orithyia Williamsii.

Length of the female {th of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax ;/,; breadth =4,; breadth of the abdomen }; length of
an anterior leg ;=% ; length of a leg of the third pair t.

The cephalo-thorax is slightly compressed before, rounded on
the sides, convex above, and has an indentation in the medial
line; its colour is dark brown, both extremities and the lateral
margins having a yellow-brown hue; it is sparingly clothed with
short whitish hairs, which are most abundant in the region of
the eyes. The falces are strong, conical, vertical, and of a red-
brown colour. The maxille, lip, and sternum, which is heart-
shaped, with small prominences on the sides, opposite to the
legs, are of a yellowish-brown hue, the sternum being the
darkest. The legs are provided with hairs and a few spines, and
their colour is pale dull yellow, with irregular spots and annuli
of a dark brown hue, the annulus at the extremity of the tibie
being the broadest and most perfect ; each tarsus is terminated

332 Mr. J. Blackwall on new species of Araneidea.

by three claws ; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated,
and the inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi are
short, and resemble the legs in colour, but are only slightly
marked with brown; they have a curved and minutely pecti-
nated claw at their extremity. The abdomen is oviform, thinly
clothed with hairs, very convex above, projecting over the base
of the cephalo-thorax ; it is pointed towards the spinners, and
has a bold conical prominence in the medial line of the upper
part, at about one-third of its length from the anterior extre-
mity; its colour is brown obscurely freckled with yellow-brown,
the under part being somewhat the palest ; and a fine brownish-
black line, which is broadest immediately before the conical pro-
minence, extends along the middle of the upper part; the sexual
organs are moderately developed, and present two minute glossy
protuberances.

I have named this very remarkable spider im compliment to
Eyton Williams, Esq., of Denbigh, to whom I am obliged for it
and for numerous highly interesting specimens of Arachnida
and Insecta captured by him in Pernambuco. By its external
structure it appears to be most nearly allied to the species be-
longing to the genus Ulsborus, more especially to the Uloborus
zosis of Walckenaer ; but, as it 1s provided with a calamistrum
and a fourth pair of spinners, which must exercise an important
influence on its ceconomy, it is evident that it should occupy a
place in the family Ciniflonide ; I have therefore proposed a new
genus for its reception, to which Uloborus zosis may be trans-
ferred should it possess a calamistrum and a fourth pair of spin-
ners, which I strongly suspect to be the case ; indeed Walckenaer
had thought of constituting a genus of it, but ultimately placed
it in that of Uloborus.

Family ToHeriprip2&.
Genus Artema, Walck.

Artema convexa.

Length of the female ;5ths of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax +; breadth }; breadth of the abdomen 2; length of an
anterior leg 1;°,; length of a leg of the third pair 12.

The legs are very long, slender, provided with hairs and fine
spines, and are of a pale yellow-brown colour; a dark brown
annulus occurs near the yellowish-white extremity of the femora
and tibiz, and the genual joint has a dark brown hue; the first
pair is the longest, then the fourth, and the third pair is the
shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two
superior ones are curved and deeply pectinated, and the inferior

Mr. J. Blackwall on new species of Araneidea. 333

one is inflected near its base. The palpi are short and of a
yellowish-white hue; the radial is greatly longer than the cu-
bital jomt; and the digital joint, which tapers to a point, is
without a claw at its extremity. The eyes are seated on the
anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, which is rather prominent ;
three are grouped on each side in the form of a triangle, but not
so closely as in the spiders of the genus Pholcus, and between
these groups two smaller ones are placed transversely. The
cephalo-thorax is circular, glossy, somewhat convex, with de-
pressed lateral margins, and a large indentation in the medial
line; it is of a pale yellow-brown colour, with a dark brown
band extending along the middle, which is broadest in the me-
dial indentation and bifid at its anterior extremity ; a few rather
obscure brown spots oceur on the sides, and the middle of the
long and prominent frontal margin has a brown hue. The
falces are small, vertical, conical, united at the base, armed with
a short, slightly curved fang, and have a single long tooth at
their extremity, on the inner surface; they are of a red-brown
colour. The maxille are long, somewhat enlarged where the
palpi are inserted, slightly so towards the extremity, which is
truncated on the inner side and terminates in a point; they are
strongly inclined towards the lip, the extremities being in con-
tact, and are of a yellowish-white colour. The lip is very large,
diminishing in breadth towards the apex, which is somewhat
pointed ; its colour is yellowish-brown ; the middle of its base
has a brown hue, and a curved transverse line of a deeper shade,
whose convexity is directed forward, occurs near its extremity.
The sternum is broad, glossy, heart-shaped, with small promi-
nences on the sides, opposite to the legs ; it is of a pale yellow-
brown colour, that of the posterior part being dark brown. The
abdomen is short, thinly clothed with hairs, remarkably convex
above, and projects over the base of the cephalo-thorax; it is of
a pale yellow-brown colour, obscurely freckled with dull white ;
in the medial line of the upper part there is a series of large
brown-black spots, and on each side of them there are oblique
streaks of the same hue, which extend to the sides ; the spinners,
which are small, are tipped with black, and a fine black line
encircles the upper part of the coccyx, on which there are two
black spots placed transversely; the sexual organs are highly
developed and prominent ; the colour of the anterior part is dark
reddish-brown, and that of the posterior part pale red-brown.

An immature male, which had to undergo its final change of
integument, closely resembled the female in colour, but was
rather paler and less distinctly marked.

Mr. Eyton Williams took this new species of Artema in Per-
nambuco in 1858. By the disposition of its eyes and the abso-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ir. 23

334 Mr. J. Blackwall on new species of Araneidea.

lute length of its legs, as compared with those of its congeners,
it is closely allied to the spiders of the genus Pholeus, and to
Pholcus pallidus 1 particular.

Tribe Senoculina.
Family Dysprrip2.
Genus DyspEra, Latr.
Dysdera obscura.

Length of the female 4rd of an inch; length of the cephalo-
thorax +; breadth ;1,; breadth of the abdomen 7; length of an
anterior leg ;°,; length of a leg of the third pair ;%.

The eyes are round, pale amber-coloured, and are grouped in
pairs on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, those of each
pair being almost in contact ; the lateral pairs are seated obliquely
on asmall tubercle, and the eyes of the intermediate pair, which
are rather the smallest of the six, are in a line with the posterior
eye of each lateral pair, but are separated from them by rather
wide intervals. The cephalo-thorax is long, compressed before,
slightly rounded on the sides, truncated in front, convex, glossy,
with a small indentation in the medial line: the falces are short,
conical, rather prominent, and armed with a short, slightly curved
fang at the extremity, but without teeth on the mner surface.
These parts are of a dark reddish-brown colour, the falees being
much the darkest. The maxill are straight, greatly dilated at
the base, where the palpi are inserted, and somewhat enlarged
at the extremity : the lip is long, and truncated at the apex : the
sternum, which has an oblong-oval form, is broader at its pos-
terior than at its anterior extremity, and has small prominences
on the sides, opposite to the legs. These parts have a red-brown
hue, the base of the lip being the darkest, and the extremity of
the maxille whitish. The legs are robust, provided with hairs
and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on
the inferior surface of the tibice and metatarsi of the first and
second pairs; the first and second pairs have a red-brown hue,
and there is a small black spot at the extremity of their meta-
tarsi, on the upper side; the colour of the third and fourth pairs
is dull yellow faintly tinged with red, and the small spot at the
extremity of their metatarsi has a red-brown hue; the first pair
is the longest, the second slightly surpasses the fourth, and the
third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by three
claws; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the
inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi are short,
strong, of a red-brown hue, the radial and digital joints being

Mr. H. Seeley on two new species of Chalk Starfishes. 335

the darkest, and have a plain, curved claw at their extremity.
The abdomen is short, oviform, hairy, convex above, and projects
a little over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; the upper part is of
a sooty-brown colour; the anterior extremity, contiguous to the
cephalo-thorax, the sides, under part, and spinners have a dull
yellowish-white hue; the colour of the branchial opercula and
tracheal stigmata is also dull yellowish-white, the former having
a tinge of brown, and in the space between them there is an
irregular whitish spot.

This spider, which had not arrived at maturity, was taken in
Pernambuco in 1858 by Mr. Eyton Williams.

XXXIII.— Description of two new species of Chalk Starfishes.
By H. Seezey, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, 45 Great Ormond Street, Sept. 3, 1858.

The fragmentary condition of the specimens described might
seem to render the accuracy of the descriptions doubtful; but
no one can doubt that the essential specific characters of a
Goniaster are nearly as well exemplified in a single side as they
would be in a whole Starfish, the only danger being that in
specimens so imperfect you might have an abnormal form, a
monstrosity, or a made-up fossil: but all these possibilities have
been fully discussed, and the subjects of them submitted to an
exceedingly careful examination, the result of which has been
that the evidences of both specimens being new species have so
increased, that it would be useless longer to delay their publica-
tion. Neither species is likely to be mistaken for any yet
described.

Truly yours,
Henry SEELEy,
Hon. Sec. to the Museum, W.M.C.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) Forbes, S.

Body? Sides very gently curved outwards. It has two ob-
long, convex, rather swollen superior intermediate marginal
plates, each bearing two rows of laterally-
oblong, proportionately large protube-
rances. The inner edge of the ossicles
is slightly rabbeted ; this appears to the
naked eye as possibly caused by the two
protuberances there placed being greatly
developed ; but a lens shows the margin
as a flat field, out of which the cushioned

Upper. Under.

23%

336 Mr. H. Seeley on two new species of Chalk Starfishes.

surface, bearing the hill-like prominences, rises. The superior
oculars are greatly developed, and more swollen than the imter-
mediate bones; they are one and a half times as large as the
latter, and, in size and shape, look as though formed of an
ordinary marginal and the half of another divided diagonally ;
they carry three rows of prominences, and have a rabbet on the
inner edge similar to that on the others. The superior plates are
steep and deep, compared with the inferior plates, over which they
slightly project, so that when the under surface is seen, the margm
appears step-like. The under-plates on a side were im all six in
number, one being under each intermediate marginal, and two
under each of the eye-plates ; they are flat, smooth, and rounded-
off at their outer edge. The margin of each inferior ossicle is bor-
dered by a slight rabbet, the walls of which are connected by a
number of partitions which give it the look of a line of little pits.
The fragment consists of one complete side, wanting only a ter-
minal inferior ocular plate. It measures in length 4ths of an inch.

This species is easily distinguished from every other by the
number of its superior marginals. In size it comes nearest to
rugatus, Forbes, which it is not unlike in the markings on its
dorsal marginal ossicles.

Chalk of Hertford.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) Furnivalli, S.

Body pentagonal, with sides gently curved outwards. When
perfect, having on the dorsal sur-
face, in each side, ten oblong, con-
vex, rather finely-granulated mar-
ginal ossicles, all steep or abrupt,
and deep. Of these the oculars
are not preserved, but must have
been small and triangular, and
have projected slightly over the
inferiors. Of the four imterme-
diate marginals the two middle
ones are slightly the shorter ; this
arises from the imner side of the
outer intermediate marginals
sloping towards the outer side, and
so, with the ossicles between, form-
ing a gentle curve; but all four
are of the same width, and rather
wider than the others. Theinferior
ossicles are eight, flat, finely punc-
tate, all of nearly the same width
(the two middle being slightly

Upper surface.

ot ee

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on a new genus of European Coleoptera. 337

the narrowest), broader than the superior, and slightly concave at
the meeting of the two exposed sides. The inferior eye-plates are
wedge-shaped. Ossicles of inferior (?) surface of disk punctate.
Length of a side 1} inch.

This species is well distinguished from every other unmar-
gmed form, except rectilineus, M‘Coy, by its finely-granulated
superior marginals; and from that, to which it approaches
nearest, by the punctations on its inferior plates, and by its
wedge-shaped inferior oculars. About the size of uncatus.

Chalk of Gravesend.

Both specimens are in the Collection of the London Working
Men’s College, Great Ormond Street.

XXXIV.—On a new genus of European Coleoptera.
By T. Vernon Wotxaston, M.A., F.L.S.

Fam. Melyride.

Genus ANTIDIPNIS.

Corpus minutum, ovatum, in utroque sexu (nisi fallor) apterum :
capite antice angustato, c/ypeo brevi membranaceo; oculis promi-
nentibus. Antenne longe ante oculos inserte, filiformes, distincte
11-articulate ; articulo 1™° reliquis longiore, paulo robustiore, leviter
subclavato ; 2% brevi; inde ad decimum longitudine subeequalibus ;
11™° ovato. Labrum transversum, autice truncatum, apicem versus
membranaceum. Mandibule triangulares, corneze, basi late, apice
inecurvee acutze, necnon (in una saltem) fisse. Mazille bilobe ;
lobis membranaceis, apice obtusis pubescentibus. Palpi maaillares
in sexu masculo valde diversi quam in foemineo : in maribus longissimi
(fere articulum antennarum septimum attingentes), articulo 1™° mi-
nuto, 24° huic paulo crassiore elongato, 3"° 4'que maximis valde
incrassatis (illo ovato apice truncato, superne intra apicem externum
eroso, hoc inzequali subquadrato, ad apicem ipsum spongioso); in
feminis multo breviores (haud ultra articulum antennarum tertium
extendentes), articulo 1™° minuto, 2% 3%°que huic paulo crassioribus
(hoe illo vix breviore), 4'° elongato (2% 3%ique conjunctim longitu-
dine zequali), leviter crassiore, fusiformi. Palpi labiales in utroque
sexu fusiformes ; articulo 1™° parvo, 24° longiore crassiore, subclavato
apice truncato, ultimo huic longitudine subzequali sed paulo tenuiore,
fusiformi basi truncato. Ligula a me vix distincte observata. Pedes
longiuseuli, graciles, valde cursorii: ¢2bcis ecalearatis, posticis basi
leviter subcurvatis: ¢arsis elongatis filiformibus, articulo 1™° longi-
usculo, anficis in sexu masculo 4-articulatis : waguiculis simplicibus.

Ab avzi pro, et deirvor ccena (se. ccenz loco).

The curious little beetle from which the above generic characters
have been compiled was captured by myself, near Lisbon, on the
17th of last July, i stercore arido humano (a somewhat remark-
able habitat for a Malachian, and one I suppose which it must

338 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on anew genus of European Coleoptera.

have taken to as a last resource, everything in the surrounding
country being completely burnt up), on the low maritime hills
above Bellem. Believing it, at the time, to constitute the type
of a new genus, I have transmitted it, since my return, to
Dr. Schaum of Berlin; and he agrees with me in regarding it as
allied to Colotes of Erichson, but unquestionably distinct. It is
apparently the Colotes rubripes of J acquelin-Duval (published in
the 10th volume of the French Annales, New Series). At any
rate, it agrees exactly, except im structural details, with the m-
sect there described; and I may add that I have received from
M. Dert of Bordeaux the se/fsame species as my own, under the
name of “ Colotes rubripes, Jac.-Duval,” and, moreover, taken at
La Teste beneath dry sea-weed,—thus coming from the actual
locality, and captured under precisely similar circumstances, as
those from which M. Duval’s diagnosis was drawn out. I con-
clude, therefore, without the slightest hesitation, that my Lisbon
insect and M. Jacquelin-Duval’s are, even specifically, identical.

But, now, as regards the genus, it is quite clear—unless in-
deed (which is not at all likely) M. Dert’s msect from La Teste
was wrongly referred to the Colotes rubripes —that M. Duval
was entirely mistaken in identifying it with Colotes of Erichson,
from the published characters of which (vide ‘ Entomographien,’
p. 129) it presents abundant and most obvious differences. If,
however, M. Duval did really examine the two sexes, which he
professes to have done, it is an anomaly how he could possibly have
overlooked the extraordinary distinctive characters of the maxillary
palpi of the males: whilst, on the other hand, if he possessed only
the males—which I believe to be the case, for he expressly men-
tions the largely-developed terminal joint of those organs in the
six individuals he described from (though he gives it the wrong
shape, and says nothing about the penultimate one being also
equally enlarged, thus foreing the insect, as it were, into Hrich-
son’s Colotes, at the eapense of facts)—it is no less mysterious
how he could have seen five joits in the front tarsi of any of his
specimens, for (being all males) they could only have had four.
Thus, if I am right in my premises—viz. that M. Dert’s insect
was correctly determined (which, judging from the description
of Colotes rubripes, and its exact locality and habits, 1 believe to
be the case)—it appears pretty evident that M. Duval had only
males to work from (for, otherwise, how could he have overlooked
the wonderful differences of palpi ?), and that therefore, in order
to gain them admission into Colotes, he must, in the first place,
have merely imagined the anterior feet of some of his examples
to be pentamerous, and must, secondly, have altogether zgnored
the marvellous dilatation of the penultumate jomt of their maxil-
lary palpi!

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on a new genus of European Coleoptera. 339

Be this, however, as it may, it will be sufficient to state that
the present msect differs, in its structural details, from Colotes
(judging from the diagnosis of that genus as given in the ‘ Kn-
tomographien’), first and foremost, in the immense development
of the maxillary palpi of the males. Thus, whilst in Colotes
the first and third joints are (according to Hrichson) small, m
Antidipnis the first only is small, the third being in the male
sex enormous, and even in the female scarcely shorter than the
second. Then, the fourth (according to the same author) is, in
both sexes, strongly hatchet-shaped, whereas in the present
genus it is securiform in neither, being in the males immensely
enlarged (like the penultimate one) and subquadrate (with the
apex spongiose), and in the females not much thicker than the
one before it, but elongated and strictly fusiform. . Moreover,
the very great difference in the entire length of the maxillary
palpi in the two sexes (they being twice as long in the males as
they are in the females) should be especially noticed. These
wonderful sexual differences of the palpi (so anomalous in the
Melyride) will be more than sufficient, even of themselves, to
establish Antidipnis as a new and interesting genus ; nevertheless
minor characters, likewise, are not wanting. Thus, the basal
joint of its antennve is apparently less thickened, and the second
one shorter, than is the case in Colotes. In Colotes, too, Erichson
states that the first and second joints of the feet are of equal
length, whereas in Antidipnis the basal one (in both sexes, and
in all the feet) is longer than the second.

Although the specific characters have been accurately described
by M. Duval, I subjoin the following diagnosis, as it is just
within the range of possibility that M. Dert’s insect may, after
all, have been wrongly identified, and that so his species and
mine (which are certainly the same) may be new. In that case,
I would propose for it the trivial name of palpalis; but, as
already stated, I regard such a contingency as most improbable.
I would therefore record it thus :—

Antidipnis rubripes.

Ebeus rubripes, Perris, ined.

Colotes rubripes, Jacq.-Duv., Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France (2itme série),
x. 707 (1852).

A. piceo-niger nitidulus, ore, antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis ;
capite prothoraceque minute (oculo armato) punctulatis et densis-
sime subtilissimeque alutaceis ; elytris densius et rugose punctatis
et pube depressa albida parce irroratis. Long. corp. lin, 2-1.

Habitat in stercore arido humano, a meipso prope urbem Ulyssip-
ponensem, mense Julio a.p. 1858, sat copiose repertus.

340 Mr.A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

XXXV.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the
West Coast of Africa. By AnpRew Murray, Edinburgh.

[Continued from vol. i. ser. 3. p. 135. ]
Chleniide (continued).
Ecrenoenatuvs, mihi (é«revijs and yvaos).

Mentum dente medio simplice. Palpi tenues, elongati et sub-
cylindric (articulis ultimis adhuc
ignotis). Mandibuli valde proji-
cientes, elongati, fortiter arcuati
et apice acutissimo. Maxille
spinis paucis armate. Labrum
subquadratum, postice parum an-
gustatum, levissime emarginatum.
Antennee filiformes, articulo ter-
tio ceteris longiore. Prothorax
subcordatus, antice emargmatus,
postice truncatus, margine re-
flexo. Elytra prothorace latiora,
quadrato-ovalia, parum convexa.
Tarsi marium ignoti, foemimarum
ut in ceteris generibus Chleni-
darum.

1. E. Dryptoides, mihi.

Supra nigro-virens et satis opacus, subtus niger et politus ;
capite antice, ore, gula, suture apice et pedibus testaceis ;
capite postice leviter granuloso, antice impunctato; thorace
fortiter et dense punctato, margine late et profunde reflexo ;
elytris opacis, leviter punctato-striatis, interstitiis transversim
papillose punctatis atque transversim levissime aciculatis ;
subtus prosterno leviter punctato, mesosterno et metasterno
fortiter punctatis.

Long. 61 lin., lat. 24 lin.

Rather narrow; greenish black and opake above, black and
polished below; the anterior part of the head, the basal joimt of
the antenne, the parts of the mouth, the throat, the extreme
margins of the sides of the thorax, the reflexed margin of the
elytra, particularly towards the apex, and a narrow margin on
their sides and suture near their apex, and the legs, testaceous.
Head finely granulose behind, smoother on the vertex, which is
somewhat raised; front smooth and impunctate, with a trans-
verse shallow depression in the middle opposite the anterior
part of the eyes, an irregular depression and some granulose
punctures on cach side close to the base of the antennz; the

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. — 341

greenish colour of the head advances in the centre as far for-
ward as the front of the eyes, but the testaceous colour passes
backward on each side as far as the middle of the eye; the apex
of the mandibles and of the joints of the palpi is darker than
the rest; clypeus rather broad; labrum quadrate, somewhat
broadest in front, with a large shallow depression in the centre
(but I am doubtful whether this is not owing to an accidental
crushing in my specimen); antenne dark fuscous, the basal
joint, and possibly the second, which is the shortest, more or less
testaceous; eyes moderately prominent. Thorax subcordate,
not without resemblance to the thorax in Agonum, coarsely and
granulosely punctate, so as to appear opake; margins rather
broadly reflexed, especially behind, with their edges narrowly
semitranslucent and testaceous; dorsal line well marked, but
reaching neither to the front nor back; a depression across
the base, and a sinuate fovea on each side within the reflexed
margin, deepest and widest behind, following the outline of the
margin for two-thirds of the length of the thorax. Scutel-
lum small, triangular, finely granulose, elongate-oval, some-
what quadrate towards the shoulders and apex. Elytra opake,
flattish on the disk, convex on the sides and apex, punctate-
striate, the striz and punctures fine; the interstices flat, trans-
versely rugosely punctate, giving the appearance of the elytra
in Drypta; under a powerful lens, the rugosity of the punc-
tation is seen to be caused by the punctures having been made
as it were from behind, so that in front of each there is a slight
papillose elevation: besides this punctation, there is a very fine
transverse aciculation ; and there is a fine short pubescence pro-
ceeding from the punctures along the sides, which probably in
fresh examples will extend over the whole elytra; the scutellar
stria extends nearly a fourth of the length of the elytra, and the
narrow edging of testaceous along the suture at the apex, which
scarcely goes beyond the first stria, extends forwards about the
same length. Under side polished, shining ; prosternum very
sparingly and faintly punctate; mesosternum and metasternum
roughly and rather closely punctate ; segments of abdomen faintly
rugose, particularly at the sides.

I have only received a single specimen of this interesting spe-
cies, and, unfortunately, the last jomts both of the palpi and
antenne are wanting; but there remain sufficient characters of
generic importance to enable me to allot it a place as a new
genus of the Chlenide.

Oopes, Bon.
1. O. obesus, mihi.

Latus, convexus, niger, subnitidus, impunctatus, levis ; antennis

342 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

palpisque piceis; mandibulis piceis, planis, margine exteriore
reflexo ; thorace marginibus (preecipue antice) depressis, lmea
sublaterah arcuata; elytris punctato-striatis, mterstitiis con-
vexis ; tarsis piceis, anticis pallidioribus.

Long 53 Iin., lat. 33 lin.

Broad and convex; black, smooth, and impunctate, with a
dull, somewhat silky lustre, occasioned by a very fine aciculated
punctation, scarcely visible except under the compound micro-
scope. Head smooth, with a slight depression along the front, and
with two small pits between the eyes ; middle tooth of the men-
tum with a tendency to become bifid ; antennee piceous, first three
joints shining, the rest pubescent and more dusky ; palpi piceous;
mandibles piceous, flat, rather thin, circular exteriorly, straight
interiorly, except at the point, which has a rounded tooth;
exterior margin slightly raised and reflexed posteriorly ; clypeus
slightly emarginate, with a deep square depression in the middle
of the anterior margin, and two large fovez in each of the
anterior angles. Thorax convex, without marginal line, except
a very faint one on each side in front, with a lmear depression
from each anterior angle reaching almost to the basal margin,
curved inwards, deepest in front, and leaving a broad marginal
space widest behind: the appearance of this line reminds one
of a bridle lying on the neck of a horse; it is, however, very
faintly recurved near the base : dorsal line faint, reaching neither
to the anterior nor basal margins. Scutellum large. LElytra
punctate-striate ; interstices convex; the short scutellar stria
along with the sutural stria converging to meet the third and
fourth striz at the base; the second stria straight; the stric
deepest towards the apex, which is slightly sinuate. Under side
with the episterna and sides of the metasternum punctate; sides of
abdomen slightly punctate; the prosternum slightly prolonged
behind, with the prolongation margied. Tibi short; anterior
tibize broad and triangular; anterior tarsi piceous, in the male
with the first three joints very broad and transverse, and the
fourth very small.

The most striking character in this species is the form of the
mandibles and the projecting prosternum; the former might
perhaps justify its establishment as a subgenus, and the latter
would seem to approach it to the genus Lonchosternus of Laferté,
of which the only character differentiating it from Oodes is the
prosternum prolonged as in Hydrophilus. The projection here
has no pretensions to such an extensive prolongation, but it
may be viewed as the passage leading to it. The species is
readily recognized by these characters, “and by the bridle-shaped
depression on the thorax.

Pt. om

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 3.483

2. O. politus, mihi.

Niger, nitidus, impunctatus, politus; antennis fuscis, ad basin
ferrugineis ; mandibulis ferrugineis, acutis, supra haud con-
vexis ; capite et thorace levissimis, ‘hoe stria mar ginali tenui
laterali et anteriori; elytris politis, leviter striato-punctatis,
interstitiis planis, spatio marginali opaco, ad apicem latiore.

Long. 4 lin., Jat. 3 lin.

Black, shining, impunctate, and polished. Head smooth, with
scarcely any depressions ; antenne with the first three joints fer-

ruginous, rest dusky ; palpi piceous ; terminal joint of maxillary

palpi elongate and ovato-cylindric (rest wanting in my specimen) ;
mandibles ferruginous, darker at tip, not convex, triangular,
making the muzzle sharp, nearly straight on the outer “side,
slightly curved and without teeth on the muner ; clypeus large,
transverse, scarcely emarginate ; mentum with a strong middle
tooth, and the lateral lobes large, acute, and with a conical out-

Ime; hgula as in the rest of the Chlaniida, free at its extremity,

and cut straight. Thorax smooth, convex, ‘and with a faint thin

stria along the lateral and anterior mar gins, none on the basal.

Scutellum rather large. Elytra delicately punctate-striate ; inter-

stices flat and shining; the scutellar stria along with the first and

second converging at the base to meet the fourth, the third
straight ; a marked opake and rugose marginal space surrounding
the sides and apex of the elytra, widest at the apex; the margin
of the rest of the elytra touching this space sharply defined, so
that the polished disk seems to lie on the top of an under opake
layer ; the apex slightly simuate. Under side with scattered punc-
tures, except along the middle; the prosternum somewhat pro-
jecting and slightly grooved, as in last species. Legs piceous

(the anterior legs are wanting in my specimen).

I have only received one imperfect specimen of this species ;
and the want of its anterior legs, combined with the somewhat
different form of the mentum and terminal joint of the palpi,
prevent me referring it with absolute certainty to this family ;
but I have no doubt, from its general facies, taken along with
the other characters which remain, that I have placed it correctly.

Cratoceridz.
Diatyrvs, mihi.

(From dvatu7ow, alluding to its being the representative in
Africa of the genera Daptus, Geopinus, Agonoderus, &c.)

Mentum breve, profunde emarginatum, dente medio curto et
obtuso, lobis lateralibus latis, fortiter extus rotundatis. Ligula
parva, ad basin coarctata, ad apicem truncata. Paraglossze

344 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

dilatate, rotundate. Articulus ultimus palporum maxillarium
ad basin cylindricus, in medio tumidus, ad apicem acuminatus ;
articulus ultimus palporum labialium similis, sed minus tu-
midus et minus acuminatus et truncatus. Mandibuli fortes,
densi, dexter intus bidenticulatus, sinister unidenticulatus.
Labrum quadratum. Caput mediocre, haud retro coarctatum.
Oculi satis promimentes. Antenne ad instar capitis et pro-
thoracis longitudine ; articuli primus, tertius et quartus longi-
tudine eequales, cateris longiores, et, eum secundo (breviore),
obconici, quintus et sequentes parum depressi. Prothorax
subquadratus, parum retro coarctatus; anguli antice rotun-
dati, postice distincti. Elytra prothorace paullo latiora,
parum elongata, parallela, ad apicem sinuata. Pedes medi-
ocres: tibize anteriores parum dilatate et versus apicem extus
denticulate ; tibize mtermedic et posteriores haud denticu-
late; tarsi subtus fortiter ciliati, anteriores et mtermedii
maribus dilatati, articulis quatuor primis triangularibus, primo
longiore, quarto bilobato in omnibus tarsis, posterioribus haud
dilatatis. Corpus satis elongatum.

In general appearance the species composing this genus ap-
proach nearer to the American genus Geopinus than to any other
which I have seen, but are readily distinguished from it by the
possession of a median tooth to the mentum, besides the other
characters above mentioned ; their form also is less convex, and
approaches more nearly to Anisodacty ylus. The place of the
genus seems to be next to Dejean’s and S chmidt-Goebel s Indian
genus Batoscelis, as defined by Lacordaire, from which it differs
in the following respects :—its mentum is deeply, instead of
being feebly emarginate; its ligula is small, stead of bemg
“assez grande ;” its paraglosse are rounded instead of beng
truncate, and can scarcely be called arched. In other respects
the characters seem almost the same. The bilobed fourth joint
of the tarsi is not noticed in Lacordaire’s description. Probably
it would have been better for me to have widened the characters
of the genus Batoscelis, so as to have admitted the following
species, instead of making a new genus for them; but the dif-
ference of their native country has induced me to separate them.

1. D. Dohrnii, mihi.

Fusco-virescens ; antennis, clypeo, mandibulis palpisque ferru-
gineis ; capite polito, foveis duabus inter oculos linea antica
transversa junctis; thorace leviter marginato, lateribus de-
pressis, angulis posticis foveolatis, disco leviter, lateribus for-
tius punctato; scutello impresso; elytris levissime punctatis,
striatis, strils impunctatis, interstitiis leviter convexis ; subtus

=
~

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 3.45

fuscus, lateribus (episternis et epimeris) leviter et irregulariter
punctatis, medio et abdomine impunctatis ; pedibus pallidis.
Long. 5 lin., lat. 24 lin.

Above fuscous with a virescent tinge. Head polished and
sparingly punctate behind the eyes, the rest impunctate, or
nearly so; a deep angular fovea on each side near the inner cor-
ner of the eyes, united by a deep impunctate transverse line, in
front of which the epistome is marked by a broad, transverse,
somewhat rugose depression ; antennz, clypeus, palpi, and parts
of the mouth more or less ferruginous ; clypeus with a row of
depressions in front, from each of which springs a hair. Thorax
rather convex, with a broad well-defined depression along the
margins and angles, broadest at the posterior angles, and bordered
all round with a slight raised edging; slightly punctate on the
disk, more deeply so on the depressed margins ; the dorsal line is
feebly punctate-striate, and reaches only to the anterior semi-
lunar depression, which is well marked ; the base is very slightly
but broadly emarginate ; in front of the emargination is a sinuate
transverse depression, on each side of which is a fovea; the an-
terior angles are broadly rounded, the posterior are obtuse.
Scutellum ferrugineo-fuscous, rugosely impressed. Elytra with
a greater virescence than the head and thorax, very faintly punc-
tate; striate, but without punctation in the striz; the inter-
stices slightly convex; two or three slight fovee on the outer
side of the second stria, one about a third from the base, the
next about a third from the apex, and the last about a sixth from
the apex; a number of pits are placed at irregular distances
along the marginal space. Under side fuscous, paler than above,
and not virescent ; the middle and the abdomen are not punc-
tate, but the side-pieces (episterna and epimera) are all faintly
and irregularly punctate. The legs are pale testaceous.

I have named this species after Herr Dohrn of Stettin, an
entomologist of world-wide reputation, whose great attainments
as a man of science are only equalled by his genial and endearing
qualities as a friend.

2. D. Smithii, mihi.

Precedenti similis, sed major; niger et haud virescens; ca-
pite linea transversa antice multo minus profunda; thorace
disco impunctato, angulis posticis minus obtusis, ad mucro-
nem fere rectis ; elytris interstitils impunctatis, striis profun-
dioribus quam in D. Dohrn; subtus vix punctatus ; ceteris
ut in D. Dohrnit.

Long. 6 lin., lat. 24 lin.

Closely allied to the preceding, but differs from it in the fol-

346 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

lowing particulars. It is black instead of virescent fuscous.
The head is wholly impunctate ; the angular depressions in front
are shallow, and united by a faint transverse line instead of a
deep groove, and the epistome has scarcely any depression. The
thorax is impunctate on the disk; the dorsal line 1s scarcely
punctate, and it reaches wholly to the front, the posterior angles
are less obtuse than in D. Dohrnii, and somewhat sinuate, so as at
the very point to be almost right-angled for a short space. The
elytra are more deeply striate, and the mterstices more convex
and impunctate. The under side has scarcely any punctation
at ail, either on the sides or middle. In other respects the same
description will apply to the two species.

I have named this species after my friend Mr. Frederick Smith
of the British Museum, whose kindness places the extensive in-
formation he possesses at the disposal of all who desire to profit

by it.
Anisodactylide.
OrtHocontius, Dej.*
1. O. rugiceps, mihi.

Latus, depressus, niger, subnitidus ; antennis, palpis, abdomine
tarsisque piceis ; ; capite punctato- rugoso, bi-1 -Impresso ; thorace
leviter et sparsim transversim rugoso, interstitiis levissime et
perparce punctato, sine punctis ‘majoribus in rugis; elytris
lepidissime et subtilissime transversim aciculatis, striato-punc-
tatis, interstitiis parum convexis, hic et illic leviter punctatis ;
subtus subopacus ; abdomine subtiliter aciculato, preecipue
lateribus.

Long. 8 hn., lat. 34 lin.

Depressed, broad, black, with something of a silky gloss.
Head rugosely punctate, with two longitudinal depressions be-
tween the antennz united by a transverse line; antennee, palpi,
and parts of the mouth piceous. Thorax transversely rugose,
lightly and sparsely on the disk, more coarsely on the depressed
sides and base, the spaces between the rugosities on the disk
faintly and sparingly punctate, no larger punctures in the ruge;

* Notwithstanding the high authority of M. Lacordaire, to which I have
deferred for the sake of uniformity, I cannot bring myself to think that
this is the proper position of this genus. Sometimes trifling distinctions,
which are yet found constant in a group, help one to discover the true
affinities of a species when more prominent characters fail. In this instance
the pectination of the claws of the tarsi, the acicular microscopic sculpture
on the elytra, along with their truncation, lead me to look for the proper
place of the genus in the neighbourhood of Calathus, Pristonychus, &c.,
in which exactly the same characters are found.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 3.47

a triangular fovea on each side of the base united by a somewhat
bisinuate transverse line; dorsal line distinct, reaching from this
basal line to the anterior margin ; semilunar depression in front
distinct and somewhat triangular, not more punctate or rugose
than the neighbouring parts; posterior angles obtuse, not
rounded, approaching a right angle at the very point for a very
short space. Scutellum rather elongate, impunctate. Elytra
broader than the thorax, two and a half times the length of the
thorax; shoulders prominent, marked with the finest transverse
aciculations, which are not visible except under a powerful mag-
nifying glass; punctate-striate; the interstices sparingly and
faintly punctate here and there; slightly convex, wider at the
base than the apex, the space between the third and fourth and
fifth and sixth striz widest, the latter with a rugose marking at
the base ; the marginal space wide, widest towards the apex. The
under side of the body black, impunctate ; abdomen dark piceous,
with a silky opake lustre ; more strongly aciculate than the elytra.
Thighs with papillary punctures along the sides and near the
joint ; tibize and tarsi dark piceous.

This species seems to come nearest to Hope’s O. latus, or his
O. longipennis, described in these ‘ Annals,’ 1st series, vol. x.
p- 92; but the somewhat larger size, and the sulcation of the
elytra, instead of striation, with the deep punctation of the sulci,
*‘sulcis fortissime punctatis,’ which he gives as a character of
the former, sufficiently distinguish it from this species ; and the
relative proportions of the elytra and thorax in O. longipennis,
the former being stated at four times the length of the latter,
prevent its being confounded with this, which has the elytra only
two and a half times the length of the thorax.

2. O. Clarkui, mihi.

Niger vel nigro-piceus, nitidus, precedente angustior et convexior;
antennis trophisque, corpore subtus pedibusque ferrugineo-
piceis; capite sparsim profunde punctato, bi-impresso ut in
O. rugicipite ; thorace fere ut in O. rugicipite, sed levior et cum
punctis sat profundis in rugis positis ; elytris multo minus di-
stincte aciculatis quam in O. rugicipite, minus profunde striato-
punctatis, interstitiis fere planis, sparsim punctatis preecipue
lateribus et apice, et cum lepidis lineis hic et illic irregulariter
transversim ductis ; subtus ut in O. rugicipite, sed episternis
metathoracicis oblique rugosis ; femoribus pallidioribus.

Long. 73-8 lin., lat. 3 lin.

Black or dark piceous, shining, narrower and more convex
than O. rugiceps. Head not rugose, but covered with large, deep,
scattered punctures; an angular depression united by a traus-

348 Mr.A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

verse groove between the antennee. Thorax nearly as in O. rugi-
ceps, but smoother and with a few large punctures irregularly
dispersed in the wrimkles or scratches which extend irregularly
over the disk, but principally in a transverse direction; the
dorsal line is well marked, but does not reach to the anterior
margin ; posterior angles obtuse. Elytra three times the length
of the thorax, broader than the thorax, but not so much so as
in O. rugiceps ; much more finely aciculated than in that species,
so that they are more shining and have less of a silky gloss;
they are less deeply punctate-striate ; the interstices almost flat,
sparsely punctate, but more closely and deeply towards the sides
and apex; these punctures are larger than the similar ones in
O. rugiceps; there are also a number of delicate scratches or
wrinkles, which extend here and there more or less transversely
or obliquely across the different interstices; the space between
the sixth and seventh stric is narrowest, widening a little towards
the base, and more so towards the apex ; in other respects nearly
as in O. rugiceps. The under side is ferrugineo-piceous, the
sides of the body with an occasional puncture, and the meta-
thoracic episterna deeply wrinkled obliquely ; the abdomen very
finely aciculated, with two punctures on each segment in the
middle and two on each side. Legs dark piceous, thighs lighter.

I have named this species after my able and amiable friend,
well known to all British entomologists, the Rev. Hamlet Clarke.

3. O. pinguis, mihi.

Latus, niger, nitidus; antennis, trophis, corpore subtus pedi-
busque ferrugineo-piceis; capitis vertice et fronte profunde
punctatis ; thorace ut in O. Clarkii, sed rugis magis reticulatis,
linea dorsali profunda; scutello polito; elytris lepidissime
aciculatis, leviter striato-punctatis, interstitis fere impunctatis
sed sparsim et leviter punctatis inter strias quintas et sextas,
sine lineis transversis lepidis; subtus politus; abdomine fere
ut in O. Clarkii.

Long. 5} lin., lat. 2¢ lin.

Broader for its size than either of the two preceding species ;
black, shming. Head coarsely and deeply punctate on the vertex
and in front, not punctate on the sides behind the eyes; a some-
what quadrate smooth patch also in front.in the centre behind the
epistome ; a fovea on each side in front, between which is a trans-
verse line, which forms the anterior margin of the smooth space ;
in front of this line is the epistome, which is impunctate, except
by four deep punctures in a transverse groove which traverses
it; antenne and parts of the mouth ferrugineo-piceous. Tho-
rax nearly as in O. Clarkii, except that the wrinkles are not so

Mr. P. H. Gosse on a new living British Madrepore. 349

transverse as in it, some of them running longitudinally or ob-
liquely, so as in parts to form faint wide-meshed reticulations; the
dorsal line is rather deeper, and reaches to the anterior margin.
Scutellum polished. Elytra nearly three times the length of the
thorax; very delicately aciculated, though scarcely so finely as
in O. Clarkii ; finely punctate-striate ; the interstices without the
transverse scratches which occur in O. Clark; with scarcely a
single famt puncture, except on the interstice between the fifth
and sixth striz; the interstices somewhat convex, especially to-
wards the sides, where the striz are deepest ; the space between
the sixth and seventh striz narrowest, and nearly as in O. Clarkii,
but almost without any widening at the base. Below ferru-
gineo-piceous ; some faint scratches on the episterna, but nothing
like the deep oblique wrinkles on the metathoracic episternum
in O. Clarkit ; abdomen nearly as mit. Legs ferrugineo-piceous ;
thighs rather paler.

This species comes near Dejean’s description of O. brevithoraz ;
but the latter is described as having the interstices on the elytra
all punctate, which is certainly not the case here.

XXXVI.—On Phyllangia, a new living British Madrepore.
By Purp H. Gossz, F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

With much pleasure I announce the discovery of an interesting
living Madrepore, new to the European seas, if not new to
science.

About six weeks ago, Mr. G. H. King, of this town, dredging
in Weymouth Bay, brought up a piece of the bottom, about a
foot square, evidently the edge of one of the oolite ledges, torn
off by the dredge. On this were from fifty to a hundred spe-
cimens of a little Madrepore, which was considered to be our
common Cyathina Smith. The group was broken up and dis-
persed ; but a fragment having fallen under my notice, I imme-
diately saw in it characters which distinguished it from Cyathina,

It proves to be of the genus Phyllangia of Milne-Edwards
(Hist. Nat. des Corallaires), and agrees in the most minute par-
ticulars (with one or two slight exceptions) with the P. americana
of the same author.

The exceptions are—lst. That whereas P. americana is de-
scribed and figured as reaching half an inch in diameter, none
of the specimens procured at Weymouth attained (as I was told)
quite half those dimensions, those which fell under my own
notice not exceeding one-sixth of aninch. 2ndly. That whereas

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. ii. 24

350 Mr. P. H. Gosse on a new living British Madrepore.

in P. americana the summits of the primary septa are described
as arched, in our Weymouth specimen that character exists
only in some of them, others, of the same cycle, being obliquely
truncate, the outer part being the higher.

These differences are too slight to constitute distinction of
species; and hence I conclude that we have on our southern
coasts a Phyllangia now living, in some abundance, which has
hitherto been recognized only as inhabiting the Caribbean Sea.

I was not so fortunate as to see the animal alive, my specimen,
though in the flesh, being in an advanced state of decomposition
when I obtained it ; but Mr. King, who is familiar with Cyathina
Smithii, speaks of the living Phyllangia as having a general
resemblance to that species, and tells me that he observed white
and green hues. He noticed numerous tentacles, but did not
observe whether they were knobbed.

It may be fairly expected that more specimens will be obtained
of this interesting little Coral; and to facilitate the search for
it, I may mention that this colony was taken just under White-
nose.

The following diagnosis may assist in its recognition :—

MADREPORARIA.

Tegumentary structure solidified so as to form a proper corallum.

APORA.

Visceral chamber free, or subdivided transversely by irregular
projections. Septa well developed. Sclerenchyma compact.

Astreide.

Intersepts more or less divided transversely by projecting
plates. Visceral cavity not obliterated, but only subdivided.
No coenenchyma. Walls imperforate.

ASTRAINA.
Septa toothed.

ASTRANGIACEX.
Increasing by buds, which spring from stolons, or from creep-
ing basal expansions. Polypary always remaining very short.
Phyllangia.

Wall naked, ribbed. No false coonenchyma. Primary septa
with the upper edge untoothed. Columella rudimentary.

P. americana. Four cycles of septa. Primary septa with the
outline of their summits arched.

Mr. C. C. Babington on Arctium. 351

May I be permitted to add that if any naturalist, under whose
eye this notice may fall, possesses, or should at any future time
possess, a living specimen of this Madrepore, I should esteem it
a particular favour to be allowed an opportunity of figuring it
in my ‘ Actinologia Britannica.’

I am, Gentlemen,
Yours respectfully,
P. H. Gossx.
Sandhurst, Torquay, Oct. 20, 1858.

XXXVII.—On Arctium. By Cuartes C. Bazrneron, M.A.,
F.R.S. &c.

At the Meeting of German Naturalists in 1857, Herr Can-
didat Nitzchke made a communication concerning the genus
Lappa of Tournefort ; and as he takes especial notice of my
paper upon Arctium (A. N. H. ser. 2. xvii. 369), some reference
to it seems desirable. He informs us that L. major, L. minor,
and L. tomentosa are usually distinguished in Germany, and also
that the L. intermedia of Lange has been observed several times,
and does not seem to be scarce in Silesia. He arrives at the
opinion that the three first-named are true species, but that
there are frequent hybrids between them, such as L. minor.
tomentosa, corresponding with my A. pubens, and L. major-
minor, synonymous with Lange’s A. intermedium. He gives no
proof of the fact, except that the plants are often found in each
other’s company. Unfortunately there is a tendency amongst
German botanists to declare everything a hybrid which is of
difficult determination and nearly allied to other species. Agree-
ing with Fries, and with the great body of zoologists, in thinking
that plants and animals very rarely hybridize in a wild state, I
am not prepared to accept M. Nitzchke’s view concerning the
Arctia. It is not a mere statement of opinion which will deter-
mine such a question. He allows that his supposed hybrids
produce seed which is apparently perfect. Let these seeds be
sown and the results remarked for a few years. If they are
fertile hybrids, I believe that the progeny will gradually revert
towards one of the parent species until they become undistin-
guishable from it.

M. Nitzchke remarks that “these questionable species appear
but seldom, and isolated, as is generally the case with hybrid
plants.” Such is probably their condition in Germany, and may
be the fact with A. intermedium in Britain ; but certainly this
does not describe the mode of occurrence of A. pvbens in Ireland.
Until the summer of 1858, I should have been unable to state

24%

352 Mr. C. C. Babington on Arctium.

anything more definite relative to the latter than to the former
plant; but now I am able to say that A. pubens is abundant
throughout a great part of the south of Ireland, where I could
not find A. majus, and only saw one specimen of 4. minus. This
is conclusive against the hybrid origin of A. pubens. Whatever
may be ultimately determined concerning A. intermedium, a plant

with which I am very imperfectly acquainted, no doubt remains ~

upon my mind of the existence of the other four plants as well-
marked species, notwithstanding Mr. Bentham’s remark “ that
no certain limits can be ascribed even to the three more gene-
rally recognized varieties.” His success in finding intermediate
forms surprises me; for, after an examination of hundreds of
living individuals, I have failed in discovering them. The more
I examine the plants, the more convinced I become of their
distinctness. Each of them varies considerably, but within de-
finite mits. During the last autumn, the radical leaves have
attracted my special attention ; and the plants seem to be quite
distinguishable by them, as indeed I had long before been told
by my acute friend the Rev. W. W. Newbould. Two of the
species have their radical petioles hollow ; and in the other two
they are constantly solid. This hollowness is not the result of
the stretching of the tissue from over-vigorous growth ; for it 1s
always well defined in outline, forms a tube with smooth sides,
and may be found im all stages of the growth, from the younger
leaf to one that is verging upon decay. If the slightest hollow
is found in the petioles of the other species, it is manifestly the
result of rupture, has no defined outline, nor smooth interior,
nor constancy, and is very rare.

‘A. tomentosum has solid roundish petioles with seven very
prominent angles and a deep furrow between the upper pair.
The limb of the leaf broadly cordate-ovate, rather acute, but
little longer than broad, broadest close to its base, which is
truncate with two notches rather than truly cordate.

A.majus has solid rather quadrangular petioles, with the angles
less prominent than those of A. tomentosum; and the furrow,
although similar, is rather less deep. The limb of the leaf
broadly cordate-ovate, with its broadest part at about one-third
from the base, blunt, very little longer than broad. The leaf of
A. tomentosum narrows pretty uniformly from its broadest part
to its tip; that of A. majus is very slightly narrowed until about
two-thirds of its length is attained.

I do not know the radical leaves of A. intermedium.

‘A. minus has roundish petioles with a hole in their centre,
which is usually, perhaps constantly, small and nearly round,
—slightly prominent angles, and a very shallow broad furrow.
The leaf is deeply cordate-ovate, with its broadest part at about

Mr. A. White on Telocera Wollastoni. ooo

one-third from the base, whence it narrows pretty uniformly to
an acute tip. Its base is very deeply notched with lobes nearly
parallel to the petiole, and parallel-sided.

A. pubens has roundish, or more usually oval petioles with a
large hole, which is usually also oval, in their centre ; five of the
angles reduced to rather prominent ribs; the two upper ones,
which are only slightly more conspicuous, have a very broad
shallow furrow between them. The leaf is deeply cordate-ovate,
with its broadest part near the base, whence it narrows, with
much uniformity of curve, to the bluntish tip. Its base is
less deeply notched than that of A. minus; and its lobes are
rounded.

XXXVIII.—Spicrzecia Entomonoeica. I.—Description of
Telocera Wollastoni, an apparently unrecorded species of
Longicorn Beetle from Australia. By Avam Wuirz, Assistant,
Zool. Dept. Brit. Mus.

THERE is no part of the external structure of an insect more
variable im different genera than the antenne. Look at the
Neuroptera for example. Take the short, few-jointed antennz
of those great-eyed Dragon-flies, with their bristle-ending last
joint, and compare them with the long, many-joimted antenne
of an Ascalaphus, with the terminal joimts expanded into a knob,
so that Scopoli, whose writings White of Selborne often studied
and quoted, looking to that character alone, described one of
these strange Neuroptera as a butterfly.

Look, again, at Beetles; compare the filiform antenne of a
Tiger-beetle with the many-plated antenne of a male Cock-
chafer, or with the strangely distorted antenna of a male Melvé
or Cerocoma, or the wondrously expanded joint of a Paussus,—
and how truly marvellous must be the diversity of uses and pur-
poses for which these antennz were made! The uses of the an-
tennz would form a magnificent subject of research ; and the
results, if recorded by an able pen, would make one of the
finest, the most attractive, and the most imteresting of books,
particularly if illustrated with enlarged and accurate drawings.

But, to restrict oneself to Longicorn Beetles, the antennz
in this great group must always afford to the systematist the
most easily detected zoological characters. Nowhere, except in a
few Anthribide, which resemble Longicorns at first sight, are
there longer antennz than those of the males of some of the
genera of this group; take, for example, the Acanthocinus adilis,
or Macronemus. And yet you will find Longicorns with very
abbreviated antenne ; and in numerous sets, such as Clyéi and

354 Mr. A. White on Telocera Wollastoni.

Callidia, the antennz are by no means conspicuous for length.
Again, if we restrict ourselves to Australian Longicorns, how
strange are the curiously lamellated antenne of the beautiful
genus Petalodes of Newman, of which a second species exists in
the Museum Collection, which I have named P. plagiatus*, from
the long pale-yellow smooth spot so conspicuous on each ely-
tron from the middle to near the tip,—the basal half of the elytra
being strongly punctured, a yellow punctured patch before the
smooth patch, and only separated from it by a narrow stripe, of
the general pale brown of the elytra! How different must be the
economy of this insect, so far as the male uses these finely lamel-
lated antennee, from the economy of the Scolecobrotus Westwoodu
of Hope, whose antenne have their fore-edges strangely ser-
rated! and yet the insects are not very distantly related. Then,
again, the dilated antennee giving Telocera somewhat of a Lan-
guria appearance, or of a Triplax, must have a purpose and use
different from the simple linear antennz of the Callidia and
Pytheus, to which it is allied.

The genus which I describe under the name of Telocera is
allied to Pytheus of Newman, one species of which only is known,
the Pytheus jugosus from Sydney. As the genus Brachytria,
close to Pytheus, varies in its coloration, and apparently im the
different sexes, I thought that Pytheus and Telocera might pos-
sibly be sexes of one genus, and even of the same species, in that
country of anomalies in structure, where the female of Disticho-
cera, for instance, is totally unlike her partner. It would be
very rash, in our present state of knowledge, to regard Telocera
as such. There were three specimens of this pretty beetle in the
collection bought by Mr. Stevens. One of these only I have
seen. It is in the British Museum ; the other belongs to Mr.
Pascoe; while Mr. Thompson of Paris procured the third for
his noble collection, during his late passage through London,
on his route from America to the French capital. The figure,
carefully drawn on the block by Mr. Ford, but much magnified,
shows its curious form.

TELOCERA.

Antenne \ong ; first joint thickened, at base curved; second as
usual small, somewhat globular at apex; third and fourth

* Petalodes plagiatus, White.

P.brunneus ; antennis longe lamellatis pedibusque subpallidioribus ; tho-
race scabroso-punctato, lateribus pilis brevibus densis flavidis ornatis ;
elytris apice subtruncatis, basi punctatis, post medium levibus, plaga
elongata prope suturam pallido-flava, altera plaga minore propius basin,
sutura apice subspinosa; metathorace lateribus albo-pilosulis ; abdominis
lateribus albo-pilosis uninotatis. Long. lin. 8 3.

Mr. A. White on Telocera Wollastoni. 355

longer, and about equal in length; fifth, sixth, seventh and
eighth joints about equal
in length, each longer than
the fourth; ninth, tenth
and eleventh dilated, and
forming a distinct club;
the ninth triangular, trun-
eated at tip; the tenth
somewhat cup-shaped; the
eleventh somewhat globose,
rounded at the tip; these
last three joints slightly flat-
tened.

Thorax longer than wide, broadest about the middle, where it
bulges but is not tubercled, narrower than elytra at the base.

Scutellum large, somewhat sunk, pointed.

Elytra narrow, elongated; shoulders prominent.

Eyes largish, very much emarginate in front, near the insertion
of antenne.

Femora strongly clavate.

Telocera Wollastoni, nu. s.

T. capite, antennis, abdomine pedibusque nigris, thorace fasciaque
elytrorum transversa postmediana miniaceo-rubris, elytris cseruleo-
viridibus. Long. lin. 4.

Hab. Australia (Moreton Bay? Sydney ?).

Thome Vernon Wollaston, Entomologo preestantissimo, auctori operis
eximii, ‘ Insecta Maderensia,’ viatori indefesso, in scientia literisque
humanioribus erudito, coleopteron hoc pulchrum dedicatur.

Antennz, head, abdomen and legs black. Thorax vermilion-
red, punctured, and thickly clothed with erect hairs. Elytra
at apex rounded, bluish green, with a broad red band across
them behind the middle, and colouring the suture and sides of
the elytron ; apex of elytra blackish blue; the green before the
red band is tinged with blackish blue; the shoulders are some-
what protuberant; elytra deeply punctate-striate, with erect
hairs. Scutellum black, with deeply grooved lines. Legs black,
with longish hairs ; tibiz, especially on the inside, clothed with
dense, silky, short hairs with a brownish tinge.

Note.—The Teniotes Pazii of Rojas, from Venezuela, described and
figured in the Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1856. t. .f. 2, is synonymous with
Lamia (Plectrodera) quadriteniator, White, described in the Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1846, p.48. The Museum specimen was from Guayaquil.

356 M. H. Jekel on new Curculionidous Beetles.

Sprceitecia Entomoxnoeica.—I]. Descripiions of new Curcu-
lionidous Beetles collected on the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald.
By M. Henri Jexet, of Paris. With Notes by Apam Wuire.

M. Jexet of Paris has kindly furnished me with descriptions of
four new species of Rhynchophorous Beetles, collected on the
voyage of H.M.S. Herald, when commanded by Capt. Henry
Kellett, C.B., who entrusted them to me for description. The
grant for the publication of the zoological results of that voyage
was exhausted before the Annulosa were reached. The collec-
tions were formed chiefly on the Pacific shore of Central America ;
a few specimens were brought from more northern parts. I
intend to give a list, with brief descriptions, of some of these.
Dr. Berthold Seemann, whose fine work on the Botany of the
Voyage has given him a great name among modern Aetna,
was the chief collector.

I cannot pretend to give the detailed descriptions of M. Jekel,
nor his micrometrical admeasurements, which must often be
rather individual than specific. The care, however, and the de-
tail displayed in the descriptions drawn up by Jekel and Dr.
Horsfield are very evident to those who know and have thoroughly
studied the subject. But never was the saying truer than in these
days of railroad travellmg and electric telegraph, “vita brevis,
ars longa.” The descriptions of Erichson, Germar, and Guérim-
Méneville, of all modern entomologists, seem to me to be models,
especially for species. —A. W.

Arrhenodes xanthozonatus, Jekel.

A. elongatus, niger, subnitidus, antennis (artic. 4 prim. exe.) tho-
raceque opacis ; rostro basi cum capite canaliculatis, dein bifariam
crenatis, apice rude punctatis; thorace pone medium ampliato,
angulis anticis spinosis, medio canaliculato, impunctato ; elytris
antice scrobiculatis, postice profunde punctatis, interstitiis alternis
costatis, fascia lata ochracea pone medium ornatis; femoribus
omnibus tibiisque anticis HOA ( SP

Long. tot. 16, Pes 3545 25 f5, elytr. 7445 aie

Latit. bas. rostr. 54, bas. cap. 135; thor. ap. 1585 pone med. 2,5,
bas. 2, elytr. 3, truncat. apic. 1,2, mill. (¢)

Allied to, and of the same group as Arrh. lineatus, Sch.* Ros-
trum somewhat longer and narrower from the insertion of the
antennze to the apex than from that part to the base. Head sub-

* Arrhenodes lineatus, Sch. (Gen. et Spec. Cure. v. 476). The specimen
described in that work by Gyllenhal is a9: the ¢ being unknown to him,
he could not indicate the character belonging to that sex, of having the
anterior angles of the thorax spinose. One such ¢ specimen may be seen
in Mr. Bowring’s Collection. No doubt the 9 of the above-described spe-
cies has the angles of the thorax unarmed, like that of the Arrh. lineatus.

M. H. Jekel on new Curculionidous Beetles. 357

quadrate, transversely incised posteriorly, where it forms a very
short neck. Thorax subpulvinate, impunctate. Elytra parallel
to beyond the middle, then narrowed to the apex, which is
truncate. Ochreous fascia broadened towards the margin, its
average breadth being 14 millim. Body beneath impunctate ;
the two anterior rings of the abdomen deeply canaliculate in
their middle. Tooth of the anterior thighs strong; there is,
besides, a very small one, half-distant from the apex. Tibi
curved at their base; tooth of the anterior very strong.

Prepodes Jekelianus, White.

P. oblongo-ovatus, piceus, squamulis viridibus metallico-micantibus,
in lineis duabus thoracis maculisque elytrorum letius condensatis
tectus ; rostro tricarinato, carinis lateralibus versus basin subcon-
vergentibus ; thorace subconico, inequaliter punctato-foveolato,
medio subcanaliculato; elytris punctato-substriatis, apice acumi-
natis ; pedibus purpureo-ceeruleis.

$ Angustior; thorace magis conico; elytris ultra medium parallelo-
angustatis, apice singulatim acuminatis.

2 Latior; elytris versus medium subparallelo-ampliatis, apice con-
junctim acuminatis.

Long. tot. 15, rostr. 1,5, cap. 1,%,, thor. 2,3,, elytr. 9 millim.

Lat. bas. rostr. 1,2,, bas. cap. 1,8, ap. thor. 2, bas. thor. 3, humer.
455, med. elytr. 5 millim.(@). (H. Jekel.)

Hab. Choco, Celumbia, as I have ascertained from a poor speci-
men bought at the Entomological Society’s sale of imsects. It
was given to the Rey. W. Kirby by Mr. Bennett, who sent the
Phrenapates Bennettii, which the venerable Rector of Barham

named after him.—A. W.

Rostrum somewhat ampliate and incrassate at the apex; me-
dian carina reaching the front, the lateral ones obliquely con-
vergent towards the base, which they do not reach. Head some-
what narrower in front, slightly depressed between the eyes.
Thorax slightly flattened on the disk, apex truncate, base sub-
sinuate. Scutellum small, somewhat rounded, subtransverse,
covered with a bright, light metallic green squamulation. Elytra
obtusely rounded at the base; shoulders obliquely subangular ;
rows of punctures regular, at the base hardly, posteriorly slightly
striate. In the 9, the interstices between the strie 1-2, 3-4,
5-6, 7-8, 9-10, 11 and margin, are adorned with spots of a
bright, light metallic green hue, lighter than the ground squa-
mosity. In the gonly one of these rows of maculz is evident
—that between strize 5-6, the others more or less rubbed away,
and forming here and there a confused lighter condensation*.

* On the probable causes of that rubbing-away of the squamulation in

the g, 1 have already given my opinion in ‘ Fabricia Entomologica,’ 1.
vi. 6.—H. Jekel.

358 M. H. Jekel on new Curculionidous Beetles.

One 2 from the Collection of the ‘ Herald ;’ but I have seen
two ¢ in the Collection of the British Museum, labelled “S.
America.” There is another ¢ in Mr. Saunders’s, without indi-
cation of locality, probably from the same source.

I have named this insect after my friend M. Henri Jekel, the
very scientific and accomplished entomologist, who has studied
and collected the species of the great division Rhynchophora
so long and so indefatigably, and the author of that unique
work, ‘ Fabricia Entomologica,’ the descriptions, primting, &c.,
of which are all by M. Jekel. His part of the ‘ Insecta Saun-
dersiana,’ and his other memoirs on Curculionide, are all highly
appreciated. This species may be known from all its congeners by
its bluish-purple legs, the femora, especially of the fore-legs, being
ornamented in front and at the base with metallic green scales.
The squamulation of the head, thorax, and elytra is most deli-
eate and varied, green being the predominating hue, blue on the
sides of body and elytra, while the orange or golden-coloured
scales mingled with them set-off these green scales in a very
striking manner. A jeweller lately took a design for a pair of
ear-drops for a lady, from a specimen of the species called Prepodes
vittatus, a beautiful dark-coloured species with bright longitu-
dinal bands of white and rich red on its elytra: the insect was
represented hanging from an orange-blossom, while rubies and
other jewels formed its body.—A. W.

Genus Synosomus*, Jekel.

Antenne fractee, subtenues, thoracis medium parum superantes ;
scapo recto versus apicem subclavatum sensim incrassato, ocu-
lum attingente; funiculo scapo longiore, articulis sabconicis,
apice truncatis, 1° latitudine apicali subtriplo, externis subduplo
longiore, 2° primo paulo breviore, 3° secundo breviore, sequen-
tibus subdimidio longiore, 4°-7° subzequalibus, magis conicis,
latioribus, latitudine apicali parum longioribus; clava breviter
ovato-acuta, 4-articulata.

Rostrum capite dimidio angustius et longius, apice modice ampliatum
et incrassatum, basi utrinque subcompressum supraque trans-
versim leviter impressum; scrobe laterali, obliqua, primum
Imeari, profunda, dem mox ante partem inferam oculi evanes-
centim ampliata et terminata.

Caput breve, valde transversum, subconicum ; oculis breviter ovatis,
subperpendicularibus, deplanatis ; fronte latitudine rostri.
Thorax amplus, antice subrectim, postice oblique truncatus, infra

oculos obsolete lobatus, prope apicem parum constrictus.

Scutellum nullum.

Elytra subovata, basi conjunctim emarginato-truncata, thorace arcte
applicata, exhumerata, h. e. extra thoracem non extensa, ibique

* Sov, pariter: copa, corpus.

M. H. Jekel on new Curculionidous Beetles. 359

angulata, subconstricta, ab angulo ad medium sensim rotundato-
ampliata, lateribus ad marginem inferam latam compressiuscula,
preesertim postice ; subperpendiculariter declivia.

Pedes mediocres ; coxis sat magnis, subglobosis ; femoribus modice
clavatis, inermibus ; tibiis apice ampliatis, intus unco mediocri
armatis, anticis paulo incurvis, reliquis rectis ; articulo tarsorum
penultimo lato, profunde bilobo, ultimo biunguiculato, ungui-
culis basi liberis, divergentibus, simplicibus.

Corpus suboblongum, exscutellatum, exhumeratum, squamosum,
mediz magnitudinis.

This genus bears a striking resemblance to the Mediterranean
species of Geonemus (G. murinus, Sch., from Algiers) ; the forma-
tion of its rostrum and scrobs, of its exhumerate elytra, and the
absence of scutellum, place it in the second subdivision of the
Cleonidee of Schénherr, near Megalometis, &e.—H. Jekel,

Synosomus geonemoides, Jekel.

S. oblongo-ovatus, niger, squamulis lete virescentibus submetallicis
tectus ; rostro leviter tricarinato, basi subimpresso compressoque ;
thorace amplo, latitudine breviore, prope apicem transversim, me-
dio et basi utrinque, obsolete impresso ; elytris punctato-striatis,
interstitiis alternis postice convexis, mox pone medium ad suturam
elevato-carinatis, dein perpendiculariter declivibus.

Long. tota 14, rostr. 2,%,, cap. 1,2, thor. 34, elytr. 8 mill.

Latit. rostr. 1,55, bas. cap. 2,8, ap. thor. 3, med. thor. 4, bas. thor.
35%, bas. elytr. 3,4, med. elytr. 5 mill.

General appearance of Geonemus murinus, but larger, thorax
more ample, &c.—(H. Jekel.)

If this comes, as I believe it does, from the Pacific shore of
Central America, its alliance to a group from the other side of
the Pacific is particularly interesting in a geographical point of
view. Most of the species of Geonemus are from Australia or
New Guinea.—A. W.

Sphenophorus dimidiatipennis, Jekel.

S. ellipticus, niger, nitidus; thorace supra elytrisque antice rufis,
opacis, subholosericeis, subdeplanatis, illo maculis tribus, his sig-
natura infra-humerali nigro-holosericeis ornatis.

Long. tota cum pygid. (rostr. excl.) 15, rostr. 3355, cap. 34, thor. 5,
elytr. 7,5, id. cum pygid. 9 mill.

Lat. bas. rostr. ;%,, ap. rostr. ;4,, cap. bas. et thor. ap. 1,4, ante
med. thor. 3385, bas. thor, et elytr. 4,2,, hum. 5,2, mill.

Size, general outline, and deplanation that of Sphen. dispar,
Sch., but. bearing a striking resemblance to Sphen. sericeus in the
coloration of the upper side; the latter is nevertheless smaller,
narrower in proportion, and more convex, &e.

Rostrum, head, scutellum, pygidium, body beneath (except

360 M. H. Jekel on new Curculionidous Beetles.

a large rufescent spot on each side of the pectus), and legs,
black, naked, shining ; the two posterior thirds and a subhumeral
macula of the elytra black, opake, velvet-like ; anterior part of
these and thorax rufous, opake, the latter having three opake
macule (one at each side of the base, one above the middle) and
its constricted apex black. Elytra punctate-striate, interstices
convex. Pygidium tricarinate; base slightly, the remainder
rudely punctate. Thorax beneath, sides of the abdomen, and
ultimate segment almost entirely rudely and deeply punctate.
Pectus entirely and middle of the abdomen obsoletely punctate.

Sitophilus Oryza, Linn., Fab., &e.

Note.—M. V. de Motschulsky, in a note in his ‘ Etudes Ento-
mologiques,’ 4° Année (1855), p. 77, speaks of a Sztophilus Zea-
Mais, Motsch., injurious to Maize, as follows :—“ Always larger
than S. Oryze, for which it is generally mistaken; the rostrum
is longer, more abruptly strangulate above the eyes, punctation
of the thorax thicker,’ &c. Then he adds,—“I have not met
with this species in Europe, nor with the S, Oryze in America.”

M. de M.’s species is perhaps a distinet one; but, from his
few words, and from the numerous variations and extended
habitat of S. Oryza, we might be led to believe that he has
caught one of the extreme varieties in size and rugosity of that
universal species, such as are to be found on all continents, even
in Europe, where, however, it is generally smaller. But, as the
species may turn out a good one when fully described, I will only
dwell on the last part of his note. Sit. Oryz@, as Schonherr states,
inhabits the whole globe, and is found not only in every conti-
nent, but also in various latitudes. I have hundreds of specimens,
having been myself at one time anxious to ascertain whether
there might not be several species mixed; but they are all one.

I have specimens from all parts of Europe; from Algiers,
Senegal, Guinea, the Cape, Natal, Madagascar, Bourbon, &e., in
Africa; from different parts of India, m Asia; from the United
States (North and South), Texas, Yucatan, Cuba, St. Domingo,
Honduras, Venezuela, S Cruz de Ormoco, Cayenne, Brazils, &c.,
in America. I possess American specimens as small as the
smallest specimens from Europe. This species is just like many
other widely distributed species, very variable in size, coloration,
depth of punctation, &c.; and I may quote an example even in
several specimens from Cuba, caught together, representing the
three extremes. The elongation and strangulation of the rostrum
vary according to the sex and size, and are often only apparent.
—H. Jekel.

The time is approaching when naturalists will be forced to
give much wider geographical runs for their species. Many

Mr. L. Barrett on the Atlas and Axis of the Plesiosaurus. 361

mere local varieties are now deemed what are called “ good spe-
cies.” Dr. Hooker and other botanists have shown how very
widely distributed many of our common plants are. On another
occasion I may enter on this subject.—A. W.

Besides these, there are the two following species of the ex-
tensive group of the Calandride, the former of which is very
distinctly coloured with two transverse, yellowish-red, subinter-
rupted bands on the elytra :—

Sphenophorus Spinole, Sch. Gen. et Sp. Cureul. iv. p. 883
(1838).
Scyphophorus interstitialis, Sch. loc. cit. p. 856.

XXXIX.—On the Atlas and Azis of the Plesiosaurus.
By Lucas Barrett, F.G.S*.

[With a Plate. ]

In a young specimen of Plesiosaurus presented to the Geological
Museum of the University of Cambridge by Thomas Hawkins,
Esq., the atlas and axis have not coalesced, and are detached
from the remainder of the cervical series. The axis is nearly
entire ; but the atlas has lost part of its posterior articular sur-
face, and the whole of the second subvertebral wedge-bone. The
interesting unanchylosed condition of the four bones composing
the atlantal cup is a sufficient excuse for occupying a small
portion of the time of the Section with a comparison of these
bones with those described by Prof. Owen in the ‘Annals of Na-
tural History’ for 1847, and the corresponding parts of the ske-
Jeton of the new species of Plesiosaurus described by Prof. Huxley
in the last Number of the ‘ Geological Journal.’

We will first consider the structure of this specimen (PI. XIII.
figs. 1 & 2). The four bones composing the atlantal cup have been
slightly displaced ; and its shape is a little altered. The base of
the neural canal is formed anteriorly partly by its centrum and
partly by the expanded bases of the neurapophyses ; posteriorly
the centrum is much larger, and forms the entire base of the
canal. The upper thirds of the neurapophyses are much ex-
panded and bent backwards, their inner angles have not coalesced,
and there is no trace of a neural spine. The anterior surfaces
of the lower part of the neurapophyses are concave, and form
the antero-lateral segments of the articular cup for the occipital
condyle ; laterally their inferior edges slightly overlap the first
wedge-bone ; posteriorly they thin away, exposing the postero-
lateral edges of the centrum (fig. 1, c.).

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting of the
British Association at Leeds.

362 Mr. L. Barrett on the Atlas and Aais of the Plesiosaurus.

That part of the centrum which forms the middle of the upper
half of the atlantal cup (fig. 1, c.) is hexagonal, and it has a small
pit in its centre; posteriorly its articular face is three times as
great (nearly as large as the articular surface of the body of the
axis), and has a circular depression in the middle. The wedge-
bone (fig. 1) forms the lower half of the articular cup, and has
been produced behind into two long processes, the bases of which
only remain.

The neural spine of the axis (fig. 2, N. s.) is long, and much
thicker than that of any of the succeeding cervical vertebree ;
the apex is broken off in this specimen. The neurapophyses are
separated from the centrum bya distinct suture ; and an oblique
ridge connects on each side the anterior with the posterior zyg-
apophysis. The antero-inferior edge of the axis is bevelled-off,
forming an articular surface for the second wedge-bone ; and the
basal portions of two cervical ribs (figs. 2 & 2a, P.L.) remain
attached to the anterior lower part of the centrum: they must
have partly articulated with the second wedge-bone.

The axis of Plesiosaurus Etheridgii, lately examined by Prof.
Huxley, agrees entirely with that of this species ; but there are
some important modifications in the structure of the atlas.

Prof. Huxley describes the atlantal cup in this species as bemg
divided by a triradiate mark into three portions—one inferior
and two lateral and superior. The imferior piece corresponds
with the lower half of the atlantal cup, or the anterior subver-
tebral wedge-bone, and the two supero-lateral pieces to the neur-
apophyses in the specimen first described, but their bases are
much more developed.

There is a small circular bone in the centre, which Prof. Hux-
ley considers to belong to the os odontoideum ; it is the anterior
articular face of that bone, and corresponds to the hexagonal
bone in the middle of the upper half of the atlantal cup im the
former species,—the difference in position being caused in this
species by the great development of the supero-lateral pieces or
bases of the neurapophyses.

The postero-lateral edges of this bone are greatly developed,
forming a rounded ridge on both sides of the posterior part of
the atlas: the extraordinary development of this part of the
bone is the most remarkable feature in the atlas and axis of this
species.

We now come to the species first described by Prof. Owen.
We have two specimens, in the Woodwardian Museum, of this
species, both from the Kimmeridge Clay of Haddenham, near
Ely ; the larger of the two was figured by Prof. Owen in the
‘ Annals of Natural History,’ vol. xx.

The neural arches in both specimens are broken away ; and

Mr. L. Barrett on the Atlas and Axis of the Plesiosaurus. 368

the bodies of the two vertebrz have so coalesced, that the original
line of separation is scarcely visible. The neurapophyses and
cervical ribs of the axis have become anchylosed to the bodies of
that vertebra. The posterior half of the bottom of the neural
canal in the atlas is formed by the true centrum of that vertebra ;
but in the anterior half the bases of the neurapophyses have
spread over the centrum, and have united at the medial line.
On the upper part of the atlantal cup a groove indicates the
position of the original suture between the bases of the neura-
pophyses and the lower part of the atlantal cup. In the larger
specimen there is a trace of the suture which separated the
anterior subvertebral wedge-bone from the upper part of the
atlas, but which is absent in the smaller specimen.

In the atlas of the three species of Plesiosaurus we have now
considered, the anterior articular face of the atlas is made up of
four bones: of these, the os odontoideum is the most variable in
size. Prof. Owen correctly assigned to it a large share in the
formation of the atlantal cup in the Kimmeridge Clay species.
It forms about a third of the upper half of the cup in the young
unanchylosed specimen, and in P. Etheridgii is extremely small.
Its position varies: in the young specimen (figs. 1 & 1a) it
forms the base of the neural canal of the atlas ; in the Kimmeridge
Clay species (figs. 3a & 36) it is overlapped by the expanded
bases of the neurapophyses; and in P. Etheridgit it occupies the
centre of the cup. The bases of the neurapophyses of the atlas
are most developed in this species, and least in the Kimmeridge
Clay species; in all cases the anterior subvertebral wedge-bone
forms a large portion of the atlantal cup. That the suture be-
tween this bone and the os odontoideum, in the atlas of the
species figured by Prof. Owen in the ‘ Annals’ for 1847, is cor-
rect, we have abundant proof in the structure of the atlas of
Phosaurus, where the os odontoideum is of exactly the same
shape, and the wedge-bone separated from it by a similar suture.

It is remarkable that the Kimmeridge Clay species approaches
more nearly the Ichthyosaurian type than the Lias species, not
only in the greater development of the os odontoideum and in
its lateral edges forming the lateral margins of the atlas, but in
its supporting the neurapophyses; there is really no essential
difference between the atlas of this species and the atlas of
Ichthyosaurus.

The atlas of P. Etheridgii and that figured (figs. 1 & 1 a)
show many Crocodilian affinities (the neurapophyses being sup-
ported both by the wedge-bone and the centrum) ; but the pos-
terior edge of the centrum does not support a pair of ribs
(pleurapophyses), and no trace of ribs articulating with the
wedge-bone have been discovered.

364 Bibliographical Notices.

The second vertebra of the same species support cervical ribs
articulated to their bodies ; but in all other respects they resemble
that of the Crocodile.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Anterior view of the atlas of Plesiosaurus from the Lias: N. P. neur-
apophysis; Cc. centrum.

Fig. 2. Axis of the same species : N.S. neural spine; N. P. neurapophysis ;

; c. centrum; Pp. L. pleurapophysis.

Figs. 1a & 2a. Lateral views of the same vertebrez : the same letters indi-
cate the same parts as in figs. 1 & 2.

Fig. 3a. Lateral view of the anchylosed atlas and axis of Plesiosaurus
from the Kimmeridge Clay.

Fig. 36. The articular cup of the same specimen: N. P. neurapophysis ;
c. centrum.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Handbook of Zoology. By J. VAN peR Horven, Professor of
Zoology in the University of Leyden. Translated from the second
Dutch Edition, by the Rev. Witttam Crark, M.D., F.R.S. &e.
2 vols. 8vo. London, Longmans, 1856-1858.

ConsiDERING the high reputation enjoyed by the ‘ Handbook of
Zoology’ of Professor Van der Hoeven, not only on the Content,
but also amongst many English naturalists, it would be a work of
supererogation were we to enter here upon any detailed criticism of
its merits. A short notice of the classification adopted by the learned
Professor of Leyden will, however, probably be acceptable to many
of our readers ; and we shall therefore venture to give a general out-
line of it before proceeding to the more legitimate object of the pre-
sent notice—the consideration of the mode in which Dr. Clark has
executed his translation of this important work.

Professor Van der Hoeven commences his ‘ Handbook’ with a
general introduction to the study of zoology, containing a brief
account of the distinctions between inorganic and organic bodies, and
of the two great kingdoms into which the latter are divided,—an
abstract of the tissues of animals, which he compares with the proxi-
mate elements of the chemist,—a very brief description of the strue-
ture and functions of the principal organs and of the development of
animals,—and concluding with a short treatise on the art of classify-
ing. In this he gives the characters of Cuvier’s four great divisions
of the Animal Kingdom, to which he adds a fifth, the Protozoa, in
a foot-note ; but in his own classification he discards this distribution
“except as a guiding idea,” and divides the whole series of animals
into seventeen great independent classes. We cannot help consider-
ing it a thing to be regretted that this ‘“ guiding idea”’ should not
have been rendered more prominent and palpable to the reader; by
taking the opposite course, Professor Van der Hoeven has lost the

Bibliographical Notices. 365

opportunity of indicating the morphological relations of his classes,
which may be traced with gradually increasing clearness in the three
higher divisions, whilst the only advantage gained by it is that he
gets over the difticulty of determining whether the Echinodermata
should be placed in one or other of two sections.

Professor Van der Hoeven excludes the Sponges altogether from
the Animal Kingdom,—a course which has been adopted by some
other continental zoologists, with but little justice, as it appears to
us: his classification accordingly commences with the Infusoria,
which may be regarded (with the above exception) as equivalent
to the Protozoa, including both the true Infusoria and the Rhizo-
poda; and, singularly enough, considering that the Sponges are ex-
cluded, the Volvocina are still placed among the former, as are also
some other forms (Vibrionide) whose vegetable nature is generally
regarded as fully established.

The Radiata of modern authors form the three following classes,
the Polypi, Acalephe, and Echinodermata. Amongst the Polyps,
Professor Van der Hoeven still includes, not only the Hydroida, but
also the Bryozoa, although he admits that the latter would almost
be better placed with the Mollusca. Of course, as the Hydroid
Polyps are grouped in the same class with the true Polyps, the class
of Hydrozoa of modern authors (the Hydras-meduse ot Leuckart)
is not recognized by our author; his class of Acalephe includes
exactly the same elements as that of Cuvier,—a circumstance which
is to be regretted, as the curious relations of the Hydrozoa, and the
remarkable phenomena of their so-called alternation of generations
can only be satisfactorily understood by regarding the Hydroid Po-
lyps and Acalephee as forming a single great group. The Sipuncu-
/acea are included amongst the Echinodermata.

With the fifth class, that of the Entozoa, divided into the two
orders Sterelmintha and Celelmintha, we commence the great series
of the Annulosa, including the classes Rotatoria, Annulata, or Ringed
worms, of which the Tuwréellaria constitute the first order, Insecta
(with the Myriapoda), Avachnoidea, and Crustacea.

The Mollusca, with our author, form three great classes, the
Tunicata, the Conchifera, and the Mollusea. Considering the vast
differences of organization existing between the Brachiopoda and
Lamellibranchiata and the Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda, we cannot
regard this arrangement as at all satisfactory on any grounds, and
should have greatly preferred seeing the Mollusca divided, in ac-
cordance with ordinary usage, into at least five classes (besides the
Bryozoa).

The Vertebrate Animals, which of themselves occupy the whole of
the second volume, are divided into four classes, the author not re-
garding the distinctions manifested between the Batrachia and the
true Reptiles as sufficient to warrant their separation into two classes.
The classification adopted for the Fishes is to a certain extent modi-
fied in accordance with the views of Professor Miiller,—that is to
say, the Leptocardii and Cyclostomi are regarded as forming a distinct
section from the Chondropterygii (Selachii of Miiller), and the

~

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 25

366 Bibliographical Notices.

Ganoid Fishes also form a separate section ; but the true Bony Fishes
are divided into the four orders Lophobranchii, Pectognathi, Mala-
copterygii, and Acanthopterygii, in accordance with the Cuvierian
principles. The Lepidosirens are also referred to the class of Fishes,
of which they form an order.

It will be readily seen from this sketch that the views of Van der
Hoeven are to a certain extent intermediate between those generally
held by naturalists at the epoch of the publication of Cuvier’s
‘Régne Animal’ and those now adopted by the more advanced of our
living zoologists, of whom Leuckart on the Continent and Huxley
in this country may be regarded as the types. There are certain
points in which his ‘ Zoology’ is undoubtedly behind the age,—that is
to say, points which appear to us to be fully established, and the
truth of which is indeed admitted by our author, but the influence of
which upon the classification of animals he seems to be unwilling to
allow.

But we must quit this criticism of the original work, which has
already occupied far more space than we intended, in order to say a
few words upon that which is the true object of this notice,—Dr.
Clark’s translation. As far as we can judge from a tolerably minute
examination of the book, the translation has been well and carefully

_ effected, although in some cases we find Teutonic stiffnesses that
might easily have been got rid of. It is indeed nearly a literal trans-
lation, and, with but few exceptions, appears to be exceedingly close
to the original. In a few cases, however, we have noticed mistrans-
lations, generally of little importance, and rarely such as seriously to
vitiate the sense of the author. This applies to the translation of
the Dutch text; that of the Latin characters of the classes, orders,
families and genera, which we think would have been much better
left untranslated, has been very indifferently performed,—a curious
circumstance, considering that it is the werk of a Cambridge Pro-
fessor. In translating these short pieces of Latin, Dr. Clark seems
to have forgotten that the descriptive characters, even of zoological
groups, are subject to the ordinary rules of grammar, and that, as a
general rule, in the English language the adjective precedes the sub-
stantive which it qualifies. Thus, of the genus drcedla we are told,
that the animal emits “‘ processes variable, plane, obtuse,””—Dzflugia
is said to emit ‘‘ processes of the animal variable, multifidous,’—
Alcyonium has the ‘body covered with polyps scattered,’’—and
Clepsine, we are told, has the ‘mouth unarmed, furnished with a
proboscis exsertile, tubular.’”’ In the case last mentioned, as in many
others, it would be by no means difficult for a young student to con-
nect the last adjectives in the paragraph with the first substantive ;
and the accidental insertion of a comma would justify him in so
doing. We cannot understand why Dr. Clark should have adopted
this curious form in translating very intelligible Latin.

Dr. Clark has not, however, confined himself to the labour of
translating, but has added numerous notes, many of them of con-
siderable value, showing the progress of zoology during the period
intervening between the publication of the original work and of

Bibliographical Notices. 367

the translation. The portion of Van der Hoeven’s book relating
to the Protozoa was very defective, and here Dr. Clark has added
some notes; but still this section is by no means satisfactory. At
page 102 and the two following pages we find a good abstract of the
recent investigations of Huxley, Leuckart, &c., upon the structure
of the Stphonophora ; and in pp. 109-119 numerous changes induced
by these facts have been made. On pp. 135-138 the translator
has introduced an account of the development of the Echino-
dermata, which is far more detailed than the same portion of the
original work ; and in describing the Entozoa (at pp. 173-176) he
has given an abstract of the recent discoveries of development
of those creatures, which have also caused him to omit Van der
Hoeven’s family of Cystica, now proved to consist of the develop-
mental forms of Cestoid worms. He has, however, given descrip-
tions of the different forms of Cystic worms at pp. 181-183. Inthe
preface to the second volume the translator has added some further
notes on the Invertebrated animals, including references to the valu-
able “ corrections and additions”’ to the German translation, published
in 1856 by Lenckart. From this we also learn that the author him-
self has made great alterations and additions to the second volume,
so that, in Dr. Clark’s own words, “this volume may be regarded
rather as a third edition of the original than simply a translation of
the second.”” The two volumes are illustrated with four-and-twenty
plates, which are printed from the original copper-piates of the Dutch
edition, and which, although some of them might doubtless be im-
proved in appearance, will certainly prove exceedingly useful to the
student.

Actinologia Britannica ; a History of the British Sea-Anemones and
Madrepores. With coloured figures of all the species. By
PuHitre Henry Gossr, F.R.S. Parts I-IV. 8vo. London,
Van Voorst, 1858.

If the present rage for Aquaria have no other result, it has cer-
tainly been instrumental in increasing the number of recorded British
species of Sea-Anemones. On all our coasts dilettanti and naturalists
are busily engaged in rummaging the rocks in search of these beau-
tiful flowers of the sea; Actinize form the most prominent ornaments
of the artificial rock-pools which it is the fashion now-a-days to esta-
blish in almost every house; and if the observation of the habits
of these beautiful captives be carried on with anything like the same
zeal, we shall soon possess a tolerably complete body of information
upon their natural history.

In the meanwhile, however, it must be confessed that the import-
ance which the Actiniz have acquired in the eyes of aquariists is
leading to its natural consequence :—under constant examination,
minute characters seem to grow into greater prominence ; and hence
the number of genera formed threatens to increase in an astounding
ratio as compared with the number of species. Thus Johnston de-
scribes twenty-seven species of Actiniadze, which are included in half-

25%

368 Bibliographical Notices.

a-dozen genera, whilst Mr. Gosse, in his paper published in this
Journal in Junelast, raises this number to forty-one, or, if we elude
Capnea and Corynactis, which he then placed in a different section
of Polypes, to forty-four ; but these will form fourteen genera in the
former case, and sixteen in the latter. In the present work, again,
although it has advanced but a short distance on its course, we already
find indications of the tendency to further division—as Mr. Gosse
provisionally proposes to break up his genus Sagartia (including
about twenty known species) into no less than five groups, for which,
in the event of their being hereafter raised to a more prominent place
in the system, he has wisely and providently invented generic names.
If this plan be carried out much further, as mdeed it is likely to be,
—not perhaps by Mr. Gosse himself, but by those who are to come
after him, and who, with a more inordinate desire to shine in the
world, may possess far less judgment,—we shall soon arrive at that
point when there will be a genus for every species ; and how far this
is desirable, we may leave our readers to decide. We must content
ourselves with calling attention to the fact that this tendency to the
multiplication of genera in the Actiniadee is getting to a great height ;
for we can by no means coincide in the suicidal wish expressed by a
recent writer in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ (see
‘Annals,’ Sept. 1858, p. 231), that there should be ‘‘a council
formed of five, ten, fifty, or any number of the most celebrated na-
turalists, and that no new species or arrangement should be published
without their consent being first obtained.’’ If the council did their
duty conscientiously, we much fear that some of this gentleman’s pro-
ductions would have little chance of appearing in print. There is,
however, one passage in his paper with which, as far as we can under-
stand it, we cordially agree. He says, ‘‘ The rage for marine vivaria
has thrown many useless workers into the field; and I much fear
that what may possibly tend to a love of nature does not always as a
matter of course advance science.” Of the truth of the first of
these propositions no one can entertain a doubt; the second is less
intelligible.

Begging Mr. Gosse’s pardon for stopping to pay this passing com-
pliment to one of his fellow-labourers, we must proceed to the con-
sideration of the four Numbers of his ‘ Actinologia Britannica,’ now
lying before us, premising that the numbers, which appear every
two months, contain thirty-two pages of letter-press and a coloured
plate.

The scope of the work is sufficiently indicated by its title ; and the
portion already published shows that Mr. Gosse is determined to
spare no pains to render it as perfect as possible. He commences
with a general description of the structure of the Actinize, including
an explanation of the somewhat elaborate terminology which he has
lately proposed. The classification adopted is the same as that of
the author’s ‘ Marine Zoology ;’ but he has introduced into the pre-
sent work a new and exceedingly valuable feature, namely the cha-
racters of the foreign families and genera, which must prove very
useful to the investigator of the British Actiniadee, by furnishing him

Slag +

Zoological Society. 369

with a clue to the position of any species of genera previously
unknown on our coasts which may reward his researches. The
characters of the families and genera are given in analytical tables,
and afterwards in a more detailed form. The generic descriptions in
those cases where the genus contains several species are followed by
analytical tables of the species, and we then come to the carefully
drawn-up specific descriptions, which are preceded by short characters
and by a very full synonymy. ‘The varieties of the different species
are also described in considerable detail, and this descriptive portion is
followed in each case by an account of the habits and natural history
of the species, and a list of the localities in which it has been met
with. As there are few, if any, of our British naturalists who have
had the same opportunities as Mr. Gosse of studying the Sea-
Anemones in their native haunts, or who possess the power of de-
scribing their observations in the same lucid and interesting style,
this portion of the work is most attractive and valuable.

The species described in the four Parts before us all belong to
Mr. Gosse’s family Sagartiade, to which we observe he now refers
the genus Capea, placed by him amongst the Caryophyllacea, in
his Synopsis lately published in this Journal. They include the
genera Actinoloba (A. dianthus), Sagartia, with fifteen species (five
or six imperfectly known species being deferred to an Appendix), and
Adamsia.

The plates illustrating the work are, like most of Mr. Gosse’s,
beautifully executed; they represent the various species and many
of their varieties, adhering, in different states of expansion and con-
traction, to the walls of their rocky home, from which the bright
colours of their delicate crowns of tentacles stand out in fine contrast.
Each plate contains on an average about nine figures; and their
beauty, coupled with the intrinsic value and interesting nature of the
work, must render it equally acceptable as an ornament to the drawing-
room table and as a handbook for the scientific naturalist.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
April 13, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Description or A New GENUS OF SPONGE (XENOSPONGIA)
FRoM Torres Strait. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray,
F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Pres. Ent. Soc. etc.

The Sponge here described was received from Torres Strait with
some yery interesting Madrepores and Polyzoa.

It is peculiar from its being free like the Funyie among the Ma-
drepores, but more concave beneath, from its having the upper oscules
placed in the diverging forked groove of the upper surface, and from
its having the whole of the under surface covered with a thick coat

370 Zoological Society :—

formed of agglutinated particles of silicious sea-sand, this coat
being much thicker than the sponge itself; it is probably used to
keep it in its place and position at the bottom of the sea.

Genus XENOSPONGIA.

Sponge free, discoidal, subcircular, concave below, convex above
(rarely lobed on the side); the lower surface with a thick cvat of
agglutinated silicious sand of nearly equal-sized particles ; the upper
surface covered with a white leathery coat formed of felted spicula,
studded with round tufts of glassy spicula, the tufts of nearly equal
size, formed of numerous very fine transparent filiform spicula, form-
ing a roundish brush, each tuft surrounded at the base by a slightly
raised edge of the leathery upper coat; the circumference of the
disk is surrounded by a uniforin series of similar tufts. The centre
of the upper surface is marked with a subcentral impressed groove
with raised edges enclosing a series of circular oscules ; this groove
sends out branches diverging towards the edge, which are forked
and reforked (or rarely trifid) as the disk enlarges, until they ap-
proach the edge of the circumference, which is surrounded by two
continuous circular grooves, concentric with the margin, containing
between them a single circular submarginal series of tufts of spicula.

When the sponge is young, the forked diverging grooves ure few,
definite, and evenly spread over the surface of the disk, with several
series of tufts between them; but as the sponge increases in age,
the grooves become much more numerous, closer together, nearly
parallel with each other, and enclosing only a single series of tufts
of spicula between the parallel grooves.

The substance of the sponge between the grooves is minutely
netted, the interspaces of the network being formed of bundles of
very minute spicula, with a single series of small uniform-sized,
equal, roundish oscules.

The upper surface of the adult sponge is sometimes taken posses-
sion of by a species of Balanus, which forms a prominence on its
surface, and is covered externally with a coat of the sponge.

XENOSPONGIA PATELLIFORMIS.

Hab. Torres Strait.

The particles of sand forming the lower coat of the sponge are as
if they were imbedded in a kind of plaster, having a smooth uniform
surface, exactly as if the sand had been well mixed with a small
quantity of fluid mortar and then cast upon a smooth body.

The whole under surface is not perfectly smooth, but with more
or less distinct impressed lines or concavities placed parallel with
the circumference, showing the periodical increase in the size of the
sponge,

There is scattered over the under surface of the larger specimen a
few larger dark-coloured stones and a few fragments of shells, which
give a variegated appearance to the coat. The larger specimen, after

Mr. S. L. Sotheby on a Talking Canary. 371

it had reached a certain size, made an irregular growth on one of the
sides, forming two rounded lobes which overlap each other, while
the whole front retains the concave conical shape.

The lobe, which is expanded on the under surface of the other,
is frmged with acontinuous series of very close tufts of silky spicula.
I have no doubt, as the bases of these tufts are to be seen on the
rest of the margin, that similar tufts occupy the whole edge of the
sponge in its perfect state, and have been rubbed off; they have been
retained in this place, because it is better protected from external
injury than the other part of the sponge.

In the larger specimens the grooves are much more irregular, as
well as more abundant and more crowded than in the smaller one ;
and in some few instances they appear to arise in the surface inde-
pendent of any connexion with the other grooves, which is not the
case in the smaller example.

In the same specimen there are a few groups or rather lines of
oscules, situated on the surface of the sponge itself, and not placed
in the grooves, where all the other oscules are placed.

In the diverging grooves the texture of the sponge seems to be
across the grooves, that is, parallel to the outer cireumference of the
sponge, leaving minute square pits in the network.

In the marginal grooves, on the the contrary, chief fibres of the
texture appear to be also across the groove, that is, radiating from
the centre towards the margin; but this appearance may probably
arise partly, if not entirely, from the manner in which the sponge
has contracted when it dried, and may not be apparent in the fresh
state ; but having only a single specimen of the adult and young
form of the sponge, I am disinclined to soak it in water and examine
it in a moist state, fearing that it may spoil the specimen, which is
now very brittle and inclined to crack from the edge to the centre

of the frond.

Note ON A TALKING CANARY, ADDRESSED TO Dr. Gray, V.P.Z.S.
By S. Lereu SorHesy.
The Woodlands, Norwood, Surrey,
March 26, 1858.
Dear Sir,

Touching that marvellous little specimen of the feathered tribe, a
Talking Canary, of which I had the pleasure a few days since of
telling you, I now send you all the information I can obtain respect-
ing it from the lady by whom it was brought up and educated at
this our homestead.

Its parents had previously and successfully reared many young
ones; but three years ago they hatched only oze out of four eggs,
which they immediately neglected, commencing the rebuilding
of a nest upon the top of it. Upon this discovery, the unfledged
and forsaken bird, all but dead, was taken away and placed in
flannel by the fire, when after much attention it was restored and
then brought up by hand. Thus treated, and away from all other
birds, it became familiarized only with those who fed it; conse-

372 Zoological Society :—

quently, its first simging notes were of a character totally different to
those usual with the Canary.

Constantly being talked to, the bird, when about three months
old, astonished its mistress by repeating the endearing terms used
in talking to it, such as “ Kissie, Kissie,” with its significant sounds.
This went on, and from time to time the little bird repeated other
words ; and now, for hours together, except during the moulting
season, astonishes us by ringing the changes, according to its own
fancy, and as plain as any human voice can articulate them, on the
several words— Dear sweet Titchie”’ (its name), “ Kiss Minnie,”
“‘ Kiss me then dear Minnie,’ ‘“ Sweet pretty little Titchie,”
“* Kissie, kissie, hissie,’ ‘Dear Titchie,” ‘‘ Titchie wee, gee, gee,
gee, Titchie, Titchie.”

Now as I have shown that the great Melanchthon signed his name
in no less than stwty different ways in uniting the words Philippus
Melanchthon (see the plate of facsimiles in my work, a copy of which
is in the British Museum), you will not be surprised at the extra-
ordinary manner in which the dear little bird varies the several
words he has learned.

The usual singing notes of the bird are more of the character of
the Nightingale, mingled occasionally with the sound of the dog-
whistle used about the house. It whistles also, very clearly, the
first bar of “‘ God save the Queen.’ It is hardly necessary to add
that the bird is, of course, by nature remarkably tame; so much so,
that, during its season, it will perch down from its cage on my finger,
shouting and talking in the most excited state.

Our friend Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins, who has heard the bird,
tells me that about twenty years ago a Canary that spoke a few
words was exhibited in Regent Street, the only other instance, I be-
lieve, publicly known.

I have now only to apologize for having trespassed upon your
patience to read all this long story about the accomplishments of a
little bird ; though at the same time I feel, that in acquainting you,
as Vice-President of the Zoological Society, with the facts stated, I
am not only giving you the means of placing upon record the same,
but affording you the opportunity of witnessing the truth thereof,
as being, in the event of any accident happening to the bird, a more
satisfactory evidence than the mere assertion of,

Dear Sir,
Yours most faithfully,
Dr. John Gray. S. Lergu Sornesy.

April 27, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF ANT-WRENS (FORMICIVO-
RINAE). By Puirip Lurvey Scrarer, M.A., F.L.S. etc.

MyRMOTHERULA MULTOSTRIATA.

3. Nigra, albo striata: alis caudaque nigris albo limbatis et ter-
minatis : subtus alba, lineis angustis nigris omnino striata,

“ F. melanaria.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on new species of Birds. 373

2. Capite ferrugineo, nigro striato: subtus pallide rufescenti-
albida, striis minus crebris nigris.

Long. tota 3°5, alee 1:9, caudee 0:9.

Hab. Upper Amazon, r. Ucayali (Hauzxwell).

Maus. Brit., P..L. S.

FORMICIVORA ERYTHROCERCA.

d. Pileo nigro, loris et superciliis elongatis albis: dorso supe-
riore griseo nigro variegato : interscapulii plumis ad basin
albis : dorso postico ferrugineo : alis extus et cauda tota satu-
rate rufis: alarum tectricibus superioribus nigris albo termi-
natis : subtus grisescenti-alba, nigro variegata, ventre cum
lateribus et crisso Serrugineis ; rostro brunnescente, pedibus
pallidis.

Long. tota 5:5, alee 2°3, caudee 2:7,

Hab. Brazil?

Mus. Dom. Eyton.

A single specimen of this apparently distinct species has been

kindly lent to me by Mr. Eyton. The colouring of the upper sur-

face resembles F. ferruginea and F. Genei, but it is easily distin-
guishable by its pure rufous tail.

CERCOMACRA NIGRICANS.

Formicivora melanaria, Ménétr. Mon. Myioth. p. 500. pl. 9.

fig. 27?

8. Cinerascenti-nigra, subtus nigra; macula interscapulii celata,
tectricum alarium marginibus, remigum basi interiore et caude
rectricum omnium apicibus albis: rostri nigri mandibula infe-
riore albicante: pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 5:5, alee 2:4, caudze 2°5.

Hab. New Granada, S. Martha (Verreaux) ; Bogota.

Mus...Brit. P:.L..S.

I received specimens of this bird from MM. Verreaux, labeled

” But that species seems to be “ coal-black” above,

and is from a very different zoological region. I therefore doubt

their identity.

PyRIGLENA MACULICAUDIS.

$. Atra: campterio, tectricum alarium apicibus, macula dorsi
celata et caude rectricum apicibus albis : rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 5:5, alee 2°7, caudee 2°5.

Hab. Trinidad,

Mus. P. L. 8.

I have two specimens of this apparently unnamed Pyriglena in my

own collection. It is distinguishable from P. atra, cllisiana, and serva,

by the white terminations of the tail-feathers. The bill is rather

broader and stouter than in the typical species.

374 Zoological Society :—

HypocNneMISs SCHISTACEA.

3. Cerulescenti-schistacea unicolor: tectricum alarium omnium
apicibus minute albo punctatis: rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 5:0, alee 2°5, caudze 2-0.

Hab. Upper Amazon; Rio Javarri (Bates).

Mus. Brit.

In the general form and somewhat slender bill this species resem-
bles H. erythrophrys ; but its uniform colouring renders it easily dis-
tinguishable from that and other described members of the genus.

ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS FURCELLA.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., etc.

Sir Everard Home, as I stated in my former paper*, figured the
fragment of the vaulted continuation of the tube that closes its lower
ends, for the shelly valves of the animal. Considering this as an
accidental mistake, I took no further notice of it. An eminent com-
parative anatomist having observed,—‘* In the great Teredo arenarva,
which lives in soft mud, the valves are wanting, according to Dr.
Gray, or their homologues form the convex cap closing the periodi-
cal growths of the calcareous tubes’ (““Mollusea,” in Ency. Britan.
353), I feel it incumbent on me to show the reasons why I cannot
consider the “convex caps” closing the calcareous tube to be the
homologues of the true valves, which, in my paper, I have said are
entirely absent.

First. The caps have the structure, and are continuations of the
tube, and have no relation to the usual valves of the Teredo in their
form or structure.

Secondly. The convex caps here referred to are evidently identical in
structure and formation with the convex cap that is found on the end
of the tubes of the allied genera Clavagella and Aspergillum; and
as these genera have the shelly valves of the animal in their proper
situations, on the sides of the body, quite distinct from the convex
caps, I think it is conclusive that they are not the homologues of the
valves, in those genera, as both the valves and the caps which are
considered as their homologues are present together, so that I must
consider the convex cap in those genera as I do in Furcella, only as
a continuation of the shelly tube in which the animal lives, and
having no more affinity with the shelly valves than the tube of Gas-
trochena and some Lithodomi and other perforating Mollusca.

Thirdly. It is to be remembered that some species of the true
genus T'eredo, which have distinct shelly valves, also form a shelly
convex cap at the base of their tube in front of the animal, exactly
similar in structure and situation to the cap of the genus Furcella,
as I mentioned in my former paper ; so that I cannot consider it only
as a septum formed by the animal for its protection during the period
of rest in those species of Teredinide which have true, well-deve-

* See Annals, vol. i. ser. 4. p. 295.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the genus Furcella. 375

loped, shelly valves, and also as the homologue of the shelly valves
in the genus of the family which is without true valves.

Hence I must continue to regard Furcella as a Conchifer with-
out shelly valves, or any part homologous to them ; and if we were
to find a Conchifer without valves, I should consider their absence
would be most likely to occur in a family in which the valves of
the normal members are so reduced in comparison with the size
of the animal as in Teredinide, where they have been regarded as
“mere appendages of the foot ;’’ this also being a family of Bivalve
Mollusca, in which the animals always live in a shelly tube, it is one
in which the valves are least required for their protection.

Since I sent in the former paper, I have had the opportunity of
examining Mr. Cuming’s series of Furcella from the Island of Ca-
miguen, one of the Philippines, where they live in hard mud left
exposed at very low water.

Mr. Cuming has several specimens of the tube of the young ani-
mal, which commence with a much smaller diameter than the spe-
cimen previously described, and enlarge more rapidly in thickness,
so that the tube is more conical. He has two examples of the base
of the tube of larger specimens, which end in the cap formed of two
overlapping arched plates, showing that to be the normal formation
of the termination. All the specimens have two separate apical
siphonal tubes.

He has also two specimens of the upper part of the tube, which
are of a slender, elongated, nearly cylindrical form ; both are pierced
through the whole length by two central semicylindrical tubes, sepa-
rated by a narrow opake septum. One of these specimens is water-
worn, the other as fresh as if it had been broken from a living spe-
cimen ; the latter shows at the fracture that the apex of the tube is
formed of a number of concentric laminz deposited one within the
other. The two semicylindrical siphon-tubes are surrounded with
a special opake shelly lamina, the septum between them being of the
same thickness and structure; and between the outer surface of this
tube of the siphon and the inner surface of the cylindrical outer
sheath or tube, there is a transverse space at each end of the central
septum, between the two siphonal tubes, filled with a deposit of a
loose, spongy, cellular, shelly texture.

Mr. Cuming has two small tubes from California which appear to
belong to the genus Teredo, and which have the lower or larger end of
the tube closed with a single hemispherical cap like those described
in my former paper. In one the cap is simple and terminal, and the
apex of the tube is oblong and quite simple ; in the other the cap at
the lower end of the tube is larger, rather distorted, and bent on one
side of the axis of the tube, and the aperture at the apex of the
tube is partially divided by a series of plates, which have a promi-
nence in the middle on each side, forming an imperfect division of
the cavity.

I may add, that the siphonal end of the tube being divided into

376 Zoological Society :—

two distinct tubes is not a distinctive character of Furcella, as we
have. in the British Museum a Teredo or rather a Xylotrya from
Sierra Leone which has some of its tubes furnished with two distinct
siphonal apertures, others in which the tubes are only partially
separated, and others with a simple aperture.

The ‘ Cloisonnaine de la Méditerranée”? of M. Matheron (Annales
des Sciences et de |’Industrie du Midi de la France, vols. 1 & 2),
quoted by Deshayes (Ann. Sci. Nat. xi. 245), is evidently a Teredo,
furnished with shelly valves and palettes, and not a Furcella.

On A New GENUS AND SEVERAL NEw SPECIES OF UROPEL-
TID&, IN THE COLLECTION OF THE British Museum. By
Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., Pres. Ent. Soc.

These animals, when first discovered, were arranged with Typhlops
by Schneider ; and afterwards Cuvier, who had previously regarded
them as belonging to that genus, formed for some of them a genus
under the name of Uropeltis. In the ‘Catalogue of the Specimens of
Lizards in the Collection of the British Museum’ (12mo, 1845),
I formed for them a family under the name of Uropeltide, and di-
vided the species into three genera, each containing a single species.
I lately described a fourth genus named Morina in the ‘ Proceed-
ings’ of this Society (1858).

Professor Johann Miller, in an article on the “ Osteology of Rep-
tiles’ in Tiedemann’s ‘Zeitschrift fiir Physiologie’ for 1831 (vol. iv.),
gave an account of the osteology of the two genera Rhinophis and
Uropeltis. Schlegel in 1837 regarded them as a genus under the
name of Pseudotyphlops, and noticed three species.

Instead of this family being characterized by the tail being “‘ cylin-
drical, obliquely truncated above,” it ought to be described as tail
cylindrical or compressed, covered with keeled scales, which are
separate or more or less united into a horny shield,—the scales on
the tip of the tail being always united and many-keeled.

Having occasion to re-examine the various specimens which we
have received since the printing of the Catalogue above referred to, I
have found several additional species.

The family may be divided into three groups, according to the
form of the tail.

I. The tail obliquely truncated with a flat superior disk.

1. Srropoura. Disk oblong, covered with separate, two or four
keeled scales.

2. Uropextis. Disk circular, covered with a single tubercular
plate.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Uropeltide. 377

Il. The tail subtruncate ; end convex, rounded, covered with a
single horny tubercular shield.

3. Mytin1a. Caudal shield many-keeled ; nose more or less

acute.

. Mytilia unimaculata.

1. Siloboura Ellioti.
. Mytilia melanogaster.

2. Mytilia Templetonit.
3. Plectrurus Perrotetii.

4
5

Ill. Vail oblong, compressed, covered with separate 3-keeled scales ;
tip covered with a small compressed cap-like spinose shield.

4. Maupta.

I. Tail cylindrical, obliquely truncated, with a flat superior dish.
Uropeltina.

1. Srropoura, Gray.

Tail obliquely truncated ; disk oblong, covered with rhombic, two-
or four-keeled scales, the scales on the lower edge of the disk larger,
tubercular above, and having two acute tubercles on its sharp lower
edge. ;

* Seales of caudal disk four-keeled.

1. Srtopoura Exxiori (fig. 1).

Siloboura ceylonica, Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. 142 (not Cuvier),

Caudal disk oblong, elongate; scales of the disk four-keeled ; brown,
with a narrow yellow streak on each side of the neck, a broad yellow

378 Zoological Society :—

band in front of the vent continued in a band on each side of the
tail.

Var. Larger scales of caudal disk three- or four-keeled.

Hab. Madras (Walter Elliot, Esq.).

**® Scales of caudal disk two-keeled.

2. SttoBpouRA CEYLONICA.

Uropeltis Ceylonicus, Cuvier, R. A. ii. 76; Cocteau, Mag. Zool.
1833, t. 2 (not S. Ceylonicu, Gray, Cat.); Miller in Tiedemann’s
Zeitschr. Phys. iv. 252, 273. t. 21. f. 4, 5, skull?

Siluboura Ceylonicus, Kelaart, Prod. Fauna, 156.

Pseudotyphlops ceylanicus, Schlegel, Abbild. 45.

Coloburus Ceylonicus, Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. vii. 164. t. 59. f. 3.

Caudal disk roundish, oblong ; scales of disk two-keeled ; black,
a broad irregular yellow band on each side of the neck from the
angle of the mouth, and some yellowish marbling on the sides of
the body becoming more obscure behind ; a broad yellow cross-band
in front of the vent, continued in a broad band to the sides of the
tail.

Hab. Ceylon.

2. UROPELTIS.

Tail obliquely truncated; disk roundish, covered with a single
flat roundish granulated shield.

1. UROPELTIS GRANDIS.

Uropeltis (sp.?), Kelaart, Prodromus, 155.

* Uropeltis grandis, Kelaart.”’ In Brit. Mus.

Caudal disk subcircular, with large scattered tubercles ; nose
subacute, rather produced ; dark brown ; chin and beneath yellowish
brown, with some of the scales dark Nona: in the centre near the
hinder edge.

Hab. Ceylon (Kelaart). Dr. Kelaart’s type specimen.

2. UROPELTIS PARDALIS.
“* Uropeltis pardalis, Kelaart.”’

Nose convex, rounded ; caudal disk subcircular, scarcely tuber-
cular ; back black, with numerous small white specks on the back
and sides; caudal disk brown, smooth, with a narrow white edge
above and a white spot on each side of the lower edge ; belly white,
three or four irregular rows of oblong transverse black spots.

Hab. Ceylon (Kelaart). Dr. Kelaart’s type specimen.

3. Urore.tis? PHrLiePinus.

Uropeltis Philippinus, Miller, Tiedem. Zeitschr. fiir Physiol. iv.
248, 274. t. 22. f. 1 a, b,c, skull; f. 3, animal nat. size; Dum. &
Bib. Erp. Gén. vii. 161. t. 59. f. 2.

Rhinophis Philippinus, Boie, Isis, 1827, 513; Miller, 7. ¢. 248.

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Uropeltide. 379

Typhlops Philippinus, Cuvier, R. Anim. ii. 72.

Pseudotyphlops philippinus, Schlegel, Abbild. 44 (not figured).

Hab. Philippines.

This species is unknown to me. One specimen in the Paris
Museum.

Il. The tail cylindrical, subtruncate ; end covered with a single
horny convex tuberculated shield ; nose acute.

3. Myti3ia.

Caudal disk convex, covered with a single convex shield, covered
with small spine-like ridges; rostral scales produced, more or less
acute.

Rhinophis, Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. vii. 150.

* Caudal shield with a slight perpendicular keel ; rostral scales
square, rather acute.

1. Mytixt1a GERRARDI.

Mytilia Gerrardi, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 57. Rept.
pl. 13.

Caudal disk large, with a slight perpendicular terminal keel ;
black ; white spot over the upper edge of disk.
Hab. Ceylon (R. Templeton, Esq., 1845),

2. Mytiti1a TEMPLETON (fig. 2).

Caudal disk small, covered with radiating lines of uniform spines,
with a slight perpendicular apical keel; blackish-brown, with the
middle of the scales rather paler, a large irregular yellow streak on
each side of the neck, and a few yellow cross-bands on the sides,
becoming small and more indistinct behind; a yellow spot on each
side of the vent, extending in an irregular narrow line to the end
of the tail.

Hab. Ceylon (R. Templeton, Esq.).

** Caudal shield convex, rounded, without any terminal keel ;
rostral shield compressed, produced, very acute.—? Rhinophis,
Hempr.

3. Myrtinia uNIMACULATA (fig. 4).

Uniform grey-brown (in spirits), with pale edges to the scales,
those of the under side being the broadest, with a single oblong
transverse yellow spot in front of the vent.

Hab. Ceylon (Thwaites).

We have two specimens of this species,—one not in a good state,
rather discoloured, being uniform red-brown, from the Haslar col-
lection, and another, in good state, received from Mr. Thwaites in
1856. They both have the same preanal spot and keelless caudal
shield.

380 Zoological Society :—

The species is most like the Pseudotyphlops oxyrhynchus figured
by Schlegel, Abbild. 43. t. 12, which is said to be the Typhlops
oxyrhynchus of Schneider, Amph. ii. 341; the Rhinophis oxyrhyn-
chus, “‘ Hemp. Berl. Mag.,’’ Wagner, Syst. Amph. 195; the RAzno-
phis punctata, Miller in Tiedem. Zeitschr. Physiol. ii. 248, 273.
t. 21. f. 1, 2, 3, skull; t. 22. f. 1, head shield; £. 1, d, e, 7, caudal
disk, which Schneider says came from Coromandel, and Professor
Johann Miller from Guiana: but I think the latter must be a mis-
take, as no species of the family has yet been found on the Western
continent. The specimen figured by Schlegel in the Leyden Museum
differs from the one here described, chiefly in having no yellow spot
in front of the vent, and in being provided with a dark spot im the
centre of the scales, forming a central and some lateral lines on the
back, and a single line of spots on the underside of the tail and the
hinder part of the belly near the vent. I have no specimen which
agrees with it in these characters.

It is doubtful if Schlegel’s figures of this genus differ from Mo-
rina; but Professor J. Miller describes the tail as covered at the
end with a “hard oval horny shield,’ and he says Uropeltis has a
caudal shield exactly like RAinophis, and rough with granulations ;
he further observes that there is no other difference between the ex-
ternal form and the skull of the genera, except in the form of the
rostral shield, which in RAinophis is sharp and keeled and produced.
At any rate Rhinophis and Morina were not established on the same
kind of characters, and the sharpness or bluntness of the rostral
shield differs in the species of both genera; and though the name
and character is applicable to this kind, the nose of the other
species of the genera more resembles that of the genera Stiloboura,
Uropeltis, and Maudia.

*** Caudal shield small, with a terminal transverse dentated keel ;
rostral shield square, rather acute.—Crealia.

4. MyTILiA MELANOGASTER (fig. 5).

Above brown (in spirits), with indistinct pale lines between the
series of scales, formed by very small pale dots on the outer sides of
the scales ; sides white from lips to vent ; belly black, white-spotted ;
tail above and below like the back, dark, with indistinct pale lines ;
caudal shield tridentate at the tip.

Hab. Ceylon (Thwattes).

We procured through Mr. Cuming two specimens of this species,
which were sent home by Mr. Thwaites in 1854.

See also—

1. Rhinophis Philippinus, Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. vii. 134. t. 57.
fl,

2. R. oxyrhynchus, |. c. 156.

3. R. punctatus, |. e. 157, only known from figures.

Dr. J. E. Gray on Carpenteria and Dujardinia. 381

Ill. Tail oblong, compressed, covered with separate three-keeled
scales ; tip covered with a small compressed cap-shaped spinose
shield. Plectrurina.

4, PLECTRURUS.

Tail oblong, compressed, covered with separate three-keeled scales;
apex furnished with a small compressed cap-shaped shield, covered
with small spines, and ending in a central perpendicular spinose
keel. Nose rounded, rather produced. The central ventral series
of scales rather broader than the other scales, six-sided.

1. Precrrurvs Perrorerttii (fig. 3).

Pale brown (in spirits), paler beneath, with a more or less large
and distinct oblong transverse yellow. spot in front of the vent.

Plectrurus Perrotetii, Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gén. vii. 167. t. 59. f.-4,
shally: (t2./6:f. 1.
Hab. Madras (J. C. Jerdon, Esq., 1846) ; ‘‘ Neelgherries.”’

Var. 1. With a series of obscure small pale spots between each
series of the dorsal scales.

Var. 2. Tail with a central line of white spots on the upper side,
and with a row of white spots on each side near the vent, converging
and united in the middle of the end of the tail; hinder part of upper
lip white.

Var. 3. Scales of the tail nearly smooth ; in other specimens these
seales are very distinctly three-keeled.

We have a smaller specimen of this animal, which we received
from the Fort Pitt Museum, as having been sent by Mr. Ford
from the Cape of Good Hope; but as they had many specimens
from India in that Museum, I suspect this habitat is a mistake, as
the genus has not yet been received with certainty from Africa, and
it is scarcely likely that an Indian species should be also found in
that country.

On CARPENTERIA AND DUJARDINIA, TWO GENERA OF A NEW
FORM OF PROTOZOA WITH ATTACHED MULTILOCULAR SHELLS
FILLED WITH SPONGE, APPARENTLY INTERMEDIATE BE-
TWEEN Ruizoropa AND PortirerRA. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. Etc.

Many years ago I observed on some specimens of Cardita varie-
gata, which Mr. J. Ritchie, the late Consul of Tripoli, had collected
at Marseilles and sent to the British Museum, some specimens of a
parasitic shell which resembled a Balanus in shape, but when more
carefully examined were evidently not formed in the same manner
as the shells of that class of animals; as however they were not in a
good condition, it was not easy to decide from what animal they
derived their origin.

Mr. Cuming some years later, when he transmitted his collection
of Cirripedes to Mr. Dawson for examination, sent with them some

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 26

382 Zoological Society :—

shelly bodies attached to the surface of a Porites Coral, and to
different kinds of shells, such as Pecten and Cardita, which that
naturalist returned to Mr. Cuming as “ not Cirripede ; ” Mr. Cuming
then brought them to the British Museum, requesting me to ex-
amine and describe them. These specimens brought to my mind
the shells I had formerly received from Mr. Ritchie; a casual ex-
amination of their form and structure at once showed me that they
could not belong to a Cirripede, and as they presented some cha-
racters which were not to be observed in the Mediterranean speci-
mens, a careful study of them led me to consider them as nearly
allied to the Foraminifera, but differing from any form with which
I was acquainted, in beg permanently attached to marine bodies ;
and they were so unlike, both in size and form, to any shells of the
kind previously known, that several persons to whom I had ex-
pressed this opinion doubted their affinity to them. I therefore laid
the specimens aside, in hopes that some other specimens might
occur that would more fully elucidate their structure, and show
their affinity to other known animals.

Though most of the naturalists to whom I have shown Mr. Cu-
ming’s specimens were inclined to regard them as a peculiar form
of Cirripede shell, each examination of them tended to strengthen
my original opinion, that they were a new form of Foraminifera ;
and this was further confirmed when I accidentally discovered that
the cells were filled with a fleshy substance, in which bundles of
simple sponge-like spicula were imbedded. This induced me to
show them to Professor George Busk, and to inquire of him if
he had ever seen any coral, or other natural body, to which they
could be allied. He stated that he had not, unless they were the
shells of a Cirripede ; and ou my expressing to him the opinion I
had formed of their probable formation and affinity, he stated that
it was not impossible that I was right, and that they might be an
intermediate form of RAizopod between a Foraminiferous shell and a
Sponge, which is exactly the idea I had formed of their position,
considering them as a Sponge that was surrounded by and provided
with a shelly case with a single terminal oscule.

Being desirous of obtaining other opinions on the subject before
publishing any account of them, I transmitted the specimens to my
friend Dr. William Carpenter, stating my belief that they were a
new form of Rhizopod which had been mistaken by several natural-
ists for the shell of a Cirripede, giving him permission to take off
and examine one of the specimens. He has most kindly sent me
the following note :—

“ University Hall, April 23, 1858.
“ My pEArR Sir,

*« Your guess was a very sagacious one. The structure of the shell
is most characteristically Foraminiferous, being riddled full of holes
like a Rotalia. In the interior of the only specimen I have laid open
was a brownish animal residuum full of Sponge spicules. Of course
there is no great improbability in the idea that the Sponge was para-

Dr. J. E. Gray on Carpenteria and Dujardinia. 383

sitical ; but I am inclined to believe that this organism is the con-
necting link which I have long thought must exist between Sponges
and Foraminifera, and that it is in fact a Sponge whose integuments
have been consolidated into a Foraminiferous-like shell. You will
find that the interior is not one single undivided cavity, but that it
is loculated ; and sections of the shell show a sort of areolation cor-
responding with the little bosses of the exterior.

“TI do not think that you will satisfactorily elucidate the organiza-
tion of this creature, unless you have several sections made in dif-
ferent directions through the shell. Ihave limited myself to the
one which you gave me the liberty to break up, with which I have
done the best I could. I should like to have these (two) slides back
again, and to have one or two perfect specimens, if you could spare
me a corner of your block.

“Yours very truly,
“WILLIAM CARPENTER.”

This account exactly agrees with my previous examination, as it
was the knowledge that the shell was multilocular and minutely
foraminated like the multilocular Foraminifera, which induced me
to regard it as the case of a Rhizopod; and the knowledge that the
cells were filled with a fleshy substance strengthened with spicula
like certain sponges, induced me to believe that they were also
allied to the Porifera or Sponges; and in my note to Dr. Carpenter
transmitted with the specimen on the 21st of April, 1858, I stated
that ‘‘I regarded it as a Rhizopod of a new form; it is formed of a
number of cells each ending in a terminal pore. The cells look like
the valves of a Barnacle, and that is the reason that Mr. Cuming
and my German friend think it is one; but the examination of the
structure at once proves that it cannot be one.”

Being strengthened by the opinion of Professor Busk and Dr. Car-
penter, I have ventured to bring the subject before the Society ; and
I propose to form for the Philippine specimens a genus which I shall
name Carpenteria, after Dr. William Carpenter, who has paid so
much attention and has been so successful in elucidating the struc-
ture and organization of these animals.

I shall merely give a slight description of the genus, sufficient to
distinguish it from other marine bodies, and send some of my speci-
mens to Dr. Carpenter, in the hope that it will enable him to add a
full account of its formation and structure to his paper on the Fora-
miniferous Shells which he is preparing for the Transactions of the
Royal Society, assisted by the funds of that body.

1. CARPENTERIA.

Shell conical, attached by the broad base, formed of a series of
elongated cells, each ending in a contracted mouth, piled one against
another in a spiral manner, and with the aperture of the last cell
at the apex in the centre of the acute cone. The substance of the
cells is formed of a network of calcareous anastomosing ribs; the

26%

384 Zoological Society :—

interspaces between the ribs are thin, calcareous, prominent exter-
nally, and pierced with numerous perforations. The cavity of the
cells is filled with a fleshy sponge-like body, strengthened by nume-

CARPENTERIA.

Fig. 1. Exterior surface complete.
Fig. 2. Partly eaten off by acid. a. Complete.

Vig. 3. Cross sunken cells, showing the spicula in the cells.
Fig. 4. Part of Fig. 3, more magnified. a. Outer parietes of cells.

rous minute, simple, pin-shaped and fusiform smooth spicula placed
in bundles.

Dr. J. E. Gray on Carpenteria and Dujardinia. 385

C. BALANIFORMIS.

Hab. Philippine Islands, on Porites, Cardita, Pecten, and other
shells.

The conical shell is furnished with a single contracted aperture
at the apex of the cone; as each cell is formed it closes the aperture
of the preceding cell, so that only one is seen at the top of the cone.
Some specimens show two or rarely three apertures at the tip of the
cone; but this arises from the tip having been broken; these aper-
tures are of a larger size and irreguler form, very unlike the con-
tracted uniform-shaped aperture of the last cell.

When the shell is worn, or partly destroyed by acid, the thin part
between the network is destroyed, leaving only the calcareous ribs,
which fill the greater part of the cavity, leaving a cavernous calca-
reous body somewhat like a sponge turned into stone.

A section of the parietes of the cells appeared to be formed of
polyhedral plates separated from one another by a rather opake line,
as if formed by the union of the edges of the plates ; and each plate
is pierced with a number of uniform-sized, regularly disposed cir-
cular perforations, leaving a nearly uniform imperforated belt round
the margin of each plate.

The specimens on the shells of Cardita variegata from the shores
of the Mediterranean are so different in substance and structure
from those found (on the same species of shell among others) on
the shores of the Philippines, that I propose to form for them a
second genus, named in honour of M. Felix Dujardin, the Professor
of Biology and Dean of the Faculty of Sciences at Rennes, who first
described the animal of the many-chambered microscopic shells,
which had before been generally considered as the residence of
Cephalopods ! (the most complicated organized mollusca), instead of
the most simply organized animal.

2. DugsARDINIA.

Having the same external appearance and form as the prece-
ding genus; that is, formed of cells aggregated together in a spiral
form, the last cell being furnished with an apical opening ; but the
cells appear to have a simple cavity, and are formed of a thicker,
harder, uniform shelly coat, which is very closely and uniformly
pierced all over with very numerous, minute, equal-sized parallel
pores. The cavity of the cell ? in the imperfect specimen which
I have been able to examine, is simple; but then it has evidently
been well washed, probably with acid.

DusarRpDINIA MEDITERRANEA.

Hab. Mediterranean ; Marseilles, on Cardita variegata (J. Rit-
chie, Esq. 1817).

These genera appear to me to forma distinct group of Rhizopoda,
which may be called Fenestrifera, characterized by the animal being

386 Zoological Society :—

always attached to marine bodies, and the cellular body of the animal
being strengthened with spicula and enclosed ina calcareous cell fur-
nished with a single contracted aperture and pierced with numerous
foramens or tubes.

These shelly bodies differ from all the shells of RAizopods hitherto
known, in being attached, and in the form, structure, and disposi-
tion of the cells, which (should the existence of spicula on the body
prove a peculiarity of the genus Carpenteria, where alone it has
been observed) is sufficient to form a group distinct from the other
Rhizopods.

The existence of these spicula shows that the genus Carpenteria,
and probably all the group, forms the passage between the Porifera
and Rhizopods, which has been long suspected to exist, but has not
before been described.

On the Mediterranean specimens of Cardita variegata there is
intermixed with the Dwardinia a species of Lepralia, the anoma-
lous Polytrema minaceum, consisting of numerous layers, one
deposited on the other, each formed of a calcareous network, with
small equal hexangular interspaces, and undefined patches of a
crust formed of rough calcareous cells placed side by side like the
cells of a Lepralia, but much more unequal in size and irregular in
form than the cells usually found in that genus. The parietes of
these cells are pierced with numerous equal-sized minute pores like
the foramens of Foraminifera, the whole substance of the cell being
apparently formed of numerous short shelly tubes placed parallel
side by side. The cells are furnished with a smal] roundish hole at
one of their extremities, which is often hid by the convexity of the
other cell.

This may be a peculiar genus of Lepraliade allied to my genus
Cribrillina (Cat. Brit. Radiata, pp. 116, 147), which has “ forami-
niferous cells,’ as Professor Busk calls them ; or it may prove to be
another form of Foraminifera. If the former, the form of the cells
and mouth, and the structure of the cell-walls, are sufficient to
distinguish it from Cribrillina. As the only way to draw attention
to it is to give it a name, I propose to form for it provisionally,
until its nature is better understood, a genus named

PUSTULARIA.

Cells ovate, four- or five-angled, convex, crowded together side
by side, forming a crust without any definite form ; the cells closed,
their entire parietes being pierced with numerous close uniform mi-
nute pores; the cavity simple; aperture small, roundish, simple at
the front end of the cell (without any ovarial cells ?).

1. PuSTULARIA ROSRA.

The crust rose-red, rather rugose.
Hab. Mediterranean,

Miscellaneous. 387

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Death of the common Hive- Bee, supposed to be occasioned hy
a parasitic Fungus. By the Rev. H. H. Hicerns, M.A.

On the 12th of March last, Timpron Martin, Esq., of Liverpool,
communicated to me some circumstances respecting the death of a
hive of bees in his possession, which induced me to request from him
a full statement of particulars. Mr. Martin gave me the following
account :—

“©In October last I had three hives of bees, which I received into
my house. Each doorway was closed, and the hive placed upon a
piece of calico; the corners were brought over the top, leaving a loop
by which the hive was suspended from the ceiling. The hives were
taken down about the 14th of March, and two were healthy, but all
the bees in the third were dead. There was a gallon of bees. The
two hives containing live bees were much smaller, but in each there
were dead ones. Under whatever circumstances you preserve bees
through the winter, dead ones are found at the bottom in the spring.
The room, an attic, was dry, and I had preserved the same hives in
the same way during the winter of 1856. In what I may call the
dead hive, there was abundance of honey when it was opened, and it
is clear that its inmates did not die from want. It is not a frequent
occurrence for bees so to die, but I have known another instance.
In that case, the hive was left out in the ordinary way, and possibly
cold was the cause of death. I think it probable that my bees died
about a month before the 14th of March, merely from the circum-
stance that some one remarked about that time that there was no
noise in the hive. They might have died earlier, but there were cer-
tainly live bees in the hive in January. I understand there was an
appearance of mould on some of the comb. There was ample venti-
lation, I think ; indeed, as the bees were suspended, they had more
air than through the summer, when placed on a stand.”

When the occurrence was first made known to me, I suggested
that the bees might probably have died from the growth of a fungus,
and requested that some of the dead bees might be sent for examina-
tion. They were transmitted to me in a very dry state, and a careful
inspection with a lens afforded no indication of vegetable growth. I
then broke up a specimen, and examined the portions under a com-
pound microscope, using a Nachet, No. 4. The head and thorax
were clean; but on a portion of the sternum were innumerable very
minute, linear, slightly curved bodies, showing the well-known oscil-
lating or swarming motion. Notwithstanding the agreement of these
minute bodies with the characters of the genus Bacterium of the
Vibrionia, 1 regarded them as spermatia, having frequently seen
others indistinguishable from them, under circumstances inconsistent
with the presence of Confervze, as in the interior of the immature
peridia and sporangia of Fungals.

In the specimen first examined there were no other indications of
the growth of any parasite ; but from the interior of the abdomen of
a second bee I obtained an abundance of well-defined globular bodies,
resembling the spores of a fungus, ‘00012 to -00016 inch in dia-

388 Miscellaneous.

meter. Three out of four specimens subsequently examined con-
tained within the abdomen similar spores. No traces of mycelium
were visible ; the plants had come to maturity, fruited, and withered
away, leaving only the spores.

The chief question then remaining to be solved was as to the time
when the spores were developed, whether before or after the death of
the bees. In order, if possible, to determine this, I placed four of
the dead bees in circumstances favourable for the germination of the
spores, and in about ten days I submitted them again to examina-
tion. They were covered with mould, consisting chiefly of a species
of Mucor, and one also of Botrytis or Botryosporium. ‘These fungi
were clearly extraneous, covering indifferently all parts of the insects,
and spreading on the wood on which they were lying. On the ab-
domen of all the specimens, and on the clypeus of one of them, grew
a fungus wholly unlike the surrounding mould. It was white and
very short, and apparently consisted entirely of spores, arranged in a
moniliform manner, like the filaments of a stemless Penicillium.
These spores resembled those found in the abdomen of the bees, and,
I think, proceeded from them. The filaments were most numerous
at the junction of the segments. The spores did not, I think, re-
semble the globules in Sporendonema musce of the English flora,
neither were they apparently enclosed.

The Rev. M. J. Berkeley, to whom I sent some of the bees, found,
by scraping the interior of the abdomen with a lancet, very minute,
curved, linear bodies, which he compares to Vibrios. He also
found, mixed with them, globular bodies, but no visible stratum of
mould.

From the peculiar position of the spores within the abdomen of
the bees, and from the growth of a fungus from them unlike any of
our common forms of Mucedines, I think it probable that the death
of the bees was occasioned by the presence of a parasitic fungus.—
Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. of Liverpool, Session 1857-58.

On a new species of Toucan. By Mr. J. Gouxp.
ANDIGENA SPILORHYNCHUS.

Crown of the head and back of the neck glossy black; back,
wing-coverts, and margins of the primaries dull sienna-brown; se-
condaries bluish brown ; upper tail-coverts blue strongly tinged with
green ; tail slaty blue tinged with green, the four central feathers
largely tipped with chestnut ; band across the rump sulphur-yellow ;
throat and cheeks white, blending into the light blue of the breast
and abdomen; thighs rich chestnut ; under tail-coverts blood-red ;
feet greenish blue, with a lilac tinge on their under surface ; bill black,
with a mark of obscure brownish red at the base of the upper man-
dible, which, when viewed in front, much resembles the letter W,
this colour advancing for a short distance on each side of the culmen
and extending down the sides of the base.

Total length, 18 inches; bill, 32; wing, 7; tail, 73; tarsi, 13.

Hab. Forest of Beza, on the eastern side of the Cordillera in
Ecuador.—Proc. Zool. Soc. March 23, 1858.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[THIRD SERIES.]

No. 12. DECEMBER 1858.

XL.—On the Cambium-layer of the Stem of the Phanerogamia,
and on tts Relation to the Increase of Thickness. By H. von

Mout*.

Durine the last twenty or thirty years, investigations on the
development of the stem have led to the discovery that, in
spite of the great difference of structure in the stems of the
Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons, the course of their develop-
ment presents a far greater agreement than was formerly ima-
gined. Satisfactory as this progress is on the one hand, yet, on
the other, labourers in this field have, at least so it appears to me,
promulgated many erroneous theories ; hence a discussion of this
subject will not be inopportune.

It will be most convenient to recur, in the first place, to
Schleiden’s works. In his explanation of the peculiarities of
vegetable tissues}, he assumed the existence of three stages of
cell-development in the earliest period. In the first stage, the
new products present themselves in the form of an apparently
structureless, yellow, pultaceous mass; in the second stage, in
which the process of cell-formation has just ceased, there is
a distinct delicate cellular tissue with more homogeneous con-
tents, which, however, is still completely saturated with sap; in
the third stage, the cellular tissue assumes a blackish appearance,
arising from the fact that all the intercellular passages are then
emptied of sap and contain only air.

According to Schleiden’s view, the arrangement of the cel-
lular tissue influences the conformation of the stem exclusively
in the first stage. This depends—1. on the arrangement of the

* Translated from the ‘ Bot. Zeitung,’ xvi. p. 184 ef seq., June 25 and
July 2, 1858, by Arthur Henfrey, F.R.S., &e.

+ Grundz. d. wiss. Bot. 1843, ii. 127.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 27

390 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

secondary cells in the parent-cells, so that a linear disposition
of the secondary cells in the parent-cells in the long axis of the
stem lays the foundation of an elongated internode—an arrange-
ment agreeing with the angles of a tetrahedron (sic ?), of an un-
developed internode—and an arrangement in a plane standing
perpendicularly to the axis forms an internode greatly developed
in breadth ; 2ndly, on the form of the process itself, this ceasing
at certain places sooner than in others.

In the second stage of the process of cell-development, the
general uniform expansion of the cells formed in the previous
stage can alone act; in this period, therefore, the volume may
alter, but not the form and relations.

In the third stage, the expansion of the existing eells is the
exclusive influence in determining form.

This distinction of three stages is retained in the later editions
of the same work (83rd ed.u. p. 132), and the cambium (cambial
layer, formative layer, p. 153) is specially defined as a cellular
tissue which has not yet ceased to form new cells, which, accord-
ing to the passages above referred to, would be limited to the
first stage.

It will not be superfluous, before gomg further, to examine
this conception of the cambium a little in detail. I leave out of
the question the circumstance that examination made with any
care shows that the youngest cellular tissue never forms an even
apparently homogeneous pultaceous mass, but that its composi-
tion of cells is always clearly perceptible—so that the observer
can find no distinction between the first and second stages; and
the further circumstances, that the cells of vegetative organs are
multiplied by division, and not by free-cell-formation, and that
the intercellular passages do not become visible in consequence
of the fluid contamed in them being replaced by air, but from the
cells, which in the cambium-layer are connected together as far
as their extreme angles, subsequently separating from each other
at the angles, which become rounded-off. A more important cir-
cunistance 1s, that the multiplication of cells occurs not merely in
the period which Schleiden calls the first stage, but also in the
second, and very often in the third: consequently, that division
into stages, attempted by Schleiden, cannot be carried out ; and
the assertion that all elementary organs originate in the first
stage of cell-development of an organ, and that the subsequent
development of the latter depends simply upon growth of the
cells, is decidedly incorrect.

[ believe that, in the examination of a young organ, we may
distinguish three stages of cell-development ; but these must be
differently defined. The youngest and most rudimentary parts
are composed of parenchymatous cells closely applied together

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia. 391

and forming a uniform tissue, in which we can find no trace of
the subsequent separation into parenchyma, vascular bundles,
&e. We may term this, with Schacht, the primary parenchyma
(Urparenchyma) : the restriction of the term cambium to this
tissue would be very appropriate, were it not that this name has
long been generally applied to the structures of the second pe-
riod, and especially to the still more developed cambium-layer
of Dicotyledonous trees. In the second period the tissue sepa-
rates into the different classes of tissues, the formation of paren-
chymatous cells being continued by the division of a portion of
the cells in different directions of space; while in other groups
of cells the formation of elongated cells, vessels, &c., results
from the predominance of longitudinal division, and the omis-
sion, or rare occurrence, of cross-division. In this period also
the tissue has very delicate cell-walls, and, from the absence of
intercellular passages, is still transparent. ‘The cell-walls of this
and the preceding period have the peculiarity, in contrast to the
walls of more developed cells, that they attract the pigment from
a solution of carmine, and become tinged bright red. The com-
mencement of the third period, in which the tissue emerges from
the condition of cambium, is marked in the parenchyma by the
appearance of intercellular passages, which become filled with
air, and in the elongated cells, vascular tubes, &c., by the de-
position of secondary iayers. The longitudinal division of the
parenchymatous cells in the direction ‘parallel with the surface
of the axis has now pretty well ceased; but the transverse divi-
sion and the multiplication of cells lengthwise of the axis lasts
for a considerable time longer in many cases. This allows the
possibility of particular parts of a tissue, thus tolerably advanced
in development, and even arrived at complete conformation, re-
curring again to the condition of cambium, producing within
them a young tissue by cell-division, thus giving rise to the
formation of vascular bundles, peridermal layers, Se.

Passing from the consideration of the cambium to Schleiden’s
account of the development of the stem, the following five cases
are described *.

The first distinction occurs between Monocotyledons and
Dicotyledons, in the latter of which the individual vascular
bundles continually increase in thickness, while in the Mono-
cotyledons this process of cell-formation ceases from below
upwards, and hence thickening of the individual internodes be-
comes impossible, and a thickening of the axis can only arise
successively from the followmg internodes becoming constantly
broader.

The Dracene, deed, form an exception to this.

* Grundziige, Ist ed. 1. p, 128.

392 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

B. If the formative process advances regularly from below
upwards, a definite plane of the base ceasing to form cells, a
cylindrical ascending axis is formed. This process occurs im
stems with elongated internodes.

c. If the process of cell-formation ceases at particular parts
of the periphery earlier than at others, the result is an axis with
projecting ridges, trigonous, &c.

p. If the cell-formation lasts longer at the circumference than
in the middle, and the terminal bud is of the usual conical form,
the cell-formation occurs, not in the whole cone, but only in a
superficial region, forming a kind of conical cap or mantle on
the cone (Kegelmantel), so that the whole free surface of the cone
contains the younger cells, the central part of the cone the older.
Here the whole axis of the cone ordinarily rises cylindrically
upwards; but not by similar superposed disks (as in B), but by
superposed hollow cones (MKegelmante/). Kach new internode is
a hollow cone of this kind, and therefore cannot be cut off by a
section perpendicular to the axis, but only by a eut following the
surface of the cone. If the process of cell-formation lasts some-
what longer in the later internodes than im the earlier, a more
elongated hollow cone is formed, which consequently projects
over the base of its predecessor, which would otherwise be free,
and the new internode becomes broader im proportion to the
older (in Melocactus, Zea, &c.).

g. If the cell-formation ceases earlier at the margin than in
the middle, and the new cells formed in the middle arrange
themselves successively in planes, the margin must rise up, the
middle becoming gradually developed into a hollow form, just
as a disk of lead becomes concave when it is hammered in the
middle and not at the edges. In this way is produced the
funnel-shaped end of the stem of Hchinocactus, the calyx of
Rosa, &e.

In another place (11. p. 147) Schleiden gives the following
explanation of the variation of the internal organization of stems,
in which he sets out from the idea that, as the cellular tissue is
formed, a portion of it is always changed into vascular bundles ;
consequently the direction of the vascular bundles depends
wholly upon the direction of the formative energy. On this
account, in long-joited stems, where the cell-development takes
place from below upwards, as it were, in- horizontal disks, the
vascular bundles are straight and tolerably parallel to the axis of
the stem; where, on the other hand, one hollow cone is super-
posed on another in the terminal shoot, the vascular bundles
take, in their first formation, a course from the base of the cone
to its summit, therefore from the circumference of the internode
to its axis; and subsequently, when new internodes are super-

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia, 393

added, the vascular bundles of the first hollow cone are developed
on through the following, as far as the circumference, where
they enter leaves or buds. They therefore form an are convex
internally, the length and convexity of which depend upon the
form of the terminal bud.

Since all the new portions, whether these be in the form of
thickenings of the old vascular bundles in the Dicotyledons, or
the rudiments of new vascular bundles in the Monocotyledons,
are constantly formed on the outside of the primary vascular
bundles, the older and deeper-seated bundles running from the
axis to the periphery of the leaves and buds must necessarily
cross the younger bundles ascending higher in the axis, or the
cambial structures which have been formed from within outwards.

In reviewing Schleiden’s explanation of the development of the
stem, we recognize above all, as the great merit of it, the state-
ment that, as has long been known of the Dicotyledons, so also
in the Monocotyledons, the origin of the vascular bundles occurs
in a cambium-layer situated under the surface of the stem, in
which is developed, simultaneously with the bundles, the paren-
chymatous tissue destined for the further completion of the stem.
This explanation forms a strong contrast to the views of Mene-
ghini, who believed that the vascular bundles were formed in the
well-developed parenchymatous tissues through the influence of
currents of sap. The correctness of the account given by
Schleiden has been confirmed by all subsequent researches.

We cannot speak so favourably of the other parts of this
theory, since Schleiden gives far too little weight to the diver-
sities of internal organization corresponding to the systematie
position of plants, and attributes far too much value to the ex-
ternal form of stems, especially to the length of their internodes,
and ascribes their outward variations to internal differences of
development which do not exist in nature.

That the Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons cannot be sharply
separated from each other in respect to the internal structure of
their stems—a series of intermediate structures existing—has
long been known ; yet, for all that, the distinction is very clearly
marked in the great majority of cases. Schleiden only pays
attention to the growth in thickness of the Dicotyledonous bun-
dle, and the absence of this in the Monocotyledons. But this
very point is well known to present many exceptions; it is
therefore important to keep in view the second great distinction
—the internal, convex, curved course of the vascular bundles of
the Monocotyledons.

That I directed especial attention, in my ‘ Anatomy of Palms,’
to this course of the vascular bundle, and to the difference of
structure which one and the same bundle exhibits in different

394 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

parts of its course, depended partly on the nature of the ma-
terial at my disposal, which afforded me the means of studying
the developed stems of a great number of Palms, but not the
deep investigation of the history of development of the stem,—
partly on the necessity of laying particular stress on this point,
because it afforded the most striking evidence against the doctrine
of the endogenous growth of the Monocotyledons, at that time
universally received, and adopted by DeCandolle for the system-
atic division of the Phanerogamia. But even now the matter is
not to be put aside so simply as is done by Schleiden ; for this
different course of the vascular bundles is a very characteristic
mark of the Monocotyledonous stem, and the result of a peculiar
mode of development.

In the majority of the Dicotyledons the young vascular bun-
dles lie side by side in the cambium-layer, and ascend, without
suffering any curvature towards the centre of the stem, up to
the point where they turn outwards to the leaf; and the cam-
bium-layer traverses in an uninterrupted circle the mdividual
vascular bundles and the parenchymatous cells lying between
them, so that the liber-layers of all the vascular bundles are
situated outside the cambium-layer, in the bark. If new vascular
bundles are formed, these are developed in the same cambium-
cylinder which had given birth to the older vascular bundles, and
between the latter. But since, in the interval between the forma-
tion of the older and younger vascular bundles, the former have
been somewhat advanced in their development, and their woody
portion thickened in the direction of the radius of the stem, the
medullary cellular tissue of the stem having also grown outwards
in like proportion, and the cambium-ring being thus forced
outwards, the inner part of the wood of the younger bundles
lies at a somewhat greater distance from the centre of the stem
than the corresponding part of the older bundles, yet without
the intermediate and outer parts of the new bundles being
pushed further out than the older bundles.

In the Monocotyledons matters are essentially different. The
vascular bundle formed by a direct transformation of a part of
the cambium-layer lies, as in the Dicotyledons, in its whole
length within the cambium-cylinder,—or rather, since the bud is
always drawn to a point at the punctum vegetationis, within a
hollow cone (Kegelmantel), forming a continuation of the cam-
bium-cylinder. Simultaneously, and not only beside it but
also on the peripheral side, parenchymatous cellular tissue is
formed from the cambium, and through this the constantly
renewed cambium-cone is moved outwards from the vascular
bundle towards the cireumference of the stem. This production
of cellular tissue outside the vascular bundle is almost or quite

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia. 395

at an end at that part of the stem where the lower end of the
bundle lies, but increases more and more upwards ; whence, in
examining full-grown stems, the lower end of the individual
vascular bundles are found at the outward boundary of the me-
dullary parenchyma, and mostly covered only by a couple of
layers of cells which belong to the latter tissue, while the upper
part of the bundle, which at its origin is only separated from
the centre of the stem by a small and no longer multiplying
number of cells, and is subsequently covered on its outer side
by thick layers of cells, is found deeply seated in the stem.
The uppermost extremity, lastly, which already in the bud is
connected with a leaf, in the further development of the bud
must follow the leaf in proportion as this is pushed outwards
from the centre towards the cylindrical periphery of the stem, and,
in the same proportion as the cellular tissue is multiplied at the
circumference of the stem, undergo an intercalary growth between
the centre of the stem and the base of the leaf, and assume a
more or less horizontal course from within outward. Since the
same process is repeated in the cambium-cone pushed further
out towards the periphery, the younger bundles, which originate
in the expanded cambium-mantle, must run separate from the
older, and further out in the stem. If, as is often the case in
the Palms, both earlier- and later-formed bundles enter the same
leaf, the place of the curvature into the leaf of the younger
bundles will be found not so deeply seated in the full-grown
stem as that of the older, because, at the time of their first
development, the base of the leaf and the cambium-cone were
already further removed from the centre of the stem, by the
production of medullary cells, than at the formation of the older
vascular bundles running into the same leaf. This condition
was first made out and rightly explained by Meneghini.

Schleiden was well acquainted with this diverse mode of deve-
lopment of the Monocotyledonous and Dicotyledonous bundles ;
unfortunately, he adopted the notion that this was altogether
independent of the circumstance whether the plant belonged to
the Monocotyledons or Dicotyledons, but stood im connexion
with the circumstance whether the internodes of a stem were
elongated lengthwise into a cylinder, or remained abbreviated.
In consequence of this, he fell from one error into another.

The mode of development of a cylindrical stem mentioned by
him under B, in which the development progresses from below
upwards in horizontal disks, whereby the vascular bundles ac-
quire a straight direction and a position parallel with the axis,
does not exist at all. Every stem, be its form what it may, ter-
minates above in a punctum vegetationis, in which its leaves are
formed, and towards which its youngest vascular bundles con-

396 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

verge. This condition remains exactly the same, whether the
apex of the stem be drawn out conically, flattened, or depressed.
Whether the vascular bundles are all subsequently arranged m
a cylinder under the rind, or whether, as in the Palms, they run
inwards towards the centre of the stem, has nothing at all to do
with the longer or shorter state of the internodes of the stem,
but depends solely upon the difference above described, whether
the cambium-cone continues to form parenchyma outside the
vascular bundle or not. This does not take place in Dicotyledons
with short internodes, as in Sempervivum, because it is not
in accordance with the growth of Dicotyledons, while, on the
other hand, it occurs in Monocotyledons with elongated inter-
nodes. The curved course of the vascular bundles of the latter
from the leaf inwards to the centre of the stem, and from this,
again, outwards and downwards to the periphery, was indeed
discovered by me, in a hollow-stemmed Palm with long inter-
nodes. Schleiden is altogether incorrect (ed. 3. p. 158) in the
detailed exposition of the proofs of the peculiar mode of vegeta-
tion which he ascribes to stems with long internodes,—that in
them, for instance in the Grasses, the vascular bundles lying in
one internode do not originate seriatim from within outwards,
but are developed and perfected simultaneously. Examination of
the terminal bud of a large Grass, for instance Arundo Donaz,
shows most distinctly, as indeed was already well known to
Moldenhauer, that the outer vascular bundles originate much
later, and occur in the still completely cambial condition while
the inner already possess spiral vessels.

Just as little can we approve Schleiden’s representation of the
growth of stems with short internodes and a short bud-axis ; for
he here derives the vascular bundles, not from a common cam-
bium-cone embracing the whole axis of the bud, but from a
series of numerous successively-formed, funnel-shaped, hollow
cones, stuck into one another, and with free margins. It is self-
evident that this idea is decidedly incorrect, if applied to short-
jointed Dicotyledonous stems, for instance to a fleshy Euphorbia,
a Sempervivum, &c.: for the stems are constructed in every re-
spect in the same way as the long-jomted; and it has no influence
upon the mode of development of the individual internode and
its vascular bundles, whether this grows in the longitudinal
direction for some time after its emergence from the condition
of a bud, by cell-development and expansion, or whether this pro-
cess occurs only in a slight degree. We might be more inclined
to countenance this notion in reference to the development of
Monocotyledonous stems, since in these one cambium-cone is
certainly formed over another; but the matter takes place in a
different way from that deseribed by Schleiden, and exactly in

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia. 397

the same way as in a stem with cylindrical and elongated inter-
nodes, whose terminal bud is really just as conical as that of a
short-jointed stem. The cambium-cylinder of a Dicotyledonous
stem, which is constantly transformed on its inner side into
woody layers and cells of medullary rays, and is constantly re-
newed on its outer side by development of cells, consists at dif-
ferent epochs of totally different cells, and occupies also a different
place ; but it remains always essentially the same, and no one
would represent the matter by saying that in the course of time
a more or less considerable number of distinct, concentric cam-
bium-cylinders had been formed. Just as little ground, how-
ever, exists, if we do not admit this view, for regarding, with
Schleiden, the development and renovation of the conical cam-
bial mantle of the conical bud as the product of distinct and
successive funnel-shaped cambial mantles, sticking into one an-
other, with their edges free. The latter assumption rests upon
a totally mistaken notion. Schleiden’s view, that the bud pos-
sesses a distinct cambium-mantle in each internode, has no
foundation in fact ; one cambium-region is common to them all,
and only its higher and lower zones correspond to the individual
internodes. No trace exists of a free margin of a cambium-
mantle belonging to a single internode ; but the zone of cambium
corresponding to each internode forms the immediate continua-
tion of the cambium-zone of the next internode below, just as
in cylindrical stems. When, with the advancing development of
the bud in the upper portion of the cambium-mantle, the inner
part is transformed into vascular bundles and parenchyma, and
its outer part is renovated by development of cells, and in this
way a new and more externally situated cambium-mantle is
formed, this renovation occurs in a degree continually decreasing
downwards to the place where the production of new cells en-
tirely ceases, and the cambium-mantle passes into the now no
longer productive cambial cylinder of the lower part of the stem.
Hence the growing downwards of an upper cambium-mantle
over the free margin of that belonging to a lower internode,
in stems which are thicker above, is out of the question, since
no such free margin exists. If a stem becomes thickened into
an inverted cone, this arises from a greater number of elementary
organs being developed in the upper internodes; but this does
not generally take place suddenly, and it is not that an upper
internode grows down over the periphery ; for the lower inter-
node takes part in the development of the upper, becoming
inversely conical and passing gradually into the latter.

No less erroneous is the view that the cambium-cone corre-
sponds to an internode, and that consequently the newly-formed
vascular bundles run from the circumference of the internode to

398 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

its axis, and subsequently, when new internodes are superadded,
are developed onward through the new cambium-cones, to reach
the buds and leaves. It is certainly conceivable that the vascular
bundles might arrive at the middle of the stem already at the
end of the first internode, and in the second internode run into
the leaf, although no such stem has yet presented itself to me ;
but that would not alter the matter at all, and in such a bud
there would be just as little correspondence of a special cambium-
cone to each internode, as in a plant in which each vascular
bundle runs through a dozen internodes.

Completely erroneous also is the idea that m short-joited
stems the internodes have a conical form corresponding to the
form of the cambium-mantle, and stick into one another like
funnels, so that they cannot be separated from one another by a
horizontal section. A longitudinal section through the apex of
a distinctly-jointed stem, for instance of Arundo Donazx, shows
that the internodes are not attenuated upwards, but that they
are either separated from one another by horizontal planes, or
are depressed downwards, so as to be concave.

This last condition leads me to the consideration of the form
of stem spoken of by Schleiden under £, in which the bud is
excavated in the middle. This not unfrequent depression of the
point of the axis he believes to arise from the cell-formation
ceasing sooner at the margins than in the middle, and that con-
sequently the middle of the internodes assumes a holiow form,
like a piece of metal plate when beaten out in the middle. This
might happen if the internodes, like the metal plate, were free
underneath; but as its under surface is continuous with the
already more developed and more solid tissue of the subjacent
internodes, a predominant development of cells in its centre
would, to keep to Schleiden’s comparison, no more render it
hollow, than hammering a plate of metal, soldered to a block,
would form it into a bowl. Cell-development predominant in
the middle of the internode could only cause its expansion up-
wards, thus producing the opposite of what Schleiden expected.
It is easily seen that such expansion of the punctum vegetationis
is a consequence of just the opposite condition,—that the deve-
lopment of cells at the circumference is in excess, and the cells
in the middle are further behind in their development—this
stage being followed by a second period of growth, in which the
cells of the centre extend longitudinally, whereby the meniscus
form of the internodes is converted into a discoid, and the in-
wardly-curved surface of the stem is curved outwards and con-
verted into a cylinder, as has been demonstrated most con-
vincingly by Hofmeister in the depressed summits of the stems
of Ferns.

of the Stem of the Phanerogamaa. 399

Schleiden does not extend his researches (except in the case
of Dracena) to the examination of the question how the cambium-
layer behaves in the stem after the unfolding of the bud, and
what becomes of it in the full-grown stem, of the Monocotyle-
dons. This point was taken up by Karsten (‘ Vegetationsorgane
der Palmen,’ 1847). This author had the great advantage, in
his investigations made in the tropics, of possessing abundant
material, consisting of living and entire plants,—an advantage
which no one knows better how to value than myself, since, in
my ‘ Anatomy of the Palms,’ I was restricted for the most part
to isolated fragments of stems.

Karsten explains most clearly how, in the terminal bud of the
Monocotyledons, especially of the Palms, the wood-bundles take
their origin in the cambial tissue of a hollow cone, the cambium
of the latter becoming converted in some places into parenchyma,
in others into the vascular-bundle tissue. With the progressive
development of the bud into a stem, the hollow cone assumes
at its lower end a cylindrical form. The imerease of the cam-
bium endures in it for some time, while its outer, and more
particularly its inner surface, are simultaneously converted into
parenchyma—certain portions of the cambial cells at the same
time separating as it were from the parenchyma and becoming
developed into the woody bundles running into the medulla,
and in some plants also into the rind. After the various parts
of the stem have thus been produced from the cambium-cone,
the cell-producing energy is lost in the latter (except in the case
of the Dracene), and the last remnants of the cambium undergo
a transformation into a layer organized somewhat differently in
different plants, which, in the full-grown stem, lies between the
internal vascular bundles and the rind, and is termed by Karsten
the wood-cylinder. In the Palms the cells of this wood-cylinder
agree closely with the cells of the rind and of the medulla; and
in this way originates a tissue, analogous to the medullary rays
of the Dicotyledons, connecting the medulla and the rind. The
same condition occurs in the Pandanez, Aroide, Orchidez, and
Grasses. In other plants the cells of the outermost layers of
the cambium assume forms which differ essentially from those
of the cells of the rind and medulla, especially by the great
thickening of their walls (lignification), and form a boundary-
layer between the medulla and rind, often consisting only of two
strata of cells. The forms of these cells are varied: where the
inferior terminations of the vascular bundles are connected to-
gether to form a reticulation, the cells are parenchymatous ;
where the vascular bundles have a parallel course, they are more
or less prosenchymatous. The lignification of these cells nduced
Karsten to name the layer they form the woody layer (Holzschicht),

4.00 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

without intending to indicate the import of the lignified tissue,
as to whether its cells were wood-cells or liber-cells (p. 100).
In Dracena and allied plants, the cell-forming activity of the
cambium is not exhausted by this conversion into lignified cells,
. but endures during the whole life of the stem, and gives rise to
the production of woody layers, as in the Dicotyledons,—the
bundles of which must not, however, be regarded as the inferior
prolongations of the new vascular bundles formed above (p. 99),
but may be compared with the annual rings of the Dicotyledons
(p. 103).

In this interpretation of the boundary-line between medullary
and cortical tissue, distinctly marked in many Monocotyledons,
but altogether imperceptible in others, as a wood-cylinder, two
questions arise :—whether this boundary-layer, composed of
homogeneous cellular tissue, is to be compared with the fibrous
layer of Dracena, which is continually thickened throughout
life; and whether this last structure corresponds to the annual
rings of the Dicotyledons.

There is no doubt that the said boundary-lme is formed in
the Grasses, Asparagus, Ruscus, Iris, &c., in the following way :
that in the cambium-layer, the further it is developed outwards,
and the more the formation in it of vascular bundles approaches
its close, the production of the medullary parenchyma-cells side
by side with the bundles undergoes an alteration—the cells, as
they come to lie more externally, becoming of smaller diameter
and mostly of greater length, until the formation of new cells at
last entirely ceases. In the first place, im spite of the outer-
most of these cells having far thicker walls and a much greater
length than the inner medullary cells and the cells of the rind,
they are no analogue of the wood, but merely a modification of
the medullary parenchyma: and this is the more clear since
the difference of length and thickness of the walls is by no
means a constant character; for, as Karsten truly remarks, in
the Palms this layer of cells cannot be distinguished from the
cells of the medulla and rind. We find similar conditions re-
curring when we examine the corresponding region of the Dico-
tyledons. In trees we usually find the same condition as in
Palms, the cellular tissue of their medullary rays passing into
the cellular tissue of the bark without displaying essential varia-
tions in the organization of the cells; and the only distinction
existing is, that at the limit between medulla and rind, the cells
are capable of multiplying by division. In other Dicctyledons,
on the contrary, we find a sharp line of demarcation between
medullary and cortical parenchyma, similar to that in the rhi-
zome of Iris, &e., and indeed with the same peculiarity, that the
boundary-line lies a little outside the cirele of vascular bundles,

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia. 401

and the production of new cells in the boundary-layer is alto-
gether at an end, as in the Monocotyledons. This is the case
particularly in the stems of Cucurbita, Cucumis, Lagenaria, &c.,
also in the stems of Basella alba and B. rubra. Here also, as in the
Monocotyledons, we find, instead of a cambium-layer connecting
the cambium-regions of all the separate vascular bundles into a
general closed cylinder, a defined external boundary to the me-
dullary tissue, which undergoes no further alteration with time.
How little indicative is the distinction between this structure of
the stem and that of an uninterrupted passage from medulla
into rind, is shown by the portions of the same stem situated
below the cotyledons, where, in Basedla, the boundary-region
just referred to is certainly in some degree marked, by its cells
being of somewhat less diameter than those of the rmd and
medulla, yet forming no definite boundary-line,—while in the
cotyledonary internode of the Cucurbitaceze mentioned above,
the cellular tissue of the rind and medulla is of quite uniform
structure, and no trace can be found of any line of demarcation
between them. Under these circumstances, it does not seem
warrantable to apply to the peripheral region of the medullary
parenchyma, formed last out of the cambium of the Monocoty-
ledons, the term ‘ wood-cylinder,’ since (not to dwell upon the
vessels in this situation) a portion of the stem to which the name
of wood should apply, ought to present at least a decided con-
trast to the parenchyma of the stem; here, however, such a
contrast either has no existence, or depends on mere thickening
of the walls of parenchymatous cells, or upon a slight alteration
of form (elongation) of the medullary cells, which takes place
with a gradual transition. These boundary-cells are structures
of arrest or limitation (Hemmungsbildung), with which the medul-
lary cells cease their reproduction on the outer side.

The case is different m Dracena. Here the formation of new
tissue does not cease ; the product of the continuously developed
cambium-layer, however, does not consist of mere parenchyma-
cells, but, asin the antecedent formation of the vascular bundles,
of two kinds of tissue—parenchyma-cells and fibrous bundles.
Here there exists a clear analogy to the normal formation of the
wood of Monocotyledons, although the bundles are imperfect, con-
taining no vessels. In accordance with the type of the Mono-
cotyledonous stem, the new layers of wood are not formed in
continuous concentric layers, but in the form of isolated, although
freely anastomosing, bundles. If, with Karsten, we apply the
name wood-cylinder to these external bundles, the essential dif-
ference of their organization is a reason for not extending the
name to the boundary-layer of the other Monocotyledons con-
sisting simply of cellular tissue; for in the latter the formative

4Q2 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

energy of the cambium is lost before it arrives at a condition to
form the wood-eylinder. In my ‘Anatomy of Palms,’ I took
these outer vascular bundles of Dracena for the lower ends of
the bundles belonging to the leaves above, and Unger* was led
by his investigations to agree with this; but I now think that
Karsten was right in stating this view to be erroneous. The
comparison made by Karsten (p. 103) between these outer bun-
dles and the annual rings of the Dicotyledons is less admissible,
since the latter, especially in our native trees, owe their origin
chiefly to the further development of the cambium situated upon
the individual primary vascular bundles between the wood and
the liber, and therefore are of essentially different derivation
from the outer vascular bundles of the Dracene. More satis-
factory would be the comparison of these vascular bundles with
those layers of wood which, in many Dicotyledons with widel
diffused bundles, as in the Balsaminez, are developed from that
part of the cambium-layer which lies between the primary vas-
cular bundles; and still more apt is the comparison with those
external woody bundles of the Nyctaginese, Chenopodez, &c.,
sometimes arranged in concentric circles, and sometimes con-
founded into more or less irregularly arranged masses, which
Unger has so beautifully investigated, and which in like man-
ner, have no relations with the leaves. Doubtless many analo-
gies might be made out between the organization of the stem of
the Dracene and that of the stems of many tropical climbers ;
but as I have no opportunity myself of following out the deve-
lopment of the latter forms, I shall not enter upon this point.
The outer bundles of the Dracene contain no vessels, their ele-
mentary organs corresponding rather with those of which the
hber-bundles of the Monocotyledons are composed. Hence it
may appear doubtful whether they are comparable at all with
the vascular bundies ; but this objection appears of small weight
when we bear in mind that the same anatomical characters are
frequently found in the lower portions of all the vascular bundles
of Monocotyledonous plants. In fact, this circumstance was
one of the reasons for my regarding fiese bundles as the inferior
prolongations of those bundles passing out into the leaves higher
up in the stem.

Schacht attempted to extend the theory of the cambium-ring
and its development into wood by setting up a series of special
laws (while he coincided in general with Karsten’s views), in
obedience to which the development of the different portions of
the stem should take place. Whether his attempt was a for-
tunate one, will appear from the sequel.

One of the most general of these laws (‘ Pflanzenzelle,’ p. 255)

* Bau u. Wachsthum d. Dikot. Stammes, p. 37.

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia. 403

asserts that the vascular bundles originate in the primary paren-
chyma (Urparenchyma) of the embryo, and increase in number
solely by ramification, and that no new independent vascular
bundles can be formed in the plant.

The dogma thus generally expressed is decidedly erroneous.
We may admit it for the vascular bundles belonging to one axis,
originating by the development of a common connected cam-
bium-sheath : for no one now entertains any doubt of the want of
foundation of the view of Du Petit Thouars and his followers,
that the vascular bundles originate in the leaves and run down in
the stem to the points of the roots ; for the vascular bundles enter-
ing the leaves from the stem are developed from below upwards.
But it is another question, and, as it appears to me, one not yet
solved by existing researches, whether in all plants the primary
vascular bundles lying at the circumference of the pith are con-
nected together, or whether there do not exist plants in which
the young vascular bundles which run to leaves situated higher
up, are formed between the older, without entering into con-
nexion with them, and whether the mutual connexion of them
is not effected by the subsequently produced woody layers. We
shall, however, leave this point out of consideration.

On the other hand, there can be no doubt that the roots of
Monocotyledonous stems possess their own bundles, which only
subsequently enter into connexion with the vascular bundles of
the stem, and (at least in many cases) cannot be derived from
the same cambium-layer which was the place of origin of the
latter, The Palms and Pandanee are the most favourable plants
for the investigation of these conditions. In the former, the
observations of myself, Mirbel, and Karsten agree that the roots
originate under the rind, in that layer of the stem through which
the most external fibrous bundles ran—therefore in a layer where,
in a fully developed Palm-stem, no peripheral cambium-layer
any longer exists. Here there is formed locally for each root a
nucleus of new cambium-tissue, by the transformation of paren-
chyma-cells existing long before; and in these nuclei originate
the vascular bundles, which on the one side grow forward with
the roots and form the wood of the roots, well known to be very
different from the vascular bundles of the stem,—on the other
side spreading out like a tuft, and penetrating an inch deep into
the parenchyma of the stem, become entangled with the vas-
cular bundles of the stem, and apply their extremities upon
them. One must of course give up any idea that these vascular
bundles grow into the cellular tissue of the stem in the manner
of a root growing into the earth; they can only be formed by
the transformation of particular portions of the parenchyma of
the stem into cambial tissue, and the development of the latter

4.04 H. von Mohl on the Cambium-layer

into vascular bundles. But they are decidedly new structures,
and not prolongations or ramifications of the vascular bundles
of the stem.

The branches of the roots of the Monocotyledons stand in the
same relation to the roots as the latter do to the stem, since they
are developed outside a cambium-cylinder which has ceased to
develope, and their ramifications penetrate backwards between the
vascular bundles of the root. Schacht (p. 101) denies that the
roots of Monocotyledons produce new branches, if their cambium-
cylinder is lignified early ; but this is untrue, and he should
have paid attention to what has been said on this subject by
Karsten (p. 56), who was supported by totally different experi-
ence. The origin of the thick adventitious roots of Pandanus
presents conditions analogous to that of the Palms ; and Schacht
(p. 320) is wrong in ascribing to their stems a continuously
developed cambium-layer such as occurs in Dracena.

Less evident, and, particularly in the Dicotyledons, less con-
vineing on account of the presence of an active cambium-layer
in which the adventitious roots originate, is the condition of the
roots of herbaceous Monocotyledons and the radical branches
and adventitious roots of the Dicotyledons, in which the earliest
vessels belonging to the root appear in the form of a wreath of
vessels, and lie upon the lateral surfaces of the subjacent vascular
bundles; but Trécul* was right in regarding the circumstance
that these vessels are not continuous with the vessels of the
stem or of the roots from which the new roots arise, as a proof
that the adventitious roots possess vessels of their own.

With regard to adventitious buds, also, it may be proved that
they form their own system of vascular bundles. The evidence
is indeed not striking in the common cases where the adven-
titious buds form in the cambium-layer of the Dicotyledons, on
which account I shall not dwell upon this subject, so well inves-
tigated by Trécul (/. c. p. 268). Perfect proof can only be
afforded by those adventitious buds which originate in fully-
developed cellular tissue at a distance from the cambium-layer
of the parent plant, in which case there can be no doubt of the
origin of their vascular bundles. Trécul (p. 280) observed one
case of this in fragments of the roots of Azlanthus, in which
adventitious roots had been formed outside the liber-layer : these
stood in connexion with the cambium-layer of the stem by means
of vessels which appeared to be younger than those contaimed in
the bud. We cannot deed attribute perfect conclusiveness to
this observation, since it did not include the earlier stages of
development, and only shows the probability, but not the cer-
tainty, of the independent development of the vascular bundles

* Ann. des Se. Nat. 3 sér. viii. p. 290.

of the Stem of the Phanerogamia. 405

in the buds; but in the adventitious buds of Beyonia phyllo-
manica it is beyond all doubt that the vascular bundles are de-
developed quite independently of the cambium-layer of the stem.
These buds originate in the outermost layer of the rind, and are
separated from the cambium-layer by the entire, perfectly un-
altered cellular tissue of the rimd—at times, when they have
already formed air-bearing spiral vessels in their axes and leaves.

The dogma that vascular bundles can only originate by the
ramification of other vascular bundles, is therefore decidedly
false.

Another axiom set forth by Schacht is, that only those vas-
cular bundles whose cambium-layers coincide with the general
cambium-layer of the stem can become thickened in the radial
direction. Schacht on this account applies to the cambium-
layer the name of thickening-ring (Verdickungsring), and attri-
butes the incapacity of the Monocotyledons to increase in thick-
ness to the want of this coincidence.

This idea also I must declare to be erroneous. I mentioned above
that in the stems of Cucurbita, Cucumis, &c., and Basella, the
vascular bundles lie inside the medullary parenchyma; in young
stems there is no trace of a cambium-ring connecting them ;
but this does not prevent the vascular bundles from growing
very considerably in thickness, in the same manner as in other
Dicotyledons. This would cause the rupture of the cellular
tissue, comparable to medullary rays, lying between the vascular
bundles, were it not that a secondary cambium-layer is formed,
in consequence of this creasing thickness of the vascular bun-
dles, by the division of the parenchymatous medullary cells
between the latter, which renders possible the elongation out-
wards of the medullary rays. Here it is very evident that the
vessels do not increase in thickness because they he in a cam-
bium-layer, but, on the contrary, a cambium-layer is subse-
quently formed on account of the thickening of the bundles.

A secondary cambium-layer may be formed not only in a
direction parallel to the surface of the stem, but a similar phzeno-
menon may occur in a transverse direction across the whole thick-
ness of the stem, and then give rise to the formation of vascular
bundles, which subsequently apply themselves to the bundles
already formed from the cambial sheath of the stem. This
occurs in the nodes containing a vascular plexus both of the
Monocotyledons (for instance Grasses) and Dicotyledons (e. g.
Ricinus). A longitudinal section through the terminal bud of
these plants shows that these nodes originate at a relatively
late period ; for no indication of them can be found in the
internal cellular tissue of the axis of the bud, and the me-
dullary cellular tissue of the latter consists of uniform, re-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii. 28

406 On the Cambium-layer of the Stem of the Phanerogamia.

cently-developed parenchyma. Some distance down only does
it fall into transverse lamellze, which are mostly convex down-
wards, and which, on account ‘of the far more vigorous develop-
ment of the intercellular passages containing air, appear alter-
nately bright and dark, and of which the one set of strata corre-
sponds to the future nodes and the other to the internodes.
About this time the vascular bundles of the stem are developed
in the cambium-sheath ; and the cellular tissue of the medulla
has lost the transparency of cambium, on account of the inter-_
cellular passages. Then only is formed, in the lamellz corre-
sponding to the nodes, a secondary cambium, in consequence
of which the cambial tissue re-assumes its transparency ; and in
this cambium are developed the much-entangled vascular bundles
which become interwoven with the vascular bundles of the stem.
Lastly, a third law enunciated by Schacht says that no new
vascular bundles are formed in the cambium-ring of the Dico-
tyledons, but this is only in a condition to form parenchyma-
cells, while the formation of wood-, liber-, and vascular-cells only
proceeds from the cambium of the wood-bundles (p. 251). This
axiom, which Schacht founded chiefly on the examimation of the
stem of Urtica dioica, is equally untenable with the foregoing.
The ordinary organization of our native trees is even opposed to
this. As is well known, the medullary rays run through the
whole internode, longitudinally, between the vascular bundles in
the young shoots of these, while the woody layers subsequently
formed by the lateral ramification of the vascular bundles stand
in connexion, and the medullary rings then only fill up the short
meshes of the reticulation. This ramification of the vascular
bundles running over the original medullary rays can only be
brought about by a part of the cells of the medullary rays
becoming transformed into wood-cells and vascular tubes, and
converted into woody bundles, which, uniting with the product
of the cambium-layer lying in the vascular bundles, form the
connected secondary woody layers. But there are still more
strikmg instances. I will not refer to the observations on tro-
pical climbers made by others, since I cannot test them, and
shall only call attention to one among the observations on this
point made by Karsten (p. 140) on Bannisteria nigrescens, as
this appears to me particularly convincing. In this, Karsten
found that woody portions, presenting themselves in the form of
rounded-off radii strongly projecting at the circumference of the
wood, are not produced by the development of the primary vas-
cular bundles, but consist of wood-bundles formed over the me-
dullary rays. We may ascertain, even in plants which are at
our disposal in a fresh state, that the medullary rays have the
power to form woody bundles. This occurs in such plants as

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera. 4.07

have the vascular bundles lying in the cambium-cylinder sepa-
rated by very broad medullary rays. If we trace, for instance, the
development of the stem of an Impatiens, we see that the cells of
the medullary rays produced by the development of the cambium-
ring become converted more and more into prosenchymatous
cells, and that between them appear groups of vessels (but
without spiral vessels), thus giving origin to new vascular bun-
dles. Hartig* observed vascular bundles developed in the above-
described secondary cambium-layer which appears in the medulla
of Cucurbita.

XLI.—On Additions to the Madeiran Coleoptera.
By T. Vernon Wo taston, M.A., F.L.S.

Fam. Carabide.
Genus OxtstHorvs, De}.

Olisthopus humerosus, n. sp.

Olisthopus maderensis, var. (3, Woll. Ins. Mad. 35 (1854).
humerosus, Schaum, in litt.

It is not without some little hesitation that I am induced to
register the present insect as specifically distinct from the O.
maderensis, of which I have hitherto regarded it as an insular
modification (although certainly a very curious one) peculiar to
the rocks of the Dezertas. And I may add that it is through
the strongly expressed opinion of my friend Dr. Schaum of
Berlin, who has stated his belief that’ the peculiarities which it
exhibits are too great to be attributed to any combination of the
local influences to which it may have been long exposed, that I
now record it under the new trivial name which he has suggested,
—a title indicative of a character about its shoulders, which are
a trifle more produced (and angular) than those of the O. made-
rensis. The other points in which it récedes from its ally may
be at once gathered by a reference to the ‘ Insecta Maderensia/

Genus Stenotopnus, Meg.
Stenolophus marginatus.

Stenolophus marginatus, Dej. Spéc. gén. des Col. iv. 427 (1829).
—, Léon Fairm. Faun. Ent. Frang. i. 145 (1854).

Two Madeiran specimens of this insect have lately come
under my notice ; they were both captured near Funchal, one

by Mr. M. Park, and the other by Mr. E. Leacock. The species
* Bot. Zeitung, 1854, p. 31.

28%

408 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera.

may be at once known from the S. Teutonus by (iter alia) its
rather smaller size and totally different hue, its upper surface
being of a dull metallic green—except the suture and the ex-
treme margins of the elytra and prothorax, which are paler. It
has been recorded as occurring in Spain, the south of France,
Corfu, Greece, and Egypt; and I have myself taken it in the
island of Grand Canary.

Fam. Lathridiade.
Genus Corticaria, Mshm.

Corticaria maculosa, n. sp.

C. elongato-ovata, fulvo-ferruginea, pubescens ; capite prothoraceque
profunde punctatis, hoe ad latera crenulato, fovea postmedia minus
profunda impresso ; elytris substriato-punctatis, macula nigra post-
media plus minus distincta im singulo ornatis; antennis apicem
versus obscurioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 1-1}.

C. elongate-ovate, pale fulvo- or rufo-ferruginous, pubescent,
and shghtly shining. Head and prothorax beset with large but
not very close punctures; the /atter with the edges rather
distinctly crenulated behind, and with the post-medial fovea
round and distinct, but not very deep. Hlytra substriate-
punctate, and with a more or less apparent black patch on the
hinder disk of each, and occasionally with a very obscure cloud
towards the base of each, a little behind the scutellum. Antenne
rather dusky towards their apex.

N.B. In some specimens (especially immature ones) the ely-
tral patches are entirely obsolete, under which circumstances
the insect is wholly ferruginous.

Five specimens of the present Corticaria were captured by
myself in Madeira proper during the summer of 1855; but, as
they happened to be somewhat immature (and with the spots
therefore but faintly expressed), I had confounded them with
the C. fulva, of which I imagined them to be examples in which
the pubescence was rather less developed than usual. Having,
however, lately detected a mature and highly coloured one in
the collection of Mr. M. Park, I at once recognized it as identical
with a species which I have been recently taking in the Canarian
Group ; and this naturally led me to re-examine my supposed
individuals of fudva, amongst which I then readily perceived the
five above-mentioned specimens of what I now characterize as a
new and very interesting species. It is the only Corticaria that
I have yet seen in which there is any indication of distinet
patches of colouring; but whether it may be identical with the
C. macularis, Fuss, of the Kuropean Catalogues (as the name

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera. 409

might lead us to suspect), I have no means of ascertaining.
Mr. Park’s example was captured crawling on the outside of a
house in Funchal; and my own were taken partly in the garden
of the Quinta da Favilla (also near Funchal), and partly at
Camacha. In the Canaries the species is by no means uncom-
mon ; and I have it from, I believe, five (out of the seven) islands
of the group. At first sight it very much resembles the C. fulva,
Mann.; but the prothoracic fovea is not quite so deep, and the
elytra are a trifle less ovate, with their pubescence shorter, and
with a more or less conspicuous black patch on the hinder disk
of each. Sometimes, however, this patch is entirely obsolete ;
and occasionally, in highly coloured specimens, there is a very
obscure indication of an additional dark cloud (or transverse
dash) towards the base of each, adjoining the suture, a little
behind the scutellum.

Genus Laturiptivs, Hbst.
Lathridius delectus, n. sp.

L. elongatus, angustus, ferrugineus; capite prothoraceque profunde
rugoso-punctatis, illo sat magno subquadrato, hoc subquadrato
basi leviter angustato; elytris parallelis, profunde seriatim punc-
tatis (punctis magnis), sutura interstitiisque alternis fortiter elevatis.

Long. corp. lin. 3.

L. elongate, narrow, nearly opake, and reddish ferruginous.
Head and prothoraz deeply and roughly punctured ; the former
rather large and subquadrate, being a little narrowed anteriorly,
and about as wide behind as the front of the prothoraz, which
is also subquadrate, and rather narrowed posteriorly. Elytra
with the sides parallel, closely and regularly seriate-punctate
(the punctures being extremely large), and with the suture and
alternate interstices greatly elevated, forming longitudinal coste.
Limbs concolorous.

The discovery of the present little Lathridius (which differs
from all the European species which I have been able to examine)
is due to Mr. M. Park, who captured a single specimen (which
he has since presented to the Collection of the British Museum)
near Funchal. It is of about the size and general aspect of the
L. filiformis, Gyll., though its deep sculpture and greatly raised
elytral coste will at once distinguish it from that insect.

Fam. Cisside.
Genus RuyzoperTHa, Steph.
Rhyzopertha bifoveolata, n. sp.

R. breviter cylindrica, piceo-ferruginea, subopaca ; prothorace magno,

410 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera.

subgloboso, valde convexo, scabroso, necnon antice mucronibus
fortiter asperato, ad basin foveolis duabus mediis impresso ; elytris
ubique confertim punctatis (haud striatis), ad apicem integris ;
antennis longiusculis, robustis.

Long. corp. lin. vix 13.

R. rather larger and broader than the common R. pusilla, but
proportionably not quite so long; a little darker (or more
piceous), and nearly opake. Prothoraz much larger and more
globose than in that insect, bemg exceedingly convex, wider
and more roughened in front, and with two deep, rounded
foveze or depressions (separated only by a narrow, rudimentary
dorsal line) in the centre behind. /ytra uniformly and closely
punctured all over, the punctures bemg much smaller and
more numerous than those of the R. pusilla, and without any
tendency to be arranged either in striz or longitudinal rows ;
rounded and entire at the apex, where there is no appearance of
an oblique truncation. Antenne a little paler than the rest of
the surface, and rather longer and more robust than in the R.
pusilla.

The eight specimens from which the above description has
been compiled were taken by Mr. M. Park in Funchal, and, as
he believes, in company with the Adelina farinaria, in a cask of
American (?) flour which had remained upwards of a year in the
Custom-House, and had become bad. Hence, hke the Adelina,
it is evident that the present beetle cannot be strictly regarded
as Madeiran ; nevertheless, since by such modes of importation
species become gradually naturalized, it seems desirable that all
introductions should at any rate be admitted into our Catalogue,
as serving to point out at what period their importation first
took place. In the present instance, however, it appears highly
probable that neither of the insects alluded to has as yet been
described ; which, if it be true, affords an additional reason for
now characterizing them.

Fam. Curculionide.
Genus Ruynco.us, Germ.

Rhyncolus capitulum, n. sp.

R. angustus, cylindricus, nigro-piceus ; prothorace profunde punctato
(punctis magnis); elytris profunde punctato-striatis ; antennis bre-
vibus, rufo-piceis, capitulo parvo, subgloboso.

Long. corp. lin. 13.

R. narrow and cylindrical (being of almost equal breadth
throughout), dark piceous, and but very slightly shming. Ros-
trum short, broad, and very rugosely punctured; without any

So oa

Mr. T. V. Woollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera. 411

central keel, but with a very short, small, and obscure foyeolet
in the centre, between the insertion of the antenne. Pro-
thorax very deeply punctured (the punctures being large, and
not nearly so numerous as in the R. ¢enax), and without any in-
dication of a central keel; ovate, but truncated behind, being
broadest just before the extreme base. Elytra very deeply punc-
tate-striated (the punctures being large), and with the interstices
most minutely punctulated. Legs concolorous with (or perhaps
a little darker than) the rest of the surface. Antenne paler
(being bright rufo-piceous), and short, with their club much
smaller and more globose than that of the R. tenaz.

The single specimen from which the above description has
been compiled was taken near Funchal by Mr. M. Park. Its
comparatively narrow and very cylindric outline and deeply
sculptured surface, in conjunction with its darker and unmetallic
hue, its unkeeled rostrum, and its shorter antenne (which have
their club much smaller and more globose than is the case in
that species), will at once distinguish it from its only Madeiran
ally, the R. tenaz.

Fam. Cerambycide.

Genus Osrivum, Meg.

Obrium brunneum.

Saperda brunnea, Fab. Ent. Syst. 1. u. 316 (1792).
Obrium minutum, Steph. Il]. Brit. Ent. iv. 250 (1831).
brunneum, Muls. Longic. de France, 99 (1840).

, Redt. Fna Austr. 490 (1849).

A solitary example of the common little O. brunneum of Europe
was captured lately by Mr. M. Park near Funchal. It is an
insect widely distributed, being especially attached to all kinds
of wicker- and basket-work, on the dry wood and sticks of which
it feeds ; so that it is peculiarly liable to accidental importation.
I have taken it abundantly in the island of Palma, of the Cana-
ries, emerging from its perforations on the sides of the light
open trays in which silkworms are fed.

Fam. Erotylide.
Genus EvxeEstvs, nov. gen.

Corpus parvum, oblongo-ellipticum, glaberrimum, politum, Oliri
formam simulans sed ab eo affinitate longe distans: prothorace
transverso, postice lato subsinuato elytris arcte applicato ; prosterno
inter pedes anticos late longitudinaliter elevato, lobum subtriangu-
larem antice evanescentem efficiente : mesosterno angustissimo ; scu-
tello parvo, scutiformi: metasterno maximo, antice et postice integro,
truncato ; alis amplis, hinc inde parce nebulosis, fere nervulis ca-
rentibus: abdomine e segmentis 5 composito. Antenne capitate,

412 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera.

capitis prothoracisque vix longitudine, articulo 1™° robustissimo valde
inflato subgloboso, 2% minore, 34° huic graciliore sed elongato (forsan
duorum inter se arcte conjunctorum composito), 4 sequentibus (7. e.
usque ad capitulum) latitudine leviter crescentibus, capitulo magno
solidissimo subgloboso ex articulis duobus vel tribus (1™° multo ma-
jore) inter se arcte compressis formato. Labrum transversum, antice
vix emarginatum submembranaceum ciliatum. Mandibule triangu-
lares corneze, ad apicem incurvee latiuscule tridentate, margine in-
terno arcuato-emarginato et membrana robusta aucto. Mazille bi-
lobee, lobis angustulis subrectis ; inferno externo paulo breviore,
intus ciliato. Palpi subfusiformes: maxillares art. 1™° parvo, 24°
3%°que (illo preecipue) majoribus crassioribus, ultimo elongato fusi-
formi basi truncato: Jabiales art. 1™° parvo, 24 magno crassiore,
ultimo huie vix angustiore fusiformi basi truncato. Mentum corneum
transversum, antice paulo angustatum et leviter emarginatum. i-
gula longiuscula, apice membranacea pubescens. Pedes breves, sub-
contractiles, antici leviter posteriores valde distantes: tibiis com-
pressis, apicem versus paulo dilatatis: tarsis 4-(?)articulatis; art.
]1™° magno, subtus in lobum elongatum pubescentem producto, duo-
bus (vix tribus, ut mihi videtur) sequentibus minutis simplicibus,
ultimo elongato unguiculis simplicibus munito.

Ab ev bene, et Zearos politus.

For an opportunity of carefully examining the oral organs of
the curious little beetle from which the above generic diagnosis
has been compiled, I am indebted to Mr. Westwood, who has
succeeded most admirably in dissecting it, and has furnished
me with an excellent drawing both of the entire insect and its
various parts. The rather obscure structure, however, of some
of its details, in conjunction with their small size, has rendered
it difficult to pronounce positively on one or two of them. Thus,
Tamas much at a loss as Mr. Westwood is to determine whether
the third articulation of its antennee may not be composed of
two joints closely soldered together, as also whether the club is
in reality made up of two or three. Again, it is open to inquiry
whether there may not be three minute joints in the feet (instead
of two) between the large basal one and the terminal; for the
highest powers of the microscope have been hitherto insufficient
to convince either Mr. Westwood or myself of this for certain.
Be these few points, however, settled (ultimately) as they may,
there can be but little doubt, I think, that the insect is allied to

tngis, and must be referred therefore to the Erotylide. Its
general aspect, indeed, is strongly suggestive of Hngis, whilst its
upper and lower lips, mandibles, pineal and sterna are ex-
tremely similar to (though not actually identical with) those of
that genus; in the singular construction of its feet, however,
and its very solid antennal club, it differs from Hngis essentially,
whilst in its habits, which appear to be Myrmecophilous, it
offers another most remarkable peculiarity.

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera. 413

Euzestus Parkit.

E. rufo-castanea, nitidissima, glaberrima ; antennis pedibusque paulo
pallidioribus.
Long. corp. lm. 1-1}.

E. oblong-elliptic, bright reddish chestnut, highly polished,
totally free from pubescence, and appearing, except under a high
magnifying power, almost impunctate; but when viewed be-
neath a powerful lens, the entire surface will be seen to be beset
with small but remote punctures. Prothorax with the hinder
margin slightly smuated. Limbs a little paler than the rest of
the surface, being reddish testaceous.

The discovery of this insect, which so curiously recalls at first
sight the common Olibrus liquidus, is due to the indefatigable
researches of Mr. M. Park, to whom I have great pleasure in
dedicating the species. Three specimens of it, one of which he
has presented to the British Museum (the second being in his
own possession, and the third having been destroyed for dissec-
tion), were captured by him in an ant’s nest, in Dr. Lister’s
garden, at Funchal.

Fam. Tenebrionide.

Genus Apetina, Chevr. (ined.).

Corpus oblongum vel lineare, valde depressum : prothorace trans-
verso-subquadrato ; prosterno postice inter pedes anticos lobato :
metasterno postice bifido; alis amplissimis, lete nebulosis: abdo-
mine e segmentis 5 composito. Antenne longiuscule (capite pro-
thoraceque conjunctim paulo longiores), ante oculos sub margine clypei
insertee, apicem versus moniliformes sed vix incrassatee ; art. 1™° re-
liquis haud robustiore, 2¢° brevi, 3%° longiusculo, ultimo subgloboso.
Labrum transversum, antice Toten ecae pilosum. Mandibule va-
lidee corneze triangulares, in medio profunde fisso-sinuatee, una mem-
brana aucta necnon ad apicem bifida. Mawille bilobee, lobis pubes-
centibus ; izferno parvo angusto brevi, ad apicem ipsum acutissime
uncinato. Palpi clavati; mazillares art. 1™° parvo, 24° 34%°que ma-
joribus crassioribus, ultimo magno erasso securiformi; ladbiales art.
1™° curyato, 2¢° huic paulo breviore sed latiore, subpoculiformi extus
leviter producto, ultimo multo longiore crassiore, subfusiformi ad
apicem oblique truncato. Mentum transverso-quadratum, basi leviter
angustatum, apice integrum submembranaceum et ibidem in medio
(ut mihi videtur) lobo elongatissimo subcorneo (ad apicem acuto),
inter palpos et forsan ligule « connato, auctum. Ligula membranacea,
antice dilatata “Nani ciliata. Pedes graciles, longiusculi : Panis
subtilissime pubescentibus, per marginem exteriorem obscurissime
subcrenulatis, ad apicem internum breviter calcaratis: tarsis hetero-
meris ; posterioribus (sed preesertim posticis) art. 1™° longiusculo.

Although the present genus has been long recognized, I give

414 Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera.

the above structural details of it in full, because I believe they
have never yet been published. I need scarcely add, however,
that they are drawn out entirely from the insect described below ;
consequently if it should happen that the A. farinaria is not
strictly congeneric with the species which have been usually
regarded as Adeline, it follows as a necessity (if deed my con-
clusion is correct, that the group has not yet been characterized)
that the latter will eventually require a new name. I would
call attention to this, because, having lately had an opportunity
of examining superficially several representatives of Adelina in
the Collection of the British Museum, they appeared to me
to offer sufficient external differences from the Madeiran insect
to warrant a suspicion that a careful dissection of them might
perhaps bring structural characters to light distinct from those
from which the above diagnosis has been compiled. Neverthe-
less, since this is only a conjecture, and since it is the opimion
of my friend Dr. Schaum of Berlin that the Madeiran beetle is
truly an Adelina, I have not hesitated to regard it as such, and
have drawn out my generic details from it accordingly.

Adelina farinaria, n. sp.

A. oblonga, rufo-picea, nitida, valde depressa ; capite prothoraceque
confertim leviter punctulatis, hoc transverso, postice foveolis dua-
bus brevibus longitudinaliter impresso, per marginem posticum
sinuato ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctu-
latis.

Long. corp. lin. 3.

Variat (immatura) colore pallido-ferrugineo.

A. oblong and greatly depressed, shining and glabrous, and
(when mature) of a bright rufo-piceous hue; when immature,
pale ferruginous. Head and prothoraz closely and rather finely
punctulated: the clypeus of the former uneven, and a good
deal thickened and elevated about its margin, especially over the
insertion of the antenne: the Jatter squarish-transverse, with
the sides a little rounded, and impressed behind with two very
short and rather obscure longitudinal fove ; the portion between
these foveze a little lobed (or produced backwards in front of the
scutellum), causing the posterior margin to be slightly sinuated.
Elytra rather lightly punctate-striated, and with the interstices
most minutely and somewhat sparingly punctulated. Limbs
usually concolorous with the rest of the surface.

As already implied in my observations under Rhyzopertha
bifoveolata, the present insect can only be admitted into the
Madeiran Catalogue as an imported one. Nevertheless it falls
into the same category with many others (suchas Cerandria,

Mr. T. V. Wollaston on Madeiran Coleoptera. 415

Tribolium, Tenebrio, Alphitobius, Trogosita, &c.) which have
become gradually naturalized through the direct agency of com-
merce, and it cannot therefore be properly ignored. As above
stated, several specimens of it were captured by Mr. M. Park in
a cask of bad flour (he believes American) which had remaimed
for more than a year in the Custom-House at Funchal.

Fam. Anthicide.
Genus OcutHENomus, Schmidt.

Ochthenomus punctatus.

Ochthenomus punctatus, De}. Cat. des Col. 239 (1837).
, Laferté, Mon. des Anth. 283 (1848).
— — , Lucas, Col. de l’ Algérie, 380 (1849).

A single specimen of this insect was captured by Mr. M. Park
beneath a stone, in the Ribeira de S®* Luzia, near Funchal.
Since it belongs to a genus new to the Madeiran fauna, it may
be as well to state that the Ochthenomi are insects of Mediter-
ranean latitudes, and apparently but fewin number. They may
be known from the true Anthici by the very peculiar structure
of their upper surface, which is coriaceous and opake, and is
densely beset with excessively short and stiff silvery hairs, which
have the appearance of very minute scales. Their limbs are
elongated and slender; their head oblong and more or less rect-
angular, being generally a little wider than (and about as long
as) the prothorax, from which it is detached by a very evident
and narrow neck ; and their eyes are smaller and less prominent,
and the penultimate joint of their maxillary palpi is rather longer
and less transverse, than is the case in Anthicus proper. The
O. punctatus is recorded as occurrmg in Spain, the south of
France, Sardinia, and Algeria; and I have taken a closely allied
species in the island of Palma of the Canaries.

Such are the ten additions which I have been enabled, princi-
pally through the successful researches of Mr. M. Park (to whom
the discovery of no less than seven of them are due), to make to
the Madeiran Coleoptera during the past year. In January last
I had to record (vide ‘Annals,’ ser. 1. vol. xx. pp. 504, 505) three
species which were not included in my then recently published
Catalogue, which raised the entire number (from 580) to 583.
Even that, however, is now still further increased,—the species
which have been observed in the Madeiras up to the present
date (7. e. October 1858) amounting to 593.

416 Mr. J. Leckenby on a species of Pipe-fish.

XLII.— On a species of Pipe-fish (Syngnathus zquoreus ?) lately
found at Scarborough. By J. Luckxensy, Esq.

[With a Plate. ]

In the month of June of the present year, a fisherman brought
to the Scarborough Museum a Pipe-fish alive, which he stated
had just been captured in a lobster-trap. It was placed in the
aquarium of the Museum, where it lived more than a month.
At first it appeared uneasy and restless; but after a fine plant
of Halidrys siliquosus was introduced, it sought shelter amongst
its branches, coiling its prehensile tail around the stem,—the
colours of the plant and the Pipe-fish harmonizing so exactly,
that a search was often necessary to discover it in its hiding-
place.

This, however, it would sometimes leave (as though seized
with a spirit of adventure), making the tour of the aquarium,
paying its respects en route to the lobsters in their hiding-places,
and darting inquiring glances from its bright and glowing eyes
at the Actinie and Star-fishes. It propelled itself rapidly by
the undulations of its dorsal and only fin, the rays of which, by
the quickness of their motion, became imperceptible to the eye.
It occasionally made darts at minute objects, and, I believe, if
suitable food could have been supplied, might have been kept
alive a considerable time longer. Its forward motion was recti-
linear; but when at rest, or in ascending to a higher level, it
approached most frequently to the coiled appearance represented
by the figure (Plate XII.).

I have compared the specimen with the descriptions and figures
of Yarrell’s Pipe-fishes, and find that it agrees very closely with
Montagu’s description of Syngnathus equoreus as quoted by the
former author, the chief difference being that our specimen does
not exhibit the three slight angles on each side, which Montagu
mentions as giving his species “an octangular appearance,”
the body of our specimen being regularly and most symmetrically
ovate. Montagu says also there are thirty-six plates im the tail,
ours numbering sixty-six.

But on reference to the descriptive ‘Catalogue of Lopho-
branchiate Fish in the Collection of the British Museum,’ by
Dr. J.J.Kaup, page 66 (Nerophis equoreus), the difference in the
form of the body appears to be sexual, as it is there stated that
the female has an octangular body, while the male has a flatter
back and belly. It would therefore appear that Montagu has
described as specific, characters which pertain to the female only,
our example being a male in very fine condition.

The tail in our specimen is perfectly round until within three-
fourths of an inch of the end, where it becomes very finely flat-

Mr. G. H. Lewes on the Chylaqueous Fluid of the Actinie. 417

tened, terminating without any caudal fin whatever, although
dead and dried specimens may wrinkle so as to resemble rays at
the tip of the tail.

It is difficult to account for the difference in Montagu’s state-
ment of thirty-six plates in the tail, Dr. Kaup stating sixty-eight
to seventy, and our specimen numbering quite sixty-six. How-
ever, in other respects Montagu’s description agrees very cor-
rectly :—in the number of plates from the gills to the vent
(thirty) ; in the colour and markings,—transverse pale lines and
dark margins, one on each joint and one other down the middle
of each plate, giving it the appearance of possessing double the
number of joints on the body that it really has; the markings
also, as n Montagu’s species, cease at the tail, or, at all events,
become so much fainter as to be almost undistinguishable. The
dimensions, proportions of the head, body, and tail, are also the
same as Montagu’s.

The introduction of a plant of Halidrys siliquosus was sug-
gested by our Curator, from the circumstance of a common Pipe-
fish (Syngnathus acus) having been not unfrequently found lurk-
ing amongst the tufts of this species of Alga.

Yarrell’s figure conveys so imperfect an idea, that I am in-
duced to give a coloured drawing of our specimen taken from

life (Pl. XII).

XLITI.—On the Chylaqueous Fluid of the Actiniz.
By G. H. Lewes, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.
GENTLEMEN, Richmond, Nov. 6, 1858.

Absence from England has prevented me from earlier seeing
the very interesting communication made by Mr. Gosse in your
March Number, p. 172, respecting the so-called “ chylaqueous
fluid” of the Actinie.

In my ‘Sea-side Studies,’ pp. 257 et seg., I recorded the
results of numerous observations which showed that in the peri-
toneal fluid of the Actiniz albumen was not a constant, neces-
sary ingredient, because treating it with nitric acid did not
produce that milky aspect which would reveal the presence of
albumen ; and, further, that there were no constant morphotic
elements, such as could pass for the early form of blood-disks.
These observations were confirmed by Mr. Couch, who inge-
niously devised the precaution of first emptying the fluid from
the Actinize, and then placing them in filtered sea-water. The
value of this experiment seems to me considerable, inasmuch as
it excludes the chance of albumen, or albuminous corpuscles, in

418 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

the water passing thence into the cavity of the Actinia, and
assures us that whatever is then found in the Actinia will have
been formed in it.

Mr. Gosse’s observations are directly contradictory of ours.
He found the fluid always presenting a milky reaction, except
once, and always presenting definite morphotic elements. 1
regret that he did not also employ Mr. Couch’s precaution of
filtering the water; it would have given more weight to his ob-
jections. Nevertheless, as the matter now stands, a glaring
contradiction needs to be reconciled. Mr. Gosse, justly enough,
places entire reliance on his results; but he cannot object if
[ still place reliance on the negatives reached by Mr. Couch and
myself, until they are satisfactorily explained. Perhaps some of
your readers may feel interested enough in the question to exa-
mine it carefully and furnish materials for a decision. I am at
present too busily engaged in other researches to repeat the
observations with the requisite caution.

The problem to be solved is this:—Can albumen be detected
as a constant ingredient ? Are there any constant, definite mor-
photic elements capable of being received as incipient blood-
disks, or chyle-corpuseles ?

The mere presence of albumen, or of corpuscles, is what @ priort
would be expected: but this proves nothing ; for animalcule are
equally present, and various other substances. It is the con-
stancy of albumen and corpuscles—and this alone—which can
have any physiological import in the present question.

Mr. Gosse very properly criticises an expression of mine re-
specting the yellow spheres “ which make solid the tentacles of
the Anthea,’—an unhappy word, certainly ; but it was meant to
convey an idea of the greater consistence of the tentacles in
Anthea, in consequence of which, as I conceive, the tentacles
are but slightly retractile. Imasmuch as I had elsewhere de-
scribed the tentacles as “tubes,” it is clear that by calling those
of the Anthea “ solid” I used an inaccurate expression, but could
scarcely have meant more than that the spherules lined the tubes.

I remain, Gentlemen,
Yours truly,
G. H. Lewes.

XLIV.—Descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera.
By Joun Nierner, Colombo, Ceylon.

[Continued from page 183. ]

Amonest the 800 species of Bembidiide which have been de-
scribed from almost all parts of the world, with the exception

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 419

of Australia, it would appear there are also none from Southern
Asia. However, since the publication of Lacordaire’s ‘ Genres
des Coléopt.’ (1854), in which this statement occurs, various
species must have found their way into the Prussian cabinets
with my collections from Bengal and this island. In the former
country the Carabide are very abundantly represented; and I
recollect with pleasure the great variety of them (from the
gigantic Anthic down to the smallest Bembidium) with which
the banks and the sands of the Ganges used to furnish me,
when leisurely travelling upon this river some years ago, from
August to October, just after the rains. Nowhere have I
seen, nor do I expect to see, such swarms of Cicindele ; their
buzzing flight, when disturbed, was heard like that of bees. It
appeared to me that they did not quit the sands, their favourite
haunts, when the tide rose, but allowed themselves to be covered
over by the water, as other semi-aquatic beetles do. Without
specially hunting for them, I brought away with me some ten
species, mostly new, and, amongst the rest of the Carabide, as
many Bembidia. In this island, both in the hills and the plains,
there is not a bank of a pond, lake, or river which has not, as
in more northern latitudes, its Bembidia ; and, contrary to what
one would expect, they appear to be more common in the hot
low country than in the cool hill region. The majority of the
species described below may any day be found upon the banks
of the Colombo Lake. None of the species which, as I said,
must have found their way with my collections to Berlin and
Stettin, and thence perhaps elsewhere, have, to my knowledge,
been described. The descriptions given below must therefore, I
am fain to believe, be an interesting addition to the literature of
this section of the Carabide, however inferior they may be to
what they might have been had they been produced in Europe,
and the insects been collated with allied typical species. I have
none of those typical representatives of the genus at hand, nor
is my recollection of them sufficiently distinct to permit of my
drawing comparisons between them and the Ceylon insects now
before me; nevertheless I hope I have set forth the peculiari-
ties of my species with sufficient precision to distinguish them
from, or identify them with, any other Cis-Himalayan species
that may hereafter be described. As a hopeless confusion ap-
pears to exist amongst the subgenera into which the original
genus has been broken up, I have not attempted to refer my
species to any of them, for fear of thereby dog anything but
throwing additional light on the subject. There is no doubt
that many more species exist in this island, and that, indeed, as
in the case of the Staphylinide, they will eventually be found

4.20 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

to be quite as abundantly represented within the tropics as with-
out. Nothing but their smallness has hitherto prevented their
discovery.

69. Bembidium opulentum, N.

B. oblongum, subconvexum, nebuloso zeneum purpureo micans, ely-
tris apice sordide testaceis, subtus nigro-piceum, pedibus antenna-
rumque basi testaceis, ore brunneo. Long. corp. 14-2 lin.

Capite inter oculos 2-suleato, oculis magnis, prominulis, labro for-
titer transverso, brevi, integro, mandibulis porrectis, antennis art. 2°
sequentibus parum breviore; thorace transversim cordato, auntice
posticeque truncato, haud emarginato, depresso, margine basique
elevato, medio capite parum latiore, apicem versus modice, basin
versus fortius abrupteque angustato, angulis basalibus fortiter trun-
catis profundeque foveolatis, linea longitud. media abbreviata diviso ;
elytris ovatis, humeris obsoletis, profunde striato-punctatis, punctis
apicem versus obsoletis, ante et infra medium utrinque foveolatis,
apice lunula magna sordide testacea. (Mas latet).

Prope Negombo, in ripis Maha-Oyee fluvii, specimina nonnulla
cepi.

The insect is of a bronze colour, a purple reflexion appearing
on the back in irregular patches as the light may fall upon it.
The palpi and the base of the antennz are of a yellowish colour ;
the apex of the third joint of the maxillary palpi, however, as
well as that of the second, third, and fourth antennal joints, is
brown, of which colour is also the remaining part of the antenne.
The second antennal joint is the shortest, the third and fourth
are rather longer than the following. The mandibles are rather
straight and porrected. The sides of the thorax are almost an-
gular, and furnished with a setigerous puncture at the broadest
part; that is, just before the middle. There are seven distinct
rows of punctures on either elytron, and an accessory one along
the side of the scutellum, the rows decreasing in length towards
the margin and the punctures in depth towards the apex, the
first row on either side, however, changing before the apex into
a furrow which falls in with that which separates the margin
from the rest of the elytron. Before and beyond the middle,
in the region of the third row of punctures, is an excavation
containing a puncture which is situated upon the third inter-
stice. The excavation nearest the base is the deepest. The apex
of the elytra is marked with a spot of dirty yellowish colour,
prolonged on either side along the margin, which is here rather
broad.

If my memory serves me right, the insect resembles the
Tachypus flavipes.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 421

70. Bembidium truncatum, N.

B. oblongum, valde depressum, brunneo-testaceum, oculis nigris,
pedibus, antennis palpisque pallide testaceis. Long. corp. 12 lin.
Capite magno, thorace quarta parte prope minore, inter antennas

2-foveolato, oculis mediocribus, antennis art. 3° reliquis minore,
4°-11° subzequalibus, fortius ovatis ; thorace breviter cordato, antice
posticeque truncato, haud emarginato, basi subquadrato, parum pro-
longato, foveis basalibus obsoletis, sed linea basali transversa profunda
lineaque longitud. med. distinctis ; elytris oblongis, apice transversim
truncatis, juxta suturam utrinque obsolete 1-striatis, ante et infra
med, puncto impressis.

In prov. occid. rarius.

The small size, large head, and truncated elytra effectually
distinguish this species. The truncated posterior angles of the
thorax, and the general appearance, induce me to consider it as
allied to the preceding species—at all events to approach nearer
to it than to any of the following species. The eyes are rather
small for this genus. There are no traces of striz on the elytra,
with the exception of a single indistinct one along the suture.

71. Bembidium tropicum, N.

B. oblongum, depressum, brunneo-testaceum, capite brunneo, elytris
dorso nigris cyaneo-micantibus, pedibus, antennis palpisque testa-
ceis. Long. corp. 13 lin.

Capite inter oculos 2-foveolato-suleato, oculis mediocribus, antennis
fortius filiformibus, art. 3° reliquis breviore ; thorace breviter trans-
versim cordato, antice posticeque truncato haud emarginato, basi
subquadrato, angulis basalibus elevatis sed haud foveolatis, linea
transversa basali profunda, infra lineam strigoso, linea media longit.
diviso ; elytris oblongo-ovatis, utrinque juxta suturam 4-striatis, striis
externis et his apicem versus obsoletis, in striis punctatis, infra mar-
ginem stria profunda abbreviata, aute medium et apicem in inter-
stitio 4° puncto magno impressis, punctis ante-apicalibus piliferis in
suleum ad apicem prolongatis semicirculum formantibus ; tarsis 4
anterioribus art. 4° subtus apice spinis squamulaceis 2 instructo.

In prov. occid. copiosum.

Of alight brown colour, with the head darker ; the elytra black-
ish on the back with a slight blue reflexion, the base, sides, and
apex brownish. The colours being more or less washed into
each other, no distinct pattern is observable; the brown spot
of the apex, however, is generally pretty clearly set-off from the
adjoining dark part. The paraglossz are hardly longer than the
ligula, which itself is rather large. The antenne are rather
hairy and strongly filiform (not, as in most other species, in-
creasing in thickness towards the apex, the joints growing at

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. ii.

422 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

the same time more and more oval); joint 3 is the shortest,
2 and 4 are rather longer than the others. The back is impressed
with 3—4 distinct strize on either side of the suture, the external
ones being obsolete, as are also the remaining ones towards the
apex. There is an additional deep stria within the margiial
one, extending from the middle to the apex. Before the middle
and before the apex there is a puncture situated upon the 4th
interstice ; the ante-apical one of these has a hair in the centre,
and is prolonged to the apical angle in the shape of a deep,
curved furrow. This being the case on either side, the two fur-
rows together form a semicircular figure. The tarsi are each
furnished with bristles, especially at the lower margin of the
apex of the joints. In the four anterior tarsi joint 4 is furnished
at that place with two long bristles, the apex of which fits-im at
the base of the claws. These bristles partake somewhat of the
nature of squamule, by being dilated in the shape of a lancet.
I have noticed them occasionally to be bifid at the apex, but I
do not think that they are so always.

72. Bembidium triangulare, N.

B. oblongum, depressum, testaceum, capite brunneo, elytris sutura
fasciaque lata transversali media nigris, pedibus, palpis antennisque
pallide testaceis, his medio fuscescentibus. Long. corp. | lin.
Preecedenti affine, ejus capite, thorace et tarsis; differt thorace

linea basali punctata, infra lineam vix strigoso ; elytris utrinque pro-

funde 6-punctato-striatis, striis apicem marginemque versus sensim
obsoletis, ante medium in stria 4* puncto impresso, stria infra-

marginali abbreviata et impressione semicireulari apicali ut in preece-
dente.

Variat colore obscuriore.
In prov. occid. communissimum.

Very closely allied to the preceding species, but easily distin-
guished by the size and colour, which is generally lighter than
that of the former, and the deeply striated elytra; the insect is,
moreover, more common than the former. The prevailing colour
of the elytra is not, as in the preceding species, black, but it is
that of the rest of the body, yellowish, with merely a black
suture and black belt across the middle; the edges of this belt
are washed together with the colour of the adjoming parts.
The semicircular i impression at the apex of the elytra is the same
as in the former, and forms, with the abbreviated inframarginal
stria, which is also the same, a triangular figure, tip down, base
open, whence I have derived the name. The head, with the

antenne, tarsi, &c., are those of the former, as I have said
above.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 4.23
73. Bembidium Ceylanicum, N.

B. oblongum, depressum, testaceum, oculis nigris, elytris seepissime
fascia media transversali fusca obsoletissima, pedibus, palpis an-
tennisque pallide testaceis. Long. corp. 3 lin.

Precedenti simile, ejus capite, thorace et tarsis, facillime tamen
distinguendum antennis apicem versus incrassatis, articulis magis
magisque ovatis, art. 2° sequente longiore, 3° et 4° subzequalibus sub-
eylindricis, reliquis ovatis ; thorace, linea basali fortiter punctata ex-
cepta, basi levi; elytris utrinque juxta suturam leviter 3-punctato-
striatis, striis reliquis et his basi apiceque sensim obsoletis, ante et
infra medium ad striam 3™ puncto pilifero impressis, impressione
semicirculari apicali ut in preecedente sed stria inframarginali non
abbreviata.

In prov. occid. communissimum.

Easily distinguished from the former, to which it is allied, by
its size, colour, and the incrassated antenne. The elytra, more-
over, show only three distinct striz on either side of the suture,
two more, however, being just traceable; they are obsolete at
the base, apex, and towards the margin. Within the latter there
is an additional deep stria, entire, and not, as in the preceding
two species, only from the middle to the apex. The semicir-
cular impression of the apex, however, is the same; so are the
tarsi, &e.

74. Bembidium Klugiu, N.

B. ovatum, convexum, zneum, elytris maculis 2 subapicalibus rufo-
flavis, subtus piceum, pedibus dilutioribus, tibiis, tarsis antenna-
rumque basi testaceis. Long. corp. 1} lin.

Capite inter oculos longitud. 2-impresso, oculis maximis, antennis
art. 2° sequentibus parum breviore, his subzequalibus ; thorace trans-
versim ovato, antice posticeque truncato, haud emarginato, basi
abrupte angustato quadrato, angulis basalibus profunde foveolatis,
inter foveas punctis l-seriatim impresso, linea media longit. subtili
diviso ; elytris ovatis, apicem versus leviter angustatis, utrinque pro-
funde 7-punctato-striatis, basi levi, striis apicem versus obsoletis,
ante apicem inter strias 3"-6™ macula orbiculari rufo-flava apiceque
impressione semicirculari.

In prov. occid. et centrali, hie usque alt. 3500 ped., non infre-
quenter legi.

This species ascends from the sea-level of the Western Province
to an elevation of 3500 feet on the hills, where I have not un-
frequently met with it upon the sandy banks of the Pundhool-
Oya, a rocky mountain-stream in the district of Kotmalie. Its
robust, ovate, convex shape places it at once im a different divi-
sion from any of the former. It is of bronze colour, with two

orange-coloured spots behind; the mouth is brown, with the
29%

424, Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

exception of the palpi, which, together with joints 1 and 2 of the
antenne, are yellowish ; joint 3 of the maxillary palpi, however,
is of the general colour of the mouth. The labrum is square
and entire; the 2nd antennal joint is rather shorter than the
rest. The thorax is transversely ovate—that is to say, its greatest
width is at the middle—not, as in a cordate thorax, before it; the
fovere are connected by a series of punctures, which gradually
deepen towards the centre; the longitudmal divisional line is
also deeper at the apical extremity than at the other parts. The
elytra are impressed with seven deep furrows on either side,
deeply punctured at the bottom; these furrows decrease in
length towards the margin, and in depth towards the apex, with
the exception, however, of the first on either side, which goes
straight down to the apex. At the latter comparatively smooth
place is the semicircular impression noticed in the three pre-
ceding species, and to be noticed in all the followmg. The base
of the elytra is smooth. No traces of punctures, such as are
usual in the region of the 3rd or 4th interstice, are observable.
The lower side of the insect is of a pitch-colour ; the basal part of
the legs and thighs are lighter, and the tibize and tarsi very light.

75. Bembidium ebeninum, N.

B. ovatum, convexum, nigrum, elytris ante apicem maculis 2 rufo-
flavis, subtus piceum; pedibus, palpis antennisque testaceis, his
apicem versus obscurioribus, reliquis oris partibus brunneis. Long.
corp. 1} lin.

Preecedenti affine, eyus capite et thorace, facillime tamen distin-
guendum, preeter colorem, antennis fortius filiformibus, elytris levibus
juxta suturam utrinque 2-striatis, striis basi abbreviatis, externa
apicem versus obsoleta, ante et infra medium leviter foveolatis, ante
apicem macula ovata rufo-flava, infra marginem stria profunda apice-
que semicirculariter impressis.

In proy. occid. non rarum.

Very closely allied to the preceding species, and equally pretty.
Head and thorax entirely those of the former; the antenne,
however, are more filiform, and the divisional line of the thorax
is not deepened at the apical extremity. The elytra are smooth,
with only two strize along the suture on either side, the rest not
being even traceable; both these striz are abbreviated at the
base, and the outer one becomes obsolete towards the apex; the
inner one, however, goes fully down to the apex, and falls in
with a deep inframarginal furrow, which is wanting in the pre-
ceding species; before and beyond the middle is a small im-
pression ; before the apex are two oval spots of orange-colour ;
the apex has the semicircular impression noticed in the preceding
species.

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 425
76. Bembidium orientale, N.

B. fortiter ovatum, convexum, zeneum, elytris maculis 4 magnis flavis,
apice sordide subtestaceis, subtus piceum ; abdomine brunneo, pedi-
bus, antennarum basi palpisque pallide testaceis. Long. corp.
13 ln.

Capite inter oculos longitud. 2-impresso, oculis maximis, antennis
art. 3° et 4° subzequalibus, 2° his vix breviore; thorace transverso,
leviter ovato, antice posticeque truncato, haud emarginato, leviter
angustato, basi quadrato, 2-foveolato, inter foveas punctis 1-seriatim
impressis, linea longit. media diviso; elytris ovatis, apicem versus
fortius angustatis, utrinque profunde 7-striatis, basi levi, striis mar-
ginem apicemque versus magis magisque obsoletis, in stria 3* ante et
infra medium puncto impressis, infra humeros inter striam 5™ et
marginem macula ovata, ante apicem inter striam 2™ et marginem
macula obliqua flava, apice sordide obsoleteque testaceis, hic semi-
circulariter et infra marginem stria profunda impressis.

In prov. occid. commune.

Easily distinguished by its .strongly oval shape, the thorax
being hardly contracted at the base, and no doubt belonging to
a different subgenus from the preceding and the following. The
head is exactly that of B. Kiugit. The antennz have the 2nd
joint hardly shorter than the 3rd, and this and the following
subequal ; joints 14. are of a light yellowish, the rest of a brown
colour ; joint 3 of the maxillary palpi is of a dark, the remaining
ones and the labial palpi of a pale yellowish colour. The labrum
is square, entire, and, with the rest of the mouth, brown. The
mandibles are furnished with 3-4 small teeth below the middle.
The ligula is broader than in any of the other species. The
thorax, besides in shape, is distinguished by having the fovez
removed from the basal angles towards the centre. The elytra
are impressed with seven distinct striz on either side, the first
of which runs down to the apex, where it falls in with the infra-
marginal one; the rest decrease in length towards the margin,
and in depth towards the apex; beyond the 7th another is just
traceable, and beyond this there is a deep inframarginal one. The
apex is impressed with the semicircular figure which distinguishes
all the species here enumerated, with the exception of B. opu-
lentum and truncatum. The colour of the insect is a dark, bright
metallic green, variegated with four large yellow spots on the
elytra ; two of these are near the shoulder and of oval shape,
the other two near the apex and oblique; the apex is of a dirty
yellowish colour. The lower part of the insect is of a pitch-colour,
lighter towards the apex; the legs are yellowish, darker towards
the base.

77. Bembidium emarginatum, N.

B. oyatum, convexum, piceum, capite dilutiore, elytris ante apicem

426 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

maculis 2 rufo-flavis, subtus brunneum ; pedibus, antennarum basi
palpisque testaceis. Long. corp. | lin.

Capite antice fortius acuminato, fronte utrinque profunde pluries
suleata, oculis mediocribus prominulis, /abro profunde subangulate
emarginato, antennis art. longitudine subzequalibus ; thorace breviter
cordato, antice posticeque truncato, non emarginato, basi quadrato,
foveis basalibus lineaque longit. media fere obsoletis, linea basali trans-
versa tamen distincta ; elytris ovatis, juxta suturam utrinque 2-striatis,
stria externa basi apiceque abbreviata, ante et infra medium puncto
obsoleto impressis, ante apicem macula orbiculari rufo-flava apiceque
sordide obsoleteque testaceis, hic semilunariter et infra marginem
stria profunda impressis.

Variat colore dilutiore.

In prov. oceid. rarum.

This and the two remaining species are mutually allied, and
probably belong to the subgenus Lopha. However, I am less
sure of this with regard to the present species than to the two
following. 4

The head is poited in front, and the labrum (an unusual
occurrence) deeply notched; two deep furrows run from the
clypeus straight across the forehead to the vertex; and from
their base other smaller ones radiate towards the eyes. Joints
2-5 of the antennz, which in almost all cases are of unequal
length, are not so in the present ; the first two or three joints
are yellowish, the rest are brown. Joint 3 of the maxillary palpi
is dark, the remaining ones and the labial palpi yellowish. The
elytra are impressed with two striz on either side of the suture ;
the remaining ones are just traceable. The one next to the
suture goes straight down to the apex, where it falls m with a
deep inframarginal furrow; the 2nd is, as usual, abbreviated.
The apex is impressed with the semicircular figure ; and there
are two punctures on either side.

78. Bembidium ornatum, N.

B. ovatum, subconvexum, brunneum, elytris maculis 4 flavis, pedibus,
antennis palpisque pallide testaceis. Long. corp. 1 lin.

Preecedenti simile, preeter colorem facillime tamen distinguendum
corpore graciliore, fronte utrinque 2-sulcata, labro integro, elytris
infra humeros et infra marginem utrinque macula orbiculari flava,
punctis nullis.

Variat colore obscuriore et dilutiore et seepius apice sordide testaceo.
In prov. occid. commune.

Easily distinguished from the preceding species, with which
it agrees in all other respects; no striz, however, are traceable

Ba ky: ae ee se ee

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 427

upon the elytra between the two near the suture and the infra-
marginal furrow.

79. Bembidium scydmenoides, N.

B. ovatum, convexum, obscure brunneum, elytris maculis 4 magis
minusve obsoletis dilutioribus, pedibus, palpis antennarumque
art. 2 primis testaceis, his apice reliquisque obscurioribus. Long.
corp. | lin.

Preecedenti simile, corpore robustiore, fortius ovato magisque con-
vexo, thorace basi fortius quadrato facillime distinguendum.

In prov. occid. communissimum.

Tribe HaRPALIDA.
Megaristerus, n. g., N.

Corpus oblongum, depressum, glabrum. Caput mediocre antice,
obtusum. Mentum profunde subquadrate emarginatum, edentatum,
lobis extus rotundatis, apice acuminatis. Ligula minima, oblonga,
paraglossis magnis connatis eam totam amplectentibus, antice rotun-
datis, subcordate emarginatis. Palpi maxill. art. ultimo subcylindrico,
apice magis minusve angustato, truncato, lab. eodem obovato, trun-
eato. Labrum transversum, antice posticeque angustatum, margine
anteriore profundius emarginato, setoso. Clypeus emarginatus.
Mandibulze validze, trigonee, apice leviter arcuatee, dextera mediocri
labro obtecta apice acuminata medio |-dentata, sinistra robustiore
porrecta (hine n. g. Megaristeruvs) apice obtusa medio 2-dentata.
Antennze humeros parum superantes, filiformes, art. 2° sequente
parum breviore, reliquis subeequalibus. Thorax rotundato-cordatus,
postice angustatus angulis rotundatis, antice leviter emarginatus
angulis distinctis. Elytra parallela, apice rotundata. Pedes ut in
g. Acupalpo, tarsis maris 4 ant. tamen art. 1° subtus nudo.

Victus Harpalorum.

Apparently closely allied to Amblystomus,—differing, however,
in the sculpture of the tarsi, and inthe antennee, labrum,and palpi;
and, as in the diagnosis as given by Lacordaire in his ‘ Gen. des
Col.,’ the paraglosszee of Amblystomus are simply said to be
rounded in front, a further distinction would appear to reside
in the notch which exists in that part of the paraglossz of m
genus Megaristerus. Also allied to Acupalpus, the sculpture of
the tarsi being exactly the same,—in saying which, I bear parti-
cularly m mind that the mtermediate ones of the male are hardly
dilated. From this genus, however, it is effectually distin-
guished by the shape of the ligula. From both Amblystomus
and Acupalpus the present genus, moreover, differs in the vesture
of the four anterior tarsi of the male, the first joint being naked
below—and in the mandibles, the left one of which is much larger

4.28 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

and plumper than the right one, protruding from under the
labrum, whilst the latter is hidden by it; the former is at the
same time obtuse at the apex, whilst the latter is pomted. In
the M. Indicus this peculiar construction is hardly striking, but
in the other two species it is very much so, and imparts a curious
appearance to the head of the insect.

80. Megaristerus mandibularis, N.

M. piceo-niger, leviter metallescens, subtus brunneus, antennis, tibiis
tarsisque testaceis, ore brunneo. Long. corp. 14-2 lin.

Capite inter antennas 2-foveolato, mandibula sinistra robustissima
porrecta, dextera mediocri labro obtecta; thorace basi 2-foveolato,
linea longitud. utrinque abbreviata media diviso, antice lunate im-
presso ; scutello majore ; elytris obsolete striatis, striis juxta suturam
distinetioribus, cum thorace parce subtiliterque punctulatis, inter
med. et apic. ad striam 2™ puncto impresso.

Prope Colombo rarus.

81. Megarisierus stenolophoides, N.

M. brunneo-piceus, elytris obscurioribus metallescentibus maculis 4
flavis, margine sutureeque apice brunneis, pedibus, antennarum
basi palporumque apice pallide testaceis, ore, mandibulis brunneis
exceptis, testaceo. Long. corp. 14 lin.

Preecedenti similis, corpore robustiore minus depresso et colore
facile tamen distinguendus. Differt preeterea palpis max. art. 4°
minus distincte, lab. eodem fortius truncato; thorace magis trans-
verso, basi obsolete ruguloso ; elytris profundius striatis, puncto ad
striam 2™ fere obsoleto, cum thorace haud punctulatis, maculis 4
subobliquis flavis ; 2 humeralibus in interstitiis 5°--6°, 2 subapicalibus
in interstitiis 3°—4°.

Prope Colombo rarus.

82. Megaristerus Indicus, N.

M. obscure viridi-zeneus, elytris maculis 2 humeralibus obliquis pus-
tulisque 2 subapicalibus flavis, subtus brunneus, tibiis tarsisque
testaceis, antennarum basi oreque brunneo-testaceis. Long. corp.
15 In.

Differt a M. mandibulari mandibula sinistra altera vix robustiore,
elytris infra humeros inter marginem et striam 2™ macula obliqua
intus angustata ante apicem in interstitio 3° pustula parva flavis,
apice fortius quam in preecedente rotundatis.

_ Prope Colombo mihi, Maderaspatani a Dom. Hon. W. Elliot spe-
cimina nonnulla nocte ad lumen capta.

Tribe Poconipz.
Spathinus, n. g., N.

Corpus obovatum, subconvexum, glabrum. Caput mediocre, antice

Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera. 4.29

trigonum, oculis magnis, semiglobosis, prominulis, collo brevi. Men-
tum transversum, profunde quadrate emarginatum, dente sat forti
acuto, lobis intus inter med. et apicem leviter oblique truncatis, extus
rotundatis, apice acuminatis. Ligula minuta, elongata, paraglossis
latis connatis eam haud multo superantibus, apice intus oblique trun-
catis subacuminatis. Palpi art. ultimo conico acuminato, max. art.
3° inverto, ultimo zequali, lab. eodem robustiore. Labrum quadratum,
antice profunde emarginatum, angulis ant. rotundatis. Mandibulee
porrectze, trigonee, apice acuminate, basi dentate. Antenne sat
robustee humeros parum superantes, art. 2°-3° subzequalibus, sub-
cylindricis sequentibus brevioribus, his subzequalibus, obovatis. Tho-
rax transverse subquadratus, antice lateribus leviter rotundatus, pos-
tice parum angustatus, basi leviter rotundatus, angulis subrectis.
Elytra ovata, apice rotundata. Pedes anteriores tibiis profunde emar-
ginatis, tarsis maris art. 1°-3° leviter dilatatis, subtus squamulis
munitis, art. 1° subeylindrico, 2°-3° subrotundatis, 4° subtrigono,
unguiculis simplicibus.
Victus Bembidiorum.

Apparently closely allied to Trechus, and an aberrant form of
the same tribe to which the latter genus belongs. The mentum
and palpi appear to agree entirely; the insects differ, however,
in the structure of the ligula (which, in Spathinus, is entirely
that of a Bembidium) and the sculpture and vesture of the an-
terior male tarsi. In spite of the latter anomalies, the pre-
eminently characteristic shape of the palpi convinces me that
the insect must find a place where I have put it. It is also
closely allied to my genus Ochthephilus, differing from it, how-
ever, in the ligula, palpi and labrum. The generic name Spa-
thinus signifies a staggard, and I have chosen it with regard to
the shape of the terminal jomt of the palpi. The insects are
common throughout the south-west and west of the island,
where they live in the manner of the Bembidia, under decaying
vegetable matter, upon the banks of lakes and rivers, &c.

83. Spathinus nigriceps, N.

S. alatus, tenuiter hirsutus, brunneo-testuceus, capite nigro, elytris
apice fuscis, ore, antennis pedibusque testaceis. Long. corp.
13 lin.

Capite inter antennas profundius 2-foveolato, fronte medio leviter
depressa ; thorace leevi, linea longit. media diviso ; elytris juxta sutu-
ram obsolete striatis.

84. Huplynes Dohrni, N.

E. ovatus, subconvexus, rufo-testaceus, oculis nigris, elytris viridibus,
femoribus apice tarsisque geniculis fuscescentibus. Long. corp.
vix 43 lin.

Capite inter antennas bifoveolato ; antennis art. 2° brevi, reliquis

4.30 Mr. J. Nietner on new Ceylon Coleoptera.

subzequalibus ; palpis art. ultimo subelliptico truncato, labialibus
elongatis ; thorace breviter transversim cordato, antice posticeque
truncato, longitudine sesqui latiore, depresso, lateribus basique ele-
vato, hie leviter bifoveolato, angulis basalibus subrectis leviter rotun-
datis, linea med. longitud. diviso, subtiliter transversim ruguloso ;
elytris ovatis, leviter dilatatis, thorace duplo fere latioribus, striatis, in
regione basali in stria 3%, ad et infra medium in stria 2 puncto im-
pressis, in regione media utrinque depressis, ante apicem leviter an-
gustatis et sinuatis, apice levissime transversim truncatis, angulo
interno in spinam producto ; pedibus tibiis fortiter tarsisque 4 pos-
ticis dorso modice costatis.

In campis silvisque prov. occid. et in montibus prov. central. usque
alt. 4000 ped. sub vegetab. per occasionem copiose legi.

This insect frequents localities of a very different nature: I
have taken it in great abundance in the Negombo district, in
hot, sandy fields, under heaps of weeds, &c.; but I have also
taken it on the banks of the Colombo Lake, and in the damp
forests of Pusilawa, 4000 feet above the sea, under fallen trees ;
its favourite haunt, however, appears to be the former descrip-
tion of locality. It would appear to be very distinct from the
E. cyanipennis, described by Schmidt-Geebel in his ‘ Col. Birm.,’
in thorax, sculpture of apical part, and position of punctures of
elytra, costated 4: posterior tarsi, &c. On the other hand, the
curious depression of the elytra, which has much the appearance
of being accidental, is the same (it occurs also in my genus
Anchista). 1 am not quite satisfied with the description of the
ligula and tarsi as given by Schmidt-Goebel. The former I
should call “truncated at the apex, anterior angles strongly
rounded-off.” In the insect before me it is certaly not rounded
in the middle; if anything, it is rather the contrary. The
tarsi I should describe thus :— Joints 1-4 of the two anterior
male tarsi dilated; jomt 1 nearly as long as the two following
together, subcylindric ; jomt 2 nearly as long again as the fol-
lowing, clongate-trigonate ; joint 3 subtrigonate ; joint 4 (in all
tarsi) bilobed; jomts 1-3 furnished below with two series of
lamellated papillee fenced in by bristles ; jomt 4: densely penicil-
lated; claws simple.”

I take this opportunity to add a general remark. The author
above quoted, at the end of the description of his 4. eyanipennis,
quotes a passage from Helfer’s ‘Burmese Journal,’ implying
“that the species lived exclusively upon trees, and that most of
the Carabidee of that country had the same habit.’ The latter part
of this observation I feel inclined to look upon as a rash and
unjustifiable assertion on the part of Helfer. There can be little
doubt (and the above is an additional example) that the Carabide
of this island have much resemblance to those of Burmah ; still

Mr. J. Miers on a new species of Lardizabala. 431

my long experience in it has not furnished me with any instances
of any of them living upon trees, with the exception of the Tricon-
dyle, Collyrides, and certain Cicindele. The Casnonie and Ophio-
nee@ are in the habit of ascending grasses and low herbs, and certain
Lebiide and the genus Catascopus live under the bark of trees :
this is all. As to the insect described above, although it appears
to adapt itself with facility to a variety of physical circumstances,
and although it takes occasionally to its wings and flies into
houses in the evening, I have never found it upon trees.

XLV.—On another new species of Lardizabala.
By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 192.]

I Have lately observed, in the herbarium of the Paris Museum,
another undescribed species of this genus, the description of
which I here append to the former :—

3. Lardizabala infuscata, n. sp.;—volubilis, folis biternatis,
foliolis ellipticis apice vix acutis vel obtusiusculis, puncto cal-
loso onustis, terminalibus in petiolulum longiusculum cuneatis,
lateralibus sessilibus basi ineequalibus et obtusioribus, glaber-
rimis, crasso-coriaceis, supra intense fusco-viridibus, nitenti-
bus, simpliciter nervosis, nervis patentibus immersis, subtus
pallidioribus brunneis, lucidis, costa nervis venisque promi-
nentibus, marginibus revolutis integris vel obsolete crenulatis ;
stipulis orbicularibus majusculis, fuscis ; racemis d axillaribus
folio sub-brevioribus.—Chile Australis: v. s. in herb. Mus.
Paris (Hombron, Voyage de l’Astrolabe et Zélée).

This species is at once recognized from L. biternata by the
extremely dark colour of its leaves and by their much greater
thickness and opacity, thus offermg a strong contrast to the
hight green colour of the typical species. In the latter the leaf-
lets are 3-nerved from near the base, but in this plant no such
lateral nerves are present ; in the typical species a portion of the
early pubescence is always found remaining upon the nervures
and petioles, but here they are quite free from hairs; the petioles
of the mtermediate leaves are also much longer in this species.
The internodes between the axils are 24 in. long; the leaves
altogether are 35 m. long; the main petiole is 5 lines long;
the two lateral secondary petioles are 5 lines, the intermediate
one 12 lines long; the lateral leaflets are 17—21 lines long,
9-11 lines broad; the intermediate leaflets are 23 in. long, in-
cluding their petiole of 3 lines, and 10-14: lines broad ; the orbi-
cular stipules are 6-8 lines in diameter ; the raceme is 2} inches
long, with about fifteen alternate male flowers.

432 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

XLVI.—On Permian Entomostraca from the Fossiliferous Lime-
stone of Durham. By J. W. Kinxsy.

[With a Plate. |
[Concluded from page 330. ]
Bairdia Jonesiana, n. sp. Plate XI. figs. 1, 2, & 2a.

Syn. B. gracilis, M‘Coy, Jones, Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 63. tab. 18. fig. 7.
B. gracilis, M‘Coy, Reuss, Jahres. Wetterau. Gesell. 1851-1853, p.65.
B. gracilis, M‘Coy, Richter, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesells. 1855,
vol. vii. p. 530. tab. 26. figs. 16 & 17.

Length 4 inch; height .. inch.

Carapace reniform, convex, smooth. Dorsal margin regularly
arched ; anterior slope gradual, convex, descending one-half of
the height ; posterior slope more abrupt, convex, descending five-
sixths of the height. Ventral margin simuate centrally, convex
near the extremities. Anterior extremity bluntly rounded. Pos-
terior extremity obtusely pointed. Lateral contour compressed
oval, the posterior end the most acute; greatest diameter central,
one-third of the length. Flange of left ventral margin large,
being fully one-third of the length.

The chief variation of form shown by this species is in the
dorsal margin, which is more prominent in some specimens than
in the generality. Fig. 2. Pl. XI. illustrates this variety. In
no instance have I met with examples so attenuate as the one
from Byers’ Quarry, figured by Jones.

It resembles in many respects the Cythere Geinitziana* of
Jones, which appears to be a closely related form. The dorsal
margin of the latter, however, is more flatly convex, its posterior
extremity is more acutely pointed, and it is medianly placed, and
the sinus of its ventral margin is deeper than the same feature
in B. Jonesiana ; its lateral contour is peculiar also, being ovate,
while that of the other is a flattened oval, with rather acute
extremities. In these particulars it differs from the present
species; and I allow them specific value.

There can be little doubt as to the identity of this species
with Mr. Jones’s specimen from Byers’ Quarry, which he iden-
tified with the Bairdia gracilist of M‘Coy. A single cast, much
worn, was the only material which Mr. Jones possessed; so that
some difference might be expected between his figure and more
finely preserved specimens of the same species, even had it really
belonged to B. gracilis,—an idea, however, which is not main-
tamable when the Professor’s description and figures are com-
pared with perfect specimens of the Permian species. The de-

* Prof. King’s Mon. Perm. Fossils, p. 62. tab. 18. fig. 4 a, 0, e.

+ Prof. M‘Coy’s Syn. Char, Carbon. Foss. Ireland, p. 165. pl. 23. fig. 7.

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 433

scription given by M‘Coy is very short, and his figures represent
only a portion of a carapace: the former would apply to many
species besides the one to which it refers, so that it is not of
much use in the determination of apparent affinities; but his
figures show that the Carboniferous species had at least one
prominent rostrated extremity, and that it was compressed and
concave laterally towards the extremities,—characters which
certainly distinguish it specifically from its supposed Permian
representative.

Most of the specimens of this species which have occurred at
Tunstall Hill are coated with a thin deposit of calcareous matter ;
and it is not until this is removed that their relation to Bairdia
can be detected.

It is not rare in the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall Hill.
In Germany it is found in the Lower Zechstein of Bleichenbach,
Selters, and Saalfeld.

B. Jonesiana is named after Mr. T. Rupert Jones, to whom I
am indebted for several courteous communications on Permian
Entomostraca.

Bairdia truncata, nu. sp. Pl. XI. figs. 4 & 4a.
Length ; inch; height ;4, inch.

Carapace subrhomboidal, inflated ventrally in anterior half,
smooth (?). Dorsal margin almost straight, though slightly
convex; anterior slope gradual, convex; posterior slope very
abrupt, descending nearly the whole of the height, convex.
Ventral margin rather convex, with a short projection near the
anterior extremity. Anterior extremity rounded, prominent.
Posterior extremity diagonally truncate. Lateral contour irregu-
larly lenticular ; greatest diameter in anterior half two-sevenths
of the length, pointed anteriorly, bluntly rounded posteriorly,
sinuate in posterior half.

The few specimens of this species which I have found are casts ;
consequently the above description is probably incomplete and
subject to modification. That it belongs to Bairdia is evident
by traces of an overlapping of the dorsal margin. Its marked
difference from all the Permian species which have preceded it
has induced me to describe it as a species, though from imperfect
materials.

Rare in the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall Hill.

Bairdia rhomboidea, nu. sp. Pl. XI. figs. 3 & 3a.
Length ;), inch; height =, inch.
Carapace subrhomboidal, protuberant centrally, smooth. Dor-
sal margin prominently convex, sloping gradually to each extre-
mity. Ventral margin very convex, more so anteriorly than

434. Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca

posteriorly. Anterior extremity subangulate. Posterior extre-
mity somewhat produced, bluntly pomted. Lateral contour len-
ticular ; greatest diameter central, rather more than one-fourth
of the length. Hinge with the left valve overlapping the right
evenly along the dorsal margin. lange of left ventral margin
posteriorly situate.

Very rare in the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall Hill.

Besides the species of Bairdia already noticed, there appear
to be one or two additional forms belonging to the fauna of the
fossiliferous limestone, which may subsequently be established
as species. Specimens have occurred that seem to imply this
idea; but, owing to a paucity of materials, and, in some cases, to
an apparent affinity to described species, I have not ventured to
specialize them. There was one well-marked individual, of tri-
angular contour, which was unfortunately lost after it had been
outlined, and which I have little doubt was the Cythere acuta of
Jones. It was minute and exceedingly globose; the ventral
margin almost straight, and the dorsal margin convex; the
extremities acute and similar.

Leperditia? Permiana, Jones. Plate XI. figs. 5-18.

Syn. Dithyrocaris Permiana, Jones, Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 66. tab. 18. fig. 1.
Ceratiocaris? Permiana, Jones, Morris’s Cat. Brit. Foss. 2nd edition,
1854, p. 103.

Length ,, inch; height ,/; inch.

Carapace oblong-ovate, ark-shaped, equivalve, very convex ;
valves thick. Dorsal margin straight, bounded laterally by flat-
tish, slightly inclined areas formed by the depression of the
upper region of the valves. Ventral margin straight centrally,
or very slightly smuate. Anterior extremity angulate at its
junction with the dorsal margin, and bluntly rounded ventrally :
the dorsal angle is sometimes the most prominent; at others a
point midway between the margins protrudes most. Posterior
extremity angulate dorsally, more pointed than the former, the
antero-dorsal angle being more projecting, from which a convex
line slopes gradually to the ventral margin. From the extreme
points of the dorsal margin of each valve proceed two strongly
produced rims, or marginal expansions, which become more widely
separate as they approach the ventral margin. The znnermost rim
(of single valve) is elevated, and forms a raised reflexed edge
round the middle portion of the valve. The outermost or most
ventral rim is not reflexed, but projects at a right angle from the
ventral portion of the valve; along the inner surface of this rim,
which forms the contact-margin of the valve, extends a slightly
elevated projection, on a plane with the ventral convexity of the

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 435

valve, and which appears to overlap (?) a similar longitudinal
projection in the opposite valve. The outer surface of the valve
within the innermost rim is deeply channeled. The central area
of the valves is protuberant, rising abruptly from the channeled
depression just mentioned; dorsally and towards the posterior
extremity this area is very prominent, or slightly gibbose. Sur-
face ornamented with irregularly-placed roundish pits, and with
slender longitudinal wrinkles which occasionally bifurcate and
merge into each other. Hinge with the dorsal margins united
by ligament (?). Lateral contour ovate, with strongly produced
extremities.

This remarkable species does not vary much in marginal out-
line. The posterior extremity is occasionally rather less pomted
than usual, and the anterior extremity differs a little m con-
vexity ; the ventral margin also has at times a tendency to be-
come sinuate. The variation of the posterior extremity is of
most importance, as in some cases the slight modification which
it undergoes causes it to assume the form of the anterior.

One of the most peculiar characters of this species is the
curious marginal rims which bound its free margins and form
so important a feature in its ventral aspect. I have never ob-
served more than two rims on each valve, except in one instance,
which was a perfect specimen, having three rims on the right
valve, with only two on the left. These rims very much remind
one of exfoliative dilatations of the margins, such as are seen 1n
some species of Conchifera and Brachiopoda: but when the
Entomostracan mode of growth is considered, the idea is found
to be untenable; for we must suppose that these species, like
their recent representatives, would increase in size by moulting,
and not by marginal increment. The youngest specimens pos-
sess the same rims in miniature; indeed, all stages of growth
are characterized by them, though the older individuals have
them most produced. One very fine specimen (fig. 11) shows
several fine lines between the outer and inner rims, and running
parallel with them. I have not been able to prove satisfactorily
that the longitudinal projection on the internal surface of the
most ventral rim (see fig. 13) of one valve overlaps that of the
opposite, though, from the close union of the extreme edges of
these rims in some specimens, it may be inferred that it does.
The free margins fit close ; consequently the whole of the animal
must have been enveloped by the valves.

The central area of the valves is generally very much produced,
but more so in some specimens than in others. Sometimes its
connexion with the marginal portion of the valves is so abrupt
as to cause it to appear like a great tubercle ; at others it slopes
more gradually towards the margin, and wears a less gibbose

436 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca.

aspect: this is particularly the case in young specimens. The
postero-dorsal region of this area is always the most prominent
portion of the valve; and as the central portion of the dorsal
region is at times rather depressed, both it and the antero-dorsal
angle have then a gibbose appearance. Such specimens assimi-
late to the L. (Cythere) Schrenkii* of Keyserling, whose equi-
valent regions are extremely gibbose. As the central area varies
in prominence in different specimens, so do specimens vary in
width, and that very considerably.

Although there can be little doubt of this species beg cha-
racterized by a punctured surface, yet it is a character that has
only been observed in two specimens, both of which are repre-
sented in Pl], XI. Usually the surface is either smooth, like that
of fig. 5, or wrinkled, like that of fig. 8, and shows no traces of
punctures, even when viewed with the aid of a high magnifying
power. Perhaps this may result from a peculiarity of fossiliza-
tion, though, from the number of specimens which have been
examined, it is more likely that some individuals of the species
were punctured and others were not. The punctures which
have been detected are minute, and require a lens of moderately
high power to resolve them. They are observed best on the
central and dorsal areas; indeed I have not noticed them else-
where. The longitudinal wrinkles are also confined to the same
regions, but chiefly to the central area. They are tenuous, and
trend somewhat irregularly in a direction parallel with the free
margins.

L.? Permiana seems to be nearly related to the Russian spe-
cies, L.? stricta, Keyserling+. The latter species has rounder
extremities, its ventral margin more deeply sinuate, and is ap-
parently more compressed than the former. Some difference
also exists in the punctured ornamentation, which in L. stricta
is very regularly arranged. Both agree, however, in possessing
two expanded rims on the free margin of each valve. L.? Roess-
leri, Reusst, of the Lower Zechstein also corresponds in this
respect, and will probably prove to be closely related.

It is not uncommon in the fossiliferous limestone of Tunstall
Hill, and in the Upper Permians of Byers’ Quarry.

The generic affinities of this species and of its congeners are
involved in some obscurity. When first described by Mr. Jones,
from specimens on the limestone slabs of Byers’ Quarry, it was
referred by him to the genus Dithyrocaris of Dr. Scouler. In
placing it there, he admitted that it was questionable whether it
in reality belonged to that group or not ; for his own specimens

* Reise durch die Tundren der Samojeden, p. 112. taf. 4. fig. 37.
Tt Loc. cit. p. 112. taf. 4. fig. 38.
{ Jahres. Wetterau. Gesell. 1851-1853, p. 70.

from the Fossiliferous Limestone of Durham. 4.37

were not well preserved, nor had the characters of the genus been
properly defined by its author: but from the data offered by the
imperfect materials in his hands, he thought it possible that it
might have some affinity to it; so he placed it in it provisionally.

Dithyrocaris was originally considered by Dr. Scouler to have
a univalve carapace, like Apus and other single-valved Branchio-
poda*. He afterwards altered his views, supposing it to be
bivalve, like Cypris, though differig from that genus in having
caudal appendages protruding from the valves. This opinion
was held until 184.3, when Colonel Portlock described two new
species from the shales of the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Ire-
land+, and proved that its carapace was univalve, as Dr. Scouler
had supposed at first. Colonel Portlock’s description of these
species, particularly of D. Colei, can leave no doubt of the cor-
rectness of his views in this respect, and clearly demonstrates
that Dithyrocaris is a univalve Entomostracan—that is, sup-
posing Dr. Scouler’s species belong to the same group, which
may be taken for granted until proved to the contrary.

All the examples of L.? Permiana which came under the no-
tice of Mr. Jones were, as stated before, more or less imperfect ;
so it may naturally be supposed that great difficulty would
occur in attempting to determine the generic affinities of the
species to which they belonged. It is evidently owing to this
cause that Mr. Jones supposed that it might be a member of
Dithyrocaris. It is from the perfect state of preservation of
my specimens that I have been enabled to offer the preceding
remarks in addition to those of Mr. Jones. And as some of the
specimens have the valves united and in close juxtaposition, I
have also been enabled to prove that the species was a bivalve
Entomostracan, like Cythere, or rather Leperditia, consequently
that it has no affinity to Dithyrocaris—nor to Ceratiocaris, to
which Mr. Jones afterwards referred itt, its bivalvular character
also, of course, excluding it from that genus.

German and Russian paleontologists have referred congeneric
species to Cythere ; but, with the exception of being bivalve, they
possess no characters to warrant their remaining there.

The true generic affinities of L.? Permiana and its congeners
I leave to be determined by my friend Mr. Jones, as he tells me
that he has long been investigating their relations, and as I am
quite sure that he is more competent to do sothan Lam. I am
of opinion that they will be found to constitute a new group.

* Records of Science, Feb. 1835; and in a paper read before the British
Association at Glasgow. See also Jones on Dithyrocaris, in Prof. King’s
Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 64.

+ Report of the Geology of the County of Londonderry, pp. 313-316.
pl. 12. + Morris’s Cat. British Fossils, 2nd edit. p. 103.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 30

438 Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Permian Entomostraca.

The present species 1s merely placed in Leperditia as an approxi-
mation to its true position, and not because I thik it ought to
remain there, though probably this genus and Beyrichia will
prove very close neighbours to it.

Besides the species under notice, Mr. Jones has described an-
other from Byers’ Quarry—L.? glypta. In Germany, another
has been described by Dr. Reuss under the name of Cythere
Roessleri; and Count Keyserling has noticed three more from
the Permians of Russia, terming them Cythere Schrenku, C.
stricta, and C. grapta.

The following Table gives a general view of the Permian
Entomostraca, with their distribution in England, Germany, and
Russia :—

Eu = af Germany.) Russia.
.| 3 ei
= E & |aee Remarks.
als] 42 |e
ml SN no25
1 |\Cythere? Morrisiana, Jones * Probably belonging to Bairdia.
2 elongata, JONES mi as este * Probably belonging to Bairdia.
S|-=1 Gehitian, domes -|)] «|. 4 Ala eal
of South Yorkshire.
4|——-? Kutorgiana, Jones...\..|*\ 2. +. |Probably belonging to Bairdia.
5|—— bituberculata, Reuss..|..|-+ *
6 Cythereis biplicata, Jones . *
7 drupacea, Richter....|..|-- * A somewhat similar form oc-
8| \Cy ‘therella inornata, MW en i iG {cued to Prof. King in Tul-
9 | nuciformis, Jones . .|* * lyconnel limestone, Ireland.
10 |Bairdia acuta, Jones ......| *?| *
ip] plebeia, Reuss ...... * |e] x
12|—— Kingii, Reuss ...... a
13 |\—— mucronata, Reuss....| *|--
14'\——- ampla, Reuss ......}..|-+ *
15 |—— frumentum, Reuss al: *
16 —— ventricosa, Kirkby ..| * |
17 |\— Reussiana, Kirkby... .| *
18) reniformis, Kirkby... . | *
19| Schaurothiana, Kirkby xk
20 ——? Berniciensis, Kirkby | * Prof. King found a specimen
21 —— Jonesiana, Kirkby. * | * * {resembling this species in
29 rhomboidea, Kirkby pele: the Tullyconnel limestone.
23 truncata, Kirkby .... | *
24 Leperditia? Permiana, Jones} * | *
25 |\——? glypta, Jones ......}..|*
1, FUCUSS wrcrerel| fault) | ee
27 ? stricta, Keyserling ..|..|.«| +.

28 ——? Schrenkii, Keyserling

29 ——? grapta, Keyserling ..|..|..| +. As this species seems to have
30 ——? recta, Keyserling SA, OE some sffinity to the mz, pre-
? ets y Babe fi) ceding, it 1s placed in the
31 Cythere Pyrrhe, Keyserling|..|..| .. same genus.

* & PX *

32 ——. Cyclas, Keyserling....|..|--| «+

M. Balbiani on the Generative Organs of the Infusoria. 439

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Bairdia Jonesiana, un. sp.: right valve; magnified 30 times.

Fig. 2. Bairdia Jonesiana, a less elongate form: right valve; magnified
30 times.

Fig. 2a. Bairdia Jonesiana: \ateral contour.

Fig. 3. Bairdia rhomboidea, n. sp.: right valve; magnified 26 times.

Fig. 3a. Bairdia rhomboidea, lateral contour.

Fig. 4. Bairdia truncata, n. sp.: cast of right valve; magnified 38 times.

Fig. 4a. Bairdia truncata, lateral contour.

Fig. 5. Leperditia? Permiana, Jones: right valve, havmg a smooth sur-
face; magnified 26 times.

Figs.6 & 8. Leperditia? Permiana: right and left valves, showing a
wrinkled surface ; magnified 26 times.

Fig. 7. Leperditia? Permiana: left valve of a specimen with a punctured
surface ; magnified 30 times.

Fig. 9. Leperditia? Permiana: left valve of a young specimen; magnified
38 times.

Fig. 10. Leperditia? Permiana: ventral aspect of a specimen showing
lateral compression and marginal rims; magnified 26 times.

Fig. 11. Leperditia? Permiana: ventral aspect of a more globose speci-
men, showing marginal rims, punctured; magnified 30 times.

Fig. 12. Leperditia? Permiana: dorsal aspect of the last specimen; mag-
nified 30 times.

Fig. 13. Leperditia? Permiana: interior of right valve; magnified 30
times.

XLVII.—Jnvestigation of the Generative Organs and Reproduction
of the Infusoria. By M. Barsrani*.

In a preceding communication} I had the honour of communi-
cating to the Academy some of the results at which I had arrived
in studying the reproduction and development of the Infusoria
called Polygastrica in the classification of Ehrenberg. In the
course of the present spring and summer I have been able to
extend my researches to several other species, and to complete
some old observations which the want of materials had compelled
me to interrupt for atime. The object of the present note is
to make known the most essential of these new results, the de-
tailed exposition of which will form the subject of a memoir
which I propose shortly to submit to the Academy.

The investigation of the propagation of Paramecium Bursaria
had Jed me to assume in this species, independently of a multi-
plication by spontaneous scission, a second mode which consti-
tuted a true sexual generation, and to recognize in the organs
described under the names of nucleus and nucleolus the analogues
of the male and female generative organs of the higher animals.

* Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 30 August, 1858, p. 383, by
W. S. Dallas.
+ See ‘Annals,’ 3rd series, No. 6. p. 435.
50*

440 M. Balbiani on the Generative Organs

I had also been led, in a great number of cases, to regard what
nearly all authors had considered to be a spontaneous division
in a longitudinal direction, as a sexual union of two individuals.
Very often, in fact, I have been able to ascertain that this state
coincided with certain remarkable changes which took place in
the internal organs of these animals.

I. The corpuscle which, in the Infusoria, has been described
under the name of nucleolus, and which I have shown to be the
male genital gland, has hitherto only been indicated in a few
rare species. In connexion with this, I have examined a great
number of individuals belonging to numerous and varied forms,
and I have convinced myself that, far from constituting an ex-
ception, the presence of one or even several nucleoles was a nearly
constant fact in the different types of this class ; but frequently
the simple or multiple nucleole which they contain is so inti-
mately confounded with the substance of the nucleus, that it only
becomes apparent when it is separated therefrom accidentally by
the action of reagents, or spontaneously at certain determinate
periods in the life of these creatures, principally at the time of
their sexual propagation. I have counted fourteen species in
which this organ was very evident to me, and in which I have
also been able to follow its evolution, to a greater or less extent,
at the breeding season, at the same time that I was an eye-
witness of the other actions which concur in assuring the repro-
duction of these animalcules by fecundated germs.

As regards the number and situation of the testicular organ
of the Infusoria, I have met with the following varieties. It is
simple, rounded, and lodged in more or less deep depressions of
the nucleus in Paramecium Aurelia and P. caudatum, and also
in a third species nearly allied to P. Bursaria, but smaller and
destitute of green granules. The genus Bursaria (B. leucas, flava,
and vernalis) also presents a simple nucleole situated in the vici-
nity of the nucleus. The same thing occurs in Chilodon cucul-
lulus. But with regard to the latter, I must remark that I do
not regard as the analogue of the nucleole of the preceding spe-
cies the corpuscle to which M. von Siebold has given this name,
and which is placed in the interior of the granular mass of the
nucleus, in the centre of a broad transparent zone. The true
nucleole or testicle of Chilodon appears in the form of a small,
rounded, brilliant grain, provided with a proper membrane, and
situated quite to one side and towards the middle of the nucleus.
It is very easily perceived in large specimens by employing the
action of reagents. As regards the nucleus and its internal
parts, I make no difficulty in regarding them as representing all
the elements of an ovum, of which the nucleole of the celebrated
German naturalist would be nothing but the germinal spot. The

and Reproduction of the Infusoria. 441

disappearance of the clear zone and of its central corpuscle in
the animals which have just copulated, especially appears to me
to militate in favour of this view.

II. I have met with a multiple testicle in many species be-
longing to the groups of the Oxytrichine and of the Euplotes or
Plesconia, mcluding the highest types of this class. In the
genus Oxytricha the two nuclei, which are elongated in the
direction of the greater axis of the body, are each accompanied
by a small, rounded, testicular body, very distinct from the cor-
responding nucleus. There are also two, placed one to the right
and the other to the left of the long nucleus, which is curved into
the form of a horse-shoe, in Euplotes Charon and viridis. In the
genera Stylonychia (S. Mytilus, pustulata, and lanceolata) and
Urostyla (U. grandis), the nucleoles, to the number of four or
five, are distributed in two groups in the vicinity of the nuclei,
of which the anterior is accompanied by two, and the posterior
also by two or sometimes three of these little organs. They are
remarkable from their distinctly rounded outline, their great
refractive power, and their homogeneous structure. In Spirosto-
mum ambiguum, each of the grains of the long moniliform cord
which here replaces the oval nucleus of the other species, gives
lodgment, in a deep depression of its surface, to a small rounded
corpuscle, which corresponds with the nucleole of the preceding
species; this brings the number of testicles in this animal to
forty-five or fifty. I have only been able to perceive them in
individuals which have been copulating for a certain time, and
by employing dilute acetic acid. It is very probable that an
analogous arrangement will be found in the other types in which
the nucleus is formed of grains placed in a single row, like a
necklace, such as Stentor, Kondylostomum, Trachelius moni-
liger, &e.

If]. The evolution of the male genital apparatus of the Infu-
soria, as just characterized, in the other species of the genus
Paramecium does not differ from that presented to us by P. Bur-
saria. In the Ozytrichine each of these organs remains entire,
becomes enlarged, and exhibits in its interior, applied against
its wall, a thick granular body, furnished with a tubular append-
age, which projects into the cavity of the capsule, and appears
to be open at its free extremity. This tube, which seems to be
an excretory duct, often appeared to be filled with capillary
filaments of extreme fineness, arranged parallel to the axis of the
duct in question, in which they were fixed by a portion of their
length, whilst the remainder, escaping by the orifice of the tube,
radiated in all directions in the interior of the capsule. Sub-
sequently the granular body and its duct disappear, and the
filaments, becoming free, collect into a bundle, which fills the

442 M. Balbiani on the Generative Organs of the Infusoria.

whole of the formative sac. Although I have never seen them
execute any movements, I do not hesitate in considering them as
the spermatic filaments of these animals.

IV. Itis with equal certainty that we may call the nucleus the
female genital organ of the Infusoria, in opposition to the per-
fectly hypothetical assertion of Ehrenberg, who regards it as the
testicle. Its evolution likewise only commences at the time of
reproduction, and often during the sexual union itself. In P.
Aurela and caudatum, towards the end of the copulation, its sur-
face is traversed in all directions by numerous furrows, which,
penetrating deeper and deeper into its mass, finally divide it
into a great number of unequal and irregularly rounded frag-
ments, having a clear centre more or less surrounded by granules.
I should compare these with the first rudiment of a vitellus, and
the transparent central portion to a more or less developed ger-
minal vesicle. The fragments thus formed are soon dispersed
in the surrounding parenchyma. Here a very small number of
them, almost always four, never more and very rarely less, com-
plete their evolution, and soon acquire the appearance of com-
plete and well-developed ova. In this state they present them-
selves in the form of small brilliant bodies, perfectly equal in
volume, slightly oval, and of a bluish-grey appearance. We may
very clearly distinguish in them a finely granular vitellus, sur-
rounded by its proper membrane, which separates from it more
or less after a few moments’ exposure to water. The germinal
vesicle and spot are also visible with a distinctness truly sur-
prising, considering that we have to do here with the smallest
of living organisms. I have met with these ova still enclosed nm
the body of the animal on the seventh day after the copulation ;
they no longer exhibited either germinal vesicle or spot, and
their volume had slightly increased. In the allied species, P.
Bursaria, the reniform nucleus becomes unrolled before breaking
up, and in this state resembles the ribbon-shaped nucleus of
the Vorticelle. About twenty or twenty-five of the fragments
produced from it contimue their development and become so
many perfect ova. In the nucleus of Chilodon cucullulus, also,
we observe, after the copulation, the disappearance of the trans-
parent zone with its central obscure spot. In the genera Stylo-
nychia and Urostyla the ova are tour in number, as in Parame-
cium caudatum, but they are produced by a different mechanism.
Kach of the two nuclei divides into two halves, as in the act of
spontaneous division ; and the four fragments thus produced form
an equal number of perfect ova. Lastly, in Spirostomum ambi-
guum, we have seen, in individuals which have been copulating
for some time, the forty or fifty grains of the long flexuous cord
which traverses the body become rounded and detached from

—__

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 443

each other. But we have been unable to discover in these all
the characters of an ovum with the same distinctness as in the
preceding species, no doubt because they had not yet arrived at
their complete development.

V. I have not witnessed the deposition of the ova in these
animals. It is very probable that they escape by the anus, or
by some neighbouring aperture. Thus, in the Stylonychie, I
have seen them collect in the posterior part of the body which
bears the anal orifice, and diminish gradually in number from
the first or second day after the copulation. It is a singular
thing, that about this period a round pale body begins to make
its appearance in the centre of the animal; this becomes con-
stricted about the middle, and reconstitutes the double nucleus
of Stylonychia.

VI. The Infusoria are destitute of copulatory organs. In
most cases the copulation is effected by simple juxtaposition,
the two mouths establishing the sexual communication (Para-
mecium, Bursaria, Euplotes, Chilodon, Spirostomum). In the
Oxytrichine the union is more intimate, and goes so far as to
constitute a true soldering of the two individuals for more than
two-thirds of their anterior part. Any one who had not wit-
nessed all the phases of this singular copulation, would be
unable to avoid regarding this state as a longitudinal division,
proceeding from behind forwards, in a single animal. But even,
if direct observation were wanting, the concomitant changes of
the internal organs, which are so characteristic, cannot leave
the least doubt as to the actual signification of this act.

XLVIII.—Remarks on certain Vermiform Fossils found in the
Mountain Limestone Districts of the North of England. By
Arpany Hancock*.

[With six Plates. |

In 1838, Mr. Dixon Dixon, of Unthank, presented to the
Newcastle Museum a few slabs of a fine-grained micaceous sand-
stone, which were procured from a quarry on Haltwhistle Com-
mon. ‘These slabs exhibited on their surfaces peculiar elevated
and depressed markings, supposed at the time to be either the
fossil remains of worms, or casts of worm-tracks.

Slabs bearing similar markings were likewise obtained by
Mr. Edward Wood, of Richmond, in 1850, from the same for-
mation in Wensleydale, Yorkshire, and were described by that
gentleman in two interesting communications published in the

* Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting of the
British Association held at Leeds, September 22, 1358.

444: Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils.

Ist vol. of the ‘ Naturalist,’ in which the nature of these curious
fossils is discussed, and the conclusion arrived at that they are
worms, though to what order they belong is not determined.
Mr. Wood, however, no longer entertains this opinion. In a
letter which I had the pleasure of receiving from him a short
time ago, he states that these fossils “are assuredly the track-
tube or burrow of some creature, and probably, as you say, of
a crustacean.” And in the same communication Mr. Wood
further says, “I sent a specimen to the Museum in Jermyn
Street, and the lamented Edward Forbes had it marked ‘ Casts
of Annelide-tubes,’ and it is so marked still.”

Shortly after the appearance of Mr. Wood’s communications
in the ‘ Naturalist,’ Mr. John Dixon gave an account in the same
journal of what he supposed to be another species of fossil worm,
procured in the flagstone beds of Pateley-Bridge, Yorkshire, “a
deposit similar in general composition to those of Wensleydale.”

More recently, Mr. Howse has obtained from Weardale similar
fossils; and I am indebted to that gentleman for the loan of
several interesting specimens, both from that locality and from
Haltwhistle.

As far as I have been able to ascertam, the papers above
referred to contain all the information that has been published
on these worm-like fossils of the Carboniferous system ; but the
prevailing opinion appears to be that they are the remains of
worms, or are the casts of worm-tracks; and indeed, at first
sight, their general appearance would seem fairly to justify such
a conclusion. On careful inquiry, however, it appears to be un-
tenable ; and there is good reason for believing that they are the
runs or tracks of crustaceans.

Some years ago, whilst walking along the beach at Cullercoats,
my attention was arrested by some track-like markings on the
sand, which resembled most remarkably these so-called fossil
worms. So striking was the similarity, that I at once commenced
an examination of them, in the hope that they might throw some
light upon these enigmatical fossils ; and I soon satisfied myself
that the tracks on the beach, at all events, were in no way con-
nected with worms, though, at the time, I entirely failed to
ascertain how and by what they were produced. I then lost
sight of the subject; and it was not until the autumn of last
year, during a lengthened sojourn on the Durham coast, that
my attention was again directed to these beach-markings. On
this occasion I found them in great profusion on the Whitburn
Sands, and in every respect similar to those previously observed
at Cullercoats. They are, in fact, to be found on every sandy
shore in the neighbourhood of the Tyne and Wear, occurring
very abundantly on the sands at Tynemouth, Whitley, South

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 445

Shields, and Whitburn. In these localities they are to be seen
everywhere between tide-marks, but are most numerous about
half-way down the beach, on inclined, oozy, glistening spots,
where the sand is firm, and yet the moisture so profuse that it
mirrors the light.

In such situations they are very numerous and complicated.
There are two or three species, the largest (Pl. XIV. fig. 1) of
which is about three-eighths of an inch wide; it is slightly
raised above the general surface of the beach, and is of a flat-
tened, ribbon-like form, with a narrow median groove (a) run-
ning from end to end; it is occasionally several feet in length,
winding in a very intricate manner, and is frequently and irre-
gularly convoluted, forming, as it were, loose knots or systems
in which neither the commencement nor the termination can be
easily detected, and which are usually connected together by
lengthened, slightly undulated portions of the track. The wind-
ings are, for the most part, well rounded, and in their course
occasionally, but rarely, exhibit inconspicuous, arched, transverse
ridges (c). The tracks also occasionally show enlargements
placed at some little distance from each other (fig. 2 a); when
this is the case, there is no median groove. Another variety
occurs, but not frequently, im which there is neither groove nor
nodulous enlargements. The extent and complication of the
windings vary considerably ; and though they are for the most
part exceedingly intricate, as above described, they are at times
found of much less extent, and comparatively simple, so that
they can be followed easily enough throughout their sinuosities.
At other times they may be seen, as it were, entirely unravelled,
running a considerable distance in an undeviating or only slightly
tortuous line.

Besides the above, another kind of track, also very abundaut,
is found on our shores ; it is, however, very different in character,
and is much smaller. It (Pl. XV. fig. 1) is in the form of a
narrow wedge-shaped furrow (a), about two-tenths of an inch
wide, with the margins occasionally a little elevated (d, 6). Its
windings are very capricious, irregularly rounded, frequently
abruptly angulated, and sometimes for a considerable distance
finely and regularly undulated or zigzagged (fig. 2). This
species 1s often found in clese proximity to the broad form pre-
viously described ; but occasionally it occurs high up on the
beach, and in pools and small hollows between the ripple-ridges.
In such situations, however, it is not confined to the bottom of
the hollows, but likewise passes up the sides of the bordering
ridges.

A third variety (fig. 3) is occasionally seen, much resembling
the last both in size and windings ; but the furrow (4) is smaller

4.46 Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils.

and comparatively inconspicuous, and the sand is thrown up on
one side into an arched or rounded ridge (a), which sometimes
almost obliterates the furrow. The ridge itself is frequently
broken up into nodules (fig. 4), thus giving to the whole track a
beaded or articulated appearance. At each articulation a punc-
ture is occasionally observed in the furrow.

These tracks, as just described, may be observed by any one
who will take the trouble to look for them; but it is not quite
so easy to determine how and by what they : are formed. It was
long before I could ascertain these facts, and they were at length
determined only after some careful watching ; nothing, however,
is required but time and a little perseverance. The complication
and extent of the tracks are the main difficulties; on this ac-
count it is impossible to keep in view at the same time all their
numerous windings, and in most cases the extremities are not
to be seen. I therefore went down to the beach just as the tide
was leaving the spot where the broad or first-described tracks
were usually i in great profusion. The sand was quite smooth,
all irregularities “having been obliterated by the action of the
water. Here and teres however, the tracks had already made
their appearance, but were as yet of very limited extent, and
there was now no longer any difficulty in taking the whole in at
one view, and, moreover, the extremities were perfectly distinct.
It was only necessary to watch attentively to note the formation
of the numerous and labyrinthine windings that had been so
long a puzzle. I had not to wait long before the sand at one of
the fen trentien was observed to be gently agitated; and on this
agitation ceasing, the track was found to have added nearly half
an inch to its length. In the course of two or three minutes
the sand was again put in motion, and the track once more a
little prolonged. These movements were repeated over and over
again, until it was quite clear that the tracks were formed by
slow, intermitting steps, and not, as might have been supposed,
by one continuous, gliding motion. Having satisfied myself of
this, I took up the morsel of sand at the end of the track, just
as it was again becoming agitated, and found that I had cap-
tured a small crustacean, the species of which was unknown to
me, though in general appearance it was not altogether unlike
the common sandhopper, but not quite so long. It was un-
doubtedly one of the Amphipoda. I soon took in this way five or
six specimens, all of the same species, and all forming tracks of
precisely the same character,—namely broad, slightly elevated,
flattened, and grooved.

Whilst forming its track, the animal is never seen; it moves
along a little beneath the surface of the sand, which it pushes
upwards with its back; and the arch or tunnel thus formed

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 447

partially subsides as the creature passes forward, and, breaking
along the centre, the median groove is produced.

I now turned my attention to the narrow or furrowed tracks,
and in the same manner took several specimens of another spe-
cies of crustacean, much smaller than the first, but havimg some
general resemblance to it. This species, like the former, makes
its track step by step, resting some little time between each ad-
vance, but differs from it im having its back exposed to view
while moving ; on account of its colour, however, it is very dif-
ficult to distinguish from the sand.

The captured individuals were placed in a shallow vessel with
the bottom thickly covered with sand moistened with sea-water,
so as to resemble as nearly as possible the state of the beach
where the tracks are found; and I soon had the satisfaction of
seeing them make their tracks or runs in a state of confinement,
thus making assurance doubly sure. The tracks so formed
were precisely similar to those seen on the beach; but in one
instance an interesting modification was observed. I was watch-
ing the movements of an individual of the larger species, when
all at once it thrust itself through the surface of the sand, and
sinking immediately again, left there an oval swelling ; and re-
peating this action five or six times, formed a series of nodules
(Pl. XIV. fig. 24), which, if continued, would have produced
a track of a peculiar articulated appearance, much resembling
on a large scale the nodulous or beaded form already noticed
as sometimes occurring in a variety of the narrow, furrowed
kind.

Specimens of the two crustaceans which make these runs have
been submitted to Mr. C. Spence Bate ; and he obligingly informs
me that the larger one (that which makes the broad, elevated
tracks) is a scarce animal, and was described by him, under the
name of Bellia arenaria, in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for
1851; but the name was afterwards changed to that of Suleator
arenarius. He alludes to its habit of making tracks in the sand.
The smaller animal he states to be an undescribed species of the
genus Kriyera, for which he proposes the specific denomination
of arenaria. Both species will be figured and described by that
gentleman in the ‘Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalists’
Field Ciub’ for 1858.

It has been already pointed out that the tracks, which we have
just seen are made by these crustaceans, are remarkably similar
to the vermiform impressions observed on the Carboniferous
slabs. Indeed, the broad raised track (PI. XIV. fig. 1) produced
by Sulcator arenarius so closely resembles some of the fossils,
that it is difficult to say in what they differ. The description
previously given of the former might, in fact, do very well for

443 Mr. A. Haneock on Vermiform Fossils.

the latter; only they are rarely so complicated. There are four
kinds of these fossil tracks.

The first (Pl. XVIII. c, c, c) is in the form of a simple furrow,
with a narrow ridge on each side; it is small, measuring scarcely
more than one-eighth of an inch wide, and has a wandering,
undulating course, which, however, is never very much comphi-
cated, and is confined to the same horizontal plane.

The second, which is a little wider than the above, is smooth,
cylindrical, and tortuous, and usually remains in relief on the
lower slab, but occasionally dips a little beneath the surface.

The third (Pls. XVI. & XVII.) is irregularly cylindrical,
and though sometimes much undulated, is never convoluted or
very complicated ; it is not strictly confined to the same hori-
zontal plane, but frequently sinks a little below the surface.
Full-sized specimens are half an inch wide, and are composed of
a series of nodules (a, a), which give them an articulated ap-
pearance. The nodules, which vary a little in size, are usually
about half an inch long, and are not very symmetrically or regu-
larly formed ; consequently the surface has generally an imper-
fect or worn character. The extremities are not often seen;
they are abruptly and irregularly rounded. This is the form
more particularly described by Mr. Wood, who has in his pos-
session the fine specimen figured in Pl. XVI., which measures
nearly eight feet in length, though neither extremity is perfect.

The fourth form (PI. AIAN ae which seems to be the domi-
nant one in Northumberland, and is that figured and de-
scribed by Mr. John Dixon, is, as far as I have been able to
ascertain, usually in relief upon the upper surface of the lower
slab, from which it never deviates; it is considerably depressed,
grooved (6) or ridged (Pl. XIX. fig. 1 a) along the middle
line, and is occasionally very long. The specimen figured in
Pl. XVIII. measures upwards of six feet m length, but was
probably much longer, for the extremities are not present. In
fact, it has not yet been determined to what length these
fossils extend, as none hitherto measured have had both ends
perfect. Large specimens are frequently an inch wide, and
generally much undulated, and occasionally, but never intri-
cately, convoluted. Such have the surface most frequently marked
with numerous, regular, rather fine, transverse striz or arched
ridges (Pl. XIX. fig. 2), which are sometimes very delicate and
close-set, though they vary in these particulars, and are occa-
sionally coarse and irregular, giving to the whole surface a
wrinkled appearance. Small specimens (fig. 1), on the contrary,
are frequently wound up in an intricate manner, the folds being
well rounded and often convoluted; but the surface is never
marked with transverse lines or wrinkles.

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 449

It is this last form, particularly the smaller and more compli-
cated variety, that so closely resembles the track of Sulcator
arenarius (Pl. XIV. fig. 1). The folds or windings are precisely
similar, and so is the median groove. It differs chiefly in being
occasionally much larger, and in rising up more boldly in relief
from the matrix, though in these respects they sometimes closely
approximate. Dimensions, however, can be of very little conse-
quence ; for of course the larger the animal, the larger the track.
The relief may also be influenced by other conditions; the qua-
lity of the substance in which the tracks are made must likewise
be taken into account.

The crustacean, as we have seen, forces itself onward imme-
diately beneath the surface of the sand, which is thrust up by
its back, and as it moves along, a sort of arched tunnel is thus
formed; but as the sand is incoherent—unmixed as it is with
any material that could give it consistency—the roof falls in
immediately the animal ceases to give it support, and ultimately
the relief of the track is very small. As the arch falls, it must
either break along the centre or thrust out the sides; the latter
is impossible—hence the median groove. Had the beach been
composed of sand with a large admixture of argillaceous matter
or tenacious mud, it is very obvious that the tunnel would have
had a greater tendency to retain its original form, and that, had
it been submerged before it had subsided to any great extent,
such an infiltration of matter might have taken place as to pre-
vent any very extensive collapse. The roof, under such cir-
cumstances, would split along the centre, and the margins of
the fracture would either fall inwards and form a groove, or be
pressed outwards and become a ridge. It is also possible to
conceive that the substance composing the shore might be so
tenacious that the roof of the tunnel would scarcely subside at
all, and that consequently there would be no fracture along it,
and therefore neither groove nor ridge.

Now, these cases, which are hypothetical so far as they con-
cern our crustacean tracks, do not appear to be so in regard to
the conditions that prevailed during the deposition of the Car-
boniferous rocks which have revealed to us these curious vermi-
form fossils. The rocks from which the Yorkshire specimens
were procured are, Mr. Wood says, “ apparently equivalent to the
flagstone beds placed by Phillips, in his section of the hills about
Howes, low down in the middle group of the Yoredale series,
and called by him the flagstone beds of Howes.” And, in
speaking of the nature of these flagstones, Professor Phillips
states, in his work on the ‘Mountain Limestone District of
Yorkshire,’ that they are formed of “a laminated rock, composed
of small worn grains of quartz, mica with or without felspar,

450 Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils.

and other minerals, occasionally calcareous, carbonaceous, and
argillaceous: the mica or carbon, lymg in particular planes,
causes the minute fissility of the stone; and bands of mica or
argillaceous matter separate it imto thin flags or beds. The
tops and bottoms of gritstone rocks are often thus laminated ;
plates becoming very sandy change to flagstone; grit rocks
becoming very argillaceous assume the same character.” It
would thus appear that these fossiliferous slabs, which are com-
posed of a finely-laminated, shaly, compact, close-grained, mica-
ceous sandstone, contain argillaceous matter. The slabs from
Northumberland have exactly the same composition, and appa-
rently belong to the same series of rocks. It is fair, then, to
assume that the matter composing these flagstones was originally
of a more tenacious consistency than the sand of our shores, and
therefore, were the tracks found on the slabs made by even the
very same crustacean that occurs on our coast, some differences
might be expected to exist between such tracks and those formed
on the beach.

Such differences, we have seen, are very slight, and may all
be accounted for in this way. The greater tenacity of the ma-
terial at once explains the higher relief of the fossil, the occa-
sional substitution of a ridge for the median groove, and the
deficiency of either groove or ridge in those whose relief is so
excessive as to have become almost cylindrical. A similar smooth
variety, as previously stated, sometimes occurs on the beach ;
but this arises from the fact of the crustacean having tunneled
deeper than usual, and im this case the relief is not great.
Smooth tracks are also found on the slabs, arising, probably,
from the like cause.

The specimens described by Mr. Wood are characterized, as
we have seen, by a remarkable nodulous or articulated appearance
(Pl. XVI. a, a), which has been supposed to indicate the pre-
sence of rings of some Annelide; and, indeed, were it not for
the light derived from the crustacean tracks on our shores, it
would not be easy to conjecture a more plausible explanation.
We have seen, however, that a variety of the track of Kréyera
arenaria has the ridge of sand thrown up broken into nodules,
giving to it a beaded character. This, on a small scale, has a
considerable resemblance to these nodulous forms. Buta much
nearer approximation is found in the nodulous tracks of Su/lcator
arenarius, particularly of the one made in confinement (Pl. XIV.
fig.2). Had the animal continued to form its track in this
manner, the resemblance to those on the slabs would have been
almost complete. It may therefore be assumed that the ani-
mal which made those nodulous tracks, like our small crusta-
ceans, pushed along in its path step by step, resting awhile after

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 451

each advance,—but that, instead of moving in the same horizontal
plane, it alternately rose and sunk a little ; consequently a series
of nodules was produced, and the track acquired its peculiar
articulated appearance. This explanation is strengthened not a
little when we look at the side view of the cast of the track
(Pl. XVII. fig. 2). The nodules are then distinctly observed to
be imbricated, and to pass, very much inclined, right through
the substance from top to bottom.

We see in the ridged variety of the track of Sulcator arenarius
another approximation to the nodulous form; at c, Pl. XIV.
fiz. 1, a few of the transverse ridges of this variety are repre-
sented, from which it will be seen that the articulated appear-
ance is very slight, and it is pretty obvious that it is produced
by the intermitting progress of the animal—the transverse
arched elevations or ridges undoubtedly indicate the successive
steps in the creature’s path. These ridges, too, have much the
character of the transverse striz or wrinkles that cover the sur-
face of most of the larger fossils; and it seems not altogether
impossible that the latter were produced in the same manner,
though they are much more closely set. It is more probable,
however, that these ridges in the fossil were caused by the
crumpling of the roof of the tunnel as the animal pressed for-
ward with a short, jerking motion. And here it must be borne
in mind that these transverse ridges, which in some individuals
are strong and well-defined, and even coarse and irregular, in
others are exceedingly delicate, and are occasionally entirely
wanting. This is usually the case on slabs dark with excess of
carbonaceous matter, indicating that the sedimentary material
of which the rock is composed was light and incoherent ; con-
sequently the specimens on such slabs are not only devoid of
those peculiar ridges, but are also in very low relief, some being
quite as little elevated as the tracks on the sea-beach.

The cast of the nodulous track occasionally detaches itself
entirely from the matrix (Pl. XVII. fig. 2). Mr. Wood informs
me that a blow with a hammer is very liable to separate the
specimen from the rock, leaving a cast on both the upper and
lower slab ; and in his first paper he remarks, “ If the appear-
ances above spoken of are but markings, how could they show a
circular form on both the upper and lower surfaces ?”’

This at first sight seems a formidable difficulty ; and were the
tracks such mere superficial markings as is there supposed, this
objection would be fatal to the view now taken with respect to the
_ nature of these fossils. It has been shown, however, that the track
of Sulcator arenarius isa tunnel ; and with the aid of this fact, the
difficulty at once disappears. If the tunnel-tracks were formed
in a tenacious material, such as that from which these slabs have

452 Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils.

apparently originated, their walls, as we have seen, would not
entirely collapse, but the cylindrical form would be more or less
retained. It is therefore fair to suppose that the sedimentary
matter, as it was being deposited, would gradually find its way
into these lengthened tunnels or burrows after their submer-
gence, and ultimately fill them up; but, the particles of such
infiltrated matter having a different arrangement from those
forming the general mass of the rock, the phenomenon presented
on breaking it up into slabs would necessarily occur: the casts
of the tracks would become isolated like the fossil remains of
any organic body, or might be left in relief on either the upper
or lower slab.

The nodulous form, however, differs from the broad grooved
species in not keeping strictly to the same horizontal plane ; it
undulates slightly vertically as well as horizontally, so that the
burrow is occasionally sunk entirely beneath the surface. In
such cases, as the tunnel cannot be formed by thrusting up the
surface, the animal must, as it presses forward, throw the exca-
vated matter backward, fillmg up the tunnel, either entirely or
partially, as fast as it is made. But here, too, as the particles
in the interior of the tunnel must have a different arrangement
from those that surround them, the cast of the track would be
hable to become isolated, on breaking up the rock, in the same
manner as if the burrow had been completely filled with infiltrated
matter.

It is worthy of remark, that the nodulous forms, which have
neither median ridge nor groove, are rarely depressed, being
frequently cylindrical, and even sometimes deeper than wide.
This is just what might be expected, if the explanation now
given of these fossils be correct. At the junction of the nodules
there are septa formed (Pl. XVII. f, f), which pass for some
little distance inwards, and which may be looked upon as so
many transverse arches, giving support to the walls of the tunnel.
These must naturally assist in preventing their collapse, and
will in this way account not only for the cylindrical form of
these specimens, but also for their deficiency of median groove
or ridge. Their occasional greater or less depth below the sur-
face of the matrix must also have been favourable to the pre-
servation of their original form.

The foregoing observations are entirely confined to the tracks
having a tunnel-form. We have seen, however, that there is
another kind which occasionally ocewrs on the slabs from North-
umberland. This is the first described species (Pl. XVIII.
c, c,¢), and is, as before stated, a simple furrow with a narrow
ridge on each side. It is certainly possible that this may have
been formed in the same manner as the others, and that the

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 453

groove may indicate the falling-in of the roof of a tunnel; but
from its great similarity to the track of Kréyere arenaria, it 18
more probable that, like it, it is a mere surface-run formed by
the exposed animal ploughing its course. However this may
be, its nature cannot be questioned; it is undoubtedly a track,
and so closely resembles those of the crustacean as scarcely to
leave room for the interrogation, Of what? It is hardly to be
doubted that they belong to some animal of that class.

From the aboye observations we seem justified in concluding
that these curious vermiform fossils are the tracks of crustaceans ;
but before doing so, it would be well to inquire how far they
are likely to be the remains or tracks of worms, or worm-tubes,
or any other organic body.

In the first place, the enormous length of the grooved and
nodulous forms is rather opposed to their being the remains of
worms. Of course this does not militate against their being
worm-runs, though the great width they sometimes attain does
not at all favour that opmion. The width of the largest speci-
mens of the grooved form is a little over an inch, and of the
nodulous species about half an inch; their length may be three,
ten, or twenty times greater than the measurements before given,
as none of the larger specimens, as already stated, have yet been
obtained with both extremities perfect. Size alone, however, is
not sufficient to debar the possibility of their havingbeen formed
by worms; but, upon such a hypothesis, how are we to account
for the peculiar character of the nodulous form? It is impossible
to comprehend how the nodules, which are imbricated, passing
diagonally through the track, could have been produced by a worm
working its way through sand, mud, or any other material what-
ever. With respect to the grooved form, it may also be asked,
do worms or any of the Annclides ever make runs at all similar
to it? I know of no instance of any of these animals making a
tunnel-track immediately beneath the surface of the beach, con-
fined to the same horizontal plane, and with an elevated, arched
roof. Annelides do not move along the surface in this manner ;
and when they burrow, they dip downwards, making perfectly
circular passages.

The small furrowed kind, for size, might very well be the track
of some worm; but its close resemblance to the runs of crusta-
ceans has already been pointed out. With regard to the small
cylindrical runs, not much can be said, as they are too deficient
in character to allow of any very decided opinion ; only we have
seen that on the beach there are elevated cylindrical tracks pro-
duced by crustaceans not very dissimilar to those in question.

Can the two former or large species be worm-tubes, or any orga-
nic body? The transverse striation on the surface of the grooved

Am. & Mag. N. Hist. Sex.3, Vol, ii. 31

454, Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils.

form certainly gives to it much the appearance of some organism.
An endeavour, however, has already been made to explain the
nature of this peculiar character; but whether successfully or
not, there is sufficient evidence to prove that these fossils are
not organic. The slabs exhibiting these vermiform tracks are
frequently marked with numerous small pits or punctures, which
sink for a short distance beneath the surface. These (PI. XVII.
c, c) have somewhat the appearance of what have been termed
by geologists impressions of rain-drops. In this instance, how-
ever, they are undoubtedly produced by the animals which have
made some of the smaller tracks, as it is not uncommon to see
the latter terminate in one of these punctures (e,e). Now, it
occasionally happens that the large or striated fossils are per-
forated by these punctures ; and the scars thus made are similar
to those in like manner formed on the other parts of the slab.
This could hardly be so, had the slab and the fossil been origi-
nally composed of two different substances,—that is, had the
former been nothing but sand or mud, and the latter a worm-
tube or some other organic body.

Another fact equally instructive may also be cited. The slab
in the Newcastle Museum previously alluded to exhibits not only
the large grooved track, but also several of the small furrowed
ones; and the latter frequently pass over the former in various
directions (Pl. XVIII. c,c,c). The nature of the small species
is not likely to be disputed: it is certainly a track of some kind ;
and it is remarkable that it never turns aside as it approaches
the large grooved form, but passes over it at once, ploughing its
way exactly in the same manner as it has done on the level por-
tions of the sandy beach. The furrow is precisely of the same
character, form, and depth, whether on the slab or on the track ;
and the ridge thrown up on each side is in no respect dissimilar,
This seems a pretty conclusive proof that this large vermiform
fossil is not a worm-tube or any organic body, but is really no-
thing more than a track which was, in fact, originally, as it is now,
eomposed of the same material as the slab upon which it rests ;
otherwise the appearances as above described could not exist.

There still remains another very conclusive argument against
the organic nature of these fossils. The folds or windings of both
the grooved and nodulous forms occasionally cross each other ;
and when they do so, the one does not lie over the other, as it
must necessarily have done were they organic, but passes right
through it, cuttmg its own path (Pl. XVII. 4). This is still
more clearly demonstrated in the fine large specimen of the no-
dulous form previously alluded to (Pl. XVI. },0), and appears
only explicable on the hypothesis of their being mere tracks.
And perhaps it will now be allowed that enough has been said to
establish the high probability, at least, that they were formed by

eS = er

Mr. A. Hancock on Vermiform Fossils. 455

crustaceans ; it therefore only remains to be ascertained whether
they can be attributed to any known fossil of the Carboniferous
rocks,

Mr. Howse has suggested to me that they may be the runs of
Trilobites, several species of which occur in this formation. This
is not by any means unlikely. It is true, I believe, that these
curious crustaceans have never been found in the rocks in which
these tracks oceur. They are most abundant in the lower mem-
bers of the Carboniferous system, though they occasionally
occur higher up im the series. Professor Phillips, in his work
on the ‘ Mountain Limestone District of Yorkshire,’ gives Alston
Moor as one of the localities of Asaphus gemmuliferus; and I
am informed by Mr. Howse that he has obtained in Tynedale
two or three specimens of a Trilobite from a plate bed a little
aboye the Scar limestone of Forster’s section; and he further
states that the Yoredale rocks correspond exactly to the Wear-
dale series above Stanhope, that is, from the little limestone to
the Scar limestone, and that the specimens of tracks procured
in Weardale are from the slaty Hazle immediately above the
latter—a position agreeing with that of the beds in the neigh-
bourhood of Howes, The tracks from Haltwhistle are, he like-
wise states, from a slaty Hazle just above the little limestone,

It is therefore of no great moment that Trilobites have not
been found in the strata from which these vermiform fossils are
obtained, since they have been procured from the associated
beds, And it is a remarkable fact that no remains whatever of
any organic body are found in these flagstones ; yet is there not
sufficient evidence to prove that life abounded in the seas from
which these rocks were derived? Numerous Trilobites might
haye existed during their deposition, and may have perished
with the other inhabitants of those seas, leaving no trace behind
them, except these, as it were, footprints in the sand. Many
such footprints are all that is left in the world’s stony record of
existences that have passed away; and so it may be with these
fossil tracks.

The Carboniferous Trilobites, however, correspond yery well in
size to the tracks, the largest of the grooved kind of which, we
have seen, is a little above an inch wide. The width of the
pygidium of Phillipsia truncatula is stated to be eleven lines,—
that of the cephalic shield would probably be a little more;
therefore, if allowance be made for the thickness of the tunnel-
wall, and the necessary enlargement of the calibre beyond the
width of the animal, it is evident that, so far as size is concerned,
the largest tracks might be attributed to this species.

The nodulous tracks are not more than half an inch wide;
there can therefore be no difficulty as to size with respect to

31*

456 Mr. A, Hancock on Vermiform Fossils.

this form. The P. gemmulifera has the pygidium five lines wide ;
so has Griffithides calcaratus ; and two or three other species are
described to be about the same size. And, moreover, the large
cephalic shield, with its anterior or head-tubercle (glabella) and
projecting “cover of the eyes,” appears well calculated to plough
its way bencath the surface of the sandy or muddy beach. And
it is worthy of remark, that in some of the tracks the central
portion is considerably elevated, forming the upper surface or
roof into three areas—a central elevated portion (PI. XIX. fig.2 a)
and two comparatively depressed lateral portions (¢,¢). The
former, which appears to correspond tc the glabella, is grooved
(2) along the middle line; and im one or two instances this ele-
vated portion has occurred broken up into a series of irregular
nodules (e, e), as if the animal had, at each step in its progress,
thrust the head upwards, bulging out the walls of the track.
The lateral portions in these cases are likewise raised up into
irregular ridges at each nodule.

Burmeister, indeed, in his work on the ‘ Organization of Tri-
lobites*,’ expresses an opinion that their habits, like their struc-
ture, resembled those of the Phyllopoda (a tribe of the Ento-
mostraca), and that they “moved only by swimming in an in-
verted position close beneath the surface of the water, and did
not creep about at the bottom, as Kléden supposed.” Though
their habits may have been similar to those of the Phyllopoda,
there does not seem any good reason for asserting that there
was no deviation in this respect. Indeed, the organization of the
two groups differs in so many particulars, that some variation
in their modes of life might naturally be looked for. The Tri-
lobites may have occasionally swum at the surface as supposed,
and also have burrowed in the mud or sand at the bottom of the
water or on the beach. Season, too, may have modified their
habits in these respects,

[ have now, before concluding, only to express my obligations
to Mr. Wood for all the trouble he has taken to furnish me with
information on the subject of these remarks, and likewise for
the great exertions he has made to supply specimens for illus-
tration. My acknowledgments are also due to Mr. Howse for

similar assistance.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Broad, grooved track of Sulcator arenarius: a, groove; 6, one of

the extremities; ¢, inconspicuous arched ridges, which oecasion-
ally oceur.

Fig. 2. a, Nodulous track of ditto; 6, ditto, ditto, made in confinement.

* Published by the Ray Society.

Mr. T. C. Eyton on a peculiar [schiatic Process in Erucivores. 457

PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Narrow furrowed track of Kroéyera arenaria: a, furrow; 6,6, slight
lateral ridges.

Fig. 2. Variety of ditto, regularly zigzagged.

Fig. 3. Track exhibiting a rounded ridge, a, with a narrow lateral furrow, b.

Fig. 4. Ditto, with the ridge broken up into nodules: a, groove.

PLATE XVI.

Reduced view of a slab, bearing nodulous tracks, in the possession of Mr.
Wood: a, a, nodules; 6, 6, points where one fold or winding
cuts through another.

Puate XVII.

Fig. 1. View of a slab exhibiting nodulous tracks, with the cast of the
burrow partially removed: @, a, portions of the tracks with the
cast removed, showing impressions of the nodules; 8, ditto,
ditto, showing one track passing through another; ¢, ec, supposed
sinkings or perforations of small crustaceans; d, a small track
terminating in similar perforations, e, e; f,f, septa dividing the
nodules.

Fig. 2. Side view of a portion of the cast of the same track, showing the
nodules, a.

Piate XVIII.

Reduced view of a slab in the Newcastle Museum, exhibiting tracks:
a, large, depressed, grooved track ; 5, groove of ditto; ¢,c,c, small
furrowed tracks passing over the large grooved species in various
directions.

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. View of a slab, of the natural size, in the possession of Mr. Howse,
bearing a small, much-convoluted variety of the large grooved
track: a, ceutral ridge.

Fig. 2. Portions of a variety of large grooved track, of the size of nature,
showing a central elevated area and transverse stricz or ridges:
a, central elevated area; 5, central groove of ditto; ¢, c, lateral
areas; d, portion of another track, exhibiting the central ele-
vated area broken up into nodules, ¢, e.

XLIX.—WNotes on Birds. By T.C. Eyton, Esq., FVL.S. &e.
[Continued from vol. xvii. p. 313, 1st series. ]
No. VII. On a peculiar Process attached to the Ischium in
Erucivores.

Ir is now some time since, in my own collection, I separated
the Cuckoos from other Scansores under the above name, which
was first proposed at the Meeting of the British Association
lately held at Leeds; but it was only a few days ago that I dis-

458 Mr. T. C. Eyton ona peculiar Ischiatie Process in Erucivores.

covered a process attached to the anterior edge of the ischium,
which exists throughout the whole order of Krucivores, and is
not found in any other group that I am aware of, thus distinetly
marking the Cuckoos as an isolated group. The process alluded
to is a lengthened and flattened spine attached to the edge of
the anterior extremity of the ischium ; it varies much in develop-
ment in different genera, being lengthened among the Turacoes
and Ground Cuckoos, and least developed, but still apparent, in
Chalcites and Cuculus glandarius; but, however rudimentary,
it is always present in every genus of Cuckoos that I have
examined.

During Professor Owen’s lecture at Leeds on the Fossil Mar-
supials of Australia, it struck me as not being unlikely that some
form approaching to marsupial structure might be found in the
skeletons of birds. On my return home, I examined minutely the
Meliphagide (thinking that, the metropolis of that family bemg
Australia, some peculiarity might occur among them), but without
meeting with anything striking. In mounting a specimen of the
skeleton of Twracus gigas, sent to me in spirits, several years ago,
from Africa, by Mr. Fraser, the process alluded to first struck me.
In this bird it is more developed than in any other of the group
with which I am acquainted, except perhaps in Centropus pha-
sianellus, projecting trom the anterior extremity of the ischium
nearly half an inch, and with a nearly obliterated suture between
it and that bone, and holding precisely the same position that
marsupial bones do among that peculiar class of Mammalia.
Although I have, up to the present time, failed to discover a
similar structure in birds now classed in other orders, I should
not be in the least surprised at doing so, were it not for the
mode many genera of Cuckoos adopt in depositing their eggs
—some laying them in the nests of other birds, while several
females of other species deposit them in a common nest. Little
or nothing, however, is known of the nidification of many genera.
The group will now consist of the Cuculide proper and the Tu-
racoes, among which I am still doubtful whether Opisthocomus
cristatus ought to be included or not, as I have never seen a
skeleton, and, in the lithograph published by Castelnau, ‘ Expédi-
tion dans PAmérique,’ the femur crosses the anterior part of the
ischium, so as to hide the process if it exists; in other respects,
with the exception of the sternum, which is evidently distorted,
the whole skeleton resembles the Turacoes. Nor have I yet seen
the skeleton of Jndicator, which has been usually classed with
the Cuckoos.

i eel ew ar ae PNG y Aaa

ap

Mr. C. Darwin on the Fertilization of Papilionaceous Flowers, 459

L.—On the Agency of Bees in the Fertilization of Papilionaceous
Flowers, and on the Crossing of Kidney Beans. By Cuan.es
Darwin, F.R.S.*

In a brief notice published by me on this subject last year,
I stated that bees always alight on the left wing-petal of the
Searlet Kidney Bean, and in doing so depress it ; and this acts
on the tubular and spiral keel-petal, which causes the pistil
to protrude: on the pistil there is a brush of hairs; and by the
repeated moyement of the keel-petal the hairs brush the pollen
beyond the anthers on to the stigmatic surface. This complex
contrivance led me to suppose that bees were necessary to the
fertilization of the flower: accordingly I enclosed some few
fiowers in bottles and under gauze ; and those which were not in
any way moved did not set a single pod, whereas some of those
which I moved in imitation of the bees produced fine pods. But
I then stated that the experiment was tried on much too small
a scale to be trusted. I have this year covered up between 3
and 4 feet in length of a row of Kidney Beans, just before the
flowers opened, in a tall bag of very thin net. Nothing in the
appearance of the plants would lead me to suppose that this was
in any way injurious to their fertilization: and I think this con-
elusion may be trusted ; for some of the flowers which I moved in

- the same way as the bees do, produced pods quite as fine as

could be found in the uncovered rows.

The result was that the covered-up plants had produced by
August 13th only thirty-five pods, and im no one ¢ase two pods
on the same stalk, whereas the adjoining uncovered rows were
crowded with clusters of pods. There were many flowers still on
the plants when uncovered ; and it was curious to see how, ina
few days afterwards, as soon as the bees had access to them,
a number of pods hanging in clusters of three and four together
were produced. On August 17th I again put the net on a later
crop. The covered plants now produced ninety-seven pods, borne
on seventy-four stalks, showing that the same stalk often pro-
duced more than one pod. This time I kept an equal length of
uncovered beans ungathered ; and on this length there were 292
pods, or exactly thrice as many as on the covered plants. Taking
this number as the standard of comparison for the first experiment
(which, however, is hardly fair, as my gardener thinks the second
crop was more productive than the first), more than eight times
as many pods were produced on the uncovered than on the
covered rows. ‘The Kidney Bean is largely frequented by the
Thrips; and as I have with some other plants actually seen a
Thrips which was dusted with pollen leave several granules on the

- * Extracted from the ‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle’ of November 13, 1858,

460 Mr. C. Darwin on the Agency of Bees

stigma, it is quite possible that the fertilization of the covered-
up flowers might have been thus aided.

In the common Bean there is no such obvious relation between
the structure of the flower and the visits of bees ; yet, when these
insects alight on the wing-petals, they cause the rectangularly
bent pistil and the pollen to protrude through the slit in the
keel-petal. I was led to try the effect of covermg them up, from
a statement in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ made several years ago,
viz. that when bees bite holes through the calyx of the flower in
order to get more easily at the nectar, the crop is injured. This
was attributed by the writer to injury of ‘the ovarium, which I
am sure is incorrect. But I thought that it was possible that
the fertilization would be less perfect, as soon as bees ceased to
alight on the wing-petals. I accordingly covered up seventeen
plants, just before the flowers opened, moving a few flowers to
ascertain that very fine pods, including the full average number
of beans, could be, and were, produced on the plants under the
net. These seventeen plants produced thirty-six pods; but no
less than eight of them, though well formed, did not inelude a
single bean. The thirty-six pods together contamed only forty
beans, and, if the empty pods be excluded, each produced on an
average less than one and a half beans; on the other hand,
seventeen uncovered plants in an adjommg row which were
visited by the bees produced forty-five pods, all cluding beans,
135 in number, or on an average exactly three beans to each
pod,—so that the uncovered beans were nearly thrice as fertile
as the covered.

In an old number of the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ an extract is
given from a New Zealand newspaper, in which much surprise is
expressed that the introduced Clover never seeded freely until
the hive-bee was introduced. ‘This statement may be erroneous ;
at least, as I shall immediately show, it does not apply to the
Canterbury Settlement. But I was induced by it to cover up
under the same open sort of net about a yard square of the
common White Clover, growing thickly in turf; and I then
eathered an equal number cf heads from the covered and from
some uncovered plants which were growing all round, and which
I had seen daily visited by my bees. I collected the seed into a
small parcel ; and, as far as I could estimate, the uncovered plants
produced just ten times as much seed as the covered. Speaking
loosely, the covered heads might have been said to have produced
no seed.

Lathyrus grandiflorus is very varely visited by bees in this
country; and from experiments which I have tried during the
Jast two summers, and from experiments recorded in ‘ Loudon’s
Magazine,’ I am convinced that moving the flowers favours their

—

in the Fertilization of Papilionaceous Flowers. 461

fertilization, even when the young pod falls off, as very often hap-
pens almost immediately. Sir W. Macarthur, who did not know
of my experiments, told me that he had found that in New South
Wales the introduced Hrythrina did not set its pods well unless
the flowers were moved. From the statement in regard to the
Clover in New Zealand, I wrote to Mr. Swale, of Christchurch
in New Zealand, and asked him whether Legumimous plants
seeded there freely before the hive-bee was introduced; and he,
in the most obligmg manner, has sent me a list of twenty-four
plants of this order which seeded abundantly before bees were
introduced. And as he states that there is no indigenous bee
(perhaps this statement applies to bees resembling hive or humble
bees, for some other genera are known to inhabit New Zealand),
the fact that these plants seeded freely at first appears quite fatal
to my doctrine. But Mr. Swale adds that he believes that three
species of a wasp-like insect performed the part of bees, before
the mtroduction of the latter: unfortunately he does not ex-
pressly state that he has seen them sucking the flower. He
further adds a remarkable statement, that there are two or three
kids of grasshoppers which frequent flowers ; and he says he has
repeatedly watched them “release the stamens from the keel-
petal,’—so that, extraordinary as the fact is, it would appear
that grasshoppers, though having a mouth so differently con-
structed, im New Zealand have to a certain extent the habits of
bees. Mr. Swale further adds that the garden varieties of the
Lupine seed less freely than any other leguminous plant in New
Zealand; and he says, “ I have for amusement during the summer
released the stamens with a pin; and a pod of seed has always
rewarded me for my trouble, and the adjoining flowers not so
served have all proved blind.” The case of the Lupine in New
Zealand not seeding freely now that bees have been introduced
may be accounted for by the fact, if I dare trust my memory,
that in England this plant is visited by humble-bees, and not by
hive-bees.

These several facts, and the foregoing experiments, seem to me
rather curious; for who, seeing that papilionaceous flowers are
hermaphrodite, have an abundant supply of pollen, which is ma-
ture before the flower opens, and that ihe flower itself is so neatly
closed, would have imagined that insects played so important a
part in their fertilization? I can hardly doubt that in England,
during a season when bees were very scanty, if in any one district
large crops of seed-clover were planted, the crop would partly fail,
from the flowers not being sufficiently moved.

The foregoing little experiments, however, were not tried in
relation to the agency of insects in fertilizing a plant with its
own pollen, Andrew Knight many years ago propounded the

462 Mr. C. Darwin on the Agency of Bees

doctrine that no plant self-fertilizes itself for a perpetuity of
generations. After pretty close investigation of the subject, I
am strongly inclined to believe that this is a law of nature
throughout the vegetable and animal kingdoms. I am well
aware that there are several cases of difficulty.

The Leguminose with papilionaceous flowers have been ad-
vanced by Pallas and others as a case in which crossing could.
never naturally take place. But any plant habitually visited by
insects in such a manner that their hairy bodies, to which pollen
so readily adheres, come into contact with the stigma, could
hardly fail occasionally to receive the pollen from another in-
dividual of the same species. Jn all Leguminose, bees do brush
over the stigma. And the possibility of crossing would be very
strong in the case of any plant, if the agency of insects were
necessary for its self-fertilization ; for it would show that it was
habitually visited by them.

From these considerations I was led to believe that papilio-
naceous plants must be occasionally crossed. Nevertheless I must
confess that, from such evidence as I have been able to acquire,
crossing between varieties growing close together does not take
place nearly so freely as I should have expected. As far as I
am aware, only three or four cases of such crosses are on record.
It is not by any means, I believe, a common practice with seed-
raisers to keep the crops of their leguminous plants separate.
Hence I was led last year, in my short communication to the
‘Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ to ask whether any of your readers had
any experience on the natural crossing of Beans, Peas, &e. Mr.
Coe, of Knowle, near Farcham, Hants, in the most obligmg man-
ner sent me some specimens, and an account that last summer he
had planted four rows of the Negro Dwarf Kidney Bean between
some rows of the white and brown dwarfs, and likewise near
some Scarlet Runners. The dwarfs he had saved for seed. The
plants themselves he believes presented nothing remarkable in
foliage, height, flowers, &c.; and he feels sure that their pods
were all alike: but the beans themselves presented an extraor-
dinary mixture, as I can testify from the sample sent me, of all
shades between light brown and black, and a few mottled with
white ; not one-fifth of the beans, perhaps much less, were pure
Negroes. Some few of the beans also in the rows of the white
Haricot were affected, but none of the brown dwarfs.

Hence, then, we apparently have the extraordinary fact, de-
scribed by Wiegmann in the case of several leguminous plants
experimented on most carefully by Gartner in the case of the
Pea, and described a few years ago by Mr. Berkeley in the ‘ Gar-
deners’ Chronicle,’ of the pollen of one variety having affected
not only the embryo but the tunics of the seed borne by the pure

in the Fertilization of Papilionaceous Flowers. 463

mother. I have said that apparently we have here a fact of this
nature; for I must state that Mr. Coe sent me a dozen of the
pure Negro Beans which produced in 1857 the extraordinary
mixture. I sowed them this year; and though quite like each
other in appearance, the dozen produced plants differing in colour
of flower, &c., and beans of various tints; so that these beans,
though not affected in their outer tunics, seem to have been the
product of a cross in the previous year of 1856.

This year I sowed the extraordinary mixture raised by Mr. Coe
in 1857 from the four rows of the Negro Bean, which he believes
to have been quite pure; and the produce is the most extraordi-
narily heterogeneous mixture which can be conceived—each plant
differing from the others in tallness, foliage, colour, and size of
flower, time of ripening and flowering, size, shape, and colour of
pods, and beans of every conceivable tint from black to pale
brown, some dark purple and some slightly mottled, and of
various sizes and shapes. My gardener remarked, as did Mr.
Coe with respect to some of his plants, that some of the seedlings
seemed to have been crossed by-the Scarlet Runner: one of my
plants trailed on the ground fora length of 4 feet, its flowers
were white, and its pods were very long, flat, and broad; the
beans were pinkish purple, and twice as large as those of the
Negro; there were also in two cases brown and purple beans in
the same pod. These facts certainly seem to indicate a cross
from the Scarlet Runner ; but as the latter is generally esteemed
a distinct species, I feel very doubtful on this head; and we
should remember that it is well established that mongrels fre-
quently, or even generally, are much more vigorous than either
of their parents.

Mr. Coe tried the experiment more philosophically, and sepa-
rated his heterogeneous Negro beans into twelve lots, according
to their tints; and keeping a few of each as a sample, he sowed
them, and he has now harvested them separately. He has kindly
sent me samples of all. The variation is now much greater than
it was in the parent lot of 1857. Beans of new colours have
appeared, such as pure white, bright purple, yellow; and many
are much mottled. Not one of the twelve lots has transmitted its
own tint to all the beans produced by it; nevertheless the dark
beans have clearly produced a greater number of dark, and the
light-coloured beans a greater number of light colour. The mot-
tling seems to have been strongly inherited, but always increased.
To give one case of the greatest variability, a dirty-brown bean,
nearly intermediate in tint between the darkest and lightest, pro«
duced a sample which I have been enabled to divide into no less
than a dozen different tints, viz. pure white, black, purple, yel-
low, and eight other tints between brown, slate, yellow, purple,

464, On the Fertilization of Papilionaceous Flowers.

or black. It has been stated that a few of the white Haricots
in the rows adjoining the Negroes were in 1857 slightly affected.
Mr. Coe sowed some which were of a very pale brown, or cream-
coloured ; and he has sent me a pod produced this autumn, which
pod includes two beans of the above tint and one of a pale, dirty,
purplish brown.

Now it may be asked, are we justified in attributing this extra-
ordinary amount of variation to crossing, whether or not the
crossing was all confined to the year 1857? or may not the case
be one of simple variation? I think we must reject the latter
alternative. Jor, in the first place, the Negro Bean is an old
variety, and is reputed to be very true; in the second place, I
do not believe any case is on record of a vast number of plants
of the same variety all sporting at the very same period. On
the other hand, the Negroes having been planted between rows
of white and brown beans, together with the facts which I have
given on the importance of insect agency in the fertilization of
the Kidney Bean, showing, as may be daily seen, how incessantly
the flowers are visited by bees, strongly favour the theory of
crossing. Moreover, the extraordinary increase in variability in
the second generation strikingly confirms this conclusion ; for
extreme variability in the offsprmg from mongrels has been ob-
served by all who have attended to this subject.

As seed-raisers do not usually take any precautions in
separating their crops of leguminous plants, it may be asked,
how are we to account for the extraordinary amount of crossing
in Mr. Coe’s plants in 1857, when almost every plant in the
four rows of the Negro seems to have been affected ? I may here
add that, in an old paper in the Journal of the Bath Agricultural
Society, there is an almost exactly parallel account of the crossing
of several varieties of the common Bean throughout a whole field.
Insect agency is always at work: but the movement of the co-
rolla will generally tend merely to push the flower’s own pollen,
which is mature as soon as the flower is open, on to the stig-
matic surface; and even if pollen is brought by the bees from
another flower, the chances are in favour of pollen from the
same variety being brought, where a large stock is cultivated.

I can explain Mr. Coe’s case, and that in the Bath Journal,
only on one hypothesis, viz. that from some cause the Negro

Jeans did not, at Knowle, in 1857, produce good pollen, or
they matured it later than usual. ‘This has been shown by Gart-
ner sometimes to occur, and would explain, with the aid of
insect agency, the whole case. Believing, as I do, that it is a law
of nature that every organic being should occasionally be crossed
with a distinct individual of the same species, and seeing that
the structure of papilionaceous flowers causes the plant’s own

Mr. P. L. Sclater on a new species of Bird. 465

pollen to be pushed on to its own stigma, I am inclined to specu-
late a little further. It is, I think, well ascertained that very
close interbreeding tends to produce sterility, at least amongst
animals. Moreover, in plants, it has been ascertained that the
male organs fail in fertility more readily than the female organs,
both from hybridity and from other causes, and further, that they
resume their fertility slower, when a hybrid is crossed in succes-
sive generations with either pure parent, than do the female
organs. May we not then suppose, in the case of legumimous
plants, after a long course of self-fertilization, that the pollen
begins to fail, and then, and not till then, the plants are eagerly
ready to receive pollen from some other variety? Can this be
connected with the apparently short duration and constant suc-
cession of new varieties amongst our Peas, and, as is stated to be
the case on the Continent, with Kidney Beans?

These speculations may be valueless; but I venture earnestly
to request any of your correspondents who may have noticed any
analogous facts connected with sudden and large variation m
their seed-crops of any leguminous plants (including Sweet Peas),
or any facts bearing on such plants having kept true for many
consecutive generations when grown near each other, to have
the kindness to take the trouble to communicate them to the
‘Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ or to the following address, C. Darwin,
Downe, Bromley, Kent.

L1.—Description of a new species of Bird from Palestine.
By Puitie Luriry Scrater, M.A., F.LS.

Amydrus Tristramit.

Saturate purpureo-nitens, ventre obscuriore; alis caudaque obscure
nigris viridi-nitente marginatis: alarum primariis omnibus clare
ochracescenti-fulvis, nigricanti-fusco late terminatis, extimo quoque
eodem colore extus partim limbato: rostro et pedibus nigris.
2 mari similis, sed paulo minor, obscurior, et przecipue in capite
et gutture fusca.

Long. tota maris 11°0, alee 5-9, caudse 4°5, rostri a rictu 1°4, tarsi
1°25.

Hab. in Terra Sancta.

A pair of this fine species, which belongs to the brilliant group
of Lamprotornithine, or Glossy Starlings, was obtained by the
Rey. H. B. Tristram in Palestine during the present spring, and
I have called it after its discoverer. It forms a third of the
small group to which Cabanis’s term Amydrus is now restricted.
It is rather larger than Amydrus fulvipennis (Sw.) of Western and
Southern Africa; and the primaries are of a uniform pale buffy

4.66 Bibliographical Notices.

fulvous, with the shafts black, instead of being lighter in the
interior and edged with darker chestnut, as is the case in the
latter species. From Amydrus morio of Abyssinia and Western
Africa, the only other member of the group as now restricted,
it is at once distinguishable by its smaller size and the paler
colouring of the primaries.

Mr. Tristram shot these birds on the 30th of March last, at
Mar-Saaba, in the valley of the Hebron. They had their nest
in the rocks; but he was unable to reach it. The discovery is
of much interest, as the bird belongs to a purely African group
not hitherto met with in Palestine.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

General Report upon the Zoology of the several Pacific Railroad
Routes. Part Il. Birds. By Spencer F. Barrp, Assistant
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution; with the co-operation of
Joun Cassin and Grorce N. Lawrence. 1 vol. 4to, Wash-
ington, 1858.

In our notice of the first Part* of this important work, some account
is given of the way in which the large mass of zoological matériel
collected by the various expeditions sent out by the United States
Government to investigate the most practicable railroad route from
the Mississippi to the Pacific Ocean, was proposed to be treated.
The second Part, which has just issued from the press, serves to
confirm our opinion as to the excellence of the method chosen, and
the great value of the results thus likely to be obtained. The pre-
sent volume (in which Prof, Baird, the general editor, has been ably
assisted by Messrs. Cassin and Lawrence) contains a systematic
account of the birds collected or observed by the parties organized
under the direction of the War Department for exploring the dif-
ferent railroad routes; and, as in the volume on Mammals, by the
insertion of the comparatively few species not noticed by these ex-
peditions, it has been made a complete exposition of the present state
of our knowledge of the birds of America north of Mexico. For,
besides the specimens collected by the railroad surveys, the Smith-
sonian Institution has become the depository of collections from
several other sources, forming altogether a series of 12,000 specimens
illustrative of the ornithology of North America; so that the mate-
rials for a general Report of this kind were ample. And it must be
allowed, we think, that good use has been made of them. Even
those who object to what they may term the new-fangled system of
arrangement—the excessive subdivision of the genera and multipli-
cation of species, and the unnecessary changes of old-established and
familiar appellations—must admit that the divisions are generally
well defined, the distinctive characters of the species, such as they

* Vide Aun, Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol, i. p. 369,

i

Bibliographical Notices. 467

are, clearly pointed out, and that, where changes in the names have
been intreduced, it is generally only in strict obedience to rules, the
object of which is to establish uniformity of nomenclature,

We must also again call attention to the admirable plan pursued,
of cataloguing every specimen obtained, and giving not only its exact
locality, but its dimensions, It is only by drawing specific characters
from such a series, instead of describing from isolated individuals,
that the great error which the late Prince Bonaparte (who in this
respect, it must be confessed, often practised what he preached
against) used to denounce so emphatically as that of “describing
specimens instead of species,” can be avoided.

While thus according praise, we must not neglect to protest against
the occasionally rather numerous misprints in the book, which are
certainly more frequent than they ought to be, and against the care-
less way in which the scientific names are sometimes written; such
as Thriothorus instead of Thryothorus (Opvov, arundo), Lanivireo
instead of Laniivireo (a barbarous compound at the best), Hyla-
tomus for Hylotomus (bdordpuos), Sphyrapicus for Sphyropicus
(cdipa et picus!), &e.

Prof. Baird’s preface gives a brief sketch of the modern alterations
m the arrangement of the non-rapacious land-birds, now very gene-
rally gainmg ground, and which he himself adopts. From the list
of authors mentioned as associated in this important reform, we must
beg him to strike out the name of Reichenbach. In the ‘ Hand-
buch der Speciellen Ornithologie’ of that laborious compiler, and the
miscalled ‘Avium Systema Naturale,’ he will find little attention
paid to Miiller’s great discoveries, but a complication of arrangement
only to be compared to the dreams of the extinct Quinarians, or the
fantasies of the author of the celebrated ‘ Entwickelungs-geschichte
der Europaischen Thierwelt.’

Among the sixty-one North American Accipitres (which still re-
tain their place at the head of the present arrangement), it can only
be a strong feeling of patriotism that induces Mr, Cassin to retain
in his list Audubon’s Falco Washingtonii. This bird would, we
suspect, have been long ago cast out by American ornithologists, were
it not for its name. No one now believes in certain birds described by
the great Le Vaillant as observed by himself in Africa; and the time
is come when the existence of Washington’s Eagle, as seen by the
great Audubon in Kentucky, must be considered as equally mythical,

The Scansores, which take the next place, include thirty-five spe-
cies, principally made up of Woodpeckers, which find a congenial
habitation in what may be truly called ‘the continent of forests,”
But however much Prof. Baird may wish to add the magnificent
Campephilus imperialis to the list of truly North American species,
we suspect he will have to wait some time before he accomplishes it.
There is good reason to believe that its true habitat is Guatemala—
the country of the Long-tailed Trogon and Derbian Oreophasis—and
that it probably does not occur even so far north as Mexico. A
good deal of ‘‘ annexation”? must therefore take place before the im-
perial bird is brought within the limits of the great Republic,

468 Bibliographical Notices.

The third order (Insessores), embracing 332 species—nearly half
the whole number of North American birds known—is divided by
Prof. Baird (4 la Cabanis) into Strisores, Clamatores, and Oscines.
The Humming-birds occurring within the area of the States, as now
extended, are seven in number, the Swifts are four, and the Goat-
suckers six, making seventeen members of the first of these groups.
The second contains two Kingfishers, a stray Motmot, detected near
the borders of Texas, in the State of New Leon, by the indefatigable
collector Couch, and is made up of the many members of the difficult
group Colopteride. Of the remaining section of Oscines North
America has representatives of all the families that are known to
occur in the New World,—a Certhiola, of the family Carebide, the
only one hitherto supposed absent, having been detected on the
Florida Keys in time for the insertion of its occurrence in the Ap-
pendix.

The fourth order (Rasores) includes the Pigeons, with eleven
species, and the Galline, with twenty-one. Among the latter occurs
one member of the Neotropical family of Guans (Penelopide), and
two species of the genus Meleagris, the sole representative of the
Phasianide in the New World. The lately established Meleagris
mexicana of Mr. Gould is admitted as a probably good species.
Eighty-four Gralle and 175 Matatores make up the total of 716
birds considered as properly belonging to this fauna, being an increase
of 210 since the last general enumeration given by Audubon in 1838.
Of these, however, a certain number, such as Haliaétus Washingtonit
(which we have already alluded to), Chrysomitris Yarrelli, and C.
magelianica, both purely South American species, and a few others,
might, we think, be advantageously removed to an ‘‘ Appendix spe-
cierum dubiarum.”

A Life of Linneus. By Miss Bricurwe tt, of Norwich.
London, Van Voorst, 1858. 16mo.

In this little biography of Linnzeus, intended principally for the
perusal of the rismg generation, Miss Brightwell has portrayed in
lively colours the principal scenes in the life of the great Swedish
Naturalist. His early struggles, his ultimate success, his progress
to a world-wide renown, and to the highest honours his country
could bestow, are faithfully described; and Miss Brightwell has
skilfully placed these in such a light as to show how much of human
interest attaches to the life even of a laborious naturalist.

It is indeed from the fact that the latter term is strictly applicable
to Linnzeus throughout the whole of his career—alike when at Upsal
he was under the necessity of patching his own shoes with paper, as
when, arrived at the height of his reputation, he was graciously per-
mitted to smoke his pipe even under the queen’s own nose—that
Miss Brightwell derives the moral of her tale, pointing out that,
great as might have been the native genius of the illustrious Swede,
it was not by this alone, but by the most patient and unremitting

ee ee a ee

Zoological Society. 469

labour that he was enabled to immortalize his name. At no period,
perhaps, has the recognition of this truth been more necessary than
at present, when a superficial acquaintance with a host of sciences is
looked upon as knowledge, —when a lively booby or pompous humbug
has far more chance of making himself a profitable name, however
short-lived, than the most earnest labourer in one department of
science, and the younger members of the community are thus likely
to be led away to swell the ranks of those who must be regarded as
mere cumberers of the ground.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 27, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Nore on THE Ecce or “THe Moorvuxk” (Casvarius Ben-
NETTII, GOULD), FROM New Briratn, tN THE Britisu Mv-

sEuM. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., etc.

The British Museum having obtained from Mr. Samuel Stevens
the egg of the Mooruk from New Britain (sent to him by Mr.
Turner, which he wished to exhibit to the Society before he deli-
vered it into the Collection), I am induced to send the following ob-
servations on it.

The egg is of the same form and has the same solid shell, covered
with rounded tubercles, as that of the Common Cassowary, Casua-
rius galeatus.

It differs from the egg of the latter bird in the British Museum
in being rather larger (it is 141 inches in circumference in the
longest, and 114 inches in the thickest part), and in the tubercles on
the surface being larger, considerably further apart, and more iso-
lated, that is to say, more rarely confluent together.

The egg is pale olive-green with darker olive tubercles ; it is much
darker than accords with my recollections of the eggs of the Casso-
waries in other collections; but these may have been faded, as is
the case with our specimens in the British Museum.

Mr. Bennett sent with the living specimen of the Mooruk now
exhibited in the Menagerie, which he so liberally presented to the
Society, an egg which was brought from New Britain with the
bird. This egg has been presented by him, through the Society, to
the British Museum.

This egg differs very considerably from that exhibited by Mr.
Stevens: first, in being smaller, that is to say, only 135 inches in
circumference in the longest and 11 inches in the thickest part ;
secondly, in being blunter, more rounded in front, and not so conical
as the other ; thirdly, in being of a uniform pale olive-colour, without
any appearance of tubercles or darker spots.

It has been suggested that the difference between the two eggs is
so great that they cannot have been laid by the same species of bird.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. i. 32

470 Zoological Society :—

They both differ considerably from the egg of the Galeated Cas-
sowary ; and Mrs. Turner assures me that they were both brought
from New Britain, by her husband and the captain of the ship,
with the living bird, to Sydney ; they were divided by lot, and her
husband having the choice, selected the tuberculated egg: so that,
if they are not the eggs of the Mooruk, it would indicate that there
must be two Cassowaries inhabiting New Britain, both different
from C. galeatus.

There is so great a similarity in the colour and texture of the
smooth egg with the ground-colour of the other egg between the
tubercles, that it has been suggested that the tuberculated egg is the
perfect egg of the bird, and the smooth egg that of a very immature
or sickly specimen.

June 8, 1858.—Dr. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

On New Species oF Birps FRoM WESTERN AFRICA, IN THE
COLLECTION OF THE British Museum. By Dr. Gustav
HARTLAUB OF BREMEN, FoREIGN MEMBER.

One of the principal reasons that made me anxious to visit Eng-
land was the wish to increase my materials for a second edition of
my book on the Birds of Western Africa. In this object I have been
most liberally assisted by Mr.G. R. Gray, who has allowed me every
opportunity of examining the specimens in the magnificent Collec-
tion of the British Museum. Besides some interesting novelties
which we found, and which I wish to describe in the ‘ Proceedings’
of the Society, among whose Foreign Members I have the honour
to be enrolled, I have had the pleasure of inspecting some very rare
species which I had not seen before. Among these I may mention
some of those rare types collected during the second Niger Expe-
dition by Mr. Louis Fraser,—as, for instance, the Sylvicola super-
ciliosa of that naturalist, which, from a second and more perfect
Ashantee specimen, I have found te be what I never expected, a
typical Camaroptera ; then the Coccothraustes olivaceus of Fraser,
a type most peculiar and unique amongst the great number of African
Fringillidee. But by far the most interesting and most curious
African form, which I have seen for the first time, is a little bird
hardly larger than the smallest Humming-bird, the Diceum Rushie
of Cassin, and the type of my genus Pholidornis. This minute and
very peculiarly coloured species is the only true African representa-
tive of the essentially Asiatic form Diceum, from which, however, I
hold it to be truly generically distinct.

‘The new species which I have observed are the following :—

1, OnycuoGnatHus Hartiavusi, G. R. Gray, MS.

Minor ; obscure violascenti-chalybeus ; capite toto et remigum mi-
norum marginibus externis in eneum vergentibus ; scapularibus,
tectricibus alarum minoribus et subalaribus dorso concoloribus ;
rectricibus obscure chalybeis, margine enescentibus ; remigum

Dr. G. Hartlaub on new species of Birds. 471

nigrorum dimidio basali oblique rufo ; rostro nigro ; pedibus
Juscis. 2, capite et collo cinerascente striatis.

Long. tot. 102", rostr. a fr. 12"', al. 42", rectric. intermed. 42",
tars.) 1!"

Hab. Fernando Po.

This bird is a second and very typical species of my genus Ony-
chognathus, the type of which, O. fulgidus, seems to be confined
to the Island of St. Thomas. The system of colouring is quite the
same in both species; but O. Hartlaubii is a much smaller bird,
and has the bill much less hooked. One of the two specimens in
the British Museum is labeled “ Fernando Po;’’ the exact habitat
of the other one is not known. Onychognathus is a beautiful transi-
tional form, intermediate between dmydrus and Lamprocolius.

2. TELEPHONUS MINUTUS.

Minor ; pileo toto nigro; striola superciliari gracili albida ; cervice
et interscapulio immaculate fulvis ; dorso medio longitudinaliter
nigro variegato ; tergo et uropygio fulvis; loris albidis; alis
rujis, remigibus primariis in pogonio interno nigricanti-fuscis,
tertiarits et tectricibus majoribus in medio longitudinaliter nigri-
cantibus ; subalaribus fulvis ; rectricibus fusco-nigris, duabus
externis fulvescente extus limbatis, extime apice latius pallido ;
corpore inferiore toto fulvo, gula pallidiore ; rostro valido nigro ;
pedibus fuscis.

Poaee 5 vaste, air83!"; al. 2! 7'", caud.,3!", tars, 114",

Hab. Ashautee.

This is the smallest species of the exclusively African genus Tele-
phonus. It is, perhaps, not generally known in this emai y, that
the German traveller, Dr. A. Brehm, a very acute and scientific na-
turalist, who has explored the Ornithology of Spain better than
any person before him, most decidedly contradicts the occurrence
of Telephonus cucullatus or of any other species of this group in
that country. Temminck’s indication to the contrary appears to
be one of those many errors occurring in Parts 3 and 4 of the ‘ Ma-
nuel Ornithologie ; > at least it was regarded as such by every
person in Spain who had paid any attention to the birds of the
country, and Dr. Brehm himself could not discover there the slightest
trace of this bird.

Another striking and interesting example of the incorrectness of
local indications in the ‘ Manuel d’Ornithologie,’ is given in the total
absence of the Izvos obscurus from Spain or any other country in
_ the south of Europe.

Two specimens of 7’. minutus are in the collection of the British
Museum, which likewise possesses a very complete set of all the
other known species of the genus.

3. ANDROPADUS ERYTHROPTERUS, G. R. Gray, MS.

Obscure olivaceus, alis totis et imprimis tectricibus distincte rufes-
centibus ; remigum marginibus internis pallidis ; subalaribus fla-

32%

472 Zoological Society :—

vidis ; cauda fusca; corpore inferiore pallidiore, flavescente ;
rostro fusco, apice et mandibula tota flavidis ; pedibus pallidis.

Long. tot. 6", rostr. 53", al. 2" 8! caud. 2! 9!', tars. 8!".

Hab. Ashantee.

Another bird of one of those exclusively African genera which seem
to have their full development on the western coast. The other spe-
cies are, A. importunus from the Cape, A. latirostris and A. graci-
lirostris, both widely distributed along the western coast, and 4.
virens of Cassin, discovered by Du Chaillu on the banks of the river
Muni and near Cape Lopez. The colouring of all these species is
very much alike ; and clearer distinctive characters are much wanted
in this group.

4, TRICHOPHORUS CINERASCENS.

Supra olivaceo-viridis, plumis medio cinerascentibus, capite di-
stinctius cinerascente ; genarum plumulis stria mediana pallida
notatis ; tergo et uropygio viridioribus ; remigum pogoniis ex-
ternis virentibus, internis nigricantibus ; rectricibus olivaceis,
scapis nigris ; subalaribus et subcaudalibus olivaceis : subtus oli-
vaceo et cinerascente variegatus ; gula flava; rostro plumbeo ;
pedibus nigricantibus.

Long. tot. 83", rostr. 9'", al. 4", caud. 4", tars. 103!".

Hab. Ashantee.

This fine new species comes nearest to Tr. flavicollis of Swainson,
but is easily distinguished by the much greater amount of grey in
its colouring. Nearly the whole of this group is distributed over
the western parts of Africa. We know only one southern species.
Not one has as yet been discovered in Abyssinia.

On two New Species or TANAGERS FROM THE COLLECTION
or M. VerreaAvux oF Paris. By Putuie LuTiey SCLATER.

CHLOROSPINGUS CASTANEICOLLIS.

Supra olivascenti-fuscus, pileo saturatiore, alis caudaque rufes-
centioribus : capitis lateribus eum mento nigris, superciliis an-
gustis ad nucham protractis et macula parva suboculari albis :
subtus castaneus, pectore saturatiore, ventre medio dilutiore :
rostro nigro : pedibus brunneis.

Long. tota 5:4, alee 2°5, caudee 2°3.

In colour this apparently new species of Chlorospingus shows
most resemblance to C. melanotis (P. Z. S. 1854, pl. 68), and it
may be conveniently arranged next to that species, and between it
and C. rubrirostris, with which it nearly agrees in the shape of the
bill. The dark chestnut colour of the breast, black chin, and white

superciliary stripe render it easily recognizable amongst its con-
geners.

CALLISTE CYANOTIS.

Metallice viridis, dorso summo obscuriore, pileo supero nigro ;
superciliis latis metallice viridibus : fronte ipsa cum loris nigris :

je ode

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 473

regione auriculari et vitta supra-frontali cerulescentibus ; alis
caudaque nigris cerulescenti-viridi limbatis : ventre imo cris-
soque pallide ochraceis : rostro nigro, pedibus brunneis.

Long. tota 3°8, alee 2°5, caudee 1°7.

Obs. Affinis CALLISTH LABRADORIDI, sed crassitie paulo minore,
vitta frontali et regione auriculari czeruleis et colore corporis viridi
minus czerulescente distinguenda.

Having recently completed a Monograph of the genus Calliste, it is
with no ordinary interest that [look upon the present bird,which seems
to be a new and hitherto unrecognized member of the group. A close
ally of Calliste labradorides of the New Granadian Andes, it doubt-
less represents that species in South-eastern Peru and Bolivia, just
as Calliste xanthocephala replaces Calliste venusta in the same lo-
cality. The single specimen sent by M. Verreaux is not in very per-
fect plumage ; but its distinctness from its New Granadian repre-
sentative is easily seen on comparison. The whole of the fore part of
the head of C. labradorides is of a shining green, leaving the nape
and back of the neck black. In the present bird there is merely a
narrow post-frontal band, which, like the ear-coverts, is deeply
tinged with blue. The black chin of C. labradorides appears to be
absent in the present bird ; and the under surface is not tinged with
blue. In C. labradorides the small coverts on the bend of the wing are
of a bright shining blue, which is also absent in this new species.

A MonoGrapu OF THE GENUS KERIVOULA.
By Rosert F. Tomes.

The following monograph is one of a series which I have prepared,
having for their object the definition of groups or genera rather than
the description of the species of which they are composed. This has
been done with a view to render less difficult the determination of
the species, which difficulty is chiefly felt from the indiscriminate
manner in which they are thrown together by some zoologists; the
descriptions of the species themselves being often quite sufficient,
supposing that they had been more carefully divided into groups.

Two principal works which demand study in working out the spe-
cies of Vespertilionide—Temminck’s Monograph, and Wagner’s
Supplement to the work of Schreber—are of this description.
Whilst giving a pretty complete account of each species, the generic
definition is, in consequence of the great disparity in the characters
of the different species, necessarily so vague as to be nearly useless.

Searcely more valuable to the investigator are lists of genera and
species without accompanying descriptions, or having these so ex-
cessively brief as to be wholly unavailable in distinguishing species.

I have therefore, while bringing together species which fall easily
under a generic definition, considered it advisable to add also a de-
scription of each, although they may have been before described, or
be even well-known species.

By adopting this method I am enabled to give much more com-
plete descriptions than have hitherto appeared, because they are of

474 Zoological Society :-—

a more comparative nature, and are therefore more serviceable in the
discrimination of allied species.

With regard to the synonymy of the several groups, it is as com-
plete as I have been able to make it, but is I believe very imper-
fect. In all instances care has been taken to exclude such names
and references as I could not either personally test by the examina-
tion of unquestionable species, or by the comparison of figures and
descriptions agreeing with such accuracy as to leave no reasonable
doubt as to their identity.

This explanation appeared necessary previous to bringing before
the Society successive papers in which but very few of the species
are new, and many old and well-known ones are described at some
length.

The name of Kerivoula was first given by Boddaert * to a species
of Bat which had before been described by Pallas + by the name of
Vespertilio pictus—a name singularly appropriate for an animal with
the bright red fur and membranes, and the peculiar distribution of
the colour on the latter, which characterizes the species.

Boddaert’s specific name having given way to that of Pallas, bas
been taken up by Dr. Gray {, and used in a generic sense, he
having perceived that the species differed considerably from most
other representatives of the genus Vespertilio. But Dr. Gray,
placing great reliance on the importance of a single character, has
arranged with it some species, the affinity of which the subsequent
examination of a greater number of species has not corroborated.
In these investigations others have been discovered which bear very
close generic resemblance to the original one, V. pictus, whilst
some of those which have been associated with it prove, on the
contrary, to be by no means closely affined.

I have in a previous communication removed one of these species
—V. formosus—from the present genus, and placed it in the group
with the members of which its characters most closely agree. After
describing the species which I consider referable to the genus Keri-
voula, I shall enumerate such others as have been called by that
name, but which I consider as appertaining to other groups.

Fam. VESPERTILIONID.
Genus Kertvouta, Gray.

Vespertilio, Pallas, Geoffroy, Desmarest, Fischer, Schreber,
Wagner, Temminck.

The top of the head is very much elevated, but not so much so
asin Iuripterus, Natalus, and Miniopteris.. The face is depressed ;
and the muzzle is of moderate length, and somewhat pointed. The
nostrils, which are near together, open sublaterally, and have an
emarginate space between them. The lower lip has a tolerably well

* Elenchus Animalium, vol. i. sist. Quadrup. p. 70, No. 10, 1785.
+ Spicilegia Zoologica, iii. p. 7,1774.

{ Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 258.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 475

defined naked triangular space in front. The ears are broad, with
the outer margin so much developed near the base as to form a com-
plete Zobulus, which however is not separated from the upright part
of the ear by a notch or hollow, as in some species. The ear may,
indeed, be described as extending along the side of the face for some
distance, and in a line with the corner of the mouth, not as a narrow
strip of membrane, as in the generality of species, but ascending at
once from its most anterior point, and forming what is called the
ear-conch. Its inner margin is very convex, and curves off to the
tip of the ear, which terminates in an angular point not very acute.
In all the species there is a notch or hollow of more or less extent
in the outer margin, very near to the tip.

_ The ear bears great resemblance to those of Furipterus and Na-
talus, especially to those of the latter. The tragus is long, nearly
three-fourths the length of the ear, excessively narrow and pointed,
and a little curved outwards. Its outer margin near the base is
furnished with a projecting point or tooth.

The tail is rather long, in some species as long as the head and
body. The wing-membranes extend to the base of the toes. The
feet are of medium size; and the toes occupy a little more than
half the length of the foot. The thumb also is moderate; and the
basal phalange, which is enclosed in the membrane, is shorter than
the remaining part.

The membranes and ears of all the species are more or less dia-
phanous, and rather conspicuously marked with glandular dots ar-
ranged, on the former, in lines.

The fur is of a fine woolly texture, in the Asiatic species without
lustre; but in the African ones the hairs have shining tips.

The skull does not, as might have been expected, exhibit any of
those peculiarities which are observable in the high-crowned genera,
such as Furipterus, Natalus, and Miniopteris. In its general ap-
pearance it somewhat resembles those of Vesp. mystacinus and
Vesp. Nattereri, but the central region is much more inflated —indeed
in the African species almost as much so asin Furipterus. Besides
this point of difference, the following peculiarities require mention.
The facial region is very much depressed, and also compressed ; and
the notch in the fore part of the palate is much deeper than in any
other genus, but varies considerably in the different species. This
appears to be due chiefly to the straightness of the intermaxillary
bones, their development in a forward direction affording space for
the incisors to range in a line with the other teeth, instead of being
placed more or less across the opening between the two canines.
This is best seen in the K. picta.

The bony palate extends nearly as far back as to the condyloid
fossa, and narrows considerably after leaving the posterior boundary
of the molar range. In no other Bat which I have examined has
the palate extended further back than to the middle of the zygo-
matic arch.

Arie 2—2 1—1 3—3 j 32-3, 2 18
Dentition.—In. =; Can. j=; Premol. ——; Mol. —=;,-

The upper incisors are slender, conical, and pointed, with a slight

476 Zoological Society :—

accessory cusp behind the base; the anterior ones are the longer.
The canines are long and pointed; and in most of the species the
cingulum is amply developed. Between them and the incisors the
interval is very small. The next two teeth are very simple in form,
conical, and pointed. Following these is the carnassier or sectorial
tooth, in form as in the ordinary Vespertilionide ; and the molars are
of the ordinary form and proportions.

In the lower jaw the incisors are small and trilobed, those
contiguous to the canines having their central lobe very much deve-
loped, and of a blunt conical form. 'The canines require no parti-
cular notice. Following these, the premolars present the appearance
of three very regular and pointed cones, each with a small but
distinct spur on its anterior and posterior surface near to the base.
The molars are of the form so constant in the Vespertilionde.

1. KeERIVOULA PICTA.

Vespertilio pictus, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. iii. p. 7, 1774; Erxl.
Syst. p. 150, 1777; Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. Gmel.i. p. 49, 1788;
Geoff. Ann. du Mus. viil. p. 199, pl. 48 (cranium), 1806; Desm.
Mam. p. 141, 1820; Schreb. Saugth. Th. i. p. 170, 1826 ; Horsf.
Zool. Research. Java, viii. p. 6, 1821-28; Fisch. Synop. Mamm. p.106,
1829; Temm. Mon. ii. p. 223, pl. 56. f. 1, 2, 3, 1835-41 ; Blasius,
Wiegm. Archiv, Bd. vi. p. 2, 1840 ; Wagn. Supp. Schreb. 1. p. 517,
1840; Schinz, Synops. Mamm. p. 174, 1544; Kelaart, Faun. Zeylan.
p. 25, 1852.

Vespertilio (Kerivoula) pictus, Horsf. Cat. Mamm. Mus. E. Ind.
Comp. p. 40, 1851.

Pipistrellus pictus, Less. Nouv. Tab. Réegne Anim. p. 29, 1842.

Kerivoula picta, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. p. 258, 1842 ; Cat.
Mamm. B. M. p. 27, 1843; Kelaart, Faun. Zeylan. p. 25, 1852.

Although I have given to this species the most prominent posi-
tion, I do not regard it as the most typical of the genus; but the
generic name having been borrowed from it, it appeared desirable to
mention it first, and those afterwards which are less known, but per-
haps more characteristic.

The top of the head is very much elevated, but not quite so much
so as in some of the other species of Kerivoula; and the muzzle is
a good deal depressed, and of medium length.

All the face is very hairy, the fur of the forehead extending nearly
to the end of the nose, and filling up the concavity of the face. The
upper lips are furnished with fine longish hairs of the same texture
as those of the rest of the body.

The ears, as already mentioned in the generic description, are
broad, and when seen im front appear like two rather broad recesses,
in the further end or bottom of which the tragus takes its origin.
They are rather more pointed than in some others, owing to a
shallow noteh iminediately below their tip, in the outer margin ; and
the inner margin becoming more convex as it approaches the tip,
assists in giving to the latter an outward direction.

The tragus has been already described sufficiently.

The wing-membranes extend precisely to the base of the toes.

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 477

The tail is as long as the head and body, is composed of six joints,
and has its tip enclosed in the membrane.

The fur of the back extends sparingly on to the interfemoral mem-
brane, for half its length ; and all its transverse lines are studded with
very short and fine hairs, scarcely visible without the assistance of a
lens. The upper surface of the tail itself, and of the legs and feet,
is sparingly, but visibly, clothed with fine hairs, which are most conspi-
cuous on the latter. The whole of the margin of the interfemoral mem-
brane, inclusive of the os calcis, is fringed with fine hairs, those on
the os calcis being adpressed and similar to those of the feet, whilst
those on the edge of the membrane are projecting and bristle-like.

On no other part of the membranes does the fur of the body en-
croach ; but that of the head extends for half the length of the ears,
on their hinder surface.

The fur of the body is very fine, but without gloss, and nearly
unicoloured. That of the upper parts is buff for two-thirds of its
length, the remainder a bright and lively rust-colour. Beneath, it is
uniform whitish buff, tinged with rust-colour on the humeral region
and along the sides of the body.

All the bones of the limbs in the dried specimens are of a light
yellowish-brown ; and the interfemoral and interbrachial mem-
branes are of the same colour. A part of the wing-membranes con-
tiguous to the sides of the body, from the foot to the elbow, and
from thence along the under side of the fore-arm to the wrist, is
of a similar colour; and it passes from the wrist along each finger,
margining it on each side, and leaving three triangular imterspaces
between the digits, of a deep chocolate-brown colour, which in many
places is elaborately marked with dotted lines of the same light
colour as that which accompanies the wing-bones.

The above description having been taken from dried specimens,
I copy the following description of the colour of this species from
the excellent account given of it by Dr. Kelaart in his ‘ Fauna Zey-
lanica’ :-—

« Body above, yellowish ferruginous-brown, or, as artists would
eall it, yellowish crimson-brown. Below, fulvous whitish, with a
dark yellowish tinge on the sides. Alar membranes black and bright
yellow or citron-coloured. The former colour (black) confined to
triangular spaces between the citron rays along the digits, and on a
large triangular space between the last digit and body; the alar
membrane adjoining the latter being also citron-coloured. Inter-
femoral membrane wholly citron-coloured ; above and below the
arms also, the same yellow colour prevails, as through the other parts
of the membrane already mentioned.”’ ‘Tips of toes brown, the
rest yellow.” “Ears yellow.” ‘Sexes alike in colour.”

As Dr. Kelaart is speaking of the species in its native country,
and from personal observation when in a fresh state, the foregoing
account is doubtless the correct one, and the comparatively dull co-
lour which pervades all the specimens in our Museums is due to a
change having taken place after preservation.

The following dimensions are taken, (1) from a Javanese speci-
men very kindly given to me by Dr. Horsfield, (2) from a specimen

478 Zoological Society :—

from Amboyna, and (3) from the specimen mentioned in Mr. Water-
house’s Catalogue of the Mammalia contained in the Museum of

the Zoological Society, No. 138. i :
if ° -

“al Ma

~
~s

xs
=
=
~

Length of the head and body, about ..
OAMUIIES CALL. , eyes sec coerera Spay eae vats oh
eee iat es ens tc iene. = crereeeies
Glsthe earsios aces

Breadth. of thet ears... t.1. cree «ce «cles
Deneth‘of the tragus 52.5. -- «2-27

Ol thetoressrm 2.%...'-o-.c<cs

of the longest finger

of the fourth finger

of thet bum): ...<sr- «ceva

OE RETEC HLIIG arate rus, ievo.n arcnshaeinas
of the foot and claws ........
Ot the G8: CAlets, «occ: aire eee
Hqpanse-of WINS). 5.5/0. <0. 05 eis eee 1

bole
tole

tole

ww oo ao

bole

5

1
]
0
0
0
0
]
3
2

— —

CAWON WE SO

bol

bol

bol tole tole

ble

SoooenmoaSso sce =]
_—
DAomkhwyn wor hWOWA CS
ecocoewpewococoer+s
SAWN WKH OCOhWOUNITOSO

0
0
0
0
11

Hab. The Continent of India ; Ceylon; Java ; Sumatra; Borneo.

—

2. KERIVOULA PAPILLOSA.

Vespertilio papillosus, Temm. Mon. de Mamm. ii. p. 220, 1835-41 ;
Wagu.Supp.Schreb. Saugth. i. p. 515, 1840; Schinz, Synops. Mamm.
i. p. 173, 1844; Blasius, Wiegm. Archiv, Bd. vi. p. 2, 1840; Gray,
Zool. Voy. Samar. no. 5. p. 10, 1849.

The present species, although not placed first on the list, is, I
believe, quite as typical of the genus as the one preceding it. The
top of the head is quite as much elevated as in that species ; and the
face is similarly depressed, and densely hairy ; the nostrils, too, pre-
sent precisely the same form and position. The ears are somewhat
longer in relation to their breadth and to the size of the animal than
in K. picta, and have their points less acute and directed upwards,
instead of outwards as they are in that species. They are thickly
and conspicuously dotted with glandular dots. The tragus is fully

two-thirds of the length of the ear, is narrow, and tapers evenly to a-

very acute point. It has a very slight outward curvature for its
whole length, and has a projecting point on its outer edge, close to
its base.

The body of the animal is small, and all the membranes very much
developed, nearly as much so as in Natalus.

The thumb is rather long, and the basal phalange less than half
its entire length ; the feet are rather large, with the toes taking up
half of their length, and the outer one a little shorter than the others,
as it is also in K. picta and K. Hardwickii. The wing-membranes
extend exactly to the base of the toes; and the os calcis is two-
thirds of the length from the foot to the end of the tail.

The hair of the face presents some differences from that of the
last species. In A’. picta that which borders and fringes the lips is
of the same peculiar soft and woolly texture as the rest of the fur
of the head and face ; that of K. papillosa, on the contrary, is strong

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 479

and bristle-like. Over the eyes is a tuft which is nearly four lines in
length, and is very straight ; and above the nostrils is a similar fringe
of straight strong hairs, whilst the upper lips are margined similarly
with hairs which have a downward curvature and almost conceal
the mouth when it is closed.

The upper surfaces of the ears are hairy only near the base; and
the fur of the upper parts of the body does not encroach noticeably
upon the wing-membranes ; but the base of the interfemoral mem-
brane is a little hairy, and fine short hairs are scattered along the
upper surfaces of the tail, tibia, and feet. The free portion of the
edge of the interfemoral membrane, between the os calcis and end
of the tail, is also slightly fringed with fine short hairs.

The fur is fine and woolly in texture, and very long; that of an
example in the Museum of the East India Company, from Calcutta,
attains as great a length as four lines on the dorsal region. It is
bicoloured both above and beneath. On the whole of the upper
parts it is dusky at the base for nearly two-thirds of its length, with
the terminal third brown (nearly of the same tint as the back fur of
Vesp. Daubentonii, but a little more tinged with rufous). Beneath,
it is dusky at its base, tipped with yellowish-brown. Such is the
colour of the specimen alluded to, presented to the Company’s Mu-
seum by Mr. Pearson. A specimen in my own collection, takea in
Ceylon by Mr. Thwaites, appears to exhibit the usual differences
which exist between the animals of that island and the mainland of
India. It is smaller and darker in colour, but is otherwise similar
to the Calcutta specimen. The membranes are of a medium brown
colour, darker in the Ceylon specimen.

Dentition.— In. a ; Can. SS ; Premol. —; Mol. =>.

I can detect no difference in the position or proportions of the
teeth in this species from those of K. picta.

No. 1 of the following Table refers to the specimen from Calcutta,
and No. 2 to the one from Ceylon.

lf Ze
Length of the head and body ........ Sikes 1 9
— of the tail ..............0... 2.0 reg
Permeimenite re tes eh) ates eet 0 7:
BigmemeINe eS) ae at. See ee 0 43
TLE LG Ug ll ea Ag 0 32
Biggie tore-aLita se.) 0% sey. 2? 1 Ga eA
—— of the longest finger.......... 2 5 1 10
ofie fourth finger Pf A? ia ipl
biqenevehomM bs 8 Be. 2S Tee 0 32
Signe tipid. veer.) et de oe 0 TO ns
— of the foot and claws ........ 0 4 pes
Snir OS CULCLS st We le ae 0 6
Expanse of wings .... 10 0

Hab. India; Ceylon; Java, and Sumatra.

480 Zoological Society :—

3. Kerivouta Harpwickll.

Vespertilio Hardwickii, Horsf. Zool. Research. Java, no. 8, 1821—
28; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Comp. Mus. p. 39, 1851; Temm. Mon. ii.
p- 222, 1835-41 ; Wagn. Supp. Schreb. Saugth. i. p. 516, 1840;
Blasius, Wiegm. Archiv, Bd. vi. p. 2, 1840; Schinz, Synops. Mamm.
1. p. 173, 1844.

Kerivoula Hardwichit, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 258, 1842;
Cat. Mamm. B. M. p. 27, 1843; Zool. Voy. Samar. no. 5. p. 7,
1849.

Vespertilio pellucidus, Waterh. Proc. Zool. Soe. pt. xiii. pp. 3 & 6,
1845.

Vespertilio? pellucidus, Gray, Zool. Voy. Samar. no. 5. p. 7, 1849.

The following description has been taken from the original spe-
cimens in the Museum of the East India Company and in the
British Museum, and from the one which furnished the deserip-
tion of V. pellucidus of Mr. Waterhouse, now also in the National
Collection.

The examination and comparison of these has proved beyond ques-
tion the identity of the latter species with K. Hardwickii. As the
Javanese specimens are preserved in skin, and the one from the
Philippines in spirit, they may be supposed, taken together, to fur-
nish a tolerably accurate description of the species.

The elevated form of the head, the concavity of the face, and the
shape of the muzzle and nostrils are so much like the same parts in
K. picta and K. papillosa, as to require no further mention. The
ears, although in general form very similar to those of the former of
these species, differ in being a little longer, and in having their tips
less acute and not so much directed outwards; in fact, they very
closely resemble those of K. papillosa, and, as in that species, are
thickly studded with glandular dots. The tragus is nearly two-
thirds of the length of the ear, is narrow, excessively acute, and
curved outwards in the dried specimens, but perfectly straight in the
one in spirit.

The wing-membranes extend a little further than the base of the
toes, almost to the middle of the outer one, which however is shorter
than the others, and consequently the membrane does not reach as
far as to the middle of the other toes, which may be said to con-
stitute the foot. These remaining toes are of equal length, and are
about half the entire length of the foot, which is rather large in re-
lation to the size of the animal. The os caleis is long, and occu-
pies two-thirds of the distance between the foot and end of the tail.
eee interfemoral membrane has about 18 or 19 transverse dotted
ines.

The fur of the upper part of the body extends over the wing-
membranes for a little distance, and over the interfemoral membrane
in a similar manner. Beneath, the fur encroaches on the membrane
similarly, but in a less degree. The upper surfaces of the tibiee are
fringed with fine bristly hairs; and the dots on the interfemoral
membrane have each a bunch of yery fine short bristles on the upper

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 481

surfaces, and the glandular dots of the ears are similarly provided on
their hinder surfaces. The free portion of the interfemoral mem-
brane, between the os calcis and tail, is also fringed with fine short
hairs.

The fur is long, very fine and woolly ; that of the upper parts of
the body is grey at the base, which is succeeded by pale brown, and
tipped with a slightly darker tint of the same colour, These shades
are not sufficiently distinct to give a tricoloured appearance to the
fur, the general appearance of which is buffy-brown. This is the
colour of the type-specimen, which has probably faded considerably.
That of the specimen in spirit appears (as far as can be seen in
spirit) to be of a reddish cinnamon-brown colour.

The membranes and ears are of a pale reddish-brown colour, and
translucent. “I could,’ says Mr. Waterhouse, “ read this writing
through the wing-membranes, moistened as they were with the spirit,
at a distance of more than a quarter of an inch.”’

The dentition, according to Mr. Waterhouse, is—In. = ; Can.
— The molars have not been examined.

The two inner upper incisors are, as in K. picta and K. papillosa,
in advance of the others, long, curved, and pointed ; whilst the outer
two are placed considerably behind them, and are smaller.

Those of the lower jaw are trilobed and small.

The following dimensions have been taken (1) from the original
specimen of V. Hardwickii, and (2) from the type specimen of V.
pellucidus. Those of the second column will appear at first sight
to differ a good deal from those of the first, but probably the latter
may be considerably altered from its real size by the state of pre-
servation. Such parts as could not be altered by this means, as
the bones of the wings, do not differ materially, as may at once be
seen by reference to the Table.

te
Length of the head and body........ 1
IE RAUL 2) Sok RE ool vis Wi! he 1
GE LHEMRCAGN 256/53. vem. Gae adi S 0
== Gia tWErCATS), s <.ais si S 2
Breadth of the ears.........
Length of the tragus ......
of the fore-arm alia ou 74
—__— of the longest finger ........ 2
of the fourth finger.......... 1
efithethumbo, 22 s..e penis: 0
Gi thestibia = <=. cwhe see esters 0
i)
0
9

$s

~
s
~<
=
=

—

ae Lo

—
DBWIWOHOWDANDW—wos

tole

loo
COONNK OCC ORRS

ee) of the-foot and claws... 2.
of the os calcis ........ yee
Expanse of wingS........-...--+---

tol

ours w Oo OW’

_—
—)
=p)

Hab. Java; Philippine Islands.

482 Zoological Society :—

4. KERIVOULA LANOSA.
Vespertilio lanosus, Smith, Hl. Zool. S. Africa, pl. 50.

This species presents precisely the same generic peculiarities which
characterize the foregoing, and they are quite as typically developed.
It possesses the same elevated crown and small muzzle, and has ears
and tragi of a similar shape, the differences being only such as are
purely specific ; but these differences, taken in the latter sense, are
very conspicuous. Whilst the fur is relatively as long as that noticed
of K. papillosa, it is, in addition to that, very thick and curly, with
the tips very glossy.

But it is necessary first to notice some other slight differences
which exist in the form of the ears and the distribution of the fur.
The ears, although of the same general form as those of K. picta
and the other species here treated of, yet differ in being more deeply
notched externally towards the tip.

The tragus is of the same tapering and pointed form observable
in the other species.

The face is very hairy, in some examples excessively so, the fur
of the forehead almost concealing the ears; and it is of the same soft
quality as that on the top of the head and on the back, a small
quantity only in front of the eye assuming a more bristly appear-
ance. The ears have their hinder surfaces clothed with hairs, and
when viewed from behind are scarcely visible. The fur of the back
does not encroach on the membranes of the wings, but extends over
the base of the interfemoral membrane for nearly half its length,
and, thinning out, leaves the hinder half naked. The upper sur-
faces of the tail, feet, tibiae, fore-arms, thumbs and index-fingers
are garnished with short and shining hairs of a silvery or pale
golden-yellow colour.

The hinder margin of the interfemoral membrane, between the os
calcis and tail, is furnished with a very remarkable comb-like fringe
of prominent thick-set hairs, which, curving downwards, have their
points directed towards the belly of the animal. On all the upper
parts the fur is tricoloured, with a faint indication of a fourth colour.
At the root it is blackish-grey for nearly half its length, which is
succeeded by palish-brown, and this again for a very short length of
a darker tint, and finally tipped with sulphur-yellow. The latter
colour is on the head, neck, and shoulders so pale as to give a silvery
appearance to the tips of the hairs, which is heightened by their
being curly, somewhat as in the fur of the common Hare. Towards
the hinder parts they are less curly, and more yellow in colour,
especially those which grow on the legs, tail, and interfemoral mem-
brane. ‘The same may be said of those on the upper surface of the
fore-arms, thumbs, and index-fingers.

Beneath, the fur is bicoloured, dark at the base, with the terminal
fourth whitish-grey, very much as in the common Vespertilio mysta-
cinUs ; but the light-coloured tips are more shining than in that
species.

The membranes are of a medium brown colour, somewhat diapha-

Lytle.

So Pe eee ee

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 483

nous, and have their veins thickly marked with glandular-looking
dots.

The description of the cranium will be given in connexion with
that of the skull of the next species, the better to illustrate by im-
mediate comparison the difference between the two.

In the following Table of dimensions, the first column contains
those of a male and the second those of a female, both from the same
locality :—

1 2.
Length of the head and ee about:.2 ky 9 2 0
—_ of the tail . : ape Ay Lo
pee Ghthe head ©... ...- Oy Z OMtZ,
GmtNGreArss2 Se 2:05, 5hckees 0 42 0:55
Breadth of the ears Os 0.5
Length of the tragus. . 0 3h OSs
GRtHe dore-arM 2)c..0:/iee 6 ly Ze 1 23
—— of the longest finger ........ 29 29
——-— of the fourth finger ........ ly Ue 1 103
— of the thumb.............. 0 3 0 3
—— of the tibia SS eater, rede | ee 0-6
———of the foot and claws ...... 0 3t 0 3}
——lOfithe'os caleis=s. 0 2% sens 0 9 0 &
Pamause Oh WINS <0. 2s)... 4 3s..e, 10 0 10 3

Hab. South Africa (the eastern coast).

5. KERIVOULA ROSA, 0. S.

This species, from the same locality as the last, resembles it in the
long and curly nature of the fur, but is larger and differently coloured.
The ears, too, are larger, with the ends more rounded, and less deeply
notched externally.

The top of the head, although much elevated, is scarcely so much
so, relatively, as in K. /anosa, and the muzzle is proportionally
longer ; but the nostrils and snout are shaped as in that species.
The ears have their ends rounded, quite as much so as in the Notech-
eared Bat and Natterer’s Bat of Europe; and the hollow in the
outer margin near to the end scarcely deserves the name of notch.
It is in fact a mere indentation, shallow, but regular, and occupying
nearly one-third of the outer margin. In all other respects the ears
resemble those of the foregoing species, and indeed those of the
other representatives of the genus. The tragus offers no deviation
in form from that of the species already described ; it is long, taper-
ing, and pointed.

The membranes are similar to those of K. /anosa, excepting that
they are not quite so distinctly marked with dotted lines as in that
species.

The fur of the head is only of medium length, and does not ob-
scure the ears, nor extend so far along the face as in AH. lanosa. The
face is in fact moderately hairy, with a woolly moustache on the

484. Zoological Society :—

upper lip, and a naked space between the eye and ear. The chin
also is nearly naked.

On no part of the membrane does the fur of the back extend, and
that of the under parts only to a very trifling extent on the base of
the interfemoral membrane ; but the upper surfaces of the legs, feet,
and heel-cartilages, of the tail, fore-arms, thumbs, and index-fingers,
and of the two terminal phalanges of the longest fingers, beyond the
extremity of the index fingers, are more or less clothed with short
adpressed shining hairs, thickest on the fore-arms and tail, but no-
where so thick as in the last species. The edge of the interfemoral
membrane, between the heel-cartilage and tail, is sparingly furnished
with short bristly hairs, very unlike the thick comb-like fringe of K.
lanosa.

The fur of all the upper parts is long, thick, and curly, and nearly
uniform in colour over the whole of the back, varying only in be-
coming a little darker towards the rump. It is of four colours,—
dark grey-brown at the base for nearly half its length, sueceeded by
yellowish-brown, then by deep umber-brown, and tipped with shining
bronzy yellow ; that which is spread over the upper surface of the
limbs, tail, &c. is wholly of the latter colour.

Beneath, the fur is of a dark sepia-brown colour, tipped with
brownish-bronze colour.

In no other Bat have I seen fur at all resembling that of the pre-
sent species. It is not difficult to attain a tolerably correct idea of
its general appearance, by supposing a small species with fur of the
quality and texture of that of the common Hare, but of a dark brown
colour, and with the light tips observable in the fur of that animal,
changed to a shining golden-bronze colour.

~

ue

>
=
>
—~
=

Length of the head and body, about. .
of the: tail. .csran peer.

i
oe) ok
of the head: "2: 4.5 Aa 0
of the ears: >. 24sec eee 0
Breadth of the ears ......... 0
iueneth of the tragus << .°.2).10.yeer 0
—of the fore-arm .........:... 1
of the longest finger......:. 2
2
0
0
0
0
0

oe

Sot oor onc
bolts)

——— of the fourth finger ........
ofthe’ thiumab:, S426 a pais eee

of the tibia Ao? Eee

of the foot and claws ..

of the os calcis...

EXPaNserOl@WwiNOS: . 0509.» mates eee

Hab. South Africa, eastern coast (the same locality as the prece-
ding species).

On comparing the skulls of three of the foregoing species, K, picta,
K. lanosa, and K. erosa, I find their general form to be pretty
similar, but yet presenting some slight modifications which require
notice. Of these, A. /anosa has the cranium proportionally the

Ld eo
tole

ON AR DOO =

—

SoococonwnnNrooocornr:
—

ANA ABReECUoORAMADMSO

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 485

shortest, and with the cerebral region most elevated, closely approach-
ing Furipterus in this respect. It also has the facial portion more
depressed, and the notch between the intermaxillary bones less deep
than in K. picta ; and these bones are not so much separated at their
anterior extremities as in that species, so that the incisors which they
bear are less separated also, and have an inward deviation from the
line of the other teeth, contrary to what has been stated in the generic
description. However, in this species, the upper incisors by no
means approximate each other closely, as they do in Furipterus. In
other respects the crania of XK. picta and K. lanosa do not differ
materially ; and the dentition is also so similar as to present scarcely
any differences worthy of notice. The outer incisor in the lower
jaw has precisely the same central elevated cusp already noticed, and
is similar in both species ; but the skull of the third species, K. erosa,
has, on the contrary, the top of the skull less elevated than in KX.
picta, and the facial depression scarcely so deep, owing chiefly to the
hinder extremities of the nasal bones having a somewhat inflated
form. The facial portion of the skull is rather long in proportion to
its entire length ; and the bones of which it is composed are much
thicker than in the other species, giving support to much longer and
stronger teeth. Indeed the whole skull and teeth are much more
substantial than the other and more typical species of the genus.

The lower jaw, with its teeth, is of proportionate strength, and is
rather thick at the symphysis menti, where it has a slight descending
process.

In number the teeth resemble those of the other species, but differ
somewhat in their form. The outer lower incisors, although they
have the central principal cusp already mentioned, yet have it so little
developed that it would scarcely be regarded as singular if previous
notice had not been called to it*. ‘The upper incisors present a
remarkable deviation from what appears typical: instead of two
pairs of well-developed teeth, we find that the inner ones are long
and pointed, but the outer ones merely rudimentary, so that they
can scarcely be seen without the aid of a lens. The upper canines
are long, strong, and angular; and the premolar next to them is
also long and pointed. These differences in the teeth are alone suf-
ficient to distinguish this species.

* Tt is curious and interesting to note the very slight outward deviation from
the more typical forms, exhibited by this species, and to find on examination that
it possesses also an internal departure from the same typical standard; and it is
satisfactory to find that these differences are such as accord well with each other,
externally and internally. The slightly more bulky appearance of the animal, ac-
companied by membranes of less delicate nature, and more imperfectly marked
with the veins and papille which are so characteristic of this and the allied
genera, is associated with an osseous system of greater solidity, and with upper
incisors which approach in their inequality of size those of many of the species
of the robust genus Scotophilus. If we examine, for instance, the upper incisors
of the Noctule or the Hairy-armed Bat, we shall perceive at once that the inner
ones are much the largest, just as they arein K. @rosa; and in those stout species
of the genus Vespertilio which have a near aftinity with Scofophilus, the same
thing is observable.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. 1. 33

486 Zoological Society :-—

The following are the dimensions of the crania of these three
species :—

K. picta. | K. lanosa.| K. erosa.
“ Me “ “ “ we
Entire length of the skull exclusive of the

INCISOTS .....-.cecccececsecoescenceeees earions OF 0 6
Greatest breadth across the zygomatic

ATCHES.........cceceecsecereeccereetecseveccsees 0 4 0 3% 0 45
Breadth of the skull behind the zygomatic

arches...... so slog oissilsoii-ie avis cidecisestesemeseeyaises 0 33 | O 33 0 3%
Length from the posterior root of the zy-

goma to the anterior point of the inter-

MaxlaryAVOUS se snsceccecsececseasacess sce 0 43 0 4 0 5
Length of the zygomatic arches ........+++- OF 2 Om: 0 23
Length of the bony palate ...............6++ 0 3 0 23
Length of the dental series in the upper

PAW cacwocnarestidadensaedee seus cescnesraseeantan 0 323 0 23 0 3
Breadth between the outer cusps of the

two posterior molars............c0+ssseeeee 0 23 0 23 0 23
Breadth between the tips of the upper

CANINES) co joccvewscssessemses desessseos meres 0). 1354) (02 de 0 14
Length of the lower jaw, exclusive of the

ENCISOIS Jose feaccchs.c conse capeenie concwsececues 0 5 O 4% 0 54
Rlevation of the condyle above the lower}

edge of the ramuS.............+esessesseees- 0 1¢ |-0 14 0 14
Length of the dental series in the lower) |

JA ieccie ot aasesned vance Secee@eerocesseeccoteccines | 0 3% 0 32 0 32

The following species, having the wing-membranes attached as far
along the foot as to the root of the toes, have been placed by Dr.
Gray in this genus ; but their similarity to the species of other genera,
or minor groups, has induced me to leave them out of the present
monograph. Kerivoula formosa 1 have already separated from it,
and placed in company with the Vespertilio emarginatus of Europe,
and some other species. KK. Sykeszi is a small species, closely allied
to, if not identical with, Scotophilus coromandelicus ; and K. poensis
and K. grisea are both referable to the same subgeneric division of
the genus Scotophilus, all having characters pretty similar to those
of the S. Pipistrellus, S. Kuhlii, and S. marginatus. K. trilatoides
is a true Vespertilio, having the same generic peculiarities as Vesp.
mystacinus. K. brasiliensis 1 have not seen.

In a former monograph I gave a few notes on the classification of
some of the species of Vespertilionide ; and I seize the present op-
porety of adding such others as bear on the same point, which

ave arisen during the examination of the species comprised in the
present memoir.

The observations I made were something to this purpose,—that
after eliminating such easily recognizable genera as Plecotus and
Barbastellus from the genus Vespertilio, as given by M. Temminck,
there vet remained a large number of species differing greatly from
each other, but the most diverse of which were so connected by
intermediate species as to be with great difficulty brought under
generic definition. The common Noctule Bat and the Whiskered
Bat were given as familiar examples, the first being considered as
typical of the stout species which are organized for strong and rapid

Mr. R. F. Tomes on the genus Kerivoula. 487

flight in exposed situations, and for capturing and masticating the
larger species of Coleoptera ; and the latter was given as an example
of the light and comparatively fragile species which take their mi-
nute food amongst the foliage, or in other confined situations. But
the Whiskered Bat is by no means the most typical of the slender
species; the genera Furipterus, Natalus, and Hyonycteris are the
most so, and Kerivoula immediately after them, and before Vesper-
tilio, in which genus, in its restricted form, the Whiskered Bat,
with many other species, takes its place.

Assuming that Kerzvoula is a more typical genus than Vespertilio,
we should expect its habits to be in accordance with its structure,
and to differ somewhat from those of Vespertilio ; and the following
(all that I can gather which appears authentic) will throw some light
on this pomt. In vol. xiv. of the ‘Annals and Magazine of
Natural History’ the following notice of one of the species, KX. picta,
appears, from the pen of Capt. R. C. Tytler : «‘ This elegant Bat is
found in thick jungle, and is only observed when disturbed, by sud-
denly flying out of its retreat and taking almost immediate shelter,
like a moth, amongst the bushes.” Dr. Kelaart, after observing
that there are no Bats in Ceylon called ‘ Kerivoulha,” says, “ Kehil-
voula is the Cingalese name fer the yellow Bats found on plantain
trees,—‘ Kehil’ in Cingalese meaning plantain, and ‘ Voulha’ a bat.
We have never obtained the Kerivou/ha from any other places than
plantain groves, where they are generally found clinging to the
fruit.”

From the observations of these gentlemen it would appear that
the Kerivoula picta is an arboreal species, certainly resting during
the day among dense foliage, and most probably taking its food
in similar situations. It would be interesting to know if those
which Dr. Kelaart has seen clinging to the plantain fruit had chosen
that as a resting place, or were in search of insects which might feed
on the fruit ; for we cannot suppose that the Bats would be feeding
on the latter—they are too purely insectivorous in their structure.

Of another species inhabiting South Africa, K. Janosa, Dr. A.
Smith says that it frequents ‘a wooded district stretching along the
sea-shore about 200 miles from Cape Town. Like other species of
the genus, it appears as night sets in, and may then be seen flitting
from spot to spot along the open spaces which exist here and there
in different parts of the forest.”’

These short extracts comprise all that I can learn of the habits of
the genus under consideration; but such as they are, they tend to
corroborate my previous supposition, derived from observing the ob-
vious similarity of the organs of flight to those of some of the Rhi-
nolophi, one species of which I have observed in a state of nature.

When we look at the considerable development of the cutaneous
system, and its delicate nature, and the ample organs of flight with
their slender digits, in the genus Kerivou/a, we can readily perceive
that they are not well-suited for exposed flight, but that they would
be admirably adapted for flitting amongst the boughs aud leaves of
trees; and the existence of numerous lines and papille, probably

33°

488 Zoological Society.

nerves of sensation, in the membranes, would render them highly
delicate organs of touch, and a safe protection against the injuries
which their slender members might otherwise sustain in such places.
All the membranes of this and the allied genera Furipterus, Natalus,
and Hyonycteris are elaborately veined and dotted, just as in the
Horse-shoe Bat ; and I have had a good opportunity of witnessing
the extraordinary powers of flight of the latter.

On one occasion I had liberated from a box in my usual sitting-
room a Pipistrelle and a Lesser Horse-shoe Bat. The former flew
directly against the glass of the window, just as a bird does, and re-
peated the attempt to escape several times. The Horse-shoe Bat,
instead of doing this, although it approached very near to the glass,
never even so much as touched it with the tips of its wings; and I
could distinctly see it pass in front of each pane so near as almost
to touch it, but at the same time avoid the prominent wood-work of
the window. Under and amongst the tables and chairs it passed
with perfect ease, touching nothing, and behind the window curtains
in a similar manner, although there was scarcely an inch of space
between them and the wall. At length, when flitting in front of
some book-shelves from which I had just removed an octavo volume
(Temminck’s Birds of Europe), it seemed, if I may use the expres-
sion, to feel the vacant space, and passed in and out again without,
I believe, even so much as touching the volumes on either side.

Mr. Blyth has observed of Natterer’s Bat that it occasionally
“flapped against a glass case’’ while flying round a room. I have
often seen various species of Vespertilionide do the like against the
walls and furniture of a room, but have never seen the Horse-shoe
Bat do so.

Now, although speculation in zoological science is scarcely admis-
sible, yet I am tempted to suggest, from the general similarity of
the organs of flight in the genera Furipterus, Natalus, Hyonycteris,
and Kerivoula with those of Rhinolophus, that they may have pre-
cisely the same function to perform ; and I should entertain but
little doubt of this, were not the latter provided with very singular
cutaneous expansions, as nose-leaves and facial crests. These have
by some observers been considered as organs of touch, performing in
tact the office of eyes. But this latter suggestion is at best a mere
suggestion, since we find amongst the Rhinolophide some species
which, while they possess all the other peculiarities of Rhinolophus,
are destitute of what may properly be called a nose-leaf, having in
its stead grooves and hollows not likely to be highly sensitive organs
of touch. This is the case with Rh. aurantivs of Australia, and
with Nycteris, which is simply a modified Rhinolophus.

Without further pursuing these suggestions, I may state my belief
that it is in the whole expansion of the cutaneous system that the
singular sense with which these animals are endowed exists, and
that this, if properly investigated, will afford one of the most certain
indices to the natural classification of the Vespertilionide.

Before concluding, I wish to add a suggestion relative to the pro-
bable habits of Hyonyeteris, derived from the examination of spe-

Miscellaneous. 489

cimens. As the creature is destitute of claws to the feet, which
could be used as instruments of support, and has suctorial disks in-
stead, it appears probable that it would be capable of traversing such
surfaces only as were sufficiently even for the action of the disks, and
that suitable surfaces might be furnished by the fruit or leaves of
many of the trees of tropical America, from which the pig-like snout
of the animal would be well adapted for taking minute insects in a
state of rest.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Dysidea papillosa, Johnston.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Mr. GeorGe Barter, on the 28th of August, wrote to me from
Lerwick—“ I have a curious Zoophyte I can send you: it is John-
ston’s Dysidea papillosa: it is not a Sponge, but a true Zoo-
phyte: I saw the polype at work constantly: it is very abundant
here.” In another note, of the 8th of September, he further ob-
serves—‘‘I saw, at Mr. Bean’s, Johuston’s Dysidea papillosa, and
find it quite identical with my shell and organism, although the
former is attached to a shell, and mine is free, which at once sets
the matter at rest.’ Mr. Barlee further adds (November 3), “ that
there were more came up in the dredge free, than were attached,
and that they seem to abound on muddy ground both east and north
of Brassey Island, about thirty miles off, aud in about 70 or 80 fa-
thoms of water. The polype seemed generally very active, and I
saw no shifting of position of the animals while I had them in the
basin, although there might have been some during the nights; but
I often watched them for half-an-hour at a time, and perceived no
change of position.”

Mr. Barlee has kindly sent some specimens to the British Museum.
The coral has all the more important external characters and organi-
zation of the genus Corticifera of Lesueur (Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
i. 178. t. 8. f. 6,7), found in the West India islands. But a genus
(Stdisia) must be formed for it, as, while Corticifera consists of a
number of short cylindrical animals springing from an expanded
base, Sidisia is cylindrical, more or less branched, and free, or only
attached by its base tu a shell or rock.

On the Auditory Apparatus of Insects. By C. LEespss.

The author places the seat of hearing in Insects in the antenne.
He refers to the apertures in the surface of the antennze described
by Erichson, which, he states, exist in all insects ; they are closed by
a membrane like the tympanum, or rather, like the fenestra rotunda
of the ear of the Vertebrata. These the author proposes to call
tympanules.

Behind the membrane or tympanule, and applied directly to its
surface, there is a small sac filled with a thick fluid, and almost
always containing a solid body; this is probably an auditory sac

490 Miscellaneous.

with an otolithe. In some cases the author has traced one of the
terminal filaments of the antennal nerve into this auditory sac.

These organs are always of the same construction, and differ only
in size; but their magnitude bears no relation to that of the insect.
Their number is very variable: in the antenna of the Libellulidee
the author has found only four, whilst in the Lamellicorn Beetles
there is an immense number of them. Their position on the antenna
is very variable, but always in relation to the form of the organ.

In some Myriapoda the author has observed a remarkable arrange-
ment. About the middle of the antenna of the Seutigera coleoptrata
here is a sort of knot or swelling formed by two joints, between which
there is a small sac receiving a branch of the antennal nerve. In
Julus terrestris there are two analogous structures placed side by side.

The author’s experiments on hearing in Insects have rarely fur-
nished him with incontestable results, but they nevertheless lead him
to believe that the organs above mentioned are the seat of this sense.
Should this prove to be the case, he calls attention to the remarkable
fact that these animals possess not only compound eyes, but also
compound ears.—Comptes Rendus, August 30, 1858, p. 368.

Why does the Queen Bee lay an Unfecundated Egg in the Drone-
Cells, and a Fecundated Egg in those of the Workers and Queens ?
Is there in this, on the part of the Queen, an Intelligent or In-
stinetive Act? By Dr. KicueNnMEIsTER.

The author, assuming the truth of the results put forward by Von
Siebold in his remarkable essay on ‘ Parthenogenesis,” namely that
the drone-producing eggs of the Hive-Bee are unimpregnated, and
those of the queens and workers impregnated, proceeds to give what
may be called a mechanical explanation of the facts.

He says that in the Wasps and Bees the seminal receptacle is
placed so that the semen has to travel a considerable distance to
reach the oviduct. In this case, there are three causes which may
facilitate the flow of semen :—

1. The fulness of the receptacle.

2. A pressure acting upon the bottom of the receptacle from
behind and below, forwards and upwards.

3. The action of a muscular apparatus situated in the upper half
of the receptacle.

At the moment when the eggs destined to produce males are going
to be laid, the queen is placed upon the combs without sensibly
curving her body, and the egg glides without effort into the cell ;
whilst in laying the eggs which are to furnish queens, she turns her
head outwards, and twists the abdomen to make it enter the cell.
The margin of the cell exerting a pressure upon the bottom of the
seminal receptacle, together with the contortion of the body, explain
in this case the ejaculation of the semen and the fecundation of the eggs.

For the feeundation of the eggs destined to furnish workers, it is
sufficient, in a fertile and vigorous queen, that there should be a
simple pressure of the parenchyma upon the seminal receptacle :

when the store of semen begins to be exhausted, the muscular appa-
ratus probably comes into play.

Miscellaneous. 49]

When the queen deposits an egg in a large cell intended for a
male, the edge of the cell exerts no pressure upon the abdomen, or
the pressure is exerted only above the seminal receptacle ; the latter
therefore is not raised, and the oblique position of the ejaculatory
canal in relation to the oviduct prevents the ejaculation. Thus, accord-
ing to the author, it is to the difference in the diameter of the cells
that the production of the different sexes in the Hive-Bee is due.—
Moleschott’s Untersuchungen; Bibl. Univ. de Geneve, September
1858, p. 94.

On the Development and Propagation of the Trichocephalus dispar
and Ascaris lumbricoides. By C. Davarne.

1. The Trichocephalus dispar occurs so commonly in the ceecum
of man, that the author calculates that in Paris one-half of the in-
habitants are infested by it. The development of this worm has not
been observed, and its mode of transmission is quite unknown. The
eggs are frequently evacuated with the feces. The repeated examina-
tion of eggs found in the contents of the intestine of corpses, or in
the evacuations of patients, leads the author to conclude that these
ova undergo no development in the human intestine, and that they
are always expelled in the condition in which they escape from the
body of the mother. The author therefore attempted to obtain the
development of the ova in water, but several times without success.
At the end of September, 1857, he collected a great quantity of these
ova, and washed them for several days, until the water containing the
ova was limpid and destitute of any odour. The liquid was renewed
from time to time, and the ova were examined with the microscope
everyweek. A certain number underwent alteration ; others remained
uninjured, but without presenting any trace of development. At the
beginning of April, after six months’ watching, the vitellus, in some
of these ova, collected into a rounded mass and acquired some con-
sistence, as was proved by crushing the ova. Some days afterwards,
the vitellus in many ova underwent segmentation into two, and then
into four parts ; the segmentation then followed the ordinary course,
and, at the beginning of May, many of the yelks had acquired a
mulberry-like appearance. From this time no change was observed
until the 12th of June, when some of the ova contained a well-
formed embryo, recognizable by its movements. This embryo, which
to a certain extent possesses the form of the adult, tapers gently
from behind forwards ; its length is about 5 millim.

2. On the 8th of October, 1857, the author collected numerous ova
of Ascaris lumbricoides by washing the feces of a child who had passed
several of these worms. These ova were preserved in pure water,
and examined from time to time, like the preceding. For six months
no change was observed; but on the 14th of April several of them
had undergone segmentation into two, and some into four parts,
whilst the greater number exhibited no change. On the 30th of
April, segmentation had taken place in all, but in various degrees :
in some the vitellus represented a small mammillated sphere ; on the
5th of May this had become reniform, and on the 7th the embryo

492 Miscellaneous.

was apparent. The embryo is cylindrical, with the caudal extremity
suddenly terminating in a point; its length is ¢ millim.: its mouth
does not show the three tubercles characteristic of the Ascarides.
From the 7th of May to the 21st of June the embryos had continued
living within the shell of the egg, and none of them had escaped.

The author placed the ova in the gastric juice of the rabbit and
dog ; but after staying in these fluids for three or four days, the shell
remained perfectly intact. M. Richter, who placed the ova of this
worm in water, found, after the lapse of eleven months, that they
contained embryos ; but he was unable to see them hatch.

The ova, like those of the Trichocephalus, are evacuated with the
feeces ; and before their evacuation they never show the least trace
of development. In October last, ova kept for a fortnight at a nearly
constant temperature of 86° F., acquired no development. The same
ova, left in a room in which the temperature never exceeded 61° F.,
underwent segmentation in April. Ova collected in January under-
went segmentation in June ; whilst others collected in April presented
no trace of development in June, notwithstanding the great heat of
the season. ‘Temperature therefore would seem to have little or no
influence on the ova of Ascaris lumbricoides, which require to remain
for a long time im a state of latent life.

Hence the author concludes—1. That the ova of these worms are
developed out of the human body; and 2. That the appearance of
the embryo does not take place until after the lapse of eight months
in the one case and six months in the other. In this long interval,
the ova may be transported by rains into brooks, rivers, and wells,
the water of which is used for drinking and preparing food. In this
way the fully-developed ova or the embryos may find their way into
the human intestine.—Comptes Rendus, June 21, 1858, pol2v7:

Note on Enteromorpha cornucopiz.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S, &e.

Professor Harvey admits this species with doubt, on the authority
of the late Capt. Carmichael (Phytologia Brit. t. 304); but I think
there can be no doubt that Lyngbye and Agardh are correct in re-
garding it as a variety of Lnteromorpha intestinalis, or rather, a form
of that species produced by the peculiar position in which it is found.

It is very abundant in one locality in Broadhaven, in St. Bride’s
Bay, South Wales, growing where some fresh water trickles down
the side of a nearly perpendicular rock. The whole width of the
trickle is covered with the green Alga as close as it can grow, side
by side. The plants on the top of the higher and nearly horizontal
ridges, which the water only trickles over, are all the bell-shaped
L. cornucopia, t. 3, and the specimens on the perpendicular parts are
the oblong tubular specimens of that plant, like f. 2 of Dr. Harvey’s
plate above quoted, while the specimens growing in the pools left in
the small cavities of the rock are all more or less elongate normal
Enteromorpha intestinalis.

The bell-shaped form in some instances appears to be produced by
the withering-away of the upper part of the oblong specimens ; in

Miscellaneous. 493

other cases it seems to be the natural growth of the specimens.
Capt. Carmichael, like some botanists, seems to consider species to
depend on the “distinction of the character’ that can be assigned
for a species, rather than on the distinctness of the structure and
economy of the species itself: for it must be well known to all
practical naturalists that many species, which are very difficult to
distinguish by characters, are nevertheless distinct, while specimens
which offer, like Enteromorpha cornucopia, a striking peculiarity
in external characters, easily expressed in words, are only accidental
or local varieties, which can, by mere transplantation, be converted
into the presumed species.

On the Liability of Shells to Injury from the Growth of a Fungus.
By the Rev. H. H. Higeins, M.A.

It has often been observed that shells kept for a considerable time
in cabinets are apt to lose much of their original freshness and beauty
of appearance. This kind of injury chiefly affects such specimens as
have a bright enamelled surface, which at length becomes dull and
less pleasant to the touch. Several suggestions have been made with
reference to the probable cause of the change, which has often been
attributed to the efflorescence of saline matter absorbed by the shell;
but, so far as I have observed, the specimens most liable to injury
from saline incrustation belong to genera im which the shells are
without enamel, as Littorina, Turritella, &c.; and many collectors
are in the habit of steeping their specimens in fresh water for some
days, before placing them in their cabinets,—a process which is said
to be an effectual preservative from injury by saline efflorescence.
Mr. Dennison of Woolton attributed the loss of lustre in enamelled
shells to the ravages of a minute insect, but had not been able to
detect the depredator. Many of the shells in my own cabinet suffered
such serious injury during last winter, that I was led to investigate the
cause, which indeed became obvious enough by the use of a micro-
scope. An ordinary lens showed the enamel of the shell to be beset
with small bristly points; and when a portion of the surface was
scraped off and submitted to a higher magnifying power, the forms
of at least two species of Fungi became apparent,—one resembling a
Mucor with a globose sporangium, the other, and much more com-
mon form, exhibiting both simple ai:d moniliform filaments, with an
abundance of minute spores, seemingly quite free. After having been
carefully washed, the surface of the shell was found to be as it were
engraved in some places with stellular marks, in others with striz
forming irregular reticulations—caused, no doubt, in each instance
by the spreading mycelium of the Fungus. It is scarcely necessary
to add that attacks of this nature need not be apprehended where
shells are kept in a perfectly dry or well-ventilated place. A slight
deposition of moisture does, however, frequently occur upon their
surfaces whilst shells are undergoing examination, in which case it
would be a safe precaution to allow them for a while to remain ex-
posed to the air, before returning the drawer to the cabinet.— Proc.
Lit. and Phil. Soc. of Liverpool, No. 12, 1858.

494. Miscellaneous.

Description of a new species of Himalayan Mole (Talpa macrura).
By B. H. Honeson, Esq.

In preparing a set of skins and skulls for despatch to Europe, I
find a marked species of Mole which has not been, I think, described,
and which differs from the ordinary Himalayan one by being a third
smaller, yet having a tail five times as long. The following is its
summary description :— !

Tip of snout to base of tail 4 inches. Head lj inch. Tail and
hair 12 inch; tail only, 1,4, inch, palma and nails ? mch, planta and
nails 2 inch.

Its colour is deep slaty blue, with canescent gloss, iridescent when wet.

The tail is cylindric and pretty well covered with soft hair, which
extends a little beyond its tip. As I called the other mierura, so I
name this one macrura.

Moles are very abundant in the Himalaya, the deep bed of black
vegetable mould, everywhere prevailing (so long as its protecting
cover of forest and brushwood is not cleared off), affording a plentiful
supply of those earth-worms which constitute the Mole’s chief food.

The abundance of Moles, therefore, gives a distinct clue to the
surface-character of this gigantic system of mountains, or rather to
the Indian slope of it, and most especially to the central or normal
region.—Journal of the Royal Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, No. 2, 1858.

On Euchetes coccineus, a new genus of Birds.
By P. L. Scuater, M.A.

The single specimen of this bird in M. Verreaux’s collection from
the Rio Napo is the most interesting novelty which I have met with
since I commenced studying the group to which it belongs. Its
plumage is precisely that of a Ramphocelus, but the structure is quite
different, and renders it impossible to place it in that group. The
form of the bill is rather that of the true Tanagre, and agrees more
nearly with that of Tanagra olivi-cyanea and Buthraupis eximia, but
it is shorter, thicker, and more swollen than in the former, though not
so much so as in the latter of these birds. The tail is comparatively
much shorter than in either of these forms ; and altogether it is, I
think, impracticable to arrange it in any other way than as a separate
generic division, for which the following characters may suffice :—

Rostrum forte, breve, carinatum, compressum, culmine arcuato,
gonyde ascendente, dente finali distincta, commissura paululum
sinuata ; vibrissis nullis: ale longe, remige prima quartam
cequante et a secunda et tertia longissimis paulo superatis:
cauda brevis, apice modice rotundata : pedes fortes, sicut in
genere Buthraupide : ptilosis coccinea, nigro varia.

Evucuares coccinevs, J. Verreaux, MS.
Coccineus : loris, facie et mento cum gutture et collo antico, alis
caudaque nigerrimis: rostro et pedibus nigris.
Long. tota 6°5, alee 3°5, caudze 2°4, rostri a fronte 0°55, a rictu
0-7, tarsi 0:9.
Proc. Zool Soc. Jan. 26, 1858.

495

INDEX to VOL. II.

Acosmits, new species of, 286.
Actiniadz, on the British, 229.
Actimiz, on the chylaqueous fiuid of
the, 417.
Acupalpus, new species of, 204.
Adamsia palliata, on the nature of the
sub-basal membrane of, 107.
Adelina, description of the new ge-
nus, 413.
Agilops triticoides, experiments on,
315.
Agassiz, Prof., on the animals of
Millepora, 233.
Agathopus, characters of the genus,
149.
Agave americana, on the flowering of
the, 307.
Agelasta, new species of, 273.
'Agonum, new species of, 203.
Agrilus, new species of, 280.
Aleochara, new species of, 205.
Algze, on the reproduction of cer-
tain, l.
Allecula, new species of, 285.
Alphitophagus, new species of, 284.
Amarygmus, new species of, 285.
Ammonites, new species of, 260.
Amphistegina, on the structure of
the genus, 290.
Amydrus, new species of, 465.
Anabates, new species of, 144.
Anceus, on the metamorphosis of
Praniza into, 164; observations
on, 165.
Anchomenus, new species of, 203.
Andigena, new species of, 588.
Andropadus, new species of, 471.
Animals, marine, on the habits and
reproduction of some, 197.
Antidipnis, description of the new
genus, 337.
Apate, new species of, 286.
Aphides, on reproduction in the, 213.
Aphodius, new species of, 207.
Aphrocallistes, description of the new
genus, 224.
Aphroceras, description of the new
genus, 83.
Araneidea, new genus and species of,

331.

Arctium, on some species of, 351.
Argutor, new species of, 204.
Arrhenodes, new species of, 356.
Artema, new species of, 332.
Asaphus, new species of, 9.

Ascaris lumbricoides, on the develop-
ment and propagation of, 491.

Asida, new species of, 284.

Astarte lurida, note on, 262.

Athous, new species of, 280.

Atractocerus, new species of, 285.

Attagenus, new species of, 207.

Babington, C. C., on the British spe-
cies of Arctium, 351.

Baillon, H., on the Euphorbiacez,
53,1

Baird, Dr. W., on new species of
Entozoa, 306.

Bairdia, new species of, 326, 432.

Balbiani, M., on the generative organs
and reproduction of the Infusoria,
439.

Barrett, L., on the atlas and axis of
the Plesiosaurus, 361.

Bate, C. S., on Praniza and Anceus,
165.

Bees, on the agency of, in the fer-
tilization of papilionaceous flowers,
459; on the drone-producing eggs
of, 490.

Bembidium, new species of, 204, 420.

Blackwall, J., on new Araneidea, 331.

Books, new :— Mantell’s Wonders of
Geology, 54; Lloyd’s Flore de
V’Ouest de la France, 57; Boreau’s
Flore du Centre de la France, 57 ;
Jones’s Aquarian Naturalist, 139;
Perry’s Expedition to the China
Seas, 210; Davy’s Angler in the
Lake District, 211; Lady Wilkin-
son’s Weeds and Wild-flowers, 286;
Gray’s How Plants Grow, 287 ;
Van der Hoeven’s Handbook of
Zoology, 364; Gosse’s Actinologia
Britannica, 367 ; Zoology of the
Pacific Railroad Routes, Part II.
Birds, 466; Brightwell’s Life of
Linnezus, 468.

Bostrichus, new species of, 286.

Bunodes, new British species of, 194.

4.96

Buteo, new species of, 227.

Calabaria, characters of the new ge-
nus, 301.

Calliste, new species of, 472.

Calodromus, description of the new
genus, 181.

Camptonyx, observations on the ge-
nus, 116.

Canary, note on a talking, 371.

Cardiaderus, new species of, 203.

Cardiophorus, new species of, 280.

Carpenter, Dr. B., on the Rhizopod
type of animal life, 74; on the
Foraminifera, 290.

Carpenteria, on the genus, B8ie

Carter, H. J., on the spermatology
of a new species of Nais, 20, 90;
on fecundation in Eudorina elegans
and Cryptoglena, 237.

Casnonia, new species of, 178.

Casuarius Bennettii, on the egg of,
469.

Catascopus, new species of, 203.

Cercomacra, new species of, 373.

Cerithiopsis, new species of, 129.

Cerosterna, new species of, 274.

Chapman, Prof. E. J., on some new
Trilobites, 9.

Chionis alba, on the skeleton of, 67.

Chlorospingus, new species of, 472.

Chondrosteus, observations on the
genus, 61.

Chorda filum, on a variety of, 309.

Chrysobothrys, new species of, 280.

Cicindela, new species of, 202.

Cis, new species of, 286.

Cistela, new species of, 286.

Clivina, new species of, 203.

Coleoptera, descriptions of new, 175,
196, 202, 264, 280, 337, 340, 353,
356, 407, 418.

Colophotia, new species of, 282.

Colymbetes, new species of, 204.

Conchological nomenclature. obser-
vations on, 133.

Conchology, gleanings in British, 117.

Conopophaga, new species of, 148.

Copris, new species of, 208.

Coptops, new species of, 272.

Coptostethus, new species of, 196.

Corticaria, new species of, 408.

Corymbites, new species of, 280.

Coste, M., on the habits and repro-
duction of some marmeanimals, 197.

Creurgops, characters of the new ge-
nus, 230.

INDEX.

Crossotus, new species of, 273.

Crustacea, on the structure and func-
tions of the hairs of the, 59 ; on the
habits and reproduction of some,
200.

Crustacean tracks in the mountain
limestone of Durham, on, 443.

Crypticus, new species of, 284.

Cryptoglena, on fecundation in, 237.

Curtonotus, new species of, 204.

Cuscus, on the species of, 67.

Cyclorhynchus, new species of, 150.

Cylindrospermum, on the reproduc-
tion of, 5.

Cymindis, new species of, 202.

Cyprea, on some specimens of, 49.

Dactylopsila, characters of the new
genus, 220.

Darwin, C., on the agency of bees in
the fertilization of papilionaceous
flowers, 459.

Dastarcus, characters of the new ge-
nus, 209.

Davaine, C., on the development and
propagation of Trichocephalus dis-
par and Ascaris lumbricoides, 491.

De Morgan, C., on the structure and
functions of the hairs of the Crus-
tacea, 59.

Diaperis, new species of, 283.

Diatypus, description of the new ge-
nus, 343,

Dictyoptera, new species of, 282.

Dineutes, new species of, 205.

Distrigus, new species of, 176.

Ditoma, new species of, 206.

Drimostoma, new species of, 178.

Drimys, on the species of, 37.

Dromius, new species of, 202.

Dujardinia, description of the genus,
381.

Dysdera, new species of, 334.

Dysidea papillosa, note on, 489.

Dysithamnus, new species of, 147.

Dytiscus, new species of, 204.

Ectenognathus, description of the
new genus, 340.

Egerton, Sir P. G., on the genus
Chondrosteus, 61.

Elenia, new species of, 235.

Enicopus, new species of, 283.

Enteromorpha cornucopiz, note on,
492.

Entomostraca, on the Permian, of
Durham, 317, 432.

Entozoa, new species of, 306.

IND EX.

Epicausta, new species of, 285.

Ermeus, characters of the genus, 205.

Erucivores, on a peculiar process at-
tached to the ischium in, 457.

Euchetes, new species of, 494.

Eudorina, on fecundation in, 237.

Eulima, new British species of, 128.

Euphorbiacez, examination of the
group, 312.

Euplynes, new species of, 429.

Euxestus, description of the new ge-

- nus, 411.

Eyton, T. C., on the skeleton of the
Sheath-bill, 67 ; on a peculiar pro-
cess attached to the ischium in
Erucivores, 457.

Fabre, M., on the hypermetamor-
phosis and habits of Sitaris, 84.
Fish, on the habits and reproduction

of some, 197.

Foraminifera, observations on the,
290.

Formicivora, new species of, 373.

Furcella, on the genus, 374.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 73.

Globigerina, on the genus, 235.

Godron, Dr., on Zgilops triticoides,
315.

Goniaster, new species of, 335.

Gosse, P. H., on the nature of the
sub-basal membrane of Adamsia
palliata, 107; on new British Sea-
Anemones, 192; on Sarcodictyon
catenata, 276; on Phyllangia, 349.

Gould, J., on a new species of Tou-
can, 388.

Grallaria, new species of, 148.

Gratiolet, P., on the anatomy of Te-
rebratula australis, 82.

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the structure of
Humphreyia, 16; on some speci-
mens of Cowries, 49; on a new
genus of Mytilide, and on some
distorted forms among bivalve
shells, 62; on the genus Nerita
and its operculum, 64; on the ge-
nus Cuscus, 67; on Aphroceras,
83; on the structure and position
of the genus Teredina, 85, 162; on
the genera Camptonyx and Tany-
siphon, 116; on the power of dis-
solving shells possessed by the
Bernard Crab, 164; on mammalia
from the Aru Islands, 216; on
Aphrocallistes, 224; on the Sala-

497

manders, 292; on a new genus of
Boide, 300 ; ona variety of Chorda
filum, 309; on Xenospongia, 369 ;
on the genus Furcella, 374; ona
new genus and several new species
of Uropeltide, 376; on Carpen-
teria and Dujardinia, 381 ; on the
egg of the Mooruk, 469; on Dy-
sidea papillosa, 489; on Entero-
morpha cornucopie, 492.

Guérin-Méneville, M., on the animal
bread of the Mexicans, 313.

Gymnopleurus, new species of, 208.

Gyrinus, new species of, 205.

Haleampa, new species of, 195.

Hammoderus, new species of, 275.

Hancock, A., on certain vermiform
fossils, 443.

Harmatelia, characters of the new
genus, 281].

Harpalus, new species of, 204.

Hartlaub, Dr. G., on new species of
birds, 470.

Hautlé, observations on the, 313.

Hedruris, new species of, 307.

Helops, new species of, 285.

Hesse, M., on the metamorphosis of
Praniza into Anceus, 164.

Heterocnemis, new species of, 148.

Higgins, Rey. H. H., on the death of
the hive-bee by a parasitic fungus,
387 ; on the liability of shells to in-
jury from the growth of a fungus,
493.

Hipposideros, new species of, 218.

Hodgson, B. H., on a new species of
Mole, 494.

Humphreyia, on the structure of,
16.

Huxley, Prof. T. H., on the pheno-
mena of gemmation, 213.

Hydaticus, new species of, 204.

Hydrobius, new species of, 209.

Hydroporus, new species of, 204.

Hypocnemis, new species of, 374.

[lhicium, on the species of, 111.

Infusoria, on the generative organs
and reproduction of the, 439.

Insects, on the auditory apparatus of,
4389.

Jeffreys, J. G., on British Mollusca,
117.

Jekel, on new Curculionidous beetles,
356.

Jenyns, Rev. L., on the smaller Bri-
tish species of Pisidium, 104.

4.98

Kaup, Dr. J., on a new genus of
riband-shaped fishes, 301.

Kerivoula, monograph of the genus,
473.

Kirkby, J. W., on Permian Entomo-
straca, 317, 432.

Kiichenmeister, Dr., on the drone-
producing eggs of the hive-bee, 490.

Lamppyris, new species of, 282.

Lardizabala, on the structure of the
seed in, 183; new species of, 191,
431.

Lathridius, new species of, 207, 409.

Lawson, Dr. G., on Lepas anatifera,
172:

Lebia, new species of, 203.
Leckenby, J., on a species of Pipe-
fish found at Scarborough, 416.
Legna, characters of the new genus,

28

Leistus, new species of, 203.

Lepas anatifera, remarks on, 172.

Leperditia, new species of, 434.

Leprodera, new species of, 266.

Leptodera, new species of, 307.

Lespés, C., on the auditory apparatus
of insects, 489.

Lewes, G. H., on the chylaqueous
fluid of the Actiniz, 417.

Lycett, J., on some sections of the
Upper Lias of Gloucestershire, 255.

Lyctus, new species of, 206.

Lycus, new species of, 281.

MacGillivray, J., on a new species of
Grass Finch, 263.

Malachius, new species of, 283.

Malacocichla, new species of, 146.

Malthinus, new species of, 283.

Mammalia from the Aru Islands, list
of, 216.

Maraga, characters of the new genus,
203

Marmot, on the torpidity of the, 83.

Megalania prisca, notice respecting,
259.

Megaristerus, description of the new
genus, 427.

Meves, W., on the humming of the
Snipe, 303.

Miers, J., on the Winteracee, 33,
109; on new species of Lardiza-
bala, and on the structure of the
seed in that genus, 183, 431.

Millepora, on the animals of, 233.

Miniopteris, monograph of the genus,
150.

INDEX.

Mohl, H. von, on the cambium-layer
of the stem of the Phanerogamia,
389.

Monotoma, new species of, 207.

Moreh, O. A. L., on conchological
nomenclature, 133.

Mordella, new species of, 286.

Morio, new species of, 203.

Murray, A., on Coleoptera from Old
Calabar, 340.

Mylabris, new species of, 285.

Myoictis, characters of the new genus,
29

Myrmotherula, new species of, 372.

Mytilia, new species of, 379.

Mytilidz, on a new genus of, 62.

Myzostoma, on the anatomy and de-
velopment of the genus, 236.

Nais, on the spermatology of a new
species of, 20, 90.

Necrobia, new species of, 283.

Nemophis, description of the genus,
301

Nerita, on the operculum of, 64.

Nietner, J., on new Ceylon Coleo-
ptera, 175, 418.

Nitidula, new species of, 206.

Nitidulopsis, new species of, 206.

Nostochmez, on the reproduction
of

Nyphona, new species of, 266, 270.

Ocypus, new species of, 205.

Olisthopus, new species of, 407.

Omalium, new species of, 205.

Onthophagus, new species of, 208.

Onychognathus, new species of, 470.

Oodes, new species of, 341.

Opatrum, new species of, 284.

Operculina, on the structure of the
genus, 200.

Orbulina, observations on the genus,
23D:

Orithyia, description of the new ge-
nus, 33].

Orthogonius, new species of, 346.

Osdara, characters of the genus, 284.

Osyris alba, on the parasitism of, 254.

Owen, Prof., on the skull of Zygoma-
turus trilobus, 73; on the skull and
teeth of Placodus, 288; on a gi-
gantic land-lizard, 289.

Oxytelus, new species of, 205.

Pzederus, new species of, 205.

Pagurus Bernhardus, on the power of
dissolving shells possessed by, 164.

Panagzeus, new species of, 203.

INDEX.

Papilionaceous flowers, on the agency
of bees in the fertilization of, 459.

Paramecium, on the generative organs
of, 439.

Peach, C. W., on the nature-printing
of sea-weeds on the rocks of Strom-
ness, 50.

Pelargoderus, new species of, 274.

Peneroplis, on the structure of the
genus, 290.

Phalacrus, new species of, 206.

Phaleria, new species of, 284.

Phanerogamia, on the cambium-layer
of the stems of, 389.

pipe description of the new genus,
192.

Philhydrus, new species of, 209.

Phrissoma, new species of, 264.

Phryneta, new species of, 270.

Phyllangia, on a new British species
of, 349.

Pisidium, on the smaller British spe-
cies of, 104.

Placodus, onthesaurian nature of, 288.

Placunopsis, new species of, 262.

Planchon, Dr. J. E., on the parasitism
of Osyris alba, 254.

Plants, on the influence of the moon’s
light on, 310.

Platypus, new species of, 286.

Platyrhynchus, new species of, 316.

Platysoma, new species of, 207.

Plesiosaurus, on the atlas and axis of
the, 361.

Poéphila, new species of, 263.

Pourtales, L. F., on the genera Or-
bulina and Globigerina, 235.

Prepodes, new species of, 357.

Praniza, on the metamorphosis of,
into Anceus, 164.

Prognatha, new species of, 205.

Psammodius, new species of, 207.

Pteropus, new species of, 218.

Ptinus, new species of, 283.

Pustularia, description of the genus,
386.

Pyriglena, new species of, 147, 373.

Rhizopod type of animal life, on the,
74.

Rhyncolus, new species of, 410.

Rhyzopertha, new species of, 409.

Rhyzophagus, new species of, 206.

Rissoa, new British species of, 127.

Robert Brown, notice of the late, 80.

Royal Institution of Great Britain,
proceedings of the, 74, 213.

499

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 59,
288.

Salamandridz, on the, 292.

Sarcodictyon catenata, observations
on, 276.

Scarites, new species of, 203.

Sclater, P. L., on new species of birds,
144, 225, 235, 316, 372, 465, 472;
on the variation in form of the
upper mandible in a rapacious bird,
163 ; on Euchetes coccineus, 494.

Scolopax gallmago, on the humming
of the, 303.

Scops, new species of, 229.

Sea-Anemones, descriptions of new
British, 192.

Sea-weeds, on the nature-printing of,
on the rocks of Stromness, 50.

Seeley, H., on two new species of
Goniaster, 335.

Selenophorus, new species of, 204.

Semper, C., on the anatomy and de-
velopment of Myzostoma, 236.

Shells, on the labiiity to injury of,
from the growth of a fungus, 493.

Siloboura, characters of the genus, 377.

Silvanus, new species of, 207.

Sisyphus, new species of, 208.

Sitaris, on the hypermetamorphosis
and habits of, 84.

Sitophilus Oryzie, note on, 360.

Sotheby, S. L., on a talkmg canary,
371.

Sowerby, W., on the flowering of the
American aloe, 307.

Spathinus, description of the new
genus, 428.

Spheridium, new species of, 209.

Sphenophorus, new species of, 359.

Stavelia, description of the genus, 62.

Stems, on the structure of, 389.

Strongylium, new species of, 285.

Sympheletes, new species of, 269.

Symphyus, description of the new
genus, 180.

Synallaxis, new species of, 145.

Syngnathus, on the habits of, 199;
on a species of, lately found at
Scarborough, 416.

Synosomus, description of the new
genus, 308.

Syrnium, new species of, 228.

Talpa, new species of, 494.

Tancredia, new species of, 261.

Tanysiphon, observations onthe genus,

216.

500

Tasmannia, on the species of, 109.

Telephonus, new species of, 47\.

Telephorus, new species of, 283.

Telocera Wollastoni, description of,
BDo:

Temus, observations on the genus, 114.

Tenebrio, new species of, 283.

Terebratula australis, on the anatomy
of the, 82.

Teredina, on the structure and posi-
tion of the genus, 85, 162.

Thamnophilus, new species of, 146.

Thompson, W., on the British Acti-
niadze, 229.

Thuret, G., on the reproduction of
certain Nostochinez, 1.

Todirostrum, new species of, 149.

Tomes, R. P., on the genus Minio-
pteris, 150; on the species of Ke-
rivoula, 473.

Toucan, on anew species of, 388.

Toxicum, new species of, 984.

Trachelomonas, on the development
of, 245.

Trichocephalus dispar, on thedevelop-
ment and propagation of, 491.

Trichophorus, new species of, 472.

Tricondyla, new species of, 202.

Trilobites, descriptions of new, 9.

Trinodes, new species of, 207.

Trochodendron, observations on the
genus, 115.

Trogosita, new species of, 206.

Trox, new species of, 208.

INDEX.

Uloma, new species of, 284.

Upis, new species of, 283.

Uropeltidze, on anew genus and seve-
ral new species of, 376.

Urubitinga, observations on the spe-
cies of, 225.

Urubitinga unicincta, on the variation
in form of the upper mandible in,
163:

Valentin, G., on the torpidity of the
marmot, 83.

Walker, F., on some undescribed
Ceylon insects, 202, 280.

White, A., on some new species of
Longicorn beetles, 264; on Telo-
cera Wollastoni, 353 ; on new Cur-
culionidous beetles, 356.

Winteracez, observations on the, 33,
109.

Wollaston, T. V., on Coptostethus
canariensis, 196; on a new genus
of European Coleoptera, 337 ; on
somenew Madeiran Coleoptera, 407.

Xantholinus, new, species of, 205.

Xenospongia, description of the new
genus, 369.

Zantedeschi, Prof., on the imfluence
of the moon’s light on plants, 310.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,
62, 144, 216, 292, 369, 469.

Zophium, new species of, 182.

Zophobas, new species of, 283.

Zygomaturus trilobus, on the skull of,
13s

END OF THE SECOND VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

s- Lb. L,

f,

UU. CCMA. NAL. FILS. ~D.29. VOL.

ts
{ PENSE, BB ps)
COBO BERG E5985) ae

OGD Exams,

SL.

OSITE,

lf

ty
nae
é bY f ‘

pyle iieded ee te ial

Ann be Mag. Nat. Hist. §.3.V0l.2. PLL

U

UX

K

Way

SY

erates

qm

SOMA Vora OremiouOl Ss
a Le fp RSOOMAINSAA ANOS

——
J Basire se.

4,
J)

ih se
Cae ea
ep eb

LETS: Goo N

rq. Na

Wad

Ann. &

qs ¢

S

Cldist: 53; Vol 2h LV)

ia

g.lV

Ann. & Ma

“~

J De C. Sowerby se.

Ann. k Mag. Nat. Hist. §.3,Vol.2, PV.

SJ Alder ded?

Ww

e
)
wy
aa
i
y ere
Zi
'
i
A
f
iain

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Mist... 5.No\.2. PL VI.
sets

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,5.3Nol.2. Pl VIE.

Bad nat. ST Basire, sc.

Xt] ae eeatiigy

ef)

Yall ieee Vis

Ann, & Mag. Nat.Hist.S. 3.Vol.2. Pl. Vil.

Ze

—

~—.

“oe

1 Aa

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hest. S.3.Voi\.2.PbIK.

vy

Sof

R ANT Ne 2 ee
SUSE RTO Ra bh Se

ESS 1-0" = call
So Ne eS
— bine”: < — :

aah l Wy i

xX

S CLL LLL LLL LLL LULL LL ELLE Lj 0 tL,

Sp
At he stony rs gi eaniinny ata an eens ete,
Sago PTT IGEN GE 9S

eg Ts

PERN ee
\

hs

CATENATA.

‘
2,

ODICTYON

“hy

BO? Kg.

é

F od

y

PEE Gosse, a vow. Ge.

J. Basie, s¢-

m-,

Ls
t
‘

i

i

r

‘

;

j

}

7

> #
’

L4.X.

Nat. Hist. 5 3.Vol.2

Ann. & Mag

Ann. &- Mag. Nat Hist. S.3.Vol.2. PLAT.

JS Basire se.

e
=e 7
ce
a
7
a.
‘
- ‘ 3
ee a
. -
* =
bs
*
.
.
= i
‘
4,
.
ws
‘ ‘

ee eens | weereee ee

etn ee a em ren mth md mind ni kien teh rr natn me tS 8S ant Sw once

‘Mag Nat HistS.

s(t

2
7y (a COTML8§

Wee

Tt

NP
Wedgebone

:
N
‘

Arav & Mag Nat. Hist. §.38Vol.2 PUXV

a soonest) PROT Bahco a wide an 4h

uN

enms me Ba
)_ 3

K
ey .
fic
iy
p
+) 7
3%
é wy
‘ its
¢ ey wl d
w |
, ®
f
ie d
i 4 nF y
7 “A
@
4 ‘
* I
hy
- }
é
1 ‘
”"

STEAK wraremeenes ponewtegecreormcuaremniaggrt eT

JO.VOLALSLALA.

LOSl. +

©

Aree X MLA. Va

%

BINDING SECT. JUN 14 Ble

QH The Annals & magazine of
a natural history

A6
ser. 3
Vee

Biological
& Medical
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

SS

=f:
=

=e

aaa
‘ wave rte
iv i

ee ee
ak 4
a

J‘ PERCE :
SSNS

{
HR cae

05)

Shei
i hfe